~/f/erlang/RPMS.2017 ~/f/erlang ~/f/erlang RPMS.2017/erlang-doc-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm RPMS/erlang-doc-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm differ: byte 225, line 1 Comparing erlang-doc-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm to erlang-doc-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm comparing the rpm tags of erlang-doc --- old-rpm-tags +++ new-rpm-tags @@ -545 +545 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-B34D67CE.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6B64EA2F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1923 +1923 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-A23EB215.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-14BBE234.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -2332,2 +2332,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 13af83a5261446a2b108a32c7a8e1f5b01f1be1ae175d8441e5a221b0a22d2da 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html 291ec97ea356e6d28803d0385e182edbbcf66754615c73714b89c0221548810f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 345f73a0449ab91b10bc06bd5970f8dea9a3df3498eaab3fcbfd08651686092e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html f9472f5c5133dbcb58ab331e2a74cfc55920d6118740d3e89223c44fe68d9494 2 @@ -2336,8 +2336,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 99cdac3c276e0d7286ade535320a6204655dbbcebfc155245b6fcc99c6a94ec4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 0b8e5356a5a3c37a79aa0b08a550f3b49570a27951522fb4d52ac8f10ded7583 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html 1b26bab9acaee1ec8552bf6dbf2a7ea6c21b371348feee8bdcbb9be89698f660 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 4a487927da61ce581204d508e58c235f5a977fe96567ada66f775aaef041e7d3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html 82eee58424c1629d29b6dd237d017901c07bacebb1900670803c9dba676564c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html c3f083a6ce1a2288b5a1ff1b86b6df15e74e50a8c74f4fa6bc04d8051f296ca1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html c61f4f5f4f32a7d8c4b64d73ede76913ce3cc72c3e8612501fbd2b672a2c728c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 60fad144d3a1e075cd638227f783b07b57ca2ed35cd9886778232721bbdd87c8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 09edcf09e246b562f4943d552c71408b97b594302f2aa26aead2b181cf4d96ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 7a2900a70520cdab76b514121a9221a5edf60d60bb6d829106b0652b54490e5a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html 93d4a0697a6404735d4a9b08ca96f997a1a1957e5bedf331b542a70be0f56930 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 3a0666d9b21b92d08c5c9b0fa99bbf7fd8ab18628c2b5d0d7a24d3acdd868cc7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html e34f49708527a6c0c3c64a1b0acfa67783835b39e59f19c9a2101ad1d2273633 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html b06efa7adeb54905b131d2a081a71366b6a0f474e25a33922c18e5441d6213bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html 5cc2a156c3c9c4f758ea6282e3aaaff171bdb921b3c1e778b2930e1dd34ce410 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 2f38d0fb9ac7aebc9af222a6b61b6703cad88a1ad195f0aa9d9f29db1b33f3f3 2 @@ -2364,10 +2364,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html 328ec6a2d6d263078c8bb8d7777d6fd82710e1d36135a37097e966f53b267c6a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html f398e8cf5d99802fbba6117e10f700c15af9dd461c7d833501875746774f043f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 8a918d09c8cac62b34b1117046b3877b656dc417f23277cef0e5848edd0d1b75 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 70da20f97f32d73f011ebc0bab3fb1a36267b28c6d092ab79505eea5371d4786 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 1be58b29e23ac0335e7fa568a40ea56b167e7b1b9f8c8eb408c6cc38ca6b6f8d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html ea3b3ece10a33d5249743338ca33c04ea2abce12cdc240f9cd158f0d15220725 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html bc9de895061e4c908844b94f60d3bb4f9ddcf35d53a61a1a4e345bcd1ca4071f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html 736e7a13cd506caadc2173ecacd5d9f4d4a93ebdbeba5af099477f31640d11ce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html e4423e93a47ca470c876c4d5c1926f34a39deb70c1fcf90b65e95659a1a7f98e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html 0db4e7b425558930043d9135777279b5865ff7642fb113fea7e1de55c0ab2f2d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html 8aa17af57afd36473888fc83ba3dc5defac850aa802107e8047955019172407d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html 6585984aebe1aeeb5b7ed10d0a9a6b1bd204f4d78cc307f000548959a8fc31ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 84c4a3e4b07ff67c13cb034ac4ede545c65245e1caa7a4a5cb9668bbfe653306 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 15f5343f64c533b4ebe1684dfcd32d19f788d55f84d539be43c148f98dc4da73 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 1a9c7c6e090a96bd0f78a2a2c1a0847fbd5401b10608481a5d60903ebe5abbfd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html 80f38ed7b677dd4c7c7af29552c0d283a32d912fe1932a363a7c4ba239fb3a25 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html 0003b3270484a8f3c28716748c89c5da305a9df3bac5f17958b22e159e846cf2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html 7cfe4a89c99aec18eb3f4de090daad67dc968e3ca36865a313343cb4c00c1e13 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html 0938045df19f85adf19b8ad2abbdcc092ef217c9e4623e0d0a07ec1dd21ffee8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html d1b0e62d58d31044c513f34ec631f76c92c5694eea4f137902e129b9fc42c394 2 @@ -2375,26 +2375,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html c783b4a95fc37c8cf0c1fc0e89ee4eb93c672e1c48a88ccbf1c65b1dee483f76 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html b84f083b05bb75924508c3a4d58f7a9d75e2026f8dfc3c0c8c16e83a1e53865a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html bc365068f3ad0b9b392831002b3b0f5ab90f7092806e716976d11ebe23cf5cf8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html c3dcfd35d5f9e1f65b8c1d1b84103914b4987d8b7619f3849382761643c16943 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html 4a4c91825741ef1b3c9aa4f19a3ce7dd76e7376fd6279843da1f2ed9c9eba2a2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html e89234afe16c541c78d10099e0ddfa4bd9160ba33af96862fa4666777750be71 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html 6840ab460b27e948222f51b0ab70a7a38023793cfffde4f3a722105472b6a1b8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html 1fb78c89185f4bc4bb0a413291c180e83c11effd758c41e6cb010edfd6fea8fd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html dad21dadf5b96ff6fdfb0f85c27b4008c25407595b1a280881596ae1dea6481a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html e99fc4be8ce49ec320096f6a2a885077c1d6621c0a7fc85e46a4e598599c2a76 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html 0d13554ec19ccfdd62f9a1803fcd280acdd6b10fa18d8d840f953f0d8c35bbce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html 3659a61737ac74df4b974562583d2bf85b2d5b23709c3eba886c10bb6d13207a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html bcc356fc25a567672d334bf8e78f61f230269ed73f106bdc211e892c3054aca4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 8acba10e23f7b8cf4ee56ff9665fbd6a31129cf3f813af383b74435d47b4d792 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html 7fc8198f437b38ab11a1bd0e2292e89b912d6d50699701765aaa943b297b0ca5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html a5015015ae9eb5801f714b866127470e6f28123b46399687b8db72820266a22b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html 828b3f7d3544b70937b8f33e980b718e7bbb0662aa422d3719126eb1727d52f1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html e8b9f86049cb2744dbc0b589d21c81c5455f0713c107e86c263c284a09904ca6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html bf969f12195d259900244e7ddbe64c0a87e6be38928b4a3b0640b9c2b70b0dcd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html 35f844731bbc421da579046555c0991688441830b24c6fcad49898383c64cc59 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html 0bcc29d1c35eac0ffee11add5d33188bd7b4d074e23335a9c7f2574e2aba9384 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html be44fac0454d131cb3ae63df45d2c6578fdccefd6ac7a076f3edb3265bb81411 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html 4b943a123854e897f0b01a4f842982f5ebbc37fe6b22de20aa50f4987d946d27 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html 9c363efffe3a8c60bb6f7644dd614ae0f31c7c7ec5c7034d3fcc2bc32ea5aaa6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html 066e08233c3b8349450d3ed5ace7af5541e41496981b0a25d33ea68925fb0213 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html 970eb515f2af9f5d02bd2235044c59af734dfaba896bcb7710f78554464e5647 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html 0886b8407b5e700439ce03b0dba1a73f1c224efe513a1fda36b3765e8b5c4c6b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html e74a8ad487f967eb17ca21f2c01ff1e50d59caca31eb838beda8bdd89ade4464 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html 0cf0ed3688b75aff8bba0289ec4dd614334da302831bc15e442f8b2b6927a145 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html 49b02f40f1a10a1d0995458dce60bb069e6872ac6699ea1c2c19367f29b05957 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html 00cd2d93e9c8cfbc72153b1df3d0c938784430bc613f27997a563c8772d00a14 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html 01e9c36ed62044c0b6e42d2d96be7e6b533fd228986feb291dab24efb548938d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html b4782efde13d2758128e55dfe043b9f006c5cd05b1af8d5d9462576583cd12cd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html b404382ca2fd8920a081f182e335796da91d97c1e771d84f2cef486b6e89a85c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html 79bb69a870f1787f99531ab9ddebd63fa8d660802d2a10c1674e06ceb809d992 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html 61b602c2ed764daa56e02bf41f69e2220a9f081b08276e4c5953bb743e29c2f8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html aefdd76c944ce46f3d87d083428b1fd05b96c62b6394ed3da8a499448375cdca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html be3e96ec5758cf2304c5408fd5ac9675ab9a328bd8cd2ee93a191b401d57417c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html 5c48981d9a2858120700abe71f2c223ab61d3c3591174576af994210de91389d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 17572e5a52db56f5ba8f73af71319ea16b3a7b34513bea28244465b7ccef0961 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html b626f5cab6467d895da248588ce1ffe28aac988155459578effad99a2b474132 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html 4eca3de63ab700a1e07f96be5e1a5e6232641d517646391dfc3fd22d7dcf155f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html 7ba1f0d7bd06e6c4711e29e1a7be38e83d7fc3c5690c910944e8a8e7049ec1c1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html 6175e40e1f165c3558281aad3852884615351575bdc81c33763104a192c25101 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html 80627d44e0c3e13d005962b2bbe55af009a2a58bfcff3a5ca86adafca9a22cd1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html 576487c7ed0c77bb39ccdf5218972fc563e60b4188900d622c9a26a79b4d4034 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html d9add60fcbe638c6788791a46b259824d34a2f46a35b8a818d18449692c9ae95 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html a10043db002d05aa8640f8731c12fdf860a9e64eca28ab5c8e5195fb98f2a278 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html bd121ca0f91c498d58edace2059041addcc75b76392584eb7821d3381cb4f31e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html 87edabf51903517865123cbcc62a3b541105d95f4b6a382fd4fc23b1aa1f8eb0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html 45e686cdf27c6ba1cf4a29758b5d0bd17ffc2557db9d8e8d6a168fb0a514bdbb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html 4f3123dd84529c83d05bf6aa84089eccea6d8ac67654fa5eec8330b3eb760609 2 @@ -2402,4 +2402,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html a24c698f8135baee60669f65fa434a635913179d9a08dd44a87e42134e058124 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub 46b306b6cac58fa64e607980d470cb71d054cadcc8a2ed42930a82a496388b70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html 79c5b89b05652c40d3e42ccb2160105c1071a34b00c70ae1e4a4c31d14565142 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 4a90169ca5ce0a23da31a672efec712c906ce9ec46dc93aa1baa302eec5160b6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html bebd7d0d0b910eb62afaeb1986424c9af2e3987109ee298e176052417e1cdca3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub e047e344513109acafaf553af335c532b25b5d6dbed210ceec6bf1c4b545383e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html 7b0c4d6b8569b192c6b6f73ec3205a38330aff6c0edd64026b719f76d7d17e51 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html bc06edc747b860313dc31e191862a785fc3d9cbc32ac25c7547640685c4e2f17 2 @@ -2415,14 +2415,14 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html 620befb9a9571c06dd8506ae0ff5f4c81aa8a5e89744e9cb6b2c71683951d85a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 92e2e29d4b22e4a88ba531ffce4201de6836f516140aa65dd5393e0519a876d7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 6aa97cc760a47957c6ae586548a19b9c56bf4b0b73dd2215551ebe542f2bea14 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 522b1c473977a3f7546d4265deb558199e581ca7a36dbf4fe7c94a936e26e263 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 01dce53e557b6609bd46ad368aecd7be1804d0e25449f8eeebecf6432084dc83 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html d9113a7bf3e2fa201a7a925f4bb21436030a727797fc3cb194effeab285a3005 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html 66b4077d149ec3b393c32fa21bc9f6cb556ace368ce2b85e48caa956ca262ea8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html f80242e4849564a1cf963caecc682176e8fe3e13a1271a117b6cb06bfe059b3e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html b6690ef787264e5f6731c9fdf70a5f398bd161407887e6a97e796e4e3c302a8f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 955a36d53e4a9bfe81ce959c3ab1e70c94674b3fc4c54aee68b8422ded9ed5b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html d253ba173b0a88b3c1029edce0bfb15c30450e04a841793ef5a38c9b1e32bd1a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html a63009a1421ef7c5033f5b748538fe5d8e65a5454f5d05a19abc088e15150d4b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html 8ef6bd58931fa8d603fc2680f5466e22c2b0cc37df04f5b926ed76bbc5f72bad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html df3dc42e3a65fd695cd62b5dadbfcd180f0a9fb7c935bc07a9a87b0721b7d176 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html 03f1d0a67ffd77a9e6a6e3bb772069e0dd646c798d7ff6e5d63e466c75c1854e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html e2050521bc9449eb547df68e20cbdc41bd64fe390e97f7324433e2ffdebcb037 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html ae5e28a034097b8d3686db90d879adf1cfe81f075270e44ed5df62f9c847f899 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 934b2cd242299b5f08034b6d3e5769db6a69fa8d41114eb93436090103d809e0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 604d809c0c04b5158f28e3d6ec850a34fbd7543969dbbc61f98feb501d93a72e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html e8bd218526294c72b6646724acd64f08606a16e6ca45159d5598b0e01f836f46 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html ea8958ab19fdbd6d7e13cc55540f17c63668a4aacce3622313942aaef0b0d3a6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 744e0d683d6d654737f2ea1c0f67ff8a7c5eb4951010143f3df5f9b56298aa8b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 941f5f5731b02feb0c1314ec5e460f318975d5fa92796bf1050114f7c95d8413 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 1fe9d38f3d2f2c1373306a5e4bb655b5ec6c8bc2f65233d4f3a0f2397bb36b72 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html 5b921168fae5c3329f919d0ef9b815680766be61151389ed9747bcd09ba67ab0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html b7192a621767d253e9bf1d568adda6a54afbd3b951ce04f17d1e7dc75132ab19 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html fc67354d88b5d577bbe3f0d55e209f2345a895ed3eb30a6ace12d9c05d69fc89 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 2261bdfed47ade8f400bc1f9cba0c496c6e2fea4dd13b2383011fa4b3cf97622 2 @@ -2449,19 +2449,19 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html edc9a45354c0b65e9de2fb303c46ea4735cf7e88d3d0924194f043b2185c3688 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 7979710525fa36569de779bcfdbf188acd58e406057eed48cecf07c6b186ca11 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html edb74749fbae574d2d9dfd48a73fbdc5b7045151d8de5ab6b3ae74b36b6c3833 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/drivers.html 89a8939c27587a5387d0db39e00ee80cc03c68c8e58ae4bf195903de867f74ff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_functions.html 368134fbbccd5e525b869a1c51575a65a4f9de6033adb26739911cd4da30bf08 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html d2981b1d57ace4c55e68afd275eb3eb693420cf7b186e02b99f489a35f4fb421 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/efficiency_guide.html 0129e89dec677a41d311648685b9b0fd5eba796bfb4541499960eb5e971a1f77 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/embedded.html 35e72bdb383808bd22a15f8477ae3d317155997ce778e5ba07eb9bccf34db2bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html fd97c4d22f4986bf07a2379398bf5e0f1a536ec993b79909cc76f5782a1c27ef 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html 96d797b0c6c0cf1d24ebe811fd37ba4fe055d627969589720654ee64fd1202ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/errors.html 0769e6cbf3503170ec3f0a4ef07605a3af4bb0d9b3790b495e626845408679bc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/events.html 37c2f1fd478be456d49e778a4f1d333eb9ed6af68ff56e2c917301e50ea21266 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/example.html 9cda4713b85fc00af5acbc039fcf517a36e22186bc4072fffd98552d0e990959 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/expressions.html 4fa31a3e36d7d8201875f814d4c75cda2197d5fc6cf5518188649825c4f771d9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html ed31037b870ab5d1fe578856b5176e9f37abf2e34b874efa459f449df52a1585 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html d1e5e4d9b0703f1c09108e349a9c6ae301976ccc302c8c8e99f654bb66a6cda9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html e744f98cd302afc9eb67d37549857f2561def7b89aed8a78e38c7e6a303e4891 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html c462ba44d44e064809c70688a0f979d09c60778b40a94ea4ba45187415708b01 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 3416cd2bdb417d5cbbb6d5df4d2831b5378900bd8c4174ed5b34d4af71d1ad11 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 18fe80070995817b8841befb1e1a24e6b8e1c97a0cdd72f0a4a9ee67a290962d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 50653360fc74a3c147a8a4fff603212a9bb2cddccb2c7798a2e7d8e4f17fd42e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html 5eaad70ea4d2993f93e7ed7f72eef42b95d8b4116046966570eca639634b2565 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/drivers.html 4286280a1885adbb3d8925fc44886557dde89203c9b68d6494d4a851ec3e88d8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_functions.html 425a8d797715ac13ea50f056c8b86cea931970bee23a694db4564fd67f46f140 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/eff_guide_processes.html 19bdf7b6eca46f7d3de6c8868729ba6619eb114e82864384a537a1a5d132d7c7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/efficiency_guide.html 1c1a780a5dfccb12f533dd86b7c661206f40f7d252be670cd8d29f412a76bb1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/embedded.html 1764c67a52f6372474831065feeceb0c6bdf049f24b98bb5539fba3db8c4e4eb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/erl_interface.html 0ff9bb7c17324043658d80df8905a7b3664e3dfd2a69067968583ee48e40879e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/error_logging.html 574caf3dbe0deef353f4996b445dfbfcad0d3adda13c585ae5cfa4545fcd4b64 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/errors.html 947aec79ce8a914d4ad9c642d1c267e3b53faf00e5b3d74bba27533440b7e03b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/events.html b9297755f8240daa0e1612933ee163b407c79f2648b8669652533eef9d4fba47 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/example.html 16422c7e533ca5836bfbceaa098ac56c83f75f9dffc5b66864a815987831e7fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/expressions.html eb4b2371cf7533b21720010fc49ec3a5840d80aa3d93e7ad5631ebd510a867ff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html 29c7b268e58cf62cc3477f73484f228f9306a48922333b1b8069e905201c3f71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html ab0b7712708b993d8138d555eeef90fb7067a7f2d0d777bb5ab7fae04429d13b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html a13b6bce24d8682a8528f88adb1ca9c4cee7939b9146ed9fde30c5c8932dfc69 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html 00dbce742c4c6d785f49f6ceaaf7d36138e5d2b605905a4c73f6cb3fbd13ab2a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html ca5f579725049cec781f66969b4a333cdbf7a1fd649520879ca8ed9effff8725 2 @@ -2469,48 +2469,48 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html c8c29c0cce300054acc08255c8c5a07af37698f3aa1121abf20168fc9941dc28 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 5e98e630d0e1df907266302db632035d51cf068254799210b84301742b524419 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html 9d57ff45a6e3b03d52c8eb59bcbf80d391d312a81bdbec3006760f72d2fef385 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html 202f498cf5004c319f2097b8d53434a5678b5ed0a051d43d3d24acfd7509fc7e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 4e084b11fd9b85474cf54c5e8cacae2898c3f66abd99a4646a2babc7ecbba1dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html a63794434e590182658e15862ab7b0c2c6c2eb5bb25466900d5d6ab9a692a515 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html 38a8c1d27ccd37aba104939a2faa75b035e7bdf3b6ecbf656eb1cddb6d813654 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html 79118c5f6bdda2b8acbb5df416eed4f2b03f28600505498e9b77814b34851ead 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 80d0f3b4914f99f27f8295f696c928736523ce5a33c2dcb5448889a3bd60267d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html 87a54070136121e67a75ff322da2b8a9a934ebdf9bb32dd836f3e72bfbd5644f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html 83b2f737321c44784d59c2dc9ae63deca9c64bb1b99d07aa2097fcab4ee17b14 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html 41b0cfc5f267518e9cf96a2dc1cff53d27c8e62c59966f3524542cae21a0871b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 3f9c8e326287753c909b82c3c9b2ee22750c545ab96432c7ead41e5703c72fa9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 14188d3c7dc49fd6f3ae8d37a98e32ebfb648bbc12bc499f7dc1c3d8987d6d13 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html df613b1f1a769969d41b70ef985578eec7813ad565bc1cd4cb24cc84f82d31ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 31a1b3a59aaf9c2dfc3644748b7fad3cbf24f743dab78fe5bfaaeb87633001bc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html 2f878a9a22bc688dfd57a2dd43be1128764a26f43309c31282b36d2694498294 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html c0f079b8f3f2dcd93df5484ac8e3e5dae88bc0d26d8399d8d0ac78cade90260d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 0aee9ef71dc6802cee82b7f4e01746c7222dd0ac8dbb111002c1061cf7cb246b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 79713cb352cbf319bbb6ec47d7c8fec7fd2423e1e4f2050dcbe13d6d8afc3b8b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html d9ea8f38f00be5eb04ae26d7438cc2131a0c0e6586e959575803763d93bdada1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 41112854aea5876e5c55f2fe1bef5b755afd49051bd38cee9e184f78e817d0c0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html 73f650f75c4e6c7956a9ff3df39a0dbea49946955dedd9ae510051cdddca407a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 025895e97d154e31c6b48fecc6c30533d491750a3e581e7a05bc1ca880d57038 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html a626c44cd0317fdb9b9625f8469a0ac661bcd994de603872a6625f8c5e7a51b1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 87be193f4fa1db4be1710d0e07593f12f422593e71b96d3ac1889bd86084beb5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html e96bdd132a77486aac5a853cb0e7a9f40016477f4fb3c60859d32792a34fb68d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html 8b794bd361bf5688f3f48f634125076b847317596720af9632b6d4f6520a3461 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html d5cc3955c3cfa466b9dfececb00686ef5396ffcfc0df205affe3113d9b49df73 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html f51d36c2d481f205d2e4bbee8cbb32e8194e2a5f7564a90624a5e7c6e08d1906 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html df01329586e17067383fb2296d945fe2a77dc7a85434559114ed85061d504cc4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html e0081251655d3ecd355c7f370ed6a02a4018d85c4f4d753261071f9c7c442d40 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html 7faae497c7b174eed0e5147163e7001e07213509e38c7b9647aa46e558329a30 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html 91ae5694ee037af4705c37f375743025e595919f9c74c7fa2cd8eaeeb55b5da1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 6d7c0dc7c650fcac04e7a40248132684ce1299a936d5431e58eef485e5f67ba4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html 45430a5d6fa4e73d51e73da6ae11992b72518cdd26ef1bc4e18f1553d5ec3cc8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html a300b4ea13d6608b6ecd78e8b398d75187b1b8c10ed72ca9e0dbce480182fc14 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html acb815a17afc48ae910031e7ac7e1bf7ef4fa2bd4d391f1908fc93460a68dfac 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html 280cc4998a7586dfc5e159c3693f992ccf0d3eed460987e270bfb4aec128fb9b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 6027e7c0f078956043e5cd2520b9c0f4118125961d1a0287819ec65091ad000d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html 99de86cb5f2e16c349f8c6c1ccb05f3bf4e256bed6994b98b0321612cc66fcbf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 748ab4fb15dd2398a456e586a9eb6949ccbd84162921a82e1368aba5e0f13ebf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 48ed82e16ed79fac0b92541c4c03774fa91ff1cd69c7a1c86ba47869e592f7f3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html de3185b70a0ac17691ea5c28f32b185aa74e59baef234f4552a95d1c5214581e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 6e8d5bbdd8eb3c1dddc9f95b1b16dcfc8ef3b2b43da5c58b092696fb43ea6cdb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 68e1c390345efb5a64f59e0e851c7a783a9d09c7749b4628a8a2cbf64e3bb149 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html b88694cc7517cbeb1111de137542f961a78324e86924ed011a40ac0cd419df58 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html 484caef0d11ee963691b34ca6787f4da86539d30d8a768b307fed3bcf469b115 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html aa1c8583d32f1ad7269b2e665bb954357994f8367dced008fe18bc550d6c7234 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html b7b70879b3ea9665cd40d7864e23b5f4a2fdaa6b7db61d06d47760316b845780 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html 430655aff01f8b32f543205fe3f9ae68c9b8a6ad3074c265d83c9804ad537a58 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html b016d060fab19013eadda430df9c96594ccebac687144f3d95c21b3d27430400 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html dde8fdae52eae206b2a784af95a847b1fcbc2a0796cad8108c6b7f80ae288a8f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html e019a31a5b332939fad83fefb7ffb379bbda5f58eb1d4eed7555153f7606dddb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html c7782243fb7dae3dc272a253b1eed010bd7ae3ec7f5136558999b01d8f51394f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html 6ca546a699ab276c39663065a7b43f9773f9deed0e3bd21a9c901e1c525cbdbc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 95eec058a293e31f2715310b9310577ae8f4432033ec95ee74ba0881c41ff8e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html dddc0c8020b149cfe922a812d811e6e1dca963760997319aaf18dc83b4b7f282 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html c3aa7265d187f440b564bcdfb9d1af80d42b7c14959740237e59af72c2c09004 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html 073a1f6b0bf22f93fbab217e7c760a5109c8f561c8b20bcc1908b57fef6bfcb6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html b5a392c2b242cd6e3990cff5d8e38a4ea815f4212dcc0f808e3624e1d1c0598f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 1fbe87655ccc76305e3a0e8550d111d0c6b33348792dcd57445ebe920965df8c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html ee7f4c2c64c1b8d04a9917d9625dc9f6a8c7ed326bcb0e2b90742a30b460f65d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html a1cfca06b3e28beb4e16cf7608b58227771a1bd763de4607c6792e65072ea011 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html a4bcd0345f65e6a999c739c80e4fa4ae6629e1373a3aa116de1eae15b8cd8393 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html e41a2a22912524cba5b2c8c4198e3bc4077f8b25154b2dd55fe3264d501ff9a2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html c2791ace5c23fa5809fa1029c4d9c4ca6ab579b7f5f8603de5f7d255c7f9f0e8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 3905e99525ac60a7d25915886724d55c70e99cffbab644e55b512f43286d3592 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html 9d9af6fc9315423e5bf788a6bb84d7e657f54dfb79a75fef5cb7dbc7e464996f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 6595b16740aed90b6848e3c48a59aa353f24060c8ec1b38c913f65d5995803dd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html 851fe590c48c304dba7002b825ed59bb533c44973a84c1494ba0b10395c5d46d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 3f6662ceedf52ff3f378b02b8911c1583cde673d9af20346c6b4d4dac9b596fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html 99f6ee408daee58a684a51e433d56de6417c9bdfb3c87dbd311ba7e4d31157de 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 685eae33d0058a6b935c47757841475937b0645afb6399d018f36f8b2aad456a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 5badb0ba950f33967877f299388b65f15da46700a8283176742dcf439b1e6463 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html 21ce288f0dd9d6f3a6652fe75b8ef742646e23f0cbf6dc00d4457de79eb21c33 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 91eaf871a36c56fb77ea77cd728add358d9d116e3de752dc7565dcdf88939ba1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html a0cd6b22a6a9f7ca5a1307356ea33c5cd2dddc58791e234efb3942ab9b8191ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html 30bbaae122a62092d6e5c7057e24ef1dcb02c34419ae516bcd9ec4af3c761552 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 6c12ce6e150d234218b26795f6bdb4dcf7e07d9410ead52efa622c3ac05c5660 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html 9a3da7589775d78f3dd359b6a065b8d6abb80536d7ff4fffacf1f17f90d3798d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html ae4e36ecc6751fc8f5b2845671e79d010d71543e7e4fec7b1a56e49a99fe3df0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 41f1eb28ecf49c24f2670c10719ec8000044afd98b3d657508a2888ef7f8858b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html 02f13ceb65f5d4496fe9513695f7173ce7ab0a95a6d3e249ebf82a903c230617 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 55aa7519ca9abdec53f984d5a91615aa200e69fc57bcd956241d5fd53574f2c4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html 705d255e65cfc440acbe10538f1c2c98fa0833efbcc424098748c25246a2d16c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html a6c41b6bebffabdc3933e3c6679a382a737394a63dd86e15263f39f7d9ac75c3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 3219fdd4bc0dbfdfb1683972207aeaa7f806cd97930f854d4097c966ebfb4720 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html 86eb98b0d7815edb408efd96551ade3392e8b7811629f8ab1dddf422524e2a09 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 11f8d92bc96aec1bdc0b1078f7261f197c4226420a821ec452034128cb429d8e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 4ec871af7ed63e5ba139537fdbc26797f0b53891f3632a7fd4b816832aad2abc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html bc6ac1ce7eabeff2f59d9d0859928e639a5ee83da3bc08c9ae79f71b15e1c753 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 1a3c0479d5fd158c60f15d09bd6bbbd91f1f2155a5a434c45e146185e93dc60f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html a940fcdeac4fb05d855b582d0a3656be6bbbcb29d0f8392bd5b326c40b122c3c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html 3af1e49b8fea868697c449877b1a26c90cb3fdf0b4ee0fc316ec167c3fc9e766 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html be50fc981c47a1762a794cfe0c1ae5732fc92221e7205b266b032ddb31cd32d7 2 @@ -2520,5 +2520,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/404.html 018a65c22ed856dcce171891d414115a3b3be08830c3040affa16b73429c0e1c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/absform.html f6ad0b7976d47e631a441bd8108b533e2cdd5b1cec0b06647f070c435c41e575 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html b8e865b1cb96a895089df9a29e0a5a6a9a34fa2a6a3d1e902608fbf878e1085b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html e821373f21910ae23c4c7c397591a7e1cfcba30302e9d5a50a51a9c7c543a90a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 33c4946f19aea160db9ef9b40972d31aae45105891c5d485d29786bacaf6e742 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/404.html 0538bd3871f4cc4c23db75fd06ffc4af3481b7cd489fca8b0e289abfa4044591 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/absform.html 783dd60cd05c13f950c913aa2026985a6eb8128296adedc01f517ef76be7acea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html 963e70a244155f4b673b486ebc09e43018caccdc8821c637a05bee3e14b62e1a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html 9ec4e688cca9c7904da23db23a3ae7275a5a7c96afdffceae3aa71e741a0b28e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html b6932ccbe6f8316f2b007b6dde72258a649a7094eeef3cb1b74fb3f168976575 2 @@ -2540,11 +2540,11 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/atomics.html fa81bc143bd5cfba867626a437cbc317405e8fdced20c966071c07d9ca295a5a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html 56a5488dc36e6d1b678c564ef77085dce091eb558a445c0eacf28dff0fff2e5e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 336e97396613a040c24034f37db9205848b3b01748f9b7959f85f1feed08b1aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beamasm.html 9e788f1bbf64ad47ef001f21acb74ed4fbdc205a299d89760706e2b7f0034d20 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 3f87391849a1e3af25e9368b757df30905a77a932948b2eaee737f7078fedc85 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 1d778e701f3356c0ab6f954faeaf1b23f8f54c5132facf8f2658590202194e82 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/communication.html 1c1e36df89182e9c820cd6514ac71176db357086b967c728f072373736ef3da4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/counters.html b444d7131d381079a3de645b17f1d02725c51f9beed2535d9a4718f7609e18a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html 8fb9e28f865c2a6d0e1b1e41c41cb1acb9d7082f6a34d6f8fa8339c330b8a0a7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html f44c1f83b075f92325cd39d9e74255f6ef907c21c0c04bda5ac43ab6e3d1ce4e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html 6c473e87880288c0724ab7cf5276bc97fca5e37c12ab804ceb83def46fcf585a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/atomics.html 594b429874ad48a902938d14d73961175810dd34988ee9c9f2313e109d4414db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html 8da7b9030890bb83bb44c97a43709348d852d182c6e1369249108ddb36ecaf92 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html fb994ccc69b8eeed85c0e80139d370cb69edd8eba058048f26a25e86ba237639 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beamasm.html 4a0bbde1d05b6d6fc671dbb759982a7dffe8d40dfc0d23c61b4f2ad8e666d671 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 14bce6b0c62043cfbcc9dbe2552a30800a8499edbb3ada5f98317eca91a39778 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 4b662806cfd4844b771c2944f6e06906ccd61675e268ebe62437509e92d90b3f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/communication.html 9b1b08caac8baf1baf15b809269e1b330a9b9570f072d800e95786f92e71c92a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/counters.html 1803ecf72176034801e100233d350c02f8b1a24e04dfae9acc61cb541140fade 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html 42fa6bc317851e1801d7e8212e811c8bb8bd10431b556da4bffded1eee6e328a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 28558d1a541589e4de2a468c2f43859f2d79013eeed6714184c2f433970fdd73 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html 81584e6b99e748335c74c3c37f02144a56421d0ce3871c89648bd6f82d7ab4a3 2 @@ -2571,16 +2571,16 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver.html ec5d7c2b2c37a23cc56311eef95c71ff4bb3cae685c9b2d6905605b463d1c0e4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html 1ca355f4e9fefc07551f2de6fe2f9d364b10bc0417440b9e624f1ee53c7ad6b6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html 221b979fbb07f694e36247b05361bfecb78b71831921fb15c50e76979ea18de6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 184e1be4fdeb0100bed63b11927c86ff98146f00259b22db0453d191a342a4b3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html b59242e35d21da9e1547846258f6a80f1c8ae11055dd5b79667081dff16291a9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 44b9dede7087614a11bb3c3f5dd6cc9df0512f89b885a099c7980f802db0515a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 4a9cc51e6bdb425fa36d4734f5807513c9e19408c74eec43d2ccf9d0b5860726 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html e7d63d00baabacbe6bd4bb677dcc78f0bd9c98b7c5a6a6998fb430b466899247 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html a48dd15b937ec894ac0b10117d896a99e2d9dae0735c8729acd1271bb1b5785c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 46f8618ff2b1f4d45f82dab762ee29fcca113c8738bc41621c2ca2b75bf3a4fa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlang.html 3db331343dec7bfd720901176d5ea5fcd15c96619913c48bcc5ded0094968705 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html 142012b40022cd2874dd4a0cdfc570fff322cab457cf50be56fe5a0227f3944f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html b2e5a074d5f8901f54eed332ece4698cc4457f4c255740c1b26b1fe49d28ee75 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html 8c2593e0435bbeaaa6b66ca4fa95007bbfb1165a7aefe6a4e99aaae3d82db115 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 114ab7e1fc122072236f579d0c5c5a2babe6abaded8cb7b2d8b97c92de340cd6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html b9cde77a03b67fbdc35da5a2a7c9ac3dea43e93e9448847a997e9453ecb84f9a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver.html 29d002d9b7f9ef37a8422b2e5ccf44f7c1b90ad48c40f3daa8eaf55b5a83cccf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html a92dd2de6be912a904426c756abf0dfba19d6e5282d2c0008c9ac0caf23e890d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html 0dff0634a5318089a4acedc7db7494cf305847efceab9648a16a422ffe05492d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 6a12d9e0efc978b174295e3bd63aa68e6e1649b13d34f10e95b48bef52368aad 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 7c442e19f81dbbf5514456faf1724d43feeb93d15b8677cbf51eea782be7932f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html c10543f41654fce1b4923ab1b8fea2aa5f4c2c2369a63db28bfa18ec7f7a3ae0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 04e26bc81591f4d357d4a5101dcb23cf9f162a65bc327b65ba198d8284f87f6c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 41343da628717dae37dc440809c86e55f2f23bc502f22467b157ce45c6fb7988 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html 36cfa0bd263aeb485c593d46e3ddc3160637cc6c050b81fc8a95901459adb4fb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 6c86d62dabb6e4acc2c6d0f027c282a9afd5193e2e24684f634a6456a877e836 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlang.html 19b46c5c6541385adbc30f77cd7035d5ef302003f6b3a69cdf587a10fa30839c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html 16798e97b180961b57513654cb31a01c2141511b00500836152a86e5e6102b6b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 746fa495230afc9e44eb1d805173c00a32f3a3538670794f80c9e629f4b52440 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html 9d8df782018305985717c05a2d130f2b9fe9b1d2fc505aad73bb21956f961a2a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 24049236b753f6ff975603312b5023838c1af88dad33c801722685b55d9dc238 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 6c4e26031e2e44950332c106461e5c93b87805e347ed574cc5887cb568bbe2a3 2 @@ -2588,20 +2588,20 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html dd778d56f38b708a03f913cafdedf534a39464493f3ba003f7bf8366b76c35bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/init.html 99b7cd0401268d38878a23f824fd00ff7b96dc285199a3e211bc01fd46eadee8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html 0008f513aa5321aa2454b286dbaacab68954f2e13626c49cbf308b906697d20c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 3abd75a709448f60e15cacda062dda94bfa5a4414bc95128d021f9fa4f79bd8f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 5c1f06cf3cce8993d4e7b637fb2bef8f5a78032542aadfb89d408e856e1514c5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html c5027821e5d48b32f4dfff5e7fb629cfa2d7f1ce619fc675b3bf6f015f1dbc77 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/portsignals.html d2bea809c8ee408e5dd6385df515e1dd80fcb978625b919bf067bf9005330756 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 6a0fca6e7fdc05803060e067808422becefd7e420bf8d972d69b5d9ec8df1787 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/ptables.html ab65c91503e4888cc79859d4bfed13e4264e2e2d966e82edfd470e0caf0b0790 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 6487b553ae3583bbb1766291f3a139fe9affc655f554a374713582c28a025855 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/search.html 194dbbd4dcf4cc30c6b8776030164b835f7131313aee1a063ee97fbb8be5f10b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 6675efcdd8a0f2d5ee47dfb72be9dc6b7a4af70ccdde04b11b5888deb5c3f877 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html 95e8519b607781e770aa104cfd89e4ae34432693e73824e83e080361ed29ee09 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html d09ac3ecc2646484469290eb2c8b0b4f6d7f49b0d95213bb6caf60fe4efcc218 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 2473bfd35849dca67a0b4ad4cc300a5ad2e8acdd3e3ada4e4effa40336be7d33 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/time_correction.html bedffda33798a4ed4aa5a00b4859e6f36152781f91a3755d015f7e0507b3e418 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tracing.html a76d5bce20f4eda1b065af1ab49075f3c3eb06669e50c0cead316f2cd93f10dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tty.html de8bd8f85aa939c4e8fb98500b002b9f96e68f32ec27302dbbe33c0d4756fe8a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html 96b187a2146bc3ea6d2be21191565f4f717f68acd3931c3d3845f56d2a79413b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/zlib.html c9dd7dc4e6787319a66279a023dd9dd11982880b068c53e5caf87ccdbe3975e4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 2dd6e8cb0109c5d199b97a8f60641b2d3320203d8f11107eef18a7992430b32a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/init.html 07590856a981cbf2aa8367e5df2f007c7a1b32a26be95b127b488825b2433c1b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html fb8f8d472c953da9f261c41b4329b14ce82a6458adc813127be813fcca039185 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/match_spec.html a934990f764cbf730323be4f8f79e128ebec24667b6c48195dfd67f8bcad3227 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/notes.html e869dfc3d2987bf54d03921afda7e6cd4266f7c63b296b22c4e0d6f1cb9ab997 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html fa39fe824ff6e9bb657f489cf4d108824db8adef1320db1d38e04ae0925ecd31 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/portsignals.html 2e2889e929ce46adaa68156bbfd6d1c44b3665c6a82b1fb02317ea3db8f95c40 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 115bec60a74acab01b7532abd0dd3cd6afc5416558dca4bf4e67e25f364ae443 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/ptables.html 3adbdc309335dc202d49ce27c83fae76db21ff12cf4d1c740f7460164fd9df27 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 7a373239a3568453f875f2f14a0737ac6e61881b97630500afa099a6d7930477 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/search.html 07f048ad79d0c7a96928ad27c29d6a7d1aa165edb424c90fe7723a5b5ae9d33c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 014706764fafb839b3f22653b07ee8e71b84669c2568206eeaaae3de35bc6947 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html 76a8fc331f4b4a9b3e9b2e3b5fa3d93a3c8f18404ebc8d01467b3b215389eafb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html ce7c8bda46a827a20d14523c7eab839a3f98bde34e158709a93229f16708c2b1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 5c15df9847ba3bbf05edf52c782d6e3b6148c2744f2ab6f6980a1b5a8b1d5bb0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 5d642bd19a41d59a4453788f6b6a259b2ee89e72d46c026877151303fb7f933f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tracing.html 74c1b2931ab8a9ea92541951514da51cf83fbb3726ab7d2b65d40e7c70fa2096 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tty.html a0625d0f9a01f030f6b839f1c549e71a9f5c68ca6cad10803327b39e5d5ea47b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html ba167315835a36fbf922cf2f25bbf83508f0d1011660be36b35731f394976d26 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/zlib.html 9016ae63791eb0148da41b3e6aab60ac5688d154a4c704f4688499cf8a158c36 2 @@ -2612,8 +2612,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/404.html 45397d99deabbf6e9f12e258e7f1d783f14b0296fe2af81fd1fc9dcb28dea874 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html f8d61f8a6dac37811cb8bd9d55f0c3509e418b4cd554907b775c553d998ef869 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub b7c465e2050457fcb7e4d21c9e56f681c09fd8d87d2a27c985b774c9df8102ce 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html 4969b0bf273169bc69d38bd09d178182540147812058746098e63b0e5c1e90b1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html d1ed9a0419fe8cb0381418dee8c29659abd01a92ba94614afeee18355e772242 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 7d830caab897fa3c68fdfaff47d5505e80506768134017cee94b2e0d47133674 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_spec.html a159d97c1d2de59de74dd523050be2d421cd64c040bbffd84eb3920fd5dfe7fa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1ct.html ea259a5f8c3744b7d0e6714d3387eb4df0a7ca1b1241da4db6513863a3935eee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/404.html ebf65695c959da434a837be86de157a45efaacadf217650492ce1c134cd96a76 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html c0a1bcd47652fc81e065a394a01611eff7de3af1ab11fed0bf97ac1102372939 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub 2b3c306ad65467e12e373ed30140a8e31b9caf924380faaf815d6b80a9caca4e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html 0b3dd6f9864ce52dcb5d910772e575d0d04c13aaeebcdeaaa50396b992bfb449 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html 4cbd6e56ae33389c7e33c3ee85a7151c24aeb6fb9740fe350c7d2ae24277ddb4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 7dc8ec7b297808ce206ba3db9463a82e9239e2a3d79bb76d7704fca7d9c2a327 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 2d90d9c7fbdb54058d825f96dda1035c25feb5f57684e0dc671565715a0c8e51 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1ct.html c9f361823de63649ce80cdae7be9c2351c317116a93628e5a094f8df331072f7 2 @@ -2646,2 +2646,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 4c36bf989b452f146a4e6a6e34121c3f382e23bb631fdde55d8313f6171fb838 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/search.html babeeb69b09d0b2fc111a5c7023cec7e71f8602185fea7577138ce28fe52f954 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 59ef58cb6c0b50b2e934711f5ba1b3dcc2c1cc5f1c8dd6af6a8f1098f2eaff1b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/search.html 7dd9363d9526c00a84ed4a4eb40e1124880c24b29b57c4831cdfa3231ba9380c 2 @@ -2651,2 +2651,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/404.html 1275ee96c3828cba0a9e3b9f8ef63a381fafec36fed6c90e821f2c701bbad2f7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 64792c87ceef802af880a63f85bdf5ca7dc5a401e7027010913f8848320bab81 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/404.html 411404954ee0ef4f761f5f2b709a3c026fc3c8d658b42080861611a1bb32bc87 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 4296979c30925be548304bfb6af83f2cdaf7342f2ef2367b02c18d0b20ea4d44 2 @@ -2658,24 +2658,24 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 979b709bb137a79c2ba462d29f6c1ea7cd07b89c2f6207426f3d334dc268491d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub a3007b828e9928b01231cdd9355c39f728b5d351440d3f00de0cc1bbf9b0a751 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test_app.html ac34d016b607bfbfb4e19bd5c5b7161d5552f946be037aa6ba7d61f0a2dc7c66 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html dd3bcf5befd7172e16f82d667457ccfbdf1a66ec7035ee54a157a98fe675cb93 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 06361e2e91f5269218bcacf567ea242a8daa470fbd6260c63b309e9a9e5dc88b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct.html 3d575f5cccda9f540ca2a66968fbfcdab1697f97276c2f88a04d11627b8eea91 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_cover.html 595039e81febd784c20d8dcd7f52d440e7e93a2341f7e967b8cbb2cc2feb8f0f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 679c95bb45ccbbc4de509f9d5168bc2b2840677c586ca2d72d7bf59f3cfbf789 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks.html 4dc643cdf7479d1ff829e0e65310e148cdace86d430fe38c6f2d60bc730e0048 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html c9752ab160c653fbde033a4ff324454d7d1f35c31c0446620f8d6d5a9f8bc564 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master.html 0f4ac6626930b33eb4231c8806ec29ffffb24f38449ce09dd7b41054ed2a23d6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 7e9bc717be99b2597537a50127a259521513a70ee0dba22de1f0688fccd7311d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html dc14ac429c7f2746dadc02a4d469248763559d68c7339d05b9fa12c352a64057 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test.html bd56f1ea13f17308817a2e98f83219dcc3d073000be138cc8fa65f5fb5527837 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html ba5db35f3e457fee4b219cbaa879108eb765e37d6a5c13cef0e7b208a43bf599 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_rpc.html c32723ae3e10ae5e1ea9f3d8bce0578446f5701866e50649fbd5d92d06a387a7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 17d255b2037c1acd78b27cbf76b87059a82d8e913220369166f40b3da4c5a0ed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_slave.html 0624d201e9ec73d451db1c0d76ac8e48af82443f82fa8298f44e185f26a438b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_snmp.html af679e6a04aa8688739719d067f31a447ae6d8d0962487848fe1aaed0483d97b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 20982593aae5e6c1b97a7f115da75c871815c51598fd4dd0375a3d8ea5ef599c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_suite.html 02b6afda7536d3830b26cbf6dbdaf936dae30510648564e63d6e29ac1871564e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_telnet.html c1cdcbc7eaf0fd2d3d211094f18d7bd8aa51c9783ed60979474b0bed954653c3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_testspec.html 92f7be72eae63192d6b361cb98c6eec1eaac2f5560d45de2e105c32512b8e9b3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 4d3277885640b3212e3276c3ccc73076b04e12a1d7a2e15d1a81f08151dc690c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/basics_chapter.html ff6bd9dffb60a47fd48831412c3dbb2d2022d661907f75bde7dcd1c008406fd5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub 157b65034b1a50776a45273e1c5829a4f42c7ca3be080897a33856806f424be4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test_app.html feda639a8edfd9ac8f15e46bc94cfe8bb33ed4bf7fd5f2379febf521facc9e02 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 0c99347a5183c9b7b2d7be95a0d857cbb584d10fd088f999fdf0bca5a28359ae 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 892243d886c2fc247ca7d14774357952ba3eba0a30ffacaf47343540a45ed60a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct.html 91bdac5002bed6d04a59e1da9083e47dbfb618ff8394276b214fa34699304d1c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_cover.html be8a8a5c3a5fe17a0f73defd11785f89bad90e5b8fa31ffd81e63731e0cc3712 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 2ad4d0f9f1d92778e8f9ef75e2670728e45ec71fc1e70d2728f46b08dec7451c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks.html 423f139103b2cd01e0c3f0f512eed4538d9e5e2715bbe5c254be1acb98bea857 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 085afeb5307ddbefe4550fb0cb676b47d427f74b2dac52437d5a5d806fd39e92 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master.html dd8097e666867c1807f8498462e13683b20687dc5f7e908ed04297ff1023e157 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 0d08527c698014ac01a46160f6a53c9c401c2b12848a143d240ab8d9a342c0c8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 2265234b577634cc0aca1adfb24c3be9d1c802b2505124bdaa17e8726fbfab06 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 4d35553c380599f9a227267c83a1689a69e36db4d59b5cb83bda6b7f95f33229 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 286c42a02f6124c28e1bb3735f6c76ad90b00b3274274525bd042dbc022e19fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_rpc.html 8f0b8920a48a9f1f035983f35ba0d511eddf9ab83098a580dfaaaccd82950982 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html bbf83f7e640c8ce859f56be9de6a373be304d2804589cb3f85978fbcf3e12d42 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_slave.html 516cafc81c349a3d69e7a19a9be6cf4f25edfb172debfcff2e8d506a95246d15 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 05e102daa8994ea98f8983d04eac86736c10f450af3b82e69bfe37d384ec7ce1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ssh.html f5a4403ce964d7b54fb9782e18d33502435506cba81390fc84446ab45d3050ca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_suite.html ecf4362fe33196ff52a89daa430512826402d871fa3b728706257f1d310557b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 38dae491eb0ce9f618b77311085bfa070a444b367f34aa625bcc839ea2ff7575 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_testspec.html 37d2c5fca700abc84d37f59a76857bf2c432c59133f84334920031b69ad5aa11 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 46c5b8372c5a51830e42cb50b53f95b35767cdf95f359f65d0998601480c2365 2 @@ -2702,3 +2702,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 6ca48fbd04a680c43167b8f8f4436ac2c58ed317a9b95f7139c8fb0a64ca816f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/example_chapter.html ab1da542e03bc32e6011a7fee46fc81e2995074161f8ac1b0beb996ac211315e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 8f5ca528e7bb24429fa8f1470ee2c1465317c52e415376e9d2d23cfca48731f2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html d0a61f9ee71ceb87cf733dc9b88fe7e3136a54f726cd5182416a43402e7738f8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/example_chapter.html 6836cccf1a1317f2ccda454790e0d035f79148f246cb43c242f1f83a7d86ab9e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2fb2889c61be39f04fd102cde08a37394ce1037153018b4f9d3a55220f18edec 2 @@ -2706,9 +2706,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/install_chapter.html 3a622a2b994231930df5b66d68713568ad83d6e562fdf974bf3f9d1f979ff517 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/introduction.html 1e7128ef851548e88b0993ff2c41f2a9401e008cb27dec556f328b656997ab6b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/notes.html 93509777f71737166d7270fb5cb4d2757c02cb3c43fe4b80713111cc4bf6901d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html d564564b955ca1a32c3d0e46490bcd849558713aaa2e545ad6b35dba6a3bf8e6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/search.html 83116550631137040af24f6c7f7f490586c5114095f91e4621ed560dc0bd232a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html ab0c580210d6cadd3306317f06aa017690b4c321e1e67ff778897ff45a724c60 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/unix_telnet.html bd53fb6f12d5b1198c4ea855fa0b004b871872f20d60bebf8cd6c93fdaca4f10 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html bb83a3f12f931fece5d6097611dda1fc1f504cb261de4ae1b47620872f77502e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html bcb7a54211ec743a905514ac1154855d3f6cdba43f570ac2a78158a2579b2348 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/install_chapter.html 0ff6436507439a3a316b0e4a37522e42107f479ab8ad0c465e9d5dc9a3fd2630 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/introduction.html 34f0d66af9acbbaa50494e511082c53f83307c638d40138053af94084c6af04d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/notes.html 06c8c11ad94e5d99bf5d1e1ff672a7a2260a1a47ea071296bae0c397a278cddc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 07135581c657f7a774f796f06d657abd723d360c5bcb462ed27f10dba84235b2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/search.html 1b989ffe55b7d409b8ab09533d2f510a9c61cfe69ca4f953a97bc8c7083d3abf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html 75f1ecd5cc2fd3e572caca5d01a3d3e65685feddfb32006f16a02b93bedefeb1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/unix_telnet.html f8a7fae982cbb46a3ce777b4b2347d9b0197255fd5b897d4adb658c07c4e3778 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html 264c2e49daed6e37cd40fb52ccf663d522fe70f0e9534eb076b52cde804d15cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 58c0b767800e7e23a66b573c2f6c1f7e3991aecf7240b6b976167a2e22c52ee7 2 @@ -2718,2 +2718,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/404.html 5334a6539dd134a98798c0bdd12c2d58f43ec5004a39284a8e7851b9af14a677 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 586bf0f7a0b01747534c99a9b4127061b868d3ae7d0ab2177d90b572dcf1a405 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/404.html 43cbb2b72bc20c771553c89f9a4a835803f0338e34344b7a2e4884e7e1a89d0c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 6737628faae7dc9141860641ff6e6ea0aa2f71d297c09b444f4cb3e3c928778a 2 @@ -2722,6 +2722,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 269c047600f08b6bd287a8055284466defdaec8553935c9983c74697d0486378 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl.html 5d93a993e2489e9fdd4c56f5717f51def3e05a01113ab021bb448e81361eb1f1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html dbfec0314c9c632aaab503e927871ae7471bdf2255ff3028c152a0c42c62124f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_trees.html a0a8a3893136c815cb7b8711cd5fd0c9dd22b28ed400d0e0e6a06611de2a7332 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compile.html c0382043e61ab965ba5cc7e2a8c30cbfd0fc6eb4fda003d965b041112f8c7891 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub 2fdd7ee6bcce82a4f173138a8934aa58528b39f23c7cfb34aa0836ea8c4f4db7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/beam_ssa.html e40a689941cd3132036d03e2eb62b152559618beef4f250e7c730e1ae2520ea3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl.html 5e2c9da01f126204011a8579f430b101773fcafaa0e7f07d8b82966134c48b25 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html 480ee7688e9a8985f8c1d71259bf3b223a2e1db0ea9d3b899bdfb32da66fe2e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_trees.html 1a333edd07f7eccf16bf254a03608b9b7fb6f08a035acedcc1fb448dd55c62ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compile.html aa7a598fca7274fb5086484bf3a105c2c68371d8b82f09850ad992156970f8f0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub 44ef37cffd55d9e85396acbfd0e58e67bc549c4487a0357e8a321c3753dbb7c0 2 @@ -2749,3 +2749,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/notes.html c3cfc3ced710e1a47b4d019e95e097cc87b95ead34a22166c05e3ffbc423cbfa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/search.html da92cd4907065a73f6f6ee9f96bdd2f43feca4a4e5d8b0efb49acaf0059ffcec 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 2cbfc6252c20a565b1cdc456ca3daae9029a4ac8fd759a28ffa9428d60a57405 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/notes.html 54c896916ba6ac54465bd0485961b60ca350f8e452c6441e0e8c1eb4042cb341 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/search.html a9937f6fb5c604670df5ea4a66e033b3e2e0bfa2d8b022bdce85cf477859b500 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/ssa_checks.html a6d5fa4c27cb3c3fc4227d3780f8d6b40c00c119a8cee631d37bcb8345deadf2 2 @@ -2755,3 +2755,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/404.html b9bb2fad2b89fad78a77d2edad7eba4093c9a9bf2d40542c169239a6d73801d8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/algorithm_details.html 32846b8917f57765839ee52b5f02e8cd8d2fb0735867f9f6be2307ce99b3bea3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 7411f9d56eb1791d8fa649b9c9aaf6506dbbf1efa9e7cfc007ded1ac630a0be1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/404.html c8cb5250bae4253e0837ad4793876af146007fe6a24588bfa86d6c57fa6f2f21 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/algorithm_details.html c5dbfb16f219355fcfc01aa2ca3240f2a2af3545a4fb7420eb9d6f32833c3aa5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html ea0b614734a8b7dab3d9bb572c4a2be619f51798be5e3c18959aa2ca01a6a85e 2 @@ -2760,3 +2760,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub 3db9026a65a81266977faf230b0b973a561e10d963f99ddc28be3b9db60b241d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.html a2cd3bc5a8b29b1e57edc7eeeb8c4011e5020a831224fa23c47bffe16c72d4bf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto_app.html e764a17fe8f3206959a7dd9e57cdc9969bd9198e74afc4f87db80056a7f7472e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub e1b0025d7a18913897b944bdbbf8501a755f62f69ff238e0cc3d906211fde204 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.html 4aa6370c54d5ec4372105fec75ac678f9c01ee7f03c6fb36047c2e507e8cdde5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto_app.html 41d1152a61b1367db879e04d8a5efe2cf43231a4664daa5d1f1bdcb86d231852 2 @@ -2781 +2781 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-B34D67CE.js f82a6e33bf4b4834fb808a716224af8c3034c811c6550b4322358a033c5d6d10 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6B64EA2F.js fa6b93a9b15624fb584f6718343e9b4d7e00a92198ec83f15cb97474fd37afc8 2 @@ -2783,3 +2783,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_keys.html d4e351c452beeea4c9c67fde5c522c20abb5850e0e9e3ffddbd5b633501ebc60 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_load.html 7014855c25c6cb7bf18a9b414566a7859c4b9e36c9aced797561f10bad6c48e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/fips.html 52a25059a47cd6f3264bc687d8b819d1f8f9f5f39d965acaff8d0aa70f0a5643 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_keys.html 8af201a10e5748168f2157c6fdeb815d88db842dd43723c27734ebfdace8a403 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_load.html b4f451fcbdd1fcb9a22711b0a03fe86c9356f93977aab6fa816a68e6867841fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/fips.html c9f8d1d0be6d9b9d7daaab7d8b10e3d3f11afbe37aba1533a7257efeb5a03986 2 @@ -2787,4 +2787,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/licenses.html 5aa8ffc4f19beb1bbfe1de7408894a84b1cb6d2c06f69ad3d078100fa18c144b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/new_api.html a22355a60d75d7b356c80573057de6ca626720763b2b7b24ac44bd2c40e22090 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 3a3119f82cd20188d7ce5bbbfadff8c607b2566281e175472091c59ab99693b5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/search.html f56104d27df9c2517195928545b9c4f1387065d7180a4e53f87db879b4b36254 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/licenses.html 6d4c9cac943abd3c44c35e64ab446a7ce145cf851800890cbcf431c69d7d0d53 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/new_api.html 807e981059eba5bb0693d3020ce938495d161c62cfadaf95b542a8267eb4114e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 19906095d25f9d8e22ff5c1d3f3c29b0af313b3c5d9dc5898ae00d55b362f109 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/search.html 1ae1d784cb9fcfd974f5db1a61fc1cccf20378fb3a9b1278172ad33ab549684a 2 @@ -2794,2 +2794,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/404.html 0cdd4ae86fa5519a959a700171f6dbf092c1fa48a390a29b264d20a0ecdfda56 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 526e24aabfe5fe52755b1f116ecb5b553400ae303947f2fa3c0212ea87932cf7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/404.html 91fa2539c548163fdf240ce314ce008f961fddf26ee8614d7077d34577d82379 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 22d82d122fd7c865becb83a0ee457671afeaa62d4745233b84fc5e6aadc86ad1 2 @@ -2805,3 +2805,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub 24311d340101c4d5b7286650b693b14cfa6715d04f2c9a683d835af7aca2c13a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.html 565a2a776aff32ff39c64411241eebc8ab0b0cec8c71744a6795417481d55db2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 671262106dfb838127a0ae14ce610d8ffca562ce5f3cd6592af52217cbf2820f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub d5446d91c01e9d32fa159a41d61b170f6ca5368b49d0b89b8d36b4bd16a6e343 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.html df64fbba0a885fa34ad75e3abd24d44506fd96fbd6f17e4f8a7d31d94b3e5abf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html e614c9f5e1aa014ac002c717cf57cfc13f54475485842f246960734604f7fc85 2 @@ -2828 +2828 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/i.html 14b1858599ad84b797135746af59d84e4a604c5b4c1f73d595385c212452ac58 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/i.html a20e79e11791e3e76d1b529d0d5be60c62c0efb193199c0c69188af0a26bd95d 2 @@ -2830,4 +2830,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/int.html ef2afc53f12cbaf3c51ea1c0045051dfda8e5639a28bb681d5177f2056352b70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/introduction.html bfc3eaecef80dfb39538ba45a19188a71c9f3b5796ebb94a960739b71294bb00 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/notes.html 9d1f84310b5e891044b75b0b2c952874b1398b6c98f8b122fb71488b85e3a664 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/search.html 9d479146a97e9b6e4de0275eb05e3fce0a5167041706329afa1998f8c2988572 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/int.html d8e483a2c973969fcef33e93c0cc90e2844375d7326839cb0e54417a5ecdc950 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/introduction.html c86fe99123a459f4c46e0ef318cc79ecaa43432c5290a7926e11c2c289a6aacd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/notes.html fa2f91a0667639afdbebeb8e30eab7c35d4859e5de88dbdb06efce0ac95f869a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/search.html 379bc26de4c66070d5599a3abb1ed6a45bc23111327ce5e915ca9e4e6f381e97 2 @@ -2837,2 +2837,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html b99823cfcee1fd87167f25f7289e3cca8d25c6d74eb83e20af62a58353d835e5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 5a0de6e3abac9877cac7f6902f5bd78a760f23a2230f33adc450001581c564fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html 98cbf388589a3e186c8cd8151a82dff246fa13856a8ece52f2617e1b71baffdb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html df59bcef62e7bb1f021b306e427ada18f8c3638ec7729cb30e25e4318a0ce265 2 @@ -2841,3 +2841,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub 487b415d75595b811597d19705c0898a48631c395109cdf7eebf078cacd9ab25 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 0cba9b2c4aedf84c25d624d93babbabc4f90252690f4392b5a354bd00dcb3619 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 816a32090b3a1b9a3e4d62b0095decdf777385f37a9a45b10780c6dc8160ff18 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub e9b68236ef14a06919e600513e7ffb7f6219b046ed6bff94d194b26d42215c2f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 0cde20de20e90469624cfac1e5a1e1f3812e73f6ad9564cf29961a4588c25831 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 5268678b557b082f1b179e5efc35d7d20c63f872c1925e0899300ca4cc3229aa 2 @@ -2865,3 +2865,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html b3d05f66b01e62d3b6732526aafee4701b0d516184497ecc1735aff6dcb09da9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html ebbfb9de428b15827320913539372b576a7fefc79496810d36f5fd96195fe967 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html dcdeeb6e64c1682cd4407c869ea96318bf60a5578f4ea9873c99ca2157e500e4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html 27288152de254d06034cc1ec81c4b625698b88bf8418143639f88aedffb57fe6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html 54ffa9b4217868801d7d85ae10485d79f97e0421d6500a8fc5a3f43dac2ecbd5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html 1fc726f39304cbadd94ab67c7c7e54a72a5e3a0d9be7eb466f477bac5c33539a 2 @@ -2871,2 +2871,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html 933dc521f4f20174375d3235fa470c641806bbdd41903d2c70590332450977f3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html d2a1f9600095729901c2353f0ba84adb5bbb4c08d798cff7dcad9e5b01b241ef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html 9c9584997bd65fe38c64ba83f9fe85cd05a7a081176379ca42eff8ef590c3ecd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html fd4d4ee214783e7f52c78ca68f5395eb34361db76d3a30122bd5e47226fd0453 2 @@ -2875,15 +2875,15 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub cf202558411009ea592de43c3da84bc803ad49f2f5e644c83d5b17b32e3e6ccd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 1d9ce11c4d901dcfb73ac30c617e697b2b3a832e125b60233786b714c25cb997 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html e33022d0dcbf184564bf44b7655dc24aa5befa076af3152227db40be1dd09822 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 56d74fa79b41fef749ab29fca0783b92fd22990b940fc7baf821030e93f7e674 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 4695e1a78eaaeaa0afcf4e6e37aff4cba9d5e1e55091da834814068d0495a604 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html c3f35666c8c237c73c48fc175d7cfb9b51d23b5cb7ae8f13d6e3fea187e0cc48 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 15d69589972d6ceacd92302ccf999ef0c71ca831c09ecccc8a1289914a6cd235 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html fa26d7afb612f77ce37c7474e4fce45f9666ff993da6db6fed286ff8ee94fbfe 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 917db8674e302209c931e5126a0247bf24e8034af344b21797ec24664eb1d2ef 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html 452ee9e774cbf9133789e1655b6790006997b53eca2e5d19f0e11254021440db 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html 8b367d70e762dbf5004425b37f17d796894f7928e68ba72245cb43fb340c3580 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html ea9dd7fa94b7bcc299d01df256605412d32b36fcbe98143c69c06782b1772992 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html 5532b296d700ad4a54b73d2940c140e8ac6b7bcd28022995f7ce33402a671775 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html c13b859387ebe680f7f606f91604681fbc34f1bc1b6fd64d16c9cd61f666f44b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 346421507f660a4475cffb8bbd0740df2beedd8336d736cdf15a10978d99c90d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub b391c22b634563c046c65c33ef5284ba14de9b675fe3442eaa70e4ef54fce789 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 8f6abf2d72f73ce65b1492c89b9b9595896060031e876ba7a14942b39640bc5f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 38008ed8b5f06a49cc0f6d7f976ef55faca47ebf1df908fe8462da2b81068ae2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html d4a0fe7173a0441f3307b9806939bfbc33cc43ac2e5eaa77fb2fbe5b8706dee6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html dbe985e0c7fe9053eafdf7fc25255ec7eda3306d3712ac5755eca5cc26ae61bb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html 3ebc8d3873a543e084e782276e653bfc78db31bd2b73fcd8f1a37adbf5c7cf31 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 17829dabdd66c7a762abd3062125937034c47bba1f3300ccc0afed3b39eec12a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html 2a6525739f160d70613e1480e40c0bbbc80c4e939ab2e2bf1895ffab2d5ff147 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 226abb1fd4ad8ee29047dda82db479d0cab7ad87579d9a3119822b2fa170b1d8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html 869e394f96b3f6109cb26db302706cf671d9a106487d89591cd5686da5741626 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html bfc467442b61bc7255a6e8a48e46e4ed82a07f776cfe18fa33e580f7dcc0d6af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html 1e26b916bf8518689bb31ef2eb63a55e2d90c5e44621f5d15e82a9426629b7ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html a10295078c7ec48d172680f346bd91951b76f9cfa93a7e95ce67ca1ddc47bb3c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html 6e15a28f779b21bb65d9ed47d07a524e4c6f7db781e5b05a0c1f46d1d366ddc7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html cfe17606201f06c7932e73f2cd6d245ce9774015f255d3a6ace52c89d9a90ede 2 @@ -2911,2 +2911,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html e5db1176921a963524a7aae9899e69d574fadbfda9d1adfbb3b84e6df1bb119f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 0b8800fc893e14f2e95ee79e60c636d4611861079eb43310cdb0734e1fb51ab0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html fcfc7eb01ea0c7413385c59a759095886bb9bb3557af003c6d407d9b5bfd3c74 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 3a4708b6b1f320c6e593568c9329800b2846de24e6a672e13a5dfc80b6988109 2 @@ -2920,2 +2920,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html 64057b6946d4aa51f2d44bf68b82aafdae9af36929c441d9eac7b2625c6ddd8e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 1cd113373ee407b6875a6bf24a9fafeceabd2967ba33042ce0c7731c145b6e4b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html b8abe6515edae5875dd732fe366856e8bd29399ff1ac030accb235a00fc62acd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 4343988457b728cdb0c247d03a9ea7510f5eb57e635d711d105699c803d45b19 2 @@ -2926 +2926 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html 8af0fa03eab7b67bda023884fb90a844f98ae5192139be95d233b441ba033af2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html c05549547ca6af4119034e585b1f3b9ec33cbab9a347860a38d06dabe27a2630 2 @@ -2947,12 +2947,12 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 41338918291ee6e1cedd80cecb3eb4a6fba9212abb9a5c6443b4efaec7978c43 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html 2e016bcb1c259696720e4f9e0dae190fe0442357f7d97b5b4458fbc34e38807d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html ed320d34ca4ef50bbe93408bf839621d4c035ba0558e14e750ced327d4dbc96c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html ebd062fbf1ee37a87e079251fa6ae47579512f8bda2d3116e0662a87100aa05d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html a8385a913716a1a48890e0512072c5bb41c0eaba1480c4ed777fdf07e4052506 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html b8f360b8683d7447a4e761bb7dbaaff01bd683b466b3629b9939b971da34b12d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 431d39e6d9247545edb7ec9e9437c2907607bdc3d4435eb6c7ddcfc1a5fc73a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html 1bcb6f69461eb4ee735836533feeb86ea3aca8bbe09e53a7c2049326844f3a06 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html 544075e28e0638a97e2e263854817e1bc185b5491dccd4021dc8d7c76d98fc27 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html 84105203bcfc0dd30a19db46162fa56bc9ea6d4a5b3b4d92a6e92120ba8ab512 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html 976d5dbb094f18f8336b769a67ccd4cd894d922c09eb8315b49ef9e76a7db7d0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html 711a607b9eb1f1f5b954eab089554243f531dc7eecbce41ade17de53a93c872b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 30bc72c0eba406ada73f174b67cc12756d4e39db1dea68fbac7106ee75f3d4b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html 1f8776003efea2743e2a7b8ab5b906aa3478e77ba953547334c2b88de59ea1de 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html 77656e89305f4397e6a786ec616deb27e7b362f386fe377252d0ce7dc5b50106 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html 59fbc14bc0d1908414abb054759374f615dcc825ea0e882bf25e9ce89435dbd8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html c6f7f81ddb075b54bcd0951d65c31d383ac44ba332066dc178b4027e653ad7a7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html eac7ce585bd8ff39d38d708a9eadec6a6d807c27312f0ee9f513b8f25fd51783 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 18af56f904d962f6311213b515ac4725dd536dddb6a667a8c51fd98fd90305cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html 85604b258b6c19eb530d8b7dd5ebe28cd0a8cbc6964162f772c7e78404dbfd16 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html a5ef75782b719985e05962195dec8f27db83412c15622b90db7f476c1e59ef71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html 88bbd492a161c27f0c9dbb9e04d15c55b6192a0dc780c29e3f2b3d3dfc3b0e25 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html f68afb33638561a0231f8d17320ab3ad565b554f2de2711765552add6dbe1008 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html e75ff86de1516dc5d8808caa248fbe2f0141a2d69ad03dd5a6f5e83aab0d9f38 2 @@ -2960,2 +2960,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 92635456dadf5152111bb654f2229cfae38b4ac9ff076ec5d49e1c2852a6c454 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 966b6c3266a656b1a03763914cdfcbeefb420c0d03c2cceb61e61234c344e4d3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 3e23a5e340616f88a4e26c40c66d3dff4fcd2a2f2e3ff0264fed93e4689b19bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html abd3f6dee23cc27a01c06a40cba4e5e2853464e86ffb9353b036c58e6234383b 2 @@ -2965,2 +2965,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/404.html eed6283eb56568cd496ea4359fad5044834ca2df59002d655433d6b79c63f06c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/api-reference.html b56bf005405303ab65f69c6bfb02f0fab5eafe078219443ff0e4c400a1effaa3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/404.html f7b751c28aeaee6f11842073e355adab0174b157fe57376917d1867aa9a09ae8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/api-reference.html cdccba6dd52ea1323701061c1ff1cc892e5ed389adbe51c395343cdc14ba8da6 2 @@ -2989,2 +2989,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub 10172be7d0a6fa713e845cc1a7f3620fefd606307f3e0e155564faf146783182 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.html b6a5fbc2481513093d74f9ca23dceddf7ffb43f80ed0f43327df4fb6d0f05b3e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub 0d43eef75d9bcd4e9f6cba2cce91d17986029f080f3a5511f20c94f4b34e891d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.html 25223402bee2ba2dee5598c0df16c7604f2dd8a9dd648cc30a0e42b55126cb99 2 @@ -2992,2 +2992,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/notes.html 3f38a8cb7ba88a6cc8987c58aa92e3263fdd6ca901f4083ce21470264cdbaeb5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/search.html 82ac44b5bd4383abd90eedbeeea29d5e7ae209ea193551ec1b200471d3f10a51 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/notes.html cb837afdfa74a1572f4d170753fb7a169b4434b0fe46e6c1bf9b928af2049ef4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/search.html 3da5496bc1feb0d9744d83ed581da140ae11dffd8bf04a9f0d9a66affe7e5deb 2 @@ -2997 +2997 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 578368c59349ddb01b138612ca7ba7fb29a23618dff498b5a3e29782a395ba70 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 4616a7dd7e70115131c5b0844274abbb329ee2542864340d50f37fe9aeb58355 2 @@ -3020,6 +3020,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html c15f62ea95da73a01f6eba0f4bce3cf736f0e834a4e1eb3f02b4bc71ad94d716 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html c4149fd7ea5a51caf68b2db7901d1ee78742e9dbe04877219e57f931797258d2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 792eafbeb374ef63a3afc3f4f8ffb0c0352624ac60a1882e974b379802bf6cb8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2d92d8bb3675f185eadcfd2075b0f9989b6732069149d6c4769c8d131f293184 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 5e14c7b2cf63a7d8c0e5baeda9a5e7775e81577def6d39833950f6f8d84151be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub 6513bebf4b7485874e3e4d9a75b06be2d52676651162e0e27d0cb3f725d75756 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 88ed562e2d2d5ed9ad511a7c310017e28b7c422bbca84122ae896a93e082b73c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 21dbbe8fbe5e0157dfe32d089b7d335b335b94455795252a541efe85e2e4a007 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html f6c2e13b52eb49980ca42504e428d1d7a995dcc647e8dfadafc1af95391894a4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 79ceaae56160e144d9603028e8100f7fcd48385032a92a2468f3df8a872d7e4f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html ff6f086375bb9e9770f2d40baf1ef353fa28c676bba5915f41afccdca541c75d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub ce18081638fe7bb095fd6587d14e82f2bdafec6f58ad313b1ef7dbed95d92516 2 @@ -3027,2 +3027,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/notes.html 0cca140d7c3fc5c1885969a2f3a12984b6ee3ce72502f53e8772d18dc2d37cc7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/search.html 406886beb04b0ee8ad6f671655bb291a34ca3cbebf4ebe8ada776e4d7f877bc4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/notes.html 8b20bbf7be4bda938d403ff95928b069948bf2bffe4846d68e45615e0083e9a4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/search.html 2494b55f3c248b3efc34d1d2c9b038fdfad5a4880fe67ef9eeeaf2bb998e4b6b 2 @@ -3032,2 +3032,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/404.html 8e0196fec1a78b2c56af7d2408fa1852d46980a6d27aa2192fe42f16e1a41e68 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/api-reference.html c11520c37c6500e0c855b8f7110eb4639ba15053571d51309bd877eb5a7544db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/404.html 8836265a7aa32eca99d62954c543aaf55ef72bf7811f375848c5273cc27bc7f7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 05dfaf37ceb864db4723df2ca095444eb96368446dc15fc52bf46a25f90a5022 2 @@ -3067,9 +3067,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub 5dc63a44a6c38002f89866b6640e6cb17c82dfdcac6de052e3aa6131f22c940a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.html 9774591e49085881dde46eba74e9bf56e3df5a13a08b4d7acbfeef8d16f89141 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_collector.html 3c528798c2cac28a4df70339e48ea03be4d167b9637108ceba75f5688a51df59 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html 849fc1cc0c70c2d0a9d766e7241c5d346df42849aefb8b7f970447df064c64c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html 2d8b521920393525dfeac030c08712f1f503aafad82cd78174f97cfc01c77308 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_intro.html 7e07733d94747390fcd38b9c2cc2b614c6c88dd08514fa6ae006feb9d893cac0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_selector.html 5078b6bfe8ae64751392459a6684cf9b7453b9c06e40f44ef50dfa0dabb82a70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html 1ba69f8dfd455c0329a032de90012852eeb916e516cf883282c16db7ba566d67 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_viewer.html 203b0faef974b48e47a70c9f99e5a62668abed39e9df3546fc17a140e76c68d1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub 3dab19338c51f911adaa852d4aec01338f3edb5d2bd55790ac464597ac3a6f36 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.html 7536437f65071b520b551a5cdd1cfd083d1ebaea17dfad2469f2cb42c569df39 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_collector.html 5f25876d0f73fbdf07ce6698749383ac3748018e0d87a1d2a8d2a3ba4a3332f3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html cdf16d9cd5365f549e55cc7924eea578e2fbc5334cdc29a67f6d297d059c6a0b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html f4acc159f9430a5777e467e311f5a81502996bbc41e7f3114788e6c1126650ad 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_intro.html d62bb7c5191d749db935869f3069fde2b4eb1236f0784feb7ea8477f41ea8b94 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_selector.html f347c95367df19c435bec501419b9543d8fb13a89adb9e16715e79f2079b8bb3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html 158adc8d13c9326ead29b9594e799998ae4af5e36aab398dabaacefae835feba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_viewer.html a43b6f7d4c7bbe393e88c443b9cf18fd24d43b84bef6b2c46f1e5363bfcaf47e 2 @@ -3077,2 +3077,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/notes.html 19b20d913442c0bc66c6bb16423346cc0130c01b03189285160b49cd4790cb43 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/search.html 6ca73063a4113632e8e0e52f5b4fa92298e65c9a1d90d74ad1c8d097cb942b9a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/notes.html 9b22fcba4e1f2f08d55ba792b8ec8c22d6919b5015e3a2f97c72c0a22545e5cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/search.html c98cc765e40f5a7731bb36110ec81b0f956f6732d52be84323044284742585b7 2 @@ -3082,2 +3082,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/404.html c45f358b5dba1c89b5900c3f98727ab4a9ebe49d36e6fe31ed37014db73514eb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/api-reference.html efd13872376aa5b842eb9d310051109d7ad2114136d8c2419c86757ecd931f13 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/404.html cba9a31f076a340690db1c22abae9c49f5c8bec2b3ed64e4d5ddff942e048d69 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 97d376516e8adc52d9fd61c6d1962dd62c2264865ca4800d447c90e6a30bf86c 2 @@ -3086 +3086 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/chapter.html b78ca0234c124a69755b7d8732fd18bca3bc7ebc6d538c92dd2e8460de9f3f75 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/chapter.html cd5cf9c25021adcb2e55dc1b8059469bda535113782ef763c1ff051663471149 2 @@ -3107,3 +3107,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub e20972737722f40080fa105546dc3aec3f43877cbcfb324e263f3c1c18d98b9e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.html a74dc388e582fdd5327e8bde39ac76f18b1edff91b8f05e1c9dea8fcea6a394a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit_surefire.html 171de602cfe3fe98c595532257651f31fc4f9b7dfa6f4aa2871fcafd17a6754d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub 7f9019c43d8ee0d44946b500190bd55e434afa8d5624da348575d80df1ce0efd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.html ce0944226014b354bfb623c183e4f2fcc48b5615c131ac627f58fc7b5e92327e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit_surefire.html 1ec6c2a26a8be7944869f5aab59ae4d22ea38bbaf644f63deb583b2abbc6f635 2 @@ -3111,2 +3111,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/notes.html 0d24637d73ae3e1bdc175374eaa8cfb432946b3a3b7a9b12d0ff5a093f928490 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/search.html c4314cc8e09e04159f6414076b0982e7810a2346f6925c61ad1f0379e8b3ced6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/notes.html c6f8609c9ee5406b27e5792df60f64b6c61082a72ecda52c1d5e7ea10d8976fc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/search.html 3c45dde268e5a9e8b536b5a64d8ee0d3895f78bdfd41884d22cf4375bc26c731 2 @@ -3116,2 +3116,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/404.html 9fa5b0e281673b76f3edc6cff1c2b01bcdfddca4931194c7185db90fb3c54df1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2d9b5bfcfadc18177037dc667ab1b122dcd637e48d381da91f1c27549d40191d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/404.html 88f1453c17dd98d9f22a4960bc90945f1100d4b1ab86becda930b16ee188a662 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html b0c350886edb5e3b2a89e27e8d58d7e7d5a8435e353fb3d32e945d7c552d9cd1 2 @@ -3140,3 +3140,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub 2cbb4a8ecc1556a4b865ce361d9f108347a27384ad49e113e3fb953f0a4c2ee3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html bbdbfa47889152d30a87964a2e610f2133eb1fbe57f53d67ee617176194977bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html bd2dc8c894049e2ac9bf9e8f95294920a27bfb62706a9af3a3b4ac56b4a14e0b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub 2bcf63610ef5cceee25aea5bb626196288f0fd00542025908861c577fd401838 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html a5a2d2e221457eb5c3ebf1219f41bffd51654edfccf2ed7ef05c79c529536dc7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html 7b612d1a41f27c596d79d9dcff989cb9845e52a0fdc7c26e5dfce97b86b72561 2 @@ -3144,3 +3144,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html 3a61b5c3d9aa1b142b5d2ad46f7487a8cb02f0a938e91d6e2495b252459db5fb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/notes.html dbd24023194797c86699e9ed52404a4c8f905a86c904f3f5df88d48c4b5be63e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/search.html ae0e880a14c77a1701fa06036b1aef691708435126e79bdd71abebef92ab2140 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html e7660368003357026bd6ad99795e83f0b5994ea129b9ab34ad741d12de67d740 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 1d85d8501946a5b6f7326677c982f2b34199199b10e6812a43b67a0cdc11d705 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/search.html 09db4a192b1b1e84f03c79e3833771e1652606f45bb76345760f1193f9ac8f4d 2 @@ -3150,2 +3150,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/404.html 1f8b7dfa183d5494f63c90c55e50b46fe482939f3bbac36d2de68e5a96b40015 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html b79349872e10f3248f91246172d5ca12800cb65ea58c17c541e3ef6802b735a3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/404.html 28ae1c4cdd6477356a0e267abc3d088809dc8069e8f910f90a00c0c9e375e7c8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html bdc919075ab17f641c311372b58d291886c77db0f3c2672a44bab1cdfe187378 2 @@ -3174,8 +3174,8 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_client.html 16d39d8786e3d5b5417380a8c2834951568e74bb487d5bf6e95932b517edc858 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_server.html b8ba4e5ebc553e5bbace57e2cc34394101efc267338ad5722a228b4ecc64bb94 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_uri.html acc9ec7bff973070ab46b9cbbe54217b7f4e714d37f3b396235ac43ba235e94d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpc.html efc8060f9a9cca24b0af909eee3264f475ad26163876db3663f212fb5faf2f8c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd.html 92ae0f169599f589b3bc463024f3cbcedd48546a1c8e194cd45925270116b646 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html 2817485e1b3ce58bbd32cae40e6f0dea120fb8a24c36cdf09c2f0acab6c76998 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_socket.html f1cf6038403a7ef4bd7aaf5f9213d22cfc85259dcbc6f31feeacd47d04d1fb85 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_util.html 48462df4d64c0417ed004fd0f494b501ad00c0bdbcb59ae5353cf115e041e1b2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_client.html e613166fae4130e63a30789a6f6b1b62e747e65a2e74c37fba209adf8c56be60 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_server.html f6e7ab1c30d640920a0a82ab3a2514c7ad86fe662a4a2993d24cf42ed91c3363 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_uri.html 2dcc799a64309016bf0bb066d31fe4b82d84ceff8b718ccd505b5c5642e96fe6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpc.html d8c4810843d6c724327dd4f6c787e2f196d7141bffafd181af4a20d53076e650 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd.html 096abe6234ecb286a65d8a2a9018033320a3ab85b9c1c7b5f0eee15eeb03c6f8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html b062bfeb28063a262538e926c65357fb60aafab1c11a0f7d23726df6bc1e0643 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_socket.html 906c0dceee01f3e2b039e0a70fee99a129a3c2325ddcd9220844caa6af3a0ab0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_util.html 7639f212b4ef541063bd64b3cc758b007794201d3ccb8777c3ccaf7e7753b598 2 @@ -3183,10 +3183,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub 35977b2008a06ce30b4dd9ea8948d8b86b8a9ece46a4be5310928bf21eaa4db2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.html 7c14376dd2904fa773d0b6aacded17f966843b4895f6d0c0017311f01a7fd90f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets_services.html c1c993cca9aeb594f0258788815305d459f26277577575706c462ad9ef981e32 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/introduction.html 22de01b74049e3cc67335b4b66117f074a520890ffda26d1353324d80ce5e2a2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_alias.html 3dd1688c035fbd006ab2341815b542346e9deb8b2d2b4e358dbbbca3e4fd575d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_auth.html 44760d400a79e67023ba5d4118566c9ff76f6945ced46f93d2022e5206785196 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_esi.html c126484d3d7a188a9a84c84b652d7f7214a103f3d2c18c1795e14bc3b3084514 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_security.html b85b8c37beb898574b8222e51d2ae9e9864e163771c39a4e0691af148f3bb41c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 19bb5bb15a3fe8a309f6a2cc7d2e7d2282ad0fc86b80b9df73815de6c4ff14b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/search.html c519155e30e2aad3675a85c7bc522356b0de674c216662a001cafa3c58182114 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub 3c713cacacd93f831afcfcbe3651fe6ee7806bb29c42bbbd0193dd287bcf3389 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.html b3c3341891c86e5f3e81d62b4fcbe8946d95f0edd30bf00de6e14f4cf63f3e38 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets_services.html 99d6f85f22dc2f69e473e2fcba0c86e39bb433545b5212eeec25c41a068513d2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/introduction.html 0493aaf09835a8e73adad179a8825e21123bf76d1f5b290334466357a17f4277 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_alias.html d43fa8b4bb2c2e6568327e5947966b2baa0d4dc78dbda6c6921712814871af6c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_auth.html 5d52c3af5b4aed9e656346cb4d64edba2b60c53cf31c6a6f4a6f4cd5f8e8338d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_esi.html eae695b00f58abcbe7cc272609e842660ea26d9504b931987ca59f90502ef403 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/mod_security.html dab23b59b416162437a564b689584f043b865a813ec48e3d2d70f3864341b263 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/notes.html c072ef40988e1c64d5385e9ca96cf2733a485ee77dde51e2147e6247f8c5c88a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/search.html ce9d65ee9e98bf37481bd6c0188ccb15468f25ab160aa9ed9a27961de29cd96d 2 @@ -3196 +3196 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/404.html 8e99ca019cdf040e917734e4d912d3304e2a67ed8b801c42b5af3cbe99bd7470 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/404.html 7c4296a3fc20b3d9020584cfb176e61bc0f9071805f8d0d1771f8151a92d6803 2 @@ -3313,3 +3313,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/jinterface_users_guide.html 0ed37d61c54c6416fea7f68ddbeacc434fcd4ddfafe493b39ef02561bee26149 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/notes.html dec9739d61b1fc72b2b8c071948fa61403f6f3ab68a0119c1664192ccfe0cd68 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/search.html fa818141d69bec84d7be05b8ec9a8815526780c2f70d2fd0dfcdad6c9b4fd116 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/jinterface_users_guide.html d07a36384f01d911aed10065badc9fc2c6185111c9a516ec966bbe59a70eee5f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/notes.html df0069960c7cdcbad775f267929429b8532f5ea510c5fe3d3be088a1e0a7d5d3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/doc/html/search.html 78b8a8fe552f3cc624ccd7d6faa62b4d2247256fd87f5617ee18cf37d1bf0241 2 @@ -3319,4 +3319,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/404.html 4bb5805fd99af76c2e2554a1034eed2f2933e1a18051e45038e06a215bea1e91 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html aece83cb3b3ba11e60bf0faa52bf9e94e45b74f27a5caf73278a3199f3e32278 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/app.html 7f73dd29687233ca3247d0c3b5c4088558cb1048d9911df87891cd93145a10c2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/application.html 7727d1cac2c242838479d7727d67b835c15773f775c78a1fde6fe5ece356e092 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/404.html caa003f0e92523e2732e3cfc7980ff41d6a7d1f0200cc0d2ec37b8ab0e68c87b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 1288546ae36434100440015fc7450e73bfa26a07f65f6f9bcab35b8f49ebc307 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/app.html a4154ff5b66501629a30a210fa7a7e14c31133cb5c34729b86d9cfbd292a71b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/application.html c69f4776d9f035fc040c0496aff8c20a586323a4cd819155418c97ab532a9402 2 @@ -3325,4 +3325,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/auth.html 2fccc9ac6f8df89f0779c386d955bd646e01f4b58bad15e98d0179dc96b406e8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/code.html a883c27f774c3f73a01978930d54e430dd0b560c8925fd9a618b53a7554e0978 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/config.html aec475f3fe8be170de2bc109c0a452920108f31eec9a28d163cf5ea33d286bcb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/disk_log.html 10127e16696c5b5252cc6ef857a5812099d958c6fbba80795be2c2cdc674706f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/auth.html 57ac66108e7a8d363b303aac812b9af9b711bed31fa0e0f2e01a662da9abeea1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/code.html 2544efc42237354c4142dbb7eaf64e9269809b8315d8ac10e2deb8d20e426d89 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/config.html 113e43d72ee2a41930f9498bbcd9ad90301bb858057f05789ee9dada7a823251 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/disk_log.html 7284f67e80b257dc417b5b0c10157664cbbf6ddec90cf62bfb7f9ea986d1ad07 2 @@ -3349,14 +3349,14 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/eep48_chapter.html 6330ae3e619c15d180ab3800406e75fec311404e2c6650fcaebd01efd0031e55 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erl_boot_server.html e5041aadaa5f28bf4ff9e5fb1a158143ac411dfb3ef4d4edfdcb35e02c9899b6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erl_ddll.html 7857c6554f1b4f2a48357d4004dea0a62fab69951420901a93715a8c3d9a4108 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erl_epmd.html 43dccea809a0ddd50028dd9fde63c7e8e0e4aeed98d1d29e084ac567f80c5161 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erpc.html b1af16d9897650597319efb5638347bb36e743ca37ffcc9856aaf2a41cc7f262 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/error_handler.html 71093485e9ec0d8b8344d5b038a972bcb63b7d7bfd59e7ceee0701dbe4b441b5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/error_logger.html 731b325635e880d87e9b4ef1f87ce17b5cba409dbb0e13a935ff3856edf33b7c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/file.html a81885b6f41c836b462d0b6054eb9f5c39b1fbec366afe05dd979efddb290fba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/gen_sctp.html 254a01625545c7cbd146a10d9d088b912b3f4481fc680abbe4764b6062382ac7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/gen_tcp.html a4ee948071e2ac7fdb1eb685a0eeab26cd491385b9960ef8c222adc2d91c5722 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/gen_udp.html ab6059a094d965c74980667d49c07800ab214db2417f9c2c78e0019b29b294b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/global.html 5d5f5de203955bfc91f9d752f611e46d3d53d5b9614bd5cc3f7c9055ec1c116e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/global_group.html 634540b8f75715e8acaf08247dbbcf61a1b6e38d8dadb559411080ad7d8f255d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/heart.html d33bb8f2683e8dca4495a071cc19b326b3c8411addc79f77d0bf2fd2cc0b27c1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/eep48_chapter.html 2a9ac1b87d8c9ed950d78ffb992a3188bc9b6a7c65e21f069347e54cd4241b26 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erl_boot_server.html 14878463a8f9e15dc31b3e16dec1d4cc086fb2a8d036c866f1630f7ffece35e5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erl_ddll.html bddd50358ad8086c8c9b90ba5b825f82fd91d35978320b3bd6b8010385035ba8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erl_epmd.html 6bf31d6aed8ddb30d3fa4381c02cd84de74daaa82bf92fcfb2b94f8acf749a4d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/erpc.html 175869e122ca0dcb5e48a13d292e906bcf0a490d0c1962d6d86cd3d779a00e3f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/error_handler.html 7ca6476f3ca9587b6936056b8801309d3464eb4483ab6d90a5d4dcad39965eeb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/error_logger.html 3bf28131e54de5a8ec08720b9eafb8141f37875c0398108acab93c6b6a6dd1be 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/file.html dd220642497090e58ab8d915800e9e42e6413075417f51bb45709cbc941cb0e0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/gen_sctp.html 2a98fd237d9c12d5351dc88d1a49f422c96c94d398ec194f16171461562203f9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/gen_tcp.html d4cc5ea5cca1427ae0a225666d9082eca114d17835f333b217aeb0c3921622a3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/gen_udp.html 6ca5f182c2874512ea6110ad332100533bf2c57ecb8778c4c78cc389d511d757 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/global.html 8cdf3a020c900a9f8864cd0a71e5e0f10f38acc024b54217b3f3df347a237b85 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/global_group.html 9b4bb2424fb15cd21f621efec69c77cb3752a154d8b408e56b84fd3b87946328 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/heart.html f37b213ca5b4ce3853998638250d568c4eeb2db8a4db24a566711dcd83b3db32 2 @@ -3364,26 +3364,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/inet.html 11da05992683108fcdecc151640e88c0f45cc247ebae3a14c18863c3be41df68 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/inet_res.html 2ce9a0a258bab73cb174d2e1d3e189a3dd96b3a0790d539659d826b4a6c3c92f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/introduction_chapter.html 6c5f212dd1a1c76e28d40bc674832c0af805db21c4ca8a7c02a9dace2c4d2767 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub 29756b0445cdf940decb99bb8e68217b2ed9c4b5795f02376590616a919f0850 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel_app.html 44c6a1c071e803ec8137267c6248d49bd5aa9052e91ae1a55c528db1945e19d0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger.html 60dc6954bea4733ab5e3c4e75cb29b7b9f6e150ca5a8a524bbc7e7b5e0806028 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 85495536173f6fd1f747544d90fc6a649d0cf0a21d22be36d4c48c8c136ed3a4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html 4d13d0312683a511045867c504482f1ee75e73421650dca727a9becc5eb75254 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html ffe7fc01ac4adee510a42eea5aa2e5d3021182c9ec3578b2ef19912a362f7307 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_filters.html d1d75d0526a99c666dd1a47fb800eee4fb45112a20662c544f74a0d846ccca85 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_formatter.html 72404845e3ee0bfb60636e620be0347041b5576eb8ac2abaf67d0ed14eacca49 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_handler.html 4f30def5e72e7cf6990fb7770340465ee45ed2f40274b6cf49fb2569befd278f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_std_h.html ea0e257ff1f47aa1a622b86756f36a669c1589cd2471750266b76ddee03072a6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net.html 1b339ec8efad041394a187d52519efb8d1c958e29866e72d480b362dfacf4095 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_adm.html d56b559862598cd504aa142ae550d58b060f8abb8d0c14428d8749b489c848bf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_kernel.html b3527ecdf7cfceb411cf48e943eb359dd2a957ec0e6886041c2aae7d1f7ec9c5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 90758d569a2c8bd78249232b35356ad84826249e0fe042bc6ad7e6149790dedd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/os.html 71fac7b98ecf4a5d35ec48f498427252c5e03a15a5ec1077a6e78cbe5bc32ae0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/pg.html 528e3d3040ac206bd1783e1f411ea37460b8a4a93b96465694b21ea1bce74327 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/rpc.html cd9ad439242e758707f5e5b16cef9069bc13136e9831240d535f8cf51fa7fddd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/search.html 019d2722ea810022ba12ac46b39b804e8ad9e075f6cd11dd0b56ce4081564c13 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/seq_trace.html 71719e619fa7c39fcf81598c3a8e307e2462bc1a07b8c3b9cf3dee6a506a719f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket.html e6fdbaa9c6fa8ea52e16f2ad3535fd067d5480b60c7da969ea8b7f702e733dd9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket_usage.html a388ea61ff4c1d3a7e66d0d2379ad00114ca065b58b308a2d683280901bbae68 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/trace.html 3b2b4a4a5254e52bd9ac46508ed237b2c0fceac7d3bc3eee24844e0ad52cec92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html dd8c847d231c1fbdf0c995806852f74114dbfac3468cdbc4fa22108b62d0cf54 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/inet.html e59d13763355148d6534cf192f64bcb7d83cf0c25e2713457835cd2727b30ff7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/inet_res.html 8985cb0ac507968847aace26f77329cac2e20f7d1be00ca0c1c499ab3abf061b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/introduction_chapter.html 8bbe82973a74ec894c07fee3493be6483f56de986726165bfeaafa9285aaadeb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub ed45e129a071b5d21f71494bf3530ba8b39c7084e705c565b370692d99ff3873 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel_app.html 9368c77d48415ccf674c962540835bc5d9138ba8ecb76a636d572144af58960f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger.html 73521db07163dcfe42701956779c686dccecd3ee1eaa79046cc9ee4fcf3d051e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 206f7962f3b80f29652977d31d9cbefcd6da7085184401a3a638c60f812922d8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html 18934f2b83a3935e67ccc674c4ddd3a3153a013415751f00c0230de512bffea4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html c521c19aa3c303cd190cbc8a7a1843c0bd264c1f56cb8220f179d6942f5cd238 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_filters.html b2d5547d0107d28f60e1f5c69229fafbf1a9932cd3f1cd5a8a98d3f76a969c5e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_formatter.html e7ce8f8345613164bfd73e9825ef62de26d84e25af8df5863cbd07f5b48b66a6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_handler.html 6f1c34c284415c3cc0aad5c24b72778bd131e150e6c9886072e5f111dad58f71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_std_h.html e63f48f1e7cbb94126dd5c4c8ad81175fdbcd79c174be57f2da72920b72c0b64 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net.html 7f6c9140b14deae6737cd05eeb88d1dd850b3be95d8fa54c27fed91089308162 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_adm.html 372957517310d510a9e144694911cc320e516d29ff2908ac814e399c3d42199e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_kernel.html d99a2c8feb2ce61fcdda70929f147945ec85bf2c65ee24c3cedc9c9765a09c24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 843eab92119c3ffb39c9c03a6268d77d56d00c7dfbbba0003a98c2972af02b08 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/os.html 2fc4e2e0c487954b06070aa749d3d1bbc71daaa1f61ca454b2138ea7b5760a65 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/pg.html fdc49ba3480e6212942e3ee05ab4cf5fc098d6c07db67e144813df488bb289d6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/rpc.html 484e33e66213ce6d594176f9c5c46e1cc414db969077970481789827509b528b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/search.html 573af0f5f773623b57c2559e846f7cc91001966de993ccc09a30e5f67a89f780 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/seq_trace.html b98ea5b24f8e2e28e2a8384256394cf0fa3263eee2976b07301303fe0c61be47 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket.html 5d8f53b1ab97d2ec0019868cdb6aad1495428412b6426191910cca5de5bd8bcc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket_usage.html 13df7cec84b21db90152e02e1945f619ad700be718d9d64dc899b47c5f3d548c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/trace.html fa38b7f643d53ce35190585ed7a701328e267be340def3e54c56ead77dedd2ef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html 612c88b6279c819b478658398c19ec353535f22133bebab99667da14262b10f7 2 @@ -3393,2 +3393,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/404.html ae3231c65844d2b35079947a9329d167a677decc7ca1c8116df956ff9826e4b7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 23168ce191d3e7bbced36bf32123e68f997b1787b29b18a21191151cff2d9f83 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/404.html 2d901fee8ea908c015841702d965dec35b6dd4e66af8fa2af2e9f9c756dcf57f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 6fe193ec009051dd75575a05052a0cb2c5b1502654b1bd27e65c2697f6d7ccbb 2 @@ -3426,26 +3426,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub 5b5c243a55ef4f9a33d421a70877b7a3085f6478a63783e1ac9ce289c6a21015 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.html 9fa2cb6e722983a20f01244fc9e631f4425bc03e9b30c47ded0f8f0ab651f8bd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 6291bb036a5c54dc38eba90ae4222296a0b6ba745941922c53f4c42404c284dd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html ac67215a053edb21f3e5969cccad91c699468994e52e0311c6b6c8deae8a7dbd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 6cd045f480ec3365a95e2ca5b227c97bef7de290f0e134f74c0f84940cfc79f9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html 98b948ac2a9df9336ae27f46d4ba9289891135af15a2bb5f6c1ceb1d5b23eb9f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html 3b0e0248d4d3745cfc800e2676ad3a56c30d658ac7ad19e79aff1d215167e6a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 3fe560250b172460b690bf8ed461d402090f9eb34076e95c64f39f0aa77c6430 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html a1e774aa3d818a1f69960b11224193e266dbee5f03a8a2cffdd495a6b9c778a1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html ce106ca22794ed2226d1b48f80485a21bce1341f7632540923030bd05347f75b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 332bd1045c839c9a39e5d10d39d3161f1282a24ed50ea37cab50a6864b55dab7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html 948b91571eadacbdf850a378ca9623616e766a5ffc9bb6ec7128071b48b65e58 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 84eea7883c73ddf6eaa2f3fa78ef71e3bfea87405d9f5d401c464088184d0ea9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html 1bcd33fb8262e691fb4efd0c8c754bd9f6ee42d637df6378640f87f87da871bc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_intro.html 6bfc087088c761dd77f0c6924938ff5771ffb29d70fce016820078ed167c4cff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_mib.html c70c5a4dec95a7bad4674b711889b0668332b779c5821f76d232ad9c19d1c400 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 84e785e592d012644873c8ae05f6818876dd52957ea85cb026ba429c106dac3d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_run.html bab825ba78df4c200c520fbf497cd2d905a0528486775f0056c598ee24586bb0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 8930eab7719ee0fc436f492f64e0dbe7ee127e4be6e6cd32e6aadc9e5eb2c1eb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html 3e9c4d54f0be54cb429593dd8ca58fa5ff5dbb50f74dd0abf1680c01350507b5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport.html 4f4de8a927b7cd5879b58421df3bf50c1bcbb48309f402348c8d6d5f38276bab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html dcb0ce516794eb69ac84b1e255744c2cd95192ac6d56df6ac0bec357910f82ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_udp.html 1e0da2036ebd3f9e2412057c25c9b5212622187a47814e60c8cdbfcbdc35f634 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_user.html 7d4ef664dd247a38f3799487c779d626ac204d35016fcabefe2cd6f52f638181 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/notes.html 4750725b128286c152ab49b1f40a557cc40748baa38374478990c7ed9e53a147 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/search.html 9c475b58386cf242f0ef046185433539434b7c4e661cfcfa75b0d4766b1f99de 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub f3804e7a27116fc5cf72f2856ef90d215595bcfebfcf30aa93f32dc4034e91dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.html d44c434262dd56f1f3838768e9ba2a73969ccb6ea8aa22134ae9de27b8ba8851 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 9c490066257714e3f1f45fdf8a0de9a3e39ac3ebb42f328ddf26159242dcefd7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html ba336c2d54999d300d57c10732c682cf2e6f2d1275d4f83a5aff3cb5fae40958 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 0bc3385d2fad1d06a03d24d47e00f5c7ce3c4036236755579463bf49c1b3633c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html ba35af5c75673defb5e34cb7bfdbdc44bf54a20eeca31b22933ab376f42e360b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html 849587dc6edff01c59e7e2f67a7004f69f79a91a5621448c1cf43db2456c206a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_debug.html c32151585617e3d720a00620512b42fc94134e4ed7f1682b4847d93416ff16f9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html 3b090a71324f951f6d3cfcf0ab6c3fa15e6d7d2b4041688e117d3e3a0ab1f5f9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html 7ad40070a5a94555c9656a62f1f22ca253f42ba9687fc1eee4d395ec973e5d5d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encode.html a5edee118f0ddf1112910a839e49d1f8576d6d5ef3bb99f97cab86735b536874 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html f8a684f16ec875e25a8c4e5d38aacb8af736e4b271ae8ab1ebc5ce6da0b12ffb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 83d885b5b5a8a782fafaf8864b4125003b30dba6cefb8463c25d59a358faa785 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html c5611b9daaddab8563755be3ccbf9dee81d9d905f071228ef1f25e5b936bb11c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_intro.html 7e6f5ce082d923e07c3ee1521d363c3d72f6eb263291ac9bec464e4ba02a30a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_mib.html a8e9ceb1e3b29d356cdfb551cf2039e36b796024798d601ba3c1b799cee5b96f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_performance.html f6cbce9054d523b615bd0f9f443ed0f8243af42ac2a674576134e2f74f87dda8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_run.html e0cd5681c85824c93554e72376ac8195d3b3350241ffd0d24ca150bf5fdc7ea6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 511c332e4eabca8ee8d80b4eb5acdb214abcf36b9fe4bff391bcd90b46db1056 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html 79baa065337c63c042cb2392454c9db1ab0d62ab2b6de924356aa884774c9a23 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport.html c0c07fbf6fedac8353357991cdb5f46192a4d70e0e45b781a3797ee5033a56f8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html 51ad647736db2b1ecaf01e075d0d85c258ad29d43e07fbffc0bb04760f4efa68 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_udp.html 6c46a606b64899ede9b784209187472d5a0a0aace83f7b61e7f1bdafd9b8461f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_user.html 92c216002ad66830ef5a08c1cafb741ed7b931933d636b493e479ec7b8b74a79 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/notes.html d6e30d282f31e6d514b36182edcd5f7bd6e8f6a1f35b4c0f0a3bcf61f8ea6b6c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/search.html e54b9d7783038a19deb0c02c9fb2111ae83dab7bd6fbafe5bf17af5d391dc242 2 @@ -3455,2 +3455,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/404.html c550cdcb02bb94e7ed26e1483d19b1bae92fffdb228532914fb0518e95f89df3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/api-reference.html b08237a0da8d4378abd90f283a720daa248499de7a2bbdae83b62c02aeaf35b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/404.html 79f7e1b679b8e31757c4549e1fc04dc36f51ac50e07afccdd67d7c1351992b48 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/api-reference.html ca489c3b422e6655923364dce92e37717c619e7422496e5e6d13e8aec6872adc 2 @@ -3480,17 +3480,17 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub 4be4afb50259038e639716fa1061ff5380d73efb55798a6e76df09d3eece7149 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.html c6051ef54754f248a3d93621b40e9439657d7fc5a97ec98ee4e4ee12bb8125ac 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html e9e8593700ed9eb7e50a5cd1168a4dd51ef97b8c862be2365d608dd4ac81daad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 5e2941860f7b8eaed89ffc2e3da17d9ecc7925ceb8f7207bb3b915b6952137dd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html fd4b93900bee3a83603c9746cafa14c5da4144b6401e8497fb8ad4f543d65f2b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html 26cda796ad4b321ef2b3396ef71b2e403ab1f33fa9941b2bfc607e2c5fbe42fd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html 9973c07de66527280be8a086a2c8152675260b64c7430e79018c1f6d5df0fdbf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html 89e014bf746473f5b184493df28c92cede0271d37805e2d94665d266f093df6d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html b351600104cd1bb94c181990c3ef37add9f6c787604e67907ca0dfc008059f3f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html 36a7a6f5bccf72d41fa2b1003d0c4b64691a323318ab3867ab9388c06baf8f67 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 0c15e1acf2e242e2b4357337855dba483475c5ec5999fbb793c77fa5829675f8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html 74da0f464710d28428ee498f0aee0b12d0c97ed088e141a7a243ea0967b42167 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html 89641717e7882329b933b13fbbcc442bf85ad464b0c66848d2c634517a115a01 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 4ea03e39094799a42f4f2c6805325852bf331acc90e7812be94f55da9c5b00cd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html dae742a6a3c9c08249fbd48eb7f09355f3c277b5e4eff863dda7bc38bdb37e10 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/notes.html e8a87ff260f407cc220c37c8e392e87783a55bddca6183911c9bd99503db1540 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/search.html 72860b59054d759c6a37e772cf3a12870ca29bc5e5d3f5854ba26209883358c7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub 4785bcfee7e6abf305afeb4532233e2b37a13086f8d4d1f3f046245f303ce2b7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.html bbf4f38b35df817ceba60218626718c8b30a30e6d217ae4c18cef62f12158798 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 7513412a518803eaabe849a07352a9f22ce2bd2bdc352979ca29c5510f4487c6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 9ded30351b68b4a679a6fe54f8dcd324c444257317fa7d65c6e8cd32f887645e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html 1064265cf977bfca4215dea3d389fc03f4adf111a343fed04ffd263d540b476e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html 783a33843f0aabadaf2f30b96b9788f2c7f206f14cfa94dc5021717e11043867 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html 2f1309992e02ec4f482d1fe9855b14d9dff24988e3e75825a111f12c31f417e8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html c36bae6c797811466337fe2b36ae1224f8a18db71047a65515b4f4002d42a5c0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html a396ee1561a4b2c12bf9efc829b44f03c71e5ae1e3a32daf0337cff994962332 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html 51ace59a12d3978b61ad9e6f0d5622358be0f6916affd38ca33b18ed2103dbc4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html d4106ace8733478d705d4d547f9b1fe3594b1b7b77f6bd2908357937f5949365 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html f6fd9bcfa8940fad7c5f2582da239329ce53de2a9a973492a0d7059cf445c995 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html eee8b25bad5d10118007bf1855ae8024356c88dd39a515e3f89f626cf9e29951 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 5b599609470da981a5f2ad6ba32db56f55e6dbd23b43968f0cc5698f03a85504 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html f214213d8afdd4fdecc440ab934ce598194c9bb48615a7db3104ce0cf58a0ffd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/notes.html 04e1cec5abb204fc36628f19ff6984ec6983d9367e978cffba117ff02db9120f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/search.html 7e1ebdf1dd71c1ee6288215c2821d12afe1e0a00611f4e79595adffa143af877 2 @@ -3500,2 +3500,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/404.html 7a61294d9491e3a6cf2abc9966c175558eda5a17056af982b3b3ab5724355923 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/api-reference.html 37afbfc2becd253a2b4ab279edc1e21a5ddb5529c57ddb3d3a3ff0e582b3003d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/404.html 7babb7731e3489beb7476813ec3c84e3f24e5a89899a1c0b69bb937e9b5e3c1a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/api-reference.html d431800aaae597c7c01135050cbc074fa422f08b64a477f59bd9bbb4eaf4ae35 2 @@ -3506,3 +3506,3 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html 289cea47e0d5bea17aa2f856fc874084b27b7c56bf1e4e595216d3b4fbdeccae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 7db8b049e9dca4a9edf767144085084b41449e057431ca4e22b5173016119fe6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html aa2491b04793819ad3e2823883a32abc2a541d55a507620cd1562ea848f5de6d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html ff17e7bfbc9816aafc831c4b4bbfad0a4e8b582c1c871cce6c26168c8b1ec593 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 868e462e0a3f01fea0601294ea32b9471907cce4b428745fc060cd24c8df2914 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html 6f9498b44fde01fa8da6fa49d9d02a3f498a4c0da7bba72377a019ab6514947b 2 @@ -3529,2 +3529,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop.html faf7d48d5fa0fa2c912b123e26f16a814245bdae23334e13f879c92ee0dd4f18 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop_ug.html 7b19e74450c8ef41c7f0b28e9ce1081f559b5d1d596c4ba2bd85c2e754ea407a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop.html beaeaa9344a031e496a794b8e0b33d2d1bbeb5d9bb9d5c7c65273e28d38d4018 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop_ug.html 97187d752cbe14ff7db592c54905714dfd97429e193cd8c1dd276dd4d0ce85ee 2 @@ -3532,9 +3532,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/introduction_ug.html 44f9edc8c77799d25c38bb0f0e01feaed210c45fef724e6be332b50a0d5e80cf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/notes.html cfc373ae6932c64741b4a78d43e8e51ebb5fc3cf4fcc3a9036d773c03380b408 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub 409b92b064afe9e18d0639c3d78db29b4e5cf0587c277626d92343c583a816ed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.html decd21b039ae3d66a5feed84d48feb4d5c8aa7df2df7e6d97802a9536a44cbe5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_app.html d37925137f84700d64bfca662fc7601860c6d1778eae1d88f2443b7a1595947a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_ug.html 83778d447ca526c936fe5a0b4a9e3fd105b5458e3717edb57d50c7bfda4f8d3f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/search.html 1b472cdff15748d21d7ca9a85b68d5385fdd7885238df1c0fe37509b6faa1d9c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb.html 392de32909818314b21c989f6c2044e47d835b0e6c5dba7e88977e292655b23b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 30b05ca7ff26ddfa385f00fcff86a9a59214f6c776418267b1b0322ec138b9dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/introduction_ug.html 7910278d278b463e50f7f3c7974ba83330784b95e4d675a19ab5693fd26baa18 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/notes.html 886e4d2906174cbc1352e9fa019bd3f1d50f0ed6d6eaadb30cacc977f1c84f7d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub ef4916ba91f43c036aa2a0250843f65994ff59a535f6ba5c6f9e9079834c2bd6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.html 28daf93c833bdccd2608010acb0e2ce8bae5a57690ef05a9a0650f4af9376dc9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_app.html 4b8a03fad23373dd21fe5c79769a63ffe7e56975d598f11e615189eb06dbfc82 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_ug.html c7b4a4238aa7e2ce2b4ed9ed3c4b2f5300d7e9f84f18830959176aa8c6429f24 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/search.html 046d57a5e46e4a98b60bb2c1fb833894c4bf4b3e8efcd1eaca9f6167c988a741 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb.html e700b58ec7857f27aa560d921c465a8ed08e0ca8390633df13a14c3e153e08a4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 639c1ec11a28c5c52b4f8f143c587b60d0186da3560be4c28ba9ae37f203f5f9 2 @@ -3544,2 +3544,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html 400c5598d1938f1c4f5302f026fbf12c16e5247924799f21fc79ab23c92dd8aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html b9120c85ab2c54fa162a80ae94fc29ba164f5f999f26db61359be05d484af29e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html 7378463a45f002aa75319284f24e4c8815ceedb85214d6fa0323eb15badcc13f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html 1708a17ad400c4875c9864dc1fd3fd111103a1e3e19b03be85eb79d719900480 2 @@ -3549 +3549 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 9677ce48cedafa7bb620d1731e8b7fd686cb4117ff0e69201f2770be0b0a28bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 5e702da4fbcab0beacd734e61b5a6dd7afe200a876111f8e420f43084db44096 2 @@ -3570,2 +3570,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 0b37b464f14f779ac9eb5956155e9b191f1d6b03f6c8d098163c5741ae9f828a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html b0cd0da9b8574f1ea8f6c15502a59d54a7f0b76218772975639d7bb0af1b323d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 49e16aabeb73b186b1a3b40e84695f505c1d516108bd53929c3a052940ac248e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html aceec163249b27cb84a81ec0761604684bf6e5d017f91845bc2bbc734a28e115 2 @@ -3573,5 +3573,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html 169a715160af8e30eb91038c6e9b9a82bfe3a96555a71e2c976eb91b1027ddab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 9991119dc337ae42471631d2442e8ff3190395bb2350a3b049652eb7b8211c74 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub 1add06f111e6400bf1f416bdc868018cefe7a07e55f1e1b05f7da19787260760 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html acaac928631a4dadb5fa6c8c60f1f41e784f7dcd9130b06f268da026998d6f07 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 92d6e77c7e1553129d7e44a05a2fbe148533d4854960cedff6bdadfe52af7a22 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html dad2937b85dc462aca4e49dbea7affb1140ad3b4016c78e71c8f79bd7214dff3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 3bd428936bc91b65371d6b2efb00bbb4eb0de3cbaed28a0e44723b52dda47856 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub ff7316e1605e60b903842e43b230da748406cf00cb2f2245b1757509c7ea5e53 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html d21275247178cd3bfcf51fab4955818b2fd107ff0598515909b116a3e47cb683 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 4a754cf274e52ba71a277727cd5b540738c059144f78c6e891d8af75d81f81d2 2 @@ -3581,2 +3581,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/404.html fb037a4ad1af83cea950b2a973175171357ecf955e1e420aa5b0f02deb68d83b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/api-reference.html fa4e0da70b34ebf5676ef20bc50143a8673c29851d4478c51fcab65140d2ff1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/404.html e6e739eb8cb4e03559c8bd5914c9be7b7bea20961a02f0a48ac3dee913e5e565 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 80d536df06b1f8525377ad17b9a8369bc7c13633189b201b5060a78244394085 2 @@ -3585,2 +3585,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/cpu_sup.html b9ea3f46b6ff5b551ae507166c442e9153b4bd42300a817cc92143ec1fb8387d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/disksup.html eccb84ac0e53710cad7d402773a35c6795fd0e25169f3a64dc085e4877286a94 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/cpu_sup.html a42b0340db920964aff63d09a59d2a386235196c8323a782414344c01ba37538 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/disksup.html 7163bab23d8226af0ff2daa46e2501e6f3c4cae98ef7e6e4b3e7b9628e6ab0b7 2 @@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/memsup.html 93b802e0e632242e86bdaea4f0d0a08f09863afd5c0261aea7adba2a9dc58071 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/notes.html 4b7f5e007fec2396660dbfcf76e8543ae6b5c1273b84ff4060f5492cefb4464e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/nteventlog.html 049136d6e1e32f23a25ada8c8e9c380a9362ced868d08d064470ae7ed2e8deb6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon.epub e397a3c92188235d355dd25877f235283a707832a6f5f048e0533f124eecb5c4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon_app.html ae9b14718a86352f0cb487ca4cde8dedd1f5fdf6c6f77feb11a32806d35728dd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_sup.html b353a57d5c8f10e3a00167052f0318994cf84d60c5aa76e07649bb1d7f297d83 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/search.html 68379bad2798686feb3b2dabd94abe1c4ca94eacab3492c1d836d59d21970c58 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/memsup.html 4805dd978ab055a1c58a9b7b3cc8ac244d564483c431bcf069731db030137f71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/notes.html 9503451fe7e58601d8743546f6ba6b53bf68859c9931c4acabd0d419cc9acac7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/nteventlog.html 1eed9aadc6fc534c5e550a8ac522aba4f3e974201dd7f17f21807e3dbffc309c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon.epub 5a91a260338ff0d0c3aa15038a3661eda55ee420df0f74dcb197ea5b8c557071 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon_app.html 45f8fad5463c4e0465c16aa499f6b1d7e0383d296478a5af98a54565bb04b2f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_sup.html 260b13150a176865604bbf8f07f68380b12de2ff69081000e933939a2ba84b53 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/search.html 4e7559b92f8aa47947f895fb36acc806e6243014d059089182b5cfc040609067 2 @@ -3618,2 +3618,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 0be501bab5b56c037b5c900697d3d0393352f3eabdb2571256b63cb709ec98d3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 0561269e76111a8ad58dd16a18074bfc2a978cca31b870e29a852c3626f0f460 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 1e7ccbcdae8a18dc42b3eb7bb1def3737112ba082c894f61668ff7110421e357 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 6ef5d6b8b61a65b09fa3622983ba0abdb4f89ab7f80cc91e508ec4638215edda 2 @@ -3643,5 +3643,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html a419be7eb972d5885820ae362865bdd546bc1a5983a53ad1f128a2db3ee14f54 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 9eacdbfb78bed730bb125f333e8fae4b1fd11ad5da016233e2a13e9fc7ddb6aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub 63b2ed16f1f6bd62de6d5939abc074738e7bacece593e7d2a7025161b2582cf3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html 103738a0157b3c3bd1d2f9a41f00295da5d7f33e9d45c3433cb4327a45e01b58 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html a7d6736eb5bce64a4eb4c8b98a0f0ef047236c746d3511a53e5f177ae9305078 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 7f22fe2deb79f0cd96a20887cdad11f026c07d70b43b649b93b82c254391a959 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 3a9490d039d2689748c945200242b9c4c5af6d00395b1d4e8f77d887785e18cd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub 3bb73559981daf7ce211698e0512919e17d9703b3ef36b8ab2a1e149154f90b9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html fd33dc2c05385449e4a0fb2b638552442059bbdd3105d1a2f10367934a86f78f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 220af8a889b26ef33ee0bf19aa4b0cd859c9bcb50cd571ec2ea288194aff50e5 2 @@ -3651,2 +3651,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/404.html ba82b86e374010537b2cf6d732692a7e50330b09858fa4be671ff6693c84db94 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 09c6d2ca1921cd896487edc672805513376ea6e544efbe03eed816e9d5d3e493 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/404.html 102b8c29a15438c00442ecf9ca13a0857c9a0c963ead011dbd426366ca282c43 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 0aaa0cf63c247d7ec222a8bb6ab150a37b538721b42d785aa65620d05a55d151 2 @@ -3676,7 +3676,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/notes.html 7ec02065e7fbbc2e8cc270ec9d63e6cc9295eeee519043cc80ac69247661c429 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub a54bcfa1447a19ae46aa9a695646eedab11ba5480ad04c704c53bc59889618bc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.html 50567764bf4a1adc0e8e892556fc2e5bd260a47139506b02b1b9ec6b1fec312d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_app.html e5c72eb892969012ff99209c102524103c3323b642d979276a31e84ab7de7b51 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_records.html e56f27fe1af44fc9fb7a300299ad4f62e29cc15cc40f9d5bd026606d0099202a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/search.html 9f769593e3fe8ec66106f635eacd2e405d51059824dc4be3e886c4c017af0445 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/using_public_key.html 83e1859818b063f4f555a11fcf7671719a2f1ba1d851d6daa82c8a913abac7af 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/notes.html 00103314e4279f93f570b6eedea5cea436f77301e13ba41eb37d26ed07918ab7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub ab44a5471834c0d0299951455bf47308d05db01f32f4cbbb047a61d14d85c2d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.html 71a1324d3d439c6deff697dc52c24793b9e64f02b5e19a20138a1811924a0b57 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_app.html b43d2b85acc289b323fc4c5ceed881daa9d26783b4d89293cd10bd0596192c44 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_records.html a2a2c4059078eed9caf467ab3b1d9fd0f9e9143cf43ada8993606e29fe5dfc32 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/search.html 27ea6bcab75f0fa394fd6d39f7d175c930fd63d6ce286c81a8ecb001062c9479 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/using_public_key.html fba9afffd604e6d6debe215adda34cc65a039d764564bbedf842a7faf179f5c5 2 @@ -3686,2 +3686,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html c4641633d47154780e68562218485905018dd26e249e89437052cc5e75a320db 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html fecf814a7c57779ec43a6e37ae3a55663f1afc7dea87b1348895a418d576e8a6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html 00b69eeb3d9bed5fdb9d77549134cccb34883fe6a8902bc860b22374aec9bda3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 6fc13065a6e2f3c20c83f84f25aa2d4bd4c1e31bbc631b6911301373a653b72c 2 @@ -3711,7 +3711,7 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html 66288528e051929711609b8fe72ade421cca53736c82f4ef6474c47f1ef5b98a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub b755bc0a612e2aa76a46aa25ed7c244d1190f61d47f0f3128a0a1aab88a7d3b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html 41411500e116741b9752a4eb958cf2fdfea137710133606f1695d2917826c00a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html e411ee6a1e767e4e8b479fe384bc80dda966e545e937bc3a484d089624514f25 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html 9a098cdc1508f830267e34a2e0fcf10576ce5fc8a45e4f819caf439ff588a431 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 15557f6bd65e6104f1773753ecdcb8cd8509b4fce6ba6ec4fc9db45efeb5128b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html c48133ae25ff80d036facf26944dfbf4667c92dd92ae2f5dfef05a2d01ad061f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html 3336aff7828133dc2fc0e4ed829d43ace5ee8063df8f94aa1ff1826f196cfc5f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub 44921032784bc90d68dbb3bd22c661d6d246bfaefdb7efdcc8888e053b88a6e2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html 3c811d2ba746dcdc3dba5fe2b84b87a1cecd4eacfc9b5781dd7a908b35af827f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html f4dfddddf7f2b11e7ae272002991ff72807fef5f11374d3c0ae9ecc766a04115 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html 94949152b79093070c06f9515858ca8590fa7b522b47d53700c99fe62cd0d48a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 3c33b05d8c1058a404ea6c50370ab1bf71626efa3c9cb4d1434299b777e76552 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html 4e642ad1f653580ef01ade11381dee263017a5a09e7acd4464bf6f72a4a1fed3 2 @@ -3721,2 +3721,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 5e450615e148c8cef43a1c0648188c2ca297507e2d5c908df9257c7f739a63a0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html ed76a82a9792465cc8dfaf329234226c31582ec6d1b0992e7322e164f69d18f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 6c81b6f2c0a58e61dd4cc572986020446952c1840f033b5a70952ee551853a11 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html c1cc41409133b047814c2a6d730ad01530c374c2a31f21cee90d4962192d0d35 2 @@ -3725 +3725 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html a12a92cbdd3bc49ac6fd3982527eb49b69505c87219c30e223344930988f33d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html addec3a0a0c871953938e81005ed319997d5aea1ca576161470945327d43f43f 2 @@ -3746,2 +3746,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html c13c8744c4b0786ada32d6d35c63a3c9dd268c100ef5c73789c85b63947a6d22 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html fd6924c01724a05f7f414d17f2e293f96c246b9bf3450f9f07900de5234a34f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html b419430862bab1018ea9de7b9f85f5bee8d0e0fe1bbc05b00ebfc1ca7cd4ac41 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html 05ad7705ee9cbecfb83804b88ec6a3799ef6c5b9540dd99c707761271e66c519 2 @@ -3749,10 +3749,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html ae2c5ce1b9f9bb02a8120fb06568ef7eff0527684b2eaa2626c93ba990ad2959 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html f81a1fc66eca189393c20b805f65af1e8f72abeda53acf870cfda72a71c1eb03 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 3cfa0bfdf9f670246bd91869b588e8337797e618960dfae3310803ca77bd8ad9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html fe86c7445dad5d0a4b029cdee5db399903bb640dbbc31c8605e7ee5d24a22d21 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub a1487db5abb4c8161e7af507b4f9d7114defcf35449bce1595a9d0e19390f9e7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html 58209f99dfd59f99d2e531b793a06bf257bd50b118af1152a02e37c1c9745e45 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html ac477bc97f78d082a163ace90a6e04e0c41f941d9c0891963a8058d6bd0ce66e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 5852aea9b292edcc0d26c3da2c0c9e3fb3f108838a80483be8b31260bada2788 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html cd98a000bfa8a09f9d3f1baedd06cdb2dd175a40b4fc426bd4d5ac7739f9969b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 2989f439aed58eefe9445f3cd1b0d6454c6986b3c92a717e83f164b3d560e169 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 722193c26ba5cdc96f666ba18197517f5a99122ce818867a2bcedfe529dc8507 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 8a16bc210a057cf2acaace0fd6e88e6656962facdeda820990eb72396a3f9e17 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 39ae6260bf64e8ca96a8089ac085eab4de45df0d761220b06f36dde8c0cae419 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 53fbc15f56a4a3590fb4ee89e6f623b0231faa8ad51c622ec21138bb08d95c3f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub 10e6d635ade1f3855151813787fa69240fb4137b7c7227f0d5401370cc09e2e1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html bc4d6b87b8c3713f7df64ea6448a2089873cef219a2873e4231504652b4e26c5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html b2a00a33bf00dcf1c2c15ce8173b0008f01d307b1e67bb84e1e8b91753045e2f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 4f90104c83790cd66d2a397adfa56f7a356507c77daecf96fda9f0c10e60091e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html 8ee5093c84d28f74f444ebf6daa7a894835cc9c38fdff774d0015215184018c8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 39c574ead592261f5652ee9289a699ecb31b37a7afd2eb267fcad63829de5789 2 @@ -3762,4 +3762,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html 3f1bf741f0d9021472e7270d7a129c8afe0e1cbbb483abea1be65521f6aa2b0a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html 46e498bc539d0e17db7ab72185ef55d3de34894c542edc6d7f66cdcb83f0be6f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2d37097afd8cac99b481fa25caae870884e26a9c6eb810bb0c330cc32ba52b4d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html d7cfd1179d69cd57aa1fdb29f8a72bb50378d468c4c7d7ca138768925454e867 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html b85b799302104b8253a2d9ccbd3f7704e92403282132d328d364a5ba1281652b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html c83ba12f15b6ec52ea6fd0f92289c82db8a0221c48f02d84fec3a3b2930af55a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 3d07cc749b1928e6f7d7b208c64aad9fc99af0d3b4f8e08c96aad34e5d4214cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html f04e23a28fe7c4aa3a959cbfd27636c2131c5f05d16350e9eb25cc5d201b559b 2 @@ -3788 +3788 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 3561619068f6ef94cab4dfd1719e89f56b3adc753752c3be56366545927dde97 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html dd64ae7972c3e6b3821325e2001434e5f28def65b3f1410389ad31fc12b18bf6 2 @@ -3790,11 +3790,11 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 4d1e3d26375d15aafe73efd6bd2bc07c521816161d349400e3e7cf8eee5cc51a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html 694cc801daf49169460116dbe5d0ee98bf4e9c18e6ea794865118ac6338e7087 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 1701f61b575ce3add17b0c0643ec904d368afe0fe01836ea297b18873b636cc4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 6de6a2b0ff28b23a4aa28feffb467d0d380a2d4ee76ac3b6789728fa54a8df89 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 6eb3ee279e510de1d7591f817a7a20e4b3befd06d6756365a5d3f55ef54c3184 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub 371af0d96d91e5b31a96f1cf5bf339facfadd0372c942110814fd89581d2a4ef 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html e77803ea01945ae6327ee9029281de792191b125523853fca0830166d9b1083d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 9fabb18a30b1beb2d776e1a5163bcbb6f0ef2059bb6ff95118f54e759aceb389 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html cd6110258407ab6ee580ebf710861a28eb8f9323a2f864fcead1e5aebe5e926f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 7a9d5ab89d21ca7e02a35ab5fa26c1fff90a8959e82bbe88251e0038b9583214 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html f93534a0d9fd581bfe4642b9187592e961307c7ec69797661385f1dabeb8938e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html ec9f47fe23b15109b2ba76a51adedfe2c212c66e07b14e4453cda97b2c509937 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html 7f766f6afd534074fed31d36d348d61313223a78e46997841873c8dbc5551385 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 66b0a2adb17ee52d43ad663ab4e022f38827854673387910e14a567731db703c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 185be423764d2363d7c57ab46120c36d8105ce34eea3527cfb79f32148500eff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 87395b71ed78b4adffb77e5e229055eb08ed30ce6b002900351e56863ab0e4e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub 2a870ad5d679f270f7da362e34d7dd935d44fb173628e52562bc28e710119bbd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html 54085a06cdcaf4038bdf854c87fbdb0c7fc56f0f4ccb4ceb9d4335f7da0d1227 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 4806f677cc0890a432bb030098d0a12a2d40a99f0c22a275abba7d5dbeae9b6f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 8b71be21b71e55496e5686e3628ccc58bad609160e510262573693ce9940623a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2db833b5d41bdf5fa5c9a43ea80c44a713785a99adee1bed6882104db8142027 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html 12344b50cdc6a49427fcfe5729c573a6d4f946d476749d3445aaac3ff8906536 2 @@ -3804,2 +3804,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/404.html b5a8d342ca519bae9f180cfa6e9ddd2838d5756a29973523257b67b1447978ff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 5a7e90e7830f3b0a0e6d358537c42948efee2b7ebd8639f078212656324765ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/404.html 3b939892b0584c6c003691a7b0574d2b42182f1e457e7e4fd949f2267e07865a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 0b52dbecf2aa455fc67635795936977b33fe76a4bb322e4923cbdaf7a8dcfde9 2 @@ -3839,57 +3839,57 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/notes.html f35fd1a0d7a3a049268396daba234039350e0f2c71a65448509abc4e0a8f2404 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/search.html dba2b5cb2dcd7d305524fdb31bf952a42247084f967c2a7f7ec6ea297fc35cf2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub 1cdb219a3407d484d6fd4d235b7e837bad66dcf5a00f1f8cb7a65617651ddbc2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.html 5a287bcc28f27b70cf78292f4e74659bf040d78d183300ad4d6dde675c6025ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 21c20e2f47881881aade41ab38a5628c2dc4826869950b9baa46fb65f5d1e44d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html e69792b46f9a677ca186fa3a549e8522f1d13eb7db8c71fa011ba1cdb3a68c85 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 865e9115f81d63d18b0ffbf118887fed2b109e2fea915b10a69aa1c266b833d5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html 3e7bcd8d74d809ed3be9fdc36f373c11f94cd664410789e72d04d721b59d51a5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app.html dc8d159d57fc35cf589e13a168c6a3085ced2e13dd308ece88906d471c737e39 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html cfbfa210ac6b346d996e3e35b1fea48fa3161f637b1395eeeb7c69f0c06dddb3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 6f71d78ab2fa18c87777480bc0cae557bd41e54feb81d01c5e502ba6eb972ce8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html c6f0ffa0a9574c0f001f9e9d2a00e7942f86c64233733a29f5bb09d69fd504a1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html 80c9d7b4c1e36ce5361042ceb556278e245a883fa245a8608ba329ce10e2a250 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html b029ee38980ee7554577ec072e2bc6fe68b7585edfa5a34601372907c0347d06 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_config.html 8077a7b84abc077e9a393ba3d9b821c70f3462327c4a017503f14d248358de7c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html e131a2e8296a23771f1f1f5341c493b8657b0cd74fc3c9747cdcb03af3681522 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html 7034d426ba27d65c50df1d03cf239d78e5634e1fdc79ffc6ed38784fba7bd4fa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 784758d85369ec64ae791c5d96f807cd59953a78399528da10c3fe16d08c03aa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 784bdb1f01323f0f3a28c789e48c03f71d27c5adc8220a040ddaef030d780507 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html 4691002f12a05c979cef87e5cee29873d068ae16738bc48fc7e1092e991f2b16 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_index.html c406da9f963d8e9aa56210b641715c3b227aede1ac54e0df2b5137d2667ce347 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 835200b9ba84e9ba49a7a2b56db0a3bb797bc3eadfb1f47fa104bb893885284a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_intro.html 1f09152bdf79055916220ea9482dda38bb19239f1bf0c482cd53975622e2601d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 9f7a2bedd5cb09854894b28420c6da433dbb64b07dce51456ee017809453b49b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html 3a6e6f85f4af1e6a1c52c85e47893c4d884c022018d748e3d50c418dc1f1f6e7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 3405c689cdc3da4d9e31a1146c7c1c99effa150966e6e8608e15f6edf79d4e13 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 63987a79bb5f8ecb18a04dde696a1b01e1312bcddb3ff51f88819d80520b3718 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 23b3c6628915378f5ce44f66b8a41b42865dd06b3ea6364462bd7cd4684b64fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 16ca0caec3b8f93a2db1e5f475d69f258770fdbf85cdf9ceca8cd694086de55e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html 8c047b294ca0ec069071c6b3177891116dba800556b8e73ee174faaf366f5bee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html 5ce8e438835eab86eb79efc6bb31350a8a26a854d8d27c3bba77abd6f1f8357e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html 22160fb541394b5c862f9a98be27593fde3412cd081cf47a9fe9145d5916aac2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html 041accde1f49a2a3d469ea2883fe3242ea997d89b6da5c9d24e7889bfcf0fd22 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa.html ab71218fe11a2b93d43d649cf766f05f14d874b12f3aeedab34daae2f860748e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html 241c184f8a19e9202536470aa3e69ad2e207ffe44b6448a559ab3031065ce093 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html efdf6f3fbdb96b69fc3d7d0b9754fd7dfeba70fb4570e2a16672f6edb5d9bb25 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error.html f3f172f5a567e27e804c695d7153ba682bd97ec643034a5095b05b77f83eb612 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 2a2e53583080a7ae267fe94bd066ac247ed83d0d48d66798018abc8428e8580f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 13b88142f147fecdeca38517839e729b0b8818bc369fa6d1b3e61161697c0d8d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html b5df6d9f71ba5b6c0363cbeb3d46b47185d128ec0ddeeaba0e1cc4f1eb790835 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html ab249c440f1386424e95ce6a8f101b8317efa606fc9cf67a30b907dcab9d5a18 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 24c5ce36e03a7cdf7246fdc2ad21c825a4b2cfaf0a7616d9a75e9b96d71154bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html 2abe85c8d32239add65006b1924e669bf408f4f755e4464296350e10979560bf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html a97cc60b3adcc7cd72eef8248287fc2f029448ec8ad5684f58ed53a22d88a79a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html 3eb412004bebf56c257c921aad733927490c3f1b98842b6ec2b87bd922aef668 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 5f5c7bd1a6541bf2da7f976c3e0969a435a1c896d39d701fc93ef473d4926d6b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html 42bd4476a3d6637b84483da641b943b851d85b882c423443dc7ce5eba70e34b5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html c9d42abba2a57be79fda8bc011a5fff7711763af12dc92df6c52f8180e641ba4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html 641e7efc16188807c2dd3766440181734e67168a56ee0e53d54e57a74f1f8816 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc.html 735a380779d06df1816db7be3124ea2d0f2c20460ee7ef03f3474eb61025afa7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 4e293d3ad912bf885c229441574a7c1158b3ad21c906864870fe73f2c2b4c6ca 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm.html d256db3c9dc68ebe2e1f6e4be7ed3148b4f88f6dc53b37afcae7bd984b0c3746 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html caeef65d4480c60ac933e7699600c80a44fb12b70827fa6ecfa4235d2bee1d82 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html 7976e664a063cf08cea23c66dd603aa6316e12c0c89e86ec53ca347388b2c5a1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html 09f0013c6a85b08a57751f72421e9436faa5c09d28ededdb1c4817bd5dd98abc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 6654534cfcb0a5b3c8be24eb93c268515f5f272b94692b5271cef7b533d31f91 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_user.html fe5a56790ee77d429c0f3a2fe7b761447fe8566a8dc36f5f7c4149339ac6da9d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/notes.html cfc3425b1af56d4cab8c82b7064700ecbd84e8afae7ebe47a801995c0d928879 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/search.html 2546915b9b965bba1196e7ca834e83efab91348cc4be3c5da01e0e717478b5b1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub 0813eedf35dfd5e0a0931bbd4371979135c2efb51b02cd2ba3414f0ae63d4b7e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.html 2c6925cf32b6c9c17601618bb99bf762beffb08b6087c38245cb34a7fff31ba2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 3383356d1a16be6e5387946f121a300fefd870d0bd9a04b45da9282444a70529 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 9597d0aab204d138984551a95047f0881b7a5769f1a61d6cdae12e58cbdd962b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html 7fdbde7e57118f5a58f3fa2ca04a47d57d0eeae759993a052927cb234834b39f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html c72ea00caad35c3eb2e27a032ac5166120d40c2ec44df7e15e9022bf82393a5b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app.html 78afd133a8963184c9c5b0d3cefd75c43d429d7f08c8e7c46b26e846af0e1b06 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html 4819aa0ddc289604bdb3973b5e29345cd5df2dc9d9195f5b7048681aafe0a3ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html fc6a5ea7a5ad2d715277020ea45c6edfaade5744ad87bfca2f67bd84fbf4c837 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html c38a85a9817c3a609f6de8c7cf676aec1b93a8bc1b5c0e3e5831aa6a0bd2e7f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html 15c2bf8e1432a278141df3447663dab3cc492820476969d63443592aa861aa9a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html fc2b3801ffb602328c16e5f669a7b1533d310681508c31064e33285b4af0a469 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_config.html 63854601c8937b0b6cacc832cf7f5f46271e0cfae30de0c5acce51df7ce51b84 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html 7970f11bb7b6226e64e75322a6f50694030a45cd63c49a10ed06bb1170a5fce6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html 009f8b20bdd449a6077ae87610759c07420f7a375a5b6d5234e663cbbcefbebf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_generic.html b6ab58867f73e48b5f3d8ee588aebc1722e712aeffc1f002fc737c8fca498087 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 84897e6030ffa203dc44612aee24161f10102777d2bdd86d905a16f93d38b1f0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html b4a6fa56d2b545e4f4c264e9af12b30233dbe26a7d13455ea6a833dffaed9679 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_index.html 9b284d50c8fab466345901038c32a869891790f469c4b28fa2f1514b8a4aa5a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 68d6bf09a4866dc9b4c13079b6770908e8aaa8119bec7aac453bc7bf70054d1a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_intro.html 432854027ebe18f4d1a06d108424e70053021ed0b70de06940c8c006fb0aae7a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 86c577f392f1c915db1c990021426821cd6a2c73045db0510b947d85f9a41b64 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html c1f3646eaf6debade018557d3704cd4602fc8e7be60f86b9860a9196938e7f36 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 2812d82290595ffd5eb850eed772489cab4811aac9483cf1f4aa85662daada7b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 95d48dead13168a613b4279ac416c4d038b4529c4514f3187e0d31f6dd93ba50 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 6274b78ced7bfe4ee60c8180f9ecd2d41976f93bc1978c290632aa84ebdd4d6e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 8386598d5c78ee0e0d636dd360dd7b3117d2fdaf8e411b4160b26488a7af6844 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html f3afaf0474ffa5a80f515b4744170fc1ba609a6f27cb0f6dd0115899b818409a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html f6ca1d43c07df53777b0c1e27f3f1609d1ca5c4647f7b2e67b264c22c9e707f2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html dd5450c220ad702ae025cd19dad003ea0e05a466f7d7f836df572841d8396085 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html 9cd4c4ef950c45460a4b60939612ea8c3a9885543a26f247cbebdb86cf1811fd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa.html 50e511de7af24b9aad17a3c8487da0daf7f73bb01bc7c8dbc89c9f1f85b26d47 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html e0d18bde5cfe9ed189f783a6606d34bc4eece17fc62b7142f995a4af44de873f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html 3cf4bb507320442c690353c158e603af4543595ba7bf055183b1e785c29dc195 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error.html d771dcfa627cd61f2fee35f965eee43e72583a1c214bda67f5dd535f9762924f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 74b98acf522187dd8c744111bbdb869cbfde6d08b53561847c6ac0bc834e5cfc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 1fbdf6fac198c3671551e385006f4241482e048b78ece46c984c655cb7d7e81b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html dc5d277f10634510919e028db8f4bc1895d4da7a9f1554d7c515678badf14494 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html 2f0ca56ff0def269420f419920999a42120c9f3c461a662e2840f6b22ae42645 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 8525f659b199873dab0bab7caccb888acacb684734ee0d91a4740a1721f33298 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html a5a3dc2b445e02711925b9b094da260a13bc13aa5a55f3750b425d5cfea374bf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html 9af9f918be144a508f44bc1fe35193799a442e7296a07afa6ac0038d746c0077 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html 85f1d9e7f8b9dd37c52edc46e23239817f344cefb9ffde38401908bd346f55a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 5acc3009de14dea6b88db5432626d268884d7cf7cab5606abe4edc77b2bdf50a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html bd1d7ca0be5bb79563226f2cedf5bfbc7e371ff943bf5d1d0b33f91131242cf5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html 73d28ceab346cbcafb3c86ec729140cb090e583cf7fa58cbc47374ecf22459a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html fad694ec04d73fb6341d873134bd426ed10344b45f11baf22fa1cb70d4994ada 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc.html 1658c81154cf22d679fc52dc47f45c30c3c7c17e1ebb87c5f2c9f3597ff31608 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 57a0fa1ba0188c9cb88e6d166ff54b0f31f74fbdebbba8300933a1ae189c9ec4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm.html e5af657c8ce8060438b01187cf25d6b1dbcfe9b9fe38d844b057cd6d63e116b9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html ac15c2169daec59a6bbd5aa96f47b62ab6637520b4e9e6f7d7091929a564a551 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html 636b450645dd81dde981eeb1a8d429b648e31340ed5389c1d13c9a9848afc161 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html ab4db13b1e1fec62e6c19d177a213a34ad7466d8ea75b9dd6bff41e3c5c12439 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 883ed1faa1a2c12aab9d2860e7a57600b13cc21774e414bba9f95ddbdef63b39 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_user.html 7fae6d8993ec568c876943d9913cc7e57ab37aaaf4beb85504e94d412c7cb489 2 @@ -3899,2 +3899,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/404.html 26db6959aa24829870a7718d5da55da5c8c54417ad8e98aaf65ac0538c0f425e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/api-reference.html 434630923088bdc9797621c67269ffdf68859ff6611ec9ff46650a7227da5ccd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/404.html 5262fae722d79c6b67654adcf04b7f943ba5f33998ad92acf5f229a3dd3db752 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/api-reference.html d3f4acb2dd6c5d0777dffef68bb23414f45aca81853b2f2169281583c3b23545 2 @@ -3904,2 +3904,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configurations.html 7d0728f6a69f95242d930a7137bf31456e7807bd16e3263791668fd8a052a324 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configure_algos.html 0cb0e3c8ded7f24ceb5bab97d67b511aeb3a3fb8a5851bf7dfab5e168d368473 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configurations.html 963c27304f745a2b9e31edfa559e29461bfa77bab6205f7f9261f82bfcfcc6e5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configure_algos.html 1f1bad3796aca79b48c1ac86aca66394358cf67dea904c18593014e31d1c3c31 2 @@ -3926 +3926 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/hardening.html a45d3342dbf827b9d3e4ffa2b3604ebed20e77ee5f8b7db2ade7b561da8151a7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/hardening.html 071aa9b98b498b12c03aaf083d431c0c6e87da00eff4ff498d4ab20c99e4b3df 2 @@ -3928,17 +3928,17 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/introduction.html 9f99c0f2507a8566f2111ccd5cfc28bc49a0ea85921638d4dfaaf9905852f1d1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/notes.html 3b38f298aa716a43e0a13ef4e9396820688a58c5d2ff93dc2dfcb29f5a9fba7c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/search.html 69217b8d6244abae02fc4e3ca92377398b423b399c856a7d6d0a178a2910a11c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub 11f75cdb0a73d17b991b8c8986504f6779d036faaf801a13a3211202d4d9831f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.html 6c2e7783b73935237234472733134b4e3c764fa36e81868c656bd16241ccc6cd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 04d913b74b1d69402b9d59a145f8edc2af30e810435a4b705c0921904e9671ac 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_app.html 30be0d35870b13df8f3190958a67cf9d81377215f1cd18a201ed51d70f763441 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html 22ef8248007c86825992df7074112614322bc9d061572fcfe51935a858af22f8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html 009be40b6c80313bf63feed55db1973cd1e906fcfc087780d2054655a15ed61d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_connection.html e6a2ff950b6810e04e4ed096815b31ff8cf0b6452df9fcd37792a55daf969e9a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_file.html f44176eee9b928deb575064edf30e783a3b068296875268c4e3688dc82b9e342 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html e5cdb2d29d90fc955c3615b7b06174108258dd974d2434caa1ba2c4de24495f0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html 545565929e685f6df69448665cbb8fe19ee03fc4c2ffc3d2d409acddf6c33ff9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html 839b67ba63827fb29065f83530f61e33cba03224ba105ca22076f8fb1a3f51f6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html b2b9022cfc1f3b4169eab3bfa2e36e513231c6fa953071b34e715b022aeb8693 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/terminology.html 383916a5ef3731c67f9d34042298c4861e8405246d0495df23be024f9e7b5c62 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/using_ssh.html afecc9d1055494dd7fc4e4bd372643936f4079aa5913b6615786b9030eca6d61 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/introduction.html 6d8336da888946d89e4df2765cca40eca0a292bf4e3f4e974ed74c44221eb178 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/notes.html c4937c27463723797ed3e4b56a907e92c579d9b3d9d92bcd772d17fa91e5b671 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/search.html 2395d2ddb4bc547368e5312cd3c4e7d185fce679059e3dd54967f81c3938f27d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub fca87510994c5b188949bdffdcebb611ba714be87dcdbd2ccc927d9e3cb1254f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.html f2c5c6fea382f9764f0a040e66453546f052fceef98654a8b39a2c5a901a9e01 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_agent.html e721f3f8594d26dae2ab08e451dfeaeed8bf6f61a6ef8aef69cc8115e4b8411c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_app.html afa23d29dbc3ea581986eb362227eace276cf720c96193009c83479b9744922d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html 78cb68e422e42b4d53978d3ca63f41b3f8b307617ba0dbb71f4ba971cdb99bab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html 22ca1b7a327b3fd7885f4a2280598940b3447fa63da9fec139d2694079ad322e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_connection.html fae1dc4cde59e21e94b4d03da53410a0579f87558e8c3b40835469f5dff9ee80 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_file.html 1faf86c0cc5f78d6009aed5a23ac4d1d4d4d530138a420e1b4f8429ad5e86bea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html 3562402b996138d8910f8bfb28c6aebb07b9e4dfde21d9a497872d3dfdc8961f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html cedb7f30199b8378904b9d9afbc09a8e8ff88fb9962145fff86f33e544182cbd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html 99b9e82205c116253a5095924de6cdf2dcd0fcea519e46e65549abe46cce5467 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html 5ef9c626ded55d43948d85bb10e45d0d77bc011e514a82283f31880a74fd3160 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/terminology.html 6023297a5b9461b5f637e9b500cde86b5def275bae3ab9a04726fbe68833baff 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/using_ssh.html 6d697f5090229e9fd4f1878f50f867f47ed4ed80e4cc2137b2ff91ad95821274 2 @@ -3948,2 +3948,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/404.html 5af99c04d4437fb06856f70a50058bc5ecc20e7113544a539036b605ebbd3a13 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/api-reference.html 47cd31045da65d82689cec75c103ed2fea3c401376125ff738d3b87476ae6932 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/404.html 4b052d9b0778578fcd4418729bb962d9d8e359ec25f9d914f293463a50e8c897 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/api-reference.html 7fbf285198f232b9d3d4f1f88b14fddb910b72cf47b042395234d50076e34b95 2 @@ -3973,12 +3973,12 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/notes.html cb610c75ec0568e8b2f3d4846706fa2bcc231f891bb7611bd4bda106a8fba211 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/search.html 6d59006ba5e0842514d4942be7b3cacf436e86147de2c8a56160a416053b42ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub e9c5012e81bbcb92c450c4a1f9c7449b09a975869e6bd4e1e62679bac4e98804 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.html 61c6b133a05203919bbd01be04124465bb5c8233d20cb4d9d1a0a3fb6a87e335 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_app.html 19e4cd5b09ecbebe3ac0068f9aabfb1e6ae87c3ef92e91f8c409715975001c2c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 79b044c469f15c9ada222dfca0f2cfad7f2dbdecd081804a72d572760b109de7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 6bbb47af1d53ed2fe4478dc6244b50de65e9542af95cf5ee92b91c2d2b1f92fd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 55b16d401568e6dde031b58ba65a72bf5e8018947db0d233e0fa1193b7d46ff0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html b353d73a8e0bd0c02b52063b0409d25ed9bfaa500e455d5785858b7632e87c30 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html 33f5d7936490de46060d5ff9a05ad994f09a55b392b8b8e3be65ce8a297962fd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 807278a32b51567cb158e1c9b2a8b4bab5b1239ddfd3ec50ccac400596a93cbb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/using_ssl.html 758279412ba2c340734c2b28258bbf683e8c2a1fff0e80ab98902e97e4b23b5b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/notes.html 2392273ce29b5c659157ed4d9b6353fb2dbd37f757e9d3e648edf23b92754898 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/search.html 0e5410c130ac4a03bcd1f4f815f0cce2feac3172b30cecfdd66449741eb8a6bd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub b2dfba413b279b16fe1b20cc40fc3371b53b81d9e8ca18429fdbf881eb159cb5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.html 06dedbb189a1e8e7df84135e9930e39fdb17540535191f55e009f56b21dc5e4d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_app.html 583a86803d274c77c05a75e0c40705ec8aa4cab2d9d3e5ffcd8b3a59a37045d9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 1797168e6cc01ffec06c5337c2adf0e8ab1d451cbe0909fd92bea1d291e321a8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 1013a50d973fc69a6ce68b49446e88123c21b58a7f293a2909ef7b2e7d303bbe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 5b32ae32a315810f63ea6c842e07687ae8d3f9806740e0dff7935d49bb8ea9f1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html f5837a6aaac755c4a02d5ae08d8bef3183576ea0c907e51841ba11f25ec28dd2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html a7bf3f88912f9ca160b98b11eaa70fb6e25d47ad7200d1a9f7ebfcaf9847b96d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 44e0eeea4f703b8843d4a0b7037e70b80d859f54501e0999b108b2be86c1c389 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/using_ssl.html b8d0e8a766ada68b256e5d6d49c90c88c3239645c7f2455c51f1d8ed017e3ed3 2 @@ -3988,5 +3988,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/404.html ca65598b9a36e3ecc15ff6d992b9d1bf27d0b0f952fa03cc29aacbb094447da5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 6286f754a0fdb251617f52c6cc2860e0416756f236a17a8d71a57004fea251fb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/argparse.html 50432c0a48e383d8f60e4d3c49dbf6b928f5eb0f073997fb408bed0ec4a41011 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/array.html 934ca746d33f0ab417cdff6c26e566648c255ae91a2463d72f1b7ceeb96dc256 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/assert_hrl.html dff5c46ed0d788f94f15fe6de42b727eda1858a7b56013723224ef53cbf2d9a4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/404.html b2f442e2d1b0f7459c4280494f9ee9520d9edddad88d3e132ea50920fef26526 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 4afde0f6c4085c7cd91130766c43b93269f41255df9d459aa011c1379531b6ce 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/argparse.html 97b1def1fae1f72bbe713673587fa638fbdf11a35adbba2d933cb71dd385972e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/array.html b439eafce6fab412ed9215a4659aa8b0ea82a1945fae39f250f1f6c954ccb610 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 0f2c0625a3424aeb46316310c17f9292e8c58cc6ed26a5559ec0a8e662f8ebef 2 @@ -3995,9 +3995,9 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/base64.html c46f083d1df004c3422609bb21a963d31f19b748670df928b883fe1e85110a9b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/beam_lib.html f792810b7af6b579b0b651e71ab630a177b30e1228c3a0651e6cdd52a4824e04 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/binary.html 9822acc57ce76e9ecc3c2607afb2ad39a63aa4aec9d04845fd2ec19b6f36cac9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/c.html 3d6703bb76baf09d2ea95c85110896feb6d34a4348dfb9161192f457c253396a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/calendar.html 76f8e7096799b58896632efba4558a8149fa0461951134d8f4c396866df0083a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dets.html 073fd16dfd41312de2d40dfe4becffaa36ac40c0e252be2cee8ca18bef5e3b97 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dict.html 82fa9e9028df1cc5cf66345660872abc255ba067ff34850c0c083d226fe3b962 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph.html 08d79c09521fb033454342392375854cd3fd80041cde83018fda5cccd0666aeb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph_utils.html ba5df3cf96c7a434496a08e26784f0a50d299d6172c9067078565e254465b697 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/base64.html 8eec65589e1148855aaee714f74abbc1738143dd9943f2c3db4fb3b08291b4aa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/beam_lib.html 2abd77bcf28b7b020d9be72c90a1df2f298cc6aa3c569a5bf4c33f4ea9dfb61d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/binary.html 00bc66e383b77c590c1e1115c9618ae5b3643b3c29a557bd651a1b713ca26998 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/c.html fa64fb61e7b1c780cd31cb5e141ad3a3535d099d2c0d479dc1b0b93e7713ac2c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/calendar.html e52bf24c5a871df40828c6bd34dba5ae56a763a3fe69e884560562ba81c57fba 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dets.html 8c4f2124679bd92ee9840621caf90a97ece1696e306c3e50bb21897ba43a9c1b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dict.html 28213642f4e97ce3e645206566bcbdf627f210c3f3f59da811b798f660c0683b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph.html ccd0ba4efd0a19e344477379bf58ee099b57f2770ad25bce3edb92ef6dd724f1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph_utils.html 07cc7a5eca15b07dba9c2c2f2bdbea87b52c9f0ee3a011a7bb6b27c929f25271 2 @@ -4024,26 +4024,26 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin.html c76e1ed4c552f0f40faf7fc3d842d3d2b4fcd2276fe590e5f6076a38cc15aeab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin_expand.html a899bfe332756da1bcd8d06bd6f5c5e8a0eefb6ae3967fcbbe3b502c1adb14f7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/epp.html 14209e02ec522f40fbf513868c38237d6700112362c6e1f54e4825777760de85 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_anno.html 82391366b1d3ac1d248e6ba6def82d209af47e877e7d2ceb59699eb690384c4c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_error.html 5695d3d118491ff44eead957c20f9b762ed7f5ac79c75e80051304603232c506 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_eval.html 0443077030c09265a52025b7117108a6e5dd970631404ae1b80d87e97c9ec944 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html ab9f02c67d44b0cfe49b15ec6300cc231afeec2d7ebcfdc1de89adaa1f1e9de4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_features.html 59f83ebd1544dd4c774db400c5c3279f26023328c424e23f85b844bc61cd0006 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html 79933ea99814c899d51ee0acd66f3e3ce4d9a72ad7ac33f1caa594e2428e0975 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_internal.html 7a5aea1aaa7a9cd0c57b24ea4ce66f31f6f78ec2a3b4e0a9fea010d21af7b931 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_lint.html 18552e3c372e7d6517498af87ed64f457e582d1b92a3517eede3c3e1a220f5d6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_parse.html b1018d513a907559f103097b0c204bdf68853378de8af1834e71217c0eb23489 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_pp.html b767e92612ab1694ab0572019e3e294e77af77b3f5fe385c7f2aea571be328bb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_scan.html 5c1f14c7ba39fea33b03a55c5612f43fb7a63b04fef6183db65f486b80c4a211 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_tar.html a1a8e49faea46dde3a81aa4568967c55d3864391392e576aa5755805b4171c2a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/escript.html 07ac483b2f57f09dc166fe66cab3449d871779da3de2da7cff31ff923b24de1b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ets.html 7b633bc81a426d5fcaaf3cd118ce6dfe26e33fe933c67d88964aef5b31463981 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/file_sorter.html 8b9ab3c5ffef394c1e4ef808d1ff5e8f04f4aadfc6866014b4009e60f355d865 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filelib.html 702b6aa697add23b82ca6053a95a1075e6618616ed85dbc5c9542bf6fcf4efac 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filename.html 5d3b630179d1058f8703a7cfc0c7d8299d2420535c60850415c3e0cbe2071600 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_sets.html 15cd8caffe5c1d15d6c768a3eda0cfe591fa20576f6d55cc951efbd8299ea4a9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_trees.html b8d2c23320bff9846c6ae108b7d6f9daf0ca15d0cf9817d3e18a198fc93a4cf2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_event.html 4e5a36e61a0567aac7058acdae024b656d2d61b0a9d85504787f6e6db1070755 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 1c887619bc9c354a9c284365116c84155e0ecd8e58743a046274621ed178b680 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_server.html 0cef6b0612be8b3af0d3c84c22778c2e093c9b810b45fc068c8518cf3ec5f1be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_statem.html 9a9e8ea8f9a5da4d57e44af5344ff3f3e1564a417a04de9065979fa2b6fba56c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin.html f3a053b0f2bd77a1d4371bd4a9979e0b1cc6bc59e3c61dd7082ad7adf21c1d17 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin_expand.html a2c3b6ee40c7976685d717365683547d89f0600b483f57164ef5be3c86ee91d1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/epp.html 4cf4acb3a433e9d6d14125900d80c0072ade92a85b1dada48704832cc8b16947 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_anno.html e260761d167bbc26ea6822ddc9611785a32e8cd44147bc4d2c6a39b172f1ef4d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_error.html a7471142749be5414606c0ee5412af381d0fa66bfe9b4ea606db904abfaee0c3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_eval.html 479b1335d66cf473378ac16fc540038d757f771e9cae37035d55cc9edaf5953e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html 8b1cae777be5c9e3f2f45d1d2795303b1f9fa43ec08a7485e79ad04dd06ab077 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_features.html 5b0bce1d153d7cd8c5a634f313b248d2178abade31e25ef8d8105c4dd9d1d08a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html a29978ae1af94c9efe67771a6b8033a045993dedee3e92de9a0faa4e168e16d5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_internal.html c4940d4c729c3bfb5323fcc1ac4bbd69e968f824e82f923abb4865521138f2da 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_lint.html d678c41ff5b4113ed3f43af0223d2d1b77bd5db87994179b5d926aed3310d41f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_parse.html a378ad682ef210857c191a81dfac72f610fffa8e5847552a9c4d5ca1c8e0b5b7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_pp.html 57eee5226732eb45cb8a5e95c76e04b141c0a5fe9c06611c09e554ae0ae54961 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_scan.html 3baffb8fdb1e09fa8db6dcbd96bad66222a8ed0f7de253692e81e8ac871c7044 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_tar.html 8a695d0409a1d3ddd380998c458707614b5ac0106d57396ba49666c1157a6bc2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/escript.html f27ee82e4ead495b277dd2707d7e8cf6e95e9ce9a66d859e8ad854ebe88484f8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ets.html d98a6a313541b5196c4b07ab48f4b1dfa73ae6da2858d7e76deee6e93ed94cea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/file_sorter.html e1ca054d7475b3c0b048eb71a3c03f66e747beccefa15a6aa107a05e0a70fe51 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filelib.html f625940b7c131273e971021cbc484e6c8b705eb153d665861f19bd17d0a2db66 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filename.html 54804b5eae4b1cb60c70edf6fac88522cc2b280d2b9a569a67db599b13970efb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_sets.html 0f78f59e713acb5075267abfb6f4849ed05ebf3566335aea20144e657a16cdb9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_trees.html 248ad99ecfe436076679a2b542af694e2565d31760a57b07024925486df6c73c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_event.html 5cca7347b273b1775400456bddb49d1753333a31c74e72630da83fcd36498e0a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 7ae7b1ac16c16a2e9d5e81b9e28ccdcc128876841728cd325b40682b94777749 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_server.html f225d7ee8879cf4de903da8506c53e2050c348eea709bddd06bd5bc27266a4f8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_statem.html da3d2aab657691693deffd5e083e210afd11c38ff59f66dafc5a66950fd47b6b 2 @@ -4051,42 +4051,42 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html 95e893373910dc49c8c9f99e0ef828bc47ca60163b22c9cc7c06aa20aee0fea6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io.html 64d0e27e901daf56a9a0d10161c6277b53199e6f305a43d41bc9d31b5efe09d1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_lib.html dc1ece373a4384536d2165a96e8127839fa6efde9608e701e20291605c9bfadf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_protocol.html b9017ce051e84014d061b3d0e61734c7bc95ea46d34140b22ce32944c47df88e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/json.html 5f64324012385285f859a443647a0f3984bd4f4873767d2a3666ecba75973011 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/lists.html 93514eaf20eaeebae562ec6fb1e36e61e3f90f951f2537cf228e145cac3b4b1e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/log_mf_h.html 771628825010e5607797b6c55321fb8472cb9114894ca2b2da3e1148c46f3fa6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/maps.html 3eea4a318a4923393267bd38427d6bb6cd2ef6612dcb4c0a13d60dc278af1491 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/math.html f1976d86f5ef6de90910ce819dcbbe18fdfe6339e1d0ba0997b78d25304a4076 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ms_transform.html 76774ad2b77c5253b6d88ac77d92cab62c9df087f617797fb6a59d58c824a129 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 6c2cd96240f45828a9c6ed9c2342157d99feab0f3f49cb59a01847a38dd4794a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/orddict.html 1826010d31f43b9e568c5c8d9c3596b23612447dc1498cb72880d8411377edd8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ordsets.html b53b0e83e4f09e8b3600f80f7586e5866fe5fd852ffed14ff7afb903853b7187 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/peer.html 000e8ec8d222c53dc03b153b09aa81d3a1f51ad8bad5b9c14b59e28f99121e47 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/pool.html d64cd5591489c9218c8c590702bb18a34d883b1449d4891f7cba10a7c2d91d68 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proc_lib.html 4a3b031ad505d8975eaca551b130c0cfa2b475989869f85deb4a574cafc481f4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proplists.html 25901674d7a5fba5816a8f3cbc1a47fdcef2cc6dacfebf02b77e9d9456d16baa 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/qlc.html fbe3cfa3063888546069030b39a3a6eb5c703622749b922dfc41ac9b6f37ec1e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/queue.html f32416366b916cbd4b1680756d8cac8f587123a420a8b7a8489264129c51fe1e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/rand.html f112b11c022b61f04cfe2c22f45f7622ada6f84a6092314ea8a0356b1898c40a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/random.html 93195d10693e3e80e6f6971aec04cb5b2e3aa1ed6c6069e34a1d3479fc9eae97 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/re.html e5a6618c492ea71b21e877ce6962c8bf35e89131384d5ba5531283f94bf6ffd8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/search.html 94ffff79e9c2cc8b0581b4be9edd098a3dbc6b874dd417428d6c9020ec7243ed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sets.html 1cfbb4defeebb7c0dc11abe54798a3e42619a4428505d813f62b77ac1ac9f0d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell.html a6dba3baca6862518cfbbd525172d52d01d5b783146953ebdf479fd9e36e42e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_default.html df6434e345986cb97925badf82d10ba2773edc9ed301c24f75ca6a4c57ac3d2b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_docs.html f7d165833a371150fc3154a5e688f3c94f425d6f4e6f81a736e2047e886a4982 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/slave.html ea2509e82c69ad595995afc00c52b546847ed58b699637b693338aca88061a49 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sofs.html 05572ef3db753a3d32bec9ec6038b76b5482155a69fe122f76a9525a2c71dfd7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub 3b6c319187c6cee73192bc3ac9ba9e7cf48e9b6920331181de13f6323007f004 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib_app.html 8fe9d6c886404dfb081d3dab3fbf37aaaf61067548a6484b427ffedd5d22cbfd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/string.html 4435927587dd7789f58f2e7bdfb3c6f61f6f8a67a09540656c56d96ad83ea853 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor.html 531b18d81aee6768051a2d8bb1891d4b1320bf12b2118df1d9707b018c12d69f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html b0f45c2333f094192237a66daece3725994654287bfdd8ca6385390fbc07efc4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sys.html c92ba4fd3a2828ca1af1ed91d3d62feb5e84da9b7989ea9b64c768c166168365 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/timer.html d8926c6ab4ecccd5e1f145b55c22d0216a10362648fbeb4221a809583661f060 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode.html abc057b8be3706381bc9b6bbbc57dc627de6bfbf861c324e511ab32efe2c5904 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 9a33eccae73ebd764b0c348ab7a28df1f718174db11c279d6d8d4540ed3ad6c6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string.html cea4bc453e93121790d9eabf7dc5625a75e7e39f6e1544f4df3509db6839621c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html 16f4ee40243c0aeaa5a1b92538ef2cd4a15803ad85984f1234f6be1a7e4a7af8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/win32reg.html ea1c663b40c91af9b958600780c6a476e74acf1477550d59ad0a93eeb36481e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/zip.html c5f861a4aebdea6ead3deb5a04a1d92457b71da746e9f5563494e64dafba38dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html 4e62c799b4355dd99f631235752948c65cb498e78fd808e6ea2bb95805d621f9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io.html 8eaac938bc4e2752b0c28fb4e303c0c9dd3e5ca0b23ddfadf08e62be34021c8c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_lib.html 1cf76337d99db11d1400597828648acc9c32dfbaaf2ae233e6a63ce99ee4fc18 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_protocol.html 647ed70e4f1f859abc5634a4b889b1c3c36e18b883f0e0aea1a943dfc2da024e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/json.html f696d1c870cbc578c48c62eef70c77f458a1d5b2cc18628fc828d800e932d87d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/lists.html 654271e768caeb6b8a8b75e175759d18a56de0169e456823b9e24b4b332ebc69 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/log_mf_h.html 12580eed39fb1a647e6f9eb23079c26fef581aeff23a13520fa1440dd0b96b37 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/maps.html 752b1514c204f6e701c1a52d2b12c18f811fff77d56d44a09a0062610b573f28 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/math.html 1148f4dc87dc9b4128a35fb51ee5679b0ced0f82a94edfde0946085765aa3e8c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ms_transform.html 727d8670c8092f62f29f1cd87edb85303bb1a5702dad41165aa03b911eb44aa6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 271abac37b3da0cfe4ef027df54ef0ae2a01b13c2cae3419c563ca5693c165b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/orddict.html 3190e0452a9677cafe9526575f66504f780e9b01f1b72bdd0922455384b65074 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ordsets.html fe34b6750dbf7f82b5cc7efdd87062deef642f6d0277db2197d70197437a4dbb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/peer.html 0d89aafea867bb670140665624f7a1648b00bdcefd0883bb95ed75d3cacb3439 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/pool.html 9b5e7eb886d2205ba3b911dbeb42503e2105740b86977e157eedfddb55dc9d75 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proc_lib.html 2d8e58f7894de24c3fc76350b6955105b043380d6975e8fa4a824f871bfd5a91 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proplists.html 9936ae6dff770e893a9ee66efad04b99ffda3513668cae0c00083a5730054175 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/qlc.html 07e178d12638267d7162a8a6f5b423175fdead599d6802922785cbcf785bc921 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/queue.html b94161d298f25389f50e8431ac0b6e016e3b0d165fdabcf65753c2d49ec0b7b6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/rand.html e14e735d2608b47215370223f27798a7720f2a6336a482f94036d1a4dd8b479e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/random.html eec6b2dfc1275c3a9f6e9c5971be6b0e6be6234a67de9103a925f636742080ab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/re.html 1d5e70f8a4267dc81a98c2480417c3473ae280ccaecf3247e80a7580050e3cf6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2309dc97a1128e02b55da11d7e3df69190d44029f36f490619b04ca6d051844b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sets.html 6a336cbed656b4132df576cefbd78a2e568182238441a38b186ef06f123ba0b9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell.html 732fe5dbc6ab0287cfab3bb86eb65ca4e811e682ac801ecc0eafc928771a6f1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_default.html db3ef26db1102ce776d4901f9a99c33d2f885e45a2067f6da23dffb91b759aef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_docs.html 45c49f55008f44e4f97d123f8439d3a6e52cd85d12f8ef91455f64ed78cd90e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/slave.html b59a7340bf3b948b41858a15842e63e75c0b57e82fdf25e65f60f240cce8f639 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sofs.html 917b38ac3abd0ab4be72ac54113fb19b381cfd6e4a869fe2ee88307c996342ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub 91c57a863e5e40386791eb7d3eee4a8e5a93f10f49acf5b8a5fcd690f91a8700 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib_app.html bd212464cee605ee89766e32aa884afadb8e35b62e453deb6325fb454c38a07c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/string.html 63bc564b641ad74d0599a8a7b97c5d10a7eeaab634f33caef1d3b683c8a6c004 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor.html 37bf3d152eca78a3da7d9b026c063a7f06cfbedb480978c88f59f6c660d04f3b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html af99b9ff2264d48aad7e0603c2b10e27c641dcd5c0bb0ae34c97f412e5102c1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sys.html 2f916c707a391c3574c39150d04ca317196315cf4bf042cd0d37f50ea3c79652 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/timer.html 8066149ecbc1c6c1eff03c09f7df3a89509494c378c920b4b0b1529ba0ddfd12 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode.html d3a22b2a34e18634c5213f600768eba61aeb3fe3bd4b5ba5863722b71bf73a3c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode_usage.html e827b3fdc633d4edc6518f5b611d9e6743bea1e951107c01ec1731ae6d896579 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string.html 5533425753e23c2237a4059aa881442f81f2ffd37980f6c38847e9a2ac141e62 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html 0e83d8a99d76bc5e2e915d5a9bc4685e51ad518bde7088b67afd58c12b728297 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/win32reg.html fa3c318c26621e4a54c895d5abb6504a66f8643461906ec3614eec049ecd4ab6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/zip.html 403fa8b261aaccfea09b850b2a9696a0b1500e9b485f502b0eee2e17ee51e249 2 @@ -4096,2 +4096,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/404.html b16b83648c4857a1f72d74768c1fe70c301b035c93d42d779b542d7d24010452 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html d10ff8217be3a23d292bc4427328f30ec361bed480a46bed710302fb11670afd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/404.html bc4f277ffa715a273fc608718538c67925a589b8dcc28967a412675845861978 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html ef478141dcf89ac05163afe50b5247d289b2b2abf598265a9ea6ab88b15587c6 2 @@ -4101 +4101 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/chapter.html a9ee4a3b37ee59bd190237284d0ce51d59ef5a449f07bed58ee62c1ce838611f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/chapter.html 3a29e6662f965229b9988def809653d7ee0f963bf682dc3c739c0bcb6349f447 2 @@ -4122,6 +4122,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 2f7a0cd0a01fa90813c242152a6fcca217f87763e12e94d812f0a3498eee2e21 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html faf50f77f970d3bcdaf81f34d03445dd1eed10a72562ead8144bde1e1b79dab1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html a9df61c2c362f4a98fee0c15f1485f66befefcee917e2c49f499725e61e10bf9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_recomment.html d09dd676f7d3d15084572ff5debfc57b4cf8f5cc7b024f994e092324316576c2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax.html eea03aea0f6672704cde47004051044f7b12e11ddfa1c5d628b6f34ce9b3725d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html f5bc5098abf2c86b5c849dc00baa6ae780260b8f03f4b97c8ebb831e8d5940d6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 467975b0bd5dd7476b2f64657b2333d52d9014b09632052997cea85b5c3c017e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html acfe33aa185fb5370b054013ecd9e0c65363b6c354559a177c1b5165717e5d64 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html a6a2cae887fe1ce774ad3e9a55ebd0bbd63d88cff264993d7f45e317dd2d315a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_recomment.html e5503dd8b73125790cd5e8abb93837a5379ab37ea1b5ef1b06cd46cc1ef6b70b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax.html b7cdd9be92d5747a1b9b380a1dc9ad0ed127c5e0b5a7810c4afcb0ebf211b65a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html 49cad9b8e99d31d2a3265b7f0962594ac239147ae9f2bf9f37015a01fcce2db9 2 @@ -4129,5 +4129,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl.html 36941cd1488240c8b1b11ea53c3525453fed18b526b3fe371fdbefe49549eea6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl_transform.html 3422f7495dace572ea16927b64f14252212aeca70014b7da175981b1a182b9ee 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/notes.html c2df63f374fb1cd761169170d4a177d51663d0de979d64ef00ffdf24839797e0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/prettypr.html 4b4dae7727d94c937dfc9882d922a6e135486334ce8150e88923931892e62001 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/search.html 9f4bab2df384cafd64bdaa5ca170709147c2ab5860b95fbc0b7ad570428937e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl.html 2816c729ea789a29af2b96071b9b3432cb524cd41a2635b45363e677e185c374 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl_transform.html 8559bab5f406c261b6b9ec4bc6e6c8259f1ca3654eb53f6bf45d23cee205000a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/notes.html bd3ca7cbd8af469bfc76f9b41b1528be6730d49f7bb09a21bb58ceba14163b4a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/prettypr.html 87de627da2b34b6802100fecfa8162f3bea796804b3bce839127b88f96e7b442 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/search.html 07176b986d14566aa5e01fbf85f3c428f0f2e191e450b5fd9cb2f5b992ed81c9 2 @@ -4137,2 +4137,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/404.html 7c948ead3ba032100cd043ef22b8df5c858f69e455253f09b1775a4bf8456049 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 930878b6f5c8de753db59d86d5a600524f0350a933615ee589cdfadf8b3a6da5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/404.html 8be7ac4423658502315585ce54f80876c53dfe648e488bd9d3a0d8938324df9c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 5e928d8ff8a7e35d6288c180af19363b0bd4a9f8222b7e2cd4663dbbc25d4577 2 @@ -4159 +4159 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-A23EB215.js f27e98a03f27003f6a9f45c13428967d2fe1df762f6b8fc07d0fea22b0409c76 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-14BBE234.js 59ed61fcf8c78a33d147755a8638785de051776e5d067c019e7aeb6b758b53e6 2 @@ -4161 +4161 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/getting_started.html 58cfccbd42531f9843d7350bd38fe87e6ede2c04963efbf848156654cfb22c52 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/getting_started.html 3287dc5ec70bfa46168fe88790e7355b9829ed2be13b56af62a334ee5e62a5f2 2 @@ -4163,6 +4163,6 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/introduction.html 08fe0e2bbed69d4e9190f46a783fb5e96e9586d444f5118eb4c67bfa33eb6779 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 9015eb5aaac015efa103f729ac037963ec2030eec6513ef4be87932baae830ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/search.html c122e16bf2453bb8041f1c76596d535fa9fff2d2137dc7dca5da324b6a13ad5a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub 736dde4461f9f7f80726be55c6b8e8ba439bba61cefd317d76d58d34c8dbb331 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.html 2fb543e5459552c1c002e8a2c39139b340feaf4fc6499ca5db27508035917335 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp_logger.html d772096ed3f4b2e91d6ab940c539440f57a6d9a114dd4463e535f41c126761ca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/introduction.html 761d8879a74dbde91eff4d09c39d9183f6a30e7838eb107f8a8001e88ef6be7b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 7e1f689d329064cd8da57e50bea7f8edf508fcca3e791ab43f4bb707019270ca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/search.html cade49752ea7f5f8ef6440f411c8ec2370b8440f9b94048f2f36cdbba43a32ac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub 8cc277b83e427c65062eef1ff74477ca051d646f124088187f49320e650045f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.html 77ddc328bca5998cf99437dfac9f0502916e2483c6c50e1b8139d1836d3b3eac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp_logger.html b825195894a4976c0d3c5368eabe8f8c6042bf2c40b8e24dfab5d0f7aa960ba5 2 @@ -4172,2 +4172,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/404.html fb4407ba30e35fff3ca9f39d2a25fef60b10424fa16e044f1a38c952fe25f97f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html be9f1976981b0bc0ca0a06c1ff027fe278c7127260821ca0c0536ccb01ca4198 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/404.html a16d1217cedfa558ed140c6c3773d8e6d42538782281abf9f946faed4053bc8e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 9b8d0a13e1bea120f3dbaff306b2295701fec06d4ee89bc2c6d995a7d2caeea9 2 @@ -4178,4 +4178,4 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover.html 33c04fd78c4ddd2afb40147eed53093a7a98e01cc8cbed260db74cef5a32159b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 400bbd216c84d0a716642cdecb01852c3e2ee74acd839c295d0cbb15539b2eb5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof.html ed8891a20cd2b5d141c11b18f1eafb4c94ee24f0f5eb4ce4574eed0076d5c0b6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 6e519f4876dc74e76288e20da5caeb3bb5e2154754d662c99df76624346f2ab8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover.html d578c4111b85ae3cc8de8729ddf07db7ac86d88e3f81e7c2a1f69c594ce0e754 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html a687fc92b926e0675703aacbcceba64d600904280d33c902813d153e1f2b5f3c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof.html 8340c2189a4eb0bd6332ad8e6c57c714eea53acd9b1967a7ab34fac539a2bb9c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html d54e251678525a216cd3417584316269399b9524e8247a181f2051ed81bf454c 2 @@ -4202,5 +4202,5 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/eprof.html ad341b08f56f1b0f5a219e3de0c827c7c9eded928d63b7c972f8f435e61773d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html c161ecf6b35cd943a1246d43021498801ac268dd74af800e583c58ab5aa63b41 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html 47dff220b9073dcf07902adc3898b72cd19784b2c5cc77db241ca8f6ae3804a7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof.html 59a51e5fe0a224046af5151b6c57423f0a8716f40e972cf2306e115450504709 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html 6ff1e06638c2d4b5d21b84dc573e4609bbd4ae688717c6117c206ad5718a0c1b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/eprof.html 16fb63ef7d64595638b14e0bb16f047009e8e421ccb6cad87c70aa4fe4b58527 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html 90d2e48efc03204db15bf0de9df17ee5f2a047a88e1f556067164e07ac3ec629 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html 5bcfc661059989588ab59a75ca383c9bd0ef581fdf4bd440dd124c16148d0aa0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof.html e3baf648e18ad328327b470f842416c334e18c53af186bdfb1fa642946a5c3c0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html 53f52b5da79f59cb4feffcf56546e5cffd6c95289af0c4e4b22e6c88c2b1d03a 2 @@ -4208,10 +4208,10 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt.html fe5398bc19b0b3f7d1a46856b0a8274b02183a9ba3ee86a96e25c618f29708a9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html b734dc9572e1f99c00bc12c4a9043fbbfeea8c4571427bd244bc32f81531c693 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/make.html a5c5f2e9eab4e1299876d519e8f598f3167bbb90471d7b3c3fc386f788d1c5fc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/notes.html f382c5837b83e639b83574ce32eb765b7ccb1b995a9af23c7bd976a592d8797e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/search.html dd919d95818d102c7bf767f18b29cfefb560b66f5796db2487a2511a5ec01a97 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tags.html 1dbb3308a77afdb1dfe770da0e36f7f5755c9bfde1b620bcc94a5d49fd8a7f71 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub 5378eea09235abe7c11dbfb265d70f77c52e4d088839ae0ea16e38bb44cddab6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tprof.html a859dcf8644873a0e7772ba75894d2227285f3bfe0ff2e24c46ce304eccc4b3e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref.html 11581ce2b67416015e94130dec88916a2b14390391013494a72a32fa17b019c9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html cb9b8e668999e035ba9873a5177af3d715e37987445a1cbabbfbdb56869f4fc2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt.html ca0db75ccee7b774214a8cd4c2e9352634e412401efd7eebf54cec0e1c8ee594 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html c881ecd1455d41723fcef233230517fa066a592d72469ec6dab06d40e8211797 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/make.html fc67feeeef872bbc9a2c53928702bddddb1db7d39c9980de188a156e3754f7f5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/notes.html dd2c239a6e50e2cd3e61c6a760e17de6ccec123327d127cca4cc32b0a491df68 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/search.html 1ffbce8c1d2d82d7f343e480a46d675c3b5610bd1ad6b8ac6026ab1b0a0763e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tags.html 29d0eeafa9cc5286bfbc44300f72eec34a575d134cb933af3b28b8995b4aa336 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub d23508e94a7cf57f188d3324e8645044798365efe5fd037cce813f0379166245 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tprof.html f70484d449b043a6d2376c0eea981d721938dccbd71f7ec5d1bd7d298af43b9c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref.html 0b74ef7b958153e15893965b76a15fe442eb521405e37c9016daaf6b7661d127 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html 31f42c84eace33509a18e7e88e27f814ea1f2b8cfe53e33311603ff6c3ec31a9 2 @@ -4221,2 +4221,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html 9f743c0f08208a05c0ea1f60200c8c4c31f68faff48c5469b377046d60b83a24 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html b9251858fc56bf68c460cb8b70505c487cad62e702810f93fac9e11561ae709c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html c95bbb269b2f467fc70ed6ef5a85e6ee5d27af619691f7321308d4a5e9bd3a86 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 9b660ee8882073ba65bf78827597762e081a86d5fb23bee4beda62656f40897b 2 @@ -4225 +4225 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 3030b106fe96f2631d0c374bc788d44e01841596d76a0669de1be44cc4600469 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html f0fdc3e46c27a5e04f3781c786deee1a60c3165a9e51f2e56a7beb83e7dbe196 2 @@ -4246,2 +4246,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html f51af749d1939882165ac86224456827f1f0116d755ce28a0c1819152a48655d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html 253676049bc8ce4b2e990fcd372bf853bd5826e9f199b32e8bd8dbf559a552a2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html bc9cc0402a338b7098740848f0892d33225bf115a052576201ac6f7b393031ea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html 9552b8ab1f9f16f5dcaf0ae701464e3093db25623daa6c4c32ed7dec033025a0 2 @@ -4249,239 +4249,239 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html 9743a0c534577717d0b372253caefaffd5c858d3b7a9e655679d029da4dcda36 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 4718b206037e58e88b36a924ec34dd2d753abef1b22f61e7fb964e6ca6553aea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub 7c1a99e522e4b81e1f6991c964b01887be3650f8f3c823d90a34dab9195b1dd7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 319d8bc1e5a70e06e9614ed377f857a5d143763ef2ad5efaaa8fc79883dbef46 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html 497bf9e93e417b43db85bd226c268109ef32e38ec52a0b3a3f3c1501ff727b19 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html b5e224ace30c4d01667560f63073b0601b17df1ac8eec225b0debbf00ad27128 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html e4785222fdb4fae8a9f49b5f56be9d7f393db388076bec9e744e38981544ea52 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 53f9d46f3ec11e9f818aa999a6dfa728ba180848e092b69cd1287efb94b37650 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html 66030b5cfdf3129dea4804916c21f5c0bb0f451b03a88017f71d847a65dcbd18 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html 0845d16cd34be81da8774b9502b52652fb51a3a6ba3f3c6db4082295e19a114f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html e79d1cf939d8eabc754db1966897a30db7030775fd719019b766fde6e37d8034 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html 061ffd8b22cf2a6422587ef9b86306719af997fbf29c548ded1b27d30de5f0c1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html f18c02152739dff6edce842872da519dfe687f26277d81698ffffae64f021e15 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html f0c430e3fa40b194b822ef9244573782a12456b8da8763631a4eb36d1ccc48d4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html 5f01d1ab683c27c2c85457aa135afc158da528c791fdc4804a71ed55565fff74 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html 20cf87252b2d222933d51fbee14f3cfccf7035a60dc93e81cd4b4d4062203173 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 96c98c499d52180dbbe7307619cef431cb40f53e5b4901974b2562a3368d79c7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html cdca7878297ad32718a5d7494532298e3cc7d3ddac35ebf2ea9caec85951b130 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html 6281883f062e407d7114fd8ce91858e2a4c56495948792fd3e834b9c2c059f54 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html 12ecf90552f97a24bb4023c1738f1ff1e8d6ec97ecd541eed31d223b1dc50b05 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html d646690093fa4df4b5e0da4e12d3c31921b71e6da39b3a4580c064cfa8defbdc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html b0f972e2e1d8c230ebc9e70099dbfdab7be750456d5633ace033827beb34c609 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html a281700258f82fd7ac9e03cd80026297be7f29b60315979f1ed9cf1fc82f487d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html 37cfefb450bc4a150ca508ed204898b0aefdf7932cfa188380d7edbfb6dbb5ad 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html fe06acf5ed76fdf2039b764d6c76e2d5c5d50c786aadfa0b0ef691c1fa8a03c2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html 04f98c9f7c9b6d7dfcd7d7a8d9b8a426445ab131f5c28a3caa7b178aae40aecb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html 7a7f654a1dd8f37ac50f15cb4e28baa28723000e7e895851ceaa58908473a459 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html 579e6e5ccf6db78ce32a8b14bc49aa6c9931f787255cbb1845f91421492b0f92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html eddd8672d422e2e5a24002b5b651b4027001f8c2642c3e708905e9c746f113c0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 38614deb1f2a4301ce364489094d983e20eb61960e1d25b0aab46aa39435e3da 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 5595bfafca7ac3cc38a55282d948c14c876c94f67604f6bfc1219713b1fe3059 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html ffc52f3197944852882d8c0e933f78b3e1dc1f9acc91d7b72f80da8439ddb7e0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html f1a78ed58ff02e5db13502c8c90208ae59bd5ec78772fb162fe08f640f668a1f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html d566a960a16047fc3a550389967cab8a13ec6e38386c7a4bf197d06fe59d3121 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html e53c814ab3396cb206e64a3bce580672fe619b30207404cc30a9486474900e64 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 1a57b61d42406c593f7ef5888fdea32e596d8bc0b1c9a156213fae996951ea19 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 3668a1969403f135bc6d562cdba794dc63ac4f8e7e7fad1d9e5a4f232d8d3a1a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html 4368544914f967100d4d1a44068512aab303f8c9fc8304262f7dd2f03820343c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html d7cbf69ee5fda4a2dbca6997273853013435ed3443be1a2d14c8761da703f64c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html b13b1d116c7c69354a1f4c04aa064c5844df2c37e4296d35736cf586a60126ff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html 5fe5bc4ae5a357fa460aba99f716d12df906e669110bb82f1f13c180beeca426 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html bee0b8a3aa232a453e99685adc505851657554ef3d8041f743c46cb53a48eb0f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html fdb35da46226b5f441f0a87fe41fe584dd1d195ea18c72893c2bdd873f630b36 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html c21a8d02c29fb1cec19c8df09c8ab625341a9c6c08bcb97c118790ed79b6c0e5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html cd4109ae8486e01c70f5d13b7364fe5a5d336ac9dfcb7560223b3cd150cb9002 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html f4902627b759c0aecf3402c757bab6ec09f3c6552bdf0e4e4d3d6f1e3f07213f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html 0a06ddb2e852fdc8e02bac9fdab28a1ee82d6d8f549f5fb75aae4496d20b16c4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html 5cfe3f05e5bc9869e9aa8f1a96f12f8218625ab6946eb89a6d409fea274ad5cb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html ac21296352a24c133987764897a04120517f05ddaeefb548f90d1a294fc0f67f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html bc128b39d0a030e0774ec02b389349995ff75867f126678d26bdbfabeb11d5a4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html 2901bd0bc119e2579b46bcd2601ad7b61c6be10e67d794a5acbc0637cc8a7309 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html 47ad6d67a5f60c842653afe84b2b3eb98d24df6ac1173a835009a2c4cc46fab0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html 5d52621cb4951cdc22d3ee39650aefee706a0fa354db8b5380610f284dac7f38 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 2189ecec65c4d7585574910fc7fbdcabc0ba85b7b6d01b95780a7027372118ed 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html e4ed45728149b0e01cd989ae4535249d87feb282d66454698e61b98084958246 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html 97b16aa5983ffa08b03e38f446928c97172d3c33728d734fd9d1a6f1583f6c1a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html fd3c57d7986e7387508a02c980f6aa8a8c10c358f1222bae04366ff1484a3217 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 9a97a35af592ebceb7bbba19477ae563b0ea0c28a02ee4230cb9e90e924d3941 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html 64c0a195400e72eda53eae4ca71b7a63eb046efd835b2bcdbb9ed6e5db694a70 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 379ed07937f2e6c26605f362cf50512b817e5e7188e095f1e85d78a977e41838 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html ec5c15f82be99a391fe35efa3abde5addbdbbec4cc43785fe2f57a768eb9bb5b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html fc7295b59cbc5a5fcf4dc2c2b70a735003777ad881b26396bdc5c10be57eb25b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html aedb5c770bffb7a78ed18e7e1a46aadbc52ddf00f7ecdb352909e04a6e9c1b1a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 7563e1550c433ee8acc533e23b3cc7454032a5e965b473710d08c7b96e30fa7c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html 84e34b56d605e9ce0874a0d251e9dc97ace5b067067abe0cc4890035c361c502 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html 57ca5bfe49e5648b5c23d72a091da36b783eb3a1b355ee5d1a45712b301c8c49 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html dcbd01f418421c6311d1eb86bdbf4895530cda309bbdb444954d21f48c1ee8ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html b5331c9ec47f925a9e39e0b65e0ef7f881105fc46136a6941d9021f37c44c0ff 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html 6d80965e319be393245e59692c71344e9b693993ef1db84541a1eeeaf0ab7327 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html 28ca6d394682028913feb5d9ca19d4e2dc68a05934886063429019c251a7506f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html b38a4ba24b65eec3aa5e5d7c21e3298c61a8345ecdbce5e3852abde428ff6ac9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html a006fd23f518fb3895c5ffdc74f076ae89e9522164e6c0b315f4586d27207510 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html 32a515ff028bc4638d6258cb2c2399c3dfce3d49f11b7c34a92d7feed187c926 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 905ae5a4d67d49826f2831e90fdce584d2bb2d75046ff1a6bb497bc87758d911 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html 22fdf15751ae3f0dec5427ec2e397bfc20b0dad8f53f98c41d0f81acc122709d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html ba8e98ccd5de8768e9cfcad221113838fa0ab1a416006f4317395423e494f454 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html bb2ddbee648a5d4f02da59eea7626a081b6393fc5d98ecf18095b087383043b3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html c76c609fe4710b5fa615453f53d2031451d62734d61ab57df76a4d00400feb9c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html 091ca82d99dcdb5203d12121f27c19f8ba0de9487b2d72bd2f8c2908a5429140 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html 147e35cbb947523c072737b2d9a73cab4438fedecccd9b7bbc5b0f836bf9a4b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 3f68ed8b5ffed842e48fa33589c5c9736eb16ed99368328323cda56afe4e10c9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 6d7cd0cc25976a92f0899df47250d9ba84387b070b46f688a4afd66eb6e4f245 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html 22b40636fe4501dcc39d283c929d6c060f2f44686a153c57828d6582d5d44e01 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html 182008016a98267f62564c0096981fa4695dcc04093e69f2fe4196d2e8f35d1c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html 1b6cef452633621f8334aba4060a3963d09034e7fbc87b15e7ce2c297d6a6e5b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html aa75acab9dab183174d694c00b9c035ec6c712d55a0e3fb1bd5119f2e825b08a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html c9949fc86030f1c26ad641cb90ff5d7f98c9f69ce1e5f6d2013a6109efb43140 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html d6a335ef4c9aadd60f9fe5da486e4ad37e6af98e94cc18257db510eb73b9fd7d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html cc31ace7e088ec539372c7286b06d62ec34af67496f6817e34ab24421e4c48be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html 78510bcc2774b429faf64b68e58d884e968b9a9a15aea8e6dbd8fe44442cf117 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html e354e36e37243b259a85b9bac0a043d926656cc015d73bcdccce167a20cc2d52 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html 893242fbb6b2d0915a0b54f73f96867067762c47f2fa06365f00ad23d6d392f1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html e8bbd9a6aca1c870b728f1699df87dfdb160c1ecf16d640dcb892342294820c2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html 451f3cd7ab11697c92010de9916bafb0583863efc90e3194105e2cc9f28dd926 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html 511193ad33425f0c61922305d55e257aae0e132a09ef69aa31265fa076e2fe03 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html d31e76ca46d66f28e84e26fc3bd720c742985b1f578d4ee72e41f773b21ea4e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html a20de01b4913c2fc1df28fa9e1aafc4b628f0efe3372ea582fa46d5c1914e457 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html daa864d6a5cc71e8247cd06e9dff4fc69f00aa561961be4af40914bf89b5bf11 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html 2b05423e669da23bbfd5da54e4f25b005042636855fe56ba19ca35ce13007ccd 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html f6e8f62d990940cf9da4d5cea0612058ce3efee8ee0e9a2ffda4138ac3fd63a8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html 19866fb43745b2bc8b07d263f3316017ab7ece71c553c279386703e399d5029a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html 96997ad78f0a3cdf655499a41997d443fbe17f9d249dbe04614a8e359d88d8fe 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html 8848683d2e2fc032b238cc7b21a264319e1b412286762b66bbd02be0c620a2b5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 2e08b0c354acf05d2680058dbfc6dd63dc384264b511795316f678fa377469dc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html cb145217629fbdc0e040483c846cf47769e7b80f7094db6b509656f20927a30a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html 6776852663eda4704a43f5b3c275fad23de676a95091080986d8c04e3358f831 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html 474034e0fd1db435db590fba79e5207ed1ae9637284126335df93ac4fe65aa38 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html edae9b2a3b94bb3d3ad7e95bc66df73de1d598caee13ab9bd8a6e6052cce9024 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html b59d215896ee17f3d162da88bc66e87236ce223c77f01687d098a69359b4e8b6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html f5b3db2f7ba50ba7bf838eb7dcc209d1f2a2a5d1890fa5c049d4a9ab1b1bcf1c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html 27f672798e09e1e2c5cead9ad3b63085ed940e9f215ab6dd7c7addcdbe3a1724 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html dea84f2932ff53acd28d4093206fd519aebde080a7a5b28a59ed1ea62ba84e77 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html c8ebf0ddd766b0cc6f4cdb9ac87bcb17972d359f50d9c57f64b0480e25c7985f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html b4335241a429b671109d38c80b51f2901d62a34afa051fa1fad4da106a9ecf91 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 78187bbd1a0368a31b6de5623a9735474ee8083285845b7d621404193294ec8c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html 741642e744850900cfdea14ceaba83c9494cda8db9c28347ebad4c1262e53235 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 117e14ab6e6ec3476637c3f4a343e8d058084615bc8ee73700159e820b9f0a1a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html f3ad2a0615259864a1c4c29b4cd46584b2869b9959f5529689c3d517548101bc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html 39bf2b005c3ffd8420a5764fc19148154dbe11cc1572691551cc5fafd64f5d17 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html efcdebe34e74f9aa890dc0c3ca7e726fecac58088beb2d0cf6039997b15d08be 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html b6ff5244f395b5d37e336d557f25b4adbac4823734949859616da9ca2a0afa83 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html 1de7d8a3f436cc8134db676a322eb99a16e53c84777a6f96e303d6ee010d9f81 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html a72f0c7a6d0f1cd45aa6fb38d242abb6afe8521789b7961f372f45082e0b0a82 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html dc443be35a062717a390c2422e1efee1813e482ea898907ae9919f6efd4bafd6 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 9b038128a7dc4198f42e36a38bea930fe241a6d09861617b7a8a6e5a68fbabda 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html 8c08b944783233103e027ad63310ca6dcbd8171ea741d32a37211a2911481990 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html 8d15142a0e7e0bd91d9a81e747f27ed463fac3d86f9919591b27c0043ce07a7f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html eba0d2917f1d09040f7858fcd4a2b41a0be6422a7cd30cbf7f9517a31e232113 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html e3656ed38af99b8b069695866c82dc1f63af0408d9d9f0df4e05ed124292a0a2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html f9b9b5b35b50aae51f8bda26ad98a75bf119c276e284097b256c827abd2c31e3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html 13661faec5fbc59dc43b0104ca29ab6c0c9c081a6733f0f97b7a72ddf3443624 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html f577adcbd9b1ca7667dc7678a6720aced04c87a880324d41f2337e1c8984c56e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html 0b9d74ffba5fd80e60db212fe03bcb02c926c37c5925f573c5d1da5fba4cf556 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html 5a9da5834daca151ac9591c406e2adb3d1789e7fa6f4a66a140652f6e98ded40 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html ffcdb4202ee2380328051f33b324ac6896436d3c30c8479ad5302d0d2c83d419 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 0924a2992553f1018272f8e2fbb7f8f1943941bfa144ea975ae90eaa62cef655 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html 4cf584dcba7d2c06cdbd58421e8f0198a4c6e10aebc3f9b1fb88143c83cb21de 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html 49a7bdb950b332ed3548c0ce2cd5a5ddc6585d0b78f53547b2492685cce22230 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html 1f395f1db388b7f5b80f04aaa391526ae389146ec37c5bd225f2bb9bf5831e0c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html 8b92051f6cd14ad8130aee7a543b1e9c10fe4e28dd5e8f3f0a2ed618e7db00b4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html 2029e8dc49ebae8cfc145e4c82a73ddd25fefdfc3df0eaffd0c418c5f8f9ac53 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html b3465ca40383b6496b71c140a952bd6511dce1eaf65e18d63db2fa0ac07f986a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html 3bff1d75683a90ba84de22b06790891772a0792ade9e070f502d33bf2438f16f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html efb8155f29a40e9596bdf5a68d8c9363717d7feae85b38843c64b50948756b38 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html ea362f7b0ee4271f68bf5c54cc03f7013f4791bfc34193c0b62323dd0e966784 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html 72119dc496d651045fabf3a3671a135233ea32a0ab3a4a837626682f59379e15 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html 4d84b22c7d73ab11de9390ea74cabace5a194b862ea1455bc0dd48279ff135f7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html b463162803f1246ed733724a0fc30d3425664e76778b59e3863ed12fa1bf1e13 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html 8213171afac081ae76798860b17f0228b99e9143bbeac1304bae11d71c49581c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html 8e2769c6d988113b11a24d1cc471c9ada7fea71aa9ca2be68d92bface3cd3251 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html fcfafb8a3b2b908d77ad67627166cd970b6fd72c182a5b681d751c44e46b6e0d 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html a2530e460c379f1155646fec24b771310ad148ee7aa1f75ba2605c58f5dfbf9c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html b0752128e7ef3ef496c63e78f0da5c0423c42f4f85f9569232329b4386588845 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html 6168e2823aa0a7406ce5275d8a0c08915fe23db33a1b626fe09fc6ce79ef90e1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html fe789eb837b02cf78c00c2e8b8f0fd93f3dacce214334e6a9cbd9ce870e3bb34 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html 0414baf45152fedb76ad48605e0f9a2fde1288c82ee279d46afe73060fe94dfc 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 2b48aa9d4a46a63ea75d2cce60df8bcd2181404a5acd1efad12f602d39eca74f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html da6c89874456ca4ef7aa22b7b5ca58a835d2f1bd26d7c9920076c185c8b0771c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html 0f5f666e20a929aa7576bd2c0ea197de46ed3fb83650222589f3e395845c412a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html 7157e67887c5cdd79b98a40146b9b7a8da76efd5780e3ea2aa4f81711dde3b4e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html 6967eced2895224e0d75c149ddb0e65e714a0aa99b4b121f8a56c986011a45fb 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html d31733abdf74d8c31813584a03c5ae98238ffe5e0f69c223b15a3cc884dd19f7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html f06e0a3b4944a64ee4e65c077adb8dfa3c1d9b8b32fa502b70da2072226fa8ba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html 847c3c25a297c32250a36d2c4e20caff3ace589f96f4541144a80af9ff0d0bb1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html 70e85798e5d5a8fc8af15613d00b00e9ae1cff68c87cc3e860d68e8b6a6c04a7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 9dc2d5e1e23b6a2d76c1ce2c084be0003800a71e0ccda828c4b750d1e5df1ab8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html 2322f56df29a3107425ff0436225545bf41d8f11665c8fd60dd4dd02088a9b4e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html 9d98e2217e9123e0e1c2926407e830ffd5e366bbffb94adf2c73c7976b39bd9f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html 5847079a29f653873df27e04ff0db77fb7c939f0fd0774b781f2b539f17106ae 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html 54cab981fd7aed9ef84ab517ce6f253282ee9fb800e2621c61a15114c7f0edd3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html a944df6914474e993c6f62d4dbbb03861326c9cb7870dcdd882cd37890330836 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html c6c169a9de0184a5a5cbf233036eb46453f92f787d130efd9b0fc6751d880c37 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html d54a2aed42ae523d70a8d9e129a23556317b4bf0d21fc113bf290f526e91124a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html f71ee4e6aa96a6518c1746b3bc625e5257c831a7cbbc23842c5d1cc810995821 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html 6b2b866c71e732097b955bf30368f13368be90dcc37c9eb1d39a0011dc6d3fd4 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html c2991d8131592a6281cd7270ef3c8fc963a88dc49290204a9734b3566dd4eb21 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 9d09be5fe3f863be2f98be57183798f22ef6742e13441d7f5b40a00ba6d3ceb1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 13e81f317997a69974e8122562ccb7e28a276bf34f22fdf902c5f93f1940b303 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 59e4f68339882a8e7499c3092638ba01afa4671af535e427d76c0bf788d55d40 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html 58c28f8f9321bb11b50042ac7eacdceca5ed69c8adbfd38c8aeb0678fabd322e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html 91d71fe8d37876dc4a6129de5424c4a7512094d722ba65459ec8e48990f7f6b5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html 2086dd87995e49d88d9de94fcac1031b35b79c2c15246ca1dcf86b5beecb3b0c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html 2a52ae25b4c69867ead9a8fa0cc40eccdcf6349d8f35332d961d1a3f904f8bcf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html 306357222c342b8c2f7db12b6ab8057678cfcfc712318b5309fdec3e5ace093f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html 4f47d165a788c4cd1405db2e0fb9f67f66145c91dd2e2fd5c8e67b3ce65de6ab 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 60e2b738dae5fda606f351948e30d2c6aa3ebcdd12f814068e5bb5fb8b10283a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 010af94fb87bc3668ce1dfba293c43905a3a1e1c9c8b071622768b7b30ecfd92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html e1a1ab33d33395a2d96a1f77a08f16519721c5e7dbf6e0ab53dd0937a6604e69 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html 068f5d739806710182ef45c412610390d9fdce7a0b119801fd061d5a99af788f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html d7c1767fd202db957834cc92142c42b30bcc67635d8333e9e9a1785f2c3e68a2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html 1b9b36e0487a4b15be80ead6deebdff552c8292625796040c9fcb9a34ee40e12 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 7f81f7b63377cad6a01ba67156907fc0c66f615ccac257d7890ff22ac6dc9f92 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html 7ab343911203d8243461e58ade364b6d6aeec2f25ac51e557fd90c219f795b2f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html b786ad7232a3ab55186f6440550658e25888b1a328ab46562bab8aedcdde9357 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html e665d618cba7bd096795f227ce4235ccb493429b6caaa031d55571554058cae0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html 465d0b4ac9dfcd47908be2a4d263f72789e80940f1cafc33bf81fffe00828b40 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html 65ce3b277c41bb8bffb6bb53d091539e48a6bf1851d571a06c1c865bf533d2b0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html feb0e1856c752aacc22d9855191272987ff19adf5338e9d7f60ba9e0b33d3738 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 7e7854117e2573846f4207d47982687ed79112cef0f1e75b08128106f81369c7 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html a807911235cd437beb775b4dbe137f77307c5b65cee1138aa201dc7200ec7e14 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html 2d07b7af85444afaa65c6915da4a4e0b760525789db1b26d0f99a75f5580144e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 79225dbaca95281683d4643ca8b8019f2f03880c0cff11cb52de6a96d1f1057f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html de98930a1e32f13b0a34ae5764cd71f9d9f4ffcea711f41021161ed655c1cf0c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 237ff80ce2c5aa33d50f122e62bea2afe926ff4ca8b28113a74edca4bdf2bb78 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html cb259d02e518318cd50c004d5542798f50165fb5b322b523739474c745f324a0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 6bd91b25ac0983ef6b7b976396085eac7a42895aab8b63f35708e124cbba56cf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html 065a9dd8794786c88278763631c1b6ef105e7bcc0882c99da6544d716cb44c3a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html 4901d615ac381a704ddbcf85ce685d1b97b09991b07f2a5bdb9285a0bdff5937 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html fd01c392e7c654ceeaf8814a81ac2ceb8180f7f6753043e4c243df8dbd4e3d16 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html cedb9563579e515955da29060d81ec397ae800a974677bd0c8453510b0a56a6b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html a5699ad2181daf7a14372b8f07598ff481244e2cfc93f3c2402c88ccfee42685 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html fda603b34da33ea8211e91cdf6c983a55515f60dd5b7ad795bbdcd2868ea7fba 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html df739db82c7f643212ff739c17f24d359815cc557495cb5b6f108575fd006178 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 3b54153f6234d6bfded18b08857c516ad6c7a50d374cb26fe418ca237177927c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html c36e186554df8b19589e7544f02da7bab41a8f2a214073675dbd4b3beb5ab24c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html f348d0f111d761f6722c9537d6da1dacb94e55eef075dba9c538bd6c09760cd0 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html 8126fee9c3bbadeaf20382dc5e759762c8fae96ae2e58ad5036393b0be2ba13b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html 74ac586702580869fa9854130e911e84578f1979e73697efe942d60ac0ad7b3c 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html ca5b2a3391d829945c4d2fe1d38e0aeca2b982453d747deb21f2edc8166cb24b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html 66c08f3b94dbbc506ddef6e5c621b9bfad1abe7ab1ffccb6c4cbb4ec47ffca42 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html 9fbaebd1a11a8a014b70a08d5e4cf8a9df36329ed3c082363beb798749616268 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 6d4cb059edc8182c77e52ecbc6b8b3169bf056498f3a50c2c979e859c1038011 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html 7c6bf3e1fe61322653aaa0f537df6da7953aaf2389196f4fd96ecf24bb511de9 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html d54a0ca74ade441eded3be9e8beb67f0d5b4dd557e037c422ba82999b7d21370 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html 8c625562e25562b16d134be94c551bcbffbb96d846ca9705a90bfea7c7fbcc60 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 585b074fbba4b1f3936df6736d117d3c1db7f1c6ced08cb59d978e7f9f9efc9a 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html 94139c22f5f7d1c0e47875d5e95596e6c801d101c13c4e2cc9ae04ea77ce4ca3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html 6579274d0c95b0f90d74a04615777bbf206eae3362893f01c93aeb34e1c17d05 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html e47d8d486cb17ea3e34ce7a936bdc5bb8faaa9cb2b23beaf79fa0fcc7de3db39 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html be758ca9122cfc4504c790e839101577dee67000167c527c19a22789d6f7a258 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html 53b7b7c03bc32e8bf1f6aaaf0f82bf4a2065dcd7056194814857fda2fd669020 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 5c54abfe85087b19e273b856ebe639c6ef1fd00c62807e450b1e51bbd9a2ee3e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 17cd58e291dbbf37c2aa6eff8025bc3f5fde16754467a03d1b811a90cf0e5a1e 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html a016c2666c51d41f1e08c3086221018ebabe97bc35fca59883b848e5ed0c88ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html 14d99fca6b71d4372cd3aad81ab83cd346e6384e585af476dba08c90b14d81b3 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html 3d8550b71f8de258c2ba7b14815f19cfad6e4039dcd51fbe6d5a856f09638279 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html 4d7977cf1d9ab55777d7c60884e64cceee56e13693c2a08c9937f77c2079865f 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html 279d049643611d214b3fde3a192c1b9c5fe4b3a175fae798d501f243233d0cd1 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html 8b1a263c44586f1f64cda04189b377acec223050c8b115108cc3a2e2c94c5724 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html 80d9a9d5fc9097075bf02e3c535542d544597fd3d79ed0555218b26dd1688f3f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 299e0896ad84be9c419c4f0cc7d57cd85d7a674201afcf47aedefcc2b874bf52 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub 6dd815fa4f9a66f2f3bf1d3b735d7c64cf70212ca275533d6c88f988e855c39c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 3d67143b82f42614d820aad30479feafa85b1d49c08da4c14a926b24443127a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html e5f585661dbc6c7e51d8dab219e4eafb7eb518c3c89a7589e27c5f4e2cfd0437 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html 2fb66dc28eb3b2a6e1c8bc035f1b17da7ad0abd014b5dfc30255feb31ab21203 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html ef7b995a6997285d5ac94347c42d1ba4ddcf8432814faf3bed5e5324def56f34 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 45c53550b65ac85d0b746291ea69c13b2a371187ef760a62525022e248a02ab7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html c18b0353d96887771284f862ec322547e9be03f40b0621d407bffa3cc8460aa6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html b57c236af295b0d19ae6f7d5478e3cf332f146dc867eeab7ed839eca3e994eb8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html 7e38334ea6bce72e64e42f7f266e045a843e06fcc38b544b6be7920b5c6508c6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html f2d8c2b6358a996bff819ebd7743b1a55512abceb8571773752f7056f7543d16 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html 928bca86daf533c1206cd877e8d724ec92dc86bc1708efded271f2f36b003891 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html 6dbb1facbcd31bb10a64a6680c7a85cff48c0d846dcf8e84a349d44180e3081a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html 645197360b1d96fd26db19913f34cc879917ea2c4d45fb4ea51dc843914e8cac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html f4464583d4a6670e2fcab28e5685fcd88341792205242ac4772facebaa1418b3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 6c6e6bb6d351b669ebb957c55a2d3dd94e0399e2ca58ab46796690cf765b8a7a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html b8be34bbdf71a930c5e6b2a50797aaccc00917d5782f7a7c96900b3ee904be7a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html 5fae9f1fcb16bbe7c2219c07a9914b81066f01081ff34b21510e2603c73fcc28 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html d9cfc44a9593b97c7edc1459331e14f9e8ca59f4bbc84efc3121d732b86cce88 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html 1747cd67b94a4ec22b6e2b67ea15f85599b5a249609bfa8917589d9ed48333b6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html 1ff38ee630487e1dff12c074fc3678afdcea578cef3111b6fe58c864db813035 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html 6b86d5c3a586df93dade0058366354e9ecf26c103b8238fb6973b681d9f649d1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html 9bee0e8270acdcf25c23eaa5568fe8485c4e4097a88f94599776ffc8de2eedef 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html 9043241cf89d2ab93d8bee3c0186a46319e17978b24fd8a42b0bfe7d894aaee4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html 90057cf47166a8ee4cbb4826b0ab59612befa55bba7b7913045ff22608007820 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html aa7d9cf6f16eb534764815c786fa1c6c7e13d3ac1991e87e67382cc41a88835a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html db3721459a92b8e67d72bf9b070859a04f7e9730849574a6436ad4c1310ed567 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html c891eb43681a72efe2d926cbfd188d2e96fc6292ad150be8e7d2f3a6386cd02e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 4e17b332d84961b8c193b79e0d23afc11b2f138d8419b7bb2e3feaefa831c9be 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 05db689f93edcbb54eba53509ff2cfc7c40449c63915734b919514ec391fb9db 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html ac8076e79ac41445e0bcad88222ba44f6ec8b381e06d2733f3f375c58886ebb3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html e22f450b60103d4fb290063ec281f548c931226d78e1f60583041a598222a6d0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html 51d5de88d0996855aa74f851064d17dc25b2f23b0c6ed0c3173ef2461b4d03e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html 858dcc29f0c97660515e9b52d592d46271735f33bccc7311a7463f72645ab89a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 7cbb74bdb65c67288be38ad1a0de5674c8671b4df844c4eff758628fff439204 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 0ae95edf0f5fda6ff22bcdd3295ca11a14091700e1d0fb86c7f52ffede0fb5fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html e0e08299e8137fc5b003f2855e3a7a65524e36616c6529c8b788364aeec9b07b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html 302b78369825b3f7dd1b147371c4a39dafeb81e4f8bf2aaeea6437ece2d12c05 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html be2c2c5eb8f9cc1d658f07ec3a9db2277f04f29fa3bb1c53a2f3dcc604447348 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html c3e3a059e96746756b50e8054fa2b66aedd5d69b85a420e62d23dc5d780cbe8e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html 4d89f65bce550e086739a32561bf90c82aa045840f7b0b43c5d43cca46bf6e72 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html 52055f5400a270451a5676aa00bc5f265ab08cd6a4522d5d88c513159e7b22b6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html 4a60dc47b82007bdadf33bfdff531bdb82b67182ccc930c0f6dab4f7637745c9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html dd39ca0920a8cf5a729430a76296f0528e49e2c03e57511d5e5ee5b04bb1fc41 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html a4d6f1649cf63d75c837ccc3c496f78fe9fae086bbb35a1510ed138fb9b44afd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html 0456b25470a5cf16029bcf6e95a916249930f5ff2f729f1f25ae72ba0e0b68f6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html cbd6158fa2d3f15f8e0d87b1b55a6cdfca26b9f2ae862cd23c0749fc01d15caf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html 67d8c1979dc08eb1e3c0f89c77a60a56c51100bcb554958491956648e7b4ff2e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html 2a54e60f7e94aa3ac6eeb34b9cef6a98123235c85bd727558d2f43cc89a8e145 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html 77c81ea3c465f0fec4c696beff6aa167c1487066752e49b7fe90309ff4bf53c9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html 9ce617c2d0aa5e700c6941ee255d77d7dad00ea3352ec8248b957576192e608b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html e3a72be6827e68e0c1277b9b71a3c2dae6266baf5d77ce2120a0a46c21087e47 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 3fff9252450ff2cdb253f3d6a1f2ae8cf705843f43d379a633a99224a40b632c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html 3c73a238ab88dd63c93e48d2900f03fa962e9e5664c1d102391abee1cbc6a3de 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html 1de5556a0c60b039b0878ad138ae3d0853947ba83e105204c456b34ad002a68b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html 36b87056746a9b3d9e2e0c5747cacaa0a8cf70a1de91021ddb3a6e5ded5e4271 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 1a3f331115cfc2447f58a18e4c346b0b20217e9b2f192e42c71b66a67d42c1cc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html aa6083ba56e8d553de284a44cf75a94c0225005bfd2e2d54ee482194eb3d53ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 769441eed0ee105f63ef7dd203780b03ad0cd2fb172379017719e6c2478d75c1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html 513d1ae982a62c406020d7da85853f4e28afba7bca5881081488e095de1cf1a0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html 618603d2574ea69b3c93dcb37d64973d1e49dc567d2819ef56b13cd83236fbb2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html 5b681356b28f8fe898e2e271ebc6a2c14a456b80302a5986fc48930ff2bcd5e5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 7a8f267c7d78f15b2c67074dc086dd730f46ef07611b3fd3f1d3634a42d08ad3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html c906f0e4ddb990c322ba262a9e272ab0dc777b83798c6a04e52ac77c52faeaa4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html 1a7d831b6dbc89422c45ef4b0cf8a397eedcdb3c0c6e53f31679978553569cc4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html 3e718be519d030dba96c254be102426f7612ed782fef7ac2efda4934b74a77fb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html e863148c390b6ad93b8bc62447a458a1cac44b221400a4811fd3c015db1826b0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html e9b01b06808bb87125c0441c1e0c5acb8df6f0e6c87e36c16d28ce8454e87dda 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html 41527033b4a3cfb4be383595c746843c0194fdbaccc1624fdafc309d028f1f29 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html da19f6bb2e2773e0d7e7123819957a11663771ac5bafbd427293030ddbfdf371 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html 87742b9e7c69d549672e8ae76b27f232b9a50881d4f82daa0bcc4170e2bffc78 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html 10dd9a1af40883acbd2b2ad89fe6dcd627f01095e824d82791952ce26d689aa9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 39c4d2f6060a946e1ab45c7d4b57e46a4a0b9eb1d32b99a47e1df4dfa0c8023c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html 961f464163b47c265784af90005487a6fb6813ad39efb069d9f0eda2571fe604 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html 403c7b348599ff67c7303d89299e9e3c428646a5fd412b30c07d5c5775e06138 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html c1a3401e8ae5f32d9dd9ff8cd447fef3dd1fab971878bdccb837f3eef39ee576 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html d4d00dd8b12e9d48636751b46722c515ea2a2896bc8a01d0ac6a262a89c1a2c4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html c5ae370f690a08a8d134bab5ed4e0ff0c71f8870fe4f934fbd140fd09feac62b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html fb48b1e28c5655c735920701958b4ca40a152770bf8e348d32890a640f7ed63a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 45deac7cdc45c8c0b0f5f728b5deefc27f1593482f881ec6fb1d24ee59907372 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 7ba22c6459f748a313222930a3846c51575bf83bb53d21483d7e9420bc4931fe 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html c14b07b54e47ef7a42f530941715b5e2621746a8ef54fbdfadf389410ab82b8e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html d664b7aab348faac92447fae1a31abb52b39b8d11a880c2922537d7b9bf1a0e6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html b5a88c4c856e73ec4aad77138c785aeec3c08d50cd5e40eaeb752cc5155c2125 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html cd5082ca9f72838b574f29183c752046784b7f1e14cfff3469cf0cf70206b8e3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html a5860ce907f95e906d02cb7c7bc64ef58668ae0e995e856afbf640cd4e048aab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html 40d495d99bd75b3c3bd9580865807cdbd57ed9c1cd4c838ad868caab6f98d4fb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html 21d9d52eb806703899bce38328ef8d189fcc300c38aa0a7cc72e83d849bb50d4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html 15da68bdc83e41445f554400dc0412b24e5b26535ef19f3eada032d86a8a010a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html 91ca8008cf67730e1d91158ddf845a66dcf1cd416ddd951887b072613add2beb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html ffc16af404326d80bb285b756c8606316890553fbb291266e01f663d79ceaf2b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html 78513bb37b9b206a44d7b2773c37e4c6d0e19225bb7f05df77569e2c07de18ab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html 3d59864384c7c5c04bd043b29fbf8d995995acda224fc3829ff8c1db714caae3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html b075418d483d2c6839d37ca482b7117812253852aab212dd6509c12b90b03cf1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html 5b95597f288a51f1ef575b767e4e49e739014eada6300c7286de4731c9ece22c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html 3d0a0d32905cf628f255ec8fa86e42e3371b078718da04a9b3ea147f8efcbd87 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html 679622fe19c22a058e4eec93ed860efdacb43103ce0f39268cd577ac3c711e2a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html 0e0e4ffa9fe911a6a6b5c532de08800dee2b823bf156645f4bd3cbd326fcf6f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html 6fa52382eddf5848a6b9a38cdb9aac461b60ebdc72a04923d4ce7cab2fef5199 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html c5a62387a793764c6717502d1bd8b88e7658b1bba9812b0bca65ecf72465ed6d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html ef85b9e07f857aeadd7e0ec48bc5a4b297434ca84de6ae19148e024e40059ce1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html db0c60fa8d22d90c6a449d27702b1d49c8d7ab7bf44886ca048863da15264cd4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 2944080ef3726fcd6ea1661e72cf038b5feeef2162b22f4595b5573d53195220 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html 7327777d21d793aee4b354beebd93196a3b1439d0b26ca58acfa01b0dfff3252 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html a710ee9ce756c805d27b66558d0e7f6284327851e369d3ec0cae3a9fd527a7fc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html c7f743ff4e6d3425ad711c79c71dfc6af1a77e325c3eb4e9b2694cee50fad9a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html f0d76ec33cd18f3341f73ec842c503d4ae28219d0bf2966b65b6324d613f6864 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html 154995cec614f0bb66e0d3ca602c03d704fae1e439ae49f9059c5597a9dfd896 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html fddf2611da6021284331c32a0bcd5fd7742441c7612a406b27889faccb6a0147 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html ece70e6ac82712268a3f8d2a753b497fec448f0ca5f047eb28ce1e5fd3df39ab 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html 4bfe4f0572eb58016e121c874fa6e928d0599d45b290d7f7052705882b6828c8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html ddb40af5c31e618acac3254229858982f64f73066b17875c9fb72cd25ad05480 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html add3b5cc99bbb335936d6a2f9f74f0e694ff58fb6aebad88d8818346bb6d0631 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 6917d7be28aff7cc7788b91b48e0aba9fd7d81d3ceb82cdb5fd55a671023f3dc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html 970ad9f9c001739757848eb511b86fef9069b7d3f6025c1d31ce2afe1133eb54 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 53fd8f1b62117c15846046709b0298456156f29d7423bb5a3c354f6a1e7a613a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html 9ec431f08b5b3ad619242db740fc606fa2532b40aa2a71ce2d4e2dfb918202fb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html 90efc9df85888158d29080db01e1814fa026cee8f73954761710f9da2c0d380c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html 585c43b9d787c67fe40d1b64cc4cebc6f40a38f55044316c3ea6a5f97f6a1199 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html 2648f87a34c95004eec051f6c586cb3f95eb717b274e36a804c34cd2ff01cb32 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html 6f771789191e85d15cb6b94c87b3f3135f23b6d101a054a2e18afd7e6d77ef7a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html 44448a93e1dc19946452703fcbaeade20ddd9de9ec58a456c24e23fbc565df46 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html b48e8febabbd1ea60eaf9404d237403b9fbaec6ad4edadb04c086c1909d1660f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 5963b1b37618a857c98af67fb903925f04ed028e3a202e56097f9cc9c9cbb646 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html b5a06a393730a9ae41d9a9eac06f0fcbf42099ef79e9f526da61f420a9351d96 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html 213eb961a4107e3a700880ab6b679aa576561f03035e418f647619b97ddffa4d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html 59c6eca53319e117803dfa5d62c67ff1017f433e88ccf8575a0d362299ee92aa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html 7f332df6d6b6a433cdb8057dc78b16de4befba700e2af553afa707186c0d21aa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html 1604831fa4364d42c778959f04c43f62086e148285621e4554b2da5a7332aca6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html 5ce2c53034509d18c4e882aadb97eb753c71b01fbf9b01aeb63596de3217ca94 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html 2be5e9f8a519c83c1588bac6de33a17d121c8319c9cec355ca8b65c9dc3c2da8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html b5d83b2a025f9f074163f374890e2f2fe383e555d904c7ae3f19934eccd8f950 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html 7a97fb1df645f9abe11a2962a5c3586b438e714e25d3fb4c85311df58629d17c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html 406105eaf75913b977010eca24ec2ddd9ab64ecc87a90f15f0c02868af6fa7b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 3c220fe99f02b7beb54c71d5265296e3d74e9846c23a57fbbefa75e85d399770 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html 59a914be33c979289adfe142c2dda2621f8063ebce1a900fb4852d52638fe7f4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html d5cf5599516173bdc6e385820a39cad4b9f48ec5e15e22c1717d1f93374f3f59 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html fbc9dc827e186daf028f88572ee77076ef03d3630b2dfd9100375f8d6e841165 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html 2515a62809ddb2b67d0ecc5c8a87d25c355e6457430669782188b4cb243a577f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html 6b3883d2223cac4d837ab53683f3ba51627d092e57abdb4dc8615b0b65f440e9 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html 8572ea72a336be5335d286fa765becedaa09ee0a3ddb282d71e7ec90f42fdc71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html b9dc53a611ed281116363d475a133ea7d738b1b6ef306032954dcde672dcaf14 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html 3f4615e3e0011dfcdfdf0d7ebb90a9b86473b384b3c3514cf4fee1a687e3cdb0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html d259c8af3efa2cb80858811a2e4bca740601e0656259137946ba54bfaf629248 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html 49a6c2bc386ca9377cd0ca4557d1c20189775b2d413a3ee107c880f936251147 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html 6dde933eda23f61aa09c095e5657eca6016f3ce52a8e95810dbb57722f3597c7 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html 1c509143ae2d07adf1b3ede1c6b66808e884a3d0ec76d001c5bb745d3fdd012d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html 01fe47238e288d07219bf70521c7e004a488fa5aefc316d5451c13c6ff4a752d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html 2ba542538a91dd6fa0544d691c33a047a692bee60f7587908f11d9908fd33f3f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html 3ab6c6479c5611cbe7cea620a059e62ccabb463b6c57efb65c6c1d32afeb734c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html d38e43ee07338a1776996f29865ccbc5663cdb3b0638347d225d00009bd9ddc5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html 28cb52800930a65e23b0e99041a3139a28f127cd582d611922bb47af004f99cf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html 52221b9bc19789cc9b47d235c6017a1247da2a4bdf2f56cb91646b29cf245c6b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html 51bdafe6d87cb280dc78cf7b6b222dfe0ab02c75974fbcd53e9b97814a8aee6c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html f3f1a0319b76f4bdc441036201cda6ded67609c09615533280bf2cd134eb4aec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 78fb9c02f470e5abb084bcd96f19e94d63889de264ab662fc67a79f7b1019f30 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html 9220bf9d32ecefe176aafe570310298ebeabff13f91a069a729a3e7c367c2c7d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html b0f08e1299176a7245218d21c7c56a00ab09407a08d3672a20d960a3e866f92e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html 01871339ec72c938219e01e00e735e93787f69309d624e9bc7cd9ae57aa36f98 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html d001414c490da1c0f27d54ebd62c7e453b9baabf31db5104d2df28ce5615065a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html b8c7fdcc30587e669d284a9f0fac44251b5a1da279829bb9e73014d2fcca60a6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html 59a497184fc2ecbf331bcfc8c1407aa757f3cdf319b83a65ff2ace3bc8e94072 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html 10509288fa7c976edd1defa9c59abb75de0799016f2d53efd902ce790b3ce447 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html 65a583b41b0b0521e8e368ed962fc4ac5686b35bb7918cb7e9d37199b789416e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 595da2cd0093e3693f4f44b8e6c3ff8a812ef487bbd0632d73f720c131306fde 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html 4bd3d0e42547a3aeeb78c47a24a575632b50793be1a2242c812a218a9c288c81 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html bcdb43998d487ca66d3ddfcaad2e9dfc49710a557d38a6bacbc3520d8a4f8ea3 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html dc74437303661b6dcbdb12cccab7c13676ce180b630d49526229d9c08128b73b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html e52125dd54077ed6caffbdd99e937889ab57cbd730363b5fcd6deb902de2e4e8 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html efa3e99da1d4c4d61d2025b37f8a9956caa6fcfae29e85ad212484dc92fca6fa 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html 44a596e28e0b27b25a8fa63a92db7034dbb5d374cb826bbcf3829a6ff2b0c315 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html 5f2495032679e3942cfd1bdaf69cdec516a2acf17d4e87c0609057e7d3236f71 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html e8d26b0414fee1f2c0af4065035ef6f01f964284284018779aa3d321593cb5b5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html 2d8f2e05872972d969c1f023888099f75236ac5ff23dce2f9edfe9254c5679c1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html f55b3d81b3340911df2732284e1e27d01a369fa0a6699430efdc5178a21ff35c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 03f174358638b42838733a4a6cd83e60ae330ad2bad8f802567982a1b769e596 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 147bfcc14b8cb82c6f37799f291ba3306ef950f06a2d9ff83062e900f11e6187 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 75ca3e8780207d491deb344870d1ce413c404304d5faf37728aa81c6d573ed64 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html 2de8308f2d13c05ec25b53776d6a7460aefab306d7b8b7932644db0aa6a5ae3a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html 2eefbbb5092b221acae9dc918c1510ae8a8ed5596e0a4104c2e1a27fca6ed768 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html 617c1cc2d5ad9aafa0b31865d8f14dff42e201c2ca3e47c9b87e23ae11bc5dac 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html c6bfd5266ba8158364989c63c0c8957bd365a598441cadd6bbf5dcd24e70a20c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html 66d61518e126e0081fd59562933887f1d8af4fdd90bba99e9930303319429a3a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html eae866ea397898522e223876be4257dc3cc774de3ec87120a45b65a817288a31 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 1bcd0ca5ecc81b1686ee3795d99e69206cf54cab6b580f7d707e085df1c1604e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 7763a6e581e6b7db0efadfb5c29f2172aa48ccab9fb2872445b882cc4ae852a5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html e124c377bc8adbd0acd000dfbbb9a29afed3a3f4984e613760fa210386e709bc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html 5f2924a57ab5117f8904848f3589c2a18fe55b5d5656d4c0ceddd96448e6a3ad 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html cacd26a87d25f2bb28a4c8bcdfe57cd41024a39396e00cb530176de6bb1e9ab0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html b22f0c7945ba797d7ff7e0be4277f0843bba92845a55520d0c31ed8265895ec0 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 0c79504bd1264387ab1a6b64cd899dc787191dfded133bcb64c5c09fd9c0fffc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html 2beaab7b3d30615ea9e6b592816247ed12210693e8ca82863970b1c1cc39ed2d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html dd52156ed8b707932e8b812f46007358eeda15cfc89b157c184ff835859e12ee 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html b1676fadcd61fca86ca7e1f65f7e922d292f704642f956ce35359ff30449ea97 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html 82d62f990f29aaee031d4f7d21d091244b647390fa4decce9125015c9036a673 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html 85895681df62147f5b775e277a22cd50e68fabdc8f8cba152015f9b3756bfcca 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html d34ada5e71fd25b6332ee3b29aadf12a597d5d9949d11a8f1078b273882e9a48 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 59fcb8fc0dabacaa5f59c6d4114416abc4072644bd0234acb3f939e06412a765 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html 7b42e76f73e56e85bc1586f19590e83ad07a39b5d430386a19279d3d041cf5df 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html c0e8d779f62831b6ef2ed2509a1ead03b72766d3b514fff7aa60dd067b72e49b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 23e0586b6abbd27d602044445b652dd7cfdce615c29bcc094adfcd827786f28c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html c07bee52f1e21c1c08c266df6f6ec2c415b8e56fbc94ee3ddbc694878e18136e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 991c9d845ea5d1d710689ce8e37a022cff7966d5b35fda84b8bc5a259fba6185 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html 465c68c3741d2be70f2ceb4038fb207fe23e011197a58697b3cf230388f53f50 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 64f3ab4a794824f74b3a984fba65521d1d51a44fabbdd623cae242c7bbb058e4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html fc266df00b1d95423148fc13815c8e0c2536022f8c560b2e3e02683ad981173b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html e7ba0e0eac5092ed78dd94a0dc83e0f2c15b5d21c091faf291be57ef7c37c248 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html b5704016027e0a8cf09a28a12a1c2c54e722c55ad7da6b7a7a0e84a96c534b8b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html d58cd38b9b0ae8639a2c28c80871ee554c07d5f3d59ff6f2c1d78afabec04649 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html 5e0545e2747178dd289692f0241f4e0b7e4a22fd1821b900920ea3f2b0f0635a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html 8e34b4617b12c54a42bc8d5d1e5b30b7f1fbb288d76ac2c4f3d27e2728cb76b4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html 7109e4d7ab2829bb588b1ff74fcf24e35cada1e6c77ba3dbcb258f83e0518e34 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 4cbcd1a850ace3b06cd165ccd38f6a1df8a8c87489031aa3f5d2e59f0b85e65f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html 4c2c8ebfa8db2162e1e922805fc98a65b840c41acf6806d9e9947451698a5f9f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html 5e0c16d9b671e0277a8974e5be598a346effb320e6e5b2f3a6ea8d797b59425c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html 1be1794c04cc839952402ccfab87540c3baf2c191bcb0afc2b1653a9e31eee2c 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html 5aa44d4287d7d486c9fa5366b1a886f4b526c032d864fe6cc9a17041683f7bc2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html 04d9bf28d040c155a42738578c8dcc2464618f70dfceec6c787075b4d7ef6a57 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html d919ba1c0fbff124ad79cd556f3142fa533c2d45f576e841cecc699a26f12b39 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html 5b8aa33b8a99dfbaeca604a45e5ced568ac032eb5b2ad27a2954ba41d78cf91f 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 7c6bc2f958d85f3857a5e103b240b0dd4921efb7dd5be4b425c8757e43552b29 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html e26db6140335ac4d4d06b97dfa62a5d02b467103592a5bf093e0dc6696826d6e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html 936c8fc05c0b530804fa0296c38a443574a09fef170db27b58ec816915e42659 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html ff678eb51c387d02d4a8306233794fbb617d2fb07187abbc74e9739723328f1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 61d6692bd231ab24cea0d03db0e5712327ead65b1d5e7139feddf65c9ea4edbd 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html f39e51e39f14afa1126e53bcc5f3b56d5ad72f42073fee13a34f256a7210b74e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html 9162889ed5b40933f8948a0f3f51050fc9d9b3644d96f07533f6092053f00273 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html d3df333911cf76f962ce6c66239df498f7eb024071ccfd8a1282a7513a5e4ac4 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html d440cbb9530fdc71b8f928834b15d5ff5edeebf6b73a9d97789f7be4cb437063 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html 49e6b6b6e2fc5f02ef9471176243c86e5d47f830cd0d2a3de697d5207422b791 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 2222279db5e4aa345c6715b604f5f0edfa414da9aad10a2260d22038ae884a23 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 351441ec221c5e730bf516ecacb446ca780baa1ebec79af96517ef4b86877fea 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html 2b0a700a9b319c909c1f736890b2e2ac474edd596cd29738b957afed5b922945 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html e66e294bcdebdec7d1253897c25d16b33dc00c49da189f12ac9f10a1e77c147a 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html 961950cadb6952fd1899304e45a9aeb70accab088cd92c6279eacd9912e0319e 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html e908b55c694c8d5df596e04e0741b8e244eae4c2208d6f6cce00b2bbe5721daf 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html b01449aaeee33a16197b06789abeb836b8992366afd12fc2ac5c0fbede8dbd1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html 5ae8bbcc7b9f2f21197e1a30b784a925bacb01e4aaa6a3ba59d4c86722a69ec9 2 @@ -4491,2 +4491,2 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html a317cae9bafd9b79736816da47944603c30b70a8a512e9871c2897d953c821c5 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html dd4e1fe8e5091530e83f4ee427916418947afdedb6b69cfaa670f10fc3d36dc6 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html afd536fa42fecf8308dea72ac5a5ebc4627cc6717f195245d5404651f3bfe277 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 4def251bf18232b285904ad37f3f46406f92460335eeafb163f4e9b25f336a01 2 @@ -4527,12 +4527,12 @@ -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 9859694a50a459c7cf7183a579d5ac32020214ac1921ee666463e58f84929e10 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html f77826757f46f49b01516ba240e83f3cfc54c08cfa43c62ee396ff403c3706b2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 2f8e27f5a26577fcce70ae0f3b2928c51dbdbdad5d71b6add2900f755d3f9960 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html 5488e14d42d7763b901d930bb2cfeffeec2ec474489226b883f73bd6b9f967b8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html cfecf8136e0875641d30078a24a395e49923ecc4587a2b0701b05455f61f68ea 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html a1bab15a066370e507cabe8bee96686469c2bd22af5577e03f3e3cb282288c9b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html d2b9b42a5ce385e75d796c46bf45dc466174754998f048a84472be546d191d8b 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html ae4c46be77999eab040854446170379aa8ce77a341c4b74ed64cd67bba088df8 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html 84b7370b61ad1d9c95a267b33213afd0baa073d2579a198ff53bfd9fd5338bcf 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html 94f61610234e135d6d0406d130cf6832460daebf312b04f6e066d6a9730ec155 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html a441ad43c6148ded3857228526c129964d8459c1296bb162bf28f59d851c70c2 2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 22bfbe0b5f23a2f8a13a7f592189982ec921f56bb1c47e45952ccc96829b0425 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2089a45f1b3d9f8d1804a468b5c23cf8cd4e7ff7313484977fb369757ba30f1b 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 07d61d002e955bda0e8164ac1f08ce80c8dd559ce46d16369130e1cac2ea0272 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 1f082249c26340fecd2473d9bde0e324bf4ab828c6eeb212ca2bc98d2fdcd6e2 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html 52142f2a8fd9c2d3d2d62d8fb147efb7a5f0005a74c9305b4594cfba2e621084 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html 39805a0416824493ece74d401b611b59f5f93c8526d3a6894fcad2683f82e9ec 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html e00dc0f46874ab65aa078334477528efe93dc6fc6391e9bcbdb50a9d06e9262d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html 6bc946b473c656d87988a058a394809c6ab42fc2709a7a0f6482d8cf613d79e5 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html d217ca273e59b34df0c876952ec02ad2f19896428dc01bd9e6d01d7f0c3ccbbb 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html 696495c2505d9b4bfcf120e9b3a9fb9fe075fc79b1a31173f49c556c02da4b1d 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html 765e05b310888a566aca1055eed0eedbf82120fdd64fe44e5e42afe6dca99bcc 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html 75a207a7b8f8ec0e9610d8234852ad5fc5b905e7c58a30616fcc57be193accd1 2 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html a928a4d15fd2e4f9aee5a19d8563398de4c6e254a2fc79cfe74d77328dbb36c4 2 comparing rpmtags comparing RELEASE comparing PROVIDES comparing scripts comparing filelist --- old-filelist +++ new-filelist @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-B34D67CE.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6B64EA2F.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-14E9F638.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_keys.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_load.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-400-normal-N27NCBWW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/lato-latin-ext-700-normal-Q2L5DVMW.woff2 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 2 (none) 120777 root root 0 4294967295 ../../../../xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/dist/remixicon-NKANDIL5.woff2 -/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-A23EB215.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 +/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-14BBE234.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/sidebar_items-3CBBBF05.js 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/getting_started.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/index.html 2 (none) 100644 root root 0 4294967295 comparing file checksum creating rename script RPM meta information is different Extracting packages /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.012289746 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.016289773 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.040289932 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/asn1.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.044289959 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.068290117 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/common_test.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.072290144 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.092290277 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/compiler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.096290303 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.116290436 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/crypto.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.116290436 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.140290595 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/debugger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.144290621 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.168290781 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/deprecations.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.176290834 +0000 @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.200290992 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/design_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.200290992 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.228291178 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/dialyzer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.228291178 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.252291337 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/diameter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.256291364 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.276291496 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/edoc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.280291523 +0000 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.308291709 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/efficiency_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.308291709 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.332291868 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eldap.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.332291868 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.360292054 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/embedded.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.360292054 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.384292212 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erl_interface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.384292212 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.412292398 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/erts.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.412292398 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.432292531 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/et.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.432292531 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.460292716 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/eunit.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.460292716 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.480292849 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.480292849 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.500292982 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.500292982 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.528293167 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/inets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.528293167 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.552293326 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/installation_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.552293326 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.572293459 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/jinterface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.572293459 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.596293618 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/kernel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.596293618 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.664294069 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/man_index.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.668294095 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.700294308 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/megaco.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.696294281 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.728294493 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/mnesia.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.728294493 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.744294599 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/observer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.748294626 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.768294759 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/odbc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.772294784 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.796294944 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/os_mon.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.796294944 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.824295130 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/parsetools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.824295130 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.844295262 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/programming_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.848295288 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.876295474 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/public_key.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.880295501 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.908295686 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/readme.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.908295686 +0000 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.932295845 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reference_manual.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.932295845 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.956296005 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/reltool.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.960296031 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.984296190 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/removed.html 2025-03-21 17:27:27.992296243 +0000 @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.016296403 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/runtime_tools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.016296403 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.044296588 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/sasl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.044296588 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.072296774 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/scheduled_for_removal.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.072296774 +0000 @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.096296932 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.100296959 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.120297092 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/snmp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.124297118 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.152297304 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssh.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.152297304 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.176297463 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/ssl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.180297489 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.204297649 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/stdlib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.204297649 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.228297807 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/syntax_tools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.232297834 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.256297993 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:28.256297993 +0000 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Erlang programming language

-

Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

+

Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

/usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/applications.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ Application Callback Module

How to start and stop the code for the application, including its supervision -tree, is described by two callback functions:

start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
-stop(State)

Example:

-moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
--moduledoc #{since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
--moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

+of the format.

Example:

-moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
+-moduledoc #{since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
+-moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ We use a special number here so that we know that this number comes from this module. """. --opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. +-opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. -doc """ Adds two numbers. @@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ 1> arith:add(arith:number(1), arith:number(2)). {number, 3} ``` """. --spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). -add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

+-spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). +add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ automatically insert this key if there is a -deprecated attribute marking a function as deprecated.

  • equiv => unicode:chardata() | F/A | F(...) - Notes that this function is equivalent to another function in this module. The equivalence can be described using either -Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

    -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
    -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    or

    -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
    --spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
    -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is +Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

    -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
    +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    or

    -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
    +-spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
    +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
    +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

    The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is the value converted to a string.

  • exported => boolean() - A boolean/0 signifying if the entry is exported or not. This value is automatically set by the compiler and should not be set by the user.

  • @@ -169,20 +169,20 @@

    The doc signature is a short text shown to describe the function and its arguments. By default it is determined by looking at the names of the arguments in the --spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
    +-spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
     
    --spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    -sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback -specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
    +-spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    +sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback +specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
     %% signature will be `number(Value)`
     
    --opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
    +-opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
     %% signature will be `number()`
     
    --callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
    +-callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`
     
    --callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
    +-callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`

    If it is not possible to "easily" figure out a nice signature from the code, the MFA syntax is used instead. For example: add/2, number/1, increment/1

    It is possible to supply a custom signature by placing it as the first line of the -doc attribute. The provided signature must be in the form of a function @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Adds two numbers. """. -add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the +add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the documentation string, so in the example above only the text "Adds two numbers" will be part of the documentation. This works for functions, types, and callbacks.

    @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@ rebar3_ex_doc plugin. To set up a rebar3 project to use ExDoc to generate documentation add the following to your rebar3.config.

    %% Enable the plugin
    -{plugins, [rebar3_ex_doc]}.
    +{plugins, [rebar3_ex_doc]}.
     
    -{ex_doc, [
    -  {extras, ["README.md"]},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/drivers.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -31,15 +31,15 @@
     running.

    A driver can be configured to have one lock for each port instead.

    If a driver is used in a functional way (that is, holds no state, but only does some heavy calculation and returns a result), several ports with registered names can be opened beforehand, and the port to be used can be chosen based on -the scheduler ID as follows:

    -define(PORT_NAMES(),
    -	{some_driver_01, some_driver_02, some_driver_03, some_driver_04,
    +the scheduler ID as follows:

    -define(PORT_NAMES(),
    +	{some_driver_01, some_driver_02, some_driver_03, some_driver_04,
     	 some_driver_05, some_driver_06, some_driver_07, some_driver_08,
     	 some_driver_09, some_driver_10, some_driver_11, some_driver_12,
    -	 some_driver_13, some_driver_14, some_driver_15, some_driver_16}).
    +	 some_driver_13, some_driver_14, some_driver_15, some_driver_16}).
     
    -client_port() ->
    -    element(erlang:system_info(scheduler_id) rem tuple_size(?PORT_NAMES()) + 1,
    -	    ?PORT_NAMES()).

    As long as there are no more than 16 schedulers, there will never be any lock +client_port() -> + element(erlang:system_info(scheduler_id) rem tuple_size(?PORT_NAMES()) + 1, + ?PORT_NAMES()).

    As long as there are no more than 16 schedulers, there will never be any lock contention on the port lock for the driver.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_functions.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ rearranging clauses.

    One exception is pattern matching of binaries. The compiler does not rearrange clauses that match binaries. Placing the clause that matches against the empty binary last is usually slightly faster than placing it first.

    The following is a rather unnatural example to show another exception where -rearranging clauses is beneficial:

    DO NOT

    atom_map1(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map1(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map1(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map1(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    -atom_map1(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map1(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map1(six) -> 6.

    The problem is the clause with the variable Int. As a variable can match +rearranging clauses is beneficial:

    DO NOT

    atom_map1(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map1(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map1(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map1(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    +atom_map1(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map1(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map1(six) -> 6.

    The problem is the clause with the variable Int. As a variable can match anything, including the atoms four, five, and six, which the following clauses also match, the compiler must generate suboptimal code that executes as follows:

    Rewriting to either:

    DO

    atom_map2(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map2(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map2(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map2(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map2(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map2(six) -> 6;
    -atom_map2(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int.

    or:

    DO

    atom_map3(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    -atom_map3(one) -> 1;
    -atom_map3(two) -> 2;
    -atom_map3(three) -> 3;
    -atom_map3(four) -> 4;
    -atom_map3(five) -> 5;
    -atom_map3(six) -> 6.

    gives slightly more efficient matching code.

    Another example:

    DO NOT

    map_pairs1(_Map, [], Ys) ->
    +exception if none of the values matched.)

    Rewriting to either:

    DO

    atom_map2(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map2(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map2(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map2(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map2(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map2(six) -> 6;
    +atom_map2(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int.

    or:

    DO

    atom_map3(Int) when is_integer(Int) -> Int;
    +atom_map3(one) -> 1;
    +atom_map3(two) -> 2;
    +atom_map3(three) -> 3;
    +atom_map3(four) -> 4;
    +atom_map3(five) -> 5;
    +atom_map3(six) -> 6.

    gives slightly more efficient matching code.

    Another example:

    DO NOT

    map_pairs1(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
    +map_pairs1(_Map, Xs, []) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in +map_pairs1(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) -> + [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs1(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The first argument is not a problem. It is variable, but it is a variable in all clauses. The problem is the variable in the second argument, Xs, in the middle clause. Because the variable can match anything, the compiler is not allowed to rearrange the clauses, but must generate code that matches them in the order written.

    If the function is rewritten as follows, the compiler is free to rearrange the -clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
    +clauses:

    DO

    map_pairs2(_Map, [], Ys) ->
         Ys;
    -map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
    +map_pairs2(_Map, [_|_]=Xs, [] ) ->
         Xs;
    -map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    -    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
    +map_pairs2(Map, [X|Xs], [Y|Ys]) ->
    +    [Map(X, Y)|map_pairs2(Map, Xs, Ys)].

    The compiler will generate code similar to this:

    DO NOT (already done by the compiler)

    explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs0, Ys0) ->
         case Xs0 of
    -	[X|Xs] ->
    +	[X|Xs] ->
     	    case Ys0 of
    -		[Y|Ys] ->
    -		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    -		[] ->
    +		[Y|Ys] ->
    +		    [Map(X, Y)|explicit_map_pairs(Map, Xs, Ys)];
    +		[] ->
     		    Xs0
     	    end;
    -	[] ->
    +	[] ->
     	    Ys0
         end.

    This is slightly faster for probably the most common case that the input lists are not empty or very short. (Another advantage is that Dialyzer can deduce a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/eff_guide_processes.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,37 +28,37 @@

    An Erlang process is lightweight compared to threads and processes in operating systems.

    A newly spawned Erlang process uses 327 words of memory. The size can be found -as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
    +as follows:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-14.2.3] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
     
    -Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
    +Eshell V14.2.3 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Fun = fun() -> receive after infinity -> ok end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.43.39164016>
    -2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    -{memory,2616}
    -3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
    +2> {_,Bytes} = process_info(spawn(Fun), memory).
    +{memory,2616}
    +3> Bytes div erlang:system_info(wordsize).
     327

    The size includes 233 words for the heap area (which includes the stack). The garbage collector increases the heap as needed.

    The main (outer) loop for a process must be tail-recursive. Otherwise, the -stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
    +stack grows until the process terminates.

    DO NOT

    loop() ->
       receive
    -     {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -     {From, Msg} ->
    -          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +     {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +     {From, Msg} ->
    +          Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
               From ! Reply,
    -          loop()
    +          loop()
       end,
    -  io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will + io:format("Message is processed~n", []).

    The call to io:format/2 will never be executed, but a return address will still be pushed to the stack each time loop/0 is called recursively. The -correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
    +correct tail-recursive version of the function looks as follows:

    DO

    loop() ->
        receive
    -      {sys, Msg} ->
    -         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    -         loop();
    -      {From, Msg} ->
    -         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
    +      {sys, Msg} ->
    +         handle_sys_msg(Msg),
    +         loop();
    +      {From, Msg} ->
    +         Reply = handle_msg(Msg),
              From ! Reply,
    -         loop()
    +         loop()
      end.

    @@ -98,22 +98,22 @@

    The cost of receiving messages depends on how complicated the receive expression is. A simple expression that matches any message is very cheap because it retrieves the first message in the message queue:

    DO

    receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    However, this is not always convenient: we can receive a message that we do not know how to handle at this point, so it is common to only match the messages we expect:

    receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.

    While this is convenient it means that the entire message queue must be searched until it finds a matching message. This is very expensive for processes with long message queues, so there is an optimization for the common case of -sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +sending a request and waiting for a response shortly after:

    DO

    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
     receive
    -    {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -        handle_error(Reason)
    +    {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +        handle_error(Reason)
     end.

    Since the compiler knows that the reference created by monitor/2 cannot exist before the call (since it is a globally unique identifier), and that the receive only matches messages that contain @@ -137,45 +137,45 @@ efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1

    To make it clearer exactly what code the warnings refer to, the warnings in the following examples are inserted as comments after the clause they refer to, for example:

    %% DO
    -simple_receive() ->
    +simple_receive() ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:194: Warning: INFO: not a selective receive, this is always fast
     receive
    -    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    Message -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO NOT, unless Tag is known to be a suitable reference: see
     %% cross_function_receive/0 further down.
    -selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
    +selective_receive(Tag, Message) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:200: Warning: NOT OPTIMIZED: all clauses do not match a suitable reference
     receive
    -    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +    {Tag, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
     end.
     
     %% DO
    -optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
    +optimized_receive(Process, Request) ->
     %% efficiency_guide.erl:206: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    -    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
    +    MRef = monitor(process, Process),
    +    Process ! {self(), MRef, Request},
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:208: Warning: OPTIMIZED: matches reference created by monitor/2 at efficiency_guide.erl:206
         receive
    -        {MRef, Reply} ->
    -        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    -        handle_reply(Reply);
    -    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    -    handle_error(Reason)
    +        {MRef, Reply} ->
    +        erlang:demonitor(MRef, [flush]),
    +        handle_reply(Reply);
    +    {'DOWN', MRef, _, _, Reason} ->
    +    handle_error(Reason)
         end.
     
     %% DO
    -cross_function_receive() ->
    +cross_function_receive() ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:218: Warning: OPTIMIZED: reference used to mark a message queue position
    -    Ref = make_ref(),
    +    Ref = make_ref(),
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:219: Warning: INFO: passing reference created by make_ref/0 at efficiency_guide.erl:218
    -    cross_function_receive(Ref).
    +    cross_function_receive(Ref).
     
    -cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
    +cross_function_receive(Ref) ->
         %% efficiency_guide.erl:222: Warning: OPTIMIZED: all clauses match reference in function parameter 1
         receive
    -        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
    +        {Ref, Message} -> handle_msg(Message)
         end.

    @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ each loaded module has its own pool. The following function does not build the tuple every time it is called (only to have it discarded the next time the garbage collector was run), but the tuple is located in the module's literal -pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    -    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, +pool:

    DO

    days_in_month(M) ->
    +    element(M, {31,28,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31}).

    If a literal, or a term that contains a literal, is inserted into an Ets table, it is copied. The reason is that the module containing the literal can be unloaded in the future.

    When a literal is sent to another process, it is not copied. When a module holding a literal is unloaded, the literal will be copied to the heap of all @@ -202,28 +202,28 @@ Loss of Sharing

    -

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared -subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    -    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
    +

    An Erlang term can have shared subterms. Here is a simple example:

    {SubTerm, SubTerm}

    Shared subterms are not preserved in the following cases:

    • When a term is sent to another process
    • When a term is passed as the initial process arguments in the spawn call
    • When a term is stored in an Ets table

    That is an optimization. Most applications do not send messages with shared +subterms.

    The following example shows how a shared subterm can be created:

    kilo_byte() ->
    +    kilo_byte(10, [42]).
     
    -kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
    +kilo_byte(0, Acc) ->
         Acc;
    -kilo_byte(N, Acc) ->
    -    kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 +kilo_byte(N, Acc) -> + kilo_byte(N-1, [Acc|Acc]).

    kilo_byte/1 creates a deep list. If list_to_binary/1 is called, the deep list can be converted to a binary of 1024 bytes:

    1> byte_size(list_to_binary(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte())).
     1024

    Using the erts_debug:size/1 BIF, it can be seen that the deep list only -requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +requires 22 words of heap space:

    2> erts_debug:size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     22

    Using the erts_debug:flat_size/1 BIF, the size of the deep list can be calculated if sharing is ignored. It becomes the size of the list when it has -been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
    +been sent to another process or stored in an Ets table:

    3> erts_debug:flat_size(efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()).
     4094

    It can be verified that sharing will be lost if the data is inserted into an Ets -table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
    +table:

    4> T = ets:new(tab, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214181>
    -5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
    +5> ets:insert(T, {key,efficiency_guide:kilo_byte()}).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/erl_interface.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -29,111 +29,111 @@
       Erlang Program
     

    The following example shows an Erlang program communicating with a C program -over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +over a plain port with home made encoding:

    -module(complex1).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.
     
    -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
    +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
    +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
     
    -decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the +decode([Int]) -> Int.

    There are two differences when using Erl_Interface on the C side compared to the example in Ports, using only the plain port:

    • As Erl_Interface operates on the Erlang external term format, the port must be set to use binaries.
    • Instead of inventing an encoding/decoding scheme, the term_to_binary/1 and -binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
    +binary_to_term/1 BIFs are to be used.

    That is:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}])

    is replaced with:

    open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary])

    And:

    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    -end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
    +end

    is replaced with:

    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     receive
    -  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    -end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    -
    -start(ExtPrg) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    -stop() ->
    +  {Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +end

    The resulting Erlang program is as follows:

    -module(complex2).
    +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
    +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
    +
    +start(ExtPrg) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
    +stop() ->
         complex ! stop.
     
    -foo(X) ->
    -    call_port({foo, X}).
    -bar(Y) ->
    -    call_port({bar, Y}).
    +foo(X) ->
    +    call_port({foo, X}).
    +bar(Y) ->
    +    call_port({bar, Y}).
     
    -call_port(Msg) ->
    -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
    +call_port(Msg) ->
    +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
         receive
    -	{complex, Result} ->
    +	{complex, Result} ->
     	    Result
         end.
     
    -init(ExtPrg) ->
    -    register(complex, self()),
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    -    loop(Port).
    +init(ExtPrg) ->
    +    register(complex, self()),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}, binary]),
    +    loop(Port).
     
    -loop(Port) ->
    +loop(Port) ->
         receive
    -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
    +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
    +	    Port ! {self(), {command, term_to_binary(Msg)}},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    -		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
    +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
    +		    Caller ! {complex, binary_to_term(Data)}
     	    end,
    -	    loop(Port);
    +	    loop(Port);
     	stop ->
    -	    Port ! {self(), close},
    +	    Port ! {self(), close},
     	    receive
    -		{Port, closed} ->
    -		    exit(normal)
    +		{Port, closed} ->
    +		    exit(normal)
     	    end;
    -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    -	    exit(port_terminated)
    +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
    +	    exit(port_terminated)
         end.

    Notice that calling complex2:foo/1 and complex2:bar/1 results in the tuple {foo,X} or {bar,Y} being sent to the complex process, which codes them as binaries and sends them to the port. This means that the C program must be able @@ -153,53 +153,53 @@ typedef unsigned char byte; -int read_cmd(byte *buf); -int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); -int foo(int x); -int bar(int y); - -static void fail(int place) { - fprintf(stderr, "Something went wrong %d\n", place); - exit(1); -} +int read_cmd(byte *buf); +int write_cmd(byte *buf, int len); +int foo(int x); +int bar(int y); /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ logger_sasl_compatible to true. For more information, see SASL Error Logging in the SASL User's Guide.

    % erl -kernel logger_level info
    -Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
    +Erlang/OTP 21 [erts-10.0] [source-13c50db] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:1] [hipe]
     
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.916404 ===
         application: kernel
    @@ -61,22 +61,22 @@
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.925755 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_sup},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,1000},
    -              {child_type,supervisor}]
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.74.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_sup},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_sup,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,1000},
    +              {child_type,supervisor}]
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 8-Jun-2018::16:54:19.926056 ===
    -    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    -    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    -              {id,disk_log_server},
    -              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    -              {restart_type,permanent},
    -              {shutdown,2000},
    -              {child_type,worker}]
    -Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
    +    supervisor: {local,kernel_safe_sup}
    +    started: [{pid,<0.75.0>},
    +              {id,disk_log_server},
    +              {mfargs,{disk_log_server,start_link,[]}},
    +              {restart_type,permanent},
    +              {shutdown,2000},
    +              {child_type,worker}]
    +Eshell V10.0  (abort with ^G)
     1>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/errors.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ Exit Reason), and a stack trace (which aids in finding the code location of the exception).

    The stack trace can be bound to a variable from within a try expression for any exception class, or as part of the exit reason when a run-time error is -caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]
    -> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    -[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    - {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    - ...]

    +caught by a catch. Example:

    > {'EXIT',{test,Stacktrace}} = (catch error(test)), Stacktrace.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]
    +> try throw(test) catch Class:Reason:Stacktrace -> Stacktrace end.
    +[{shell,apply_fun,3,[]},
    + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[]},
    + ...]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/events.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,35 +44,35 @@ Example

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to the terminal -can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +can look as follows:

    -module(terminal_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.
     
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +terminate(_Args, _State) ->
         ok.

    The callback module for the event handler writing error messages to a file can -look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    --behaviour(gen_event).
    +look as follows:

    -module(file_logger).
    +-behaviour(gen_event).
     
    --export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_event/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    -
    -handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.
    +init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
    +
    +handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.
     
    -terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +terminate(_Args, Fd) -> + file:close(Fd).

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    @@ -93,19 +93,19 @@ Adding an Event Handler

    The following example shows how to start an event manager and add an event -handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    -{ok,<0.31.0>}
    -2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +handler to it by using the shell:

    1> gen_event:start({local, error_man}).
    +{ok,<0.31.0>}
    +2> gen_event:add_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to add the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:init([]), where the argument [] is the third argument to add_handler. init/1 is expected to return {ok, State}, -where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For +where State is the internal state of the event handler.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, []}.

    Here, init/1 does not need any input data and ignores its argument. For terminal_logger, the internal state is not used. For file_logger, the -internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +internal state is used to save the open file descriptor.

    init(File) ->
    +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, read),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    @@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ is received, the event manager calls handle_event(Event, State) for each installed event handler, in the same order as they were added. The function is expected to return a tuple {ok,State1}, where State1 is a new value for the -state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    -    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    -    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    -    {ok, Fd}.

    +state of the event handler.

    In terminal_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, State) ->
    +    io:format("***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, State}.

    In file_logger:

    handle_event(ErrorMsg, Fd) ->
    +    io:format(Fd, "***Error*** ~p~n", [ErrorMsg]),
    +    {ok, Fd}.

    Deleting an Event Handler

    -
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
    +
    4> gen_event:delete_handler(error_man, terminal_logger, []).
     ok

    This function sends a message to the event manager registered as error_man, telling it to delete the event handler terminal_logger. The event manager calls the callback function terminal_logger:terminate([], State), where the argument [] is the third argument to delete_handler. terminate/2 is to be the opposite of init/1 and do any necessary cleaning up. Its return value is -ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    -    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    -    file:close(Fd).

    +ignored.

    For terminal_logger, no cleaning up is necessary:

    terminate(_Args, _State) ->
    +    ok.

    For file_logger, the file descriptor opened in init must be closed:

    terminate(_Args, Fd) ->
    +    file:close(Fd).

    @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Standalone Event Managers

    -

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
    +

    An event manager can also be stopped by calling:

    1> gen_event:stop(error_man).
     ok

    @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages if the event manager is linked to other processes than the supervisor (for example via gen_event:add_sup_handler/3) and is -trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/example.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ code, solving a complex problem, in your Erlang program. Suppose for example, that you have the following C functions that you would like to call from Erlang:

    /* complex.c */
     
    -int foo(int x) {
    +int foo(int x) {
       return x+1;
    -}
    +}
     
    -int bar(int y) {
    +int bar(int y) {
       return y*2;
    -}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability +}

    The functions are deliberately kept as simple as possible, for readability reasons.

    From an Erlang perspective, it is preferable to be able to call foo and bar without having to bother about that they are C functions:

    % Erlang code
     ...
    -Res = complex:foo(X),
    +Res = complex:foo(X),
     ...

    Here, the communication with C is hidden in the implementation of complex.erl. In the following sections, it is shown how this module can be implemented using the different interoperability mechanisms.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/expressions.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ single assignment, that is, a variable can only be bound once.

    The anonymous variable is denoted by underscore (_) and can be used when a variable is required but its value can be ignored.

    Example:

    [H|_] = [1,2,3]

    Variables starting with underscore (_), for example, _Height, are normal variables, not anonymous. However, they are ignored by the compiler in the sense -that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    -    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, -the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    -    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the -following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of +that they do not generate warnings.

    Example:

    The following code:

    member(_, []) ->
    +    [].

    can be rewritten to be more readable:

    member(Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    This causes a warning for an unused variable, Elem. To avoid the warning, +the code can be rewritten to:

    member(_Elem, []) ->
    +    [].

    Notice that since variables starting with an underscore are not anonymous, the +following example matches:

    {_,_} = {1,2}

    But this example fails:

    {_N,_N} = {1,2}

    The scope for a variable is its function clause. Variables bound in a branch of an if, case, or receive expression must be bound in all branches to have a value outside the expression. Otherwise they are regarded as unsafe outside the expression.

    For the try expression variable scoping is limited so that variables bound in @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ Patterns

    A pattern has the same structure as a term but can contain unbound variables.

    Example:

    Name1
    -[H|T]
    -{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, +[H|T] +{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, receive expressions, and match expressions.

    @@ -87,13 +87,13 @@

    If Pattern1 and Pattern2 are valid patterns, the following is also a valid pattern:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2

    When matched against a term, both Pattern1 and Pattern2 are matched against -the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    -    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
    +the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    +    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    -    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
    +    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
         ignore.

    The compound pattern operator does not imply that its operands are matched in any particular order. That means that it is not legal to bind a variable in Pattern1 and use it in Pattern2, or vice versa.

    @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ String Prefix in Patterns

    -

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    +

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    Expressions in Patterns

    An arithmetic expression can be used within a pattern if it meets both of the -following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    -    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    +following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    +    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    @@ -118,15 +118,15 @@

    The following matches Pattern against Expr:

    Pattern = Expr

    If the matching succeeds, any unbound variable in the pattern becomes bound and the value of Expr is returned.

    If multiple match operators are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from -right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    -{answer,42}
    +right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    +{answer,42}
     2> A.
     answer
     3> B.
     42
     4> T.
    -{answer,42}
    -5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
    +{answer,42}
    +5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
     ** exception error: no match of right-hand side value [1,2]

    Because multiple match operators are evaluated from right to left, it means that:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2 = . . . = PatternN = Expression

    is equivalent to:

    Temporary = Expression,
     PatternN = Temporary,
    @@ -148,20 +148,20 @@
     compound pattern matches if all of its constituent patterns match. It is not
     legal for a pattern that is part of a compound pattern to use variables (as keys
     in map patterns or sizes in binary patterns) bound in other sub patterns of the
    -same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
    +same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
     * 1:7: variable 'Key' is unbound
    -2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}).
    -{{1,2},3}
    -3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>).
    -{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used +2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}). +{{1,2},3} +3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>). +{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used to match the value of an expression to a pattern. If multiple match operators -are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    -#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    -2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
    +are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    +#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    +2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
     value
    -3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
    +3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
     value
    -4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
    +4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
     * 1:12: variable 'Key' is unbound
     5> <<X:Y>> = begin Y = 8, <<42:8>> end, X.
     42

    The expression at prompt 2> first matches the value of variable M against @@ -185,22 +185,22 @@ Function Calls -

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    -ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of +

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    +ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of ExprM and ExprF must be an atom or an expression that evaluates to an atom. The function is said to be called by using the fully qualified function name. -This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be +This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be an atom or evaluate to a fun.

    If ExprF is an atom, the function is said to be called by using the implicitly qualified function name. If the function ExprF is locally defined, it is called. Alternatively, if ExprF is explicitly imported from the M module, M:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN) is called. If ExprF is neither declared locally nor explicitly imported, ExprF must be the name of an automatically -imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    -spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    -Fun1(3).
    +imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    +spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    +Fun1(3).
     4
    -2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    -[1,2,3,4]
    +2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    +[1,2,3,4]
     3>

    Notice that when calling a local function, there is a difference between using the implicitly or fully qualified function name. The latter always refers to the latest version of the module. See @@ -225,32 +225,32 @@ (ERTS version 5.8) and have an implicitly qualified call to that function in your code, you either need to explicitly remove the auto-import using a compiler directive, or replace the call with a fully qualified function call. Otherwise -you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
    +you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    -length([]) ->
    +length([]) ->
         0;
    -length([H|T]) ->
    -    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
    +length([H|T]) ->
    +    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                       %% which is allowed in guards
         long.

    The same logic applies to explicitly imported functions from other modules, as to locally defined functions. It is not allowed to both import a function from -another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
    +another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    --import(mod,[length/1]).
    +-import(mod,[length/1]).
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                        %% which is allowed in guards
     
    -    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
    +    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
     
    -f(X) ->
    -    length(X).                     %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the +f(X) -> + length(X). %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the name with a local function or explicit import is always allowed. However, if the -compile({no_auto_import,[F/A]) directive is not used, the compiler issues a warning whenever the function is called in the module using the implicitly @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ sequence GuardSeq that evaluates to true is found. Then the corresponding /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/funs.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ map -

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    -double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    -[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    -add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used -by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as -follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    -add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as +

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    +double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    +[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    +add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used +by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as +follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    +add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as arguments and returns a new list, obtained by applying F to each of the elements in L.

    The process of abstracting out the common features of a number of different programs is called procedural abstraction. Procedural abstraction can be used @@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ foreach

    This section illustrates procedural abstraction. Initially, the following two -examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    -    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    -    print_list(Stream, T);
    -print_list(Stream, []) ->
    -    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
    +examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    +    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    +    print_list(Stream, T);
    +print_list(Stream, []) ->
    +    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
         Pid ! Msg,
    -    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    -broadcast(_, []) ->
    +    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    +broadcast(_, []) ->
         true.

    These two functions have a similar structure. They both iterate over a list and do something to each element in the list. The "something" is passed on as an -extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    -    F(H),
    -    foreach(F, T);
    -foreach(F, []) ->
    -    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) +extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    +    F(H),
    +    foreach(F, T);
    +foreach(F, []) ->
    +    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) calls Fun(X) for each element X in L and the processing occurs in the order that the elements were defined in L. map does not define the order in which its elements are processed.

    @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ Syntax of Funs

    Funs are written with the following syntax (see -Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
    +Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
             ...
         end

    This creates an anonymous function of N arguments and binds it to the variable F.

    Another function, FunctionName, written in the same module, can be passed as an argument, using the following syntax:

    F = fun FunctionName/Arity

    With this form of function reference, the function that is referred to does not need to be exported from the module.

    It is also possible to refer to a function defined in a different module, with -the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    --export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    --import(lists, [map/2]).
    +the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    +-export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    +-import(lists, [map/2]).
     
    -t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     
    -double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test -is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    -   apply(F, Args);
    -f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
    +double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test +is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    +   apply(F, Args);
    +f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
        N.

    Funs are a distinct type. The BIFs erlang:fun_info/1,2 can be used to retrieve information about a fun, and the BIF erlang:fun_to_list/1 returns a textual representation of a fun. The check_process_code/2 @@ -101,18 +101,18 @@

    The scope rules for variables that occur in funs are as follows:

    • All variables that occur in the head of a fun are assumed to be "fresh" variables.
    • Variables that are defined before the fun, and that occur in function calls or -guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.
    • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.

    The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The +guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.

  • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.
  • The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The variable Stream, which is used within the fun, gets its value from the file:open line.

    As any variable that occurs in the head of a fun is considered a new variable, -it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(File) ->
    -                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    -            end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise +it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(File) ->
    +                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    +            end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise because code in the fun body cannot refer to the variable File, which is defined outside of the fun. Compiling this example gives the following diagnostic:

    ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'File'
    @@ -121,20 +121,20 @@
     pattern matching operations must be moved into guard expressions and cannot be
     written in the head of the fun. For example, you might write the following code
     if you intend the first clause of F to be evaluated when the value of its
    -argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
    +argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
    +    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    -    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
    +        end, ...)
    +    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(Y) ->
    +    map(fun(Y) ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    +        end, ...)
         ...

    @@ -148,58 +148,58 @@ map

    -

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the +

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the list.

    When a new fun is defined in the shell, the value of the fun is printed as -Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
    +Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[2,4,6,8,10]

    +> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]). +[2,4,6,8,10]

    any

    -

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    -    case Pred(H) of
    +

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    +    case Pred(H) of
             true  ->  true;
    -        false ->  any(Pred, T)
    +        false ->  any(Pred, T)
         end;
    -any(Pred, []) ->
    +any(Pred, []) ->
         false.

    A predicate is a function that returns true or false. any is true if there is a term X in the list such that P(X) is true.

    A predicate Big(X) is defined, which is true if its argument is greater that -10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
    +10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
     false
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
     true

    all

    -

    lists:all/2 has the same arguments as any:

    all(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
    +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/gen_server_concepts.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
    @@ -66,40 +66,40 @@
     
     

    An example of a simple server written in plain Erlang is provided in Overview. The server can be reimplemented using -gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
    +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
     
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    Starting a Gen_Server

    In the example in the previous section, gen_server is started by calling -ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function +ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function spawns and links to a new process, a gen_server.

    • The first argument, {local, ch3}, specifies the name. The gen_server is then locally registered as ch3.

      If the name is omitted, the gen_server is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be given as {global, Name}, in which case @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ for the available options.

    If name registration succeeds, the new gen_server process calls the callback function ch3:init([]). init is expected to return {ok, State}, where State is the internal state of the gen_server. In this case, the state is -the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the +the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_server has been initialized and is ready to receive requests.

    gen_server:start_link/4 must be used if the gen_server is part of a supervision tree, meaning that it was started by a supervisor. There is another function, gen_server:start/4, to start a standalone @@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_call(Request, From, State), which is expected to return a tuple {reply,Reply,State1}. Reply is the reply that is to be sent back -to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the +to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the set of remaining available channels Chs2.

    Thus, the call ch3:alloc() returns the allocated channel Ch and the gen_server then waits for new requests, now with an updated list of available channels.

    @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ Asynchronous Requests - Cast

    -

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. +

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. cast, and thus free, then returns ok.

    When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_cast(Request, State), which is expected to return a tuple -{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. +{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    +    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    +    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. The gen_server is now ready for new requests.

    @@ -166,15 +166,15 @@ set in the supervisor.

    If it is necessary to clean up before termination, the shutdown strategy must be a time-out value and the gen_server must be set to trap exit signals in function init. When ordered to shutdown, the gen_server then calls -the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
    +the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
         ...,
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
         ...,
    -    {ok, State}.
    +    {ok, State}.
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(shutdown, State) ->
    +terminate(shutdown, State) ->
         %% Code for cleaning up here
         ...
         ok.

    @@ -185,21 +185,21 @@

    If the gen_server is not part of a supervision tree, a stop function can be useful, for example:

    ...
    -export([stop/0]).
    +export([stop/0]).
     ...
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
     ...
     
    -handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    -    {stop, normal, State};
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
    +handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    +    {stop, normal, State};
    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
         ...
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(normal, State) ->
    +terminate(normal, State) ->
         ok.

    The callback function handling the stop request returns a tuple {stop,normal,State1}, where normal specifies that it is a normal termination and State1 is a new value for the state @@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ the callback function handle_info(Info, State) must be implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages, if the gen_server is linked to other processes than the supervisor -and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/included_applications.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ Specifying Included Applications

    Which applications to include is defined by the included_applications key in -the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.

    +the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.

    @@ -93,27 +93,27 @@ term.

    The value of the mod key of the including application must be set to {application_starter,[Module,StartArgs]}, where Module as usual is the application callback module. StartArgs is a term provided as argument to the -callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.
    +callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.
     
    -{application, incl_app,
    - [{description, "Included application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    -  {registered, []},
    -  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    - ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary +{application, incl_app, + [{description, "Included application"}, + {vsn, "1"}, + {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]}, + {registered, []}, + {start_phases, [{go,[]}]}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]}, + {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}} + ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary application is started the normal way, that is:

    • The application controller creates an application master for the application
    • The application master calls Module:start(normal, StartArgs) to start the top supervisor.

    Then, for the primary application and each included application in top-down, left-to-right order, the application master calls @@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ of specified phases must be a subset of the set of phases specified for the primary application.

    When starting prim_app as defined above, the application controller calls the following callback functions before application:start(prim_app) returns a -value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    - => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    - => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    +value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    + => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    + => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/install-win32.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

    and sometimes

    $ cd $ERL_TOP
     $ make local_setup
     

    So now when you run $ERL_TOP/erl.exe, you should have a debug compiled -emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you +emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you got a debug compiled emulator.

    To hack the erlang libraries, you simply do a make opt in the specific "applications" directory, like:

    $ cd $ERL_TOP/lib/stdlib
     $ make opt
    @@ -227,11 +227,11 @@
     

    Remember that:

    • Windows specific C-code goes in the $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/sys/win32, $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/drivers/win32 or $ERL_TOP/erts/etc/win32.

    • Windows specific erlang code should be used conditionally and the host OS tested in runtime, the exactly same beam files should be -distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      -    {win32,_} ->
      -        do_windows_specific();
      +distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      +    {win32,_} ->
      +        do_windows_specific();
           Other ->
      -        do_fallback_or_exit()
      +        do_fallback_or_exit()
       end,

    That's basically all you need to get going.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/list_comprehensions.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,25 +26,25 @@ Simple Examples

    -

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    -[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list +

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    +[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list [1,2,a,...] and X is greater than 3.

    The notation X <- [1,2,a,...] is a generator and the expression X > 3 is a filter.

    An additional filter, is_integer(X), can be added to -restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    -[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can -be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    -[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    +restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    +[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can +be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    +[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    Quick Sort

    -

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    -sort([_] = L) -> L;
    -sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    -    [Pivot] ++
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T +

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    +sort([_] = L) -> L;
    +sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    +    [Pivot] ++
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are less than Pivot.

    [X || X <- T, X >= Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are greater than or equal to Pivot.

    With the algorithm above, a list is sorted as follows:

    • A list with zero or one element is trivially sorted.
    • For lists with more than one element:
      1. The first element in the list is isolated as the pivot element.
      2. The remaining list is partitioned into two sublists, such that:
      • The first sublist contains all elements that are smaller than the pivot element.
      • The second sublist contains all elements that are greater than or equal to @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ Permutations -

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        -perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists +

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        +perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists [H|T], where T is the set of all possible permutations of L, with H -removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        -[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        +removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        +[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        @@ -73,47 +73,47 @@

        Pythagorean triplets are sets of integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2.

        The function pyth(N) generates a list of all integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2 and where the sum of the sides is equal to, or less than, -N:

        pyth(N) ->
        -    [ {A,B,C} ||
        -        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +N:

        pyth(N) ->
        +    [ {A,B,C} ||
        +        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
                 A+B+C =< N,
                 A*A+B*B == C*C
        -    ].
        > pyth(3).
        -[].
        -> pyth(11).
        -[].
        -> pyth(12).
        -[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        -> pyth(50).
        -[{3,4,5},
        - {4,3,5},
        - {5,12,13},
        - {6,8,10},
        - {8,6,10},
        - {8,15,17},
        - {9,12,15},
        - {12,5,13},
        - {12,9,15},
        - {12,16,20},
        - {15,8,17},
        - {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        -   [{A,B,C} ||
        -       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        -       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        -       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
        +    ].
        > pyth(3).
        +[].
        +> pyth(11).
        +[].
        +> pyth(12).
        +[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        +> pyth(50).
        +[{3,4,5},
        + {4,3,5},
        + {5,12,13},
        + {6,8,10},
        + {8,6,10},
        + {8,15,17},
        + {9,12,15},
        + {12,5,13},
        + {12,9,15},
        + {12,16,20},
        + {15,8,17},
        + {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        +   [{A,B,C} ||
        +       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        +       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        +       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
                A+B+C =< N,
        -       A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        + A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        Simplifications With List Comprehensions

        As an example, list comprehensions can be used to simplify some of the functions -in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        -map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        -filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        +in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        +map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        +filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        @@ -125,20 +125,20 @@ which selects certain elements from a list of tuples. Suppose you write select(X, L) -> [Y || {X, Y} <- L]. with the intention of extracting all tuples from L, where the first item is X.

        Compiling this gives the following diagnostic:

        ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'X' shadowed in generate

        This diagnostic warns that the variable X in the pattern is not the same as -the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be -written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into -the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the -same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        -[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is +the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be +written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into +the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the +same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        +[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is that certain pattern matching operations must be moved into the filters and -cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        -    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        +    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
             ...
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/listhandling.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,47 +29,47 @@

        Lists can only be built starting from the end and attaching list elements at the beginning. If you use the ++ operator as follows, a new list is created that is a copy of the elements in List1, followed by List2:

        List1 ++ List2

        Looking at how lists:append/2 or ++ would be implemented in plain Erlang, -clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        -    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        -append([], Tail) ->
        +clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        +    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        +append([], Tail) ->
             Tail.

        When recursing and building a list, it is important to ensure that you attach the new elements to the beginning of the list. In this way, you will build one -list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        -    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        +    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        +bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
             Fibs;
        -bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created +bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created that is one element longer than the new previous list.

        To avoid copying the result in each iteration, build the list in reverse order -and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        +    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        -    lists:reverse(Fibs);
        -tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        +tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) -> + lists:reverse(Fibs); +tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        List Comprehensions

        -

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list -will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list +will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        or in this code:

        case Var of
             ... ->
        -        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
        +        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
             ... ->
         end,
        -some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not +some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not returned. This means that there is no need to construct a list and the compiler -will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    Expr(E),
        -    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will -not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    Expr(E),
        +    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will +not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ to flatten the list before sending it to the port.

      • When calling BIFs that accept deep lists, such as list_to_binary/1 or iolist_to_binary/1.
      • When you know that your list is only one level deep. Use lists:append/1 -instead.

      Examples:

      DO

      port_command(Port, DeepList)

      DO NOT

      port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

      A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

      DO NOT

      TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      Instead:

      DO

      TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      DO

      1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      DO NOT

      1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      +instead.

    Examples:

    DO

    port_command(Port, DeepList)

    DO NOT

    port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

    A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

    DO NOT

    TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    Instead:

    DO

    TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    DO

    1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    DO NOT

    1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@

    There are two basic ways to write a function that traverses a list and produces a new list.

    The first way is writing a body-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    -    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    -add_42_body([]) ->
    -    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_tail(List) ->
    -    add_42_tail(List, []).
    +add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    +    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    +add_42_body([]) ->
    +    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    +add_42_tail(List) ->
    +    add_42_tail(List, []).
     
    -add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    -    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    -add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    -    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically +add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) -> + add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]); +add_42_tail([], Acc) -> + lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically be more efficient. In modern versions of Erlang, there is usually not much difference in performance between a body-recursive list function and tail-recursive function that reverses the list at the end. Therefore, @@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ function that does not construct a list runs in constant space, while the corresponding body-recursive function uses stack space proportional to the length of the list.

    For example, a function that sums a list of integers, is not to be written as -follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    -recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    +recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
     
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.
    +
    sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/macros.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ File Inclusion -

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    --include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included +

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    +-include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included as is, at the position of the directive.

    Include files are typically used for record and macro definitions that are shared by several modules. It is recommended to use the file name extension .hrl for include files.

    File can start with a path component $VAR, for some string VAR. If that is @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ $VAR is left as is.

    If the filename File is absolute (possibly after variable substitution), the include file with that name is included. Otherwise, the specified file is searched for in the following directories, and in this order:

    1. The current working directory
    2. The directory where the module is being compiled
    3. The directories given by the include option

    For details, see erlc in ERTS and -compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    --include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    --include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    --include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. +compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    +-include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. Instead, the first path component (possibly after variable substitution) is -assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current +assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current (latest) version of Kernel, and then the subdirectory include is searched for the file file.hrl.

    @@ -49,25 +49,25 @@ Defining and Using Macros

    -

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    --define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function +

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    +-define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the macro.

    If a macro is used in several modules, it is recommended that the macro definition is placed in an include file.

    A macro is used as follows:

    ?Const
     ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN)

    Macros are expanded during compilation. A simple macro ?Const is replaced with -Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
    +Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
     ...
    -call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all +call(Request) -> + server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    +    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all occurrences of a variable Var from the macro definition are replaced with the -corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
    +corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
     ...
    -bar(X) ->
    -    ?MACRO1(a, b),
    -    ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    -    {a,a,b,b},
    -    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro +bar(X) -> + ?MACRO1(a, b), + ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    +    {a,a,b,b},
    +    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro definition is a valid Erlang syntactic form.

    To view the result of macro expansion, a module can be compiled with the 'P' option. compile:file(File, ['P']). This produces a listing of the parsed code after preprocessing and parse transforms, in the file File.P.

    @@ -94,21 +94,21 @@

    It is possible to overload macros, except for predefined macros. An overloaded macro has more than one definition, each with a different number of arguments.

    Change

    Support for overloading of macros was added in Erlang 5.7.5/OTP R13B04.

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) with a (possibly empty) list of arguments results in an error message if there is at least one definition of Func with -arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    --define(F1(A), A).
    --define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
    +arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    +-define(F1(A), A).
    +-define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
         ?F0. % No, an empty list of arguments expected.
     
    -f1(A) ->
    -    ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    -    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    -    m:f().

    +f1(A) -> + ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    +    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    +    m:f().

    Removing a macro definition

    -

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    +

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    @@ -128,13 +128,13 @@ elif also supports calling the psuedo-function defined(Name), which tests whether the Name argument is the name of a previously defined macro. defined(Name) evaluates to true if the macro is defined and false -otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
    +otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
     ...
     
    --ifdef(debug).
    --define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
    +-ifdef(debug).
    +-define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
     -else.
    --define(LOG(X), true).
    +-define(LOG(X), true).
     -endif.
     
     ...

    When trace output is desired, debug is to be defined when the module m is @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ or -1> c(m, {d, debug}). -{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user -with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +1> c(m, {d, debug}).
    +{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user +with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 25 or higher
    --elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
    +-elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 26 or higher
     -else.
     %% Code that will work in OTP 24 or lower.
     -endif.
     ...

    This code uses the OTP_RELEASE macro to conditionally select code depending on -release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
     %% Debugging code that requires OTP 26 or later.
     -else.
     %% Non-debug code that works in any release.
    @@ -179,23 +179,23 @@
       
       -error() and -warning() directives
     

    -

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifdef(VERSION).
    -version() -> ?VERSION.
    +-ifdef(VERSION).
    +version() -> ?VERSION.
     -else.
    --error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    -version() -> "".
    +-error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    +version() -> "".
     -endif.

    The error message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    -t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifndef(VERSION).
    --warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    --define(VERSION, "0").
    +-ifndef(VERSION).
    +-warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    +-define(VERSION, "0").
     -endif.
    -version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    +version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
     t.erl:5: Warning: -warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").

    Change

    The -error() and -warning() directives were added in Erlang/OTP 19.

    @@ -204,11 +204,11 @@

    The construction ??Arg, where Arg is a macro argument, is expanded to a string containing the tokens of the argument. This is similar to the #arg -stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
    +stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
     
    -?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)),
    -?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    -io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    +
    ?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)), +?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    +io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ values, sharing of keys between different instances of the map will be less effective, and it is not possible to match multiple elements having default values in one go.

  • To avoid having to deal with a map that may lack some keys, maps:merge/2 can -efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)
  • +efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

    @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ Using Maps as Sets

    Starting in OTP 24, the sets module has an option to represent sets as maps. -Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    -#{}
    -2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    -#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a +Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    +#{}
    +2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    +#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a few possible exceptions:

    • ordsets:intersection/2 can be more efficient than sets:intersection/2. If the intersection operation is frequently used and operations that operate on a single element in a set (such as is_element/2) are avoided, ordsets can @@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ allowing the key tuple to be shared with other instances of the map that have the same keys. In fact, the key tuple can be shared between all maps with the same keys with some care. To arrange that, define a function that returns a map. -For example:

      new() ->
      -    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure +For example:

      new() ->
      +    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure that the key tuple is shared when creating an instance of the map, always call -new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the +new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the keys are known at compile-time, the map is updated in one go, making the time to update a map essentially constant regardless of the number of keys updated. The same goes for matching. (When the keys are variables, one or more of the keys @@ -150,13 +150,13 @@

      Using the map syntax is usually slightly more efficient than using the corresponding function in the maps module.

      The gain in efficiency for the map syntax is more noticeable for the following -operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#{x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      -Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      -Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to -right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from -left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      -Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      -Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more +operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#{x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      +Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      +Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to +right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from +left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      +Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      +Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more efficient than using the => operator for a small map.

      @@ -215,15 +215,15 @@

      As an optimization, the compiler will rewrite a call to maps:get/3 to Erlang code similar to the following:

      Result = case Map of
      -             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      -             #{} -> Default
      +             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      +             #{} -> Default
                end

      This is reasonably efficient, but if a small map is used as an alternative to using a record it is often better not to rely on default values as it prevents sharing of keys, which may in the end use more memory than what you save from not storing default values in the map.

      If default values are nevertheless required, instead of calling maps:get/3 multiple times, consider putting the default values in a map and merging that -map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults +map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults to, as long as the default map contains all the keys that will ever be used and not just the ones with default values. Whether this is faster than calling maps:get/3 multiple times depends on the size of the map and the number of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/modules.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ Module Syntax

      Erlang code is divided into modules. A module consists of a sequence of -attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      --export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
      +attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

      Example:

      -module(m).          % module attribute
      +-export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
       
      -fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      -    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      -fact(0) ->           %  |
      +fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
      +    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
      +fact(0) ->           %  |
           1.               % end of function declaration

      For a description of function declarations, see Function Declaration Syntax.

      @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ Behaviour Module Attribute

      It is possible to specify that the module is the callback module for a -behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a +behaviour:

      -behaviour(Behaviour).

      The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a user-defined behaviour or one of the following OTP standard behaviours:

      • gen_server
      • gen_statem
      • gen_event
      • supervisor

      The spelling behavior is also accepted.

      The callback functions of the module can be specified either directly by the -exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute +exported function behaviour_info/1:

      behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

      or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

      -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

      Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute is to be preferred since the extra type information can be used by tools to produce documentation or find discrepancies.

      Read more about behaviours and callback modules in OTP Design Principles.

      @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Record Definitions

      -

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function +

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

      -record(Record, Fields).

      Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function declarations. Read more in Records.

      @@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ Preprocessor

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used by the preprocessor, which -supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      --define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      +supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

      -include("SomeFile.hrl").
      +-define(Macro, Replacement).

      Read more in Preprocessor.

      Setting File and Line

      The same syntax as for module attributes is used for changing the pre-defined -macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the +macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

      -file(File, Line).

      This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the source program is generated by another tool. It also indicates the correspondence of source files to lines of the original user-written file, from which the source program is produced.

      @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ Types and function specifications

      A similar syntax as for module attributes is used for specifying types and -function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      --spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on +function specifications:

      -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
      +-spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

      Read more in Types and Function specifications.

      The description is based on EEP8 - Types and function specifications, which is not to be further updated.

      @@ -132,16 +132,16 @@ Documentation attributes

      The module attribute -doc(Documentation) is used to provide user documentation -for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      -example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The +for a function/type/callback:

      -doc("Example documentation").
      +example() -> ok.

      The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The parenthesis are optional around Documentation. The allowed values for Documentation are:

      • literal string or utf-8 encoded binary string - The string documenting the entity. Any literal string is allowed, so both triple quoted strings and sigils that translate to literal strings can be used. -The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        --doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
        +The following examples are equivalent:

        -doc("Example \"docs\"").
        +-doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
         -doc ~S/Example "docs"/.
         -doc """
            Example "docs"
        @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
         
         

        While not a module attribute, but rather a directive (since it might affect syntax), there is the -feature(..) directive used for enabling and disabling -features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear +features.

        The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

        -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

        Note that the feature directive can only appear in a prefix of the module.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/nif.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ they can also be used as fallback implementations for functions that do not have native implementations on some architectures.

        NIF libraries are loaded by calling erlang:load_nif/2, with the name of the shared library as argument. The second argument can be any term that will be -passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        --on_load(init/0).
        -
        -init() ->
        -    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        -
        -foo(_X) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        -bar(_Y) ->
        -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically +passed on to the library and used for initialization:

        -module(complex6).
        +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
        +-on_load(init/0).
        +
        +init() ->
        +    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
        +
        +foo(_X) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
        +bar(_Y) ->
        +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

        Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically called when the module is loaded. If init returns anything other than ok, such when the loading of the NIF library fails in this example, the module is unloaded and calls to functions within it, fail.

        Loading the NIF library overrides the stub implementations and cause calls to @@ -74,35 +74,35 @@ API functions. The environment contains information about the calling Erlang process:

        #include <erl_nif.h>
         
        -extern int foo(int x);
        -extern int bar(int y);
        +extern int foo(int x);
        +extern int bar(int y);
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int x, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = foo(x);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = foo(x);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
         
        -static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        -{
        +static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
        +{
             int y, ret;
        -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        -    }
        -    ret = bar(y);
        -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        -}
        -
        -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        -    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        -    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        -};
        +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
        +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
        +    }
        +    ret = bar(y);
        +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
        +}
        +
        +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
        +    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
        +    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
        +};
         
        -ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It +ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

        Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

        • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It will be stringified by the macro.
        • The second argument is the array of ErlNifFunc structures containing name, arity, and function pointer of each NIF.
        • The remaining arguments are pointers to callback functions that can be used to initialize the library. They are not used in this simple example, hence they @@ -118,15 +118,15 @@

          Step 1. Compile the C code:

          unix> gcc -o complex6_nif.so -fpic -shared complex.c complex6_nif.c
           windows> cl -LD -MD -Fe complex6_nif.dll complex.c complex6_nif.c

          Step 2: Start Erlang and compile the Erlang code:

          > erl
          -Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
           
          -Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          -1> c(complex6).
          -{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
          +Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
          +1> c(complex6).
          +{ok,complex6}

          Step 3: Run the example:

          3> complex6:foo(3).
           4
          -4> complex6:bar(5).
          +4> complex6:bar(5).
           10
          -5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
          +5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
           ** exception error: bad argument
                in function  complex6:foo/1
                   called as comlpex6:foo("not an integer")
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/opaques.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ The runtime does not check opacity. Dialyzer provides some opacity-checking, but the rest is up to convention.

          This document explains what Erlang opacity is (and the trade-offs involved) via the example of the sets:set() data type. This type was -defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in -this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had +defined in the sets module like this:

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

          OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in +this commit.

          -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

          And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had been defined with -type instead of -opaque. Here is why: when a module defines an -opaque, the contract is that only the defining module should rely on the definition of the type: no other modules should rely on the definition.

          This means that code that pattern-matched on set as a record/tuple technically broke the contract, and opted in to being potentially broken when the definition of set() changed. Before OTP 24, this code printed ok. In OTP 24 it may -error:

          case sets:new() of
          -    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          -        io:format("ok")
          +error:

          case sets:new() of
          +    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
          +        io:format("ok")
           end.

          When working with an opaque defined in another module, here are some recommendations:

          • Don't examine the underlying type using pattern-matching, guards, or functions that reveal the type, such as tuple_size/1 .
          • Instead, use functions provided by the module for working with the type. For /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/otp-patch-apply.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Application dependencies are verified among installed applications by otp_patch_apply, but these are not necessarily those actually loaded. By calling system_information:sanity_check() one can validate -dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
            +dependencies among applications actually loaded.

            1> system_information:sanity_check().
             ok

            Please take a look at the reference of sanity_check() for more information.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/patterns.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
            2 3> X + 1. 3 -4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. +4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {1,2} -5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. -{2,3} +5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. +{2,3} 6> Y. 3
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/prog_ex_records.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ To illustrate these differences, suppose that you want to represent a person with the tuple {Name, Address, Phone}.

            To write functions that manipulate this data, remember the following:

            • The Name field is the first element of the tuple.
            • The Address field is the second element.
            • The Phone field is the third element.

            For example, to extract data from a variable P that contains such a tuple, you can write the following code and then use pattern matching to extract the -relevant fields:

            Name = element(1, P),
            -Address = element(2, P),
            +relevant fields:

            Name = element(1, P),
            +Address = element(2, P),
             ...

            Such code is difficult to read and understand, and errors occur if the numbering of the elements in the tuple is wrong. If the data representation of the fields is changed, by re-ordering, adding, or removing fields, all references to the person tuple must be checked and possibly modified.

            Records allow references to the fields by name, instead of by position. In the -following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

            This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P +following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

            This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P is a variable whose value is a person record, the following code access the name and address fields of the records:

            Name = P#person.name,
             Address = P#person.address,
            -...

            Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

            {person, Name, Phone, Address}

            +...

            Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

            {person, Name, Phone, Address}

            @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ section. Three fields are included, name, phone, and address. The default values for name and phone is "" and [], respectively. The default value for address is the atom undefined, since no default value is supplied for this -field:

            -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

            The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in -the examples:

            > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
            +field:

            -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

            The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in +the examples:

            > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
             person

            This is because record definitions are only available at compile time, not at runtime. For details on records in the shell, see the shell manual page in STDLIB.

            @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ Creating a Record

            -

            A new person record is created as follows:

            > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
            -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

            As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

            From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the -special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

            Example:

            > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
            -#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

            It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and +

            A new person record is created as follows:

            > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
            +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

            As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

            From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the +special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

            Example:

            > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
            +#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

            It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and mnesia:match_object/3, to set record fields to the atom '_'. (This is a wildcard in ets:match/2.)

            @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ Accessing a Record Field

            -

            The following example shows how to access a record field:

            > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
            +

            The following example shows how to access a record field:

            > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
             > P#person.name.
             "Joe"

            @@ -81,33 +81,33 @@ Updating a Record

            -

            The following example shows how to update a record:

            > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
            -> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
            -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

            +

            The following example shows how to update a record:

            > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
            +> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
            +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

            Type Testing

            The following example shows that the guard succeeds if P is record of type -person:

            foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
            -foo(_) -> not_a_person.

            +person:

            foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
            +foo(_) -> not_a_person.

            Pattern Matching

            Matching can be used in combination with records, as shown in the following -example:

            > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
            -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
            -> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
            +example:

            > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
            +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
            +> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
             "Joe"

            The following function takes a list of person records and searches for the -phone number of a person with a particular name:

            find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
            -    {found,  Phone};
            -find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
            -    find_phone(T, Name);
            -find_phone([], Name) ->
            +phone number of a person with a particular name:

            find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
            +    {found,  Phone};
            +find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
            +    find_phone(T, Name);
            +find_phone([], Name) ->
                 not_found.

            The fields referred to in the pattern can be given in any order.

            @@ -116,12 +116,12 @@

            The value of a field in a record can be an instance of a record. Retrieval of nested data can be done stepwise, or in a single step, as shown in the following -example:

            -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
            --record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
            +example:

            -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
            +-record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
             
            -demo() ->
            -  P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123},
            -  First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

            Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

            +demo() -> + P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123}, + First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

            Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

            @@ -139,40 +139,40 @@ %% about the person. %% A {Key, Value} list (default is the empty list). %%------------------------------------------------------------ --record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).

            -module(person).
            --include("person.hrl").
            --compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
            +-record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).
            -module(person).
            +-include("person.hrl").
            +-compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
             
             %% This creates an instance of a person.
             %%   Note: The phone number is not supplied so the
             %%         default value [] will be used.
             
            -make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
            -   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
            -           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
            -                   {drinks, coke}]}.
            +make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
            +   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
            +           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
            +                   {drinks, coke}]}.
             
             %% This demonstrates matching in arguments
             
            -print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
            -              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
            -  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
            -            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
            +print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
            +              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
            +  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
            +            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
             
             %% Demonstrates type testing, selector, updating.
             
            -birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            -   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
            +birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            +   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
             
            -register_two_hackers() ->
            -   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
            -   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
            +register_two_hackers() ->
            +   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
            +   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
                % The central_register_server should have
                % an interface function for this.
            -   central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1},
            -   central_register_server ! {register_person,
            -             OldHacker#person{name = "Robert",
            -                              phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
            +
            central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1}, + central_register_server ! {register_person, + OldHacker#person{name = "Robert", + phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/records_macros.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ introduced:

            %%%----FILE mess_config.hrl----
             
             %%% Configure the location of the server node,
            --define(server_node, messenger@super).
            +-define(server_node, messenger@super).
             
             %%%----END FILE----
            %%%----FILE mess_interface.hrl----
             
            @@ -41,24 +41,24 @@
             %%% messenger program
             
             %%%Messages from Client to server received in server/1 function.
            --record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
            --record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
            +-record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
            +-record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
             %%% {'EXIT', ClientPid, Reason}  (client terminated or unreachable.
             
             %%% Messages from Server to Client, received in await_result/0 function
            --record(abort_client,{message}).
            +-record(abort_client,{message}).
             %%% Messages are: user_exists_at_other_node,
             %%%               you_are_not_logged_on
            --record(server_reply,{message}).
            +-record(server_reply,{message}).
             %%% Messages are: logged_on
             %%%               receiver_not_found
             %%%               sent  (Message has been sent (no guarantee)
             %%% Messages from Server to Client received in client/1 function
            --record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
            +-record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
             
             %%% Messages from shell to Client received in client/1 function
             %%% spawn(mess_client, client, [server_node(), Name])
            --record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
            +-record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
             %%% logoff
             
             %%%----END FILE----
            %%%----FILE user_interface.erl----
            @@ -79,27 +79,27 @@
             %%%     function is not logged on or if ToName is not logged on at
             %%%     any node.
             
            --module(user_interface).
            --export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            --include("mess_config.hrl").
            +-module(user_interface).
            +-export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +-include("mess_config.hrl").
             
            -logon(Name) ->
            -    case whereis(mess_client) of
            +logon(Name) ->
            +    case whereis(mess_client) of
                     undefined ->
            -            register(mess_client,
            -                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
            +            register(mess_client,
            +                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
                     _ -> already_logged_on
                 end.
             
            -logoff() ->
            +logoff() ->
                 mess_client ! logoff.
             
            -message(ToName, Message) ->
            -    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
            +message(ToName, Message) ->
            +    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
                     undefined ->
                         not_logged_on;
            -        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            +        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
                          ok
             end.
             
            @@ -107,107 +107,107 @@
             
             %%% The client process which runs on each user node
             
            --module(mess_client).
            --export([client/2]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            -
            -client(Server_Node, Name) ->
            -    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
            -    await_result(),
            -    client(Server_Node).
            +-module(mess_client).
            +-export([client/2]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +
            +client(Server_Node, Name) ->
            +    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
            +    await_result(),
            +    client(Server_Node).
             
            -client(Server_Node) ->
            +client(Server_Node) ->
                 receive
                     logoff ->
            -            exit(normal);
            -        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
            -            {messenger, Server_Node} !
            -                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            -            await_result();
            -        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
            -            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
            +            exit(normal);
            +        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
            +            {messenger, Server_Node} !
            +                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
            +            await_result();
            +        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
            +            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
                 end,
            -    client(Server_Node).
            +    client(Server_Node).
             
             %%% wait for a response from the server
            -await_result() ->
            +await_result() ->
                 receive
            -        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
            -            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
            -            exit(normal);
            -        #server_reply{message=What} ->
            -            io:format("~p~n", [What])
            +        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
            +            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
            +            exit(normal);
            +        #server_reply{message=What} ->
            +            io:format("~p~n", [What])
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
            -            exit(timeout)
            +            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
            +            exit(timeout)
                 end.
             
             %%%----END FILE---
            %%%----FILE mess_server.erl----
             
             %%% This is the server process of the messenger service
             
            --module(mess_server).
            --export([start_server/0, server/0]).
            --include("mess_interface.hrl").
            -
            -server() ->
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    server([]).
            +-module(mess_server).
            +-export([start_server/0, server/0]).
            +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
            +
            +server() ->
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    server([]).
             
             %%% the user list has the format [{ClientPid1, Name1},{ClientPid22, Name2},...]
            -server(User_List) ->
            -    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
            +server(User_List) ->
            +    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
                 receive
            -        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
            -            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
            -            server(New_User_List);
            -        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
            -            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
            -            server(New_User_List);
            -        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
            -            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
            -            server(User_List)
            +        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
            +            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
            +            server(New_User_List);
            +        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
            +            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
            +            server(New_User_List);
            +        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
            +            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
            +            server(User_List)
                 end.
             
             %%% Start the server
            -start_server() ->
            -    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
            +start_server() ->
            +    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
             
             %%% Server adds a new user to the user list
            -server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
            +server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_functions.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
            @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
             

            A function declaration is a sequence of function clauses separated by semicolons, and terminated by a period (.).

            A function clause consists of a clause head and a clause body, separated by ->.

            A clause head consists of the function name, an argument list, and an optional -guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

            Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
            +guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

            Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
                 Body1;
             ...;
            -Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
            +Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
                 BodyK.

            The function name is an atom. Each argument is a pattern.

            The number of arguments N is the arity of the function. A function is uniquely defined by the module name, function name, and arity. That is, two functions with the same name and in the same module, but with different arities @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ mod:f/N.

            A clause body consists of a sequence of expressions separated by comma (,):

            Expr1,
             ...,
             ExprN

            Valid Erlang expressions and guard sequences are described in -Expressions.

            Example:

            fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
            -    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
            +Expressions.

            Example:

            fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
            +    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
             
            -fact(0) ->             % second clause head
            +fact(0) ->             % second clause head
                 1.                 % second clause body

            @@ -56,16 +56,16 @@ clause is found that fulfills both of the following two conditions:

            1. The patterns in the clause head can be successfully matched against the given arguments.
            2. The guard sequence, if any, is true.

            If such a clause cannot be found, a function_clause runtime error occurs.

            If such a clause is found, the corresponding clause body is evaluated. That is, the expressions in the body are evaluated sequentially and the value of the last -expression is returned.

            Consider the function fact:

            -module(mod).
            --export([fact/1]).
            +expression is returned.

            Consider the function fact:

            -module(mod).
            +-export([fact/1]).
             
            -fact(N) when N > 0 ->
            -    N * fact(N - 1);
            -fact(0) ->
            +fact(N) when N > 0 ->
            +    N * fact(N - 1);
            +fact(0) ->
                 1.

            Assume that you want to calculate the factorial for 1:

            1> mod:fact(1).

            Evaluation starts at the first clause. The pattern N is matched against argument 1. The matching succeeds and the guard (N > 0) is true, thus N is -bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

            N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
            -1 * fact(0)

            Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned +bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

            N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
            +1 * fact(0)

            Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned sequentially again. First, the pattern N is matched against 0. The matching succeeds, but the guard (N > 0) is false. Second, the pattern 0 is matched against the argument 0. The matching succeeds @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ tail-recursive call is done. This is to ensure that no system resources, for example, call stack, are consumed. This means that an infinite loop using tail-recursive calls will not exhaust the call -stack and can (in principle) run forever.

            Example:

            loop(N) ->
            -    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
            -    loop(N+1).

            The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not +stack and can (in principle) run forever.

            Example:

            loop(N) ->
            +    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
            +    loop(N+1).

            The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not tail-recursive, since a multiplication is done on the result of the recursive call to fact(N-1).

            @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ not need to be prefixed with the module name. Which BIFs that are auto-imported is specified in the erlang module in ERTS. For example, standard-type conversion BIFs like atom_to_list and BIFs allowed in guards can be called -without specifying the module name.

            Examples:

            1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
            +without specifying the module name.

            Examples:

            1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
             3
            -2> atom_to_list('Erlang').
            +2> atom_to_list('Erlang').
             "Erlang"
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_processes.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Process Creation

            -

            A process is created by calling spawn():

            spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
            -  Module = Name = atom()
            -  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
            -    ArgI = term()

            spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

            The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the +

            A process is created by calling spawn():

            spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
            +  Module = Name = atom()
            +  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
            +    ArgI = term()

            spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

            The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the arguments are the elements of the (possible empty) Args argument list.

            There exist a number of different spawn BIFs:

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/ref_man_records.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@

            A record definition consists of the name of the record, followed by the field names of the record. Record and field names must be atoms. Each field can be given an optional default value. If no default value is supplied, undefined is -used.

            -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
            +used.

            -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
                            ...
            -               FieldN [= ExprN]}).

            The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must + FieldN [= ExprN]}).

            The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must not use any variables.

            A record definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the record.

            If a record is used in several modules, it is recommended that the record @@ -52,24 +52,24 @@ default value instead.

            If several fields are to be assigned the same value, the following construction can be used:

            #Name{Field1=Expr1, ..., FieldK=ExprK, _=ExprL}

            Omitted fields then get the value of evaluating ExprL instead of their default values. This feature is primarily intended to be used to create patterns for ETS -and Mnesia match functions.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +and Mnesia match functions.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
            -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

            +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

            Accessing Record Fields

            Expr#Name.Field

            Returns the value of the specified field. Expr is to evaluate to a Name -record.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +record.

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -get_person_name(Person) ->
            +get_person_name(Person) ->
                 Person#person.name.

            The following expression returns the position of the specified field in the -tuple representation of the record:

            #Name.Field

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
            +tuple representation of the record:

            #Name.Field

            Example:

            -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
             
            -lookup(Name, List) ->
            -    lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

            +lookup(Name, List) -> + lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

            @@ -87,13 +87,13 @@

            Since record expressions are expanded to tuple expressions, creating records and accessing record fields are allowed in guards. However, all subexpressions (for initializing fields), must be valid guard -expressions as well.

            Examples:

            handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
            +expressions as well.

            Examples:

            handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
                 ...
             
            -handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
            -    ...

            There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

            Example:

            is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
            +handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
            +    ...

            There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

            Example:

            is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
                 true;
            -is_person(_P) ->
            +is_person(_P) ->
                 false.

            @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ Nested Records

            -

            Assume the following record definitions:

            -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
            --record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
            --record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
            +

            Assume the following record definitions:

            -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
            +-record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
            +-record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
             
            -N2 = #nrec2{},

            Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

            "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
            +N2 = #nrec2{},

            Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

            "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
                 N0n = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

            which is equivalent to:

            "nested0" = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0.name,
             N0n = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

            Change

            Before Erlang/OTP R14, parentheses were necessary when accessing or updating nested records.

            @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ Internal Representation of Records

            Record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. A -record defined as:

            -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

            is internally represented by the tuple:

            {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

            Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

            To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to -obtain information about records:

            record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
            -record_info(size, Record) -> Size

            Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the +record defined as:

            -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

            is internally represented by the tuple:

            {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

            Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

            To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to +obtain information about records:

            record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
            +record_info(size, Record) -> Size

            Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the number of fields.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_handling.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -132,15 +132,15 @@ Instead, it is necessary to:

            • Suspend the processes using the module (to avoid that they try to handle any requests before the code replacement is completed).
            • Ask them to transform the internal state format and switch to the new version of the module.
            • Remove the old version.
            • Resume the processes.

            This is called synchronized code replacement and for this the following -instructions are used:

            {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
            -{update, Module, supervisor}

            update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal +instructions are used:

            {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
            +{update, Module, supervisor}

            update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal state of a behaviour as described above. It causes behaviour processes to call the callback function code_change/3, passing the term Extra and some other information as arguments. See the manual pages for the respective behaviours and Appup Cookbook.

            update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start specification of a supervisor. See Appup Cookbook.

            When a module is to be updated, the release handler finds which processes that are using the module by traversing the supervision tree of each running -application and checking all the child specifications:

            {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

            A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child +application and checking all the child specifications:

            {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

            A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child specification for the process.

            If Modules=dynamic, which is the case for event managers, the event manager process informs the release handler about the list of currently installed event handlers (gen_event), and it is checked if the module name is in this list @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ add_module and delete_module

            -

            If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

            {add_module, Module}

            This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in +

            If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

            {add_module, Module}

            This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in embedded mode it is necessary to use this this instruction. It is not strictly required when running Erlang in interactive mode, since the -code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

            The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

            {delete_module, Module}

            Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is +code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

            The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

            {delete_module, Module}

            Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is killed when the instruction is evaluated. Therefore, the user must ensure that all such processes are terminated before deleting module Module to avoid a situation with failing supervisor restarts.

            @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@

            To define how to upgrade/downgrade between the current version and previous versions of an application, an application upgrade file, or in short .appup file is created. The file is to be called Application.appup, where -Application is the application name:

            {Vsn,
            - [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
            +Application is the application name:

            {Vsn,
            + [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
               ...,
            -  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
            - [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
            +  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
            + [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
               ...,
            -  {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
            • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the + {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
            • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the .app file.
            • Each UpFromVsn is a previous version of the application to upgrade from.
            • Each DownToVsn is a previous version of the application to downgrade to.
            • Each Instructions is a list of release handling instructions.

            UpFromVsn and DownToVsn can also be specified as regular expressions. For more information about the syntax and contents of the .appup file, see appup in SASL.

            Appup Cookbook includes examples of .appup files for @@ -250,52 +250,52 @@ Releases. Assume you want to add a function available/0 to server ch3, which returns the number of available channels (when trying out the example, make the change in a copy of the original -directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

            -module(ch3).
            --behaviour(gen_server).
            +directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

            -module(ch3).
            +-behaviour(gen_server).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([available/0]).
            --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([available/0]).
            +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
            +alloc() ->
            +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
             
            -available() ->
            -    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
            +available() ->
            +    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    {ok, channels()}.
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    {ok, channels()}.
             
            -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
            -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
            -handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
            -    N = available(Chs),
            -    {reply, N, Chs}.
            +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
            +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
            +handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
            +    N = available(Chs),
            +    {reply, N, Chs}.
             
            -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
            -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -    {noreply, Chs2}.

            A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is -updated:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "2"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            - ]}.

            To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

            A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is +updated:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "2"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            + ]}.

            To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), you only need to load the new (old) version of the ch3 callback module. Create -the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            +the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            +}.

            @@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ relup in SASL.

            Example, continued from the previous section: You have a new version "2" of ch_app and an .appup file. A new version of the .rel file is also needed. This time the file is called ch_rel-2.rel and the release version string is -changed from "A" to "B":

            {release,
            - {"ch_rel", "B"},
            - {erts, "14.2.5"},
            - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            -  {ch_app, "2"}]
            -}.

            Now the relup file can be generated:

            1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
            +changed from "A" to "B":

            {release,
            + {"ch_rel", "B"},
            + {erts, "14.2.5"},
            + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            +  {ch_app, "2"}]
            +}.

            Now the relup file can be generated:

            1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
             ok

            This generates a relup file with instructions for how to upgrade from version "A" ("ch_rel-1") to version "B" ("ch_rel-2") and how to downgrade from version "B" to version "A".

            Both the old and new versions of the .app and .rel files must be in the code @@ -342,17 +342,17 @@ packages. The release_handler module communicates with this process.

            Assuming there is an operational target system with installation root directory $ROOT, the release package with the new version of the release is to be copied to $ROOT/releases.

            First, unpack the release package. The files are then extracted from the -package:

            release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
            • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz +package:

              release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
              • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz extension.
              • Vsn is the version of the unpacked release, as defined in its .rel file.

              A directory $ROOT/lib/releases/Vsn is created, where the .rel file, the boot script start.boot, the system configuration file sys.config, and relup are placed. For applications with new version numbers, the application directories are placed under $ROOT/lib. Unchanged applications are not affected.

              An unpacked release can be installed. The release handler then evaluates the -instructions in relup, step by step:

              release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

              If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old +instructions in relup, step by step:

              release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

              If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old version of the release. If installation succeeds, the system is afterwards using the new version of the release, but if anything happens and the system is rebooted, it starts using the previous version again.

              To be made the default version, the newly installed release must be made permanent, which means the previous version becomes old:

              release_handler:make_permanent(Vsn) => ok

              The system keeps information about which versions are old and permanent in the -files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

              To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

              release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

              An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the +files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

              To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

              release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

              An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the release is then deleted from $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and the release-specific code, that is, the new application directories and the $ROOT/releases/Vsn directory, are removed.

              release_handler:remove_release(Vsn) => ok

              @@ -371,9 +371,9 @@ ...

            $ROOT is the installation directory of the target system.

            Step 3) In another Erlang shell, generate start scripts and create a release package for the new version "B". Remember to include (a possible updated) sys.config and the relup file. For more information, see -Release Upgrade File.

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
            +Release Upgrade File.

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
             ok
            -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
            +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-2").
             ok

            The new release package now also contains version "2" of ch_app and the relup file:

            % tar tf ch_rel-2.tar
             lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
            @@ -394,23 +394,23 @@
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/release_structure.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
            @@ -45,29 +45,29 @@
             

            To define a release, create a release resource file, or in short a .rel file. In the file, specify the name and version of the release, which ERTS -version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

            {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
            - [{Application1, AppVsn1},
            +version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

            {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
            + [{Application1, AppVsn1},
                ...
            -  {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

            Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

            The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

            Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application + {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

            Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

            The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

            Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application included in the release. The minimal release based on Erlang/OTP consists of the Kernel and STDLIB applications, so these applications must be included in the list.

            If the release is to be upgraded, it must also include the SASL application.

            Here is an example showing the .app file for a release of ch_app from -the Applications section:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "1"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            - ]}.

            The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these -applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

            {release,
            - {"ch_rel", "A"},
            - {erts, "14.2.5"},
            - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            -  {ch_app, "1"}]
            -}.

            +the Applications section:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "1"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
            + ]}.

            The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these +applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

            {release,
            + {"ch_rel", "A"},
            + {erts, "14.2.5"},
            + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
            +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
            +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
            +  {ch_app, "1"}]
            +}.

            @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@

            The systools:make_tar/1,2 function takes a .rel file as input and creates a zipped tar file with the code for -the specified applications, a release package:

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
            +the specified applications, a release package:

            1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
             ok
            -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
            +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
             ok

            The release package by default contains:

            • The .app files
            • The .rel file
            • The object code for all applications, structured according to the application directory structure
            • The binary boot script renamed to start.boot
            % tar tf ch_rel-1.tar
             lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/robustness.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
            @@ -37,36 +37,36 @@
             "pong" so that "pong" can also finish. Another way to let "pong" finish is to
             make "pong" exit if it does not receive a message from ping within a certain
             time. This can be done by adding a time-out to pong as shown in the
            -following example:

            -module(tut19).
            +following example:

            -module(tut19).
             
            --export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
            -    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
            +    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
            +    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
            +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
                 end.
             
            -start_pong() ->
            -    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
            +start_pong() ->
            +    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
             
            -start_ping(Pong_Node) ->
            -    spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

            After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary +start_ping(Pong_Node) -> + spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

            After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary directories, the following is seen on (pong@kosken):

            (pong@kosken)1> tut19:start_pong().
             true
             Pong received ping
            @@ -77,20 +77,20 @@
             Ping received pong
             Ping received pong
             Ping received pong
            -ping finished

            The time-out is set in:

            pong() ->
            +ping finished

            The time-out is set in:

            pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 after 5000 ->
            -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
            +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
                 end.

            The time-out (after 5000) is started when receive is entered. The time-out is canceled if {ping,Ping_PID} is received. If {ping,Ping_PID} is not received, the actions following the time-out are done after 5000 milliseconds. after must be last in the receive, that is, preceded by all other message reception specifications in the receive. It is also possible to call a -function that returned an integer for the time-out:

            after pong_timeout() ->

            In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a +function that returned an integer for the time-out:

            after pong_timeout() ->

            In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a distributed Erlang system. Time-outs are usually appropriate to supervise external events, for example, if you have expected a message from some external system within a specified time. For example, a time-out can be used to log a @@ -118,36 +118,36 @@ If one of the processes exits abnormally, all the processes in the transaction are killed. As it is often wanted to create a process and link to it at the same time, there is a special BIF, spawn_link that does the -same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

            Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

            -module(tut20).
            +same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

            Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

            -module(tut20).
             
            --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    link(Pong_Pid),
            -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
            +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    link(Pong_Pid),
            +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
             
            -ping1(0, _) ->
            -    exit(ping);
            +ping1(0, _) ->
            +    exit(ping);
             
            -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
            +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
            +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 end.
             
            -start(Ping_Node) ->
            -    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
            -    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
            (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
            +start(Ping_Node) ->
            +    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
            +    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
            (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
             Pong received ping
             <3820.41.0>
             Ping received pong
            @@ -161,45 +161,45 @@
             sent to "pong", which also terminates.

            It is possible to modify the default behaviour of a process so that it does not get killed when it receives abnormal exit signals. Instead, all signals are turned into normal messages on the format {'EXIT',FromPID,Reason} and added to -the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

            process_flag(trap_exit, true)

            There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). +the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

            process_flag(trap_exit, true)

            There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). Changing the default behaviour of a process in this way is usually not done in standard user programs, but is left to the supervisory programs in OTP. However, -the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

            -module(tut21).
            +the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

            -module(tut21).
             
            --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    link(Pong_Pid),
            -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
            +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    link(Pong_Pid),
            +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
             
            -ping1(0, _) ->
            -    exit(ping);
            +ping1(0, _) ->
            +    exit(ping);
             
            -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
            +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
            +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
            +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
             
            -pong() ->
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    pong1().
            +pong() ->
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    pong1().
             
            -pong1() ->
            +pong1() ->
                 receive
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong1();
            -        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
            -            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
            +            pong1();
            +        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
            +            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
                 end.
             
            -start(Ping_Node) ->
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/seq_prog.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
            @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@
             more editing commands in the shell (see
             tty - A command line interface in ERTS User's Guide).

            (Notice that many line numbers given by the shell in the following examples are out of sequence. This is because this tutorial was written and code-tested in -separate sessions).

            Here is a bit more complex calculation:

            2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
            +separate sessions).

            Here is a bit more complex calculation:

            2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
             2618.0

            Notice the use of brackets, the multiplication operator *, and the division operator /, as in normal arithmetic (see Expressions).

            Press Control-C to shut down the Erlang system and the Erlang shell.

            The following output is shown:

            BREAK: (a)bort (c)ontinue (p)roc info (i)nfo (l)oaded
                    (v)ersion (k)ill (D)b-tables (d)istribution
             a
            -$

            Type a to leave the Erlang system.

            Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

            3> halt().
            +$

            Type a to leave the Erlang system.

            Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

            3> halt().
             $

            @@ -65,55 +65,55 @@ editor has an Erlang mode that makes it easier for you to enter and format your code nicely (see The Erlang mode for Emacs in Tools User's Guide), but you can manage perfectly well without. Here is the -code to enter:

            -module(tut).
            --export([double/1]).
            +code to enter:

            -module(tut).
            +-export([double/1]).
             
            -double(X) ->
            +double(X) ->
                 2 * X.

            It is not hard to guess that this program doubles the value of numbers. The first two lines of the code are described later. Let us compile the program. -This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

            3> c(tut).
            -{ok,tut}

            The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means +This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

            3> c(tut).
            +{ok,tut}

            The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means that there is some mistake in the text that you entered. Additional error messages gives an idea to what is wrong so you can modify the text and then try -to compile the program again.

            Now run the program:

            4> tut:double(10).
            +to compile the program again.

            Now run the program:

            4> tut:double(10).
             20

            As expected, double of 10 is 20.

            Now let us get back to the first two lines of the code. Erlang programs are written in files. Each file contains an Erlang module. The first line of code -in the module is the module name (see Modules):

            -module(tut).

            Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the +in the module is the module name (see Modules):

            -module(tut).

            Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the line. The files which are used to store the module must have the same name as the module but with the extension .erl. In this case the file name is tut.erl. When using a function in another module, the syntax module_name:function_name(arguments) is used. So the following means call -function double in module tut with argument 10.

            4> tut:double(10).

            The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, -which takes one argument (X in our example):

            -export([double/1]).

            The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the +function double in module tut with argument 10.

            4> tut:double(10).

            The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, +which takes one argument (X in our example):

            -export([double/1]).

            The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the module tut. More about this later. Again, notice the . at the end of the line.

            Now for a more complicated example, the factorial of a number. For example, the -factorial of 4 is 4 3 2 * 1, which equals 24.

            Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

            -module(tut1).
            --export([fac/1]).
            +factorial of 4 is 4  3  2 * 1, which equals 24.

            Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

            -module(tut1).
            +-export([fac/1]).
             
            -fac(1) ->
            +fac(1) ->
                 1;
            -fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).

            So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which -takes one argument, N.

            The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

            fac(1) ->
            +fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).

            So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which +takes one argument, N.

            The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

            fac(1) ->
                 1;

            Notice that this part ends with a semicolon ; that indicates that there is more of the function fac> to come.

            The second part says that the factorial of N is N multiplied by the factorial of -N - 1:

            fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).

            Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of -this function.

            Compile the file:

            5> c(tut1).
            -{ok,tut1}

            And now calculate the factorial of 4.

            6> tut1:fac(4).
            +N - 1:

            fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).

            Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of +this function.

            Compile the file:

            5> c(tut1).
            +{ok,tut1}

            And now calculate the factorial of 4.

            6> tut1:fac(4).
             24

            Here the function fac> in module tut1 is called with argument 4.

            A function can have many arguments. Let us expand the module tut1 with the -function to multiply two numbers:

            -module(tut1).
            --export([fac/1, mult/2]).
            +function to multiply two numbers:

            -module(tut1).
            +-export([fac/1, mult/2]).
             
            -fac(1) ->
            +fac(1) ->
                 1;
            -fac(N) ->
            -    N * fac(N - 1).
            +fac(N) ->
            +    N * fac(N - 1).
             
            -mult(X, Y) ->
            +mult(X, Y) ->
                 X * Y.

            Notice that it is also required to expand the -export line with the -information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

            Compile:

            7> c(tut1).
            -{ok,tut1}

            Try out the new function mult:

            8> tut1:mult(3,4).
            +information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

            Compile:

            7> c(tut1).
            +{ok,tut1}

            Try out the new function mult:

            8> tut1:mult(3,4).
             12

            In this example the numbers are integers and the arguments in the functions in the code N, X, and Y are called variables. Variables must start with a capital letter (see Variables). Examples of @@ -127,56 +127,56 @@ Atom), for example, charles, centimeter, and inch. Atoms are simply names, nothing else. They are not like variables, which can have a value.

            Enter the next program in a file named tut2.erl). It can be useful for -converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

            -module(tut2).
            --export([convert/2]).
            +converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

            -module(tut2).
            +-export([convert/2]).
             
            -convert(M, inch) ->
            +convert(M, inch) ->
                 M / 2.54;
             
            -convert(N, centimeter) ->
            -    N * 2.54.

            Compile:

            9> c(tut2).
            -{ok,tut2}

            Test:

            10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
            +convert(N, centimeter) ->
            +    N * 2.54.

            Compile:

            9> c(tut2).
            +{ok,tut2}

            Test:

            10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
             1.1811023622047243
            -11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
            +11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
             17.78

            Notice the introduction of decimals (floating point numbers) without any explanation. Hopefully you can cope with that.

            Let us see what happens if something other than centimeter or inch is -entered in the convert function:

            12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
            +entered in the convert function:

            12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
             ** exception error: no function clause matching tut2:convert(3,miles) (tut2.erl, line 4)

            The two parts of the convert function are called its clauses. As shown, miles is not part of either of the clauses. The Erlang system cannot match either of the clauses so an error message function_clause is returned. The shell formats the error message nicely, but the error tuple is saved in the -shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

            13> v(12).
            -{'EXIT',{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
            -                                [3,miles],
            -                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
            -                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
            -                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
            -                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
            -                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
            -                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
            -                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

            +shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

            13> v(12).
            +{'EXIT',{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
            +                                [3,miles],
            +                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
            +                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
            +                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
            +                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
            +                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
            +                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
            +                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

            Tuples

            -

            Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

            tut2:convert(3, inch).

            Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and +

            Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

            tut2:convert(3, inch).

            Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and is to be converted to inches? Erlang has a way to group things together to make things more understandable. These are called tuples and are surrounded by curly brackets, { and }.

            So, {inch,3} denotes 3 inches and {centimeter,5} denotes 5 centimeters. Now let us write a new program that converts centimeters to inches and conversely. -Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

            -module(tut3).
            --export([convert_length/1]).
            +Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

            -module(tut3).
            +-export([convert_length/1]).
             
            -convert_length({centimeter, X}) ->
            -    {inch, X / 2.54};
            -convert_length({inch, Y}) ->
            -    {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

            Compile and test:

            14> c(tut3).
            -{ok,tut3}
            -15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
            -{centimeter,12.7}
            -16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
            -{inch,5.0}

            Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and +convert_length({centimeter, X}) -> + {inch, X / 2.54}; +convert_length({inch, Y}) -> + {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

            Compile and test:

            14> c(tut3).
            +{ok,tut3}
            +15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
            +{centimeter,12.7}
            +16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
            +{inch,5.0}

            Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and reassuringly get back to the original value. That is, the argument to a function can be the result of another function. Consider how line 16 (above) works. The argument given to the function {inch,5} is first matched against the first @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ before the ->). This having failed, let us try the head of the next clause that is, convert_length({inch,Y}). This matches, and Y gets the value 5.

            Tuples can have more than two parts, in fact as many parts as you want, and contain any valid Erlang term. For example, to represent the temperature of -various cities of the world:

            {moscow, {c, -10}}
            -{cape_town, {f, 70}}
            -{paris, {f, 28}}

            Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an +various cities of the world:

            {moscow, {c, -10}}
            +{cape_town, {f, 70}}
            +{paris, {f, 28}}

            Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an element. In the tuple {moscow,{c,-10}}, element 1 is moscow and element 2 is {c,-10}. Here c represents Celsius and f Fahrenheit.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/spec_proc.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,64 +32,64 @@

            The sys module has functions for simple debugging of processes implemented using behaviours. The code_lock example from -gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

            Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
            +gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

            Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
             
            -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
            -1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
            +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
            +1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
             Lock
            -{ok,<0.90.0>}
            -2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
            +{ok,<0.90.0>}
            +2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
             ok
            -3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
            +3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
             ok
            -4> code_lock:button(1).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
            +4> code_lock:button(1).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
            -5> code_lock:button(2).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
            +5> code_lock:button(2).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
            -6> code_lock:button(3).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
            +6> code_lock:button(3).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
             ok
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
            -7> code_lock:button(4).
            -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
            +7> code_lock:button(4).
            +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
             ok
             Unlock
            -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
            -*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
            +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
            +*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
             *DBG* code_lock receive state_timeout lock in state open
             Lock
             *DBG* code_lock consume state_timeout lock in state open => locked
            -8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
            -{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
            -     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
            -     {reductions,4098},
            -     {messages_in,5},
            -     {messages_out,0}]}
            -9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
            +8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
            +{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
            +     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
            +     {reductions,4098},
            +     {messages_in,5},
            +     {messages_out,0}]}
            +9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
             ok
            -10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
            +10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
             ok
            -11> sys:get_status(code_lock).
            -{status,<0.90.0>,
            -        {module,gen_statem},
            -        [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}},
            -          {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>,
            -                         <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}],
            -         running,<0.88.0>,[],
            -         [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"},
            -          {data,[{"Status",running},
            -                 {"Parent",<0.88.0>},
            -                 {"Modules",[code_lock]},
            -                 {"Time-outs",{0,[]}},
            -                 {"Logged Events",[]},
            -                 {"Postponed",[]}]},
            -          {data,[{"State",
            -                  {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4],
            -                            length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

            +11> sys:get_status(code_lock). +{status,<0.90.0>, + {module,gen_statem}, + [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}}, + {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>, + <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}], + running,<0.88.0>,[], + [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"}, + {data,[{"Status",running}, + {"Parent",<0.88.0>}, + {"Modules",[code_lock]}, + {"Time-outs",{0,[]}}, + {"Logged Events",[]}, + {"Postponed",[]}]}, + {data,[{"State", + {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4], + length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

            @@ -107,109 +107,109 @@

            Here follows the simple server from Overview, -implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

            -module(ch4).
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/1]).
            --export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
            +implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

            -module(ch4).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/1]).
            +-export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
                      write_debug/3,
            -         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
            +         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
            +start_link() ->
            +    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
            +alloc() ->
            +    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
                 receive
            -        {ch4, Res} ->
            +        {ch4, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
                 ok.
             
            -init(Parent) ->
            -    register(ch4, self()),
            -    Chs = channels(),
            -    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
            -    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
            -    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
            +init(Parent) ->
            +    register(ch4, self()),
            +    Chs = channels(),
            +    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
            +    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
            +    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
             
            -loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
            +loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
                 receive
            -        {From, alloc} ->
            -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
            -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -            From ! {ch4, Ch},
            -            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
            -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
            -        {free, Ch} ->
            -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            -                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
            -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
            -
            -        {system, From, Request} ->
            -            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
            -                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
            +        {From, alloc} ->
            +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
            +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +            From ! {ch4, Ch},
            +            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
            +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
            +        {free, Ch} ->
            +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
            +                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
            +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
            +
            +        {system, From, Request} ->
            +            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
            +                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/statem.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
            @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
             a state transition and the output is actions executed during
             the state transition.  Analogously to the mathematical model
             of a Finite State Machine, it can be described as a set of relations
            -of the following form:

            State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

            These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, +of the following form:

            State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

            These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, and event E occurs, we are to perform actions A, and make a transition to state S'. Notice that S' can be equal to S, and that A can be empty.

            In gen_statem we define a state change as a state transition in which the @@ -314,12 +314,12 @@ mode, automatically call the state callback with special arguments whenever the state changes, so you can write state enter actions near the rest of the state transition rules. -It typically looks like this:

            StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
            +It typically looks like this:

            StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
                 ... code for state enter actions here ...
            -    {keep_state, NewData};
            -StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
            +    {keep_state, NewData};
            +StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
                 ... code for actions here ...
            -    {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

            Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the + {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

            Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the allowed return value and state transition actions. You must not change the state, postpone this non-event, insert any events, or change the @@ -408,55 +408,55 @@ open --> open : {button, Digit} open --> locked : state_timeout\n* do_lock()

            This code lock state machine can be implemented using gen_statem with -the following callback module:

            -module(code_lock).
            --behaviour(gen_statem).
            --define(NAME, code_lock).
            +the following callback module:

            -module(code_lock).
            +-behaviour(gen_statem).
            +-define(NAME, code_lock).
             
            --export([start_link/1]).
            --export([button/1]).
            --export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
            --export([locked/3,open/3]).
            -
            -start_link(Code) ->
            -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
            -
            -button(Button) ->
            -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
            -
            -init(Code) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            -    {ok, locked, Data}.
            -
            -callback_mode() ->
            -    state_functions.
            locked(
            -  cast, {button,Button},
            -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
            +-export([start_link/1]).
            +-export([button/1]).
            +-export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
            +-export([locked/3,open/3]).
            +
            +start_link(Code) ->
            +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
            +
            +button(Button) ->
            +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
            +
            +init(Code) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            +    {ok, locked, Data}.
            +
            +callback_mode() ->
            +    state_functions.
            locked(
            +  cast, {button,Button},
            +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                 NewButtons =
                     if
            -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
            +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                             Buttons;
                         true ->
            -                tl(Buttons)
            -        end ++ [Button],
            +                tl(Buttons)
            +        end ++ [Button],
                 if
                     NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
            -	    do_unlock(),
            -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
            +	    do_unlock(),
            +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
             	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
            -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            -    end.
            open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    {next_state, locked, Data};
            -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
            -    {next_state, open, Data}.
            do_lock() ->
            -    io:format("Lock~n", []).
            -do_unlock() ->
            -    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
            +            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            +    end.
            open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    {next_state, locked, Data};
            +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
            +    {next_state, open, Data}.
            do_lock() ->
            +    io:format("Lock~n", []).
            +do_unlock() ->
            +    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
             
            -terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
            -    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
            +terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
            +    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
                 ok.

            The code is explained in the next sections.

            @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ Starting gen_statem

            In the example in the previous section, gen_statem is started by calling -code_lock:start_link(Code):

            start_link(Code) ->
            -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

            start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, +code_lock:start_link(Code):

            start_link(Code) ->
            +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

            start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, which spawns and links to a new process, a gen_statem.

            • The first argument, {local,?NAME}, specifies the name. In this case, the gen_statem is locally registered as code_lock through the macro ?NAME.

              If the name is omitted, the gen_statem is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be specified as {global, Name}, then the @@ -483,10 +483,10 @@ Data is the internal server data of the gen_statem. Here the server data is a map() with key code that stores the correct button sequence, key length store its length, and key buttons -that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

              init(Code) ->
              -    do_lock(),
              -    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
              -    {ok, locked, Data}.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 +that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

              init(Code) ->
              +    do_lock(),
              +    Data = #{code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
              +    {ok, locked, Data}.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_statem is initialized and is ready to receive events.

              Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 must be used if the gen_statem is part of a supervision tree, that is, @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ a standalone gen_statem, meaning it is not part of a supervision tree.

              Function Module:callback_mode/0 selects the CallbackMode for the callback module, in this case state_functions. -That is, each state has its own handler function:

              callback_mode() ->
              +That is, each state has its own handler function:

              callback_mode() ->
                   state_functions.

              @@ -503,8 +503,8 @@ Handling Events

              The function notifying the code lock about a button event is implemented using -gen_statem:cast/2:

              button(Button) ->
              -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

              The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with +gen_statem:cast/2:

              button(Button) ->
              +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

              The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with the name used to start it. So, we use the same macro ?NAME as when starting. {button, Button} is the event content.

              The event is sent to the gen_statem. When the event is received, the gen_statem calls StateName(cast, Event, Data), which is expected @@ -512,30 +512,30 @@ {next_state, NewStateName, NewData, Actions}. StateName is the name of the current state and NewStateName is the name of the next state. NewData is a new value for the server data of the gen_statem, -and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

              locked(
              -  cast, {button,Button},
              -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
              +and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

              locked(
              +  cast, {button,Button},
              +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                   NewButtons =
                       if
              -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
              +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                               Buttons;
                           true ->
              -                tl(Buttons)
              -        end ++ [Button],
              +                tl(Buttons)
              +        end ++ [Button],
                   if
                       NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
              -	    do_unlock(),
              -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
              -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
              +	    do_unlock(),
              +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
              +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
               	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
              -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
              --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
              +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/sup_princ.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
              @@ -37,24 +37,24 @@
                 Example
               

            The callback module for a supervisor starting the server from -gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

            -module(ch_sup).
            --behaviour(supervisor).
            +gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

            -module(ch_sup).
            +-behaviour(supervisor).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
            +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
                                 restart => permanent,
                                 shutdown => brutal_kill,
                                 type => worker,
            -                    modules => [ch3]}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the + modules => [ch3]}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the supervisor flags.

            The ChildSpecs variable in the return value from init/1 is a list of child specifications.

            @@ -62,15 +62,15 @@ Supervisor Flags

            -

            This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

            sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
            -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
            -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
            -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
            -    strategy() = one_for_all
            +

            This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

            sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
            +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
            +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
            +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
            +    strategy() = one_for_all
                            | one_for_one
                            | rest_for_one
                            | simple_one_for_one
            -    auto_shutdown() = never
            +    auto_shutdown() = never
                                 | any_significant
                                 | all_significant

            -

            The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

            child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
            -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
            -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
            -                 significant => significant(), % optional
            -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
            -                 type => worker(),             % optional
            -                 modules => modules()}         % optional
            -    child_id() = term()
            -    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
            -    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
            -    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
            -    significant() = boolean()
            -    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
            -    worker() = worker | supervisor
            • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

              The id key is mandatory.

              Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as +

              The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

              child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
              +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
              +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
              +                 significant => significant(), % optional
              +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
              +                 type => worker(),             % optional
              +                 modules => modules()}         % optional
              +    child_id() = term()
              +    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
              +    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
              +    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
              +    significant() = boolean()
              +    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
              +    worker() = worker | supervisor
              • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

                The id key is mandatory.

                Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but in order to keep backwards compatibility, some occurrences of "name" can still be found, for example in error messages.

              • start defines the function call used to start the child process. It is a @@ -366,32 +366,32 @@ name of the callback module.

              This information is used by the release handler during upgrades and downgrades; see Release Handling.

              The modules key is optional. If it is not given, it defaults to [M], where M comes from the child's start {M,F,A}.

            Example: The child specification to start the server ch3 in the previous -example look as follows:

            #{id => ch3,
            -  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +example look as follows:

            #{id => ch3,
            +  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
               restart => permanent,
               shutdown => brutal_kill,
               type => worker,
            -  modules => [ch3]}

            or simplified, relying on the default values:

            #{id => ch3,
            +  modules => [ch3]}

            or simplified, relying on the default values:

            #{id => ch3,
               start => {ch3, start_link, []},
               shutdown => brutal_kill}

            Example: A child specification to start the event manager from the chapter about -gen_event:

            #{id => error_man,
            -  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
            -  modules => dynamic}

            Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to +gen_event:

            #{id => error_man,
            +  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
            +  modules => dynamic}

            Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to be always accessible. Thus they are specified to be permanent.

            ch3 does not need to do any cleaning up before termination. Thus, no shutdown time is needed, but brutal_kill is sufficient. error_man can need some time for the event handlers to clean up, thus the shutdown time is set to 5000 ms -(which is the default value).

            Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

            #{id => sup,
            -  start => {sup, start_link, []},
            +(which is the default value).

            Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

            #{id => sup,
            +  start => {sup, start_link, []},
               restart => transient,
            -  type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

            + type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

            Starting a Supervisor

            In the previous example, the supervisor is started by calling -ch_sup:start_link():

            start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

            ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and +ch_sup:start_link():

            start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

            ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and links to a new process, a supervisor.

            • The first argument, ch_sup, is the name of the callback module, that is, the module where the init callback function is located.
            • The second argument, [], is a term that is passed as is to the callback function init. Here, init does not need any data and ignores the argument.

            In this case, the supervisor is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. A @@ -399,12 +399,12 @@ supervisor:start_link({local, Name}, Module, Args) or supervisor:start_link({global, Name}, Module, Args).

            The new supervisor process calls the callback function ch_sup:init([]). init -has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

            init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child +has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

            init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{},
            +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
            +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
            +                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            +    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child specifications in the start specification. In this case there is a single child process, called ch3.

            supervisor:start_link/3 is synchronous. It does not return until all child processes have been started.

            @@ -441,23 +441,23 @@

            A supervisor with restart strategy simple_one_for_one is a simplified one_for_one supervisor, where all child processes are dynamically added instances of the same process.

            The following is an example of a callback module for a simple_one_for_one -supervisor:

            -module(simple_sup).
            --behaviour(supervisor).
            +supervisor:

            -module(simple_sup).
            +-behaviour(supervisor).
             
            --export([start_link/0]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +-export([start_link/0]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start_link() ->
            -    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
            +start_link() ->
            +    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
             
            -init(_Args) ->
            -    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
            +init(_Args) ->
            +    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
                              intensity => 0,
            -                 period => 1},
            -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => call,
            -                    start => {call, start_link, []},
            -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
            -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            When started, the supervisor does not start any child + period => 1}, + ChildSpecs = [#{id => call, + start => {call, start_link, []}, + shutdown => brutal_kill}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

            When started, the supervisor does not start any child processes. Instead, all child processes need to be added dynamically by calling supervisor:start_child(Sup, List).

            Sup is the pid, or name, of the supervisor. List is an arbitrary list of terms, which are added to the list of arguments specified in the child /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml" 2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000 +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/tablesdatabases.xhtml" 2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@

            The delete operation is considered successful if the element was not present in the table. Hence all attempts to check that the element is present in the Ets/Mnesia table before deletion are unnecessary. Here follows an example for -Ets tables:

            DO

            ets:delete(Tab, Key),

            DO NOT

            case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
            -    [] ->
            +Ets tables:

            DO

            ets:delete(Tab, Key),

            DO NOT

            case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
            +    [] ->
                     ok;
            -    [_|_] ->
            -        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
            +    [_|_] ->
            +        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
             end,

            @@ -71,49 +71,49 @@ functions print_name/1, print_age/1, and print_occupation/1.

            Note

            If the function print_name/1, and so on, had been interface functions, the situation would have been different, as you do not want the user of the interface to know about the internal data representation.

            DO

            %%% Interface function
            -print_person(PersonId) ->
            +print_person(PersonId) ->
                 %% Look up the person in the named table person,
            -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            -        [Person] ->
            -            print_name(Person),
            -            print_age(Person),
            -            print_occupation(Person);
            -        [] ->
            -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
            +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            +        [Person] ->
            +            print_name(Person),
            +            print_age(Person),
            +            print_occupation(Person);
            +        [] ->
            +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
                 end.
             
             %%% Internal functions
            -print_name(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
            +print_name(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
             
            -print_age(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
            +print_age(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
             
            -print_occupation(Person) ->
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            DO NOT

            %%% Interface function
            -print_person(PersonId) ->
            +print_occupation(Person) ->
            +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            DO NOT

            %%% Interface function
            +print_person(PersonId) ->
                 %% Look up the person in the named table person,
            -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            -        [Person] ->
            -            print_name(PersonID),
            -            print_age(PersonID),
            -            print_occupation(PersonID);
            -        [] ->
            -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
            +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
            +        [Person] ->
            +            print_name(PersonID),
            +            print_age(PersonID),
            +            print_occupation(PersonID);
            +        [] ->
            +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
                 end.
             
             %%% Internal functions
            -print_name(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
            -
            -print_age(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
            -
            -print_occupation(PersonID) ->
            -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
            -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            +print_name(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]). + +print_age(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]). + +print_occupation(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

            @@ -135,30 +135,30 @@ #person{idno = 4, name = "Carl", age = 25, occupation = "mailman"}]

            If you must return all data stored in the Ets table, you can use ets:tab2list/1. However, usually you are only interested in a subset of the information in which case ets:tab2list/1 is expensive. If you only want to -extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name='_',
                                       age='$1',
            -                          occupation = '_'},
            -                [],
            -                ['$1']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

            If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +                          occupation = '_'},
            +                [],
            +                ['$1']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

            If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name="Bryan",
                                       age='$1',
            -                          occupation = '_'},
            -                [],
            -                ['$1']}])

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
            +                          occupation = '_'},
            +                [],
            +                ['$1']}])

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
                                             "Bryan" ->
            -                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
            +                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
                                              _ ->
                                                  Acc
                                        end
            -             end, [], TabList)

            If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", -then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
            +             end, [], TabList)

            If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", +then:

            DO

            ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                       name="Bryan",
                                       age='_',
            -                          occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            -lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

            + occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

            DO NOT

            TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
            +lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

            @@ -202,12 +202,12 @@ #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=2}, #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=3}, #index_entry{name="Carl", idno=4}]

            Given this index table, a lookup of the age fields for all persons named -"Bryan" can be done as follows:

            MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
            -lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
            -                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
            +"Bryan" can be done as follows:

            MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
            +lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
            +                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
                              Age
                       end,
            -          MatchingIDs),

            Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the + MatchingIDs),

            Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the ets:lookup/2 call. The lists:map/2 call is only used to traverse the idnos matching the name "Bryan" in the table; thus the number of lookups in the master table is minimized.

            Keeping an index table introduces some overhead when inserting records in the @@ -230,17 +230,17 @@ mnesia:match_object() as these function traverse the whole table. Instead, you can create a secondary index and use mnesia:index_read/3 to get faster access at the expense of using more -memory.

            Example:

            -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
            +memory.

            Example:

            -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
                     ...
            -{atomic, ok} =
            -mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
            -                              {attributes,
            -                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
            -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
            +{atomic, ok} =
            +mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
            +                              {attributes,
            +                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
            +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
             ...
             
             PersonsAge42 =
            -     mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

            + mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

            @@ -254,19 +254,19 @@ the table. Other processes must send update requests to that process.

            Example:

            ...
             %% Using transaction
             
            -Fun = fun() ->
            -          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
            -           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
            +Fun = fun() ->
            +          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
            +           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
                   end,
             
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
            --- "old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml"	2025-03-18 23:27:55.000000000 +0000
            +++ "new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/Erlang System Documentation.epub/OEBPS/typespec.xhtml"	2041-04-20 12:47:37.000000000 +0000
            @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@
             predefined aliases for the type unions also shown in the table.

            Built-in typeDefined as
            term/0any/0
            binary/0<<_:_*8>>
            nonempty_binary/0<<_:8, _:_*8>>
            bitstring/0<<_:_*1>>
            nonempty_bitstring/0<<_:1, _:_*1>>
            boolean/0'false' | 'true'
            byte/00..255
            char/00..16#10ffff
            nil/0[]
            number/0integer/0 | float/0
            list/0[any()]
            maybe_improper_list/0maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            nonempty_list/0nonempty_list(any())
            string/0[char()]
            nonempty_string/0[char(),...]
            iodata/0iolist() | binary()
            iolist/0maybe_improper_list(byte() | binary() | iolist(), binary() | [])
            map/0#{any() => any()}
            function/0fun()
            module/0atom/0
            mfa/0{module(),atom(),arity()}
            arity/00..255
            identifier/0pid() | port() | reference()
            node/0atom/0
            timeout/0'infinity' | non_neg_integer()
            no_return/0none/0

            Table: Built-in types, predefined aliases

            In addition, the following three built-in types exist and can be thought as defined below, though strictly their "type definition" is not valid syntax according to the type language defined above.

            Built-in typeCan be thought defined by the syntax
            non_neg_integer/00..
            pos_integer/01..
            neg_integer/0..-1

            Table: Additional built-in types

            Note

            The following built-in list types also exist, but they are expected to be -rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

            nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            -nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
            -nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

            where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

            Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are -shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

            Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
            -        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

            Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in +rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

            nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
            +nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
            +nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

            where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

            Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are +shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

            Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
            +        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

            Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in Type Information in Record Declarations.

            @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ name as a built-in type.

            It is recommended to avoid deliberately reusing built-in names because it can be confusing. However, when an Erlang/OTP release introduces a new type, code that happened to define its own type having the same name will continue to work.

            As an example, imagine that the Erlang/OTP 42 release introduces a new type -gadget() defined like this:

            -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

            Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), -for example:

            -type gadget() :: #{}.

            Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a +gadget() defined like this:

            -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

            Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), +for example:

            -type gadget() :: #{}.

            Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a warning), and Dialyzer will not emit any additional warnings.

            @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@

            As seen, the basic syntax of a type is an atom followed by closed parentheses. New types are declared using -type and -opaque attributes as in the -following:

            -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
            --opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

            The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a +following:

            -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
            +-opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

            The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a type as defined in the previous section. A current restriction is that Type can contain only predefined types, or user-defined types which are either of the following:

            • Module-local type, that is, with a definition that is present in the code of @@ -183,10 +183,10 @@ similar restriction currently exists for records.)

              Type declarations can also be parameterized by including type variables between the parentheses. The syntax of type variables is the same as Erlang variables, that is, starts with an upper-case letter. These variables is to -appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

              -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

              A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to -refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

              -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

              Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

              Example:

              -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

              Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to -them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

              mod:my_struct_type()
              -mod:orddict(atom(), term())

              It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

              Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not +appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

              -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

              A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to +refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

              -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

              Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

              Example:

              -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

              Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to +them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

              mod:my_struct_type()
              +mod:orddict(atom(), term())

              It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

              Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not supposed to be visible from outside of their defining module. That is, only the module defining them is allowed to depend on their term structure. Consequently, such types do not make much sense as module local - module local types are not @@ -197,33 +197,33 @@ Type Information in Record Declarations

            The types of record fields can be specified in the declaration of the record. -The syntax for this is as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

            For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the -previous example is a shorthand for the following:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

            In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after -the initialization, as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

            The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) +The syntax for this is as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

            For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the +previous example is a shorthand for the following:

            -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

            In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after +the initialization, as follows:

            -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

            The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) the corresponding types. This is checked by the compiler and results in a compilation error if a violation is detected.

            Change

            Before Erlang/OTP 19, for fields without initial values, the singleton type 'undefined' was added to all declared types. In other words, the following -two record declarations had identical effects:

            -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            -             f2      :: float(),
            -             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
            +two record declarations had identical effects:

            -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            +             f2      :: float(),
            +             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
             
            --record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
            -              f2      :: 'undefined' | float(),
            -              f3      :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

            This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field +-record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(), + f2 :: 'undefined' | float(), + f3 :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

            This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field type, you must explicitly add it to the typespec, as in the 2nd example.

            Any record, containing type information or not, once defined, can be used as a type using the following syntax:

            #rec{}

            In addition, the record fields can be further specified when using a record type by adding type information about the field as follows:

            #rec{some_field :: Type}

            Any unspecified fields are assumed to have the type in the original record declaration.

            Note

            When records are used to create patterns for ETS and Mnesia match functions, -Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

            -type height() :: pos_integer().
            --record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
            +Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

            -type height() :: pos_integer().
            +-record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
             
            -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
            -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

            Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

            Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field height.

            The recommended way of dealing with this is to declare the smallest record field types to accommodate all your needs, and then create refinements as -needed. The modified example:

            -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
            +needed. The modified example:

            -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
             
            --type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

            In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred +-type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

            In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred before #person{}.

            @@ -236,27 +236,27 @@ arguments, otherwise the compilation fails.

            The following longer format with module name is also valid as long as Module is the name of the current module. This can be useful for documentation purposes.

            -spec Module:Function(ArgType1, ..., ArgTypeN) -> ReturnType.

            Also, for documentation purposes, argument names can be given:

            -spec Function(ArgName1 :: Type1, ..., ArgNameN :: TypeN) -> RT.

            A function specification can be overloaded. That is, it can have several types, -separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

            -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
            -         (T4, T5) -> T6.

            A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that +separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

            -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
            +         (T4, T5) -> T6.

            A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that the domains of the argument types cannot overlap. For example, the following -specification results in a warning:

            -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
            -         (integer()) -> integer().

            Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input +specification results in a warning:

            -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
            +         (integer()) -> integer().

            Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input and output arguments of a function. For example, the following specification defines the type of a polymorphic identity function:

            -spec id(X) -> X.

            Notice that the above specification does not restrict the input and output type in any way. These types can be constrained by guard-like subtype constraints and -provide bounded quantification:

            -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

            Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard +provide bounded quantification:

            -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

            Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard constraint that can be used in the when part of a -spec attribute.

            Note

            The above function specification uses multiple occurrences of the same type variable. That provides more type information than the following function -specification, where the type variables are missing:

            -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

            The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns +specification, where the type variables are missing:

            -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

            The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns some tuple. The specification with the X type variable specifies that the function takes a tuple and returns the same tuple.

            However, it is up to the tools that process the specifications to choose whether to take this extra information into account or not.

            The scope of a :: constraint is the (...) -> RetType specification after which it appears. To avoid confusion, it is suggested that different variables are used in different constituents of an overloaded contract, as shown in the -following example:

            -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
            -         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

            Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define +following example:

            -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
            +         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

            Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define servers or because they are used to throw exceptions, as in the following -function:

            my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

            For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type +function:

            my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

            For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type for their "return", through a contract of the following form:

            -spec my_error(term()) -> no_return().

            Note

            Erlang uses the shorthand version _ as an anonymous type variable equivalent to term/0 or any/0. For example, the following function

            -spec Function(string(), _) -> string().

            is equivalent to:

            -spec Function(string(), any()) -> string().
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.252304596 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/applications.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.256304622 +0000 @@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ Application Callback Module

            How to start and stop the code for the application, including its supervision -tree, is described by two callback functions:

            start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
            -stop(State)
            • start/2 is called when starting the application and is to create the +tree, is described by two callback functions:

              start(StartType, StartArgs) -> {ok, Pid} | {ok, Pid, State}
              +stop(State)
              • start/2 is called when starting the application and is to create the supervision tree by starting the top supervisor. It is expected to return the pid of the top supervisor and an optional term, State, which defaults to []. This term is passed as is to stop/1.
              • StartType is usually the atom normal. It has other values only in the case @@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ necessary cleaning up. The actual stopping of the application, that is, shutting down the supervision tree, is handled automatically as described in Starting and Stopping Applications.

              Example of an application callback module for packaging the supervision tree -from Supervisor Behaviour:

              -module(ch_app).
              --behaviour(application).
              +from Supervisor Behaviour:

              -module(ch_app).
              +-behaviour(application).
               
              --export([start/2, stop/1]).
              +-export([start/2, stop/1]).
               
              -start(_Type, _Args) ->
              -    ch_sup:start_link().
              +start(_Type, _Args) ->
              +    ch_sup:start_link().
               
              -stop(_State) ->
              +stop(_State) ->
                   ok.

              A library application that cannot be started or stopped does not need any application callback module.

              @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ in this case ch_app and [], respectively. This means that the following is called when the application is to be started:

              ch_app:start(normal, [])

              The following is called when the application is stopped:

              ch_app:stop([])

              When using systools, the Erlang/OTP tools for packaging code (see Section Releases), the keys description, vsn, modules, -registered, and applications are also to be specified:

              {application, ch_app,
              - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
              -  {vsn, "1"},
              -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
              -  {registered, [ch3]},
              -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
              -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
              - ]}.
              • description - A short description, a string. Defaults to "".
              • vsn - Version number, a string. Defaults to "".
              • modules - All modules introduced by this application. systools uses +registered, and applications are also to be specified:

                {application, ch_app,
                + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
                +  {vsn, "1"},
                +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
                +  {registered, [ch3]},
                +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
                +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
                + ]}.
                • description - A short description, a string. Defaults to "".
                • vsn - Version number, a string. Defaults to "".
                • modules - All modules introduced by this application. systools uses this list when generating boot scripts and tar files. A module must only be included in one application. Defaults to [].
                • registered - All names of registered processes in the application. systools uses this list to detect name clashes between applications. @@ -304,30 +304,30 @@ Loading and Unloading Applications

              Before an application can be started, it must be loaded. The application -controller reads and stores the information from the .app file:

              1> application:load(ch_app).
              +controller reads and stores the information from the .app file:

              1> application:load(ch_app).
               ok
              -2> application:loaded_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"},
              - {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              An application that has been stopped, or has never been started, can be +2> application:loaded_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}, + {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              An application that has been stopped, or has never been started, can be unloaded. The information about the application is erased from the internal -database of the application controller.

              3> application:unload(ch_app).
              +database of the application controller.

              3> application:unload(ch_app).
               ok
              -4> application:loaded_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}]

              Note

              Loading/unloading an application does not load/unload the code used by the +4> application:loaded_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}]

              Note

              Loading/unloading an application does not load/unload the code used by the application. Code loading is handled in the usual way by the code server.

              Starting and Stopping Applications

              -

              An application is started by calling:

              5> application:start(ch_app).
              +

              An application is started by calling:

              5> application:start(ch_app).
               ok
              -6> application:which_applications().
              -[{kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"},
              - {stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"},
              - {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              If the application is not already loaded, the application controller first loads +6> application:which_applications(). +[{kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","2.8.1.3"}, + {stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","1.11.4.3"}, + {ch_app,"Channel allocator","1"}]

              If the application is not already loaded, the application controller first loads it using application:load/1. It checks the value of the applications key to ensure that all applications that are to be started before this application are running.

              Following that, the application controller creates an application master for @@ -351,47 +351,47 @@ Configuring an Application

            An application can be configured using configuration parameters. These are a -list of {Par,Val} tuples specified by a key env in the .app file:

            {application, ch_app,
            - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            -  {vsn, "1"},
            -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            -  {registered, [ch3]},
            -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}},
            -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
            - ]}.

            Par is to be an atom. Val is any term. The application can retrieve the +list of {Par,Val} tuples specified by a key env in the .app file:

            {application, ch_app,
            + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
            +  {vsn, "1"},
            +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
            +  {registered, [ch3]},
            +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
            +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}},
            +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
            + ]}.

            Par is to be an atom. Val is any term. The application can retrieve the value of a configuration parameter by calling application:get_env(App, Par) or a number of similar functions. For more information, see module application in Kernel.

            Example:

            % erl
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"/usr/local/log"}

            The values in the .app file can be overridden by values in a system +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"/usr/local/log"}

            The values in the .app file can be overridden by values in a system configuration file. This is a file that contains configuration parameters for -relevant applications:

            [{Application1, [{Par11,Val11},...]},
            +relevant applications:

            [{Application1, [{Par11,Val11},...]},
              ...,
            - {ApplicationN, [{ParN1,ValN1},...]}].

            The system configuration is to be called Name.config and Erlang is to be + {ApplicationN, [{ParN1,ValN1},...]}].

            The system configuration is to be called Name.config and Erlang is to be started with the command-line argument -config Name. For details, see config in Kernel.

            Example:

            A file test.config is created with the following contents:

            [{ch_app, [{file, "testlog"}]}].

            The value of file overrides the value of file as defined in the .app file:

            % erl -config test
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"testlog"}

            If release handling is used, exactly one system +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"testlog"}

            If release handling is used, exactly one system configuration file is to be used and that file is to be called sys.config.

            The values in the .app file and the values in a system configuration file can be overridden directly from the command line:

            % erl -ApplName Par1 Val1 ... ParN ValN

            Example:

            % erl -ch_app file '"testlog"'
            -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
            +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.2.3.6 [hipe] [threads:0]
             
            -Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            -1> application:start(ch_app).
            +Eshell V5.2.3.6  (abort with ^G)
            +1> application:start(ch_app).
             ok
            -2> application:get_env(ch_app, file).
            -{ok,"testlog"}

            +2> application:get_env(ch_app, file). +{ok,"testlog"}

            @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.300304914 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/appup_cookbook.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.300304914 +0000 @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@

            When a functional module has been changed, for example, if a new function has been added or a bug has been corrected, simple code replacement is sufficient, -for example:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}]
            -}.

            +for example:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m}]}]
            +}.

            @@ -146,10 +146,10 @@

            A callback module is a functional module, and for code extensions simple code replacement is sufficient.

            Example

            When adding a function to ch3, as described in the example in -Release Handling, ch_app.appup looks as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            OTP also supports changing the internal state of behaviour processes; see +Release Handling, ch_app.appup looks as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            +}.

            OTP also supports changing the internal state of behaviour processes; see Changing Internal State.

            @@ -163,21 +163,21 @@ gen_server Behaviour. The internal state is a term Chs representing the available channels. Assume you want to add a counter N, which keeps track of the number of alloc requests so far. This means that the -format must be changed to {Chs,N}.

            The .appup file can look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}],
            - [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}]
            -}.

            The third element of the update instruction is a tuple {advanced,Extra}, +format must be changed to {Chs,N}.

            The .appup file can look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}],
            + [{"1", [{update, ch3, {advanced, []}}]}]
            +}.

            The third element of the update instruction is a tuple {advanced,Extra}, which says that the affected processes are to do a state transformation before loading the new version of the module. This is done by the processes calling the callback function code_change/3 (see gen_server in STDLIB). -The term Extra, in this case [], is passed as is to the function:

            -module(ch3).
            +The term Extra, in this case [], is passed as is to the function:

            -module(ch3).
             ...
            --export([code_change/3]).
            +-export([code_change/3]).
             ...
            -code_change({down, _Vsn}, {Chs, N}, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, Chs};
            -code_change(_Vsn, Chs, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, {Chs, 0}}.

            The first argument is {down,Vsn} if there is a downgrade, or Vsn if there is +code_change({down, _Vsn}, {Chs, N}, _Extra) -> + {ok, Chs}; +code_change(_Vsn, Chs, _Extra) -> + {ok, {Chs, 0}}.

            The first argument is {down,Vsn} if there is a downgrade, or Vsn if there is a upgrade. The term Vsn is fetched from the 'original' version of the module, that is, the version you are upgrading from, or downgrading to.

            The version is defined by the module attribute vsn, if any. There is no such attribute in ch3, so in this case the version is the checksum (a huge integer) @@ -194,29 +194,29 @@ can occur during release upgrade if the new version of m1 is loaded first and calls ch3:available/0 before the new version of ch3 is loaded.

            Thus, ch3 must be loaded before m1, in the upgrade case, and conversely in the downgrade case. m1 is said to be dependent on ch3. In a release -handling instruction, this is expressed by the DepMods element:

            {load_module, Module, DepMods}
            -{update, Module, {advanced, Extra}, DepMods}

            DepMods is a list of modules, on which Module is dependent.

            Example

            The module m1 in application myapp is dependent on ch3 when +handling instruction, this is expressed by the DepMods element:

            {load_module, Module, DepMods}
            +{update, Module, {advanced, Extra}, DepMods}

            DepMods is a list of modules, on which Module is dependent.

            Example

            The module m1 in application myapp is dependent on ch3 when upgrading from "1" to "2", or downgrading from "2" to "1":

            myapp.appup:
             
            -{"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            -}.
            +{"2",
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            + [{"1", [{load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            +}.
             
             ch_app.appup:
             
            -{"2",
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
            - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
            -}.

            If instead m1 and ch3 belong to the same application, the .appup file can -look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1",
            -   [{load_module, ch3},
            -    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            - [{"1",
            -   [{load_module, ch3},
            -    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            -}.

            m1 is dependent on ch3 also when downgrading. systools knows the +{"2", + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}], + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}] +}.

            If instead m1 and ch3 belong to the same application, the .appup file can +look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1",
            +   [{load_module, ch3},
            +    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}],
            + [{"1",
            +   [{load_module, ch3},
            +    {load_module, m1, [ch3]}]}]
            +}.

            m1 is dependent on ch3 also when downgrading. systools knows the difference between up- and downgrading and generates a correct relup, where ch3 is loaded before m1 when upgrading, but m1 is loaded before ch3 when downgrading.

            @@ -231,22 +231,22 @@ synchronized code replacement must be used.

            Note

            The name(s) of the user-defined residence module(s) must be listed in the Modules part of the child specification for the special process. Otherwise the release handler cannot find the process.

            Example

            Consider the example ch4 in sys and proc_lib. -When started by a supervisor, the child specification can look as follows:

            {ch4, {ch4, start_link, []},
            - permanent, brutal_kill, worker, [ch4]}

            If ch4 is part of the application sp_app and a new version of the module is +When started by a supervisor, the child specification can look as follows:

            {ch4, {ch4, start_link, []},
            + permanent, brutal_kill, worker, [ch4]}

            If ch4 is part of the application sp_app and a new version of the module is to be loaded when upgrading from version "1" to "2" of this application, -sp_app.appup can look as follows:

            {"2",
            - [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}],
            - [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}]
            -}.

            The update instruction must contain the tuple {advanced,Extra}. The +sp_app.appup can look as follows:

            {"2",
            + [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}],
            + [{"1", [{update, ch4, {advanced, []}}]}]
            +}.

            The update instruction must contain the tuple {advanced,Extra}. The instruction makes the special process call the callback function system_code_change/4, a function the user must implement. The term Extra, in -this case [], is passed as is to system_code_change/4:

            -module(ch4).
            +this case [], is passed as is to system_code_change/4:

            -module(ch4).
             ...
            --export([system_code_change/4]).
            +-export([system_code_change/4]).
             ...
             
            -system_code_change(Chs, _Module, _OldVsn, _Extra) ->
            -    {ok, Chs}.
            • The first argument is the internal state State, passed from +system_code_change(Chs, _Module, _OldVsn, _Extra) -> + {ok, Chs}.
            • The first argument is the internal state State, passed from function sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent, Module, Deb, State), and called by the special process when a system message is received. In ch4, the internal state is the set of available channels Chs.
            • The second argument is the name of the module (ch4).
            • The third argument is Vsn or {down,Vsn}, as described for @@ -275,24 +275,24 @@ of upgrade and downgrade. Then the new return value of init/1 can be checked and the internal state be changed accordingly.

              The following upgrade instruction is used for supervisors:

              {update, Module, supervisor}

              Example

              To change the restart strategy of ch_sup (from Supervisor Behaviour) from one_for_one to one_for_all, -change the callback function init/1 in ch_sup.erl:

              -module(ch_sup).
              +change the callback function init/1 in ch_sup.erl:

              -module(ch_sup).
               ...
               
              -init(_Args) ->
              -    {ok, {#{strategy => one_for_all, ...}, ...}}.

              The file ch_app.appup:

              {"2",
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              -}.

              +init(_Args) -> + {ok, {#{strategy => one_for_all, ...}, ...}}.

              The file ch_app.appup:

              {"2",
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              +}.

              Changing Child Specifications

              The instruction, and thus the .appup file, when changing an existing child -specification, is the same as when changing properties as described earlier:

              {"2",
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              - [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              -}.

              The changes do not affect existing child processes. For example, changing the +specification, is the same as when changing properties as described earlier:

              {"2",
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}],
              + [{"1", [{update, ch_sup, supervisor}]}]
              +}.

              The changes do not affect existing child processes. For example, changing the start function only specifies how the child process is to be restarted, if needed later on.

              The id of the child specification cannot be changed.

              Changing the Modules field of the child specification can affect the release handling process itself, as this field is used to identify which processes are @@ -307,34 +307,34 @@ Child processes are not automatically started or terminated, this must be done using apply instructions.

              Example

              Assume a new child process m1 is to be added to ch_sup when upgrading ch_app from "1" to "2". This means m1 is to be deleted when -downgrading from "2" to "1":

              {"2",
              - [{"1",
              -   [{update, ch_sup, supervisor},
              -    {apply, {supervisor, restart_child, [ch_sup, m1]}}
              -   ]}],
              - [{"1",
              -   [{apply, {supervisor, terminate_child, [ch_sup, m1]}},
              -    {apply, {supervisor, delete_child, [ch_sup, m1]}},
              -    {update, ch_sup, supervisor}
              -   ]}]
              -}.

              The order of the instructions is important.

              The supervisor must be registered as ch_sup for the script to work. If the +downgrading from "2" to "1":

              {"2",
              + [{"1",
              +   [{update, ch_sup, supervisor},
              +    {apply, {supervisor, restart_child, [ch_sup, m1]}}
              +   ]}],
              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
              --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html	2025-03-21 17:27:29.332305126 +0000
              +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/benchmarking.html	2025-03-21 17:27:29.332305126 +0000
              @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@
               crypto:strong_rand_bytes(100).          1    1915 Ki     522 ns   90%

              rand:bytes/1 is still faster when we generate 100 bytes at the time, but the relative difference is smaller.

              % erlperf 'rand:bytes(1000).' 'crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000).'
               Code                                    ||        QPS       Time   Rel
              -crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000).          1    1518 Ki     658 ns  100%
              -rand:bytes(1000).                        1     284 Ki    3521 ns   19%

              When we generate 1000 bytes at the time, crypto:strong_rand_bytes/1 is +crypto:strong_rand_bytes(1000). 1 1518 Ki 658 ns 100% +rand:bytes(1000). 1 284 Ki 3521 ns 19%

            When we generate 1000 bytes at the time, crypto:strong_rand_bytes/1 is now the fastest.

            @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.372305392 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/binaryhandling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.372305392 +0000 @@ -118,35 +118,35 @@

            This section gives a few examples on how to handle binaries in an efficient way. The sections that follow take an in-depth look at how binaries are implemented and how to best take advantages of the optimizations done by the compiler and -runtime system.

            Binaries can be efficiently built in the following way:

            DO

            my_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    my_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
            +runtime system.

            Binaries can be efficiently built in the following way:

            DO

            my_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    my_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
             
            -my_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    my_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            -my_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +my_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    my_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            +my_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            Appending data to a binary as in the example is efficient because it is specially optimized by the runtime system to avoid copying the Acc binary -every time.

            Prepending data to a binary in a loop is not efficient:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
            +every time.

            Prepending data to a binary in a loop is not efficient:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(List, <<>>).
             
            -rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<H,Acc/binary>>);
            -rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<H,Acc/binary>>);
            +rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            This is not efficient for long lists because the Acc binary is copied every -time. One way to make the function more efficient is like this:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(lists:reverse(List), <<>>).
            +time. One way to make the function more efficient is like this:

            DO NOT

            rev_list_to_binary(List) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(lists:reverse(List), <<>>).
             
            -rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            -rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            -    Acc.

            Another way to avoid copying the binary each time is like this:

            DO

            rev_list_to_binary([H|T]) ->
            -    RevTail = rev_list_to_binary(T),
            +rev_list_to_binary([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    rev_list_to_binary(T, <<Acc/binary,H>>);
            +rev_list_to_binary([], Acc) ->
            +    Acc.

            Another way to avoid copying the binary each time is like this:

            DO

            rev_list_to_binary([H|T]) ->
            +    RevTail = rev_list_to_binary(T),
                 <<RevTail/binary,H>>;
            -rev_list_to_binary([]) ->
            +rev_list_to_binary([]) ->
                 <<>>.

            Note that in each of the DO examples, the binary to be appended to is always -given as the first segment.

            Binaries can be efficiently matched in the following way:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            -    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            -my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            +given as the first segment.

            Binaries can be efficiently matched in the following way:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            +    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            +my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Bin2 = <<Bin1/binary,4,5,6>>, %% 3 Bin3 = <<Bin2/binary,7,8,9>>, %% 4 Bin4 = <<Bin1/binary,17>>, %% 5 !!! -{Bin4,Bin3} %% 6

            • Line 1 (marked with the %% 1 comment), assigns a +{Bin4,Bin3} %% 6

            • Line 1 (marked with the %% 1 comment), assigns a heap binary to the Bin0 variable.

            • Line 2 is an append operation. As Bin0 has not been involved in an append operation, a new refc binary is created and the contents of Bin0 is copied into it. The ProcBin part of the refc @@ -257,15 +257,15 @@ for every append operation, the runtime system must create a sub binary.

              When the compiler can determine that none of those situations need to be handled and that the append operation cannot possibly fail, the compiler generates code that causes the runtime system to apply a more efficient variant of the -optimization.

              Example:

              -module(repack).
              --export([repack/1]).
              +optimization.

              Example:

              -module(repack).
              +-export([repack/1]).
               
              -repack(Bin) when is_binary(Bin) ->
              -    repack(Bin, <<>>).
              +repack(Bin) when is_binary(Bin) ->
              +    repack(Bin, <<>>).
               
              -repack(<<C:8,T/binary>>, Result) ->
              -    repack(T, <<Result/binary,C:16>>);
              -repack(<<>>, Result) ->
              +repack(<<C:8,T/binary>>, Result) ->
              +    repack(T, <<Result/binary,C:16>>);
              +repack(<<>>, Result) ->
                   Result.

              The repack/2 function only keeps a single version of the binary, so there is never any need to copy the binary. The compiler rewrites the creation of the empty binary in repack/1 to instead create a refc binary with 256 bytes @@ -308,9 +308,9 @@ Matching Binaries

            -

            Let us revisit the example in the beginning of the previous section:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            -    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            -my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            The first time my_binary_to_list/1 is called, a +

            Let us revisit the example in the beginning of the previous section:

            DO

            my_binary_to_list(<<H,T/binary>>) ->
            +    [H|my_binary_to_list(T)];
            +my_binary_to_list(<<>>) -> [].

            The first time my_binary_to_list/1 is called, a match context is created. The match context points to the first byte of the binary. 1 byte is matched out and the match context is updated to point to the second byte in the binary.

            At this point it would make sense to create a @@ -325,24 +325,24 @@ there is no longer any reference to it).

            To summarize, my_binary_to_list/1 only needs to create one match context and no sub binaries.

            Notice that the match context in my_binary_to_list/1 was discarded when the entire binary had been traversed. What happens if the iteration stops before it -has reached the end of the binary? Will the optimization still work?

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +has reached the end of the binary? Will the optimization still work?

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                 T;
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            -    after_zero(T);
            -after_zero(<<>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +after_zero(<<>>) ->
                 <<>>.

            Yes, it will. The compiler will remove the building of the sub binary in the second clause:

            ...
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            -    after_zero(T);
            -...

            But it will generate code that builds a sub binary in the first clause:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +...

            But it will generate code that builds a sub binary in the first clause:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                 T;
             ...

            Therefore, after_zero/1 builds one match context and one sub binary (assuming -it is passed a binary that contains a zero byte).

            Code like the following will also be optimized:

            all_but_zeroes_to_list(Buffer, Acc, 0) ->
            -    {lists:reverse(Acc),Buffer};
            -all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<0,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            -    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, Acc, Remaining-1);
            -all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<Byte,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            -    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, [Byte|Acc], Remaining-1).

            The compiler removes building of sub binaries in the second and third clauses, +it is passed a binary that contains a zero byte).

            Code like the following will also be optimized:

            all_but_zeroes_to_list(Buffer, Acc, 0) ->
            +    {lists:reverse(Acc),Buffer};
            +all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<0,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            +    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, Acc, Remaining-1);
            +all_but_zeroes_to_list(<<Byte,T/binary>>, Acc, Remaining) ->
            +    all_but_zeroes_to_list(T, [Byte|Acc], Remaining-1).

            The compiler removes building of sub binaries in the second and third clauses, and it adds an instruction to the first clause that converts Buffer from a match context to a sub binary (or do nothing if Buffer is a binary already).

            But in more complicated code, how can one know whether the optimization is applied or not?

            @@ -358,13 +358,13 @@ practical approach.

            The warnings look as follows:

            ./efficiency_guide.erl:60: Warning: NOT OPTIMIZED: binary is returned from the function
             ./efficiency_guide.erl:62: Warning: OPTIMIZED: match context reused

            To make it clearer exactly what code the warnings refer to, the warnings in the following examples are inserted as comments after the clause they refer to, for -example:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
            +example:

            after_zero(<<0,T/binary>>) ->
                      %% BINARY CREATED: binary is returned from the function
                 T;
            -after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
            +after_zero(<<_,T/binary>>) ->
                      %% OPTIMIZED: match context reused
            -    after_zero(T);
            -after_zero(<<>>) ->
            +    after_zero(T);
            +after_zero(<<>>) ->
                 <<>>.

            The warning for the first clause says that the creation of a sub binary cannot be delayed, because it will be returned. The warning for the second clause says that a sub binary will not be created (yet).

            @@ -374,14 +374,14 @@ Unused Variables

            The compiler figures out if a variable is unused. The same code is generated for -each of the following functions:

            count1(<<_,T/binary>>, Count) -> count1(T, Count+1);
            -count1(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
            +each of the following functions:

            count1(<<_,T/binary>>, Count) -> count1(T, Count+1);
            +count1(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
             
            -count2(<<H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count2(T, Count+1);
            -count2(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
            +count2(<<H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count2(T, Count+1);
            +count2(<<>>, Count) -> Count.
             
            -count3(<<_H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count3(T, Count+1);
            -count3(<<>>, Count) -> Count.

            In each iteration, the first 8 bits in the binary will be skipped, not matched +count3(<<_H,T/binary>>, Count) -> count3(T, Count+1); +count3(<<>>, Count) -> Count.

            In each iteration, the first 8 bits in the binary will be skipped, not matched out.

            @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.396305550 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/bit_syntax.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.396305550 +0000 @@ -145,17 +145,17 @@ variables, and Bin2 is bound, as in Example 2:

            <<D:16, E, F/binary>> = Bin2

            This gives D = 273, E = 00, and F binds to a binary of size 1: binary_to_list(F) = [42].

            Example 4: The following is a more elaborate example of matching. Here, Dgram is bound to the consecutive bytes of an IP datagram of IP protocol -version 4. The ambition is to extract the header and the data of the datagram:

            -define(IP_VERSION, 4).
            --define(IP_MIN_HDR_LEN, 5).
            +version 4. The ambition is to extract the header and the data of the datagram:

            -define(IP_VERSION, 4).
            +-define(IP_MIN_HDR_LEN, 5).
             
            -DgramSize = byte_size(Dgram),
            +DgramSize = byte_size(Dgram),
             case Dgram of
                 <<?IP_VERSION:4, HLen:4, SrvcType:8, TotLen:16,
                   ID:16, Flgs:3, FragOff:13,
                   TTL:8, Proto:8, HdrChkSum:16,
                   SrcIP:32,
                   DestIP:32, RestDgram/binary>> when HLen>=5, 4*HLen=<DgramSize ->
            -        OptsLen = 4*(HLen - ?IP_MIN_HDR_LEN),
            +        OptsLen = 4*(HLen - ?IP_MIN_HDR_LEN),
                     <<Opts:OptsLen/binary,Data/binary>> = RestDgram,
                 ...
             end.

            Here, the segment corresponding to the Opts variable has a type modifier, @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ However, for syntactical reasons, both Value and Size must be enclosed in parenthesis if the expression consists of anything more than a single literal or a variable. The following gives a compiler syntax error:

            <<X+1:8>>

            This expression must be rewritten into the following, to be accepted by the -compiler:

            <<(X+1):8>>

            +compiler:

            <<(X+1):8>>

            @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ restrictions on the size. A segment of type float must have size 64 or 32.

            As mentioned earlier, segments have the following general syntax:

            Value:Size/TypeSpecifierList

            When matching Value, value must be either a variable or an integer, or a floating point literal. Expressions are not allowed.

            Size must be a guard expression, which can use -literals and previously bound variables. The following is not allowed:

            foo(N, <<X:N,T/binary>>) ->
            -   {X,T}.

            The two occurrences of N are not related. The compiler will complain that the -N in the size field is unbound.

            The correct way to write this example is as follows:

            foo(N, Bin) ->
            +literals and previously bound variables. The following is not allowed:

            foo(N, <<X:N,T/binary>>) ->
            +   {X,T}.

            The two occurrences of N are not related. The compiler will complain that the +N in the size field is unbound.

            The correct way to write this example is as follows:

            foo(N, Bin) ->
                <<X:N,T/binary>> = Bin,
            -   {X,T}.

            Note

            Before OTP 23, Size was restricted to be an integer or a variable bound to + {X,T}.

            Note

            Before OTP 23, Size was restricted to be an integer or a variable bound to an integer.

            @@ -266,28 +266,28 @@

            There is one exception to the rule that a variable that is used as size must be previously bound. It is possible to match and bind a variable, and use it as a -size within the same binary pattern. For example:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:Sz/binary-unit:8,Rest/binary>>) ->
            -   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is bound to the value in the first byte of the binary. Sz is then -used at the number of bytes to match out as a binary.

            Starting in OTP 23, the size can be a guard expression:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:((Sz-1)*8)/binary,Rest/binary>>) ->
            -   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is the combined size of the header and the payload, so we will need to +size within the same binary pattern. For example:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:Sz/binary-unit:8,Rest/binary>>) ->
            +   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is bound to the value in the first byte of the binary. Sz is then +used at the number of bytes to match out as a binary.

            Starting in OTP 23, the size can be a guard expression:

            bar(<<Sz:8,Payload:((Sz-1)*8)/binary,Rest/binary>>) ->
            +   {Payload,Rest}.

            Here Sz is the combined size of the header and the payload, so we will need to subtract one byte to get the size of the payload.

            Getting the Rest of the Binary or Bitstring

            -

            To match out the rest of a binary, specify a binary field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/binary>>) ->

            The size of the tail must be evenly divisible by 8.

            To match out the rest of a bitstring, specify a field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/bitstring>>) ->

            There are no restrictions on the number of bits in the tail.

            +

            To match out the rest of a binary, specify a binary field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/binary>>) ->

            The size of the tail must be evenly divisible by 8.

            To match out the rest of a bitstring, specify a field without size:

            foo(<<A:8,Rest/bitstring>>) ->

            There are no restrictions on the number of bits in the tail.

            Appending to a Binary

            -

            Appending to a binary in an efficient way can be done as follows:

            triples_to_bin(T) ->
            -    triples_to_bin(T, <<>>).
            +

            Appending to a binary in an efficient way can be done as follows:

            triples_to_bin(T) ->
            +    triples_to_bin(T, <<>>).
             
            -triples_to_bin([{X,Y,Z} | T], Acc) ->
            -    triples_to_bin(T, <<Acc/binary,X:32,Y:32,Z:32>>);
            -triples_to_bin([], Acc) ->
            +triples_to_bin([{X,Y,Z} | T], Acc) ->
            +    triples_to_bin(T, <<Acc/binary,X:32,Y:32,Z:32>>);
            +triples_to_bin([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.
            @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.432305789 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_port.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.432305789 +0000 @@ -152,93 +152,93 @@ length indicator is to be used to simplify the communication between C and Erlang. The Erlang port automatically adds the length indicator, but this must be done explicitly in the external C program.

            The process is also set to trap exits, which enables detection of failure of the -external program:

            -module(complex1).
            --export([start/1, init/1]).
            +external program:

            -module(complex1).
            +-export([start/1, init/1]).
             
            -start(ExtPrg) ->
            -  spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            +start(ExtPrg) ->
            +  spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
             
            -init(ExtPrg) ->
            -  register(complex, self()),
            -  process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -  Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            -  loop(Port).

            Now complex1:foo/1 and complex1:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a -message to the complex process and receive the following replies:

            foo(X) ->
            -  call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -  call_port({bar, Y}).
            +init(ExtPrg) ->
            +  register(complex, self()),
            +  process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +  Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            +  loop(Port).

            Now complex1:foo/1 and complex1:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a +message to the complex process and receive the following replies:

            foo(X) ->
            +  call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +  call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -  complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +  complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
               receive
            -    {complex, Result} ->
            +    {complex, Result} ->
                   Result
            -  end.

            The complex process does the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
            +  end.

            The complex process does the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
               receive
            -    {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -      Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +    {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +      Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
                   receive
            -        {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -          Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +        {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +          Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
                   end,
            -      loop(Port)
            +      loop(Port)
               end.

            Assuming that both the arguments and the results from the C functions are less than 256, a simple encoding/decoding scheme is employed. In this scheme, foo is represented by byte 1, bar is represented by 2, and the argument/result is -represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functionality for stopping the port and -detecting port failures, is as follows:

            -module(complex1).
            --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            -
            -start(ExtPrg) ->
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            -stop() ->
            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functionality for stopping the port and +detecting port failures, is as follows:

            -module(complex1).
            +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            +
            +start(ExtPrg) ->
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [ExtPrg]).
            +stop() ->
                 complex ! stop.
             
            -foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -	{complex, Result} ->
            +	{complex, Result} ->
             	    Result
                 end.
             
            -init(ExtPrg) ->
            -    register(complex, self()),
            -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            -    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            -    loop(Port).
            +init(ExtPrg) ->
            +    register(complex, self()),
            +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
            +    Port = open_port({spawn, ExtPrg}, [{packet, 2}]),
            +    loop(Port).
             
            -loop(Port) ->
            +loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
             	    end,
            -	    loop(Port);
            +	    loop(Port);
             	stop ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), close},
            +	    Port ! {self(), close},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, closed} ->
            -		    exit(normal)
            +		{Port, closed} ->
            +		    exit(normal)
             	    end;
            -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            -	    exit(port_terminated)
            +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            +	    exit(port_terminated)
                 end.
             
            -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            @@ -255,55 +255,55 @@ typedef unsigned char byte; -int read_exact(byte *buf, int len) -{ +int read_exact(byte *buf, int len) +{ int i, got=0; - do { - if ((i = read(0, buf+got, len-got)) <= 0){ - return(i); - } + do { + if ((i = read(0, buf+got, len-got)) <= 0){ + return(i); + } got += i; - } while (got<len); + } while (got<len); - return(len); -} + return(len); +} -int write_exact(byte *buf, int len) -{ +int write_exact(byte *buf, int len) +{ int i, wrote = 0; - do { - if ((i = write(1, buf+wrote, len-wrote)) <= 0) - return (i); + do { + if ((i = write(1, buf+wrote, len-wrote)) <= 0) + return (i); wrote += i; - } while (wrote<len); + } while (wrote<len); - return (len); -} + return (len); /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.468306028 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/c_portdriver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.472306054 +0000 @@ -155,104 +155,104 @@ argument.

            The port is then created using the BIF open_port/2, with the tuple {spawn, DriverName} as the first argument. The string SharedLib is the name of the port driver. The second argument is a list of options, none in this -case:

            -module(complex5).
            --export([start/1, init/1]).
            +case:

            -module(complex5).
            +-export([start/1, init/1]).
             
            -start(SharedLib) ->
            -    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
            +start(SharedLib) ->
            +    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
                     ok -> ok;
            -        {error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            -        _ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
            +        {error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            +        _ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
                 end,
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
             
            -init(SharedLib) ->
            -  register(complex, self()),
            -  Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            -  loop(Port).

            Now complex5:foo/1 and complex5:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a -message to the complex process and receive the following reply:

            foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +init(SharedLib) ->
            +  register(complex, self()),
            +  Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            +  loop(Port).

            Now complex5:foo/1 and complex5:bar/1 can be implemented. Both send a +message to the complex process and receive the following reply:

            foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -        {complex, Result} ->
            +        {complex, Result} ->
                         Result
            -    end.

            The complex process performs the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
            +    end.

            The complex process performs the following:

            • Encodes the message into a sequence of bytes.
            • Sends it to the port.
            • Waits for a reply.
            • Decodes the reply.
            • Sends it back to the caller:
            loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -        {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -            Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +        {call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +            Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
                         receive
            -                {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -                    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +                {Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +                    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
                         end,
            -            loop(Port)
            +            loop(Port)
                 end.

            Assuming that both the arguments and the results from the C functions are less than 256, a simple encoding/decoding scheme is employed. In this scheme, foo is represented by byte 1, bar is represented by 2, and the argument/result is -represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +represented by a single byte as well:

            encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functions for stopping the port and +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            The resulting Erlang program, including functions for stopping the port and detecting port failures, is as follows:

            
            --module(complex5).
            --export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
            +-module(complex5).
            +-export([start/1, stop/0, init/1]).
            +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
             
            -start(SharedLib) ->
            -    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
            +start(SharedLib) ->
            +    case erl_ddll:load_driver(".", SharedLib) of
             	ok -> ok;
            -	{error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            -	_ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
            +	{error, already_loaded} -> ok;
            +	_ -> exit({error, could_not_load_driver})
                 end,
            -    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
            +    spawn(?MODULE, init, [SharedLib]).
             
            -init(SharedLib) ->
            -    register(complex, self()),
            -    Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            -    loop(Port).
            +init(SharedLib) ->
            +    register(complex, self()),
            +    Port = open_port({spawn, SharedLib}, []),
            +    loop(Port).
             
            -stop() ->
            +stop() ->
                 complex ! stop.
             
            -foo(X) ->
            -    call_port({foo, X}).
            -bar(Y) ->
            -    call_port({bar, Y}).
            +foo(X) ->
            +    call_port({foo, X}).
            +bar(Y) ->
            +    call_port({bar, Y}).
             
            -call_port(Msg) ->
            -    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
            +call_port(Msg) ->
            +    complex ! {call, self(), Msg},
                 receive
            -	{complex, Result} ->
            +	{complex, Result} ->
             	    Result
                 end.
             
            -loop(Port) ->
            +loop(Port) ->
                 receive
            -	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
            +	{call, Caller, Msg} ->
            +	    Port ! {self(), {command, encode(Msg)}},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            -		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
            +		{Port, {data, Data}} ->
            +		    Caller ! {complex, decode(Data)}
             	    end,
            -	    loop(Port);
            +	    loop(Port);
             	stop ->
            -	    Port ! {self(), close},
            +	    Port ! {self(), close},
             	    receive
            -		{Port, closed} ->
            -		    exit(normal)
            +		{Port, closed} ->
            +		    exit(normal)
             	    end;
            -	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            -	    io:format("~p ~n", [Reason]),
            -	    exit(port_terminated)
            +	{'EXIT', Port, Reason} ->
            +	    io:format("~p ~n", [Reason]),
            +	    exit(port_terminated)
                 end.
             
            -encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            -encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
            +encode({foo, X}) -> [1, X];
            +encode({bar, Y}) -> [2, Y].
             
            -decode([Int]) -> Int.

            +decode([Int]) -> Int.

            @@ -277,36 +277,36 @@ #include <stdio.h> #include "erl_driver.h" -typedef struct { +typedef struct { ErlDrvPort port; -} example_data; +} example_data; -static ErlDrvData example_drv_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff) -{ - example_data* d = (example_data*)driver_alloc(sizeof(example_data)); +static ErlDrvData example_drv_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff) +{ + example_data* d = (example_data*)driver_alloc(sizeof(example_data)); d->port = port; - return (ErlDrvData)d; -} + return (ErlDrvData)d; +} -static void example_drv_stop(ErlDrvData handle) -{ - driver_free((char*)handle); -} - -static void example_drv_output(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, - ErlDrvSizeT bufflen) -{ - example_data* d = (example_data*)handle; /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.500306240 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/character_set.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.500306240 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.520306372 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/cnode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.524306399 +0000 @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.548306558 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/code_loading.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.548306558 +0000 @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@

            Erlang programs must be compiled to object code. The compiler can generate a new file that contains the object code. The current abstract machine, which runs the object code, is called BEAM, therefore the object files get the suffix -.beam. The compiler can also generate a binary which can be loaded directly.

            The compiler is located in the module compile in Compiler.

            compile:file(Module)
            -compile:file(Module, Options)

            The Erlang shell understands the command c(Module), which both compiles and +.beam. The compiler can also generate a binary which can be loaded directly.

            The compiler is located in the module compile in Compiler.

            compile:file(Module)
            +compile:file(Module, Options)

            The Erlang shell understands the command c(Module), which both compiles and loads Module.

            There is also a module make, which provides a set of functions similar to the UNIX type Make functions, see module make in Tools.

            The compiler can also be accessed from the OS prompt using the erl executable in ERTS.

            % erl -compile Module1...ModuleN
            @@ -160,16 +160,16 @@
             evaluated because of processes lingering in the old code.

            If a third instance of the module is loaded, the code server removes (purges) the old code and any processes lingering in it is terminated. Then the third instance becomes 'current' and the previously current code becomes 'old'.

            To change from old code to current code, a process must make a fully qualified -function call.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --export([loop/0]).
            +function call.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-export([loop/0]).
             
            -loop() ->
            +loop() ->
                 receive
                     code_switch ->
            -            m:loop();
            +            m:loop();
                     Msg ->
                         ...
            -            loop()
            +            loop()
                 end.

            To make the process change code, send the message code_switch to it. The process then makes a fully qualified call to m:loop() and changes to current code. Notice that m:loop/0 must be exported.

            For code replacement of funs to work, use the syntax @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Running a Function When a Module is Loaded

            The -on_load() directive names a function that is to be run automatically when -a module is loaded.

            Its syntax is as follows:

            -on_load(Name/0).

            It is not necessary to export the function. It is called in a freshly spawned +a module is loaded.

            Its syntax is as follows:

            -on_load(Name/0).

            It is not necessary to export the function. It is called in a freshly spawned process (which terminates as soon as the function returns).

            The function must return ok if the module is to become the new current code for the module and become callable.

            Returning any other value or generating an exception causes the new code to be unloaded. If the return value is not an atom, a warning error report is sent to @@ -193,13 +193,13 @@ code would become old, essentially leaving the system without any working and reachable instance of the module.

            In embedded mode, first all modules are loaded. Then all on_load functions are called. The system is terminated unless all of the on_load functions return -ok.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --on_load(load_my_nifs/0).
            +ok.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-on_load(load_my_nifs/0).
             
            -load_my_nifs() ->
            +load_my_nifs() ->
                 NifPath = ...,    %Set up the path to the NIF library.
                 Info = ...,       %Initialize the Info term
            -    erlang:load_nif(NifPath, Info).

            If the call to erlang:load_nif/2 fails, the module is unloaded and a warning + erlang:load_nif(NifPath, Info).

            If the call to erlang:load_nif/2 fails, the module is unloaded and a warning report is sent to the error loader.

            @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.576306744 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/commoncaveats.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.576306744 +0000 @@ -122,23 +122,23 @@ Operator ++

            The ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand. That is clearly -seen if we do our own implementation in Erlang:

            my_plus_plus([H|T], Tail) ->
            -    [H|my_plus_plus(T, Tail)];
            -my_plus_plus([], Tail) ->
            -    Tail.

            We must be careful how we use ++ in a loop. First is how not to use it:

            DO NOT

            naive_reverse([H|T]) ->
            -    naive_reverse(T) ++ [H];
            -naive_reverse([]) ->
            -    [].

            As the ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand, the growing -result is copied repeatedly, leading to quadratic complexity.

            On the other hand, using ++ in loop like this is perfectly fine:

            OK

            naive_but_ok_reverse(List) ->
            -    naive_but_ok_reverse(List, []).
            -
            -naive_but_ok_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    naive_but_ok_reverse(T, [H] ++ Acc);
            -naive_but_ok_reverse([], Acc) ->
            +seen if we do our own implementation in Erlang:

            my_plus_plus([H|T], Tail) ->
            +    [H|my_plus_plus(T, Tail)];
            +my_plus_plus([], Tail) ->
            +    Tail.

            We must be careful how we use ++ in a loop. First is how not to use it:

            DO NOT

            naive_reverse([H|T]) ->
            +    naive_reverse(T) ++ [H];
            +naive_reverse([]) ->
            +    [].

            As the ++ operator copies its left-hand side operand, the growing +result is copied repeatedly, leading to quadratic complexity.

            On the other hand, using ++ in loop like this is perfectly fine:

            OK

            naive_but_ok_reverse(List) ->
            +    naive_but_ok_reverse(List, []).
            +
            +naive_but_ok_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    naive_but_ok_reverse(T, [H] ++ Acc);
            +naive_but_ok_reverse([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            Each list element is copied only once. The growing result Acc is the right-hand -side operand, which it is not copied.

            Experienced Erlang programmers would probably write as follows:

            DO

            vanilla_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            -    vanilla_reverse(T, [H|Acc]);
            -vanilla_reverse([], Acc) ->
            +side operand, which it is not copied.

            Experienced Erlang programmers would probably write as follows:

            DO

            vanilla_reverse([H|T], Acc) ->
            +    vanilla_reverse(T, [H|Acc]);
            +vanilla_reverse([], Acc) ->
                 Acc.

            In principle, this is slightly more efficient because the list element [H] is not built before being copied and discarded. In practice, the compiler rewrites [H] ++ Acc to [H|Acc].

            @@ -164,41 +164,41 @@ Accidental Copying and Loss of Sharing

            When spawning a new process using a fun, one can accidentally copy more data to -the process than intended. For example:

            DO NOT

            accidental1(State) ->
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [State#state.info])
            -          end).

            The code in the fun will extract one element from the record and print it. The +the process than intended. For example:

            DO NOT

            accidental1(State) ->
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [State#state.info])
            +          end).

            The code in the fun will extract one element from the record and print it. The rest of the state record is not used. However, when the spawn/1 -function is executed, the entire record is copied to the newly created process.

            The same kind of problem can happen with a map:

            DO NOT

            accidental2(State) ->
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [map_get(info, State)])
            -          end).

            In the following example (part of a module implementing the gen_server -behavior) the created fun is sent to another process:

            DO NOT

            handle_call(give_me_a_fun, _From, State) ->
            -    Fun = fun() -> State#href_anchor"ss">state.size =:= 42 end,
            -    {reply, Fun, State}.

            How bad that unnecessary copy is depends on the contents of the record or the -map.

            For example, if the state record is initialized like this:

            init1() ->
            -    #state{data=lists:seq(1, 10000)}.

            a list with 10000 elements (or about 20000 heap words) will be copied to the +function is executed, the entire record is copied to the newly created process.

            The same kind of problem can happen with a map:

            DO NOT

            accidental2(State) ->
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [map_get(info, State)])
            +          end).

            In the following example (part of a module implementing the gen_server +behavior) the created fun is sent to another process:

            DO NOT

            handle_call(give_me_a_fun, _From, State) ->
            +    Fun = fun() -> State#href_anchor"ss">state.size =:= 42 end,
            +    {reply, Fun, State}.

            How bad that unnecessary copy is depends on the contents of the record or the +map.

            For example, if the state record is initialized like this:

            init1() ->
            +    #state{data=lists:seq(1, 10000)}.

            a list with 10000 elements (or about 20000 heap words) will be copied to the newly created process.

            An unnecessary copy of 10000 element list can be bad enough, but it can get even worse if the state record contains shared subterms. Here is a simple example -of a term with a shared subterm:

            {SubTerm, SubTerm}

            When a term is copied to another process, sharing of subterms will be lost and -the copied term can be many times larger than the original term. For example:

            init2() ->
            -    SharedSubTerms = lists:foldl(fun(_, A) -> [A|A] end, [0], lists:seq(1, 15)),
            -    #state{data=Shared}.

            In the process that calls init2/0, the size of the data field in the state +of a term with a shared subterm:

            {SubTerm, SubTerm}

            When a term is copied to another process, sharing of subterms will be lost and +the copied term can be many times larger than the original term. For example:

            init2() ->
            +    SharedSubTerms = lists:foldl(fun(_, A) -> [A|A] end, [0], lists:seq(1, 15)),
            +    #state{data=Shared}.

            In the process that calls init2/0, the size of the data field in the state record will be 32 heap words. When the record is copied to the newly created process, sharing will be lost and the size of the copied data field will be 131070 heap words. More details about loss off sharing are found in a later section.

            To avoid the problem, outside of the fun extract only the fields of the record -that are actually used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental1(State) ->
            +that are actually used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental1(State) ->
                 Info = State#state.info,
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            -          end).

            Similarly, outside of the fun extract only the map elements that are actually -used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental2(State) ->
            -    Info = map_get(info, State),
            -    spawn(fun() ->
            -                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            -          end).

            + spawn(fun() -> + io:format("~p\n", [Info]) + end).

            Similarly, outside of the fun extract only the map elements that are actually +used:

            DO

            fixed_accidental2(State) ->
            +    Info = map_get(info, State),
            +    spawn(fun() ->
            +                  io:format("~p\n", [Info])
            +          end).

            @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ to guard against a denial-of-service attack. (All atoms that are allowed must have been created earlier, for example, by using all of them in a module and loading that module.)

            Using list_to_atom/1 to construct an atom that -is passed to apply/3 is quite expensive.

            DO NOT

            apply(list_to_atom("some_prefix"++Var), foo, Args)

            +is passed to apply/3 is quite expensive.

            DO NOT

            apply(list_to_atom("some_prefix"++Var), foo, Args)

            @@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ execute in constant time.

            Normally, there is no need to worry about the speed of length/1, because it is efficiently implemented in C. In time-critical code, you might want to avoid it if the input list could potentially be very long.

            Some uses of length/1 can be replaced by matching. For example, -the following code:

            foo(L) when length(L) >= 3 ->
            -    ...

            can be rewritten to:

            foo([_,_,_|_]=L) ->
            +the following code:

            foo(L) when length(L) >= 3 ->
            +    ...

            can be rewritten to:

            foo([_,_,_|_]=L) ->
                ...

            One slight difference is that length(L) fails if L is an improper list, while the pattern in the second code fragment accepts an improper list.

            @@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ as if the tuple was copied, the call to setelement/3 is replaced with a special destructive setelement instruction. In the following code sequence, the first setelement/3 call copies the tuple -and modifies the ninth element:

            multiple_setelement(T0) when tuple_size(T0) =:= 9 ->
            -    T1 = setelement(9, T0, bar),
            -    T2 = setelement(7, T1, foobar),
            -    setelement(5, T2, new_value).

            The two following setelement/3 calls modify the tuple in +and modifies the ninth element:

            multiple_setelement(T0) when tuple_size(T0) =:= 9 ->
            +    T1 = setelement(9, T0, bar),
            +    T2 = setelement(7, T1, foobar),
            +    setelement(5, T2, new_value).

            The two following setelement/3 calls modify the tuple in place.

            For the optimization to be applied, all the following conditions must be true:

            • The tuple argument must be known to be a tuple of a known size.
            • The indices must be integer literals, not variables or expressions.
            • The indices must be given in descending order.
            • There must be no calls to another function in between the calls to setelement/3.
            • The tuple returned from one setelement/3 call must only be used in the subsequent call to setelement/3.

            If the code cannot be structured as in the multiple_setelement/1 example, the @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.620307036 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/conc_prog.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.620307036 +0000 @@ -136,21 +136,21 @@ Threads of execution in Erlang share no data, that is why they are called processes).

            The Erlang BIF spawn is used to create a new process: spawn(Module, Exported_Function, List of Arguments). Consider the following -module:

            -module(tut14).
            +module:

            -module(tut14).
             
            --export([start/0, say_something/2]).
            +-export([start/0, say_something/2]).
             
            -say_something(What, 0) ->
            +say_something(What, 0) ->
                 done;
            -say_something(What, Times) ->
            -    io:format("~p~n", [What]),
            -    say_something(What, Times - 1).
            -
            -start() ->
            -    spawn(tut14, say_something, [hello, 3]),
            -    spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).
            5> c(tut14).
            -{ok,tut14}
            -6> tut14:say_something(hello, 3).
            +say_something(What, Times) ->
            +    io:format("~p~n", [What]),
            +    say_something(What, Times - 1).
            +
            +start() ->
            +    spawn(tut14, say_something, [hello, 3]),
            +    spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).
            5> c(tut14).
            +{ok,tut14}
            +6> tut14:say_something(hello, 3).
             hello
             hello
             hello
            @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
             processes, one that writes "hello" three times and one that writes "goodbye"
             three times. Both processes use the function say_something. Notice that a
             function used in this way by spawn, to start a process, must be exported from
            -the module (that is, in the -export at the start of the module).

            9> tut14:start().
            +the module (that is, in the -export at the start of the module).

            9> tut14:start().
             hello
             goodbye
             <0.63.0>
            @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
             Instead, the first process wrote a "hello", the second a "goodbye", the first
             another "hello" and so forth. But where did the <0.63.0> come from? The return
             value of a function is the return value of the last "thing" in the function. The
            -last thing in the function start is

            spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).

            spawn returns a process identifier, or pid, which uniquely identifies the +last thing in the function start is

            spawn(tut14, say_something, [goodbye, 3]).

            spawn returns a process identifier, or pid, which uniquely identifies the process. So <0.63.0> is the pid of the spawn function call above. The next example shows how to use pids.

            Notice also that ~p is used instead of ~w in io:format/2. To quote the manual:

            ~p Writes the data with standard syntax in the same way as ~w, but breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents @@ -182,37 +182,37 @@ Message Passing

            In the following example two processes are created and they send messages to -each other a number of times.

            -module(tut15).
            +each other a number of times.

            -module(tut15).
             
            --export([start/0, ping/2, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/0, ping/2, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
            +ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
                 Pong_PID ! finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N, Pong_PID) ->
            -    Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N, Pong_PID) ->
            +    Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1, Pong_PID).
            +    ping(N - 1, Pong_PID).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
                     finished ->
            -            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                         Ping_PID ! pong,
            -            pong()
            +            pong()
                 end.
             
            -start() ->
            -    Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, []),
            -    spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]).
            1> c(tut15).
            -{ok,tut15}
            -2> tut15: start().
            +start() ->
            +    Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, []),
            +    spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]).
            1> c(tut15).
            +{ok,tut15}
            +2> tut15: start().
             <0.36.0>
             Pong received ping
             Ping received pong
            @@ -221,14 +221,14 @@
             Pong received ping
             Ping received pong
             ping finished
            -Pong finished

            The function start first creates a process, let us call it "pong":

            Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, [])

            This process executes tut15:pong(). Pong_PID is the process identity of the -"pong" process. The function start now creates another process "ping":

            spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]),

            This process executes:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            <0.36.0> is the return value from the start function.

            The process "pong" now does:

            receive
            +Pong finished

            The function start first creates a process, let us call it "pong":

            Pong_PID = spawn(tut15, pong, [])

            This process executes tut15:pong(). Pong_PID is the process identity of the +"pong" process. The function start now creates another process "ping":

            spawn(tut15, ping, [3, Pong_PID]),

            This process executes:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            <0.36.0> is the return value from the start function.

            The process "pong" now does:

            receive
                 finished ->
            -        io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -    {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -        io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +        io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +    {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +        io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                     Ping_PID ! pong,
            -        pong()
            +        pong()
             end.

            The receive construct is used to allow processes to wait for messages from other processes. It has the following format:

            receive
                pattern1 ->
            @@ -257,21 +257,21 @@
             procedure is repeated.

            The Erlang implementation is "clever" and minimizes the number of times each message is tested against the patterns in each receive.

            Now back to the ping pong example.

            "Pong" is waiting for messages. If the atom finished is received, "pong" writes "Pong finished" to the output and, as it has nothing more to do, -terminates. If it receives a message with the format:

            {ping, Ping_PID}

            it writes "Pong received ping" to the output and sends the atom pong to the +terminates. If it receives a message with the format:

            {ping, Ping_PID}

            it writes "Pong received ping" to the output and sends the atom pong to the process "ping":

            Ping_PID ! pong

            Notice how the operator "!" is used to send messages. The syntax of "!" is:

            Pid ! Message

            That is, Message (any Erlang term) is sent to the process with identity Pid.

            After sending the message pong to the process "ping", "pong" calls the pong function again, which causes it to get back to the receive again and wait for -another message.

            Now let us look at the process "ping". Recall that it was started by executing:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            Looking at the function ping/2, the second clause of ping/2 is executed +another message.

            Now let us look at the process "ping". Recall that it was started by executing:

            tut15:ping(3, Pong_PID)

            Looking at the function ping/2, the second clause of ping/2 is executed since the value of the first argument is 3 (not 0) (first clause head is -ping(0,Pong_PID), second clause head is ping(N,Pong_PID), so N becomes 3).

            The second clause sends a message to "pong":

            Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},

            self/0 returns the pid of the process that executes self/0, in this case the +ping(0,Pong_PID), second clause head is ping(N,Pong_PID), so N becomes 3).

            The second clause sends a message to "pong":

            Pong_PID ! {ping, self()},

            self/0 returns the pid of the process that executes self/0, in this case the pid of "ping". (Recall the code for "pong", this lands up in the variable Ping_PID in the receive previously explained.)

            "Ping" now waits for a reply from "pong":

            receive
                 pong ->
            -        io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +        io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
             end,

            It writes "Ping received pong" when this reply arrives, after which "ping" calls -the ping function again.

            ping(N - 1, Pong_PID)

            N-1 causes the first argument to be decremented until it becomes 0. When this -occurs, the first clause of ping/2 is executed:

            ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
            +the ping function again.

            ping(N - 1, Pong_PID)

            N-1 causes the first argument to be decremented until it becomes 0. When this +occurs, the first clause of ping/2 is executed:

            ping(0, Pong_PID) ->
                 Pong_PID !  finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);

            The atom finished is sent to "pong" (causing it to terminate as described + io:format("ping finished~n", []);

            The atom finished is sent to "pong" (causing it to terminate as described above) and "ping finished" is written to the output. "Ping" then terminates as it has nothing left to do.

            @@ -285,38 +285,38 @@ processes which need to know each other's identities are started independently of each other. Erlang thus provides a mechanism for processes to be given names so that these names can be used as identities instead of pids. This is done by -using the register BIF:

            register(some_atom, Pid)

            Let us now rewrite the ping pong example using this and give the name pong to -the "pong" process:

            -module(tut16).
            +using the register BIF:

            register(some_atom, Pid)

            Let us now rewrite the ping pong example using this and give the name pong to +the "pong" process:

            -module(tut16).
             
            --export([start/0, ping/1, pong/0]).
            +-export([start/0, ping/1, pong/0]).
             
            -ping(0) ->
            +ping(0) ->
                 pong ! finished,
            -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
            +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
             
            -ping(N) ->
            -    pong ! {ping, self()},
            +ping(N) ->
            +    pong ! {ping, self()},
                 receive
                     pong ->
            -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
            +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
                 end,
            -    ping(N - 1).
            +    ping(N - 1).
             
            -pong() ->
            +pong() ->
                 receive
                     finished ->
            -            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            +            io:format("Pong finished~n", []);
            +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
            +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html	2025-03-21 17:27:29.660307300 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/create_target.html	2025-03-21 17:27:29.660307300 +0000
            @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@
             SASL), which specifies the ERTS version and lists all applications that are to
             be included in the new basic target system. An example is the following
             mysystem.rel file:

            %% mysystem.rel
            -{release,
            - {"MYSYSTEM", "FIRST"},
            - {erts, "5.10.4"},
            - [{kernel, "2.16.4"},
            -  {stdlib, "1.19.4"},
            -  {sasl, "2.3.4"},
            -  {pea, "1.0"}]}.

            The listed applications are not only original Erlang/OTP applications but +{release, + {"MYSYSTEM", "FIRST"}, + {erts, "5.10.4"}, + [{kernel, "2.16.4"}, + {stdlib, "1.19.4"}, + {sasl, "2.3.4"}, + {pea, "1.0"}]}.

            The listed applications are not only original Erlang/OTP applications but possibly also new applications that you have written (here exemplified by the application Pea (pea)).

            Step 2. Start Erlang/OTP from the directory where the mysystem.rel file resides:

            % erl -pa /home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-1.0/ebin

            The -pa argument prepends the path to the ebin directory for @@ -246,17 +246,17 @@

            In this example the Pea application has been changed, and so are the applications ERTS, Kernel, STDLIB and SASL.

            Step 1. Create the file .rel:

            %% mysystem2.rel
            -{release,
            - {"MYSYSTEM", "SECOND"},
            - {erts, "6.0"},
            - [{kernel, "3.0"},
            -  {stdlib, "2.0"},
            -  {sasl, "2.4"},
            -  {pea, "2.0"}]}.

            Step 2. Create the application upgrade file (see +{release, + {"MYSYSTEM", "SECOND"}, + {erts, "6.0"}, + [{kernel, "3.0"}, + {stdlib, "2.0"}, + {sasl, "2.4"}, + {pea, "2.0"}]}.

            Step 2. Create the application upgrade file (see appup in SASL) for Pea, for example:

            %% pea.appup
            -{"2.0",
            - [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}],
            - [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}]}.

            Step 3. From the directory where the file mysystem2.rel resides, start the +{"2.0", + [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}], + [{"1.0",[{load_module,pea_lib}]}]}.

            Step 3. From the directory where the file mysystem2.rel resides, start the Erlang/OTP system, giving the path to the new version of Pea:

            % erl -pa /home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-2.0/ebin

            Step 4. Create the release upgrade file (see relup in SASL):

            1> systools:make_relup("mysystem2",["mysystem"],["mysystem"],
                 [{path,["/home/user/target_system/myapps/pea-1.0/ebin",
            @@ -296,21 +296,21 @@
             release_handler:install_release/1 means that the release_handler has
             restarted the node by using heart. This is always done when the upgrade
             involves a change of the applications ERTS, Kernel, STDLIB, or SASL. For more
            -information, see Upgrade when Erlang/OTP has Changed.

            The node is accessible through a new pipe:

            % /usr/local/erl-target/bin/to_erl /tmp/erlang.pipe.2

            List the available releases in the system:

            1> release_handler:which_releases().
            -[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            -  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            -  current},
            - {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            -  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            -  permanent}]

            Our new release, "SECOND", is now the current release, but we can also see that +information, see Upgrade when Erlang/OTP has Changed.

            The node is accessible through a new pipe:

            % /usr/local/erl-target/bin/to_erl /tmp/erlang.pipe.2

            List the available releases in the system:

            1> release_handler:which_releases().
            +[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            +  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            +  current},
            + {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            +  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            +  permanent}]

            Our new release, "SECOND", is now the current release, but we can also see that our "FIRST" release is still permanent. This means that if the node would be -restarted now, it would come up running the "FIRST" release again.

            Step 3. Make the new release permanent:

            2> release_handler:make_permanent("SECOND").

            Check the releases again:

            3> release_handler:which_releases().
            -[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            -  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            -  permanent},
            - {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            -  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            -  old}]

            We see that the new release version is permanent, so it would be safe to +restarted now, it would come up running the "FIRST" release again.

            Step 3. Make the new release permanent:

            2> release_handler:make_permanent("SECOND").

            Check the releases again:

            3> release_handler:which_releases().
            +[{"MYSYSTEM","SECOND",
            +  ["kernel-3.0","stdlib-2.0","sasl-2.4","pea-2.0"],
            +  permanent},
            + {"MYSYSTEM","FIRST",
            +  ["kernel-2.16.4","stdlib-1.19.4","sasl-2.3.4","pea-1.0"],
            +  old}]

            We see that the new release version is permanent, so it would be safe to restart the node.

            @@ -319,8 +319,8 @@

            This module can also be found in the examples directory of the SASL application.

            
            --module(target_system).
            --export([create/1, create/2, install/2]).
            +-module(target_system).
            +-export([create/1, create/2, install/2]).
             
             %% Note: RelFileName below is the *stem* without trailing .rel,
             %% .script etc.
            @@ -328,176 +328,176 @@
             
             %% create(RelFileName)
             %%
            -create(RelFileName) ->
            -    create(RelFileName,[]).
            +create(RelFileName) ->
            +    create(RelFileName,[]).
             
            -create(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts) ->
            +create(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts) ->
                 RelFile = RelFileName ++ ".rel",
            -    Dir = filename:dirname(RelFileName),
            -    PlainRelFileName = filename:join(Dir,"plain"),
            +    Dir = filename:dirname(RelFileName),
            +    PlainRelFileName = filename:join(Dir,"plain"),
                 PlainRelFile = PlainRelFileName ++ ".rel",
            -    io:fwrite("Reading file: ~ts ...~n", [RelFile]),
            -    {ok, [RelSpec]} = file:consult(RelFile),
            -    io:fwrite("Creating file: ~ts from ~ts ...~n",
            -              [PlainRelFile, RelFile]),
            -    {release,
            -     {RelName, RelVsn},
            -     {erts, ErtsVsn},
            -     AppVsns} = RelSpec,
            -    PlainRelSpec = {release,
            -                    {RelName, RelVsn},
            -                    {erts, ErtsVsn},
            -                    lists:filter(fun({kernel, _}) ->
            +    io:fwrite("Reading file: ~ts ...~n", [RelFile]),
            +    {ok, [RelSpec]} = file:consult(RelFile),
            +    io:fwrite("Creating file: ~ts from ~ts ...~n",
            +              [PlainRelFile, RelFile]),
            +    {release,
            +     {RelName, RelVsn},
            +     {erts, ErtsVsn},
            +     AppVsns} = RelSpec,
            +    PlainRelSpec = {release,
            +                    {RelName, RelVsn},
            +                    {erts, ErtsVsn},
            +                    lists:filter(fun({kernel, _}) ->
                                                      true;
            -                                    ({stdlib, _}) ->
            +                                    ({stdlib, _}) ->
                                                      true;
            -                                    (_) ->
            +                                    (_) ->
                                                      false
            -                                 end, AppVsns)
            -                   },
            -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(PlainRelFile, [write]),
            -    io:fwrite(Fd, "~p.~n", [PlainRelSpec]),
            -    file:close(Fd),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            -	      [PlainRelFileName,PlainRelFileName]),
            -    make_script(PlainRelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            -              [RelFileName, RelFileName]),
            -    make_script(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +                                 end, AppVsns)
            +                   },
            +    {ok, Fd} = file:open(PlainRelFile, [write]),
            +    io:fwrite(Fd, "~p.~n", [PlainRelSpec]),
            +    file:close(Fd),
            +
            +    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            +	      [PlainRelFileName,PlainRelFileName]),
            +    make_script(PlainRelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +
            +    io:fwrite("Making \"~ts.script\" and \"~ts.boot\" files ...~n",
            +              [RelFileName, RelFileName]),
            +    make_script(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
             
                 TarFileName = RelFileName ++ ".tar.gz",
            -    io:fwrite("Creating tar file ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName]),
            -    make_tar(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
            +    io:fwrite("Creating tar file ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName]),
            +    make_tar(RelFileName,SystoolsOpts),
             
            -    TmpDir = filename:join(Dir,"tmp"),
            -    io:fwrite("Creating directory ~tp ...~n",[TmpDir]),
            -    file:make_dir(TmpDir),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Extracting ~ts into directory ~ts ...~n", [TarFileName,TmpDir]),
            -    extract_tar(TarFileName, TmpDir),
            -
            -    TmpBinDir = filename:join([TmpDir, "bin"]),
            -    ErtsBinDir = filename:join([TmpDir, "erts-" ++ ErtsVsn, "bin"]),
            -    io:fwrite("Deleting \"erl\" and \"start\" in directory ~ts ...~n",
            -              [ErtsBinDir]),
            -    file:delete(filename:join([ErtsBinDir, "erl"])),
            -    file:delete(filename:join([ErtsBinDir, "start"])),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Creating temporary directory ~ts ...~n", [TmpBinDir]),
            -    file:make_dir(TmpBinDir),
            -
            -    io:fwrite("Copying file \"~ts.boot\" to ~ts ...~n",
            -              [PlainRelFileName, filename:join([TmpBinDir, "start.boot"])]),
            -    copy_file(PlainRelFileName++".boot",filename:join([TmpBinDir, "start.boot"])),
            +    TmpDir = filename:join(Dir,"tmp"),
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html	2025-03-21 17:27:29.700307566 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/data_types.html	2025-03-21 17:27:29.700307566 +0000
            @@ -196,10 +196,10 @@
             arithmetic operations. This is because floats are represented by a fixed number
             of bits in a base-2 system while printed floats are represented with a base-10
             system. Erlang uses 64-bit floats. Here are examples of this phenomenon:

            1> 0.1+0.2.
            -0.30000000000000004

            The real numbers 0.1 and 0.2 cannot be represented exactly as floats.

            1> {36028797018963968.0, 36028797018963968 == 36028797018963968.0,
            -  36028797018963970.0, 36028797018963970 == 36028797018963970.0}.
            -{3.602879701896397e16, true,
            - 3.602879701896397e16, false}.

            The value 36028797018963968 can be represented exactly as a float value but +0.30000000000000004

            The real numbers 0.1 and 0.2 cannot be represented exactly as floats.

            1> {36028797018963968.0, 36028797018963968 == 36028797018963968.0,
            +  36028797018963970.0, 36028797018963970 == 36028797018963970.0}.
            +{3.602879701896397e16, true,
            + 3.602879701896397e16, false}.

            The value 36028797018963968 can be represented exactly as a float value but Erlang's pretty printer rounds 36028797018963968.0 to 3.602879701896397e16 (=36028797018963970.0) as all values in the range [36028797018963966.0, 36028797018963972.0] are represented by @@ -240,11 +240,11 @@ 3> <<1:1,0:1>>. <<2:2>>

            The is_bitstring/1 BIF tests whether a term is a bit string, and the is_binary/1 -BIF tests whether a term is a binary.

            Examples:

            1> is_bitstring(<<1:1>>).
            +BIF tests whether a term is a binary.

            Examples:

            1> is_bitstring(<<1:1>>).
             true
            -2> is_binary(<<1:1>>).
            +2> is_binary(<<1:1>>).
             false
            -3> is_binary(<<42>>).
            +3> is_binary(<<42>>).
             true
             

            For more examples, see Programming Examples.

            @@ -256,9 +256,9 @@ among connected nodes. A reference is created by calling the make_ref/0 BIF. The is_reference/1 BIF tests whether a term -is a reference.

            Examples:

            1> Ref = make_ref().
            +is a reference.

            Examples:

            1> Ref = make_ref().
             #Ref<0.76482849.3801088007.198204>
            -2> is_reference(Ref).
            +2> is_reference(Ref).
             true

            @@ -267,17 +267,17 @@

            A fun is a functional object. Funs make it possible to create an anonymous function and pass the function itself — not its name — as argument to other -functions.

            Examples:

            1> Fun1 = fun (X) -> X+1 end.
            +functions.

            Examples:

            1> Fun1 = fun (X) -> X+1 end.
             #Fun<erl_eval.6.39074546>
            -2> Fun1(2).
            +2> Fun1(2).
             3

            The is_function/1 and is_function/2 -BIFs tests whether a term is a fun.

            Examples:

            1> F = fun() -> ok end.
            +BIFs tests whether a term is a fun.

            Examples:

            1> F = fun() -> ok end.
             #Fun<erl_eval.43.105768164>
            -2> is_function(F).
            +2> is_function(F).
             true
            -3> is_function(F, 0).
            +3> is_function(F, 0).
             true
            -4> is_function(F, 1).
            +4> is_function(F, 1).
             false

            Read more about funs in Fun Expressions. For more examples, see Programming Examples.

            @@ -303,17 +303,17 @@ a message, which is the case when calling the spawn_request/5 BIF. A Pid is typically used when when sending a process a signal. The -is_pid/1 BIF tests whether a term is a Pid.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            --export([loop/0]).
            +is_pid/1 BIF tests whether a term is a Pid.

            Example:

            -module(m).
            +-export([loop/0]).
             
            -loop() ->
            +loop() ->
                 receive
                     who_are_you ->
            -            io:format("I am ~p~n", [self()]),
            -            loop()
            +            io:format("I am ~p~n", [self()]),
            +            loop()
                 end.
             
            -1> P = spawn(m, loop, []).
            +1> P = spawn(m, loop, []).
             <0.58.0>
             2> P ! who_are_you.
             I am <0.58.0>
            @@ -324,19 +324,19 @@
               Tuple
             

            A tuple is a compound data type with a fixed number of terms:

            {Term1,...,TermN}

            Each term Term in the tuple is called an element. The number of elements is -said to be the size of the tuple.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate tuples.

            Examples:

            1> P = {adam,24,{july,29}}.
            -{adam,24,{july,29}}
            -2> element(1,P).
            +said to be the size of the tuple.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate tuples.

            Examples:

            1> P = {adam,24,{july,29}}.
            +{adam,24,{july,29}}
            +2> element(1,P).
             adam
            -3> element(3,P).
            -{july,29}
            -4> P2 = setelement(2,P,25).
            -{adam,25,{july,29}}
            -5> tuple_size(P).
            +3> element(3,P).
            +{july,29}
            +4> P2 = setelement(2,P,25).
            +{adam,25,{july,29}}
            +5> tuple_size(P).
             3
            -6> tuple_size({}).
            +6> tuple_size({}).
             0
            -7> is_tuple({a,b,c}).
            +7> is_tuple({a,b,c}).
             true

            @@ -345,17 +345,17 @@

            A map is a compound data type with a variable number of key-value associations:

            #{Key1 => Value1, ..., KeyN => ValueN}

            Each key-value association in the map is called an association pair. The key and value parts of the pair are called elements. The number of association -pairs is said to be the size of the map.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate maps.

            Examples:

            1> M1 = #{name => adam, age => 24, date => {july,29}}.
            -#{age => 24,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            -2> maps:get(name, M1).
            +pairs is said to be the size of the map.

            There exists a number of BIFs to manipulate maps.

            Examples:

            1> M1 = #{name => adam, age => 24, date => {july,29}}.
            +#{age => 24,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            +2> maps:get(name, M1).
             adam
            -3> maps:get(date, M1).
            -{july,29}
            -4> M2 = maps:update(age, 25, M1).
            -#{age => 25,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            -5> map_size(M).
            +3> maps:get(date, M1).
            +{july,29}
            +4> M2 = maps:update(age, 25, M1).
            +#{age => 25,date => {july,29},name => adam}
            +5> map_size(M).
             3
            -6> map_size(#{}).
            +6> map_size(#{}).
             0

            A collection of maps processing functions are found in module maps in STDLIB.

            Read more about maps in Map Expressions.

            Change

            Maps were introduced as an experimental feature in Erlang/OTP R17. Their functionality was extended and became fully supported in Erlang/OTP 18.

            @@ -370,19 +370,19 @@ latter can be expressed as [H|T]. The notation [Term1,...,TermN] above is equivalent with the list [Term1|[...|[TermN|[]]]].

            Example:

            [] is a list, thus
            [c|[]] is a list, thus
            [b|[c|[]]] is a list, thus
            [a|[b|[c|[]]]] is a list, or in short [a,b,c]

            A list where the tail is a list is sometimes called a proper list. It is allowed to have a list where the tail is not a list, for example, [a|b]. -However, this type of list is of little practical use.

            Examples:

            1> L1 = [a,2,{c,4}].
            -[a,2,{c,4}]
            -2> [H|T] = L1.
            -[a,2,{c,4}]
            +However, this type of list is of little practical use.

            Examples:

            1> L1 = [a,2,{c,4}].
            +[a,2,{c,4}]
            +2> [H|T] = L1.
            +[a,2,{c,4}]
             3> H.
             a
             4> T.
            -[2,{c,4}]
            -5> L2 = [d|T].
            -[d,2,{c,4}]
            -6> length(L1).
            +[2,{c,4}]
            +5> L2 = [d|T].
            +[d,2,{c,4}]
            +6> length(L1).
             3
            -7> length([]).
            +7> length([]).
             0

            A collection of list processing functions are found in module lists in STDLIB.

            @@ -510,16 +510,16 @@ data type. Instead, record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. Therefore, record expressions are not understood by the shell unless special actions are taken. For details, see module shell -in STDLIB.

            Examples:

            -module(person).
            --export([new/2]).
            +in STDLIB.

            Examples:

            -module(person).
            +-export([new/2]).
             
            --record(person, {name, age}).
            +-record(person, {name, age}).
             
            -new(Name, Age) ->
            -    #href_anchor"ss">person{name=Name, age=Age}.
            +new(Name, Age) ->
            +    #href_anchor"ss">person{name=Name, age=Age}.
             
            -1> person:new(ernie, 44).
            -{person,ernie,44}

            Read more about records in Records. More examples are +1> person:new(ernie, 44). +{person,ernie,44}

            Read more about records in Records. More examples are found in Programming Examples.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.736307804 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/debugging.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.736307804 +0000 @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.772308044 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/design_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.772308044 +0000 @@ -156,94 +156,94 @@ specific part. Consider the following code (written in plain Erlang) for a simple server, which keeps track of a number of "channels". Other processes can allocate and free the channels by calling the functions alloc/0 and free/1, -respectively.

            -module(ch1).
            --export([start/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/0]).
            +respectively.

            -module(ch1).
            +-export([start/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/0]).
             
            -start() ->
            -    spawn(ch1, init, []).
            +start() ->
            +    spawn(ch1, init, []).
             
            -alloc() ->
            -    ch1 ! {self(), alloc},
            +alloc() ->
            +    ch1 ! {self(), alloc},
                 receive
            -        {ch1, Res} ->
            +        {ch1, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    ch1 ! {free, Ch},
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    ch1 ! {free, Ch},
                 ok.
             
            -init() ->
            -    register(ch1, self()),
            -    Chs = channels(),
            -    loop(Chs).
            +init() ->
            +    register(ch1, self()),
            +    Chs = channels(),
            +    loop(Chs).
             
            -loop(Chs) ->
            +loop(Chs) ->
                 receive
            -        {From, alloc} ->
            -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            -            From ! {ch1, Ch},
            -            loop(Chs2);
            -        {free, Ch} ->
            -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            -            loop(Chs2)
            -    end.

            The code for the server can be rewritten into a generic part server.erl:

            -module(server).
            --export([start/1]).
            --export([call/2, cast/2]).
            --export([init/1]).
            +        {From, alloc} ->
            +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
            +            From ! {ch1, Ch},
            +            loop(Chs2);
            +        {free, Ch} ->
            +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
            +            loop(Chs2)
            +    end.

            The code for the server can be rewritten into a generic part server.erl:

            -module(server).
            +-export([start/1]).
            +-export([call/2, cast/2]).
            +-export([init/1]).
             
            -start(Mod) ->
            -    spawn(server, init, [Mod]).
            +start(Mod) ->
            +    spawn(server, init, [Mod]).
             
            -call(Name, Req) ->
            -    Name ! {call, self(), Req},
            +call(Name, Req) ->
            +    Name ! {call, self(), Req},
                 receive
            -        {Name, Res} ->
            +        {Name, Res} ->
                         Res
                 end.
             
            -cast(Name, Req) ->
            -    Name ! {cast, Req},
            +cast(Name, Req) ->
            +    Name ! {cast, Req},
                 ok.
             
            -init(Mod) ->
            -    register(Mod, self()),
            -    State = Mod:init(),
            -    loop(Mod, State).
            +init(Mod) ->
            +    register(Mod, self()),
            +    State = Mod:init(),
            +    loop(Mod, State).
             
            -loop(Mod, State) ->
            +loop(Mod, State) ->
                 receive
            -        {call, From, Req} ->
            -            {Res, State2} = Mod:handle_call(Req, State),
            -            From ! {Mod, Res},
            -            loop(Mod, State2);
            -        {cast, Req} ->
            -            State2 = Mod:handle_cast(Req, State),
            -            loop(Mod, State2)
            -    end.

            And a callback module ch2.erl:

            -module(ch2).
            --export([start/0]).
            --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            --export([init/0, handle_call/2, handle_cast/2]).
            -
            -start() ->
            -    server:start(ch2).
            -
            -alloc() ->
            -    server:call(ch2, alloc).
            -
            -free(Ch) ->
            -    server:cast(ch2, {free, Ch}).
            +        {call, From, Req} ->
            +            {Res, State2} = Mod:handle_call(Req, State),
            +            From ! {Mod, Res},
            +            loop(Mod, State2);
            +        {cast, Req} ->
            +            State2 = Mod:handle_cast(Req, State),
            +            loop(Mod, State2)
            +    end.

            And a callback module ch2.erl:

            -module(ch2).
            +-export([start/0]).
            +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
            +-export([init/0, handle_call/2, handle_cast/2]).
            +
            +start() ->
            +    server:start(ch2).
            +
            +alloc() ->
            +    server:call(ch2, alloc).
            +
            +free(Ch) ->
            +    server:cast(ch2, {free, Ch}).
             
            -init() ->
            -    channels().
            +init() ->
            +    channels().
             
            -handle_call(alloc, Chs) ->
            -    alloc(Chs). % => {Ch,Chs2}
            +handle_call(alloc, Chs) ->
            +    alloc(Chs). % => {Ch,Chs2}
             
            -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
            -    free(Ch, Chs). % => Chs2

            Notice the following:

            • The code in server can be reused to build many different servers.
            • The server name, in this example the atom ch2, is hidden from the users of +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + free(Ch, Chs). % => Chs2

            Notice the following:

            • The code in server can be reused to build many different servers.
            • The server name, in this example the atom ch2, is hidden from the users of the client functions. This means that the name can be changed without affecting them.
            • The protocol (messages sent to and received from the server) is also hidden. This is good programming practice and allows one to change the protocol @@ -252,16 +252,16 @@ and free/2 has been intentionally left out, as it is not relevant to the example. For completeness, one way to write these functions is given below. This is an example only, a realistic implementation must be able to handle situations -like running out of channels to allocate, and so on.

              channels() ->
              -   {_Allocated = [], _Free = lists:seq(1, 100)}.
              +like running out of channels to allocate, and so on.

              channels() ->
              +   {_Allocated = [], _Free = lists:seq(1, 100)}.
               
              -alloc({Allocated, [H|T] = _Free}) ->
              -   {H, {[H|Allocated], T}}.
              +alloc({Allocated, [H|T] = _Free}) ->
              +   {H, {[H|Allocated], T}}.
               
              -free(Ch, {Alloc, Free} = Channels) ->
              -   case lists:member(Ch, Alloc) of
              +free(Ch, {Alloc, Free} = Channels) ->
              +   case lists:member(Ch, Alloc) of
                     true ->
              -         {lists:delete(Ch, Alloc), [Ch|Free]};
              +         {lists:delete(Ch, Alloc), [Ch|Free]};
                     false ->
                        Channels
                  end.

              Code written without using behaviours can be more efficient, but the increased @@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ other programmers. Improvised programming structures, while possibly more efficient, are always more difficult to understand.

              The server module corresponds, greatly simplified, to the Erlang/OTP behaviour gen_server.

              The standard Erlang/OTP behaviours are:

              • gen_server

                For implementing the server of a client-server relation

              • gen_statem

                For implementing state machines

              • gen_event

                For implementing event handling functionality

              • supervisor

                For implementing a supervisor in a supervision tree

              The compiler understands the module attribute -behaviour(Behaviour) and issues -warnings about missing callback functions, for example:

              -module(chs3).
              --behaviour(gen_server).
              +warnings about missing callback functions, for example:

              -module(chs3).
              +-behaviour(gen_server).
               ...
               
              -3> c(chs3).
              +3> c(chs3).
               ./chs3.erl:10: Warning: undefined call-back function handle_call/3
              -{ok,chs3}

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.804308255 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.808308282 +0000 @@ -146,17 +146,17 @@ the user. host is the full host name if long names are used, or the first part of the host name if short names are used. Function node() returns the name of the node.

              Example:

              % erl -name dilbert
              -(dilbert@uab.ericsson.se)1> node().
              +(dilbert@uab.ericsson.se)1> node().
               'dilbert@uab.ericsson.se'
               
               % erl -sname dilbert
              -(dilbert@uab)1> node().
              +(dilbert@uab)1> node().
               dilbert@uab

              The node name can also be given in runtime by calling net_kernel:start/1.

              Example:

              % erl
              -1> node().
              +1> node().
               nonode@nohost
              -2> net_kernel:start([dilbert,shortnames]).
              -{ok,<0.102.0>}
              -(dilbert@uab)3> node().
              +2> net_kernel:start([dilbert,shortnames]).
              +{ok,<0.102.0>}
              +(dilbert@uab)3> node().
               dilbert@uab

              Note

              A node with a long node name cannot communicate with a node with a short node name.

              @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.836308468 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/distributed_applications.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.840308494 +0000 @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ elapsed, all applications start. If not all mandatory nodes are up, the node terminates.

              Example:

              An application myapp is to run at the node cp1@cave. If this node goes down, myapp is to be restarted at cp2@cave or cp3@cave. A system configuration -file cp1.config for cp1@cave can look as follows:

              [{kernel,
              -  [{distributed, [{myapp, 5000, [cp1@cave, {cp2@cave, cp3@cave}]}]},
              -   {sync_nodes_mandatory, [cp2@cave, cp3@cave]},
              -   {sync_nodes_timeout, 5000}
              -  ]
              - }
              -].

              The system configuration files for cp2@cave and cp3@cave are identical, +file cp1.config for cp1@cave can look as follows:

              [{kernel,
              +  [{distributed, [{myapp, 5000, [cp1@cave, {cp2@cave, cp3@cave}]}]},
              +   {sync_nodes_mandatory, [cp2@cave, cp3@cave]},
              +   {sync_nodes_timeout, 5000}
              +  ]
              + }
              +].

              The system configuration files for cp2@cave and cp3@cave are identical, except for the list of mandatory nodes, which is to be [cp1@cave, cp3@cave] for cp2@cave and [cp1@cave, cp2@cave] for cp3@cave.

              Note

              All involved nodes must have the same value for distributed and sync_nodes_timeout. Otherwise the system behavior is undefined.

              @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ automatically starts the application.

              The application is started at the first operational node that is listed in the list of nodes in the distributed configuration parameter. The application is started as usual. That is, an application master is created and calls the -application callback function:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              Example:

              Continuing the example from the previous section, the three nodes are started, +application callback function:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              Example:

              Continuing the example from the previous section, the three nodes are started, specifying the system configuration file:

              > erl -sname cp1 -config cp1
               > erl -sname cp2 -config cp2
               > erl -sname cp3 -config cp3

              When all nodes are operational, myapp can be started. This is achieved by @@ -191,9 +191,9 @@ restarted (after the specified time-out) at the first operational node that is listed in the list of nodes in the distributed configuration parameter. This is called a failover.

              The application is started the normal way at the new node, that is, by the -application master calling:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              An exception is if the application has the start_phases key defined (see +application master calling:

              Module:start(normal, StartArgs)

              An exception is if the application has the start_phases key defined (see Included Applications). The application is then -instead started by calling:

              Module:start({failover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the terminated node.

              Example:

              If cp1 goes down, the system checks which one of the other nodes, cp2 or +instead started by calling:

              Module:start({failover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the terminated node.

              Example:

              If cp1 goes down, the system checks which one of the other nodes, cp2 or cp3, has the least number of running applications, but waits for 5 seconds for cp1 to restart. If cp1 does not restart and cp2 runs fewer applications than cp3, myapp is restarted on cp2.

              Application myapp - Situation 2

              Suppose now that cp2 goes also down and does not restart within 5 seconds. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

              If a node is started, which has higher priority according to distributed than the node where a distributed application is running, the application is restarted at the new node and stopped at the old node. This is called a -takeover.

              The application is started by the application master calling:

              Module:start({takeover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the old node.

              Example:

              If myapp is running at cp3, and if cp2 now restarts, it does not restart +takeover.

              The application is started by the application master calling:

              Module:start({takeover, Node}, StartArgs)

              Here Node is the old node.

              Example:

              If myapp is running at cp3, and if cp2 now restarts, it does not restart myapp, as the order between the cp2 and cp3 nodes is undefined.

              Application myapp - Situation 4

              However, if cp1 also restarts, the function application:takeover/2 moves myapp to cp1, as cp1 has a higher priority than cp3 for this application. In this case, Module:start({takeover, cp3@cave}, StartArgs) is @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.876308733 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/documentation.html 2025-03-21 17:27:29.880308759 +0000 @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@

              Documentation in Erlang is done through the -moduledoc and -doc -attributes. For example:

              -module(arith).
              +attributes. For example:

              -module(arith).
               -moduledoc """
               A module for basic arithmetic.
               """.
               
              --export([add/2]).
              +-export([add/2]).
               
               -doc "Adds two numbers.".
              -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

              The -moduledoc attribute has to be located before the first -doc attribute +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

              The -moduledoc attribute has to be located before the first -doc attribute or function declaration. It documents the overall purpose of the module.

              The -doc attribute always precedes the function or attribute it documents. The attributes that can be documented are @@ -144,23 +144,23 @@ Documentation metadata

            It is possible to add metadata to the documentation entry. You do this by adding -a -moduledoc or -doc attribute with a map as argument. For example:

            -module(arith).
            +a -moduledoc or -doc attribute with a map as argument. For example:

            -module(arith).
             -moduledoc """
             A module for basic arithmetic.
             """.
            --moduledoc #{since => "1.0"}.
            +-moduledoc #{since => "1.0"}.
             
            --export([add/2]).
            +-export([add/2]).
             
             -doc "Adds two numbers.".
            --doc(#{since => "1.0"}).
            -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            The metadata is used by documentation tools to provide extra information to the +-doc(#{since => "1.0"}). +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            The metadata is used by documentation tools to provide extra information to the user. There can be multiple metadata documentation entries, in which case the maps will be merged with the latest taking precedence if there are duplicate keys. Example:

            -doc "Adds two numbers.".
            --doc #{since => "1.0", author => "Joe"}.
            --doc #{since => "2.0"}.
            -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            This will result in a metadata entry of #{since => "2.0", author => "Joe"}.

            The keys and values in the metadata map can be any type, but it is recommended +-doc #{since => "1.0", author => "Joe"}. +-doc #{since => "2.0"}. +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            This will result in a metadata entry of #{since => "2.0", author => "Joe"}.

            The keys and values in the metadata map can be any type, but it is recommended that only atoms are used for keys and strings for the values.

            @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ -doc {file, "path/to/doc.md"} to point to the documentation. The path used is relative to the file where the -doc attribute is located. For example:

            %% doc/add.md
             Adds two numbers.

            and

            %% src/arith.erl
            --doc({file, "../doc/add.md"}).
            -add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            +-doc({file, "../doc/add.md"}). +add(One, Two) -> One + Two.

            @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ and other diagrams to better show the usage of the module. Instead of writing a long text in the moduledoc attribute, it could be better to break it out into an external page.

            The moduledoc attribute should start with a short paragraph describing the -module and then go into greater details. For example:

            -module(arith).
            +module and then go into greater details. For example:

            -module(arith).
             -moduledoc """
                A module for basic arithmetic.
             
            @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@
             deprecated and what to use instead.

          • format - The format to use for all documentation in this module. The default is text/markdown. It should be written using the mime type -of the format.

          Example:

          -moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
          --moduledoc #href_anchor"ss">since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
          --moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

          +of the format.

        Example:

        -moduledoc {file, "../doc/arith.asciidoc"}.
        +-moduledoc #href_anchor"ss">since => "0.1", format => "text/asciidoc"}.
        +-moduledoc #{deprecated => "Use the Erlang arithmetic operators instead."}.

        @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ We use a special number here so that we know that this number comes from this module. """. --opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. +-opaque number() :: {arith, erlang:number()}. -doc """ Adds two numbers. @@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ 1> arith:add(arith:number(1), arith:number(2)). {number, 3} ``` """. --spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). -add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

        +-spec add(number(), number()) -> number(). +add({number, One}, {number, Two}) -> {number, One + Two}.

      @@ -248,12 +248,12 @@ automatically insert this key if there is a -deprecated attribute marking a function as deprecated.

    • equiv => unicode:chardata() | F/A | F(...) - Notes that this function is equivalent to another function in this module. The equivalence can be described using either -Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

      -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
      -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      or

      -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
      --spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
      -add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      -add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is +Func/Arity, Func(Args) or a unicode string. For example:

      -doc #{equiv => add/3}.
      +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      or

      -doc #{equiv => add(One, Two, [])}.
      +-spec add(One :: number(), Two :: number()) -> number().
      +add(One, Two) -> add(One, Two, []).
      +add(One, Two, Options) -> ...

      The entry into the EEP-48 doc chunk metadata is the value converted to a string.

    • exported => boolean() - A boolean/0 signifying if the entry is exported or not. This value is automatically set by the compiler and should not be set by the user.

    @@ -264,20 +264,20 @@

    The doc signature is a short text shown to describe the function and its arguments. By default it is determined by looking at the names of the arguments in the --spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
    +-spec or function. For example:

    add(One, Two) -> One + Two.
     
    --spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    -sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback -specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
    +-spec sub(One :: integer(), Two :: integer()) -> integer().
    +sub(X, Y) -> X - Y.

    will have a signature of add(One, Two) and sub(One, Two).

    For types or callbacks, the signature is derived from the type or callback +specification. For example:

    -type number(Value) :: {number, Value}.
     %% signature will be `number(Value)`
     
    --opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
    +-opaque number() :: {number, number()}.
     %% signature will be `number()`
     
    --callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
    +-callback increment(In :: number()) -> Out.
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`
     
    --callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
    +-callback increment(In) -> Out when In :: number().
     %% signature will be `increment(In)`

    If it is not possible to "easily" figure out a nice signature from the code, the MFA syntax is used instead. For example: add/2, number/1, increment/1

    It is possible to supply a custom signature by placing it as the first line of the -doc attribute. The provided signature must be in the form of a function @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Adds two numbers. """. -add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the +add(A, B) -> A + B.

    Will create the signature add(One, Two). The signature will be removed from the documentation string, so in the example above only the text "Adds two numbers" will be part of the documentation. This works for functions, types, and callbacks.

    A pattern has the same structure as a term but can contain unbound variables.

    Example:

    Name1
    -[H|T]
    -{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, +[H|T] +{error,Reason}

    Patterns are allowed in clause heads, case expressions, receive expressions, and match expressions.

    @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@

    If Pattern1 and Pattern2 are valid patterns, the following is also a valid pattern:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2

    When matched against a term, both Pattern1 and Pattern2 are matched against -the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    -    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
    +the term. The idea behind this feature is to avoid reconstruction of terms.

    Example:

    f({connect,From,To,Number,Options}, To) ->
    +    Signal = {connect,From,To,Number,Options},
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    -    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
    +    ignore.

    can instead be written as

    f({connect,_,To,_,_} = Signal, To) ->
         ...;
    -f(Signal, To) ->
    +f(Signal, To) ->
         ignore.

    The compound pattern operator does not imply that its operands are matched in any particular order. That means that it is not legal to bind a variable in Pattern1 and use it in Pattern2, or vice versa.

    @@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ String Prefix in Patterns

    -

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    +

    When matching strings, the following is a valid pattern:

    f("prefix" ++ Str) -> ...

    This is syntactic sugar for the equivalent, but harder to read:

    f([$p,$r,$e,$f,$i,$x | Str]) -> ...

    Expressions in Patterns

    An arithmetic expression can be used within a pattern if it meets both of the -following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    -    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    +following two conditions:

    • It uses only numeric or bitwise operators.
    • Its value can be evaluated to a constant when complied.

    Example:

    case {Value, Result} of
    +    {?THRESHOLD+1, ok} -> ...

    @@ -213,15 +213,15 @@

    The following matches Pattern against Expr:

    Pattern = Expr

    If the matching succeeds, any unbound variable in the pattern becomes bound and the value of Expr is returned.

    If multiple match operators are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from -right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    -{answer,42}
    +right to left.

    If the matching fails, a badmatch run-time error occurs.

    Examples:

    1> {A, B} = T = {answer, 42}.
    +{answer,42}
     2> A.
     answer
     3> B.
     42
     4> T.
    -{answer,42}
    -5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
    +{answer,42}
    +5> {C, D} = [1, 2].
     ** exception error: no match of right-hand side value [1,2]

    Because multiple match operators are evaluated from right to left, it means that:

    Pattern1 = Pattern2 = . . . = PatternN = Expression

    is equivalent to:

    Temporary = Expression,
     PatternN = Temporary,
    @@ -243,20 +243,20 @@
     compound pattern matches if all of its constituent patterns match. It is not
     legal for a pattern that is part of a compound pattern to use variables (as keys
     in map patterns or sizes in binary patterns) bound in other sub patterns of the
    -same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
    +same compound pattern.

    Examples:

    1> fun(#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) -> Value end.
     * 1:7: variable 'Key' is unbound
    -2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}).
    -{{1,2},3}
    -3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>).
    -{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used +2> F = fun({A, B} = E) -> {E, A + B} end, F({1,2}). +{{1,2},3} +3> G = fun(<<A:8,B:8>> = <<C:16>>) -> {A, B, C} end, G(<<42,43>>). +{42,43,10795}

    The match operator is allowed everywhere an expression is allowed. It is used to match the value of an expression to a pattern. If multiple match operators -are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    -#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    -2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
    +are applied in sequence, they will be evaluated from right to left.

    Examples:

    1> M = #{key => key2, key2 => value}.
    +#{key => key2,key2 => value}
    +2> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = #{key := Key} = M, Value.
     value
    -3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
    +3> f(Key), #{Key := Value} = (#{key := Key} = M), Value.
     value
    -4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
    +4> f(Key), (#{Key := Value} = #{key := Key}) = M, Value.
     * 1:12: variable 'Key' is unbound
     5> <<X:Y>> = begin Y = 8, <<42:8>> end, X.
     42

    The expression at prompt 2> first matches the value of variable M against @@ -280,22 +280,22 @@ Function Calls -

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    -ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of +

    ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)
    +ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN)

    In the first form of function calls, ExprM:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), each of ExprM and ExprF must be an atom or an expression that evaluates to an atom. The function is said to be called by using the fully qualified function name. -This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be +This is often referred to as a remote or external function call.

    Example:

    lists:keyfind(Name, 1, List)

    In the second form of function calls, ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN), ExprF must be an atom or evaluate to a fun.

    If ExprF is an atom, the function is said to be called by using the implicitly qualified function name. If the function ExprF is locally defined, it is called. Alternatively, if ExprF is explicitly imported from the M module, M:ExprF(Expr1,...,ExprN) is called. If ExprF is neither declared locally nor explicitly imported, ExprF must be the name of an automatically -imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    -spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    -Fun1(3).
    +imported BIF.

    Examples:

    handle(Msg, State)
    +spawn(m, init, [])

    Examples where ExprF is a fun:

    1> Fun1 = fun(X) -> X+1 end,
    +Fun1(3).
     4
    -2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    -[1,2,3,4]
    +2> fun lists:append/2([1,2], [3,4]).
    +[1,2,3,4]
     3>

    Notice that when calling a local function, there is a difference between using the implicitly or fully qualified function name. The latter always refers to the latest version of the module. See @@ -320,32 +320,32 @@ (ERTS version 5.8) and have an implicitly qualified call to that function in your code, you either need to explicitly remove the auto-import using a compiler directive, or replace the call with a fully qualified function call. Otherwise -you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
    +you get a compilation error. See the following example:

    -export([length/1,f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    -length([]) ->
    +length([]) ->
         0;
    -length([H|T]) ->
    -    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
    +length([H|T]) ->
    +    1 + length(T). %% Calls the local function length/1
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 3 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                       %% which is allowed in guards
         long.

    The same logic applies to explicitly imported functions from other modules, as to locally defined functions. It is not allowed to both import a function from -another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
    +another module and have the function declared in the module at the same time:

    -export([f/1]).
     
    --compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
    +-compile({no_auto_import,[length/1]}). % erlang:length/1 no longer autoimported
     
    --import(mod,[length/1]).
    +-import(mod,[length/1]).
     
    -f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
    +f(X) when erlang:length(X) > 33 -> %% Calls erlang:length/1,
                                        %% which is allowed in guards
     
    -    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
    +    erlang:length(X);              %% Explicit call to erlang:length in body
     
    -f(X) ->
    -    length(X).                     %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the +f(X) -> + length(X). %% mod:length/1 is called

    For auto-imported BIFs added in Erlang/OTP R14A and thereafter, overriding the name with a local function or explicit import is always allowed. However, if the -compile({no_auto_import,[F/A]) directive is not used, the compiler issues a warning whenever the function is called in the module using the implicitly @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ sequence GuardSeq that evaluates to true is found. Then the corresponding /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.288311464 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/features.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.288311464 +0000 @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.324311703 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/funs.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.332311756 +0000 @@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ map -

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    -double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    -[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    -add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used -by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as -follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    -add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as +

    The following function, double, doubles every element in a list:

    double([H|T]) -> [2*H|double(T)];
    +double([])    -> [].

    Hence, the argument entered as input is doubled as follows:

    > double([1,2,3,4]).
    +[2,4,6,8]

    The following function, add_one, adds one to every element in a list:

    add_one([H|T]) -> [H+1|add_one(T)];
    +add_one([])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one have a similar structure. This can be used +by writing a function map that expresses this similarity:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    The functions double and add_one can now be expressed in terms of map as +follows:

    double(L)  -> map(fun(X) -> 2*X end, L).
    +add_one(L) -> map(fun(X) -> 1 + X end, L).

    map(F, List) is a function that takes a function F and a list L as arguments and returns a new list, obtained by applying F to each of the elements in L.

    The process of abstracting out the common features of a number of different programs is called procedural abstraction. Procedural abstraction can be used @@ -142,21 +142,21 @@ foreach

    This section illustrates procedural abstraction. Initially, the following two -examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    -    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    -    print_list(Stream, T);
    -print_list(Stream, []) ->
    -    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
    +examples are written as conventional functions.

    This function prints all elements of a list onto a stream:

    print_list(Stream, [H|T]) ->
    +    io:format(Stream, "~p~n", [H]),
    +    print_list(Stream, T);
    +print_list(Stream, []) ->
    +    true.

    This function broadcasts a message to a list of processes:

    broadcast(Msg, [Pid|Pids]) ->
         Pid ! Msg,
    -    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    -broadcast(_, []) ->
    +    broadcast(Msg, Pids);
    +broadcast(_, []) ->
         true.

    These two functions have a similar structure. They both iterate over a list and do something to each element in the list. The "something" is passed on as an -extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    -    F(H),
    -    foreach(F, T);
    -foreach(F, []) ->
    -    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) +extra argument to the function that does this.

    The function foreach expresses this similarity:

    foreach(F, [H|T]) ->
    +    F(H),
    +    foreach(F, T);
    +foreach(F, []) ->
    +    ok.

    Using the function foreach, the function print_list becomes:

    foreach(fun(H) -> io:format(S, "~p~n",[H]) end, L)

    Using the function foreach, the function broadcast becomes:

    foreach(fun(Pid) -> Pid ! M end, L)

    foreach is evaluated for its side-effect and not its value. foreach(Fun ,L) calls Fun(X) for each element X in L and the processing occurs in the order that the elements were defined in L. map does not define the order in which its elements are processed.

    @@ -166,24 +166,24 @@ Syntax of Funs

    Funs are written with the following syntax (see -Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
    +Fun Expressions for full description):

    F = fun (Arg1, Arg2, ... ArgN) ->
             ...
         end

    This creates an anonymous function of N arguments and binds it to the variable F.

    Another function, FunctionName, written in the same module, can be passed as an argument, using the following syntax:

    F = fun FunctionName/Arity

    With this form of function reference, the function that is referred to does not need to be exported from the module.

    It is also possible to refer to a function defined in a different module, with -the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    --export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    --import(lists, [map/2]).
    -
    -t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -
    -t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -
    -double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test -is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    -   apply(F, Args);
    -f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
    +the following syntax:

    F = fun Module:FunctionName/Arity

    In this case, the function must be exported from the module in question.

    The following program illustrates the different ways of creating funs:

    -module(fun_test).
    +-export([t1/0, t2/0]).
    +-import(lists, [map/2]).
    +
    +t1() -> map(fun(X) -> 2 * X end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +
    +t2() -> map(fun double/1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +
    +double(X) -> X * 2.

    The fun F can be evaluated with the following syntax:

    F(Arg1, Arg2, ..., Argn)

    To check whether a term is a fun, use the test +is_function/1 in a guard.

    Example:

    f(F, Args) when is_function(F) ->
    +   apply(F, Args);
    +f(N, _) when is_integer(N) ->
        N.

    Funs are a distinct type. The BIFs erlang:fun_info/1,2 can be used to retrieve information about a fun, and the BIF erlang:fun_to_list/1 returns a textual representation of a fun. The check_process_code/2 @@ -196,18 +196,18 @@

    The scope rules for variables that occur in funs are as follows:

    • All variables that occur in the head of a fun are assumed to be "fresh" variables.
    • Variables that are defined before the fun, and that occur in function calls or -guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.
    • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.

    The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The +guard tests within the fun, have the values they had outside the fun.

  • Variables cannot be exported from a fun.
  • The following examples illustrate these rules:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(X) -> io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[X]) end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, the variable X, defined in the head of the fun, is a new variable. The variable Stream, which is used within the fun, gets its value from the file:open line.

    As any variable that occurs in the head of a fun is considered a new variable, -it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    -    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    -    foreach(fun(File) ->
    -                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    -            end, List),
    -    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise +it is equally valid to write as follows:

    print_list(File, List) ->
    +    {ok, Stream} = file:open(File, write),
    +    foreach(fun(File) ->
    +                io:format(Stream,"~p~n",[File])
    +            end, List),
    +    file:close(Stream).

    Here, File is used as the new variable instead of X. This is not so wise because code in the fun body cannot refer to the variable File, which is defined outside of the fun. Compiling this example gives the following diagnostic:

    ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'File'
    @@ -216,20 +216,20 @@
     pattern matching operations must be moved into guard expressions and cannot be
     written in the head of the fun. For example, you might write the following code
     if you intend the first clause of F to be evaluated when the value of its
    -argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
    +argument is Y:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
    +    map(fun(X) when X == Y ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    -    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
    +        end, ...)
    +    ...

    instead of writing the following code:

    f(...) ->
         Y = ...
    -    map(fun(Y) ->
    +    map(fun(Y) ->
                  ;
    -           (_) ->
    +           (_) ->
                  ...
    -        end, ...)
    +        end, ...)
         ...

    @@ -243,58 +243,58 @@ map

    -

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    -map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the +

    lists:map/2 takes a function of one argument and a list of terms:

    map(F, [H|T]) -> [F(H)|map(F, T)];
    +map(F, [])    -> [].

    It returns the list obtained by applying the function to every argument in the list.

    When a new fun is defined in the shell, the value of the fun is printed as -Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
    +Fun#<erl_eval>:

    > Double = fun(X) -> 2 * X end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[2,4,6,8,10]

    +> lists:map(Double, [1,2,3,4,5]). +[2,4,6,8,10]

    any

    -

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    -    case Pred(H) of
    +

    lists:any/2 takes a predicate P of one argument and a list of terms:

    any(Pred, [H|T]) ->
    +    case Pred(H) of
             true  ->  true;
    -        false ->  any(Pred, T)
    +        false ->  any(Pred, T)
         end;
    -any(Pred, []) ->
    +any(Pred, []) ->
         false.

    A predicate is a function that returns true or false. any is true if there is a term X in the list such that P(X) is true.

    A predicate Big(X) is defined, which is true if its argument is greater that -10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
    +10:

    > Big =  fun(X) -> if X > 10 -> true; true -> false end end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.72228031>
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,4]).
     false
    -> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
    +> lists:any(Big, [1,2,3,12,5]).
     true

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.368311995 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/gen_server_concepts.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.364311967 +0000 @@ -161,40 +161,40 @@

    An example of a simple server written in plain Erlang is provided in Overview. The server can be reimplemented using -gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +gen_server, resulting in this callback module:

    -module(ch3).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
     
    -free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
    +free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
     
    -init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.
    +init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
    +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.
     
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

    The code is explained in the next sections.

    Starting a Gen_Server

    In the example in the previous section, gen_server is started by calling -ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function +ch3:start_link():

    start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []) => {ok, Pid}

    start_link/0 calls function gen_server:start_link/4. This function spawns and links to a new process, a gen_server.

    • The first argument, {local, ch3}, specifies the name. The gen_server is then locally registered as ch3.

      If the name is omitted, the gen_server is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be given as {global, Name}, in which case @@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ for the available options.

    If name registration succeeds, the new gen_server process calls the callback function ch3:init([]). init is expected to return {ok, State}, where State is the internal state of the gen_server. In this case, the state is -the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    -    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the +the available channels.

    init(_Args) ->
    +    {ok, channels()}.

    gen_server:start_link/4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_server has been initialized and is ready to receive requests.

    gen_server:start_link/4 must be used if the gen_server is part of a supervision tree, meaning that it was started by a supervisor. There is another function, gen_server:start/4, to start a standalone @@ -225,9 +225,9 @@ When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_call(Request, From, State), which is expected to return a tuple {reply,Reply,State1}. Reply is the reply that is to be sent back -to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    -    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the +to the client, and State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
    +    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
    +    {reply, Ch, Chs2}.

    In this case, the reply is the allocated channel Ch and the new state is the set of remaining available channels Chs2.

    Thus, the call ch3:alloc() returns the allocated channel Ch and the gen_server then waits for new requests, now with an updated list of available channels.

    @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ Asynchronous Requests - Cast

    -

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. +

    The asynchronous request free(Ch) is implemented using gen_server:cast/2:

    free(Ch) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).

    ch3 is the name of the gen_server. {free, Ch} is the actual request.

    The request is made into a message and sent to the gen_server. cast, and thus free, then returns ok.

    When the request is received, the gen_server calls handle_cast(Request, State), which is expected to return a tuple -{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    -    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. +{noreply,State1}. State1 is a new value for the state of the gen_server.

    handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
    +    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
    +    {noreply, Chs2}.

    In this case, the new state is the updated list of available channels Chs2. The gen_server is now ready for new requests.

    @@ -261,15 +261,15 @@ set in the supervisor.

    If it is necessary to clean up before termination, the shutdown strategy must be a time-out value and the gen_server must be set to trap exit signals in function init. When ordered to shutdown, the gen_server then calls -the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
    +the callback function terminate(shutdown, State):

    init(Args) ->
         ...,
    -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
    +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
         ...,
    -    {ok, State}.
    +    {ok, State}.
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(shutdown, State) ->
    +terminate(shutdown, State) ->
         %% Code for cleaning up here
         ...
         ok.

    @@ -280,21 +280,21 @@

    If the gen_server is not part of a supervision tree, a stop function can be useful, for example:

    ...
    -export([stop/0]).
    +export([stop/0]).
     ...
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:cast(ch3, stop).
     ...
     
    -handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    -    {stop, normal, State};
    -handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
    +handle_cast(stop, State) ->
    +    {stop, normal, State};
    +handle_cast({free, Ch}, State) ->
         ...
     
     ...
     
    -terminate(normal, State) ->
    +terminate(normal, State) ->
         ok.

    The callback function handling the stop request returns a tuple {stop,normal,State1}, where normal specifies that it is a normal termination and State1 is a new value for the state @@ -309,13 +309,13 @@ the callback function handle_info(Info, State) must be implemented to handle them. Examples of other messages are exit messages, if the gen_server is linked to other processes than the supervisor -and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
    +and it is trapping exit signals.

    handle_info({'EXIT', Pid, Reason}, State) ->
         %% Code to handle exits here.
         ...
    -    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
    +    {noreply, State1}.

    The final function to implement is code_change/3:

    code_change(OldVsn, State, Extra) ->
         %% Code to convert state (and more) during code change.
         ...
    -    {ok, NewState}.
    +
    {ok, NewState}.
    @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.400312207 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.400312207 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.432312418 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/included_applications.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.436312445 +0000 @@ -165,16 +165,16 @@ Specifying Included Applications

    Which applications to include is defined by the included_applications key in -the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.

    +the .app file:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {prim_app_cb,[]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.

    @@ -188,27 +188,27 @@ term.

    The value of the mod key of the including application must be set to {application_starter,[Module,StartArgs]}, where Module as usual is the application callback module. StartArgs is a term provided as argument to the -callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    - [{description, "Tree application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    -  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    -  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    -  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    -  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    - ]}.
    -
    -{application, incl_app,
    - [{description, "Included application"},
    -  {vsn, "1"},
    -  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    -  {registered, []},
    -  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    -  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    - ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary +callback function Module:start/2:

    {application, prim_app,
    + [{description, "Tree application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [prim_app_cb, prim_app_sup, prim_app_server]},
    +  {registered, [prim_app_server]},
    +  {included_applications, [incl_app]},
    +  {start_phases, [{init,[]}, {go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {application_starter,[prim_app_cb,[]]}},
    +  {env, [{file, "/usr/local/log"}]}
    + ]}.
    +
    +{application, incl_app,
    + [{description, "Included application"},
    +  {vsn, "1"},
    +  {modules, [incl_app_cb, incl_app_sup, incl_app_server]},
    +  {registered, []},
    +  {start_phases, [{go,[]}]},
    +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
    +  {mod, {incl_app_cb,[]}}
    + ]}.

    When starting a primary application with included applications, the primary application is started the normal way, that is:

    • The application controller creates an application master for the application
    • The application master calls Module:start(normal, StartArgs) to start the top supervisor.

    Then, for the primary application and each included application in top-down, left-to-right order, the application master calls @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ of specified phases must be a subset of the set of phases specified for the primary application.

    When starting prim_app as defined above, the application controller calls the following callback functions before application:start(prim_app) returns a -value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    - => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    - => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    - => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    +value:

    application:start(prim_app)
    + => prim_app_cb:start(normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(init, normal, [])
    + => prim_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
    + => incl_app_cb:start_phase(go, normal, [])
     ok
    @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.472312684 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-cross.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.468312657 +0000 @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.496312842 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install-win32.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.504312896 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

    and sometimes

    $ cd $ERL_TOP
     $ make local_setup
     

    So now when you run $ERL_TOP/erl.exe, you should have a debug compiled -emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you +emulator, which you will see if you do a:

    1> erlang:system_info(system_version).

    in the erlang shell. If the returned string contains [debug], you got a debug compiled emulator.

    To hack the erlang libraries, you simply do a make opt in the specific "applications" directory, like:

    $ cd $ERL_TOP/lib/stdlib
     $ make opt
    @@ -322,11 +322,11 @@
     

    Remember that:

    • Windows specific C-code goes in the $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/sys/win32, $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/drivers/win32 or $ERL_TOP/erts/etc/win32.

    • Windows specific erlang code should be used conditionally and the host OS tested in runtime, the exactly same beam files should be -distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      -    {win32,_} ->
      -        do_windows_specific();
      +distributed for every platform! So write code like:

      case os:type() of
      +    {win32,_} ->
      +        do_windows_specific();
           Other ->
      -        do_fallback_or_exit()
      +        do_fallback_or_exit()
       end,

    That's basically all you need to get going.

    @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.536313108 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/install.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.540313135 +0000 @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.564313293 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/installation_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.568313320 +0000 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.600313532 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/list_comprehensions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.608313586 +0000 @@ -121,25 +121,25 @@ Simple Examples

    -

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    -[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list +

    This section starts with a simple example, showing a generator and a filter:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], X > 3].
    +[a,4,b,5,6]

    This is read as follows: The list of X such that X is taken from the list [1,2,a,...] and X is greater than 3.

    The notation X <- [1,2,a,...] is a generator and the expression X > 3 is a filter.

    An additional filter, is_integer(X), can be added to -restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    -[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can -be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    -[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    +restrict the result to integers:

    > [X || X <- [1,2,a,3,4,b,5,6], is_integer(X), X > 3].
    +[4,5,6]

    Generators can be combined. For example, the Cartesian product of two lists can +be written as follows:

    > [{X, Y} || X <- [1,2,3], Y <- [a,b]].
    +[{1,a},{1,b},{2,a},{2,b},{3,a},{3,b}]

    Quick Sort

    -

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    -sort([_] = L) -> L;
    -sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    -    [Pivot] ++
    -    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T +

    The well-known quick sort routine can be written as follows:

    sort([]) -> [];
    +sort([_] = L) -> L;
    +sort([Pivot|T]) ->
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X < Pivot]) ++
    +    [Pivot] ++
    +    sort([ X || X <- T, X >= Pivot]).

    The expression [X || X <- T, X < Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are less than Pivot.

    [X || X <- T, X >= Pivot] is the list of all elements in T that are greater than or equal to Pivot.

    With the algorithm above, a list is sorted as follows:

    • A list with zero or one element is trivially sorted.
    • For lists with more than one element:
      1. The first element in the list is isolated as the pivot element.
      2. The remaining list is partitioned into two sublists, such that:
      • The first sublist contains all elements that are smaller than the pivot element.
      • The second sublist contains all elements that are greater than or equal to @@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ Permutations -

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        -perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists +

        The following example generates all permutations of the elements in a list:

        perms([]) -> [[]];
        +perms(L)  -> [[H|T] || H <- L, T <- perms(L--[H])].

        This takes H from L in all possible ways. The result is the set of all lists [H|T], where T is the set of all possible permutations of L, with H -removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        -[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        +removed:

        > perms([b,u,g]).
        +[[b,u,g],[b,g,u],[u,b,g],[u,g,b],[g,b,u],[g,u,b]]

        @@ -168,47 +168,47 @@

        Pythagorean triplets are sets of integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2.

        The function pyth(N) generates a list of all integers {A,B,C} such that A**2 + B**2 = C**2 and where the sum of the sides is equal to, or less than, -N:

        pyth(N) ->
        -    [ {A,B,C} ||
        -        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        -        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +N:

        pyth(N) ->
        +    [ {A,B,C} ||
        +        A <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        B <- lists:seq(1,N),
        +        C <- lists:seq(1,N),
                 A+B+C =< N,
                 A*A+B*B == C*C
        -    ].
        > pyth(3).
        -[].
        -> pyth(11).
        -[].
        -> pyth(12).
        -[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        -> pyth(50).
        -[{3,4,5},
        - {4,3,5},
        - {5,12,13},
        - {6,8,10},
        - {8,6,10},
        - {8,15,17},
        - {9,12,15},
        - {12,5,13},
        - {12,9,15},
        - {12,16,20},
        - {15,8,17},
        - {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        -   [{A,B,C} ||
        -       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        -       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        -       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
        +    ].
        > pyth(3).
        +[].
        +> pyth(11).
        +[].
        +> pyth(12).
        +[{3,4,5},{4,3,5}]
        +> pyth(50).
        +[{3,4,5},
        + {4,3,5},
        + {5,12,13},
        + {6,8,10},
        + {8,6,10},
        + {8,15,17},
        + {9,12,15},
        + {12,5,13},
        + {12,9,15},
        + {12,16,20},
        + {15,8,17},
        + {16,12,20}]

        The following code reduces the search space and is more efficient:

        pyth1(N) ->
        +   [{A,B,C} ||
        +       A <- lists:seq(1,N-2),
        +       B <- lists:seq(A+1,N-1),
        +       C <- lists:seq(B+1,N),
                A+B+C =< N,
        -       A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        + A*A+B*B == C*C ].

        Simplifications With List Comprehensions

        As an example, list comprehensions can be used to simplify some of the functions -in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        -map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        -filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        +in lists.erl:

        append(L)   ->  [X || L1 <- L, X <- L1].
        +map(Fun, L) -> [Fun(X) || X <- L].
        +filter(Pred, L) -> [X || X <- L, Pred(X)].

        @@ -220,20 +220,20 @@ which selects certain elements from a list of tuples. Suppose you write select(X, L) -> [Y || {X, Y} <- L]. with the intention of extracting all tuples from L, where the first item is X.

        Compiling this gives the following diagnostic:

        ./FileName.erl:Line: Warning: variable 'X' shadowed in generate

        This diagnostic warns that the variable X in the pattern is not the same as -the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be -written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into -the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        -[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the -same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        -[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is +the variable X that occurs in the function head.

        Evaluating select gives the following result:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[1,2,3,7]

        This is not the wanted result. To achieve the desired effect, select must be +written as follows:

        select(X, L) ->  [Y || {X1, Y} <- L, X == X1].

        The generator now contains unbound variables and the test has been moved into +the filter.

        This now works as expected:

        > select(b,[{a,1},{b,2},{c,3},{b,7}]).
        +[2,7]

        Also note that a variable in a generator pattern will shadow a variable with the +same name bound in a previous generator pattern. For example:

        > [{X,Y} || X <- [1,2,3], X=Y <- [a,b,c]].
        +[{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c},{a,a},{b,b},{c,c}]

        A consequence of the rules for importing variables into a list comprehensions is that certain pattern matching operations must be moved into the filters and -cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +cannot be written directly in the generators.

        To illustrate this, do not write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        -    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y  <- Expr, ...]
        +    ...

        Instead, write as follows:

        f(...) ->
             Y = ...
        -    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
        +    [ Expression || PatternInvolving Y1  <- Expr, Y == Y1, ...]
             ...
        @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.640313797 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/listhandling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.640313797 +0000 @@ -124,47 +124,47 @@

        Lists can only be built starting from the end and attaching list elements at the beginning. If you use the ++ operator as follows, a new list is created that is a copy of the elements in List1, followed by List2:

        List1 ++ List2

        Looking at how lists:append/2 or ++ would be implemented in plain Erlang, -clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        -    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        -append([], Tail) ->
        +clearly the first list is copied:

        append([H|T], Tail) ->
        +    [H|append(T, Tail)];
        +append([], Tail) ->
             Tail.

        When recursing and building a list, it is important to ensure that you attach the new elements to the beginning of the list. In this way, you will build one -list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        -    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +list, not hundreds or thousands of copies of the growing result list.

        Let us first see how it is not to be done:

        DO NOT

        bad_fib(N) ->
        +    bad_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        +bad_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
             Fibs;
        -bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created +bad_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + bad_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, Fibs ++ [Current]).

        Here more than one list is built. In each iteration step a new list is created that is one element longer than the new previous list.

        To avoid copying the result in each iteration, build the list in reverse order -and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
        +and reverse the list when you are done:

        DO

        tail_recursive_fib(N) ->
        +    tail_recursive_fib(N, 0, 1, []).
         
        -tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) ->
        -    lists:reverse(Fibs);
        -tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) ->
        -    tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        +tail_recursive_fib(0, _Current, _Next, Fibs) -> + lists:reverse(Fibs); +tail_recursive_fib(N, Current, Next, Fibs) -> + tail_recursive_fib(N - 1, Next, Current + Next, [Current|Fibs]).

        List Comprehensions

        -

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list -will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +

        A list comprehension:

        [Expr(E) || E <- List]

        is basically translated to a local function:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    [Expr(E)|'lc^0'(Tail, Expr)];
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        If the result of the list comprehension will obviously not be used, a list +will not be constructed. For example, in this code:

        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        or in this code:

        case Var of
             ... ->
        -        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
        +        [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List];
             ... ->
         end,
        -some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not +some_function(...),

        the value is not assigned to a variable, not passed to another function, and not returned. This means that there is no need to construct a list and the compiler -will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        -    Expr(E),
        -    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        -'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will -not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
        +will simplify the code for the list comprehension to:

        'lc^0'([E|Tail], Expr) ->
        +    Expr(E),
        +    'lc^0'(Tail, Expr);
        +'lc^0'([], _Expr) -> [].

        The compiler also understands that assigning to _ means that the value will +not be used. Therefore, the code in the following example will also be optimized:

        _ = [io:put_chars(E) || E <- List],
         ok.

        @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ to flatten the list before sending it to the port.

      • When calling BIFs that accept deep lists, such as list_to_binary/1 or iolist_to_binary/1.
      • When you know that your list is only one level deep. Use lists:append/1 -instead.

      Examples:

      DO

      port_command(Port, DeepList)

      DO NOT

      port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

      A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

      DO NOT

      TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      Instead:

      DO

      TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
      -port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

      DO

      1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      DO NOT

      1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
      -[1,2,3]

      +instead.

    Examples:

    DO

    port_command(Port, DeepList)

    DO NOT

    port_command(Port, lists:flatten(DeepList))

    A common way to send a zero-terminated string to a port is the following:

    DO NOT

    TerminatedStr = String ++ [0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    Instead:

    DO

    TerminatedStr = [String, 0],
    +port_command(Port, TerminatedStr)

    DO

    1> lists:append([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    DO NOT

    1> lists:flatten([[1], [2], [3]]).
    +[1,2,3]

    @@ -189,17 +189,17 @@

    There are two basic ways to write a function that traverses a list and produces a new list.

    The first way is writing a body-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_body([H|T]) ->
    -    [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)];
    -add_42_body([]) ->
    -    [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    -add_42_tail(List) ->
    -    add_42_tail(List, []).
    -
    -add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    -    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    -add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    -    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically +add_42_body([H|T]) -> + [H + 42 | add_42_body(T)]; +add_42_body([]) -> + [].

    The second way is writing a tail-recursive function:

    %% Add 42 to each integer in the list.
    +add_42_tail(List) ->
    +    add_42_tail(List, []).
    +
    +add_42_tail([H|T], Acc) ->
    +    add_42_tail(T, [H + 42 | Acc]);
    +add_42_tail([], Acc) ->
    +    lists:reverse(Acc).

    In early version of Erlang the tail-recursive function would typically be more efficient. In modern versions of Erlang, there is usually not much difference in performance between a body-recursive list function and tail-recursive function that reverses the list at the end. Therefore, @@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ function that does not construct a list runs in constant space, while the corresponding body-recursive function uses stack space proportional to the length of the list.

    For example, a function that sums a list of integers, is not to be written as -follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    -recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +follows:

    DO NOT

    recursive_sum([H|T]) -> H+recursive_sum(T);
    +recursive_sum([])    -> 0.

    Instead:

    DO

    sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
     
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.
    +
    sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.
    @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.668313983 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/macros.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.672314010 +0000 @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ File Inclusion -

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    --include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included +

    A file can be included as follows:

    -include(File).
    +-include_lib(File).

    File, a string, is to point out a file. The contents of this file are included as is, at the position of the directive.

    Include files are typically used for record and macro definitions that are shared by several modules. It is recommended to use the file name extension .hrl for include files.

    File can start with a path component $VAR, for some string VAR. If that is @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ $VAR is left as is.

    If the filename File is absolute (possibly after variable substitution), the include file with that name is included. Otherwise, the specified file is searched for in the following directories, and in this order:

    1. The current working directory
    2. The directory where the module is being compiled
    3. The directories given by the include option

    For details, see erlc in ERTS and -compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    --include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    --include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    --include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. +compile in Compiler.

    Examples:

    -include("my_records.hrl").
    +-include("incdir/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("/home/user/proj/my_records.hrl").
    +-include("$PROJ_ROOT/my_records.hrl").

    include_lib is similar to include, but is not to point out an absolute file. Instead, the first path component (possibly after variable substitution) is -assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current +assumed to be the name of an application.

    Example:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The code server uses code:lib_dir(kernel) to find the directory of the current (latest) version of Kernel, and then the subdirectory include is searched for the file file.hrl.

    @@ -144,25 +144,25 @@ Defining and Using Macros

    -

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    --define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function +

    A macro is defined as follows:

    -define(Const, Replacement).
    +-define(Func(Var1,...,VarN), Replacement).

    A macro definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the macro.

    If a macro is used in several modules, it is recommended that the macro definition is placed in an include file.

    A macro is used as follows:

    ?Const
     ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN)

    Macros are expanded during compilation. A simple macro ?Const is replaced with -Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
    +Replacement.

    Example:

    -define(TIMEOUT, 200).
     ...
    -call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    -    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all +call(Request) -> + server:call(refserver, Request, ?TIMEOUT).

    This is expanded to:

    call(Request) ->
    +    server:call(refserver, Request, 200).

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) is replaced with Replacement, where all occurrences of a variable Var from the macro definition are replaced with the -corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
    +corresponding argument Arg.

    Example:

    -define(MACRO1(X, Y), {a, X, b, Y}).
     ...
    -bar(X) ->
    -    ?MACRO1(a, b),
    -    ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    -    {a,a,b,b},
    -    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro +bar(X) -> + ?MACRO1(a, b), + ?MACRO1(X, 123)

    This is expanded to:

    bar(X) ->
    +    {a,a,b,b},
    +    {a,X,b,123}.

    It is good programming practice, but not mandatory, to ensure that a macro definition is a valid Erlang syntactic form.

    To view the result of macro expansion, a module can be compiled with the 'P' option. compile:file(File, ['P']). This produces a listing of the parsed code after preprocessing and parse transforms, in the file File.P.

    @@ -189,21 +189,21 @@

    It is possible to overload macros, except for predefined macros. An overloaded macro has more than one definition, each with a different number of arguments.

    Change

    Support for overloading of macros was added in Erlang 5.7.5/OTP R13B04.

    A macro ?Func(Arg1,...,ArgN) with a (possibly empty) list of arguments results in an error message if there is at least one definition of Func with -arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    --define(F1(A), A).
    --define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
    +arguments, but none with N arguments.

    Assuming these definitions:

    -define(F0(), c).
    +-define(F1(A), A).
    +-define(C, m:f).

    the following does not work:

    f0() ->
         ?F0. % No, an empty list of arguments expected.
     
    -f1(A) ->
    -    ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    -    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    -    m:f().

    +f1(A) -> + ?F1(A, A). % No, exactly one argument expected.

    On the other hand,

    f() ->
    +    ?C().

    is expanded to

    f() ->
    +    m:f().

    Removing a macro definition

    -

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    +

    A definition of macro can be removed as follows:

    -undef(Macro).

    @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ elif also supports calling the psuedo-function defined(Name), which tests whether the Name argument is the name of a previously defined macro. defined(Name) evaluates to true if the macro is defined and false -otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
    +otherwise. An attempt to call other functions results in a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(m).
     ...
     
    --ifdef(debug).
    --define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
    +-ifdef(debug).
    +-define(LOG(X), io:format("{~p,~p}: ~p~n", [?MODULE,?LINE,X])).
     -else.
    --define(LOG(X), true).
    +-define(LOG(X), true).
     -endif.
     
     ...

    When trace output is desired, debug is to be defined when the module m is @@ -237,21 +237,21 @@ or -1> c(m, {d, debug}). -{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user -with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +1> c(m, {d, debug}).
    +{ok,m}

    ?LOG(Arg) is then expanded to a call to io:format/2 and provide the user +with some simple trace output.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 25).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 25 or higher
    --elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
    +-elif(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26).
     %% Code that will work in OTP 26 or higher
     -else.
     %% Code that will work in OTP 24 or lower.
     -endif.
     ...

    This code uses the OTP_RELEASE macro to conditionally select code depending on -release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
    +release.

    Example:

    -module(m)
     ...
    --if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
    +-if(?OTP_RELEASE >= 26 andalso defined(debug)).
     %% Debugging code that requires OTP 26 or later.
     -else.
     %% Non-debug code that works in any release.
    @@ -274,23 +274,23 @@
       
       -error() and -warning() directives
     

    -

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +

    The directive -error(Term) causes a compilation error.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifdef(VERSION).
    -version() -> ?VERSION.
    +-ifdef(VERSION).
    +version() -> ?VERSION.
     -else.
    --error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    -version() -> "".
    +-error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").
    +version() -> "".
     -endif.

    The error message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    -t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    --export([version/0]).
    +t.erl:7: -error("Macro VERSION must be defined.").

    The directive -warning(Term) causes a compilation warning.

    Example:

    -module(t).
    +-export([version/0]).
     
    --ifndef(VERSION).
    --warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    --define(VERSION, "0").
    +-ifndef(VERSION).
    +-warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").
    +-define(VERSION, "0").
     -endif.
    -version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
    +version() -> ?VERSION.

    The warning message will look like this:

    % erlc t.erl
     t.erl:5: Warning: -warning("Macro VERSION not defined -- using default version.").

    Change

    The -error() and -warning() directives were added in Erlang/OTP 19.

    @@ -299,11 +299,11 @@

    The construction ??Arg, where Arg is a macro argument, is expanded to a string containing the tokens of the argument. This is similar to the #arg -stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
    +stringifying construction in C.

    Example:

    -define(TESTCALL(Call), io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n", [??Call, Call])).
     
    -?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)),
    -?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    -io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    +
    ?TESTCALL(myfunction(1,2)), +?TESTCALL(you:function(2,1)).

    results in

    io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["myfunction ( 1 , 2 )",myfunction(1,2)]),
    +io:format("Call ~s: ~w~n",["you : function ( 2 , 1 )",you:function(2,1)]).

    That is, a trace output, with both the function called and the resulting value.

    @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.712314275 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/maps.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.708314248 +0000 @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ values, sharing of keys between different instances of the map will be less effective, and it is not possible to match multiple elements having default values in one go.

  • To avoid having to deal with a map that may lack some keys, maps:merge/2 can -efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)
  • +efficiently add multiple default values. For example:

    DefaultMap = #{shoe_size => 42, editor => emacs},
    +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

    @@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ Using Maps as Sets

    Starting in OTP 24, the sets module has an option to represent sets as maps. -Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    -#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="1818606197-4">}
    -2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    -#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a +Examples:

    1> sets:new([{version,2}]).
    +#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="7529775512-4">}
    +2> sets:from_list([x,y,z], [{version,2}]).
    +#{x => [],y => [],z => []}

    sets backed by maps is generally the most efficient set representation, with a few possible exceptions:

    • ordsets:intersection/2 can be more efficient than sets:intersection/2. If the intersection operation is frequently used and operations that operate on a single element in a set (such as is_element/2) are avoided, ordsets can @@ -207,10 +207,10 @@ allowing the key tuple to be shared with other instances of the map that have the same keys. In fact, the key tuple can be shared between all maps with the same keys with some care. To arrange that, define a function that returns a map. -For example:

      new() ->
      -    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure +For example:

      new() ->
      +    #{a => default, b => default, c => default}.

      Defined like this, the key tuple {a,b,c} will be a global literal. To ensure that the key tuple is shared when creating an instance of the map, always call -new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the +new() and modify the returned map:

          (SOME_MODULE:new())#{a := 42}.

      Using the map syntax with small maps is particularly efficient. As long as the keys are known at compile-time, the map is updated in one go, making the time to update a map essentially constant regardless of the number of keys updated. The same goes for matching. (When the keys are variables, one or more of the keys @@ -245,13 +245,13 @@

      Using the map syntax is usually slightly more efficient than using the corresponding function in the maps module.

      The gain in efficiency for the map syntax is more noticeable for the following -operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#href_anchor"ss">x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      -Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      -Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to -right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from -left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      -Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      -Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more +operations that can only be achieved using the map syntax:

      • Matching multiple literal keys
      • Updating multiple literal keys
      • Adding multiple literal keys to a map

      For example:

      DO

      Map = Map1#href_anchor"ss">x := X, y := Y, z := Z}

      DO NOT

      Map2 = maps:update(x, X, Map1),
      +Map3 = maps:update(y, Y, Map2),
      +Map = maps:update(z, Z, Map3)

      If the map is a small map, the first example runs roughly three times as fast.

      Note that for variable keys, the elements are updated sequentially from left to +right. For example, given the following update with variable keys:

      Map = Map1#{Key1 := X, Key2 := Y, Key3 := Z}

      the compiler rewrites it like this to ensure that the updates are applied from +left to right:

      Map2 = Map1#{Key1 := X},
      +Map3 = Map2#{Key2 := Y},
      +Map = Map3#{Key3 := Z}

      If a key is known to exist in a map, using the := operator is slightly more efficient than using the => operator for a small map.

      @@ -310,15 +310,15 @@

      As an optimization, the compiler will rewrite a call to maps:get/3 to Erlang code similar to the following:

      Result = case Map of
      -             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      -             #{} -> Default
      +             #{Key := Value} -> Value;
      +             #{} -> Default
                end

      This is reasonably efficient, but if a small map is used as an alternative to using a record it is often better not to rely on default values as it prevents sharing of keys, which may in the end use more memory than what you save from not storing default values in the map.

      If default values are nevertheless required, instead of calling maps:get/3 multiple times, consider putting the default values in a map and merging that -map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      -MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults +map with the other map:

      DefaultMap = #{Key1 => Value2, Key2 => Value2, ..., KeyN => ValueN},
      +MapWithDefaultsApplied = maps:merge(DefaultMap, OtherMap)

      This helps share keys between the default map and the one you applied defaults to, as long as the default map contains all the keys that will ever be used and not just the ones with default values. Whether this is faster than calling maps:get/3 multiple times depends on the size of the map and the number of @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.744314487 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/memory.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.744314487 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.772314672 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/misc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.772314672 +0000 @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.804314885 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/modules.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.800314858 +0000 @@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ Module Syntax

    Erlang code is divided into modules. A module consists of a sequence of -attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

    Example:

    -module(m).          % module attribute
    --export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
    +attributes and function declarations, each terminated by a period (.).

    Example:

    -module(m).          % module attribute
    +-export([fact/1]).   % module attribute
     
    -fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
    -    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
    -fact(0) ->           %  |
    +fact(N) when N>0 ->  % beginning of function declaration
    +    N * fact(N-1);   %  |
    +fact(0) ->           %  |
         1.               % end of function declaration

    For a description of function declarations, see Function Declaration Syntax.

    @@ -180,9 +180,9 @@ Behaviour Module Attribute

    It is possible to specify that the module is the callback module for a -behaviour:

    -behaviour(Behaviour).

    The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a +behaviour:

    -behaviour(Behaviour).

    The atom Behaviour gives the name of the behaviour, which can be a user-defined behaviour or one of the following OTP standard behaviours:

    • gen_server
    • gen_statem
    • gen_event
    • supervisor

    The spelling behavior is also accepted.

    The callback functions of the module can be specified either directly by the -exported function behaviour_info/1:

    behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

    or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

    -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

    Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute +exported function behaviour_info/1:

    behaviour_info(callbacks) -> Callbacks.

    or by a -callback attribute for each callback function:

    -callback Name(Arguments) -> Result.

    Here, Arguments is a list of zero or more arguments. The -callback attribute is to be preferred since the extra type information can be used by tools to produce documentation or find discrepancies.

    Read more about behaviours and callback modules in OTP Design Principles.

    @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Record Definitions

    -

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

    -record(Record, Fields).

    Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function +

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used for record definitions:

    -record(Record, Fields).

    Record definitions are allowed anywhere in a module, also among the function declarations. Read more in Records.

    @@ -199,15 +199,15 @@ Preprocessor

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used by the preprocessor, which -supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

    -include("SomeFile.hrl").
    --define(Macro, Replacement).

    Read more in Preprocessor.

    +supports file inclusion, macros, and conditional compilation:

    -include("SomeFile.hrl").
    +-define(Macro, Replacement).

    Read more in Preprocessor.

    Setting File and Line

    The same syntax as for module attributes is used for changing the pre-defined -macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

    -file(File, Line).

    This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the +macros ?FILE and ?LINE:

    -file(File, Line).

    This attribute is used by tools, such as Yecc, to inform the compiler that the source program is generated by another tool. It also indicates the correspondence of source files to lines of the original user-written file, from which the source program is produced.

    @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ Types and function specifications

    A similar syntax as for module attributes is used for specifying types and -function specifications:

    -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
    --spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

    Read more in Types and Function specifications.

    The description is based on +function specifications:

    -type my_type() :: atom() | integer().
    +-spec my_function(integer()) -> integer().

    Read more in Types and Function specifications.

    The description is based on EEP8 - Types and function specifications, which is not to be further updated.

    @@ -227,16 +227,16 @@ Documentation attributes

    The module attribute -doc(Documentation) is used to provide user documentation -for a function/type/callback:

    -doc("Example documentation").
    -example() -> ok.

    The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The +for a function/type/callback:

    -doc("Example documentation").
    +example() -> ok.

    The attribute should be placed just before the entity it documents.The parenthesis are optional around Documentation. The allowed values for Documentation are:

    • literal string or utf-8 encoded binary string - The string documenting the entity. Any literal string is allowed, so both triple quoted strings and sigils that translate to literal strings can be used. -The following examples are equivalent:

      -doc("Example \"docs\"").
      --doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
      +The following examples are equivalent:

      -doc("Example \"docs\"").
      +-doc(<<"Example \"docs\""/utf8>>).
       -doc ~S/Example "docs"/.
       -doc """
          Example "docs"
      @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
       
       

      While not a module attribute, but rather a directive (since it might affect syntax), there is the -feature(..) directive used for enabling and disabling -features.

      The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

      -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

      Note that the feature directive can only appear +features.

      The syntax is similar to that of an attribute, but has two arguments:

      -feature(FeatureName, enable | disable).

      Note that the feature directive can only appear in a prefix of the module.

      @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.832315070 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/nif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.836315097 +0000 @@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ they can also be used as fallback implementations for functions that do not have native implementations on some architectures.

      NIF libraries are loaded by calling erlang:load_nif/2, with the name of the shared library as argument. The second argument can be any term that will be -passed on to the library and used for initialization:

      -module(complex6).
      --export([foo/1, bar/1]).
      --nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
      --on_load(init/0).
      -
      -init() ->
      -    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
      -
      -foo(_X) ->
      -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
      -bar(_Y) ->
      -    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

      Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically +passed on to the library and used for initialization:

      -module(complex6).
      +-export([foo/1, bar/1]).
      +-nifs([foo/1, bar/1]).
      +-on_load(init/0).
      +
      +init() ->
      +    ok = erlang:load_nif("./complex6_nif", 0).
      +
      +foo(_X) ->
      +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).
      +bar(_Y) ->
      +    erlang:nif_error(nif_library_not_loaded).

      Here, the directive on_load is used to get function init to be automatically called when the module is loaded. If init returns anything other than ok, such when the loading of the NIF library fails in this example, the module is unloaded and calls to functions within it, fail.

      Loading the NIF library overrides the stub implementations and cause calls to @@ -169,35 +169,35 @@ API functions. The environment contains information about the calling Erlang process:

      #include <erl_nif.h>
       
      -extern int foo(int x);
      -extern int bar(int y);
      +extern int foo(int x);
      +extern int bar(int y);
       
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM foo_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           int x, ret;
      -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
      -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      -    }
      -    ret = foo(x);
      -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      -}
      +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &x)) {
      +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      +    }
      +    ret = foo(x);
      +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      +}
       
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM bar_nif(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           int y, ret;
      -    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
      -	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      -    }
      -    ret = bar(y);
      -    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      -}
      -
      -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      -    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
      -    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
      -};
      +    if (!enif_get_int(env, argv[0], &y)) {
      +	return enif_make_badarg(env);
      +    }
      +    ret = bar(y);
      +    return enif_make_int(env, ret);
      +}
      +
      +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      +    {"foo", 1, foo_nif},
      +    {"bar", 1, bar_nif}
      +};
       
      -ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

      Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

      • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It +ERL_NIF_INIT(complex6, nif_funcs, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)

      Here, ERL_NIF_INIT has the following arguments:

      • The first argument must be the name of the Erlang module as a C-identifier. It will be stringified by the macro.
      • The second argument is the array of ErlNifFunc structures containing name, arity, and function pointer of each NIF.
      • The remaining arguments are pointers to callback functions that can be used to initialize the library. They are not used in this simple example, hence they @@ -213,15 +213,15 @@

        Step 1. Compile the C code:

        unix> gcc -o complex6_nif.so -fpic -shared complex.c complex6_nif.c
         windows> cl -LD -MD -Fe complex6_nif.dll complex.c complex6_nif.c

        Step 2: Start Erlang and compile the Erlang code:

        > erl
        -Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
        +Erlang R13B04 (erts-5.7.5) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
         
        -Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
        -1> c(complex6).
        -{ok,complex6}

        Step 3: Run the example:

        3> complex6:foo(3).
        +Eshell V5.7.5  (abort with ^G)
        +1> c(complex6).
        +{ok,complex6}

        Step 3: Run the example:

        3> complex6:foo(3).
         4
        -4> complex6:bar(5).
        +4> complex6:bar(5).
         10
        -5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
        +5> complex6:foo("not an integer").
         ** exception error: bad argument
              in function  complex6:foo/1
                 called as comlpex6:foo("not an integer")
        @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.864315283 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/opaques.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.864315283 +0000 @@ -126,16 +126,16 @@ The runtime does not check opacity. Dialyzer provides some opacity-checking, but the rest is up to convention.

        This document explains what Erlang opacity is (and the trade-offs involved) via the example of the sets:set() data type. This type was -defined in the sets module like this:

        -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

        OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in -this commit.

        -opaque set(Element) :: #href_anchor"ss">set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

        And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had +defined in the sets module like this:

        -opaque set(Element) :: #set{segs :: segs(Element)}.

        OTP 24 changed the definition to the following in +this commit.

        -opaque set(Element) :: #href_anchor"ss">set{segs :: segs(Element)} | #{Element => ?VALUE}.

        And this change was safer and more backwards-compatible than if the type had been defined with -type instead of -opaque. Here is why: when a module defines an -opaque, the contract is that only the defining module should rely on the definition of the type: no other modules should rely on the definition.

        This means that code that pattern-matched on set as a record/tuple technically broke the contract, and opted in to being potentially broken when the definition of set() changed. Before OTP 24, this code printed ok. In OTP 24 it may -error:

        case sets:new() of
        -    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
        -        io:format("ok")
        +error:

        case sets:new() of
        +    Set when is_tuple(Set) ->
        +        io:format("ok")
         end.

        When working with an opaque defined in another module, here are some recommendations:

        • Don't examine the underlying type using pattern-matching, guards, or functions that reveal the type, such as tuple_size/1 .
        • Instead, use functions provided by the module for working with the type. For @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.888315441 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/otp-patch-apply.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.892315468 +0000 @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Application dependencies are verified among installed applications by otp_patch_apply, but these are not necessarily those actually loaded. By calling system_information:sanity_check() one can validate -dependencies among applications actually loaded.

          1> system_information:sanity_check().
          +dependencies among applications actually loaded.

          1> system_information:sanity_check().
           ok

          Please take a look at the reference of sanity_check() for more information.

          @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.916315627 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/overview.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.920315654 +0000 @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.948315840 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/patterns.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.948315840 +0000 @@ -132,10 +132,10 @@
          2 3> X + 1. 3 -4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. +4> {X, Y} = {1, 2}. ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {1,2} -5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. -{2,3} +5> {X, Y} = {2, 3}. +{2,3} 6> Y. 3
          @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.972315998 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ports.html 2025-03-21 17:27:30.976316025 +0000 @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.000316184 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/profiling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.004316211 +0000 @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.032316396 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/prog_ex_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.032316396 +0000 @@ -126,17 +126,17 @@ To illustrate these differences, suppose that you want to represent a person with the tuple {Name, Address, Phone}.

          To write functions that manipulate this data, remember the following:

          • The Name field is the first element of the tuple.
          • The Address field is the second element.
          • The Phone field is the third element.

          For example, to extract data from a variable P that contains such a tuple, you can write the following code and then use pattern matching to extract the -relevant fields:

          Name = element(1, P),
          -Address = element(2, P),
          +relevant fields:

          Name = element(1, P),
          +Address = element(2, P),
           ...

          Such code is difficult to read and understand, and errors occur if the numbering of the elements in the tuple is wrong. If the data representation of the fields is changed, by re-ordering, adding, or removing fields, all references to the person tuple must be checked and possibly modified.

          Records allow references to the fields by name, instead of by position. In the -following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

          This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P +following example, a record instead of a tuple is used to store the data:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).

          This enables references to the fields of the record by name. For example, if P is a variable whose value is a person record, the following code access the name and address fields of the records:

          Name = P#person.name,
           Address = P#person.address,
          -...

          Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

          {person, Name, Phone, Address}

          +...

          Internally, records are represented using tagged tuples:

          {person, Name, Phone, Address}

          @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ section. Three fields are included, name, phone, and address. The default values for name and phone is "" and [], respectively. The default value for address is the atom undefined, since no default value is supplied for this -field:

          -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

          The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in -the examples:

          > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
          +field:

          -record(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).

          The record must be defined in the shell to enable use of the record syntax in +the examples:

          > rd(person, {name = "", phone = [], address}).
           person

          This is because record definitions are only available at compile time, not at runtime. For details on records in the shell, see the shell manual page in STDLIB.

          @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ Creating a Record

          -

          A new person record is created as follows:

          > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
          -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

          As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

          From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the -special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

          Example:

          > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
          -#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

          It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and +

          A new person record is created as follows:

          > #person{phone=[0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2], name="Robert"}.
          +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}

          As the address field was omitted, its default value is used.

          From Erlang 5.1/OTP R8B, a value to all fields in a record can be set with the +special field _. _ means "all fields not explicitly specified".

          Example:

          > #person{name = "Jakob", _ = '_'}.
          +#person{name = "Jakob",phone = '_',address = '_'}

          It is primarily intended to be used in ets:match/2 and mnesia:match_object/3, to set record fields to the atom '_'. (This is a wildcard in ets:match/2.)

          @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ Accessing a Record Field

          -

          The following example shows how to access a record field:

          > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
          -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
          +

          The following example shows how to access a record field:

          > P = #person{name = "Joe", phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2]}.
          +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,8,2,3,4,3,1,2],address = undefined}
           > P#person.name.
           "Joe"

          @@ -176,33 +176,33 @@ Updating a Record

          -

          The following example shows how to update a record:

          > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
          -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
          -> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
          -#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

          +

          The following example shows how to update a record:

          > P1 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[1,2,3], address="A street"}.
          +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}
          +> P2 = P1#person{name="Robert"}.
          +#person{name = "Robert",phone = [1,2,3],address = "A street"}

          Type Testing

          The following example shows that the guard succeeds if P is record of type -person:

          foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
          -foo(_) -> not_a_person.

          +person:

          foo(P) when is_record(P, person) -> a_person;
          +foo(_) -> not_a_person.

          Pattern Matching

          Matching can be used in combination with records, as shown in the following -example:

          > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
          -#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
          -> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
          +example:

          > P3 = #person{name="Joe", phone=[0,0,7], address="A street"}.
          +#person{name = "Joe",phone = [0,0,7],address = "A street"}
          +> #person{name = Name} = P3, Name.
           "Joe"

          The following function takes a list of person records and searches for the -phone number of a person with a particular name:

          find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
          -    {found,  Phone};
          -find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
          -    find_phone(T, Name);
          -find_phone([], Name) ->
          +phone number of a person with a particular name:

          find_phone([#person{name=Name, phone=Phone} | _], Name) ->
          +    {found,  Phone};
          +find_phone([_| T], Name) ->
          +    find_phone(T, Name);
          +find_phone([], Name) ->
               not_found.

          The fields referred to in the pattern can be given in any order.

          @@ -211,12 +211,12 @@

          The value of a field in a record can be an instance of a record. Retrieval of nested data can be done stepwise, or in a single step, as shown in the following -example:

          -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
          --record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
          +example:

          -record(name, {first = "Robert", last = "Ericsson"}).
          +-record(person, {name = #name{}, phone}).
           
          -demo() ->
          -  P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123},
          -  First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

          Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

          +demo() -> + P = #person{name= #name{first="Robert",last="Virding"}, phone=123}, + First = (P#person.name)#name.first.

          Here, demo() evaluates to "Robert".

          @@ -234,40 +234,40 @@ %% about the person. %% A {Key, Value} list (default is the empty list). %%------------------------------------------------------------ --record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).

          -module(person).
          --include("person.hrl").
          --compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
          +-record(person, {name, age, phone = [], dict = []}).
          -module(person).
          +-include("person.hrl").
          +-compile(export_all). % For test purposes only.
           
           %% This creates an instance of a person.
           %%   Note: The phone number is not supplied so the
           %%         default value [] will be used.
           
          -make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
          -   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
          -           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
          -                   {drinks, coke}]}.
          +make_hacker_without_phone(Name, Age) ->
          +   #person{name = Name, age = Age,
          +           dict = [{computer_knowledge, excellent},
          +                   {drinks, coke}]}.
           
           %% This demonstrates matching in arguments
           
          -print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
          -              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
          -  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
          -            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
          +print(#person{name = Name, age = Age,
          +              phone = Phone, dict = Dict}) ->
          +  io:format("Name: ~s, Age: ~w, Phone: ~w ~n"
          +            "Dictionary: ~w.~n", [Name, Age, Phone, Dict]).
           
           %% Demonstrates type testing, selector, updating.
           
          -birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
          -   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
          +birthday(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
          +   P#person{age = P#person.age + 1}.
           
          -register_two_hackers() ->
          -   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
          -   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
          +register_two_hackers() ->
          +   Hacker1 = make_hacker_without_phone("Joe", 29),
          +   OldHacker = birthday(Hacker1),
              % The central_register_server should have
              % an interface function for this.
          -   central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1},
          -   central_register_server ! {register_person,
          -             OldHacker#person{name = "Robert",
          -                              phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
          +
          central_register_server ! {register_person, Hacker1}, + central_register_server ! {register_person, + OldHacker#person{name = "Robert", + phone = [0,8,3,2,4,5,3,1]}}.
          @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.056316555 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/programming_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.060316582 +0000 @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.084316740 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/readme.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.080316715 +0000 @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.112316927 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/records_macros.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.112316927 +0000 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ introduced:

          %%%----FILE mess_config.hrl----
           
           %%% Configure the location of the server node,
          --define(server_node, messenger@super).
          +-define(server_node, messenger@super).
           
           %%%----END FILE----
          %%%----FILE mess_interface.hrl----
           
          @@ -136,24 +136,24 @@
           %%% messenger program
           
           %%%Messages from Client to server received in server/1 function.
          --record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
          --record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
          +-record(logon,{client_pid, username}).
          +-record(message,{client_pid, to_name, message}).
           %%% {'EXIT', ClientPid, Reason}  (client terminated or unreachable.
           
           %%% Messages from Server to Client, received in await_result/0 function
          --record(abort_client,{message}).
          +-record(abort_client,{message}).
           %%% Messages are: user_exists_at_other_node,
           %%%               you_are_not_logged_on
          --record(server_reply,{message}).
          +-record(server_reply,{message}).
           %%% Messages are: logged_on
           %%%               receiver_not_found
           %%%               sent  (Message has been sent (no guarantee)
           %%% Messages from Server to Client received in client/1 function
          --record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
          +-record(message_from,{from_name, message}).
           
           %%% Messages from shell to Client received in client/1 function
           %%% spawn(mess_client, client, [server_node(), Name])
          --record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
          +-record(message_to,{to_name, message}).
           %%% logoff
           
           %%%----END FILE----
          %%%----FILE user_interface.erl----
          @@ -174,27 +174,27 @@
           %%%     function is not logged on or if ToName is not logged on at
           %%%     any node.
           
          --module(user_interface).
          --export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
          --include("mess_interface.hrl").
          --include("mess_config.hrl").
          +-module(user_interface).
          +-export([logon/1, logoff/0, message/2]).
          +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
          +-include("mess_config.hrl").
           
          -logon(Name) ->
          -    case whereis(mess_client) of
          +logon(Name) ->
          +    case whereis(mess_client) of
                   undefined ->
          -            register(mess_client,
          -                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
          +            register(mess_client,
          +                     spawn(mess_client, client, [?server_node, Name]));
                   _ -> already_logged_on
               end.
           
          -logoff() ->
          +logoff() ->
               mess_client ! logoff.
           
          -message(ToName, Message) ->
          -    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
          +message(ToName, Message) ->
          +    case whereis(mess_client) of % Test if the client is running
                   undefined ->
                       not_logged_on;
          -        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
          +        _ -> mess_client ! #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message},
                        ok
           end.
           
          @@ -202,107 +202,107 @@
           
           %%% The client process which runs on each user node
           
          --module(mess_client).
          --export([client/2]).
          --include("mess_interface.hrl").
          -
          -client(Server_Node, Name) ->
          -    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
          -    await_result(),
          -    client(Server_Node).
          +-module(mess_client).
          +-export([client/2]).
          +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
          +
          +client(Server_Node, Name) ->
          +    {messenger, Server_Node} ! #logon{client_pid=self(), username=Name},
          +    await_result(),
          +    client(Server_Node).
           
          -client(Server_Node) ->
          +client(Server_Node) ->
               receive
                   logoff ->
          -            exit(normal);
          -        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
          -            {messenger, Server_Node} !
          -                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
          -            await_result();
          -        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
          -            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
          +            exit(normal);
          +        #message_to{to_name=ToName, message=Message} ->
          +            {messenger, Server_Node} !
          +                #message{client_pid=self(), to_name=ToName, message=Message},
          +            await_result();
          +        {message_from, FromName, Message} ->
          +            io:format("Message from ~p: ~p~n", [FromName, Message])
               end,
          -    client(Server_Node).
          +    client(Server_Node).
           
           %%% wait for a response from the server
          -await_result() ->
          +await_result() ->
               receive
          -        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
          -            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
          -            exit(normal);
          -        #server_reply{message=What} ->
          -            io:format("~p~n", [What])
          +        #abort_client{message=Why} ->
          +            io:format("~p~n", [Why]),
          +            exit(normal);
          +        #server_reply{message=What} ->
          +            io:format("~p~n", [What])
               after 5000 ->
          -            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
          -            exit(timeout)
          +            io:format("No response from server~n", []),
          +            exit(timeout)
               end.
           
           %%%----END FILE---
          %%%----FILE mess_server.erl----
           
           %%% This is the server process of the messenger service
           
          --module(mess_server).
          --export([start_server/0, server/0]).
          --include("mess_interface.hrl").
          -
          -server() ->
          -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          -    server([]).
          +-module(mess_server).
          +-export([start_server/0, server/0]).
          +-include("mess_interface.hrl").
          +
          +server() ->
          +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          +    server([]).
           
           %%% the user list has the format [{ClientPid1, Name1},{ClientPid22, Name2},...]
          -server(User_List) ->
          -    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
          +server(User_List) ->
          +    io:format("User list = ~p~n", [User_List]),
               receive
          -        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
          -            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
          -            server(New_User_List);
          -        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
          -            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
          -            server(New_User_List);
          -        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
          -            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
          -            server(User_List)
          +        #logon{client_pid=From, username=Name} ->
          +            New_User_List = server_logon(From, Name, User_List),
          +            server(New_User_List);
          +        {'EXIT', From, _} ->
          +            New_User_List = server_logoff(From, User_List),
          +            server(New_User_List);
          +        #message{client_pid=From, to_name=To, message=Message} ->
          +            server_transfer(From, To, Message, User_List),
          +            server(User_List)
               end.
           
           %%% Start the server
          -start_server() ->
          -    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
          +start_server() ->
          +    register(messenger, spawn(?MODULE, server, [])).
           
           %%% Server adds a new user to the user list
          -server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
          +server_logon(From, Name, User_List) ->
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.144317138 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_functions.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.140317113 +0000
          @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@
           

          A function declaration is a sequence of function clauses separated by semicolons, and terminated by a period (.).

          A function clause consists of a clause head and a clause body, separated by ->.

          A clause head consists of the function name, an argument list, and an optional -guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

          Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
          +guard sequence beginning with the keyword when:

          Name(Pattern11,...,Pattern1N) [when GuardSeq1] ->
               Body1;
           ...;
          -Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
          +Name(PatternK1,...,PatternKN) [when GuardSeqK] ->
               BodyK.

          The function name is an atom. Each argument is a pattern.

          The number of arguments N is the arity of the function. A function is uniquely defined by the module name, function name, and arity. That is, two functions with the same name and in the same module, but with different arities @@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ mod:f/N.

          A clause body consists of a sequence of expressions separated by comma (,):

          Expr1,
           ...,
           ExprN

          Valid Erlang expressions and guard sequences are described in -Expressions.

          Example:

          fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
          -    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
          +Expressions.

          Example:

          fact(N) when N > 0 ->  % first clause head
          +    N * fact(N-1);     % first clause body
           
          -fact(0) ->             % second clause head
          +fact(0) ->             % second clause head
               1.                 % second clause body

          @@ -151,16 +151,16 @@ clause is found that fulfills both of the following two conditions:

          1. The patterns in the clause head can be successfully matched against the given arguments.
          2. The guard sequence, if any, is true.

          If such a clause cannot be found, a function_clause runtime error occurs.

          If such a clause is found, the corresponding clause body is evaluated. That is, the expressions in the body are evaluated sequentially and the value of the last -expression is returned.

          Consider the function fact:

          -module(mod).
          --export([fact/1]).
          +expression is returned.

          Consider the function fact:

          -module(mod).
          +-export([fact/1]).
           
          -fact(N) when N > 0 ->
          -    N * fact(N - 1);
          -fact(0) ->
          +fact(N) when N > 0 ->
          +    N * fact(N - 1);
          +fact(0) ->
               1.

          Assume that you want to calculate the factorial for 1:

          1> mod:fact(1).

          Evaluation starts at the first clause. The pattern N is matched against argument 1. The matching succeeds and the guard (N > 0) is true, thus N is -bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

          N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
          -1 * fact(0)

          Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned +bound to 1, and the corresponding body is evaluated:

          N * fact(N-1) => (N is bound to 1)
          +1 * fact(0)

          Now, fact(0) is called, and the function clauses are scanned sequentially again. First, the pattern N is matched against 0. The matching succeeds, but the guard (N > 0) is false. Second, the pattern 0 is matched against the argument 0. The matching succeeds @@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ tail-recursive call is done. This is to ensure that no system resources, for example, call stack, are consumed. This means that an infinite loop using tail-recursive calls will not exhaust the call -stack and can (in principle) run forever.

          Example:

          loop(N) ->
          -    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
          -    loop(N+1).

          The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not +stack and can (in principle) run forever.

          Example:

          loop(N) ->
          +    io:format("~w~n", [N]),
          +    loop(N+1).

          The earlier factorial example is a counter-example. It is not tail-recursive, since a multiplication is done on the result of the recursive call to fact(N-1).

          @@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ not need to be prefixed with the module name. Which BIFs that are auto-imported is specified in the erlang module in ERTS. For example, standard-type conversion BIFs like atom_to_list and BIFs allowed in guards can be called -without specifying the module name.

          Examples:

          1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
          +without specifying the module name.

          Examples:

          1> tuple_size({a,b,c}).
           3
          -2> atom_to_list(&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="0503416517-3">).
          +2> atom_to_list(&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="7565725839-3">).
           "Erlang"
          @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.176317351 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_processes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.180317377 +0000 @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ Process Creation

          -

          A process is created by calling spawn():

          spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
          -  Module = Name = atom()
          -  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
          -    ArgI = term()

          spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

          The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the +

          A process is created by calling spawn():

          spawn(Module, Name, Args) -> pid()
          +  Module = Name = atom()
          +  Args = [Arg1,...,ArgN]
          +    ArgI = term()

          spawn() creates a new process and returns the pid.

          The new process starts executing in Module:Name(Arg1,...,ArgN) where the arguments are the elements of the (possible empty) Args argument list.

          There exist a number of different spawn BIFs:

          @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.208317563 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/ref_man_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.212317589 +0000 @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@

          A record definition consists of the name of the record, followed by the field names of the record. Record and field names must be atoms. Each field can be given an optional default value. If no default value is supplied, undefined is -used.

          -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
          +used.

          -record(Name, {Field1 [= Expr1],
                          ...
          -               FieldN [= ExprN]}).

          The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must + FieldN [= ExprN]}).

          The default value for a field is an arbitrary expression, except that it must not use any variables.

          A record definition can be placed anywhere among the attributes and function declarations of a module, but the definition must come before any usage of the record.

          If a record is used in several modules, it is recommended that the record @@ -147,24 +147,24 @@ default value instead.

          If several fields are to be assigned the same value, the following construction can be used:

          #Name{Field1=Expr1, ..., FieldK=ExprK, _=ExprL}

          Omitted fields then get the value of evaluating ExprL instead of their default values. This feature is primarily intended to be used to create patterns for ETS -and Mnesia match functions.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
          +and Mnesia match functions.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
           
          -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
          -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

          +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name=Name, _='_'}).

          Accessing Record Fields

          Expr#Name.Field

          Returns the value of the specified field. Expr is to evaluate to a Name -record.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
          +record.

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
           
          -get_person_name(Person) ->
          +get_person_name(Person) ->
               Person#person.name.

          The following expression returns the position of the specified field in the -tuple representation of the record:

          #Name.Field

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
          +tuple representation of the record:

          #Name.Field

          Example:

          -record(person, {name, phone, address}).
           
          -lookup(Name, List) ->
          -    lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

          +lookup(Name, List) -> + lists:keyfind(Name, #person.name, List).

          @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@

          Since record expressions are expanded to tuple expressions, creating records and accessing record fields are allowed in guards. However, all subexpressions (for initializing fields), must be valid guard -expressions as well.

          Examples:

          handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
          +expressions as well.

          Examples:

          handle(Msg, State) when Msg =:= #msg{to=void, no=3} ->
               ...
           
          -handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
          -    ...

          There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

          Example:

          is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
          +handle(Msg, State) when State#state.running =:= true ->
          +    ...

          There is also a type test BIF is_record(Term, RecordTag).

          Example:

          is_person(P) when is_record(P, person) ->
               true;
          -is_person(_P) ->
          +is_person(_P) ->
               false.

          @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ Nested Records

          -

          Assume the following record definitions:

          -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
          --record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
          --record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
          +

          Assume the following record definitions:

          -record(nrec0, {name = "nested0"}).
          +-record(nrec1, {name = "nested1", nrec0=#nrec0{}}).
          +-record(nrec2, {name = "nested2", nrec1=#nrec1{}}).
           
          -N2 = #nrec2{},

          Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

          "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
          +N2 = #nrec2{},

          Accessing or updating nested records can be written without parentheses:

          "nested0" = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0.name,
               N0n = N2#nrec2.nrec1#nrec1.nrec0#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

          which is equivalent to:

          "nested0" = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0.name,
           N0n = ((N2#nrec2.nrec1)#nrec1.nrec0)#nrec0{name = "nested0a"},

          Change

          Before Erlang/OTP R14, parentheses were necessary when accessing or updating nested records.

          @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ Internal Representation of Records

          Record expressions are translated to tuple expressions during compilation. A -record defined as:

          -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

          is internally represented by the tuple:

          {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

          Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

          To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to -obtain information about records:

          record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
          -record_info(size, Record) -> Size

          Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the +record defined as:

          -record(Name, {Field1, ..., FieldN}).

          is internally represented by the tuple:

          {Name, Value1, ..., ValueN}

          Here each ValueI is the default value for FieldI.

          To each module using records, a pseudo function is added during compilation to +obtain information about records:

          record_info(fields, Record) -> [Field]
          +record_info(size, Record) -> Size

          Size is the size of the tuple representation, that is, one more than the number of fields.

          @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.232317722 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/reference_manual.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.236317748 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.272317988 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_handling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.276318013 +0000 @@ -227,15 +227,15 @@ Instead, it is necessary to:

          • Suspend the processes using the module (to avoid that they try to handle any requests before the code replacement is completed).
          • Ask them to transform the internal state format and switch to the new version of the module.
          • Remove the old version.
          • Resume the processes.

          This is called synchronized code replacement and for this the following -instructions are used:

          {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
          -{update, Module, supervisor}

          update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal +instructions are used:

          {update, Module, {advanced, Extra}}
          +{update, Module, supervisor}

          update with argument {advanced,Extra} is used when changing the internal state of a behaviour as described above. It causes behaviour processes to call the callback function code_change/3, passing the term Extra and some other information as arguments. See the manual pages for the respective behaviours and Appup Cookbook.

          update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start specification of a supervisor. See Appup Cookbook.

          When a module is to be updated, the release handler finds which processes that are using the module by traversing the supervision tree of each running -application and checking all the child specifications:

          {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

          A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child +application and checking all the child specifications:

          {Id, StartFunc, Restart, Shutdown, Type, Modules}

          A process uses a module if the name is listed in Modules in the child specification for the process.

          If Modules=dynamic, which is the case for event managers, the event manager process informs the release handler about the list of currently installed event handlers (gen_event), and it is checked if the module name is in this list @@ -247,10 +247,10 @@ add_module and delete_module

          -

          If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

          {add_module, Module}

          This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in +

          If a new module is introduced, the following instruction is used:

          {add_module, Module}

          This instruction loads module Module. When running Erlang in embedded mode it is necessary to use this this instruction. It is not strictly required when running Erlang in interactive mode, since the -code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

          The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

          {delete_module, Module}

          Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is +code server automatically searches for and loads unloaded modules.

          The opposite of add_module is delete_module, which unloads a module:

          {delete_module, Module}

          Any process, in any application, with Module as residence module, is killed when the instruction is evaluated. Therefore, the user must ensure that all such processes are terminated before deleting module Module to avoid a situation with failing supervisor restarts.

          @@ -331,13 +331,13 @@

          To define how to upgrade/downgrade between the current version and previous versions of an application, an application upgrade file, or in short .appup file is created. The file is to be called Application.appup, where -Application is the application name:

          {Vsn,
          - [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
          +Application is the application name:

          {Vsn,
          + [{UpFromVsn1, InstructionsU1},
             ...,
          -  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
          - [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
          +  {UpFromVsnK, InstructionsUK}],
          + [{DownToVsn1, InstructionsD1},
             ...,
          -  {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
          • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the + {DownToVsnK, InstructionsDK}]}.
          • Vsn, a string, is the current version of the application, as defined in the .app file.
          • Each UpFromVsn is a previous version of the application to upgrade from.
          • Each DownToVsn is a previous version of the application to downgrade to.
          • Each Instructions is a list of release handling instructions.

          UpFromVsn and DownToVsn can also be specified as regular expressions. For more information about the syntax and contents of the .appup file, see appup in SASL.

          Appup Cookbook includes examples of .appup files for @@ -345,52 +345,52 @@ Releases. Assume you want to add a function available/0 to server ch3, which returns the number of available channels (when trying out the example, make the change in a copy of the original -directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

          -module(ch3).
          --behaviour(gen_server).
          +directory, to ensure that the first version is still available):

          -module(ch3).
          +-behaviour(gen_server).
           
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
          --export([available/0]).
          --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]).
          -
          -start_link() ->
          -    gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []).
          -
          -alloc() ->
          -    gen_server:call(ch3, alloc).
          -
          -free(Ch) ->
          -    gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}).
          -
          -available() ->
          -    gen_server:call(ch3, available).
          -
          -init(_Args) ->
          -    {ok, channels()}.
          -
          -handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) ->
          -    {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
          -    {reply, Ch, Chs2};
          -handle_call(available, _From, Chs) ->
          -    N = available(Chs),
          -    {reply, N, Chs}.
          -
          -handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) ->
          -    Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
          -    {noreply, Chs2}.

          A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is -updated:

          {application, ch_app,
          - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          -  {vsn, "2"},
          -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          -  {registered, [ch3]},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          - ]}.

          To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), +-export([start_link/0]). +-export([alloc/0, free/1]). +-export([available/0]). +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2]). + +start_link() -> + gen_server:start_link({local, ch3}, ch3, [], []). + +alloc() -> + gen_server:call(ch3, alloc). + +free(Ch) -> + gen_server:cast(ch3, {free, Ch}). + +available() -> + gen_server:call(ch3, available). + +init(_Args) -> + {ok, channels()}. + +handle_call(alloc, _From, Chs) -> + {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs), + {reply, Ch, Chs2}; +handle_call(available, _From, Chs) -> + N = available(Chs), + {reply, N, Chs}. + +handle_cast({free, Ch}, Chs) -> + Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs), + {noreply, Chs2}.

          A new version of the ch_app.app file must now be created, where the version is +updated:

          {application, ch_app,
          + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          +  {vsn, "2"},
          +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          +  {registered, [ch3]},
          +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          + ]}.

          To upgrade ch_app from "1" to "2" (and to downgrade from "2" to "1"), you only need to load the new (old) version of the ch3 callback module. Create -the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

          {"2",
          - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
          - [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
          -}.

          +the application upgrade file ch_app.appup in the ebin directory:

          {"2",
          + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}],
          + [{"1", [{load_module, ch3}]}]
          +}.

          @@ -409,14 +409,14 @@ relup in SASL.

          Example, continued from the previous section: You have a new version "2" of ch_app and an .appup file. A new version of the .rel file is also needed. This time the file is called ch_rel-2.rel and the release version string is -changed from "A" to "B":

          {release,
          - {"ch_rel", "B"},
          - {erts, "14.2.5"},
          - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          -  {ch_app, "2"}]
          -}.

          Now the relup file can be generated:

          1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
          +changed from "A" to "B":

          {release,
          + {"ch_rel", "B"},
          + {erts, "14.2.5"},
          + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          +  {ch_app, "2"}]
          +}.

          Now the relup file can be generated:

          1> systools:make_relup("ch_rel-2", ["ch_rel-1"], ["ch_rel-1"]).
           ok

          This generates a relup file with instructions for how to upgrade from version "A" ("ch_rel-1") to version "B" ("ch_rel-2") and how to downgrade from version "B" to version "A".

          Both the old and new versions of the .app and .rel files must be in the code @@ -437,17 +437,17 @@ packages. The release_handler module communicates with this process.

          Assuming there is an operational target system with installation root directory $ROOT, the release package with the new version of the release is to be copied to $ROOT/releases.

          First, unpack the release package. The files are then extracted from the -package:

          release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
          • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz +package:

            release_handler:unpack_release(ReleaseName) => {ok, Vsn}
            • ReleaseName is the name of the release package except the .tar.gz extension.
            • Vsn is the version of the unpacked release, as defined in its .rel file.

            A directory $ROOT/lib/releases/Vsn is created, where the .rel file, the boot script start.boot, the system configuration file sys.config, and relup are placed. For applications with new version numbers, the application directories are placed under $ROOT/lib. Unchanged applications are not affected.

            An unpacked release can be installed. The release handler then evaluates the -instructions in relup, step by step:

            release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

            If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old +instructions in relup, step by step:

            release_handler:install_release(Vsn) => {ok, FromVsn, []}

            If an error occurs during the installation, the system is rebooted using the old version of the release. If installation succeeds, the system is afterwards using the new version of the release, but if anything happens and the system is rebooted, it starts using the previous version again.

            To be made the default version, the newly installed release must be made permanent, which means the previous version becomes old:

            release_handler:make_permanent(Vsn) => ok

            The system keeps information about which versions are old and permanent in the -files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

            To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

            release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

            An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the +files $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and $ROOT/releases/start_erl.data.

            To downgrade from Vsn to FromVsn, install_release must be called again:

            release_handler:install_release(FromVsn) => {ok, Vsn, []}

            An installed, but not permanent, release can be removed. Information about the release is then deleted from $ROOT/releases/RELEASES and the release-specific code, that is, the new application directories and the $ROOT/releases/Vsn directory, are removed.

            release_handler:remove_release(Vsn) => ok

            @@ -466,9 +466,9 @@ ...

          $ROOT is the installation directory of the target system.

          Step 3) In another Erlang shell, generate start scripts and create a release package for the new version "B". Remember to include (a possible updated) sys.config and the relup file. For more information, see -Release Upgrade File.

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
          +Release Upgrade File.

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-2").
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.308318226 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/release_structure.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.304318199 +0000
          @@ -140,29 +140,29 @@
           

          To define a release, create a release resource file, or in short a .rel file. In the file, specify the name and version of the release, which ERTS -version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

          {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
          - [{Application1, AppVsn1},
          +version it is based on, and which applications it consists of:

          {release, {Name,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
          + [{Application1, AppVsn1},
              ...
          -  {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

          Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

          The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

          Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application + {ApplicationN, AppVsnN}]}.

          Name, Vsn, EVsn, and AppVsn are strings.

          The file must be named Rel.rel, where Rel is a unique name.

          Each Application (atom) and AppVsn is the name and version of an application included in the release. The minimal release based on Erlang/OTP consists of the Kernel and STDLIB applications, so these applications must be included in the list.

          If the release is to be upgraded, it must also include the SASL application.

          Here is an example showing the .app file for a release of ch_app from -the Applications section:

          {application, ch_app,
          - [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          -  {vsn, "1"},
          -  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          -  {registered, [ch3]},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          -  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          - ]}.

          The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these -applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

          {release,
          - {"ch_rel", "A"},
          - {erts, "14.2.5"},
          - [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          -  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          -  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          -  {ch_app, "1"}]
          -}.

          +the Applications section:

          {application, ch_app,
          + [{description, "Channel allocator"},
          +  {vsn, "1"},
          +  {modules, [ch_app, ch_sup, ch3]},
          +  {registered, [ch3]},
          +  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, sasl]},
          +  {mod, {ch_app,[]}}
          + ]}.

          The .rel file must also contain kernel, stdlib, and sasl, as these +applications are required by ch_app. The file is called ch_rel-1.rel:

          {release,
          + {"ch_rel", "A"},
          + {erts, "14.2.5"},
          + [{kernel, "9.2.4"},
          +  {stdlib, "5.2.3"},
          +  {sasl, "4.2.1"},
          +  {ch_app, "1"}]
          +}.

          @@ -194,9 +194,9 @@

          The systools:make_tar/1,2 function takes a .rel file as input and creates a zipped tar file with the code for -the specified applications, a release package:

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
          +the specified applications, a release package:

          1> systools:make_script("ch_rel-1").
           ok
          -2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
          +2> systools:make_tar("ch_rel-1").
           ok

          The release package by default contains:

          • The .app files
          • The .rel file
          • The object code for all applications, structured according to the application directory structure
          • The binary boot script renamed to start.boot
          % tar tf ch_rel-1.tar
           lib/kernel-9.2.4/ebin/kernel.app
          @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.344318464 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/robustness.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.348318491 +0000 @@ -132,36 +132,36 @@ "pong" so that "pong" can also finish. Another way to let "pong" finish is to make "pong" exit if it does not receive a message from ping within a certain time. This can be done by adding a time-out to pong as shown in the -following example:

          -module(tut19).
          +following example:

          -module(tut19).
           
          --export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
          +-export([start_ping/1, start_pong/0,  ping/2, pong/0]).
           
          -ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
          -    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
          +ping(0, Pong_Node) ->
          +    io:format("ping finished~n", []);
           
          -ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
          -    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
          +ping(N, Pong_Node) ->
          +    {pong, Pong_Node} ! {ping, self()},
               receive
                   pong ->
          -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
          +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
               end,
          -    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
          +    ping(N - 1, Pong_Node).
           
          -pong() ->
          +pong() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong()
          +            pong()
               after 5000 ->
          -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
          +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
               end.
           
          -start_pong() ->
          -    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
          +start_pong() ->
          +    register(pong, spawn(tut19, pong, [])).
           
          -start_ping(Pong_Node) ->
          -    spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

          After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary +start_ping(Pong_Node) -> + spawn(tut19, ping, [3, Pong_Node]).

          After this is compiled and the file tut19.beam is copied to the necessary directories, the following is seen on (pong@kosken):

          (pong@kosken)1> tut19:start_pong().
           true
           Pong received ping
          @@ -172,20 +172,20 @@
           Ping received pong
           Ping received pong
           Ping received pong
          -ping finished

          The time-out is set in:

          pong() ->
          +ping finished

          The time-out is set in:

          pong() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong()
          +            pong()
               after 5000 ->
          -            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
          +            io:format("Pong timed out~n", [])
               end.

          The time-out (after 5000) is started when receive is entered. The time-out is canceled if {ping,Ping_PID} is received. If {ping,Ping_PID} is not received, the actions following the time-out are done after 5000 milliseconds. after must be last in the receive, that is, preceded by all other message reception specifications in the receive. It is also possible to call a -function that returned an integer for the time-out:

          after pong_timeout() ->

          In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a +function that returned an integer for the time-out:

          after pong_timeout() ->

          In general, there are better ways than using time-outs to supervise parts of a distributed Erlang system. Time-outs are usually appropriate to supervise external events, for example, if you have expected a message from some external system within a specified time. For example, a time-out can be used to log a @@ -213,36 +213,36 @@ If one of the processes exits abnormally, all the processes in the transaction are killed. As it is often wanted to create a process and link to it at the same time, there is a special BIF, spawn_link that does the -same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

          Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

          -module(tut20).
          +same as spawn, but also creates a link to the spawned process.

          Now an example of the ping pong example using links to terminate "pong":

          -module(tut20).
           
          --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
          +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
           
          -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    link(Pong_Pid),
          -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
          +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    link(Pong_Pid),
          +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
           
          -ping1(0, _) ->
          -    exit(ping);
          +ping1(0, _) ->
          +    exit(ping);
           
          -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
          +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
               receive
                   pong ->
          -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
          +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
               end,
          -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
          +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
           
          -pong() ->
          +pong() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong()
          +            pong()
               end.
           
          -start(Ping_Node) ->
          -    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
          -    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
          (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
          +start(Ping_Node) ->
          +    PongPID = spawn(tut20, pong, []),
          +    spawn(Ping_Node, tut20, ping, [3, PongPID]).
          (s1@bill)3> tut20:start(s2@kosken).
           Pong received ping
           <3820.41.0>
           Ping received pong
          @@ -256,45 +256,45 @@
           sent to "pong", which also terminates.

          It is possible to modify the default behaviour of a process so that it does not get killed when it receives abnormal exit signals. Instead, all signals are turned into normal messages on the format {'EXIT',FromPID,Reason} and added to -the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

          process_flag(trap_exit, true)

          There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). +the end of the receiving process' message queue. This behaviour is set by:

          process_flag(trap_exit, true)

          There are several other process flags, see erlang(3). Changing the default behaviour of a process in this way is usually not done in standard user programs, but is left to the supervisory programs in OTP. However, -the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

          -module(tut21).
          +the ping pong program is modified to illustrate exit trapping.

          -module(tut21).
           
          --export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
          +-export([start/1,  ping/2, pong/0]).
           
          -ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    link(Pong_Pid),
          -    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
          +ping(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    link(Pong_Pid),
          +    ping1(N, Pong_Pid).
           
          -ping1(0, _) ->
          -    exit(ping);
          +ping1(0, _) ->
          +    exit(ping);
           
          -ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          -    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
          +ping1(N, Pong_Pid) ->
          +    Pong_Pid ! {ping, self()},
               receive
                   pong ->
          -            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
          +            io:format("Ping received pong~n", [])
               end,
          -    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
          +    ping1(N - 1, Pong_Pid).
           
          -pong() ->
          -    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          -    pong1().
          +pong() ->
          +    process_flag(trap_exit, true),
          +    pong1().
           
          -pong1() ->
          +pong1() ->
               receive
          -        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          -            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
          +        {ping, Ping_PID} ->
          +            io:format("Pong received ping~n", []),
                       Ping_PID ! pong,
          -            pong1();
          -        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
          -            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
          +            pong1();
          +        {'EXIT', From, Reason} ->
          +            io:format("pong exiting, got ~p~n", [{'EXIT', From, Reason}])
               end.
           
          -start(Ping_Node) ->
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.376318677 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/search.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.376318677 +0000
          @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.432319048 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/seq_prog.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.436319074 +0000 @@ -140,13 +140,13 @@ more editing commands in the shell (see tty - A command line interface in ERTS User's Guide).

          (Notice that many line numbers given by the shell in the following examples are out of sequence. This is because this tutorial was written and code-tested in -separate sessions).

          Here is a bit more complex calculation:

          2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
          +separate sessions).

          Here is a bit more complex calculation:

          2> (42 + 77) * 66 / 3.
           2618.0

          Notice the use of brackets, the multiplication operator *, and the division operator /, as in normal arithmetic (see Expressions).

          Press Control-C to shut down the Erlang system and the Erlang shell.

          The following output is shown:

          BREAK: (a)bort (c)ontinue (p)roc info (i)nfo (l)oaded
                  (v)ersion (k)ill (D)b-tables (d)istribution
           a
          -$

          Type a to leave the Erlang system.

          Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

          3> halt().
          +$

          Type a to leave the Erlang system.

          Another way to shut down the Erlang system is by entering halt/0:

          3> halt().
           $

          @@ -160,55 +160,55 @@ editor has an Erlang mode that makes it easier for you to enter and format your code nicely (see The Erlang mode for Emacs in Tools User's Guide), but you can manage perfectly well without. Here is the -code to enter:

          -module(tut).
          --export([double/1]).
          +code to enter:

          -module(tut).
          +-export([double/1]).
           
          -double(X) ->
          +double(X) ->
               2 * X.

          It is not hard to guess that this program doubles the value of numbers. The first two lines of the code are described later. Let us compile the program. -This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

          3> c(tut).
          -{ok,tut}

          The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means +This can be done in an Erlang shell as follows, where c means compile:

          3> c(tut).
          +{ok,tut}

          The {ok,tut} means that the compilation is OK. If it says error it means that there is some mistake in the text that you entered. Additional error messages gives an idea to what is wrong so you can modify the text and then try -to compile the program again.

          Now run the program:

          4> tut:double(10).
          +to compile the program again.

          Now run the program:

          4> tut:double(10).
           20

          As expected, double of 10 is 20.

          Now let us get back to the first two lines of the code. Erlang programs are written in files. Each file contains an Erlang module. The first line of code -in the module is the module name (see Modules):

          -module(tut).

          Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the +in the module is the module name (see Modules):

          -module(tut).

          Thus, the module is called tut. Notice the full stop . at the end of the line. The files which are used to store the module must have the same name as the module but with the extension .erl. In this case the file name is tut.erl. When using a function in another module, the syntax module_name:function_name(arguments) is used. So the following means call -function double in module tut with argument 10.

          4> tut:double(10).

          The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, -which takes one argument (X in our example):

          -export([double/1]).

          The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the +function double in module tut with argument 10.

          4> tut:double(10).

          The second line says that the module tut contains a function called double, +which takes one argument (X in our example):

          -export([double/1]).

          The second line also says that this function can be called from outside the module tut. More about this later. Again, notice the . at the end of the line.

          Now for a more complicated example, the factorial of a number. For example, the -factorial of 4 is 4 3 2 * 1, which equals 24.

          Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

          -module(tut1).
          --export([fac/1]).
          +factorial of 4 is 4  3  2 * 1, which equals 24.

          Enter the following code in a file named tut1.erl:

          -module(tut1).
          +-export([fac/1]).
           
          -fac(1) ->
          +fac(1) ->
               1;
          -fac(N) ->
          -    N * fac(N - 1).

          So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which -takes one argument, N.

          The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

          fac(1) ->
          +fac(N) ->
          +    N * fac(N - 1).

          So this is a module, called tut1 that contains a function called fac>, which +takes one argument, N.

          The first part says that the factorial of 1 is 1.:

          fac(1) ->
               1;

          Notice that this part ends with a semicolon ; that indicates that there is more of the function fac> to come.

          The second part says that the factorial of N is N multiplied by the factorial of -N - 1:

          fac(N) ->
          -    N * fac(N - 1).

          Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of -this function.

          Compile the file:

          5> c(tut1).
          -{ok,tut1}

          And now calculate the factorial of 4.

          6> tut1:fac(4).
          +N - 1:

          fac(N) ->
          +    N * fac(N - 1).

          Notice that this part ends with a . saying that there are no more parts of +this function.

          Compile the file:

          5> c(tut1).
          +{ok,tut1}

          And now calculate the factorial of 4.

          6> tut1:fac(4).
           24

          Here the function fac> in module tut1 is called with argument 4.

          A function can have many arguments. Let us expand the module tut1 with the -function to multiply two numbers:

          -module(tut1).
          --export([fac/1, mult/2]).
          +function to multiply two numbers:

          -module(tut1).
          +-export([fac/1, mult/2]).
           
          -fac(1) ->
          +fac(1) ->
               1;
          -fac(N) ->
          -    N * fac(N - 1).
          +fac(N) ->
          +    N * fac(N - 1).
           
          -mult(X, Y) ->
          +mult(X, Y) ->
               X * Y.

          Notice that it is also required to expand the -export line with the -information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

          Compile:

          7> c(tut1).
          -{ok,tut1}

          Try out the new function mult:

          8> tut1:mult(3,4).
          +information that there is another function mult with two arguments.

          Compile:

          7> c(tut1).
          +{ok,tut1}

          Try out the new function mult:

          8> tut1:mult(3,4).
           12

          In this example the numbers are integers and the arguments in the functions in the code N, X, and Y are called variables. Variables must start with a capital letter (see Variables). Examples of @@ -222,56 +222,56 @@ Atom), for example, charles, centimeter, and inch. Atoms are simply names, nothing else. They are not like variables, which can have a value.

          Enter the next program in a file named tut2.erl). It can be useful for -converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

          -module(tut2).
          --export([convert/2]).
          +converting from inches to centimeters and conversely:

          -module(tut2).
          +-export([convert/2]).
           
          -convert(M, inch) ->
          +convert(M, inch) ->
               M / 2.54;
           
          -convert(N, centimeter) ->
          -    N * 2.54.

          Compile:

          9> c(tut2).
          -{ok,tut2}

          Test:

          10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
          +convert(N, centimeter) ->
          +    N * 2.54.

          Compile:

          9> c(tut2).
          +{ok,tut2}

          Test:

          10> tut2:convert(3, inch).
           1.1811023622047243
          -11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
          +11> tut2:convert(7, centimeter).
           17.78

          Notice the introduction of decimals (floating point numbers) without any explanation. Hopefully you can cope with that.

          Let us see what happens if something other than centimeter or inch is -entered in the convert function:

          12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
          +entered in the convert function:

          12> tut2:convert(3, miles).
           ** exception error: no function clause matching tut2:convert(3,miles) (tut2.erl, line 4)

          The two parts of the convert function are called its clauses. As shown, miles is not part of either of the clauses. The Erlang system cannot match either of the clauses so an error message function_clause is returned. The shell formats the error message nicely, but the error tuple is saved in the -shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

          13> v(12).
          -{&#href_anchor"p">,{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
          -                                [3,miles],
          -                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
          -                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
          -                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
          -                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
          -                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
          -                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
          -                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

          +shell's history list and can be output by the shell command v/1:

          13> v(12).
          +{&#href_anchor"p">,{function_clause,[{tut2,convert,
          +                                [3,miles],
          +                                [{file,"tut2.erl"},{line,4}]},
          +                          {erl_eval,do_apply,6,
          +                                    [{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,677}]},
          +                          {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,687}]},
          +                          {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,642}]},
          +                          {shell,eval_loop,3,
          +                                 [{file,"shell.erl"},{line,627}]}]}}

          Tuples

          -

          Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

          tut2:convert(3, inch).

          Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and +

          Now the tut2 program is hardly good programming style. Consider:

          tut2:convert(3, inch).

          Does this mean that 3 is in inches? Or does it mean that 3 is in centimeters and is to be converted to inches? Erlang has a way to group things together to make things more understandable. These are called tuples and are surrounded by curly brackets, { and }.

          So, {inch,3} denotes 3 inches and {centimeter,5} denotes 5 centimeters. Now let us write a new program that converts centimeters to inches and conversely. -Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

          -module(tut3).
          --export([convert_length/1]).
          +Enter the following code in a file called tut3.erl):

          -module(tut3).
          +-export([convert_length/1]).
           
          -convert_length({centimeter, X}) ->
          -    {inch, X / 2.54};
          -convert_length({inch, Y}) ->
          -    {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

          Compile and test:

          14> c(tut3).
          -{ok,tut3}
          -15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
          -{centimeter,12.7}
          -16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
          -{inch,5.0}

          Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and +convert_length({centimeter, X}) -> + {inch, X / 2.54}; +convert_length({inch, Y}) -> + {centimeter, Y * 2.54}.

          Compile and test:

          14> c(tut3).
          +{ok,tut3}
          +15> tut3:convert_length({inch, 5}).
          +{centimeter,12.7}
          +16> tut3:convert_length(tut3:convert_length({inch, 5})).
          +{inch,5.0}

          Notice on line 16 that 5 inches is converted to centimeters and back again and reassuringly get back to the original value. That is, the argument to a function can be the result of another function. Consider how line 16 (above) works. The argument given to the function {inch,5} is first matched against the first @@ -280,9 +280,9 @@ before the ->). This having failed, let us try the head of the next clause that is, convert_length({inch,Y}). This matches, and Y gets the value 5.

          Tuples can have more than two parts, in fact as many parts as you want, and contain any valid Erlang term. For example, to represent the temperature of -various cities of the world:

          {moscow, {c, -10}}
          -{cape_town, {f, 70}}
          -{paris, {f, 28}}

          Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an +various cities of the world:

          {moscow, {c, -10}}
          +{cape_town, {f, 70}}
          +{paris, {f, 28}}

          Tuples have a fixed number of items in them. Each item in a tuple is called an element. In the tuple {moscow,{c,-10}}, element 1 is moscow and element 2 is {c,-10}. Here c represents Celsius and f Fahrenheit.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.472319313 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/spec_proc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.480319366 +0000 @@ -127,64 +127,64 @@

          The sys module has functions for simple debugging of processes implemented using behaviours. The code_lock example from -gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

          Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
          +gen_statem Behaviour is used to illustrate this:

          Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit]
           
          -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
          -1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
          +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
          +1> code_lock:start_link([1,2,3,4]).
           Lock
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> sys:statistics(code_lock, true).
           ok
          -3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
          +3> sys:trace(code_lock, true).
           ok
          -4> code_lock:button(1).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
          +4> code_lock:button(1).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,1} in state locked
           ok
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
          -5> code_lock:button(2).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,1} in state locked
          +5> code_lock:button(2).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,2} in state locked
           ok
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
          -6> code_lock:button(3).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,2} in state locked
          +6> code_lock:button(3).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,3} in state locked
           ok
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
          -7> code_lock:button(4).
          -*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,3} in state locked
          +7> code_lock:button(4).
          +*DBG* code_lock receive cast {button,4} in state locked
           ok
           Unlock
          -*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
          -*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
          +*DBG* code_lock consume cast {button,4} in state locked => open
          +*DBG* code_lock start_timer {state_timeout,10000,lock,[]} in state open
           *DBG* code_lock receive state_timeout lock in state open
           Lock
           *DBG* code_lock consume state_timeout lock in state open => locked
          -8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
          -{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
          -     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
          -     {reductions,4098},
          -     {messages_in,5},
          -     {messages_out,0}]}
          -9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
          +8> sys:statistics(code_lock, get).
          +{ok,[{start_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,1}}},
          +     {current_time,{{2024,5,3},{8,11,48}}},
          +     {reductions,4098},
          +     {messages_in,5},
          +     {messages_out,0}]}
          +9> sys:statistics(code_lock, false).
           ok
          -10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
          +10> sys:trace(code_lock, false).
           ok
          -11> sys:get_status(code_lock).
          -{status,<0.90.0>,
          -        {module,gen_statem},
          -        [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}},
          -          {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>,
          -                         <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}],
          -         running,<0.88.0>,[],
          -         [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"},
          -          {data,[{"Status",running},
          -                 {"Parent",<0.88.0>},
          -                 {"Modules",[code_lock]},
          -                 {"Time-outs",{0,[]}},
          -                 {"Logged Events",[]},
          -                 {"Postponed",[]}]},
          -          {data,[{"State",
          -                  {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4],
          -                            length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

          +11> sys:get_status(code_lock). +{status,<0.90.0>, + {module,gen_statem}, + [[{'$initial_call',{code_lock,init,1}}, + {'$ancestors',[<0.88.0>,<0.87.0>,<0.70.0>,<0.65.0>,<0.69.0>, + <0.64.0>,kernel_sup,<0.47.0>]}], + running,<0.88.0>,[], + [{header,"Status for state machine code_lock"}, + {data,[{"Status",running}, + {"Parent",<0.88.0>}, + {"Modules",[code_lock]}, + {"Time-outs",{0,[]}}, + {"Logged Events",[]}, + {"Postponed",[]}]}, + {data,[{"State", + {locked,#{code => [1,2,3,4], + length => 4,buttons => []}}}]}]]}

          @@ -202,109 +202,109 @@

          Here follows the simple server from Overview, -implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

          -module(ch4).
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([alloc/0, free/1]).
          --export([init/1]).
          --export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
          +implemented using sys and proc_lib to fit into a supervision tree:

          -module(ch4).
          +-export([start_link/0]).
          +-export([alloc/0, free/1]).
          +-export([init/1]).
          +-export([system_continue/3, system_terminate/4,
                    write_debug/3,
          -         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
          +         system_get_state/1, system_replace_state/2]).
           
          -start_link() ->
          -    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
          +start_link() ->
          +    proc_lib:start_link(ch4, init, [self()]).
           
          -alloc() ->
          -    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
          +alloc() ->
          +    ch4 ! {self(), alloc},
               receive
          -        {ch4, Res} ->
          +        {ch4, Res} ->
                       Res
               end.
           
          -free(Ch) ->
          -    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
          +free(Ch) ->
          +    ch4 ! {free, Ch},
               ok.
           
          -init(Parent) ->
          -    register(ch4, self()),
          -    Chs = channels(),
          -    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
          -    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
          -    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
          +init(Parent) ->
          +    register(ch4, self()),
          +    Chs = channels(),
          +    Deb = sys:debug_options([]),
          +    proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()}),
          +    loop(Chs, Parent, Deb).
           
          -loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
          +loop(Chs, Parent, Deb) ->
               receive
          -        {From, alloc} ->
          -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          -                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
          -            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
          -            From ! {ch4, Ch},
          -            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          -                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
          -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
          -        {free, Ch} ->
          -            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          -                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
          -            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
          -            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
          -
          -        {system, From, Request} ->
          -            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
          -                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
          +        {From, alloc} ->
          +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          +                                    ch4, {in, alloc, From}),
          +            {Ch, Chs2} = alloc(Chs),
          +            From ! {ch4, Ch},
          +            Deb3 = sys:handle_debug(Deb2, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          +                                    ch4, {out, {ch4, Ch}, From}),
          +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb3);
          +        {free, Ch} ->
          +            Deb2 = sys:handle_debug(Deb, fun ch4:write_debug/3,
          +                                    ch4, {in, {free, Ch}}),
          +            Chs2 = free(Ch, Chs),
          +            loop(Chs2, Parent, Deb2);
          +
          +        {system, From, Request} ->
          +            sys:handle_system_msg(Request, From, Parent,
          +                                  ch4, Deb, Chs)
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.540319763 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/statem.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.536319738 +0000
          @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
           a state transition and the output is actions executed during
           the state transition.  Analogously to the mathematical model
           of a Finite State Machine, it can be described as a set of relations
          -of the following form:

          State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

          These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, +of the following form:

          State(S) x Event(E) -> Actions(A), State(S')

          These relations are interpreted as follows: if we are in state S, and event E occurs, we are to perform actions A, and make a transition to state S'. Notice that S' can be equal to S, and that A can be empty.

          In gen_statem we define a state change as a state transition in which the @@ -409,12 +409,12 @@ mode, automatically call the state callback with special arguments whenever the state changes, so you can write state enter actions near the rest of the state transition rules. -It typically looks like this:

          StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
          +It typically looks like this:

          StateName(enter, OldState, Data) ->
               ... code for state enter actions here ...
          -    {keep_state, NewData};
          -StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
          +    {keep_state, NewData};
          +StateName(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
               ... code for actions here ...
          -    {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

          Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the + {next_state, NewStateName, NewData}.

          Since the state enter call is not an event there are restrictions on the allowed return value and state transition actions. You must not change the state, postpone this non-event, insert any events, or change the @@ -503,55 +503,55 @@ open --> open : {button, Digit} open --> locked : state_timeout\n* do_lock()

          This code lock state machine can be implemented using gen_statem with -the following callback module:

          -module(code_lock).
          --behaviour(gen_statem).
          --define(NAME, code_lock).
          +the following callback module:

          -module(code_lock).
          +-behaviour(gen_statem).
          +-define(NAME, code_lock).
           
          --export([start_link/1]).
          --export([button/1]).
          --export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
          --export([locked/3,open/3]).
          -
          -start_link(Code) ->
          -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
          -
          -button(Button) ->
          -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
          -
          -init(Code) ->
          -    do_lock(),
          -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
          -    {ok, locked, Data}.
          -
          -callback_mode() ->
          -    state_functions.
          locked(
          -  cast, {button,Button},
          -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
          +-export([start_link/1]).
          +-export([button/1]).
          +-export([init/1,callback_mode/0,terminate/3]).
          +-export([locked/3,open/3]).
          +
          +start_link(Code) ->
          +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
          +
          +button(Button) ->
          +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).
          +
          +init(Code) ->
          +    do_lock(),
          +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
          +    {ok, locked, Data}.
          +
          +callback_mode() ->
          +    state_functions.
          locked(
          +  cast, {button,Button},
          +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
               NewButtons =
                   if
          -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
          +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                           Buttons;
                       true ->
          -                tl(Buttons)
          -        end ++ [Button],
          +                tl(Buttons)
          +        end ++ [Button],
               if
                   NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
          -	    do_unlock(),
          -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
          -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
          +	    do_unlock(),
          +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
          +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
           	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
          -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
          -    end.
          open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
          -    do_lock(),
          -    {next_state, locked, Data};
          -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
          -    {next_state, open, Data}.
          do_lock() ->
          -    io:format("Lock~n", []).
          -do_unlock() ->
          -    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
          +            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
          +    end.
          open(state_timeout, lock,  Data) ->
          +    do_lock(),
          +    {next_state, locked, Data};
          +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
          +    {next_state, open, Data}.
          do_lock() ->
          +    io:format("Lock~n", []).
          +do_unlock() ->
          +    io:format("Unlock~n", []).
           
          -terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
          -    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
          +terminate(_Reason, State, _Data) ->
          +    State =/= locked andalso do_lock(),
               ok.

          The code is explained in the next sections.

          @@ -559,8 +559,8 @@ Starting gen_statem

          In the example in the previous section, gen_statem is started by calling -code_lock:start_link(Code):

          start_link(Code) ->
          -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

          start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, +code_lock:start_link(Code):

          start_link(Code) ->
          +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).

          start_link/1 calls function gen_statem:start_link/4, which spawns and links to a new process, a gen_statem.

          • The first argument, {local,?NAME}, specifies the name. In this case, the gen_statem is locally registered as code_lock through the macro ?NAME.

            If the name is omitted, the gen_statem is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. The name can also be specified as {global, Name}, then the @@ -578,10 +578,10 @@ Data is the internal server data of the gen_statem. Here the server data is a map() with key code that stores the correct button sequence, key length store its length, and key buttons -that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

            init(Code) ->
            -    do_lock(),
            -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            -    {ok, locked, Data}.

            Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 +that stores the collected buttons up to the same length.

            init(Code) ->
            +    do_lock(),
            +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, length => length(Code), buttons => []},
            +    {ok, locked, Data}.

            Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 is synchronous. It does not return until the gen_statem is initialized and is ready to receive events.

            Function gen_statem:start_link/3,4 must be used if the gen_statem is part of a supervision tree, that is, @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ a standalone gen_statem, meaning it is not part of a supervision tree.

            Function Module:callback_mode/0 selects the CallbackMode for the callback module, in this case state_functions. -That is, each state has its own handler function:

            callback_mode() ->
            +That is, each state has its own handler function:

            callback_mode() ->
                 state_functions.

            @@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ Handling Events

            The function notifying the code lock about a button event is implemented using -gen_statem:cast/2:

            button(Button) ->
            -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

            The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with +gen_statem:cast/2:

            button(Button) ->
            +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Button}).

            The first argument is the name of the gen_statem and must agree with the name used to start it. So, we use the same macro ?NAME as when starting. {button, Button} is the event content.

            The event is sent to the gen_statem. When the event is received, the gen_statem calls StateName(cast, Event, Data), which is expected @@ -607,30 +607,30 @@ {next_state, NewStateName, NewData, Actions}. StateName is the name of the current state and NewStateName is the name of the next state. NewData is a new value for the server data of the gen_statem, -and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

            locked(
            -  cast, {button,Button},
            -  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
            +and Actions is a list of actions to be performed by the gen_statem engine.

            locked(
            +  cast, {button,Button},
            +  #{code := Code, length := Length, buttons := Buttons} = Data) ->
                 NewButtons =
                     if
            -            length(Buttons) < Length ->
            +            length(Buttons) < Length ->
                             Buttons;
                         true ->
            -                tl(Buttons)
            -        end ++ [Button],
            +                tl(Buttons)
            +        end ++ [Button],
                 if
                     NewButtons =:= Code -> % Correct
            -	    do_unlock(),
            -            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            -             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
            +	    do_unlock(),
            +            {next_state, open, Data#{buttons := []},
            +             [{state_timeout,10_000,lock}]}; % Time in milliseconds
             	true -> % Incomplete | Incorrect
            -            {next_state, locked, Data#{buttons := NewButtons}}
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.580320029 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/sup_princ.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.580320029 +0000
            @@ -132,24 +132,24 @@
               Example
             

          The callback module for a supervisor starting the server from -gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

          -module(ch_sup).
          --behaviour(supervisor).
          +gen_server Behaviour can look as follows:

          -module(ch_sup).
          +-behaviour(supervisor).
           
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([init/1]).
          +-export([start_link/0]).
          +-export([init/1]).
           
          -start_link() ->
          -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
          +start_link() ->
          +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).
           
          -init(_Args) ->
          -    SupFlags = #href_anchor"ss">strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
          -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          +init(_Args) ->
          +    SupFlags = #href_anchor"ss">strategy => one_for_one, intensity => 1, period => 5},
          +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
                               restart => permanent,
                               shutdown => brutal_kill,
                               type => worker,
          -                    modules => [ch3]}],
          -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the + modules => [ch3]}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          The SupFlags variable in the return value from init/1 represents the supervisor flags.

          The ChildSpecs variable in the return value from init/1 is a list of child specifications.

          @@ -157,15 +157,15 @@ Supervisor Flags

          -

          This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

          sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
          -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
          -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
          -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
          -    strategy() = one_for_all
          +

          This is the type definition for the supervisor flags:

          sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
          +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
          +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
          +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional
          +    strategy() = one_for_all
                          | one_for_one
                          | rest_for_one
                          | simple_one_for_one
          -    auto_shutdown() = never
          +    auto_shutdown() = never
                               | any_significant
                               | all_significant

          -

          The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

          child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
          -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
          -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
          -                 significant => significant(), % optional
          -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
          -                 type => worker(),             % optional
          -                 modules => modules()}         % optional
          -    child_id() = term()
          -    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
          -    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
          -    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
          -    significant() = boolean()
          -    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
          -    worker() = worker | supervisor
          • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

            The id key is mandatory.

            Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as +

            The type definition for a child specification is as follows:

            child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
            +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
            +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
            +                 significant => significant(), % optional
            +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
            +                 type => worker(),             % optional
            +                 modules => modules()}         % optional
            +    child_id() = term()
            +    mfargs() = {M :: module(), F :: atom(), A :: [term()]}
            +    modules() = [module()] | dynamic
            +    restart() = permanent | transient | temporary
            +    significant() = boolean()
            +    shutdown() = brutal_kill | timeout()
            +    worker() = worker | supervisor
            • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

              The id key is mandatory.

              Note that this identifier occasionally has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but in order to keep backwards compatibility, some occurrences of "name" can still be found, for example in error messages.

            • start defines the function call used to start the child process. It is a @@ -461,32 +461,32 @@ name of the callback module.

            This information is used by the release handler during upgrades and downgrades; see Release Handling.

            The modules key is optional. If it is not given, it defaults to [M], where M comes from the child's start {M,F,A}.

          Example: The child specification to start the server ch3 in the previous -example look as follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">id => ch3,
          -  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          +example look as follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">id => ch3,
          +  start => {ch3, start_link, []},
             restart => permanent,
             shutdown => brutal_kill,
             type => worker,
          -  modules => [ch3]}

          or simplified, relying on the default values:

          #{id => ch3,
          +  modules => [ch3]}

          or simplified, relying on the default values:

          #{id => ch3,
             start => {ch3, start_link, []},
             shutdown => brutal_kill}

          Example: A child specification to start the event manager from the chapter about -gen_event:

          #{id => error_man,
          -  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
          -  modules => dynamic}

          Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to +gen_event:

          #{id => error_man,
          +  start => {gen_event, start_link, [{local, error_man}]},
          +  modules => dynamic}

          Both server and event manager are registered processes which can be expected to be always accessible. Thus they are specified to be permanent.

          ch3 does not need to do any cleaning up before termination. Thus, no shutdown time is needed, but brutal_kill is sufficient. error_man can need some time for the event handlers to clean up, thus the shutdown time is set to 5000 ms -(which is the default value).

          Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

          #{id => sup,
          -  start => {sup, start_link, []},
          +(which is the default value).

          Example: A child specification to start another supervisor:

          #{id => sup,
          +  start => {sup, start_link, []},
             restart => transient,
          -  type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

          + type => supervisor} % will cause default shutdown=>infinity

          Starting a Supervisor

          In the previous example, the supervisor is started by calling -ch_sup:start_link():

          start_link() ->
          -    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

          ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and +ch_sup:start_link():

          start_link() ->
          +    supervisor:start_link(ch_sup, []).

          ch_sup:start_link calls function supervisor:start_link/2, which spawns and links to a new process, a supervisor.

          • The first argument, ch_sup, is the name of the callback module, that is, the module where the init callback function is located.
          • The second argument, [], is a term that is passed as is to the callback function init. Here, init does not need any data and ignores the argument.

          In this case, the supervisor is not registered. Instead its pid must be used. A @@ -494,12 +494,12 @@ supervisor:start_link({local, Name}, Module, Args) or supervisor:start_link({global, Name}, Module, Args).

          The new supervisor process calls the callback function ch_sup:init([]). init -has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

          init(_Args) ->
          -    SupFlags = #{},
          -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          -                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
          -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child +has to return {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}:

          init(_Args) ->
          +    SupFlags = #{},
          +    ChildSpecs = [#{id => ch3,
          +                    start => {ch3, start_link, []},
          +                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
          +    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          Subsequently, the supervisor starts its child processes according to the child specifications in the start specification. In this case there is a single child process, called ch3.

          supervisor:start_link/3 is synchronous. It does not return until all child processes have been started.

          @@ -536,23 +536,23 @@

          A supervisor with restart strategy simple_one_for_one is a simplified one_for_one supervisor, where all child processes are dynamically added instances of the same process.

          The following is an example of a callback module for a simple_one_for_one -supervisor:

          -module(simple_sup).
          --behaviour(supervisor).
          +supervisor:

          -module(simple_sup).
          +-behaviour(supervisor).
           
          --export([start_link/0]).
          --export([init/1]).
          +-export([start_link/0]).
          +-export([init/1]).
           
          -start_link() ->
          -    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
          +start_link() ->
          +    supervisor:start_link(simple_sup, []).
           
          -init(_Args) ->
          -    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
          +init(_Args) ->
          +    SupFlags = #{strategy => simple_one_for_one,
                            intensity => 0,
          -                 period => 1},
          -    ChildSpecs = [#{id => call,
          -                    start => {call, start_link, []},
          -                    shutdown => brutal_kill}],
          -    {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          When started, the supervisor does not start any child + period => 1}, + ChildSpecs = [#{id => call, + start => {call, start_link, []}, + shutdown => brutal_kill}], + {ok, {SupFlags, ChildSpecs}}.

          When started, the supervisor does not start any child processes. Instead, all child processes need to be added dynamically by calling supervisor:start_child(Sup, List).

          Sup is the pid, or name, of the supervisor. List is an arbitrary list of terms, which are added to the list of arguments specified in the child @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.608320214 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_limits.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.612320241 +0000 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.636320400 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/system_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.640320427 +0000 @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.664320586 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tablesdatabases.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.672320639 +0000 @@ -150,11 +150,11 @@

          The delete operation is considered successful if the element was not present in the table. Hence all attempts to check that the element is present in the Ets/Mnesia table before deletion are unnecessary. Here follows an example for -Ets tables:

          DO

          ets:delete(Tab, Key),

          DO NOT

          case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
          -    [] ->
          +Ets tables:

          DO

          ets:delete(Tab, Key),

          DO NOT

          case ets:lookup(Tab, Key) of
          +    [] ->
                   ok;
          -    [_|_] ->
          -        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
          +    [_|_] ->
          +        ets:delete(Tab, Key)
           end,

          @@ -166,49 +166,49 @@ functions print_name/1, print_age/1, and print_occupation/1.

          Note

          If the function print_name/1, and so on, had been interface functions, the situation would have been different, as you do not want the user of the interface to know about the internal data representation.

          DO

          %%% Interface function
          -print_person(PersonId) ->
          +print_person(PersonId) ->
               %% Look up the person in the named table person,
          -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          -        [Person] ->
          -            print_name(Person),
          -            print_age(Person),
          -            print_occupation(Person);
          -        [] ->
          -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
          +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          +        [Person] ->
          +            print_name(Person),
          +            print_age(Person),
          +            print_occupation(Person);
          +        [] ->
          +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
               end.
           
           %%% Internal functions
          -print_name(Person) ->
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
          +print_name(Person) ->
          +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
           
          -print_age(Person) ->
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
          +print_age(Person) ->
          +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
           
          -print_occupation(Person) ->
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          DO NOT

          %%% Interface function
          -print_person(PersonId) ->
          +print_occupation(Person) ->
          +    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          DO NOT

          %%% Interface function
          +print_person(PersonId) ->
               %% Look up the person in the named table person,
          -    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          -        [Person] ->
          -            print_name(PersonID),
          -            print_age(PersonID),
          -            print_occupation(PersonID);
          -        [] ->
          -            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
          +    case ets:lookup(person, PersonId) of
          +        [Person] ->
          +            print_name(PersonID),
          +            print_age(PersonID),
          +            print_occupation(PersonID);
          +        [] ->
          +            io:format("No person with ID = ~p~n", [PersonID])
               end.
           
           %%% Internal functions
          -print_name(PersonID) ->
          -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]).
          -
          -print_age(PersonID) ->
          -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]).
          -
          -print_occupation(PersonID) ->
          -    [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId),
          -    io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          +print_name(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.name]). + +print_age(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.age]). + +print_occupation(PersonID) -> + [Person] = ets:lookup(person, PersonId), + io:format("No person ~p~n", [Person#person.occupation]).

          @@ -230,30 +230,30 @@ #person{idno = 4, name = "Carl", age = 25, occupation = "mailman"}]

          If you must return all data stored in the Ets table, you can use ets:tab2list/1. However, usually you are only interested in a subset of the information in which case ets:tab2list/1 is expensive. If you only want to -extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
          +extract one field from each record, for example, the age of every person, then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                     name='_',
                                     age='$1',
          -                          occupation = '_'},
          -                [],
          -                ['$1']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          -lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

          If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
          +                          occupation = '_'},
          +                [],
          +                ['$1']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          +lists:map(fun(X) -> X#person.age end, TabList),

          If you are only interested in the age of all persons named "Bryan", then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                     name="Bryan",
                                     age='$1',
          -                          occupation = '_'},
          -                [],
          -                ['$1']}])

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          -lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
          +                          occupation = '_'},
          +                [],
          +                ['$1']}])

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          +lists:foldl(fun(X, Acc) -> case X#person.name of
                                           "Bryan" ->
          -                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
          +                                    [X#person.age|Acc];
                                            _ ->
                                                Acc
                                      end
          -             end, [], TabList)

          If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", -then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
          +             end, [], TabList)

          If you need all information stored in the Ets table about persons named "Bryan", +then:

          DO

          ets:select(Tab, [{#person{idno='_',
                                     name="Bryan",
                                     age='_',
          -                          occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          -lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

          + occupation = '_'}, [], ['$_']}]),

          DO NOT

          TabList = ets:tab2list(Tab),
          +lists:filter(fun(X) -> X#person.name == "Bryan" end, TabList),

          @@ -297,12 +297,12 @@ #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=2}, #index_entry{name="Bryan", idno=3}, #index_entry{name="Carl", idno=4}]

          Given this index table, a lookup of the age fields for all persons named -"Bryan" can be done as follows:

          MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
          -lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
          -                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
          +"Bryan" can be done as follows:

          MatchingIDs = ets:lookup(IndexTable,"Bryan"),
          +lists:map(fun(#index_entry{idno = ID}) ->
          +                 [#person{age = Age}] = ets:lookup(PersonTable, ID),
                            Age
                     end,
          -          MatchingIDs),

          Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the + MatchingIDs),

          Notice that this code does not use ets:match/2, but instead uses the ets:lookup/2 call. The lists:map/2 call is only used to traverse the idnos matching the name "Bryan" in the table; thus the number of lookups in the master table is minimized.

          Keeping an index table introduces some overhead when inserting records in the @@ -325,17 +325,17 @@ mnesia:match_object() as these function traverse the whole table. Instead, you can create a secondary index and use mnesia:index_read/3 to get faster access at the expense of using more -memory.

          Example:

          -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
          +memory.

          Example:

          -record(person, {idno, name, age, occupation}).
                   ...
          -{atomic, ok} =
          -mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
          -                              {attributes,
          -                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
          -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
          +{atomic, ok} =
          +mnesia:create_table(person, [{index,[#person.age]},
          +                              {attributes,
          +                                    record_info(fields, person)}]),
          +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:add_table_index(person, age),
           ...
           
           PersonsAge42 =
          -     mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

          + mnesia:dirty_index_read(person, 42, #person.age),

          @@ -349,19 +349,19 @@ the table. Other processes must send update requests to that process.

          Example:

          ...
           %% Using transaction
           
          -Fun = fun() ->
          -          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
          -           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
          +Fun = fun() ->
          +          [mnesia:read({Table, Key}),
          +           mnesia:read({Table2, Key2})]
                 end,
           
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.696320798 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/tutorial.html	2025-03-21 17:27:31.700320825 +0000
          @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.728321011 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/typespec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.732321036 +0000 @@ -242,11 +242,11 @@ predefined aliases for the type unions also shown in the table.

          Built-in typeDefined as
          term/0any/0
          binary/0<<_:_*8>>
          nonempty_binary/0<<_:8, _:_*8>>
          bitstring/0<<_:_*1>>
          nonempty_bitstring/0<<_:1, _:_*1>>
          boolean/0'false' | 'true'
          byte/00..255
          char/00..16#10ffff
          nil/0[]
          number/0integer/0 | float/0
          list/0[any()]
          maybe_improper_list/0maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
          nonempty_list/0nonempty_list(any())
          string/0[char()]
          nonempty_string/0[char(),...]
          iodata/0iolist() | binary()
          iolist/0maybe_improper_list(byte() | binary() | iolist(), binary() | [])
          map/0#{any() => any()}
          function/0fun()
          module/0atom/0
          mfa/0{module(),atom(),arity()}
          arity/00..255
          identifier/0pid() | port() | reference()
          node/0atom/0
          timeout/0'infinity' | non_neg_integer()
          no_return/0none/0

          Table: Built-in types, predefined aliases

          In addition, the following three built-in types exist and can be thought as defined below, though strictly their "type definition" is not valid syntax according to the type language defined above.

          Built-in typeCan be thought defined by the syntax
          non_neg_integer/00..
          pos_integer/01..
          neg_integer/0..-1

          Table: Additional built-in types

          Note

          The following built-in list types also exist, but they are expected to be -rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

          nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
          -nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
          -nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

          where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

          Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are -shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

          Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
          -        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

          Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in +rarely used. Hence, they have long names:

          nonempty_maybe_improper_list() :: nonempty_maybe_improper_list(any(), any())
          +nonempty_improper_list(Type1, Type2)
          +nonempty_maybe_improper_list(Type1, Type2)

          where the last two types define the set of Erlang terms one would expect.

          Also for convenience, record notation is allowed to be used. Records are +shorthands for the corresponding tuples:

          Record :: #Erlang_Atom{}
          +        | #Erlang_Atom{Fields}

          Records are extended to possibly contain type information. This is described in Type Information in Record Declarations.

          @@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ name as a built-in type.

          It is recommended to avoid deliberately reusing built-in names because it can be confusing. However, when an Erlang/OTP release introduces a new type, code that happened to define its own type having the same name will continue to work.

          As an example, imagine that the Erlang/OTP 42 release introduces a new type -gadget() defined like this:

          -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

          Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), -for example:

          -type gadget() :: #{}.

          Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a +gadget() defined like this:

          -type gadget() :: {'gadget', reference()}.

          Further imagine that some code has its own (different) definition of gadget(), +for example:

          -type gadget() :: #{}.

          Since redefinitions are allowed, the code will still compile (but with a warning), and Dialyzer will not emit any additional warnings.

          @@ -267,8 +267,8 @@

          As seen, the basic syntax of a type is an atom followed by closed parentheses. New types are declared using -type and -opaque attributes as in the -following:

          -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
          --opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

          The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a +following:

          -type my_struct_type() :: Type.
          +-opaque my_opaq_type() :: Type.

          The type name is the atom my_struct_type, followed by parentheses. Type is a type as defined in the previous section. A current restriction is that Type can contain only predefined types, or user-defined types which are either of the following:

          • Module-local type, that is, with a definition that is present in the code of @@ -278,10 +278,10 @@ similar restriction currently exists for records.)

            Type declarations can also be parameterized by including type variables between the parentheses. The syntax of type variables is the same as Erlang variables, that is, starts with an upper-case letter. These variables is to -appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

            -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

            A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to -refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

            -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

            Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

            Example:

            -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

            Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to -them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

            mod:my_struct_type()
            -mod:orddict(atom(), term())

            It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

            Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not +appear on the RHS of the definition. A concrete example follows:

            -type orddict(Key, Val) :: [{Key, Val}].

            A module can export some types to declare that other modules are allowed to +refer to them as remote types. This declaration has the following form:

            -export_type([T1/A1, ..., Tk/Ak]).

            Here the Tis are atoms (the name of the type) and the Ais are their arguments.

            Example:

            -export_type([my_struct_type/0, orddict/2]).

            Assuming that these types are exported from module 'mod', you can refer to +them from other modules using remote type expressions like the following:

            mod:my_struct_type()
            +mod:orddict(atom(), term())

            It is not allowed to refer to types that are not declared as exported.

            Types declared as opaque represent sets of terms whose structure is not supposed to be visible from outside of their defining module. That is, only the module defining them is allowed to depend on their term structure. Consequently, such types do not make much sense as module local - module local types are not @@ -292,33 +292,33 @@ Type Information in Record Declarations

          The types of record fields can be specified in the declaration of the record. -The syntax for this is as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

          For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the -previous example is a shorthand for the following:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

          In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after -the initialization, as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

          The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) +The syntax for this is as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2, field3 :: Type3}).

          For fields without type annotations, their type defaults to any(). That is, the +previous example is a shorthand for the following:

          -record(rec, {field1 :: Type1, field2 :: any(), field3 :: Type3}).

          In the presence of initial values for fields, the type must be declared after +the initialization, as follows:

          -record(rec, {field1 = [] :: Type1, field2, field3 = 42 :: Type3}).

          The initial values for fields are to be compatible with (that is, a member of) the corresponding types. This is checked by the compiler and results in a compilation error if a violation is detected.

          Change

          Before Erlang/OTP 19, for fields without initial values, the singleton type 'undefined' was added to all declared types. In other words, the following -two record declarations had identical effects:

          -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
          -             f2      :: float(),
          -             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
          +two record declarations had identical effects:

          -record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
          +             f2      :: float(),
          +             f3      :: 'a' | 'b'}).
           
          --record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(),
          -              f2      :: 'undefined' | float(),
          -              f3      :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

          This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field +-record(rec, {f1 = 42 :: integer(), + f2 :: 'undefined' | float(), + f3 :: 'undefined' | 'a' | 'b'}).

          This is no longer the case. If you require 'undefined' in your record field type, you must explicitly add it to the typespec, as in the 2nd example.

          Any record, containing type information or not, once defined, can be used as a type using the following syntax:

          #rec{}

          In addition, the record fields can be further specified when using a record type by adding type information about the field as follows:

          #rec{some_field :: Type}

          Any unspecified fields are assumed to have the type in the original record declaration.

          Note

          When records are used to create patterns for ETS and Mnesia match functions, -Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

          -type height() :: pos_integer().
          --record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
          +Dialyzer may need some help not to emit bad warnings. For example:

          -type height() :: pos_integer().
          +-record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height()}).
           
          -lookup(Name, Tab) ->
          -    ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

          Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field +lookup(Name, Tab) -> + ets:match_object(Tab, #person{name = Name, _ = '_'}).

          Dialyzer will emit a warning since '_' is not in the type of record field height.

          The recommended way of dealing with this is to declare the smallest record field types to accommodate all your needs, and then create refinements as -needed. The modified example:

          -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
          +needed. The modified example:

          -record(person, {name :: string(), height :: height() | '_'}).
           
          --type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

          In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred +-type person() :: #person{height :: height()}.

          In specifications and type declarations the type person() is to be preferred before #person{}.

          @@ -331,27 +331,27 @@ arguments, otherwise the compilation fails.

          The following longer format with module name is also valid as long as Module is the name of the current module. This can be useful for documentation purposes.

          -spec Module:Function(ArgType1, ..., ArgTypeN) -> ReturnType.

          Also, for documentation purposes, argument names can be given:

          -spec Function(ArgName1 :: Type1, ..., ArgNameN :: TypeN) -> RT.

          A function specification can be overloaded. That is, it can have several types, -separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

          -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
          -         (T4, T5) -> T6.

          A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that +separated by a semicolon (;). For example:

          -spec foo(T1, T2) -> T3;
          +         (T4, T5) -> T6.

          A current restriction, which currently results in a warning by Dialyzer, is that the domains of the argument types cannot overlap. For example, the following -specification results in a warning:

          -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
          -         (integer()) -> integer().

          Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input +specification results in a warning:

          -spec foo(pos_integer()) -> pos_integer();
          +         (integer()) -> integer().

          Type variables can be used in specifications to specify relations for the input and output arguments of a function. For example, the following specification defines the type of a polymorphic identity function:

          -spec id(X) -> X.

          Notice that the above specification does not restrict the input and output type in any way. These types can be constrained by guard-like subtype constraints and -provide bounded quantification:

          -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

          Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard +provide bounded quantification:

          -spec id(X) -> X when X :: tuple().

          Currently, the :: constraint (read as "is a subtype of") is the only guard constraint that can be used in the when part of a -spec attribute.

          Note

          The above function specification uses multiple occurrences of the same type variable. That provides more type information than the following function -specification, where the type variables are missing:

          -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

          The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns +specification, where the type variables are missing:

          -spec id(tuple()) -> tuple().

          The latter specification says that the function takes some tuple and returns some tuple. The specification with the X type variable specifies that the function takes a tuple and returns the same tuple.

          However, it is up to the tools that process the specifications to choose whether to take this extra information into account or not.

          The scope of a :: constraint is the (...) -> RetType specification after which it appears. To avoid confusion, it is suggested that different variables are used in different constituents of an overloaded contract, as shown in the -following example:

          -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
          -         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

          Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define +following example:

          -spec foo({X, integer()}) -> X when X :: atom();
          +         ([Y]) -> Y when Y :: number().

          Some functions in Erlang are not meant to return; either because they define servers or because they are used to throw exceptions, as in the following -function:

          my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

          For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type +function:

          my_error(Err) -> throw({error, Err}).

          For such functions, it is recommended to use the special no_return/0 type for their "return", through a contract of the following form:

          -spec my_error(term()) -> no_return().

          Note

          Erlang uses the shorthand version _ as an anonymous type variable equivalent to term/0 or any/0. For example, the following function

          -spec Function(string(), _) -> string().

          is equivalent to:

          -spec Function(string(), any()) -> string().
          @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.760321222 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/upgrade.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.760321222 +0000 @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.788321408 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system/versions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.792321434 +0000 @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.820321620 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/system_principles.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.820321620 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.844321779 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.848321806 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.872321965 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.868321938 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.896322124 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/tutorial.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.896322124 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.924322309 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/upcoming_incompatibilities.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.924322309 +0000 @@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ Singleton type variables will become a compile-time error

          -

          Before Erlang/OTP 26, the compiler would silenty accept the following spec:

          -spec f(Opts) -> term() when
          -    Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
          -f(_) -> error.

          In OTP 26, the compiler emits a warning pointing out that the type variable -Unknown is unbound:

          t.erl:6:18: Warning: type variable 'Unknown' is only used once (is unbound)
          +

          Before Erlang/OTP 26, the compiler would silenty accept the following spec:

          -spec f(Opts) -> term() when
          +    Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
          +f(_) -> error.

          In OTP 26, the compiler emits a warning pointing out that the type variable +Unknown is unbound:

          t.erl:6:18: Warning: type variable 'Unknown' is only used once (is unbound)
           %    6|     Opts :: {ok, Unknown} | {error, Unknown}.
           %     |                  ^

          In OTP 27, that warning will become an error.

          @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

          Escripts will be compiled by default instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be available.

          The old behavior of interpreting escripts can be restored by adding the -following line to the script file:

          -mode(interpret).

          In OTP 28, support for interpreting an escript will be removed.

          +following line to the script file:

          -mode(interpret).

          In OTP 28, support for interpreting an escript will be removed.

          @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ %% In OTP 27 it is instead interpreted as a %% Triple-Quoted String equivalent to "String Content"

          """"
          -++ foo() ++
          +++ foo() ++
           """"
           %% Became
          -"" ++ foo() ++ ""
          +"" ++ foo() ++ ""
           %%
           %% In OTP 27 it is instead interpreted as a
           %% Triple-Quoted String (triple-or-more) equivalent to
          @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.948322469 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/wx.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.952322495 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.968322601 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/doc/xmerl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.972322628 +0000 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.992322760 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:31.992322760 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/absform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/absform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.028322999 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/absform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.028322999 +0000 @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.060323211 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_disco.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.060323211 +0000 @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.108323530 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/alt_dist.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.108323530 +0000 @@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ Exported Callback Functions

          -

          The following functions are mandatory:

          • listen(Name) ->
            -  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}
            -listen(Name,Host) ->
            -  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}

            listen/2 is called once in order to listen for incoming connection requests. +

            The following functions are mandatory:

            • listen(Name) ->
              +  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}
              +listen(Name,Host) ->
              +  {ok, {Listen, Address, Creation}} | {error, Error}

              listen/2 is called once in order to listen for incoming connection requests. The call is made when the distribution is brought up. The argument Name is the part of the node name before the @ sign in the full node name. It can be either an atom or a string. The argument Host is the part of the node name @@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ #net_address{} record is defined in kernel/include/net_address.hrl), and Creation which (currently) is an integer 1, 2, or 3.

              If epmd is to be used for node discovery, you typically want to use the erl_epmd module (part of the kernel application) in order to -register the listen port with epmd and retrieve Creation to use.

            • address() ->
              +register the listen port with epmd and retrieve Creation to use.

            • address() ->
                 Address

              address/0 is called in order to get the Address part of the listen/2 function without creating a listen socket. -All fields except address have to be set in the returned record

              Example:

              address() ->
              -    {ok, Host} = inet:gethostname(),
              -    #net_address{ host = Host, protocol = tcp, family = inet6 }.
            • accept(Listen) ->
              +All fields except address have to be set in the returned record

              Example:

              address() ->
              +    {ok, Host} = inet:gethostname(),
              +    #net_address{ host = Host, protocol = tcp, family = inet6 }.
            • accept(Listen) ->
                 AcceptorPid

              accept/1 should spawn a process that accepts connections. This process should preferably execute on max priority. The process identifier of this process should be returned.

              The Listen argument will be the same as the Listen handle part of the @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ may not be the process registered as net_kernel) and is in this document identified as Kernel. When a connection has been accepted by the acceptor process, it needs to inform Kernel about the accepted connection. This is -done by passing a message on the form:

              Kernel ! {accept, AcceptorPid, DistController, Family, Proto}

              DistController is either the process or port identifier of the distribution +done by passing a message on the form:

              Kernel ! {accept, AcceptorPid, DistController, Family, Proto}

              DistController is either the process or port identifier of the distribution controller for the connection. The distribution controller should be created by the acceptor processes when a new connection is accepted. Its job is to dispatch traffic on the connection.

              Kernel responds with one of the following messages:

              • {Kernel, controller, SupervisorPid} - The request was accepted and @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ process (which is created in the accept_connection/5 callback).

              • {Kernel, unsupported_protocol} - The request was rejected. This is a fatal error. The acceptor process should terminate.

              When an accept sequence has been completed the acceptor process is expected to -continue accepting further requests.

            • accept_connection(AcceptorPid, DistCtrl, MyNode, Allowed, SetupTime) ->
              +continue accepting further requests.

            • accept_connection(AcceptorPid, DistCtrl, MyNode, Allowed, SetupTime) ->
                 ConnectionSupervisorPid

              accept_connection/5 should spawn a process that will perform the Erlang distribution handshake for the connection. If the handshake successfully completes it should continue to function as a connection supervisor. This @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ the handshake in a #hs_data{} record and call dist_util:handshake_other_started(HsData) with this record.

              dist_util:handshake_other_started(HsData) will perform the handshake and if the handshake successfully completes this process will then continue in a -connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • setup(Node, Type, MyNode, LongOrShortNames, SetupTime) ->
              +connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • setup(Node, Type, MyNode, LongOrShortNames, SetupTime) ->
                 ConnectionSupervisorPid

              setup/5 should spawn a process that connects to Node. When connection has been established it should perform the Erlang distribution handshake for the connection. If the handshake successfully completes it should continue to @@ -324,15 +324,15 @@ the handshake in a #hs_data{} record and call dist_util:handshake_we_started(HsData) with this record.

              dist_util:handshake_we_started(HsData) will perform the handshake and the handshake successfully completes this process will then continue in a -connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • close(Listen) ->
              -  void()

              Called in order to close the Listen handle that originally was passed from -the listen/1 callback.

            • select(NodeName) ->
              -  boolean()

              Return true if the host name part of the NodeName is valid for use with -this protocol; otherwise, false.

            There are also two optional functions that may be exported:

            • setopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              -  ok | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the +connection supervisor loop as long as the connection is up.

            • close(Listen) ->
              +  void()

              Called in order to close the Listen handle that originally was passed from +the listen/1 callback.

            • select(NodeName) ->
              +  boolean()

              Return true if the host name part of the NodeName is valid for use with +this protocol; otherwise, false.

            There are also two optional functions that may be exported:

            • setopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              +  ok | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the listen/1 callback. The argument Opts is a list of -options to set on future connections.

            • getopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              -  {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the +options to set on future connections.

            • getopts(Listen, Opts) ->
              +  {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

              The argument Listen is the handle originally passed from the listen/1 callback. The argument Opts is a list of options to read for future connections.

            @@ -354,36 +354,36 @@ dist_util:start_timer/1.

          • allowed - Information passed as Allowed to accept_connection/5. This field is only mandatory when the remote node initiated the connection. That is, when the connection is set up via -accept_connection/5.

          • f_send - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Data) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Data -is io data to pass to the other side.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_recv - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Length) -> {ok, Packet} | {error, Reason}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. If +accept_connection/5.

          • f_send - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Data) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Data +is io data to pass to the other side.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_recv - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Length) -> {ok, Packet} | {error, Reason}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. If Length is 0, all available bytes should be returned. If Length > 0, exactly Length bytes should be returned, or an error; possibly discarding less than Length bytes of data when the connection is closed from the other side. It is used for passive receive of data from the other end.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_setopts_pre_nodeup - A fun with the -following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called +following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called just before the distribution channel is taken up for normal traffic.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_setopts_post_nodeup - A fun with -the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called -just after distribution channel has been taken up for normal traffic.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_getll - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ID

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and ID is +the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. Called +just after distribution channel has been taken up for normal traffic.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_getll - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> ID

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and ID is the identifier of the low level entity that handles the connection (often -DistCtrlr itself).

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_address - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node) -> NetAddress

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is +DistCtrlr itself).

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • f_address - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node) -> NetAddress

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is the node name of the node on the other end, and NetAddress is a #net_address{} record with information about the address for the Node on the other end of the connection. The #net_address{} record is defined in -kernel/include/net_address.hrl.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • mf_tick - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. This +kernel/include/net_address.hrl.

            Only used during handshake phase.

          • mf_tick - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller. This function should send information over the connection that is not interpreted by the other end while increasing the statistics of received packets on the other end. This is usually implemented by sending an empty packet.

            Note

            It is of vital importance that this operation does not block the caller for -a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

            Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getstat - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> {ok, Received, Sent, PendSend}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Received +a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

            Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getstat - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr) -> {ok, Received, Sent, PendSend}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Received is received packets, Sent is sent packets, and PendSend is amount of data in queue to be sent (typically in bytes, but dist_util only checks whether the value is non-zero to know there is data in queue) or a boolean/0 indicating whether there are packets in queue to be sent.

            Note

            It is of vital importance that this operation does not block the caller for a long time. This since it is called from the connection supervisor.

            Used when connection is up.

          • request_type - The request Type as passed to setup/5. This is only mandatory when the connection has -been initiated by this node. That is, the connection is set up via setup/5.

          • mf_setopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts -is a list of options to set on the connection.

            This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts +been initiated by this node. That is, the connection is set up via setup/5.

          • mf_setopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> ok | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts +is a list of options to set on the connection.

            This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

          • mf_getopts - A fun with the following signature:

            fun (DistCtrl, Opts) -> {ok, OptionValues} | {error, Error}

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller and Opts is a list of options to read for the connection.

            This function is optional. Used when connection is up.

          • f_handshake_complete - A fun with the -following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node, DHandle) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is +following signature:

            fun (DistCtrlr, Node, DHandle) -> void()

            where DistCtrlr is the identifier of the distribution controller, Node is the node name of the node connected at the other end, and DHandle is a distribution handle needed by a distribution controller process when calling the following BIFs:

            This function is called when the handshake has completed and the distribution @@ -519,62 +519,62 @@ because in most situation you need to do it. Unix domain sockets are reliable and order maintaining, so we do not need to implement resends and such in the driver.

            We start writing the example Unix domain sockets driver by declaring prototypes -and filling in a static ErlDrvEntry structure:

            ( 1) #include <stdio.h>
            -( 2) #include <stdlib.h>
            -( 3) #include <string.h>
            -( 4) #include <unistd.h>
            -( 5) #include <errno.h>
            -( 6) #include <sys/types.h>
            -( 7) #include <sys/stat.h>
            -( 8) #include <sys/socket.h>
            -( 9) #include <sys/un.h>
            -(10) #include <fcntl.h>
            +and filling in a static ErlDrvEntry structure:

            ( 1) #include <stdio.h>
            +( 2) #include <stdlib.h>
            +( 3) #include <string.h>
            +( 4) #include <unistd.h>
            +( 5) #include <errno.h>
            +( 6) #include <sys/types.h>
            +( 7) #include <sys/stat.h>
            +( 8) #include <sys/socket.h>
            +( 9) #include <sys/un.h>
            +(10) #include <fcntl.h>
             
            -(11) #define HAVE_UIO_H
            -(12) #include "erl_driver.h"
            +(11) #define HAVE_UIO_H
            +(12) #include "erl_driver.h"
             
            -(13) /*
            +(13) /*
             (14) ** Interface routines
             (15) */
            -(16) static ErlDrvData uds_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff);
            -(17) static void uds_stop(ErlDrvData handle);
            -(18) static void uds_command(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, int bufflen);
            -(19) static void uds_input(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            -(20) static void uds_output(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            -(21) static void uds_finish(void);
            -(22) static int uds_control(ErlDrvData handle, unsigned int command,
            -(23)                        char* buf, int count, char** res, int res_size);
            -
            -(24) /* The driver entry */
            -(25) static ErlDrvEntry uds_driver_entry = {
            -(26)     NULL,                            /* init, N/A */
            -(27)     uds_start,                       /* start, called when port is opened */
            -(28)     uds_stop,                        /* stop, called when port is closed */
            -(29)     uds_command,                     /* output, called when erlang has sent */
            -(30)     uds_input,                       /* ready_input, called when input
            +(16) static ErlDrvData uds_start(ErlDrvPort port, char *buff);
            +(17) static void uds_stop(ErlDrvData handle);
            +(18) static void uds_command(ErlDrvData handle, char *buff, int bufflen);
            +(19) static void uds_input(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            +(20) static void uds_output(ErlDrvData handle, ErlDrvEvent event);
            +(21) static void uds_finish(void);
            +(22) static int uds_control(ErlDrvData handle, unsigned int command,
            +(23)                        char* buf, int count, char** res, int res_size);
            +
            +(24) /* The driver entry */
            +(25) static ErlDrvEntry uds_driver_entry = {
            +(26)     NULL,                            /* init, N/A */
            +(27)     uds_start,                       /* start, called when port is opened */
            +(28)     uds_stop,                        /* stop, called when port is closed */
            +(29)     uds_command,                     /* output, called when erlang has sent */
            +(30)     uds_input,                       /* ready_input, called when input
             (31)                                         descriptor ready */
            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
            --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.136323715 +0000
            +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.140323741 +0000
            @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
                       Erlang programming language
             
                   

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/atomics.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/atomics.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.164323901 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/atomics.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.172323954 +0000 @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.200324139 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/automaticyieldingofccode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.204324166 +0000 @@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ function is used, the convention is to "comment out" the source for the function by surrounding it with the following #ifdef (this way, one will not get warnings about unused functions):

            #ifdef INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS
            -void my_fun() {
            +void my_fun() {
                 ...
            -}
            +}
             #endif /* INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS */

            While editing the function one can define INCLUDE_YCF_TRANSFORMED_ONLY_FUNCTIONS so that one can see errors and warnings in the non-transformed source.

            @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Erlang programming language

            -

            Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

            +

            Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.260324537 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beam_makeops.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.264324563 +0000 @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ BEAM interpreter. For the BeamAsm JIT introduced in OTP 24, the implementation of instructions are defined in emitter functions written in C++.

          Generic instructions have typed operands. Here are a few examples of -operands for move/2:

          {move,{atom,id},{x,5}}.
          -{move,{x,3},{x,0}}.
          -{move,{x,2},{y,1}}.

          When those instructions are loaded, the loader rewrites them +operands for move/2:

          {move,{atom,id},{x,5}}.
          +{move,{x,3},{x,0}}.
          +{move,{x,2},{y,1}}.

          When those instructions are loaded, the loader rewrites them to specific instructions:

          move_cx id 5
           move_xx 3 0
           move_xy 2 1

          Corresponding to each generic instruction, there is a family of @@ -189,9 +189,9 @@ an integer, an atom, or a literal).

          Now let's look at the implementation of the move instruction. There are multiple files containing implementations of instructions in the erts/emulator/beam/emu directory. The move instruction is defined -in instrs.tab. It looks like this:

          move(Src, Dst) {
          +in instrs.tab.  It looks like this:

          move(Src, Dst) {
               $Dst = $Src;
          -}

          The implementation for an instruction largely follows the C syntax, +}

          The implementation for an instruction largely follows the C syntax, except that the variables in the function head don't have any types. The $ before an identifier denotes a macro expansion. Thus, $Src will expand to the code to pick up the source operand for @@ -208,14 +208,14 @@ is stored in the lower 32 bits of the word. In the upper 32 bits is the byte offset to the X register; the register number 5 has been multiplied by the word size size 8.

          In the next word the tagged atom id is stored.

          With that background, we can look at the generated code for move_cx -in beam_hot.h:

          OpCase(move_cx):
          -{
          -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]);
          -  xb(BeamExtraData(I[0])) = I[1];
          +in beam_hot.h:

          OpCase(move_cx):
          +{
          +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]);
          +  xb(BeamExtraData(I[0])) = I[1];
             I += 2;
          -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
          -  GotoPF(next_pf);
          -}

          We will go through each line in turn.

          • OpCase(move_cx): defines a label for the instruction. The + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

          We will go through each line in turn.

          • OpCase(move_cx): defines a label for the instruction. The OpCase() macro is defined in beam_emu.c. It will expand this line to lb_move_cx:.

          • BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[2]); fetches the pointer to code for the next instruction to be executed. The BeamCodeAddr() @@ -229,15 +229,15 @@ this case).

          • I += 2 advances the instruction pointer to the next instruction.

          • In a debug-compiled emulator, ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); makes sure that next_pf is a valid instruction (that is, that it points -within the process_main() function in beam_emu.c).

          • GotoPF(next_pf); transfers control to the next instruction.

          Now let's look at the implementation of move_xx:

          OpCase(move_xx):
          -{
          -  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
          -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
          -  xb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
          +within the process_main() function in beam_emu.c).

        • GotoPF(next_pf); transfers control to the next instruction.

        Now let's look at the implementation of move_xx:

        OpCase(move_xx):
        +{
        +  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
        +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
        +  xb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
           I += 1;
        -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
        -  GotoPF(next_pf);
        -}

        We will go through the lines that are new or have changed compared to + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

        We will go through the lines that are new or have changed compared to move_cx.

        • Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]); picks up both X register numbers packed into the upper 32 bits of the instruction word.

        • BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]); pre-fetches the address of the next instruction. Note that because both X registers operands fits @@ -246,15 +246,15 @@ copies the source to the destination. (For a 64-bit architecture, BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT is 16 and BEAM_TIGHT_MASK is 0xFFFF.)

        • I += 1; advances the instruction pointer to the next instruction.

        move_xy is almost identical to move_xx. The only difference is the use of the yb() macro instead of xb() to reference the -destination register:

        OpCase(move_xy):
        -{
        -  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
        -  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
        -  yb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
        +destination register:

        OpCase(move_xy):
        +{
        +  Eterm tmp_packed1 = BeamExtraData(I[0]);
        +  BeamInstr next_pf = BeamCodeAddr(I[1]);
        +  yb((tmp_packed1>>BEAM_TIGHT_SHIFT)) = xb(tmp_packed1&BEAM_TIGHT_MASK);
           I += 1;
        -  ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf));
        -  GotoPF(next_pf);
        -}

        + ASSERT(VALID_INSTR(next_pf)); + GotoPF(next_pf); +}

        @@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ move2 x y x y // In instrs.tab -move2(S1, D1, S2, D2) { +move2(S1, D1, S2, D2) { Eterm V1, V2; V1 = $S1; V2 = $S2; $D1 = V1; $D2 = V2; -}

      When the loader has found a match and replaced the matched instructions, +}

    When the loader has found a match and replaced the matched instructions, it will match the new instructions against the transformation rules. Because of that, we can define the rule for a move3/6 instruction as follows:

    move2 X1=x Y1=y X2=x Y2=y | move X3=x Y3=y =>
    @@ -437,21 +437,21 @@
     i_fcheckerror
     fclearerror
     %endif

    It is also possible to add an %else clause:

    %if ARCH_64
    -BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    -    Uint64 res = ($A) * ($B);
    -    if (res / $B != $A) {
    +BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    +    Uint64 res = ($A) * ($B);
    +    if (res / $B != $A) {
             $Fail;
    -    }
    +    }
         $Dst = res;
    -}
    +}
     %else
    -BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    -    Uint64 res = (Uint64)($A) * (Uint64)($B);
    -    if ((res >> (8*sizeof(Uint))) != 0) {
    +BS_SAFE_MUL(A, B, Fail, Dst) {
    +    Uint64 res = (Uint64)($A) * (Uint64)($B);
    +    if ((res >> (8*sizeof(Uint))) != 0) {
             $Fail;
    -    }
    +    }
         $Dst = res;
    -}
    +}
     %endif

    Symbols that are defined in directives

    The following symbols are always defined.

    • ARCH_64 - is 1 for a 64-bit machine, and 0 otherwise.
    • ARCH_32 - is 1 for 32-bit machine, and 0 otherwise.

    The Makefile for building the emulator currently defines the following symbols by using the -D option on the command line for beam_makeops.

    • USE_VM_PROBES - 1 if the runtime system is compiled to use VM @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ a non-zero value, the matching of the rule will continue, otherwise the match will fail. Such guard functions are hereafter called predicates.

      The most commonly used guard constraints is equal(). It can be used -to remove a redundant move instructio like this:

      move R1 R2 | equal(R1, R2) => _

      or remove a redundant is_eq_exact instruction like this:

      is_eq_exact Lbl Src1 Src2 | equal(Src1, Src2) => _

      At the time of writing, all predicates are defined in files named +to remove a redundant move instructio like this:

      move R1 R2 | equal(R1, R2) => _

      or remove a redundant is_eq_exact instruction like this:

      is_eq_exact Lbl Src1 Src2 | equal(Src1, Src2) => _

      At the time of writing, all predicates are defined in files named predicates.tab in several directories. In predicates.tab directly in $ERL_TOP/erts/emulator/beam, predicates that are used by both the traditinal emulator and the JIT implementations are contained. @@ -696,33 +696,33 @@ internal loader data structures, but here is quick look at the implementation of a simple predicate called literal_is_map().

      Here is first an example how it is used:

      ismap Fail Lit=q | literal_is_map(Lit) =>

      If the Lit operand is a literal, then the literal_is_map() predicate is called to determine whether it is a map literal. -If it is, the instruction is not needed and can be removed.

      literal_is_map() is implemented like this (in emu/predicates.tab):

      pred.literal_is_map(Lit) {
      +If it is, the instruction is not needed and can be removed.

      literal_is_map() is implemented like this (in emu/predicates.tab):

      pred.literal_is_map(Lit) {
           Eterm term;
       
      -    ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q);
      -    term = beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val);
      -    return is_map(term);
      -}

      The pred. prefix tells beam_makeops that this function is a + ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q); + term = beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val); + return is_map(term); +}

      The pred. prefix tells beam_makeops that this function is a predicate. Without the prefix, it would have been interpreted as the implementation of an instruction (described in Defining the implementation).

      Predicate functions have a magic variabled called S, which is a pointer to a state struct. In the example, beamfile_get_literal(&S->beam, Lit.val); is used to retrieve the actual term for the literal.

      At the time of writing, the expanded C code generated by -beam_makeops looks like this:

      static int literal_is_map(LoaderState* S, BeamOpArg Lit) {
      +beam_makeops looks like this:

      static int literal_is_map(LoaderState* S, BeamOpArg Lit) {
         Eterm term;
       
      -  ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q);
      -  term = S->literals[Lit.val].term;
      -  return is_map(term);;
      -}

      Handling instructions with variable number of operands

      Some instructions, such as select_val/3, essentially has a variable + ASSERT(Lit.type == TAG_q); + term = S->literals[Lit.val].term; + return is_map(term);; +}

      Handling instructions with variable number of operands

      Some instructions, such as select_val/3, essentially has a variable number of operands. Such instructions have a {list,[...]} operand -as their last operand in the BEAM assembly code. For example:

      {select_val,{x,0},
      -            {f,1},
      -            {list,[{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}]}}.

      The loader will convert a {list,[...]} operand to an u operand whose +as their last operand in the BEAM assembly code. For example:

      {select_val,{x,0},
      +            {f,1},
      +            {list,[{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}]}}.

      The loader will convert a {list,[...]} operand to an u operand whose value is the number of elements in the list, followed by each element in the list. The instruction above would be translated to the following -generic instruction:

      {select_val,{x,0},{f,1},{u,4},{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}}

      To match a variable number of arguments we need to use the special +generic instruction:

      {select_val,{x,0},{f,1},{u,4},{atom,b},{f,4},{atom,a},{f,5}}

      To match a variable number of arguments we need to use the special operand type * like this:

      select_val Src=aiq Fail=f Size=u List=* =>
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beamasm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beamasm.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.304324829 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/beamasm.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.308324856 +0000
      @@ -149,10 +149,10 @@
       used in BeamAsm are much simpler than the interpreter's, as most of the
       transformations for the interpreter are done only to eliminate the instruction
       dispatch overhead.

      Then each instruction is encoded using the C++ functions in the -jit/$ARCH/instr_*.cpp files. For example:

      void BeamModuleAssembler::emit_is_nonempty_list(const ArgVal &Fail, const ArgVal &Src) {
      -  a.test(getArgRef(Src), imm(_TAG_PRIMARY_MASK - TAG_PRIMARY_LIST));
      -  a.jne(labels[Fail.getLabel()]);
      -}

      asmjit provides a fairly straightforward +jit/$ARCH/instr_*.cpp files. For example:

      void BeamModuleAssembler::emit_is_nonempty_list(const ArgVal &Fail, const ArgVal &Src) {
      +  a.test(getArgRef(Src), imm(_TAG_PRIMARY_MASK - TAG_PRIMARY_LIST));
      +  a.jne(labels[Fail.getLabel()]);
      +}

      asmjit provides a fairly straightforward mapping from a C++ function call to the x86 assembly instruction. The above instruction tests if the value in the Src register is a non-empty list and if it is not then it jumps to the fail label.

      For comparison, the interpreter has 8 combinations and specializations of @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ common patterns.

      The original register allocation done by the Erlang compiler is used to manage the liveness of values and the physical registers are statically allocated to keep the necessary process state. At the moment this is the static register -allocation on x86-64:

      rbx: ErtsSchedulerRegisters struct (contains x/float registers and some metadata)
      +allocation on x86-64:

      rbx: ErtsSchedulerRegisters struct (contains x/float registers and some metadata)
       rbp: Current frame pointer when `perf` support is enabled, otherwise this
            is an optional save slot for the Erlang stack pointer when executing C
            code.
      @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@
       used about double the amount of memory for code as the interpreter, while current
       versions use about 10% more. How was this achieved?

      In BeamAsm we heavily use shared code fragments to try to emit as much code as possible as global shared fragments instead of duplicating the code unnecessarily. -For instance, the return instruction looks something like this:

      Label yield = a.newLabel();
      +For instance, the return instruction looks something like this:

      Label yield = a.newLabel();
       
       /* Decrement reduction counter */
      -a.dec(FCALLS);
      +a.dec(FCALLS);
       /* If FCALLS < 0, jump to the yield-on-return fragment */
      -a.jl(resolve_fragment(ga->get_dispatch_return()));
      -a.ret();

      The code above is not exactly what is emitted, but close enough. The thing to note +a.jl(resolve_fragment(ga->get_dispatch_return())); +a.ret();

      The code above is not exactly what is emitted, but close enough. The thing to note is that the code for doing the context switch is never emitted. Instead, we jump to a global fragment that all return instructions share. This greatly reduces the amount of code that has to be emitted for each module.

      @@ -243,24 +243,24 @@

      As Erlang stacks can be very small, we have to switch over to a different stack when we need to execute C code (which may expect a much larger stack). This is -done through emit_enter_runtime and emit_leave_runtime, for example:

      mov_arg(ARG4, NumFree);
      +done through emit_enter_runtime and emit_leave_runtime, for example:

      mov_arg(ARG4, NumFree);
       
       /* Move to the C stack and swap out our current reductions, stack-, and
        * heap pointer to the process structure. */
      -emit_enter_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
      +emit_enter_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
       
      -a.mov(ARG1, c_p);
      -load_x_reg_array(ARG2);
      -make_move_patch(ARG3, lambdas[Fun.getValue()].patches);
      +a.mov(ARG1, c_p);
      +load_x_reg_array(ARG2);
      +make_move_patch(ARG3, lambdas[Fun.getValue()].patches);
       
       /* Call `new_fun`, asserting that we're on the C stack. */
      -runtime_call<4>(new_fun);
      +runtime_call<4>(new_fun);
       
       /* Move back to the C stack, and read the updated values from the process
        * structure */
      -emit_leave_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
      +emit_leave_runtime<Update::eReductions | Update::eStack | Update::eHeap>();
       
      -a.mov(getXRef(0), RET);

      All combinations of the Update constants are legal, but the ones given to +a.mov(getXRef(0), RET);

      All combinations of the Update constants are legal, but the ones given to emit_leave_runtime must be the same as those given to emit_enter_runtime.

      @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ any function call. In the interpreter, this is done by rewriting the loaded BEAM code, but this is more complicated in BeamAsm as we want to have a fast and compact way to do this. This is solved by emitting the code below at the -start of each function (x86 variant below):

        0x0: short jmp 6 (address 0x8)
      +start of each function (x86 variant below):

        0x0: short jmp 6 (address 0x8)
         0x2: nop
         0x3: relative near call to shared breakpoint fragment
         0x8: actual code for function

      When code starts to execute it will simply see the short jmp 6 instruction @@ -293,23 +293,23 @@ executable page and once with a writable page. Since they're backed by the same memory, writes to the writable page appear magically in the executable one.

      The erts_writable_code_ptr function can be used to get writable pointers -given a module instance, provided that it has been unsealed first:

      for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
      +given a module instance, provided that it has been unsealed first:

      for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
           const ErtsCodeInfo* ci_exec;
           ErtsCodeInfo* ci_rw;
           void *w_ptr;
       
      -    erts_unseal_module(&modp->curr);
      +    erts_unseal_module(&modp->curr);
       
      -    ci_exec = code_hdr->functions[i];
      -    w_ptr = erts_writable_code_ptr(&modp->curr, ci_exec);
      -    ci_rw = (ErtsCodeInfo*)w_ptr;
      -
      -    uninstall_breakpoint(ci_rw, ci_exec);
      -    consolidate_bp_data(modp, ci_rw, 1);
      -    ASSERT(ci_rw->gen_bp == NULL);
      +    ci_exec = code_hdr->functions[i];
      +    w_ptr = erts_writable_code_ptr(&modp->curr, ci_exec);
      +    ci_rw = (ErtsCodeInfo*)w_ptr;
      +
      +    uninstall_breakpoint(ci_rw, ci_exec);
      +    consolidate_bp_data(modp, ci_rw, 1);
      +    ASSERT(ci_rw->gen_bp == NULL);
       
      -    erts_seal_module(&modp->curr);
      -}

      Without the module instance there's no reliable way to figure out the writable + erts_seal_module(&modp->curr); +}

      Without the module instance there's no reliable way to figure out the writable address of a code page, and we rely on address space layout randomization (ASLR) to make it difficult to guess. On some platforms, security is further enhanced by protecting the writable area from writes until the module has been @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ flamegraph.pl out.folded > out.svg

      We get a graph that would look something like this:

      Linux Perf FlameGraph: dialyzer PLT build

      You can view a larger version here. It contains the same information, but it is easier to share with others as it does not need the symbols in the executable.

      Using the same data we can also produce a graph where the scheduler profile data -has been merged by using sed:

      #href_anchor"p"># Strip [0-9]+_ and/or _[0-9]+ from all scheduler names
      +has been merged by using sed:

      #href_anchor"p"># Strip [0-9]+_ and/or _[0-9]+ from all scheduler names
       ## scheduler names changed in OTP26, hence two expressions
       sed -e 's/^[0-9]\+_//' -e 's/^erts_\([^_]\+\)_[0-9]\+/erts_\1/' out.folded > out.folded_sched
       ## Create the svg
      @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.336325041 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/carriermigration.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.336325041 +0000 @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/codeloading.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.364325227 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/codeloading.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.364325227 +0000 @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ erts_try_seize_code_load_permission and erts_release_code_load_permission).

      The ability to prepare several modules in parallel is not currently used as almost all code loading is serialized by the code_server -process. The BIF interface is however prepared for this.

        erlang:prepare_loading(Module, Code) -> LoaderState
      -  erlang:finish_loading([LoaderState])

      The idea is that prepare_loading could be called in parallel for +process. The BIF interface is however prepared for this.

        erlang:prepare_loading(Module, Code) -> LoaderState
      +  erlang:finish_loading([LoaderState])

      The idea is that prepare_loading could be called in parallel for different modules and returns a "magic binary" containing the internal state of each prepared module. Function finish_loading could take a list of such states and do the finishing of all of them in one go.

      Currently we use the legacy BIF erlang:load_module which is now @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/communication.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/communication.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.388325385 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/communication.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.388325385 +0000 @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/counters.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/counters.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.412325545 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/counters.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.416325571 +0000 @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.440325731 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/countinginstructions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.440325731 +0000 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.464325889 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/crash_dump.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.468325916 +0000 @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@ interesting. One has to "guess" what is what, but as the information is symbolic, thorough reading of this information can be useful. As an example, we can find the state variable of the Erlang primitive loader online (5) and -(6) in the following example:

      (1)  3cac44   Return addr 0x13BF58 (<terminate process normally>)
      -(2)  y(0)     ["/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/kernel/ebin",
      -(3)            "/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/stdlib/ebin"]
      -(4)  y(1)     <0.1.0>
      -(5)  y(2)     {state,[],none,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.6.7085890>,undefined,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.7.9000327>,
      -(6)            #Fun<erl_prim_loader.8.116480692>,#Port<0.2>,infinity,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.9.10708760>}
      -(7)  y(3)     infinity

      When interpreting the data for a process, it is helpful to know that anonymous +(6) in the following example:

      (1)  3cac44   Return addr 0x13BF58 (<terminate process normally>)
      +(2)  y(0)     ["/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/kernel/ebin",
      +(3)            "/view/siri_r10_dev/clearcase/otp/erts/lib/stdlib/ebin"]
      +(4)  y(1)     <0.1.0>
      +(5)  y(2)     {state,[],none,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.6.7085890>,undefined,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.7.9000327>,
      +(6)            #Fun<erl_prim_loader.8.116480692>,#Port<0.2>,infinity,#Fun<erl_prim_loader.9.10708760>}
      +(7)  y(3)     infinity

      When interpreting the data for a process, it is helpful to know that anonymous function objects (funs) are given the following:

      • A name constructed from the name of the function in which they are created
      • A number (starting with 0) indicating the number of that fun within that function

      @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.488326049 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/delayeddealloc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.492326075 +0000 @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.532326340 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.536326367 +0000 @@ -180,12 +180,12 @@ terms, so binary_to_term is called in Erlang to convert the result to term form.

      The code is available in pg_sync.c in the sample directory of erts.

      The driver entry contains the functions that will be called by the emulator. In this example, only start, stop, and control are provided:

      /* Driver interface declarations */
      -static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      -static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      -static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      -                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen);
      +static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      +static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      +                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen);
       
      -static ErlDrvEntry pq_driver_entry = {
      +static ErlDrvEntry pq_driver_entry = {
           NULL,                        /* init */
           start,
           stop,
      @@ -202,10 +202,10 @@
           NULL,                        /* flush */
           NULL,                        /* call */
           NULL                         /* event */
      -};

      We have a structure to store state needed by the driver, in this case we only -need to keep the database connection:

      typedef struct our_data_s {
      +};

      We have a structure to store state needed by the driver, in this case we only +need to keep the database connection:

      typedef struct our_data_s {
           PGconn* conn;
      -} our_data_t;

      The control codes that we have defined are as follows:

      /* Keep the following definitions in alignment with the
      +} our_data_t;

      The control codes that we have defined are as follows:

      /* Keep the following definitions in alignment with the
        * defines in erl_pq_sync.erl
        */
       
      @@ -221,130 +221,130 @@
        * the driver entry.
        */
       
      -DRIVER_INIT(pq_drv)
      -{
      +DRIVER_INIT(pq_drv)
      +{
           return &pq_driver_entry;
      -}

      Here some initialization is done, start is called from open_port/2. The data +}

      Here some initialization is done, start is called from open_port/2. The data will be passed to control and stop.

      /* DRIVER INTERFACE */
      -static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command)
      -{
      +static ErlDrvData start(ErlDrvPort port, char *command)
      +{
           our_data_t* data;
       
      -    data = (our_data_t*)driver_alloc(sizeof(our_data_t));
      +    data = (our_data_t*)driver_alloc(sizeof(our_data_t));
           data->conn = NULL;
      -    set_port_control_flags(port, PORT_CONTROL_FLAG_BINARY);
      -    return (ErlDrvData)data;
      -}

      We call disconnect to log out from the database. (This should have been done -from Erlang, but just in case.)

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      -
      -static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data)
      -{
      -    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      -
      -    do_disconnect(data, NULL);
      -    driver_free(data);
      -}

      We use the binary format only to return data to the emulator; input data is a + set_port_control_flags(port, PORT_CONTROL_FLAG_BINARY); + return (ErlDrvData)data; +}

      We call disconnect to log out from the database. (This should have been done +from Erlang, but just in case.)

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +
      +static void stop(ErlDrvData drv_data)
      +{
      +    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      +
      +    do_disconnect(data, NULL);
      +    driver_free(data);
      +}

      We use the binary format only to return data to the emulator; input data is a string parameter for connect and select. The returned data consists of Erlang terms.

      The functions get_s and ei_x_to_new_binary are utilities that are used to make the code shorter. get_s duplicates the string and zero-terminates it, as the postgres client library wants that. ei_x_to_new_binary takes an ei_x_buff buffer, allocates a binary, and copies the data there. This binary is returned in *rbuf. (Notice that this binary is freed by the emulator, not -by us.)

      static char* get_s(const char* buf, int len);
      -static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      -static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +by us.)

      static char* get_s(const char* buf, int len);
      +static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
      +static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x);
       
       /* As we are operating in binary mode, the return value from control
        * is irrelevant, as long as it is not negative.
        */
      -static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      -                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen)
      -{
      +static int control(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command, char *buf,
      +                   int len, char **rbuf, int rlen)
      +{
           int r;
           ei_x_buff x;
      -    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      -    char* s = get_s(buf, len);
      -    ei_x_new_with_version(&x);
      -    switch (command) {
      -        case DRV_CONNECT:    r = do_connect(s, data, &x);  break;
      -        case DRV_DISCONNECT: r = do_disconnect(data, &x);  break;
      -        case DRV_SELECT:     r = do_select(s, data, &x);   break;
      +    our_data_t* data = (our_data_t*)drv_data;
      +    char* s = get_s(buf, len);
      +    ei_x_new_with_version(&x);
      +    switch (command) {
      +        case DRV_CONNECT:    r = do_connect(s, data, &x);  break;
      +        case DRV_DISCONNECT: r = do_disconnect(data, &x);  break;
      +        case DRV_SELECT:     r = do_select(s, data, &x);   break;
               default:             r = -1;        break;
      -    }
      -    *rbuf = (char*)ei_x_to_new_binary(&x);
      -    ei_x_free(&x);
      -    driver_free(s);
      +    }
      +    *rbuf = (char*)ei_x_to_new_binary(&x);
      +    ei_x_free(&x);
      +    driver_free(s);
           return r;
      -}

      do_connect is where we log in to the database. If the connection was +}

      do_connect is where we log in to the database. If the connection was successful, we store the connection handle in the driver data, and return 'ok'. Otherwise, we return the error message from postgres and store NULL in -the driver data.

      static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -    PGconn* conn = PQconnectdb(s);
      -    if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK) {
      -        encode_error(x, conn);
      -        PQfinish(conn);
      +the driver data.

      static int do_connect(const char *s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +    PGconn* conn = PQconnectdb(s);
      +    if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK) {
      +        encode_error(x, conn);
      +        PQfinish(conn);
               conn = NULL;
      -    } else {
      -        encode_ok(x);
      -    }
      +    } else {
      +        encode_ok(x);
      +    }
           data->conn = conn;
           return 0;
      -}

      If we are connected (and if the connection handle is not NULL), we log out +}

      If we are connected (and if the connection handle is not NULL), we log out from the database. We need to check if we should encode an 'ok', as we can get -here from function stop, which does not return data to the emulator:

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -    if (data->conn == NULL)
      +here from function stop, which does not return data to the emulator:

      static int do_disconnect(our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +    if (data->conn == NULL)
               return 0;
      -    PQfinish(data->conn);
      +    PQfinish(data->conn);
           data->conn = NULL;
      -    if (x != NULL)
      -        encode_ok(x);
      +    if (x != NULL)
      +        encode_ok(x);
           return 0;
      -}

      We execute a query and encode the result. Encoding is done in another C module, -pg_encode.c, which is also provided as sample code.

      static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      -{
      -   PGresult* res = PQexec(data->conn, s);
      -    encode_result(x, res, data->conn);
      -    PQclear(res);
      +}

      We execute a query and encode the result. Encoding is done in another C module, +pg_encode.c, which is also provided as sample code.

      static int do_select(const char* s, our_data_t* data, ei_x_buff* x)
      +{
      +   PGresult* res = PQexec(data->conn, s);
      +    encode_result(x, res, data->conn);
      +    PQclear(res);
           return 0;
      -}

      Here we check the result from postgres. If it is data, we encode it as lists of +}

      Here we check the result from postgres. If it is data, we encode it as lists of lists with column data. Everything from postgres is C strings, so we use ei_x_encode_string to send the result as strings to Erlang. (The head of the -list contains the column names.)

      void encode_result(ei_x_buff* x, PGresult* res, PGconn* conn)
      -{
      +list contains the column names.)

      void encode_result(ei_x_buff* x, PGresult* res, PGconn* conn)
      +{
           int row, n_rows, col, n_cols;
      -    switch (PQresultStatus(res)) {
      +    switch (PQresultStatus(res)) {
           case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
      -        n_rows = PQntuples(res);
      -        n_cols = PQnfields(res);
      -        ei_x_encode_tuple_header(x, 2);
      -        encode_ok(x);
      -        ei_x_encode_list_header(x, n_rows+1);
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.572326606 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/driver_entry.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.568326579 +0000
      @@ -176,54 +176,54 @@
         
         Data Types
       

      -

      ErlDrvEntry

      typedef struct erl_drv_entry {
      -    int (*init)(void);          /* Called at system startup for statically
      +

      ErlDrvEntry

      typedef struct erl_drv_entry {
      +    int (*init)(void);          /* Called at system startup for statically
                                          linked drivers, and after loading for
                                          dynamically loaded drivers */
       #ifndef ERL_SYS_DRV
      -    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
      +    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command);
                                       /* Called when open_port/2 is invoked,
                                          return value -1 means failure */
       #else
      -    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command, SysDriverOpts* opts);
      +    ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char *command, SysDriverOpts* opts);
                                       /* Special options, only for system driver */
       #endif
      -    void (*stop)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*stop)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Called when port is closed, and when the
                                          emulator is halted */
      -    void (*output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len);
      +    void (*output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len);
                                       /* Called when we have output from Erlang to
                                          the port */
      -    void (*ready_input)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +    void (*ready_input)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
                                       /* Called when we have input from one of
                                          the driver's handles */
      -    void (*ready_output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
      +    void (*ready_output)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvEvent event);
                                       /* Called when output is possible to one of
                                          the driver's handles */
           char *driver_name;          /* Name supplied as command in
                                          erlang:open_port/2 */
      -    void (*finish)(void);       /* Called before unloading the driver -
      +    void (*finish)(void);       /* Called before unloading the driver -
                                          dynamic drivers only */
           void *handle;               /* Reserved, used by emulator internally */
      -    ErlDrvSSizeT (*control)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
      +    ErlDrvSSizeT (*control)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
                                   char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len,
      -			    char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen);
      +			    char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen);
                                       /* "ioctl" for drivers - invoked by
                                          port_control/3 */
      -    void (*timeout)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*timeout)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Handling of time-out in driver */
      -    void (*outputv)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlIOVec *ev);
      +    void (*outputv)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlIOVec *ev);
                                       /* Called when we have output from Erlang
                                          to the port */
      -    void (*ready_async)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvThreadData thread_data);
      -    void (*flush)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
      +    void (*ready_async)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvThreadData thread_data);
      +    void (*flush)(ErlDrvData drv_data);
                                       /* Called when the port is about to be
                                          closed, and there is data in the
                                          driver queue that must be flushed
                                          before 'stop' can be called */
      -    ErlDrvSSizeT (*call)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
      +    ErlDrvSSizeT (*call)(ErlDrvData drv_data, unsigned int command,
                                char *buf, ErlDrvSizeT len,
      -			 char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen, unsigned int *flags);
      +			 char **rbuf, ErlDrvSizeT rlen, unsigned int *flags);
                                       /* Works mostly like 'control', a synchronous
                                          call into the driver */
           void* unused_event_callback;
      @@ -232,11 +232,11 @@
           int minor_version;          /* ERL_DRV_EXTENDED_MINOR_VERSION */
           int driver_flags;           /* ERL_DRV_FLAGs */
           void *handle2;              /* Reserved, used by emulator internally */
      -    void (*process_exit)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);
      +    void (*process_exit)(ErlDrvData drv_data, ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);
                                       /* Called when a process monitor fires */
      -    void (*stop_select)(ErlDrvEvent event, void* reserved);
      +    void (*stop_select)(ErlDrvEvent event, void* reserved);
                                       /* Called to close an event object */
      - } ErlDrvEntry;
      • int (*init)(void) - Called directly after the driver has been + } ErlDrvEntry;

      • int (*init)(void) - Called directly after the driver has been loaded by erl_ddll:load_driver/2 (actually when the driver is added to the driver list). The driver is to return 0, or, if the driver cannot initialize, -1.

      • ErlDrvData (*start)(ErlDrvPort port, char* command) - Called @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.600326791 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/epmd_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.604326817 +0000 @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.644327082 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.648327109 +0000 @@ -153,18 +153,18 @@ init process and can be retrieved by calling init:get_plain_arguments/0. Plain arguments can occur before the first flag, or after a -- flag. Also, the -extra flag causes everything that follows to become plain arguments.

      Examples:

      % erl +W w -sname arnie +R 9 -s my_init -extra +bertie
      -(arnie@host)1> init:get_argument(sname).
      -{ok,[["arnie"]]}
      -(arnie@host)2> init:get_plain_arguments().
      -["+bertie"]

      Here +W w and +R 9 are emulator flags. -s my_init is an init flag, +(arnie@host)1> init:get_argument(sname). +{ok,[["arnie"]]} +(arnie@host)2> init:get_plain_arguments(). +["+bertie"]

      Here +W w and +R 9 are emulator flags. -s my_init is an init flag, interpreted by init. -sname arnie is a user flag, stored by init. It is read by Kernel and causes the Erlang runtime system to become distributed. Finally, everything after -extra (that is, +bertie) is considered as plain arguments.

      % erl -myflag 1
      -1> init:get_argument(myflag).
      -{ok,[["1"]]}
      -2> init:get_plain_arguments().
      -[]

      Here the user flag -myflag 1 is passed to and stored by the init process. It +1> init:get_argument(myflag). +{ok,[["1"]]} +2> init:get_plain_arguments(). +[]

      Here the user flag -myflag 1 is passed to and stored by the init process. It is a user-defined flag, presumably used by some user-defined application.

      @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ The user-defined CPU topology overrides any automatically detected CPU topology. The CPU topology is used when binding schedulers to logical processors. This option must be before -+sbt on the command-line.

      <Id> = integer(); when 0 =< <Id> =< 65535
      ++sbt on the command-line.

      <Id> = integer(); when 0 =< <Id> =< 65535
       <IdRange> = <Id>-<Id>
       <IdOrIdRange> = <Id> | <IdRange>
       <IdList> = <IdOrIdRange>,<IdOrIdRange> | <IdOrIdRange>
      @@ -735,22 +735,22 @@
       NUMA node. If <ProcessorIds> is omitted, its default position is before
       <NodeIds>. That is, the default is processor external NUMA nodes.

      If a list of identifiers is used in an <IdDefs>:

      • <LogicalIds> must be a list of identifiers.
      • At least one other identifier type besides <LogicalIds> must also have a list of identifiers.
      • All lists of identifiers must produce the same number of identifiers.

      A simple example. A single quad core processor can be described as follows:

      % erl +sct L0-3c0-3
      -1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology).
      -[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}},
      -             {core,{logical,1}},
      -             {core,{logical,2}},
      -             {core,{logical,3}}]}]

      A more complicated example with two quad core processors, each processor in +1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology). +[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}}, + {core,{logical,1}}, + {core,{logical,2}}, + {core,{logical,3}}]}]

      A more complicated example with two quad core processors, each processor in its own NUMA node. The ordering of logical processors is a bit weird. This to give a better example of identifier lists:

      % erl +sct L0-1,3-2c0-3p0N0:L7,4,6-5c0-3p1N1
      -1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology).
      -[{node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}},
      -                    {core,{logical,1}},
      -                    {core,{logical,3}},
      -                    {core,{logical,2}}]}]},
      - {node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,7}},
      -                    {core,{logical,4}},
      -                    {core,{logical,6}},
      -                    {core,{logical,5}}]}]}]

      As long as real identifiers are correct, it is OK to pass a CPU topology +1> erlang:system_info(cpu_topology). +[{node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,0}}, + {core,{logical,1}}, + {core,{logical,3}}, + {core,{logical,2}}]}]}, + {node,[{processor,[{core,{logical,7}}, + {core,{logical,4}}, + {core,{logical,6}}, + {core,{logical,5}}]}]}]

      As long as real identifiers are correct, it is OK to pass a CPU topology that is not a correct description of the CPU topology. When used with care this can be very useful. This to trick the emulator to bind its schedulers as you want. For example, if you want to run multiple Erlang runtime systems @@ -925,10 +925,10 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang").

      If an .erlang file is found, it is assumed to contain valid Erlang expressions. These expressions are evaluated as if they were input to the -shell.

      A typical .erlang file contains a set of search paths, for example:

      io:format("executing user profile in $HOME/.erlang\n",[]).
      -code:add_path("/home/calvin/test/ebin").
      -code:add_path("/home/hobbes/bigappl-1.2/ebin").
      -io:format(".erlang rc finished\n",[]).

    • user_default and shell_default - Functions in the shell that are not +shell.

      A typical .erlang file contains a set of search paths, for example:

      io:format("executing user profile in $HOME/.erlang\n",[]).
      +code:add_path("/home/calvin/test/ebin").
      +code:add_path("/home/hobbes/bigappl-1.2/ebin").
      +io:format(".erlang rc finished\n",[]).
    • user_default and shell_default - Functions in the shell that are not prefixed by a module name are assumed to be functional objects (funs), built-in functions (BIFs), or belong to the module user_default or shell_default.

      To include private shell commands, define them in a module user_default and @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.680327321 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_dist_protocol.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.684327348 +0000 @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ client ->> EPMD: NAMES_REQ EPMD -->> client: NAMES_RESP
    1
    110

    Table: NAMES_REQ (110)

    The response for a NAMES_REQ is as follows:

    4
    EPMDPortNoNodeInfo*

    Table: NAMES_RESP

    NodeInfo is a string written for each active node. When all NodeInfo has -been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("name ~ts at port ~p~n", [NodeName, Port]).

    +been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("name ~ts at port ~p~n", [NodeName, Port]).

    @@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ client ->> EPMD: DUMP_REQ EPMD -->> client: DUMP_RESP

    1
    100

    Table: DUMP_REQ

    The response for a DUMP_REQ is as follows:

    4
    EPMDPortNoNodeInfo*

    Table: DUMP_RESP

    NodeInfo is a string written for each node kept in the EPMD. When all -NodeInfo has been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("active name     ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p~n",
    -          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    or

    io:format("old/unused name ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p ~n",
    -          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    +NodeInfo has been written the connection is closed by the EPMD.

    NodeInfo is, as expressed in Erlang:

    io:format("active name     ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p~n",
    +          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    or

    io:format("old/unused name ~ts at port ~p, fd = ~p ~n",
    +          [NodeName, Port, Fd]).

    @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Semigraphic View

    -
    A (initiator)                                      B (acceptor)
    +
    A (initiator)                                      B (acceptor)
     
     TCP connect ------------------------------------>
                                                        TCP accept
    @@ -421,36 +421,36 @@
     
       <---------------------------------------------- send_status
     recv_status
    -(if status was 'alive'
    +(if status was 'alive'
      send_status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ->
    -                                                   recv_status)
    +                                                   recv_status)
     
    -                          (ChB)                      ChB = gen_challenge()
    +                          (ChB)                      ChB = gen_challenge()
       <---------------------------------------------- send_challenge
     recv_challenge
     
    -(if old send_name
    +(if old send_name
      send_complement - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ->
    -                                                   recv_complement)
    +                                                   recv_complement)
     
    -ChA = gen_challenge(),
    -OCA = out_cookie(B),
    -DiA = gen_digest(ChB, OCA)
    -                          (ChA, DiA)
    +ChA = gen_challenge(),
    +OCA = out_cookie(B),
    +DiA = gen_digest(ChB, OCA)
    +                          (ChA, DiA)
     send_challenge_reply --------------------------->
                                                        recv_challenge_reply
    -                                                   ICB = in_cookie(A),
    +                                                   ICB = in_cookie(A),
                                                        check:
    -                                                   DiA == gen_digest (ChB, ICB)?
    +                                                   DiA == gen_digest (ChB, ICB)?
                                                        - if OK:
    -                                                    OCB = out_cookie(A),
    -                                                    DiB = gen_digest (ChA, OCB)
    -                          (DiB)
    +                                                    OCB = out_cookie(A),
    +                                                    DiB = gen_digest (ChA, OCB)
    +                          (DiB)
       <----------------------------------------------- send_challenge_ack
     recv_challenge_ack                                  DONE
    -ICA = in_cookie(B),                                - else:
    +ICA = in_cookie(B),                                - else:
     check:                                              CLOSE
    -DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)?
    +DiB == gen_digest(ChA, ICA)?
     - if OK:
      DONE
     - else:
    @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.732327666 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_driver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.736327693 +0000 @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
    • ErlDrvSizeT - An unsigned integer type to be used as size_t.

    • ErlDrvSSizeT - A signed integer type, the size of -ErlDrvSizeT.

    • ErlDrvSysInfo

      typedef struct ErlDrvSysInfo {
      +ErlDrvSizeT.

    • ErlDrvSysInfo

      typedef struct ErlDrvSysInfo {
          int driver_major_version;
          int driver_minor_version;
          char *erts_version;
      @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
          int nif_major_version;
          int nif_minor_version;
          int dirty_scheduler_support;
      -} ErlDrvSysInfo;

      The ErlDrvSysInfo structure is used for storage of information about the +} ErlDrvSysInfo;

    The ErlDrvSysInfo structure is used for storage of information about the Erlang runtime system. driver_system_info writes the system information when passed a reference to a ErlDrvSysInfo structure. The fields @@ -401,12 +401,12 @@ aligned for storage of an array of doubles (usually 8-byte aligned).

  • ErlDrvData - A handle to driver-specific data, passed to the driver callbacks. It is a pointer, and is most often type cast to a specific pointer in the driver.

  • SysIOVec - A system I/O vector, as used by writev on Unix and -WSASend on Win32. It is used in ErlIOVec.

  • ErlIOVec

    typedef struct ErlIOVec {
    +WSASend on Win32. It is used in ErlIOVec.

  • ErlIOVec

    typedef struct ErlIOVec {
       int vsize;
       ErlDrvSizeT size;
       SysIOVec* iov;
       ErlDrvBinary** binv;
    -} ErlIOVec;

    The I/O vector used by the emulator and drivers is a list of binaries, with a +} ErlIOVec;

  • The I/O vector used by the emulator and drivers is a list of binaries, with a SysIOVec pointing to the buffers of the binaries. It is used in driver_outputv and the outputv driver callback. Also, the driver queue is an ErlIOVec.

  • ErlDrvMonitor - When a driver creates a monitor for a process, a @@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ add_driver_entry() -

    void add_driver_entry(ErlDrvEntry
    -        *de);

    Adds a driver entry to the list of drivers known by Erlang. The +

    void add_driver_entry(ErlDrvEntry
    +        *de);

    Adds a driver entry to the list of drivers known by Erlang. The init function of parameter de is called.

    Note

    To use this function for adding drivers residing in dynamically loaded code is dangerous. If the driver code for the added driver resides in the same dynamically loaded module (that is, .so file) as a normal dynamically loaded @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ driver_alloc() -

    void * driver_alloc(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a memory block of the size specified in size, and returns it. This +

    void * driver_alloc(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a memory block of the size specified in size, and returns it. This fails only on out of memory, in which case NULL is returned. (This is most often a wrapper for malloc).

    Memory allocated must be explicitly freed with a corresponding call to driver_free (unless otherwise stated).

    This function is thread-safe.

    @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ driver_alloc_binary()

    -
    ErlDrvBinary * driver_alloc_binary(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a driver binary with a memory block of at least size bytes, and +

    ErlDrvBinary * driver_alloc_binary(ErlDrvSizeT size);

    Allocates a driver binary with a memory block of at least size bytes, and returns a pointer to it, or NULL on failure (out of memory). When a driver binary has been sent to the emulator, it must not be changed. Every allocated binary is to be freed by a corresponding call to @@ -521,9 +521,9 @@ driver_async() -

    long driver_async(ErlDrvPort port, unsigned
    -        int* key, void (*async_invoke)(void*), void* async_data, void
    -        (*async_free)(void*));

    Performs an asynchronous call. The function async_invoke is invoked in a +

    long driver_async(ErlDrvPort port, unsigned
    +        int* key, void (*async_invoke)(void*), void* async_data, void
    +        (*async_free)(void*));

    Performs an asynchronous call. The function async_invoke is invoked in a thread separate from the emulator thread. This enables the driver to perform time-consuming, blocking operations without blocking the emulator.

    The async thread pool size can be set with command-line argument +A in erl(1). If an async @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ driver_async_port_key() -

    unsigned int driver_async_port_key(ErlDrvPort port);

    Calculates a key for later use in driver_async. +

    unsigned int driver_async_port_key(ErlDrvPort port);

    Calculates a key for later use in driver_async. The keys are evenly distributed so that a fair mapping between port IDs and async thread IDs is achieved.

    Note

    Before Erlang/OTP R16, the port ID could be used as a key with proper casting, but after the rewrite of the port subsystem, this is no longer the case. With @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ driver_binary_dec_refc() -

    long driver_binary_dec_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Decrements the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached +

    long driver_binary_dec_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Decrements the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached after the decrement.

    This function is thread-safe.

    Note

    The reference count of driver binary is normally to be decremented by calling driver_free_binary.

    driver_binary_dec_refc does not free the binary if the reference count reaches zero. Only use driver_binary_dec_refc when you are sure not to @@ -576,21 +576,21 @@ driver_binary_get_refc() -

    long driver_binary_get_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Returns the current reference count on bin.

    This function is thread-safe.

    +
    long driver_binary_get_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Returns the current reference count on bin.

    This function is thread-safe.

    driver_binary_inc_refc()

    -
    long driver_binary_inc_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Increments the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached +

    long driver_binary_inc_refc(ErlDrvBinary *bin);

    Increments the reference count on bin and returns the reference count reached after the increment.

    This function is thread-safe.

    driver_caller()

    -
    ErlDrvTermData driver_caller(ErlDrvPort
    -        port);

    Returns the process ID of the process that made the current call to the driver. +

    ErlDrvTermData driver_caller(ErlDrvPort
    +        port);

    Returns the process ID of the process that made the current call to the driver. The process ID can be used with driver_send_term to send back data to the caller. driver_caller only returns valid data when currently executing in one @@ -603,14 +603,14 @@ driver_cancel_timer() -

    int driver_cancel_timer(ErlDrvPort port);

    Cancels a timer set with driver_set_timer.

    The return value is 0.

    +
    int driver_cancel_timer(ErlDrvPort port);

    Cancels a timer set with driver_set_timer.

    The return value is 0.

    driver_compare_monitors()

    -
    int driver_compare_monitors(const ErlDrvMonitor
    -        *monitor1, const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor2);

    Compares two ErlDrvMonitors. Can also be used to imply some artificial order +

    int driver_compare_monitors(const ErlDrvMonitor
    +        *monitor1, const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor2);

    Compares two ErlDrvMonitors. Can also be used to imply some artificial order on monitors, for whatever reason.

    Returns 0 if monitor1 and monitor2 are equal, < 0 if monitor1 < monitor2, and > 0 if monitor1 > monitor2.

    @@ -618,16 +618,16 @@ driver_connected()

    -
    ErlDrvTermData driver_connected(ErlDrvPort
    -        port);

    Returns the port owner process.

    Notice that this function is not thread-safe.

    +
    ErlDrvTermData driver_connected(ErlDrvPort
    +        port);

    Returns the port owner process.

    Notice that this function is not thread-safe.

    driver_create_port()

    -
    ErlDrvPort driver_create_port(ErlDrvPort port,
    +
    ErlDrvPort driver_create_port(ErlDrvPort port,
             ErlDrvTermData owner_pid, char* name,
    -        ErlDrvData drv_data);

    Creates a new port executing the same driver code as the port creating the new + ErlDrvData drv_data);

    Creates a new port executing the same driver code as the port creating the new port.

    • port - The port handle of the port (driver instance) creating the new port.

    • owner_pid - The process ID of the Erlang process to become owner of the new port. This process will be linked to the new port. You usually want to use @@ -648,15 +648,15 @@ driver_demonitor_process() -

      int driver_demonitor_process(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);

      Cancels a monitor created earlier.

      Returns 0 if a monitor was removed and > 0 if the monitor no longer exists.

      +
      int driver_demonitor_process(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        const ErlDrvMonitor *monitor);

      Cancels a monitor created earlier.

      Returns 0 if a monitor was removed and > 0 if the monitor no longer exists.

      driver_deq()

      -
      ErlDrvSizeT driver_deq(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        ErlDrvSizeT size);

      Dequeues data by moving the head pointer forward in the driver queue by size +

      ErlDrvSizeT driver_deq(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        ErlDrvSizeT size);

      Dequeues data by moving the head pointer forward in the driver queue by size bytes. The data in the queue is deallocated.

      Returns the number of bytes remaining in the queue on success, otherwise -1.

      This function can be called from any thread if a port data lock associated with the port is locked by the calling thread during the call.

      @@ -665,8 +665,8 @@ driver_enq()

      -
      int driver_enq(ErlDrvPort port, char* buf,
      -        ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues data in the driver queue. The data in buf is copied (len bytes) and +

      int driver_enq(ErlDrvPort port, char* buf,
      +        ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues data in the driver queue. The data in buf is copied (len bytes) and placed at the end of the driver queue. The driver queue is normally used in a FIFO way.

      The driver queue is available to queue output from the emulator to the driver (data from the driver to the emulator is queued by the emulator in normal Erlang @@ -681,8 +681,8 @@ driver_enq_bin() -

      int driver_enq_bin(ErlDrvPort port,
      -        ErlDrvBinary *bin, ErlDrvSizeT offset, ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues a driver binary in the driver queue. The data in bin at offset with +

      int driver_enq_bin(ErlDrvPort port,
      +        ErlDrvBinary *bin, ErlDrvSizeT offset, ErlDrvSizeT len);

      Enqueues a driver binary in the driver queue. The data in bin at offset with length len is placed at the end of the queue. This function is most often /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.768327904 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_ext_dist.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.772327931 +0000 @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ positive and 1 if it is negative. The digits are stored with the least significant byte stored first. To calculate the integer, the following formula can be used:

      B = 256
      -(d0*B^0 + d1*B^1 + d2*B^2 + ... d(N-1)*B^(n-1))

      +(d0*B^0 + d1*B^1 + d2*B^2 + ... d(N-1)*B^(n-1))

  • @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.840328382 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_nif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.836328355 +0000 @@ -155,29 +155,29 @@

    A minimal example of a NIF library can look as follows:

    /* niftest.c */
     #include <erl_nif.h>
     
    -static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    -{
    -    return enif_make_string(env, "Hello world!", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    -}
    -
    -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] =
    -{
    -    {"hello", 0, hello}
    -};
    +static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    +{
    +    return enif_make_string(env, "Hello world!", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    +}
    +
    +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] =
    +{
    +    {"hello", 0, hello}
    +};
     
    -ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest,nif_funcs,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL)

    The Erlang module can look as follows:

    -module(niftest).
    +ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest,nif_funcs,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL)

    The Erlang module can look as follows:

    -module(niftest).
     
    --export([init/0, hello/0]).
    +-export([init/0, hello/0]).
     
    --nifs([hello/0]).
    +-nifs([hello/0]).
     
    --on_load(init/0).
    +-on_load(init/0).
     
    -init() ->
    -      erlang:load_nif("./niftest", 0).
    +init() ->
    +      erlang:load_nif("./niftest", 0).
     
    -hello() ->
    -      erlang:nif_error("NIF library not loaded").

    Compile and test can look as follows (on Linux):

    $> gcc -fPIC -shared -o niftest.so niftest.c -I $ERL_ROOT/usr/include/
    +hello() ->
    +      erlang:nif_error("NIF library not loaded").

    Compile and test can look as follows (on Linux):

    $> gcc -fPIC -shared -o niftest.so niftest.c -I $ERL_ROOT/usr/include/
     $> erl
     
     1> c(niftest).
    @@ -223,21 +223,21 @@
     
     ERL_NIF_TERM world_atom;
     
    -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
    -{
    -    world_atom = enif_make_atom(env, "world");
    +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
    +{
    +    world_atom = enif_make_atom(env, "world");
         return 0;
    -}
    +}
     
    -static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    -{
    -    ERL_NIF_TERM hello_string = enif_make_string(env, "Hello", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    -    return enif_make_tuple2(env, hello_string, world_atom);
    -}
    +static ERL_NIF_TERM hello(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
    +{
    +    ERL_NIF_TERM hello_string = enif_make_string(env, "Hello", ERL_NIF_LATIN1);
    +    return enif_make_tuple2(env, hello_string, world_atom);
    +}
     
    -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = { { "hello", 0, hello } };
    +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = { { "hello", 0, hello } };
     
    -ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest, nif_funcs, load, NULL, NULL, NULL)
  • Binaries - Terms of type binary are accessed with the help of struct type +ERL_NIF_INIT(niftest, nif_funcs, load, NULL, NULL, NULL)

  • Binaries - Terms of type binary are accessed with the help of struct type ErlNifBinary, which contains a pointer (data) to the raw binary data and the length (size) of the data in bytes. Both data and size are read-only and are only to be written using calls to API @@ -275,19 +275,19 @@ garbage collector or enif_release_resource). Resource types are uniquely identified by a supplied name string and the name of the implementing module.

    The following is a template example of how to create and return a resource object.

    ERL_NIF_TERM term;
    -MyStruct* obj = enif_alloc_resource(my_resource_type, sizeof(MyStruct));
    +MyStruct* obj = enif_alloc_resource(my_resource_type, sizeof(MyStruct));
     
     /* initialize struct ... */
     
    -term = enif_make_resource(env, obj);
    +term = enif_make_resource(env, obj);
     
    -if (keep_a_reference_of_our_own) {
    +if (keep_a_reference_of_our_own) {
         /* store &#href_anchor"w">
    -}
    -else {
    -    enif_release_resource(obj);
    +}
    +else {
    +    enif_release_resource(obj);
         /* resource now only owned by "Erlang" */
    -}
    +}
     return term;

    Notice that once enif_make_resource creates the term to return to Erlang, the code can choose to either keep its own native pointer to the allocated struct and release it later, or release it immediately and rely only on the @@ -339,50 +339,50 @@ libraries can however fail if deprecated features are used.

  • Time Measurement - Support for time measurement in NIF libraries:

  • I/O Queues
    The Erlang nif library contains function for easily working with I/O vectors as used by the unix system call writev. The I/O Queue is not thread safe, so -some other synchronization mechanism has to be used.

    Typical usage when writing to a file descriptor looks like this:

    int writeiovec(ErlNifEnv *env, ERL_NIF_TERM term, ERL_NIF_TERM *tail,
    -               ErlNifIOQueue *q, int fd) {
    +some other synchronization mechanism has to be used.

    Typical usage when writing to a file descriptor looks like this:

    int writeiovec(ErlNifEnv *env, ERL_NIF_TERM term, ERL_NIF_TERM *tail,
    +               ErlNifIOQueue *q, int fd) {
     
         ErlNifIOVec vec, *iovec = &vec;
         SysIOVec *sysiovec;
         int saved_errno;
         int iovcnt, n;
     
    -    if (!enif_inspect_iovec(env, 64, term, tail, &iovec))
    +    if (!enif_inspect_iovec(env, 64, term, tail, &iovec))
             return -2;
     
    -    if (enif_ioq_size(q) > 0) {
    +    if (enif_ioq_size(q) > 0) {
             /* If the I/O queue contains data we enqueue the iovec and
                then peek the data to write out of the queue. */
    -        if (!enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, 0))
    +        if (!enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, 0))
                 return -3;
     
    -        sysiovec = enif_ioq_peek(q, &iovcnt);
    -    } else {
    +        sysiovec = enif_ioq_peek(q, &iovcnt);
    +    } else {
             /* If the I/O queue is empty we skip the trip through it. */
             iovcnt = iovec->iovcnt;
             sysiovec = iovec->iov;
    -    }
    +    }
     
         /* Attempt to write the data */
    -    n = writev(fd, sysiovec, iovcnt);
    +    n = writev(fd, sysiovec, iovcnt);
         saved_errno = errno;
     
    -    if (enif_ioq_size(q) == 0) {
    +    if (enif_ioq_size(q) == 0) {
             /* If the I/O queue was initially empty we enqueue any
                remaining data into the queue for writing later. */
    -        if (n >= 0 && !enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, n))
    +        if (n >= 0 && !enif_ioq_enqv(q, iovec, n))
                 return -3;
    -    } else {
    +    } else {
             /* Dequeue any data that was written from the queue. */
    -        if (n > 0 && !enif_ioq_deq(q, n, NULL))
    +        if (n > 0 && !enif_ioq_deq(q, n, NULL))
                 return -4;
    -    }
    +    }
     
         /* return n, which is either number of bytes written or -1 if
            some error happened */
         errno = saved_errno;
         return n;
    -}
  • Long-running NIFs
    As mentioned in the warning text at the beginning of +}

  • Long-running NIFs
    As mentioned in the warning text at the beginning of this manual page, it is of vital importance that a native function returns relatively fast. It is difficult to give an exact maximum amount of time that a native function is allowed to work, but usually a well-behaving native @@ -512,12 +512,12 @@ with all its terms is valid until you explicitly invalidate it with enif_free_env or enif_send.

  • All contained terms of a list/tuple/map must belong to the same environment as the list/tuple/map itself. Terms can be copied between environments with -enif_make_copy.

  • ErlNifFunc

    typedef struct {
    +enif_make_copy.

  • ErlNifFunc

    typedef struct {
         const char* name;
         unsigned arity;
    -    ERL_NIF_TERM (*fptr)(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
    +    ERL_NIF_TERM (*fptr)(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
         unsigned flags;
    -} ErlNifFunc;

    Describes a NIF by its name, arity, and implementation.

    • fptr - A pointer to the function that implements the NIF.

    • argv - Contains the function arguments passed to the NIF.

    • argc - The array length, that is, the function arity. argv[N-1] thus +} ErlNifFunc;

  • Describes a NIF by its name, arity, and implementation.

    • fptr - A pointer to the function that implements the NIF.

    • argv - Contains the function arguments passed to the NIF.

    • argc - The array length, that is, the function arity. argv[N-1] thus denotes the Nth argument to the NIF. Notice that the argument argc allows for the same C function to implement several Erlang functions with different arity (but probably with the same name).

    • flags - Is 0 for a regular NIF (and so its value can be omitted for @@ -561,25 +561,25 @@ type. It can be copied, moved in memory, forgotten, and so on.

    • ErlNifResourceType - Each instance of ErlNifResourceType represents a class of memory-managed resource objects that can be garbage collected. Each resource type has a unique name and a -destructor function that is called when objects of its type are released.

    • ErlNifResourceTypeInit

      typedef struct {
      +destructor function that is called when objects of its type are released.

    • ErlNifResourceTypeInit

      typedef struct {
           ErlNifResourceDtor* dtor;       // #1 Destructor
           ErlNifResourceStop* stop;       // #2 Select stop
           ErlNifResourceDown* down;       // #3 Monitor down
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.884328674 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_prim_loader.html	2025-03-21 17:27:32.880328647 +0000
      @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
       

      Retrieves information about a file.

      Returns {ok, FileInfo} if successful, otherwise error. FileInfo is a record file_info, defined in the Kernel include file file.hrl. Include the following directive in the module from which the -function is called:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

      For more information about the record see file:read_file_info/2.

      Filename can also be a file in an archive, for example, +function is called:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

      For more information about the record see file:read_file_info/2.

      Filename can also be a file in an archive, for example, $OTPROOT/lib/mnesia-4.4.7.ez/mnesia-4.4.7/ebin/mnesia. For information about archive files, see code.

      @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.924328939 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erl_tracer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:32.928328965 +0000 @@ -149,107 +149,107 @@ module, a much more lightweight message tracer is used, which only records who sent messages to who.

      The following is an example session using it on Linux:

      $ gcc -I erts-8.0/include/ -fPIC -shared -o erl_msg_tracer.so erl_msg_tracer.c
       $ erl
      -Erlang/OTP 19 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-8.0] [source-ed2b56b] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang/OTP 19 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-8.0] [source-ed2b56b] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V8.0  (abort with ^G)
      -1> c(erl_msg_tracer), erl_msg_tracer:load().
      +Eshell V8.0  (abort with ^G)
      +1> c(erl_msg_tracer), erl_msg_tracer:load().
       ok
      -2> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +2> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.37.0>
      -3> erlang:trace(new, true, [send,{tracer, erl_msg_tracer, Tracer}]).
      +3> erlang:trace(new, true, [send,{tracer, erl_msg_tracer, Tracer}]).
       0
      -{trace,<0.39.0>,<0.27.0>}
      -4> {ok, D} = file:open("/tmp/tmp.data",[write]).
      -{trace,#Port<0.486>,<0.40.0>}
      -{trace,<0.40.0>,<0.21.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.487>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.488>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.489>,<0.4.0>}
      -{trace,#Port<0.490>,<0.4.0>}
      -{ok,<0.40.0>}
      -{trace,<0.41.0>,<0.27.0>}
      -5>

      erl_msg_tracer.erl:

      -module(erl_msg_tracer).
      +{trace,<0.39.0>,<0.27.0>}
      +4> {ok, D} = file:open("/tmp/tmp.data",[write]).
      +{trace,#Port<0.486>,<0.40.0>}
      +{trace,<0.40.0>,<0.21.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.487>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.488>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.489>,<0.4.0>}
      +{trace,#Port<0.490>,<0.4.0>}
      +{ok,<0.40.0>}
      +{trace,<0.41.0>,<0.27.0>}
      +5>

      erl_msg_tracer.erl:

      -module(erl_msg_tracer).
       
      --export([enabled/3, trace/5, load/0]).
      +-export([enabled/3, trace/5, load/0]).
       
      -load() ->
      -    erlang:load_nif("erl_msg_tracer", []).
      +load() ->
      +    erlang:load_nif("erl_msg_tracer", []).
       
      -enabled(_, _, _) ->
      +enabled(_, _, _) ->
           error.
       
      -trace(_, _, _, _, _) ->
      +trace(_, _, _, _, _) ->
           error.

      erl_msg_tracer.c:

      #include <erl_nif.h>
       
       /* NIF interface declarations */
      -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      -static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      -static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data);
      +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      +static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info);
      +static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data);
       
       /* The NIFs: */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[]);
       
      -static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      -    {"enabled", 3, enabled},
      -    {"trace", 5, trace}
      -};
      +static ErlNifFunc nif_funcs[] = {
      +    {"enabled", 3, enabled},
      +    {"trace", 5, trace}
      +};
       
      -ERL_NIF_INIT(erl_msg_tracer, nif_funcs, load, NULL, upgrade, unload)
      +ERL_NIF_INIT(erl_msg_tracer, nif_funcs, load, NULL, upgrade, unload)
       
      -static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      -{
      +static int load(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      +{
           *priv_data = NULL;
           return 0;
      -}
      +}
       
      -static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data)
      -{
      +static void unload(ErlNifEnv* env, void* priv_data)
      +{
       
      -}
      +}
       
      -static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data,
      -		   ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      -{
      -    if (*old_priv_data != NULL || *priv_data != NULL) {
      +static int upgrade(ErlNifEnv* env, void** priv_data, void** old_priv_data,
      +		   ERL_NIF_TERM load_info)
      +{
      +    if (*old_priv_data != NULL || *priv_data != NULL) {
       	return -1; /* Don't know how to do that */
      -    }
      -    if (load(env, priv_data, load_info)) {
      +    }
      +    if (load(env, priv_data, load_info)) {
       	return -1;
      -    }
      +    }
           return 0;
      -}
      +}
       
       /*
        * argv[0]: TraceTag
        * argv[1]: TracerState
        * argv[2]: Tracee
        */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM enabled(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           ErlNifPid to_pid;
      -    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid))
      -        if (!enif_is_process_alive(env, &to_pid))
      -            if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      +    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid))
      +        if (!enif_is_process_alive(env, &to_pid))
      +            if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
                       /* tracer is dead so we should remove this tracepoint */
      -                return enif_make_atom(env, "remove");
      +                return enif_make_atom(env, "remove");
                   else
      -                return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +                return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
       
           /* Only generate trace for when tracer != tracee */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(argv[1], argv[2]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(argv[1], argv[2]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
       
           /* Only trigger trace messages on 'send' */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "send"), argv[0]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "send"), argv[0]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
       
           /* Have to answer trace_status */
      -    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      -        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
      +    if (enif_is_identical(enif_make_atom(env, "trace_status"), argv[0]))
      +        return enif_make_atom(env, "trace");
       
      -    return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      -}
      +    return enif_make_atom(env, "discard");
      +}
       
       /*
        * argv[0]: TraceTag, should only be 'send'
      @@ -258,20 +258,20 @@
        * argv[3]: Message
        * argv[4]: Options, map containing Recipient
        */
      -static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      -{
      +static ERL_NIF_TERM trace(ErlNifEnv* env, int argc, const ERL_NIF_TERM argv[])
      +{
           ErlNifPid to_pid;
           ERL_NIF_TERM recipient, msg;
       
      -    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid)) {
      -      if (enif_get_map_value(env, argv[4], enif_make_atom(env, "extra"), &recipient)) {
      -        msg = enif_make_tuple3(env, enif_make_atom(env, "trace"), argv[2], recipient);
      -        enif_send(env, &to_pid, NULL, msg);
      -      }
      -    }
      +    if (enif_get_local_pid(env, argv[1], &to_pid)) {
      +      if (enif_get_map_value(env, argv[4], enif_make_atom(env, "extra"), &recipient)) {
      +        msg = enif_make_tuple3(env, enif_make_atom(env, "trace"), argv[2], recipient);
      +        enif_send(env, &to_pid, NULL, msg);
      +      }
      +    }
       
      -    return enif_make_atom(env, "ok");
      -}
      +
      return enif_make_atom(env, "ok"); +}
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlang.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlang.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.116330211 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlang.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.120330238 +0000 @@ -7036,8 +7036,8 @@

      Continues computing the adler32 checksum by combining the previous checksum, -OldAdler, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:adler32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:adler32([Data1,Data2]).
      +OldAdler, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:adler32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:adler32([Data1,Data2]).
      @@ -7070,10 +7070,10 @@

      Combines two previously computed adler32 checksums.

      This computation requires the size of the data object for the second checksum -to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Z = erlang:adler32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:adler32(Data2),
      -Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      +to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Z = erlang:adler32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:adler32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:adler32(Data2),
      +Z = erlang:adler32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      @@ -7130,8 +7130,8 @@

      Continues computing the crc32 checksum by combining the previous checksum, -OldCrc, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:crc32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:crc32([Data1,Data2]).
      +OldCrc, with the checksum of Data.

      The following code:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:crc32(X,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Y as this:

      Y = erlang:crc32([Data1,Data2]).
      @@ -7164,10 +7164,10 @@

      Combines two previously computed crc32 checksums.

      This computation requires the size of the data object for the second checksum -to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Z = erlang:crc32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      -Y = erlang:crc32(Data2),
      -Z = erlang:crc32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      +to be known.

      The following code:

      Y = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Z = erlang:crc32(Y,Data2).

      assigns the same value to Z as this:

      X = erlang:crc32(Data1),
      +Y = erlang:crc32(Data2),
      +Z = erlang:crc32_combine(X,Y,iolist_size(Data2)).
      @@ -8391,11 +8391,11 @@ in the result returned by nodes/0.

    • hidden - The node is connected to the node of the calling process through a hidden connection. That is, the node name would not appear in the result returned by nodes/0.

    • this - This is the node of the calling process.

    • known - The node is not connected but known to the node of the calling -process.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> nodes([this, connected], #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>true}).
    -[{c@localhost,#{connection_id => 13892108,node_type => hidden}},
    - {b@localhost,#{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}},
    - {a@localhost,#{connection_id => undefined,node_type => this}}]
    -(a@localhost)2>
    +process.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> nodes([this, connected], #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>true}).
    +[{c@localhost,#{connection_id => 13892108,node_type => hidden}},
    + {b@localhost,#{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}},
    + {a@localhost,#{connection_id => undefined,node_type => this}}]
    +(a@localhost)2>
    @@ -8505,9 +8505,9 @@

    Returns an integer or float that is the arithmetical absolute value of Float -or Int.

    For example:

    > abs(-3.33).
    +or Int.

    For example:

    > abs(-3.33).
     3.33
    -> abs(-3).
    +> abs(-3).
     3
    @@ -8539,8 +8539,8 @@

    Returns a new tuple that has one element more than Tuple1, and contains the elements in Tuple1 followed by Term as the last element.

    Semantically equivalent to list_to_tuple(tuple_to_list(Tuple1) ++ [Term]), but much -faster.

    For example:

    > erlang:append_element({one, two}, three).
    -{one,two,three}
    +faster.

    For example:

    > erlang:append_element({one, two}, three).
    +{one,two,three}
    @@ -8607,7 +8607,7 @@ representation. If Encoding is utf8 or unicode, the characters are encoded using UTF-8 where characters may require multiple bytes.

    Change

    As from Erlang/OTP 20, atoms can contain any Unicode character and atom_to_binary(Atom, latin1) may fail if the text -representation for Atom contains a Unicode character > 255.

    Example:

    > atom_to_binary('Erlang', latin1).
    +representation for Atom contains a Unicode character > 255.

    Example:

    > atom_to_binary('Erlang', latin1).
     <<"Erlang">>
    @@ -8639,9 +8639,9 @@

    Returns a list of unicode code points corresponding to the text representation -of Atom.

    For example:

    > atom_to_list('Erlang').
    -"Erlang"
    > atom_to_list('你好').
    -[20320,22909]

    See unicode for how to convert the resulting list to different formats.

    +of Atom.

    For example:

    > atom_to_list('Erlang').
    +"Erlang"
    > atom_to_list('你好').
    +[20320,22909]

    See unicode for how to convert the resulting list to different formats.

    @@ -8679,9 +8679,9 @@

    Extracts the part of the binary described by PosLen.

    Negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary.

    For example:

    1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
    -2> binary_part(Bin,{byte_size(Bin), -5}).
    +2> binary_part(Bin,{byte_size(Bin), -5}).
     <<6,7,8,9,10>>

    Failure: badarg if PosLen in any way references outside the binary.

    Start is zero-based, that is:

    1> Bin = <<1,2,3>>
    -2> binary_part(Bin,{0,2}).
    +2> binary_part(Bin,{0,2}).
     <<1,2>>

    For details about the PosLen semantics, see binary.

    @@ -8789,8 +8789,8 @@ garbage collected. Therefore, it is recommended to consider whether binary_to_existing_atom/2 is a better option than binary_to_atom/2. The default limits can be found -in Efficiency Guide (section System Limits).

    Examples:

    > binary_to_atom(<<"Erlang">>, latin1).
    -'Erlang'
    > binary_to_atom(<<1024/utf8>>, utf8).
    +in Efficiency Guide (section System Limits).

    Examples:

    > binary_to_atom(<<"Erlang">>, latin1).
    +'Erlang'
    > binary_to_atom(<<1024/utf8>>, utf8).
     'Ѐ'
    @@ -8903,7 +8903,7 @@ -

    Returns the float whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_float(<<"2.2017764e+0">>).
    +

    Returns the float whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_float(<<"2.2017764e+0">>).
     2.2017764

    The float string format is the same as the format for Erlang float literals except for that underscores are not permitted.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of a float.

    @@ -8938,7 +8938,7 @@ -

    Returns an integer whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"123">>).
    +

    Returns an integer whose text representation is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"123">>).
     123

    binary_to_integer/1 accepts the same string formats as list_to_integer/1.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of an integer.

    @@ -8972,7 +8972,7 @@ -

    Returns an integer whose text representation in base Base is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"3FF">>, 16).
    +

    Returns an integer whose text representation in base Base is Binary.

    For example:

    > binary_to_integer(<<"3FF">>, 16).
     1023

    binary_to_integer/2 accepts the same string formats as list_to_integer/2.

    Failure: badarg if Binary contains a bad representation of an integer.

    @@ -9071,9 +9071,9 @@

    Returns an Erlang term that is the result of decoding binary object Binary, which must be encoded according to the -Erlang external term format.

    > Bin = term_to_binary(hello).
    +Erlang external term format.

    > Bin = term_to_binary(hello).
     <<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111>>
    -> hello = binary_to_term(Bin).
    +> hello = binary_to_term(Bin).
     hello

    Warning

    When decoding binaries from untrusted sources, the untrusted source may submit data in a way to create resources, such as atoms and remote references, that cannot be garbage collected and lead to Denial of Service attack. In such @@ -9122,11 +9122,11 @@ (as they are embedded in certain structures, such as process identifiers, refs, and funs), and creation of new external function references. None of those resources are garbage collected, so unchecked creation of them can -exhaust available memory.

    > binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
    +exhaust available memory.

    > binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
     ** exception error: bad argument
     > hello.
     hello
    -> binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
    +> binary_to_term(<<131,100,0,5,"hello">>, [safe]).
     hello

    Warning

    The safe option ensures the data is safely processed by the Erlang runtime but it does not guarantee the data is safe to your application. You must always validate data from untrusted sources. If the binary is stored or @@ -9134,10 +9134,10 @@ cryptographically signing it.

  • used - Changes the return value to {Term, Used} where Used is the number of bytes actually read from Binary.

    > Input = <<131,100,0,5,"hello","world">>.
     <<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111,119,111,114,108,100>>
    -> {Term, Used} = binary_to_term(Input, [used]).
    -{hello, 9}
    -> split_binary(Input, Used).
    -{<<131,100,0,5,104,101,108,108,111>>, <<"world">>}
  • Failure: badarg if safe is specified and unsafe data is decoded.

    See also term_to_binary/1, binary_to_term/1, and list_to_existing_atom/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.164330529 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.168330556 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.192330715 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erlsrv_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.196330742 +0000 @@ -315,28 +315,28 @@ ** A Console control handler that ignores the log off events, ** and lets the default handler take care of other events. */
    -BOOL WINAPI service_aware_handler(DWORD ctrl){ - if(ctrl == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT) +BOOL WINAPI service_aware_handler(DWORD ctrl){ + if(ctrl == CTRL_LOGOFF_EVENT) return TRUE; - if(ctrl == CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT) + if(ctrl == CTRL_SHUTDOWN_EVENT) return TRUE; return FALSE; -} +} -void initialize_handler(void){ - char buffer[2]; +void initialize_handler(void){ + char buffer[2]; /* * We assume we are running as a service if this * environment variable is defined. */ - if(GetEnvironmentVariable("ERLSRV_SERVICE_NAME",buffer, - (DWORD) 2)){ + if(GetEnvironmentVariable("ERLSRV_SERVICE_NAME",buffer, + (DWORD) 2)){ /* ** Actually set the control handler */ - SetConsoleCtrlHandler(&service_aware_handler, TRUE); - } -}

    + SetConsoleCtrlHandler(&service_aware_handler, TRUE); + } +}

    @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.224330927 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/erts_alloc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.232330980 +0000 @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.256331140 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/escript_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.260331166 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    script-name [arg1 arg2...]

    +
    script-name [arg1 arg2...]

    @@ -143,24 +143,24 @@ $ cat factorial

    #!/usr/bin/env escript
     %% -*- erlang -*-
     %%! -sname factorial -mnesia debug verbose
    -main([String]) ->
    +main([String]) ->
         try
    -        N = list_to_integer(String),
    -        F = fac(N),
    -        io:format("factorial ~w = ~w\n", [N,F])
    +        N = list_to_integer(String),
    +        F = fac(N),
    +        io:format("factorial ~w = ~w\n", [N,F])
         catch
             _:_ ->
    -            usage()
    +            usage()
         end;
    -main(_) ->
    -    usage().
    +main(_) ->
    +    usage().
     
    -usage() ->
    -    io:format("usage: factorial integer\n"),
    -    halt(1).
    +usage() ->
    +    io:format("usage: factorial integer\n"),
    +    halt(1).
     
    -fac(0) -> 1;
    -fac(N) -> N * fac(N-1).
    $ ./factorial 5
    +fac(0) -> 1;
    +fac(N) -> N * fac(N-1).
    $ ./factorial 5
     factorial 5 = 120
     $ ./factorial
     usage: factorial integer
    @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
     If the directive is present, it must be located on the second line.

    If a comment selecting the encoding exists, it can be located on the second line.

    Note

    The encoding specified by the above mentioned comment applies to the script itself. The encoding of the I/O-server, however, must be set explicitly as -follows:

    io:setopts([{encoding, latin1}])

    The default encoding of the I/O-server for +follows:

    io:setopts([{encoding, latin1}])

    The default encoding of the I/O-server for standard_io is unicode if its supported. (see section Summary of Options) in @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ script (the pathname is usually, but not always, absolute).

    If the file contains source code (as in the example above), it is processed by the epp preprocessor. This means that you, for example, can use predefined macros (such as ?MODULE) and include directives like the -include_lib -directive. For example, use

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    to include the record definitions for the records used by function +directive. For example, use

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    to include the record definitions for the records used by function file:read_link_info/1. You can also select encoding by including an encoding comment here, but if a valid encoding comment exists on the second line, it takes precedence.

    The script is checked for syntactic and semantic correctness before it is run. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ script will still be run. If there are errors, they are printed and the script will not be run and its exit status is 127.

    Both the module declaration and the export declaration of the main/1 function are optional.

    By default, the script will be compiled by the Erlang compiler.

    It is possible to force it to be interpreted by including the following line -somewhere in the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    Execution of interpreted code is slower than compiled code, and some language +somewhere in the script file:

    -mode(interpret).

    Execution of interpreted code is slower than compiled code, and some language constructs will not work, but there is no requirement for the Erlang compiler application to be available.

    Change

    Before Erlang/OTP 27 the script would be interpreted by default.

    @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.296331405 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/garbagecollection.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.296331405 +0000 @@ -137,25 +137,25 @@ Creating Data

    -

    Terms are created on the heap by evaluating expressions. There are two major types of terms: immediate terms which require no heap space (small integers, atoms, pids, port ids etc) and cons or boxed terms (tuple, big num, binaries etc) that do require heap space. Immediate terms do not need any heap space because they are embedded into the containing structure.

    Let's look at an example that returns a tuple with the newly created data.

    data(Foo) ->
    -   Cons = [42|Foo],
    -   Literal = {text, "hello world!"},
    -   {tag, Cons, Literal}.

    In this example we first create a new cons cell with an integer and a tuple with some text. Then a tuple of size three wrapping the other values with an atom tag is created and returned.

    On the heap tuples require a word size for each of its elements as well as for the header. Cons cells always require two words. Adding these things together, we get seven words for the tuples and 26 words for the cons cells. The string "hello world!" is a list of cons cells and thus requires 24 words. The atom tag and the integer 42 do not require any additional heap memory since it is an immediate. Adding all the terms together, the heap space required in this example should be 33 words.

    Compiling this code to beam assembly (erlc -S) shows exactly what is happening.

    ...
    -{test_heap,6,1}.
    -{put_list,{integer,42},{x,0},{x,1}}.
    -{put_tuple,3,{x,0}}.
    -{put,{atom,tag}}.
    -{put,{x,1}}.
    -{put,{literal,{text,"hello world!"}}}.
    +

    Terms are created on the heap by evaluating expressions. There are two major types of terms: immediate terms which require no heap space (small integers, atoms, pids, port ids etc) and cons or boxed terms (tuple, big num, binaries etc) that do require heap space. Immediate terms do not need any heap space because they are embedded into the containing structure.

    Let's look at an example that returns a tuple with the newly created data.

    data(Foo) ->
    +   Cons = [42|Foo],
    +   Literal = {text, "hello world!"},
    +   {tag, Cons, Literal}.

    In this example we first create a new cons cell with an integer and a tuple with some text. Then a tuple of size three wrapping the other values with an atom tag is created and returned.

    On the heap tuples require a word size for each of its elements as well as for the header. Cons cells always require two words. Adding these things together, we get seven words for the tuples and 26 words for the cons cells. The string "hello world!" is a list of cons cells and thus requires 24 words. The atom tag and the integer 42 do not require any additional heap memory since it is an immediate. Adding all the terms together, the heap space required in this example should be 33 words.

    Compiling this code to beam assembly (erlc -S) shows exactly what is happening.

    ...
    +{test_heap,6,1}.
    +{put_list,{integer,42},{x,0},{x,1}}.
    +{put_tuple,3,{x,0}}.
    +{put,{atom,tag}}.
    +{put,{x,1}}.
    +{put,{literal,{text,"hello world!"}}}.
     return.

    Looking at the assembler code we can see three things: The heap requirement in this function turns out to be only six words, as seen by the {test_heap,6,1} instruction. All the allocations are combined to a single instruction. The bulk of the data {text, "hello world!"} is a literal. Literals, sometimes referred to as constants, are not allocated in the function since they are a part of the module and allocated at load time.

    If there is not enough space available on the heap to satisfy the test_heap instructions request for memory, then a garbage collection is initiated. It may happen immediately in the test_heap instruction, or it can be delayed until a later time depending on what state the process is in. If the garbage collection is delayed, any memory needed will be allocated in heap fragments. Heap fragments are extra memory blocks that are a part of the young heap, but are not allocated in the contiguous area where terms normally reside. See The young heap for more details.

    The collector

    -

    Erlang has a copying semi-space garbage collector. This means that when doing a garbage collection, the terms are copied from one distinct area, called the from space, to a new clean area, called the to space. The collector starts by scanning the root-set (stack, registers, etc).

    Garbage collection: initial values

    It follows all the pointers from the root-set to the heap and copies each term word by word to the to space.

    After the header word has been copied a move marker is destructively placed in it pointing to the term in the to space. Any other term that points to the already moved term will see this move marker and copy the referring pointer instead. For example, if the have the following Erlang code:

    foo(Arg) ->
    -    T = {test, Arg},
    -    {wrapper, T, T, T}.

    Only one copy of T exists on the heap and during the garbage collection only the first time T is encountered will it be copied.

    Garbage collection: root set scan

    After all terms referenced by the root-set have been copied, the collector scans the to space and copies all terms that these terms reference. When scanning, the collector steps through each term on the to space and any term still referencing the from space is copied over to the to space. Some terms contain non-term data (the payload of a on heap binary for instance). When encountered by the collector, these values are simply skipped.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    Every term object we can reach is copied to the to space and stored on top off the scan stop line, and then the scan stop is moved to the end of the last object.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    When scan stop marker catches up to the scan start marker, the garbage collection is done. At this point we can deallocate the entire from space and therefore reclaim the entire young heap.

    +

    Erlang has a copying semi-space garbage collector. This means that when doing a garbage collection, the terms are copied from one distinct area, called the from space, to a new clean area, called the to space. The collector starts by scanning the root-set (stack, registers, etc).

    Garbage collection: initial values

    It follows all the pointers from the root-set to the heap and copies each term word by word to the to space.

    After the header word has been copied a move marker is destructively placed in it pointing to the term in the to space. Any other term that points to the already moved term will see this move marker and copy the referring pointer instead. For example, if the have the following Erlang code:

    foo(Arg) ->
    +    T = {test, Arg},
    +    {wrapper, T, T, T}.

    Only one copy of T exists on the heap and during the garbage collection only the first time T is encountered will it be copied.

    Garbage collection: root set scan

    After all terms referenced by the root-set have been copied, the collector scans the to space and copies all terms that these terms reference. When scanning, the collector steps through each term on the to space and any term still referencing the from space is copied over to the to space. Some terms contain non-term data (the payload of a on heap binary for instance). When encountered by the collector, these values are simply skipped.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    Every term object we can reach is copied to the to space and stored on top off the scan stop line, and then the scan stop is moved to the end of the last object.

    Garbage collection: heap scan

    When scan stop marker catches up to the scan start marker, the garbage collection is done. At this point we can deallocate the entire from space and therefore reclaim the entire young heap.

    @@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ Literals

    -

    When garbage collecting a heap (young or old) all literals are left in place and not copied. To figure out if a term should be copied or not when doing a garbage collection the following pseudo code is used:

    if (erts_is_literal(ptr) || (on_old_heap(ptr) && !fullsweep)) {
    +

    When garbage collecting a heap (young or old) all literals are left in place and not copied. To figure out if a term should be copied or not when doing a garbage collection the following pseudo code is used:

    if (erts_is_literal(ptr) || (on_old_heap(ptr) && !fullsweep)) {
       /* literal or non fullsweep - do not copy */
    -} else {
    -  copy(ptr);
    -}

    The erts_is_literal check works differently on different architectures and operating systems.

    On 64 bit systems that allow mapping of unreserved virtual memory areas (most operating systems except Windows), an area of size 1 GB (by default) is mapped and then all literals are placed within that area. Then all that has to be done to determine if something is a literal or not is two quick pointer checks. This system relies on the fact that a memory page that has not been touched yet does not take any actual space. So even if 1 GB of virtual memory is mapped, only the memory which is actually needed for literals is allocated in ram. The size of the literal area is configurable through the +MIscs erts_alloc option.

    On 32 bit systems, there is not enough virtual memory space to allocate 1 GB for just literals, so instead small 256 KB sized literal regions are created on demand and a card mark bit-array of the entire 32 bit memory space is then used to determine if a term is a literal or not. Since the total memory space is only 32 bits, the card mark bit-array is only 256 words large. On a 64 bit system the same bit-array would have to be 1 tera words large, so this technique is only viable on 32 bit systems. Doing lookups in the array is a little more expensive then just doing the pointer checks that can be done in 64 bit systems, but not extremely so.

    On 64 bit windows, on which erts_alloc cannot do unreserved virtual memory mappings, a special tag within the Erlang term object is used to determine if something is a literal or not. This is very cheap, however, the tag is only available on 64 bit machines, and it is possible to do a great deal of other nice optimizations with this tag in the future (like for instance a more compact list implementation) so it is not used on operating systems where it is not needed.

    This behaviour is different from how it worked prior to Erlang/OTP 19.0. Before 19.0 the literal check was done by checking if the pointer pointed to the young or old heap block. If it did not, then it was considered a literal. This lead to considerable overhead and strange memory usage scenarios, so it was removed in 19.0.

    +} else { + copy(ptr); +}

    The erts_is_literal check works differently on different architectures and operating systems.

    On 64 bit systems that allow mapping of unreserved virtual memory areas (most operating systems except Windows), an area of size 1 GB (by default) is mapped and then all literals are placed within that area. Then all that has to be done to determine if something is a literal or not is two quick pointer checks. This system relies on the fact that a memory page that has not been touched yet does not take any actual space. So even if 1 GB of virtual memory is mapped, only the memory which is actually needed for literals is allocated in ram. The size of the literal area is configurable through the +MIscs erts_alloc option.

    On 32 bit systems, there is not enough virtual memory space to allocate 1 GB for just literals, so instead small 256 KB sized literal regions are created on demand and a card mark bit-array of the entire 32 bit memory space is then used to determine if a term is a literal or not. Since the total memory space is only 32 bits, the card mark bit-array is only 256 words large. On a 64 bit system the same bit-array would have to be 1 tera words large, so this technique is only viable on 32 bit systems. Doing lookups in the array is a little more expensive then just doing the pointer checks that can be done in 64 bit systems, but not extremely so.

    On 64 bit windows, on which erts_alloc cannot do unreserved virtual memory mappings, a special tag within the Erlang term object is used to determine if something is a literal or not. This is very cheap, however, the tag is only available on 64 bit machines, and it is possible to do a great deal of other nice optimizations with this tag in the future (like for instance a more compact list implementation) so it is not used on operating systems where it is not needed.

    This behaviour is different from how it worked prior to Erlang/OTP 19.0. Before 19.0 the literal check was done by checking if the pointer pointed to the young or old heap block. If it did not, then it was considered a literal. This lead to considerable overhead and strange memory usage scenarios, so it was removed in 19.0.

    @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.328331617 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/inet_cfg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.328331617 +0000 @@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ The user configuration file is always examined last in the configuration process, making it possible for the user to override any default values or previously made settings. Call inet:get_rc() to view the state of the inet -configuration database.

    The valid configuration parameters are as follows:

    • {file, Format, File}.
      -  Format = atom()
      -  File = string()

      Specify a system file that Erlang is to read configuration data from. Format -tells the parser how the file is to be interpreted:

      • resolv (Unix resolv.conf)
      • host_conf_freebsd (FreeBSD host.conf)
      • host_conf_bsdos (BSDOS host.conf)
      • host_conf_linux (Linux host.conf)
      • nsswitch_conf (Unix nsswitch.conf)
      • hosts (Unix hosts)

      File is to specify the filename with full path.

    • {resolv_conf, File}.
      -  File = string()

      Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for +configuration database.

      The valid configuration parameters are as follows:

      • {file, Format, File}.
        +  Format = atom()
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read configuration data from. Format +tells the parser how the file is to be interpreted:

        • resolv (Unix resolv.conf)
        • host_conf_freebsd (FreeBSD host.conf)
        • host_conf_bsdos (BSDOS host.conf)
        • host_conf_linux (Linux host.conf)
        • nsswitch_conf (Unix nsswitch.conf)
        • hosts (Unix hosts)

        File is to specify the filename with full path.

      • {resolv_conf, File}.
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for the internal DNS client inet_res, and monitor for changes, even if it does not exist. The path must be absolute.

        This can override the configuration parameters nameserver and search depending on the contents of the specified file. They can also change any time @@ -177,61 +177,61 @@ in the future. This emulates the old behavior of not configuring the DNS client when the node is started in short name distributed mode.

        If this parameter is not specified, it defaults to /etc/resolv.conf unless environment variable ERL_INET_ETC_DIR is set, which defines the directory -for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {hosts_file, File}.
        -  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for +for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {hosts_file, File}.
        +  File = string()

        Specify a system file that Erlang is to read resolver configuration from for the internal hosts file resolver, and monitor for changes, even if it does not exist. The path must be absolute.

        These host entries are searched after all added with {file, hosts, File} above or {host, IP, Aliases} below when lookup option file is used.

        If the file is specified as an empty string "", no file is read or monitored in the future. This emulates the old behavior of not configuring the DNS client when the node is started in short name distributed mode.

        If this parameter is not specified, it defaults to /etc/hosts unless environment variable ERL_INET_ETC_DIR is set, which defines the directory -for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {registry, Type}.
        -  Type = atom()

        Specify a system registry that Erlang is to read configuration data from. -win32 is the only valid option.

      • {host, IP, Aliases}.
        -  IP = tuple()

        Aliases = [string()]

        Add host entry to the hosts table.

      • {domain, Domain}.
        -  Domain = string()

        Set domain name.

      • {nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        -  IP = tuple()
        -  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the primary nameserver to use -for inet_res.

      • {alt_nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        -  IP = tuple()
        -  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the secondary nameserver for -inet_res.

      • {search, Domains}.
        -  Domains = [string()]

        Add search domains for inet_res.

      • {lookup, Methods}.
        -  Methods = [atom()]

        Specify lookup methods and in which order to try them. The valid methods are +for this file to some maybe other than /etc.

      • {registry, Type}.
        +  Type = atom()

        Specify a system registry that Erlang is to read configuration data from. +win32 is the only valid option.

      • {host, IP, Aliases}.
        +  IP = tuple()

        Aliases = [string()]

        Add host entry to the hosts table.

      • {domain, Domain}.
        +  Domain = string()

        Set domain name.

      • {nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        +  IP = tuple()
        +  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the primary nameserver to use +for inet_res.

      • {alt_nameserver, IP [,Port]}.
        +  IP = tuple()
        +  Port = integer()

        Add address (and port, if other than default) of the secondary nameserver for +inet_res.

      • {search, Domains}.
        +  Domains = [string()]

        Add search domains for inet_res.

      • {lookup, Methods}.
        +  Methods = [atom()]

        Specify lookup methods and in which order to try them. The valid methods are as follows:

        • native (use system calls)
        • file (use host data retrieved from system configuration files and/or the user configuration file)
        • dns (use the Erlang DNS client inet_res for nameserver queries)

        The lookup method string tries to parse the hostname as an IPv4 or IPv6 string and return the resulting IP address. It is automatically tried first when native is not in the Methods list. To skip it in this case, the pseudo lookup method nostring can be inserted anywhere in the Methods -list.

      • {cache_size, Size}.
        -  Size = integer()

        Set the resolver cache size for dns lookups. native lookups are not -cached. Defaults to 100 DNS records.

      • {cache_refresh, Time}.
        -  Time = integer()

        Set how often (in milliseconds) the resolver cache for inet_res is -refreshed (that is, expired DNS records are deleted). Defaults to 1 hour.

      • {timeout, Time}.
        -  Time = integer()

        Set the time to wait until retry (in milliseconds) for DNS queries made by -inet_res. Defaults to 2 seconds.

      • {retry, N}.
        -  N = integer()

        Set the number of DNS queries inet_res will try before giving up. Defaults -to 3.

      • {servfail_retry_timeout, Time}.
        -  Time = non_neg_integer()

        After all name servers have been tried, there is a timeout before the name +list.

      • {cache_size, Size}.
        +  Size = integer()

        Set the resolver cache size for dns lookups. native lookups are not +cached. Defaults to 100 DNS records.

      • {cache_refresh, Time}.
        +  Time = integer()

        Set how often (in milliseconds) the resolver cache for inet_res is +refreshed (that is, expired DNS records are deleted). Defaults to 1 hour.

      • {timeout, Time}.
        +  Time = integer()

        Set the time to wait until retry (in milliseconds) for DNS queries made by +inet_res. Defaults to 2 seconds.

      • {retry, N}.
        +  N = integer()

        Set the number of DNS queries inet_res will try before giving up. Defaults +to 3.

      • {servfail_retry_timeout, Time}.
        +  Time = non_neg_integer()

        After all name servers have been tried, there is a timeout before the name servers are tried again. This is to prevent the server from answering the query with what's in the servfail cache, inet_res. Defaults to 1500 milli -seconds .

      • {inet6, Bool}.
        +seconds .

      • {inet6, Bool}.
           Bool = true | false

        Tells the DNS client inet_res to look up IPv6 addresses. Defaults to -false.

      • {usevc, Bool}.
        +false.

      • {usevc, Bool}.
           Bool = true | false

        Tells the DNS client inet_res to use TCP (Virtual Circuit) instead of UDP. -Defaults to false.

      • {edns, Version}.
        +Defaults to false.

      • {edns, Version}.
           Version = false | 0

        Sets the EDNS version that inet_res will use. The only allowed version is -zero. Defaults to false, which means not to use EDNS.

      • {udp_payload_size, Size}.
        -  N = integer()

        Sets the allowed UDP payload size inet_res will advertise in EDNS queries. +zero. Defaults to false, which means not to use EDNS.

      • {udp_payload_size, Size}.
        +  N = integer()

        Sets the allowed UDP payload size inet_res will advertise in EDNS queries. Also sets the limit when the DNS query will be deemed too large for UDP forcing a TCP query instead; this is not entirely correct, as the advertised UDP payload size of the individual nameserver is what is to be used, but this simple strategy will do until a more intelligent (probing, caching) algorithm needs to be implemented. Default to 1280, which stems from the standard -Ethernet MTU size.

      • {udp, Module}.
        -  Module = atom()

        Tell Erlang to use another primitive UDP module than inet_udp.

      • {tcp, Module}.
        -  Module = atom()

        Tell Erlang to use another primitive TCP module than inet_tcp.

      • clear_hosts.

        Clear the hosts table.

      • clear_ns.

        Clear the list of recorded nameservers (primary and secondary).

      • clear_search.

        Clear the list of search domains.

      +Ethernet MTU size.

    • {udp, Module}.
      +  Module = atom()

      Tell Erlang to use another primitive UDP module than inet_udp.

    • {tcp, Module}.
      +  Module = atom()

      Tell Erlang to use another primitive TCP module than inet_tcp.

    • clear_hosts.

      Clear the hosts table.

    • clear_ns.

      Clear the list of recorded nameservers (primary and secondary).

    • clear_search.

      Clear the list of search domains.

    @@ -246,19 +246,19 @@ (in this example named erl_inetrc, stored in directory ./cfg_files) can then look as follows (Unix):

    %% -- ERLANG INET CONFIGURATION FILE --
     %% read the hosts file
    -{file, hosts, "/etc/hosts"}.
    +{file, hosts, "/etc/hosts"}.
     %% add a particular host
    -{host, {134,138,177,105}, ["finwe"]}.
    +{host, {134,138,177,105}, ["finwe"]}.
     %% do not monitor the hosts file
    -{hosts_file, ""}.
    +{hosts_file, ""}.
     %% read and monitor nameserver config from here
    -{resolv_conf, "/usr/local/etc/resolv.conf"}.
    +{resolv_conf, "/usr/local/etc/resolv.conf"}.
     %% enable EDNS
    -{edns,0}.
    +{edns,0}.
     %% disable caching
    -{cache_size, 0}.
    +{cache_size, 0}.
     %% specify lookup method
    -{lookup, [file, dns]}.

    And Erlang can, for example, be started as follows:

    % erl -sname my_node -kernel inetrc '"./cfg_files/erl_inetrc"'
    +{lookup, [file, dns]}.

    And Erlang can, for example, be started as follows:

    % erl -sname my_node -kernel inetrc '"./cfg_files/erl_inetrc"'
    @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/init.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/init.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.356331802 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/init.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.356331802 +0000 @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ initialization process.

  • -extra - Everything following -extra is considered plain arguments and can be retrieved using get_plain_arguments/0.

    Example:

    % erl -extra +A 1 --
     ...
    -1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    -["+A","1","--"]

    The -extra flag can be passed on the command line, through ERL_*FLAGS or +1> init:get_plain_arguments(). +["+A","1","--"]

  • The -extra flag can be passed on the command line, through ERL_*FLAGS or -args_file. It only effects the remaining command-line flags in the entity in which it is passed. If multiple -extra flags are passed they are concatenated using the same order rules as ERL_*FLAGS or -args_file in @@ -216,13 +216,13 @@

    % erl -- a b -children thomas claire -ages 7 3 -- x y
     ...
     
    -1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    -["a","b","x","y"]
    -2> init:get_argument(children).
    -{ok,[["thomas","claire"]]}
    -3> init:get_argument(ages).
    -{ok, [["7","3"]]}
    -4> init:get_argument(silly).
    +1> init:get_plain_arguments().
    +["a","b","x","y"]
    +2> init:get_argument(children).
    +{ok,[["thomas","claire"]]}
    +3> init:get_argument(ages).
    +{ok, [["7","3"]]}
    +4> init:get_argument(silly).
     error

    @@ -524,12 +524,12 @@

    Returns all values associated with the command-line user flag Flag.

    If Flag is provided several times, each Values is returned in preserved order. Example:

    % erl -a b c -a d
     ...
    -1> init:get_argument(a).
    -{ok,[["b","c"],["d"]]}

    The following flags are defined automatically and can be retrieved using this +1> init:get_argument(a). +{ok,[["b","c"],["d"]]}

    The following flags are defined automatically and can be retrieved using this function:

    Returns error if no value is associated with Flag.

    +{ok,[["/usr/local/otp/releases/otp_beam_solaris8_r10b_patched"]]}
  • progname - The name of the program which started Erlang:

    3> init:get_argument(progname).
    +{ok,[["erl"]]}
  • home - The home directory (on Unix, the value of $HOME):

    4> init:get_argument(home).
    +{ok,[["/home/harry"]]}
  • Returns error if no value is associated with Flag.

    @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.380331962 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.380331962 +0000 @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/match_spec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.412332174 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/match_spec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.412332174 +0000 @@ -371,70 +371,70 @@ Tracing Examples -

    Match an argument list of three, where the first and third arguments are equal:

    [{['$1', '_', '$1'],
    -  [],
    -  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the second argument is a number > 3:

    [{['_', '$1', '_'],
    -  [{ '>', '$1', 3}],
    -  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the third argument is either a tuple +

    Match an argument list of three, where the first and third arguments are equal:

    [{['$1', '_', '$1'],
    +  [],
    +  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the second argument is a number > 3:

    [{['_', '$1', '_'],
    +  [{ '>', '$1', 3}],
    +  []}]

    Match an argument list of three, where the third argument is either a tuple containing argument one and two, or a list beginning with argument one and two -(that is, [a,b,[a,b,c]] or [a,b,{a,b}]):

    [{['$1', '$2', '$3'],
    -  [{'orelse',
    -      {'=:=', '$3', {{'$1','$2'}}},
    -      {'and',
    -        {'=:=', '$1', {hd, '$3'}},
    -        {'=:=', '$2', {hd, {tl, '$3'}}}}}],
    -  []}]

    The above problem can also be solved as follows:

    [{['$1', '$2', {'$1', '$2}], [], []},
    - {['$1', '$2', ['$1', '$2' | '_']], [], []}]

    Match two arguments, where the first is a tuple beginning with a list that in +(that is, [a,b,[a,b,c]] or [a,b,{a,b}]):

    [{['$1', '$2', '$3'],
    +  [{'orelse',
    +      {'=:=', '$3', {{'$1','$2'}}},
    +      {'and',
    +        {'=:=', '$1', {hd, '$3'}},
    +        {'=:=', '$2', {hd, {tl, '$3'}}}}}],
    +  []}]

    The above problem can also be solved as follows:

    [{['$1', '$2', {'$1', '$2}], [], []},
    + {['$1', '$2', ['$1', '$2' | '_']], [], []}]

    Match two arguments, where the first is a tuple beginning with a list that in turn begins with the second argument times two (that is, [{[4,x],y},2] or -[{[8], y, z},4]):

    [{['$1', '$2'],[{'=:=', {'*', 2, '$2'}, {hd, {element, 1, '$1'}}}],
    -  []}]

    Match three arguments. When all three are equal and are numbers, append the +[{[8], y, z},4]):

    [{['$1', '$2'],[{'=:=', {'*', 2, '$2'}, {hd, {element, 1, '$1'}}}],
    +  []}]

    Match three arguments. When all three are equal and are numbers, append the process dump to the trace message, otherwise let the trace message be "as is", -but set the sequential trace token label to 4711:

    [{['$1', '$1', '$1'],
    -  [{is_number, '$1'}],
    -  [{message, {process_dump}}]},
    - {'_', [], [{set_seq_token, label, 4711}]}]

    As can be noted above, the parameter list can be matched against a single +but set the sequential trace token label to 4711:

    [{['$1', '$1', '$1'],
    +  [{is_number, '$1'}],
    +  [{message, {process_dump}}]},
    + {'_', [], [{set_seq_token, label, 4711}]}]

    As can be noted above, the parameter list can be matched against a single MatchVariable or an '_'. To replace the whole parameter list with a single variable is a special case. In all other cases the MatchHead must be a -proper list.

    Generate a trace message only if the trace control word is set to 1:

    [{'_',
    -  [{'==',{get_tcw},{const, 1}}],
    -  []}]

    Generate a trace message only if there is a seq_trace token:

    [{'_',
    -  [{'==',{is_seq_trace},{const, 1}}],
    -  []}]

    Remove the 'silent' trace flag when the first argument is 'verbose', and add -it when it is 'silent':

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},verbose}],
    -  [{trace, [silent],[]}]},
    - {'$1',
    -  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},silent}],
    -  [{trace, [],[silent]}]}]

    Add a return_trace message if the function is of arity 3:

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==',{length, '$1'},3}],
    -  [{return_trace}]},
    - {'_',[],[]}]

    Generate a trace message only if the function is of arity 3 and the first -argument is 'trace':

    [{['trace','$2','$3'],
    -  [],
    -  []},
    - {'_',[],[]}]

    +proper list.

    Generate a trace message only if the trace control word is set to 1:

    [{'_',
    +  [{'==',{get_tcw},{const, 1}}],
    +  []}]

    Generate a trace message only if there is a seq_trace token:

    [{'_',
    +  [{'==',{is_seq_trace},{const, 1}}],
    +  []}]

    Remove the 'silent' trace flag when the first argument is 'verbose', and add +it when it is 'silent':

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},verbose}],
    +  [{trace, [silent],[]}]},
    + {'$1',
    +  [{'==',{hd, '$1'},silent}],
    +  [{trace, [],[silent]}]}]

    Add a return_trace message if the function is of arity 3:

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==',{length, '$1'},3}],
    +  [{return_trace}]},
    + {'_',[],[]}]

    Generate a trace message only if the function is of arity 3 and the first +argument is 'trace':

    [{['trace','$2','$3'],
    +  [],
    +  []},
    + {'_',[],[]}]

    ETS Examples

    Match all objects in an ETS table, where the first element is the atom -'strider' and the tuple arity is 3, and return the whole object:

    [{{strider,'_','_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']}]

    Match all objects in an ETS table with arity > 1 and the first element is -'gandalf', and return element 2:

    [{'$1',
    -  [{'==', gandalf, {element, 1, '$1'}},{'>=',{size, '$1'},2}],
    -  [{element,2,'$1'}]}]

    In this example, if the first element had been the key, it is much more +'strider' and the tuple arity is 3, and return the whole object:

    [{{strider,'_','_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']}]

    Match all objects in an ETS table with arity > 1 and the first element is +'gandalf', and return element 2:

    [{'$1',
    +  [{'==', gandalf, {element, 1, '$1'}},{'>=',{size, '$1'},2}],
    +  [{element,2,'$1'}]}]

    In this example, if the first element had been the key, it is much more efficient to match that key in the MatchHead part than in the MatchConditions part. The search space of the tables is restricted with regards to the MatchHead so that only objects with the matching key are searched.

    Match tuples of three elements, where the second element is either 'merry' or -'pippin', and return the whole objects:

    [{{'_',merry,'_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']},
    - {{'_',pippin,'_'},
    -  [],
    -  ['$_']}]

    Function ets:test_ms/2 can be useful for testing complicated ETS matches.

    +'pippin', and return the whole objects:

    [{{'_',merry,'_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']},
    + {{'_',pippin,'_'},
    +  [],
    +  ['$_']}]

    Function ets:test_ms/2 can be useful for testing complicated ETS matches.

    @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.568333208 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.568333208 +0000 @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Improvements and New Features -
    • Improved documentation of timers.

      Own Id: OTP-19360 Aux Id: ERIERL-1149, PR-9062

    • The label for a process can now be retrieved also using process_info(Pid, label) in addition to proc_lib:get_label/1.

      This new option is useful when one wants to retrieve more than one process info item. For example:

      process_info(Pid, [label,registered_name])

      Own Id: OTP-19373 Aux Id: PR-9108

    +
    • Improved documentation of timers.

      Own Id: OTP-19360 Aux Id: ERIERL-1149, PR-9062

    • The label for a process can now be retrieved also using process_info(Pid, label) in addition to proc_lib:get_label/1.

      This new option is useful when one wants to retrieve more than one process info item. For example:

      process_info(Pid, [label,registered_name])

      Own Id: OTP-19373 Aux Id: PR-9108

    @@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • The erl -man example has been corrected to not consider values set in ERL_ZFLAGS and stop parsing arguments when a -- is encountered.

      Own Id: OTP-19098 Aux Id: PR-8478, GH-8477

    • Compiler warnings for Windows I/O back-end have been silenced.

      Own Id: OTP-19113

    • Bugs related to return_to trace have been fixed. It did not work for more than once trace session and it did sometimes not trigger for exceptions.

      Own Id: OTP-19122

    • Potential deadlocks while writing a crash dump have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19133 Aux Id: PR-8521, GH-8498

    • When loading a damaged or too old BEAM file, the runtime system could crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19153 Aux Id: PR-8623

    • A scheduler thread could get stuck when deleting a memory allocator carrier when adjacent carriers were deleted and/or inserted simultaneously by other schedulers. This in turn could cause the other schedulers to get stuck as well.

      Own Id: OTP-19154 Aux Id: GH-8613, PR-8627

    • Statistics for number of carriers in a shared pool after calling instrument:allocations or instrument:carriers are now correct. Also, a potential bug in carrier block scanning was eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19166 Aux Id: PR-8636

    • A race in the kTLS flavour of SSL distribution has been fixed so that inet_drv.c doesn't read ahead too much data, which could cause the kTLS encryption to be activated too late when some encrypted data had already been read into the inet_drv.c buffer as unencrypted.

      Own Id: OTP-19175 Aux Id: GH-8561, PR-8690

    • Fixed an emulator crash relating to compressed ETS tables.

      Own Id: OTP-19176 Aux Id: PR-8683

    • A function (encode_sockaddr) was called with superfluous argument, on Windows, in the net nif.

      Own Id: OTP-19181

    • Fixed a crash that could happen on reallocation failure.

      Own Id: OTP-19192

    • Man pages are now available for erl, erlc, dialyzer, and all other programs that are included in Erlang/OTP.

      Own Id: OTP-19201 Aux Id: PR-8740

    • A previous correction in the Erlang/OTP 27.0.1 emergency patch had the unfortunate side effect of sometimes causing an unnecessary fullsweep (major) garbage collection instead of a generation (minor) garbage collection. This has been corrected.

      Own Id: OTP-19209 Aux Id: PR-8751, PR-8539

    • Fixed trace matchspec functions trace and enable_trace to use the session tracer when enabling trace flags on untraced processes.

      Own Id: OTP-19211 Aux Id: GH-8657

    • Fixed a typo in the type spec for erlang:garbage_collection_defaults/0.

      Own Id: OTP-19215 Aux Id: PR-8757

    • Corrected socket:ioctl for genaddr (SIOCGENADDR).

      Own Id: OTP-19216

    • The support for Transparent Huge Pages has been disabled on non-amd64 Linux systems.

      Own Id: OTP-19219 Aux Id: PR-8702

    • Fixed a race condition on Windows when upgrading from -noshell to a shell that would cause Erlang to crash with the error:

      {&#href_anchor"p">,
      -  'The I/O operation has been aborted because of either a thread exit or an application request.'}.

      Own Id: OTP-19220 Aux Id: PR-8774, GH-7621

    +
    • The erl -man example has been corrected to not consider values set in ERL_ZFLAGS and stop parsing arguments when a -- is encountered.

      Own Id: OTP-19098 Aux Id: PR-8478, GH-8477

    • Compiler warnings for Windows I/O back-end have been silenced.

      Own Id: OTP-19113

    • Bugs related to return_to trace have been fixed. It did not work for more than once trace session and it did sometimes not trigger for exceptions.

      Own Id: OTP-19122

    • Potential deadlocks while writing a crash dump have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19133 Aux Id: PR-8521, GH-8498

    • When loading a damaged or too old BEAM file, the runtime system could crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19153 Aux Id: PR-8623

    • A scheduler thread could get stuck when deleting a memory allocator carrier when adjacent carriers were deleted and/or inserted simultaneously by other schedulers. This in turn could cause the other schedulers to get stuck as well.

      Own Id: OTP-19154 Aux Id: GH-8613, PR-8627

    • Statistics for number of carriers in a shared pool after calling instrument:allocations or instrument:carriers are now correct. Also, a potential bug in carrier block scanning was eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-19166 Aux Id: PR-8636

    • A race in the kTLS flavour of SSL distribution has been fixed so that inet_drv.c doesn't read ahead too much data, which could cause the kTLS encryption to be activated too late when some encrypted data had already been read into the inet_drv.c buffer as unencrypted.

      Own Id: OTP-19175 Aux Id: GH-8561, PR-8690

    • Fixed an emulator crash relating to compressed ETS tables.

      Own Id: OTP-19176 Aux Id: PR-8683

    • A function (encode_sockaddr) was called with superfluous argument, on Windows, in the net nif.

      Own Id: OTP-19181

    • Fixed a crash that could happen on reallocation failure.

      Own Id: OTP-19192

    • Man pages are now available for erl, erlc, dialyzer, and all other programs that are included in Erlang/OTP.

      Own Id: OTP-19201 Aux Id: PR-8740

    • A previous correction in the Erlang/OTP 27.0.1 emergency patch had the unfortunate side effect of sometimes causing an unnecessary fullsweep (major) garbage collection instead of a generation (minor) garbage collection. This has been corrected.

      Own Id: OTP-19209 Aux Id: PR-8751, PR-8539

    • Fixed trace matchspec functions trace and enable_trace to use the session tracer when enabling trace flags on untraced processes.

      Own Id: OTP-19211 Aux Id: GH-8657

    • Fixed a typo in the type spec for erlang:garbage_collection_defaults/0.

      Own Id: OTP-19215 Aux Id: PR-8757

    • Corrected socket:ioctl for genaddr (SIOCGENADDR).

      Own Id: OTP-19216

    • The support for Transparent Huge Pages has been disabled on non-amd64 Linux systems.

      Own Id: OTP-19219 Aux Id: PR-8702

    • Fixed a race condition on Windows when upgrading from -noshell to a shell that would cause Erlang to crash with the error:

      {&#href_anchor"p">,
      +  'The I/O operation has been aborted because of either a thread exit or an application request.'}.

      Own Id: OTP-19220 Aux Id: PR-8774, GH-7621

    @@ -266,17 +266,17 @@ Improvements and New Features

    -
    • Refactored how the JIT handles POSIX signals and how they affect thread stacks, allowing us to use the native stack register for Erlang stacks on more platforms.

      Notably, containers built on 64-bit x86 Alpine Linux images will now perform much better in sequential code. As an example, running dialyzer over the OTP code base finishes about 15% quicker.

      Own Id: OTP-18568 Aux Id: PR-7174

    • The instrument module can now track allocations on a per-process or per-port basis.

      Own Id: OTP-18577 Aux Id: PR-7236

    • The pid field returned from erlang:fun_info/1,2 is now always the pid for the init process of the local node, not the pid for the actual process that created the fun.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18594 Aux Id: PR-7274

    • By default, escripts will now be compiled instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be installed.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18639 Aux Id: PR-7348

    • A binary returned from the socket receive functions is no longer created as a sub binary of an often large receive buffer binary (socket option {otp,rcvbuf}). This avoids space waste, trusting the allocators to implement reallocation efficiently.

      Own Id: OTP-18642 Aux Id: GH-6152, PR-7465

    • The default process limit has been raised to 1048576 processes.

      Own Id: OTP-18699 Aux Id: PR-7388

    • The erlang:system_monitor/2 functionality is now able to monitor long message queues in the system.

      Own Id: OTP-18709 Aux Id: PR-7651

    • The erl command now supports the -S flag, which is similar to the -run flag, except that it will pass all arguments up to end of the command line to the called function. (The -run flag will not pass arguments beginning with a hyphen.) Another difference is that -S will always call a function with one argument, passing an empty list if no arguments were given.

      Own Id: OTP-18744 Aux Id: PR-7470

    • When implementing an alternative carrier for the Erlang distribution, a separate input handler process may now be registered, using erlang:dist_ctrl_input_handler/2, also in the case when the distribution controller is a port.

      Own Id: OTP-18774 Aux Id: PR-7110

    • The call stack trace has now been added to the error reported by erlang:process_flag/2 when max_heap_size limit has been exceeded.

      Own Id: OTP-18779 Aux Id: PR-7592

    • -callback attributes have been added to erl_tracer.

      Own Id: OTP-18794 Aux Id: PR-7703

    • For inet_backend = socket, setting the active socket option alone, to once, true or N has been optimized, as well as the corresponding data delivery.

      Own Id: OTP-18835

    • New functions socket:sendv/* for sending I/O vectors have been added.

      Own Id: OTP-18845

    • Socket options that take string now also accept binaries.

      Own Id: OTP-18849 Aux Id: PR-6510

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • Changed the default value of the command line flag -code_path_choice to strict.

      Note that for application systems using archives, it is necessary to add the code_path_choice relaxed to the command line that invokes erl.

      Own Id: OTP-18894 Aux Id: PR-7243

    • Added module loading to erl -init_debug printouts.

      Own Id: OTP-18929 Aux Id: PR-8004

    • When the runtime system halts, it performs various flush operations before terminating. By default there is no limit on how much time the flush operations are allowed to take. A new halt flush timeout functionality has been introduced which can be used for limiting the amount of time that the flushing operations are allowed to take. For more information see the documentation of the flush_timeout option of the erlang:halt/2 BIF and the documentation of the erl +zhft <Timeout> command line flag.

      Own Id: OTP-18938 Aux Id: PR-8035, GH-7438

    • Optimized code loading by moving certain operations from the code server to the caller.

      Own Id: OTP-18941 Aux Id: PR-7981

    • Updated asmjit to version a465fe71ab3d0e224b2b4bd0fac69ae68ab9239d

      Own Id: OTP-18942

    • The deprecated functions in zlib have been removed. That includes inflateChunk/{1,2}, getBufSize/1, setBufSize/2, the CRC32 functions, and the Adler checksum functions.

      Own Id: OTP-18950

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +
      • Refactored how the JIT handles POSIX signals and how they affect thread stacks, allowing us to use the native stack register for Erlang stacks on more platforms.

        Notably, containers built on 64-bit x86 Alpine Linux images will now perform much better in sequential code. As an example, running dialyzer over the OTP code base finishes about 15% quicker.

        Own Id: OTP-18568 Aux Id: PR-7174

      • The instrument module can now track allocations on a per-process or per-port basis.

        Own Id: OTP-18577 Aux Id: PR-7236

      • The pid field returned from erlang:fun_info/1,2 is now always the pid for the init process of the local node, not the pid for the actual process that created the fun.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18594 Aux Id: PR-7274

      • By default, escripts will now be compiled instead of interpreted. That means that the compiler application must be installed.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18639 Aux Id: PR-7348

      • A binary returned from the socket receive functions is no longer created as a sub binary of an often large receive buffer binary (socket option {otp,rcvbuf}). This avoids space waste, trusting the allocators to implement reallocation efficiently.

        Own Id: OTP-18642 Aux Id: GH-6152, PR-7465

      • The default process limit has been raised to 1048576 processes.

        Own Id: OTP-18699 Aux Id: PR-7388

      • The erlang:system_monitor/2 functionality is now able to monitor long message queues in the system.

        Own Id: OTP-18709 Aux Id: PR-7651

      • The erl command now supports the -S flag, which is similar to the -run flag, except that it will pass all arguments up to end of the command line to the called function. (The -run flag will not pass arguments beginning with a hyphen.) Another difference is that -S will always call a function with one argument, passing an empty list if no arguments were given.

        Own Id: OTP-18744 Aux Id: PR-7470

      • When implementing an alternative carrier for the Erlang distribution, a separate input handler process may now be registered, using erlang:dist_ctrl_input_handler/2, also in the case when the distribution controller is a port.

        Own Id: OTP-18774 Aux Id: PR-7110

      • The call stack trace has now been added to the error reported by erlang:process_flag/2 when max_heap_size limit has been exceeded.

        Own Id: OTP-18779 Aux Id: PR-7592

      • -callback attributes have been added to erl_tracer.

        Own Id: OTP-18794 Aux Id: PR-7703

      • For inet_backend = socket, setting the active socket option alone, to once, true or N has been optimized, as well as the corresponding data delivery.

        Own Id: OTP-18835

      • New functions socket:sendv/* for sending I/O vectors have been added.

        Own Id: OTP-18845

      • Socket options that take string now also accept binaries.

        Own Id: OTP-18849 Aux Id: PR-6510

      • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

        There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

        To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

        To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

        $ erl +JPcover true

        There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

        Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

      • Changed the default value of the command line flag -code_path_choice to strict.

        Note that for application systems using archives, it is necessary to add the code_path_choice relaxed to the command line that invokes erl.

        Own Id: OTP-18894 Aux Id: PR-7243

      • Added module loading to erl -init_debug printouts.

        Own Id: OTP-18929 Aux Id: PR-8004

      • When the runtime system halts, it performs various flush operations before terminating. By default there is no limit on how much time the flush operations are allowed to take. A new halt flush timeout functionality has been introduced which can be used for limiting the amount of time that the flushing operations are allowed to take. For more information see the documentation of the flush_timeout option of the erlang:halt/2 BIF and the documentation of the erl +zhft <Timeout> command line flag.

        Own Id: OTP-18938 Aux Id: PR-8035, GH-7438

      • Optimized code loading by moving certain operations from the code server to the caller.

        Own Id: OTP-18941 Aux Id: PR-7981

      • Updated asmjit to version a465fe71ab3d0e224b2b4bd0fac69ae68ab9239d

        Own Id: OTP-18942

      • The deprecated functions in zlib have been removed. That includes inflateChunk/{1,2}, getBufSize/1, setBufSize/2, the CRC32 functions, and the Adler checksum functions.

        Own Id: OTP-18950

      • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

        Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

      • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

        Example:

        -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
         
        -update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
        -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
        +update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
        +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
             if
                 N < 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=negative};
        +            R#rec{c=negative};
                 N == 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=zero};
        +            R#rec{c=zero};
                 N > 0 ->
        -            R#rec{c=positive}
        +            R#rec{c=positive}
             end.

        The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

        Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

      • The obsolete and undocumented support for opening a port to an external resource by passing an atom (or a string) as first argument to open_port(), implemented by the vanilla driver, @@ -3222,9 +3222,9 @@ has now been removed.

        * POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *

        Own Id: OTP-16329 Aux Id: OTP-15621

      • The return value when using the httph and httph_bin option to erlang:decode_packet/3 and inet:setopts/2 has been changed to also include the original header unmodified. See erlang:decode_packet/3. Example:

         >
        -      erlang:decode_packet(httph_bin,<<"HELLO:
        -      hi\r\n\r\n">>,[]).
        -      {ok,{http_header,0,<<"Hello">>,<<"HELLO">>,<<"hi">>},<<"\r\n">>}

        Own Id: OTP-16347 Aux Id: PR-2466

      • Ensure net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 sends nodedown messages of a failed + erlang:decode_packet(httph_bin,<<"HELLO: + hi\r\n\r\n">>,[]). + {ok,{http_header,0,<<"Hello">>,<<"HELLO">>,<<"hi">>},<<"\r\n">>}

      Own Id: OTP-16347 Aux Id: PR-2466

    • Ensure net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 sends nodedown messages of a failed connection before nodeup messages of a reestablished connection toward the same node.

      Own Id: OTP-16362

    • Update of sequential tracing to also support other information transfers than message passing.

      Own Id: OTP-16370 Aux Id: OTP-15251, OTP-15232

    • socket: It is now possible to create a socket from an already existing file @@ -10935,12 +10935,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

      NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                  Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
      +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                  Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                   %% ...
      -            exit(Pid, bang),
      -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
      +            exit(Pid, bang),
      +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                   receive
      -                {'DOWN', Mon , process, Pid, _} -> ok
      +                {'DOWN', Mon , process, Pid, _} -> ok
                   %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                   %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                   %% in this case leave out:
      @@ -11494,7 +11494,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.620333552 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/persistent_term.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.620333552 +0000 @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@

      The following example shows how lock contention for ETS tables can be minimized by having one ETS table for each scheduler. The table identifiers for the ETS tables are stored as a single persistent term:

          %% There is one ETS table for each scheduler.
      -    Sid = erlang:system_info(scheduler_id),
      -    Tid = element(Sid, persistent_term:get(?MODULE)),
      -    ets:update_counter(Tid, Key, 1).
      +
      Sid = erlang:system_info(scheduler_id), + Tid = element(Sid, persistent_term:get(?MODULE)), + ets:update_counter(Tid, Key, 1).
    @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/portsignals.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/portsignals.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.640333685 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/portsignals.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.644333712 +0000 @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.668333871 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/processmanagementoptimizations.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.668333871 +0000 @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/ptables.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/ptables.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.692334030 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/ptables.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.696334056 +0000 @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.728334269 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/run_erl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.728334269 +0000 @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.748334401 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.752334428 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.772334560 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.776334587 +0000 @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.804334772 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/start_erl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.808334799 +0000 @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.840335011 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/supercarrier.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.840335011 +0000 @@ -229,12 +229,12 @@ and free entire pages and we don't want to waste an entire page just to hold the block header of the following pages.

    Instead we store the meta information about all the free segments in a dedicated area apart from the sa and sua areas. Every free segment is -represented by a descriptor struct (ErtsFreeSegDesc).

    typedef struct {
    +represented by a descriptor struct (ErtsFreeSegDesc).

    typedef struct {
         RBTNode snode;      /* node in 'stree' */
         RBTNode anode;      /* node in 'atree' */
         char* start;
         char* end;
    -}ErtsFreeSegDesc;

    To find the smallest free segment that will satisfy a carrier allocation +}ErtsFreeSegDesc;

    To find the smallest free segment that will satisfy a carrier allocation (best fit), the free segments are organized in a tree sorted by size (stree). We search in this tree at allocation. If no free segment of sufficient size was found, the area (sa or sua) is instead expanded. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.868335196 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/threadprogress.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.864335171 +0000 @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/time_correction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.900335409 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/time_correction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.900335409 +0000 @@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ the event occurs.

    Do

    Determine the order of events by saving a tuple containing monotonic time and a strictly monotonically increasing integer as -follows:

    Time = erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -UMI = erlang:unique_integer([monotonic]),
    -EventTag = {Time, UMI}

    These tuples are strictly monotonically ordered on the current runtime system +follows:

    Time = erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +UMI = erlang:unique_integer([monotonic]),
    +EventTag = {Time, UMI}

    These tuples are strictly monotonically ordered on the current runtime system instance according to creation time. It is important that the monotonic time is in the first element (the most significant element when comparing two-tuples). Using the monotonic time in the tuples, you can calculate time @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tracing.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tracing.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.928335594 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tracing.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.932335621 +0000 @@ -149,23 +149,23 @@ to inspecting the stack we can only say where we're going to return to, which is not quite the same thing.

    As an illustration, when the caller option is enabled all trace messages from bar/1 will say that they were called from foo/0, even though it -went through a bunch of other functions on the way:

    foo() ->
    -    lots(),
    +went through a bunch of other functions on the way:

    foo() ->
    +    lots(),
         ok.
     
    -lots() ->
    -    'of'().
    +lots() ->
    +    'of'().
     
    -'of'() ->
    -    indirections().
    +'of'() ->
    +    indirections().
     
    -indirections() ->
    -    bar(10).
    +indirections() ->
    +    bar(10).
     
    -bar(0) ->
    +bar(0) ->
         done;
    -bar(N) ->
    -    bar(N - 1).

    +bar(N) -> + bar(N - 1).

    @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tty.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tty.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.960335807 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/tty.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.960335807 +0000 @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.984335966 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/werl_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:33.988335993 +0000 @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/zlib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/zlib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.028336257 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/erts-15.2.3/doc/html/zlib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.028336257 +0000 @@ -133,18 +133,18 @@ data. The data format is described by RFC 1950, RFC 1951, and -RFC 1952.

    A typical (compress) usage is as follows:

    Z = zlib:open(),
    -ok = zlib:deflateInit(Z,default),
    +RFC 1952.

    A typical (compress) usage is as follows:

    Z = zlib:open(),
    +ok = zlib:deflateInit(Z,default),
     
    -Compress = fun(end_of_data, _Cont) -> [];
    -              (Data, Cont) ->
    -                 [zlib:deflate(Z, Data)|Cont(Read(),Cont)]
    +Compress = fun(end_of_data, _Cont) -> [];
    +              (Data, Cont) ->
    +                 [zlib:deflate(Z, Data)|Cont(Read(),Cont)]
                end,
    -Compressed = Compress(Read(),Compress),
    -Last = zlib:deflate(Z, [], finish),
    -ok = zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
    -zlib:close(Z),
    -list_to_binary([Compressed|Last])

    In all functions errors, {'EXIT',{Reason,Backtrace}}, can be thrown, where +Compressed = Compress(Read(),Compress), +Last = zlib:deflate(Z, [], finish), +ok = zlib:deflateEnd(Z), +zlib:close(Z), +list_to_binary([Compressed|Last])

    In all functions errors, {'EXIT',{Reason,Backtrace}}, can be thrown, where Reason describes the error.

    Typical Reasons:

    • badarg - Bad argument.

    • not_initialized - The stream hasn't been initialized, eg. if inflateInit/1 wasn't called prior to a call to inflate/2.

    • not_on_controlling_process - The stream was used by a process that doesn't control it. Use set_controlling_process/2 if you need to transfer a @@ -853,11 +853,11 @@ full too often can seriously degrade the compression.

      If Flush is set to finish, pending input is processed, pending output is flushed, and deflate/3 returns. Afterwards the only possible operations on the stream are deflateReset/1 or deflateEnd/1.

      Flush can be set to finish immediately after -deflateInit if all compression is to be done in one step.

      Example:

      zlib:deflateInit(Z),
      -B1 = zlib:deflate(Z,Data),
      -B2 = zlib:deflate(Z,<< >>,finish),
      -zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
      -list_to_binary([B1,B2])
      +deflateInit if all compression is to be done in one step.

      Example:

      zlib:deflateInit(Z),
      +B1 = zlib:deflate(Z,Data),
      +B2 = zlib:deflate(Z,<< >>,finish),
      +zlib:deflateEnd(Z),
      +list_to_binary([B1,B2])
      @@ -1409,20 +1409,20 @@ {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,Adler},_StackTrace}} exception.

      The dictionary chosen by the compressor can be determined from the Adler value returned or thrown by the call to the inflate function. The compressor and decompressor must use the same dictionary (See deflateSetDictionary/2).

      After setting the dictionary the inflate operation should be retried without new -input.

      Example:

      deprecated_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      -     case catch zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed) of
      -          {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,_DictID},_}} ->
      -                 ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      -                 Uncompressed = zlib:inflate(Z, []);
      +input.

      Example:

      deprecated_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      +     case catch zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed) of
      +          {'EXIT',{{need_dictionary,_DictID},_}} ->
      +                 ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      +                 Uncompressed = zlib:inflate(Z, []);
                 Uncompressed ->
                        Uncompressed
            end.
       
      -new_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      -    case zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed, [{exception_on_need_dict, false}]) of
      -        {need_dictionary, _DictId, Output} ->
      -            ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      -            [Output | zlib:inflate(Z, [])];
      +new_unpack(Z, Compressed, Dict) ->
      +    case zlib:inflate(Z, Compressed, [{exception_on_need_dict, false}]) of
      +        {need_dictionary, _DictId, Output} ->
      +            ok = zlib:inflateSetDictionary(Z, Dict),
      +            [Output | zlib:inflate(Z, [])];
               Uncompressed ->
                   Uncompressed
           end.
      @@ -1498,18 +1498,18 @@ desired, and the function will return {finished, Output} once all queued data has been decompressed.

      This function can introduce some output latency (reading input without producing any output).

      If a preset dictionary is required for further decompression, this function -returns a need_dictionary tuple. See inflateSetDictionary/2) for details.

      Example:

      walk(Compressed, Handler) ->
      -    Z = zlib:open(),
      -    zlib:inflateInit(Z),
      -    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, Compressed)),
      -    zlib:inflateEnd(Z),
      -    zlib:close(Z).
      -
      -loop(Z, Handler, {continue, Output}) ->
      -    Handler(Output),
      -    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, []));
      -loop(Z, Handler, {finished, Output}) ->
      -    Handler(Output).
      +returns a need_dictionary tuple. See inflateSetDictionary/2) for details.

      Example:

      walk(Compressed, Handler) ->
      +    Z = zlib:open(),
      +    zlib:inflateInit(Z),
      +    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, Compressed)),
      +    zlib:inflateEnd(Z),
      +    zlib:close(Z).
      +
      +loop(Z, Handler, {continue, Output}) ->
      +    Handler(Output),
      +    loop(Z, Handler, zlib:safeInflate(Z, []));
      +loop(Z, Handler, {finished, Output}) ->
      +    Handler(Output).
      @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.052336417 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.052336417 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.080336602 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.084336629 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:41.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1ct.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:27.000000000 +0000 @@ -379,9 +379,9 @@ mostly work for old specifications based on the 1997 standard for ASN.1, but not for most modern-style applications. Another limitation is that the test functions may not work if options that change code generations strategies such -as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    -{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    -{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they +as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    +{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    +{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they are located in a different directory than the current working directory, use the include option to add paths. This is only needed when automatically generating values. For static values using Value no options are needed.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:41.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_getting_started.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:27.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,37 +38,37 @@ the syntax is correct and that the text represents proper ASN.1 code before generating an abstract syntax tree. The code generator then uses the abstract syntax tree to generate code.

    The generated Erlang files are placed in the current directory or in the -directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    -ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
    +directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    +ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
     Erlang ASN.1 compiling "People.asn"
    ---{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    ---{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    ---{generated,"People.erl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    +--{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.erl"}--
     ok

    ASN.1 module People is now accepted and the abstract syntax tree is saved in file People.asn1db. The generated Erlang code is compiled using the Erlang compiler and loaded into the Erlang runtime system. There is now an API for -encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 +encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 defined type Person, modifies, and sends them back again:

    receive
    -   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    -       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    -           {ok,P} ->
    -               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    -               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    -           {error,Reason} ->
    -               exit({error,Reason})
    +   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    +       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    +           {ok,P} ->
    +               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    +               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    +           {error,Reason} ->
    +               exit({error,Reason})
            end
         end,

    In this example, a series of bytes is received from an external source and the bytes are then decoded into a valid Erlang term. This was achieved with the call 'People':decode('Person',Bytes), which returned an Erlang value of the ASN.1 type Person. Then an answer was constructed and encoded using 'People':encode('Person',Answer), which takes an instance of a defined ASN.1 -type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    -{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    -3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    -{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    -      2,1,50>>}
    -4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    -{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    +type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    +{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    +3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    +{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    +      2,1,50>>}
    +4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    +{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    @@ -166,16 +166,16 @@ to manually add tags to certain constructs in order for the ASN.1 specification to be valid. Example of an old-style specification:

    Tags DEFINITIONS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    -                      dessert [1] IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    +                      dessert [1] IA5String }
     END

    Without the tags (the numbers in square brackets) the ASN.1 compiler refused to compile the file.

    In 1994 the global tagging mode AUTOMATIC TAGS was introduced. By putting AUTOMATIC TAGS in the module header, the ASN.1 compiler automatically adds tags when needed. The following is the same specification in AUTOMATIC TAGS mode:

    Tags DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    -                      dessert IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    +                      dessert IA5String }
     END

    @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ and how values are assigned in Erlang.

    ASN.1 has both primitive and constructed types:

    Primitive TypesConstructed Types
    BOOLEANSEQUENCE
    INTEGERSET
    REALCHOICE
    NULLSET OF and SEQUENCE OF
    ENUMERATEDANY
    BIT STRINGANY DEFINED BY
    OCTET STRINGEXTERNAL
    Character StringsEMBEDDED PDV
    OBJECT IDENTIFIERCHARACTER STRING
    Object Descriptor
    TIME Types

    Table: Supported ASN.1 Types

    Note

    The values of each ASN.1 type have their own representation in Erlang, as described in the following sections. Users must provide these values for encoding according to the representation, as shown in the following example:

    Operational ::= BOOLEAN --ASN.1 definition

    In Erlang code it can look as follows:

    Val = true,
    -{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode('Operational', Val),

    +{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode('Operational', Val),

    @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@

    An ASN.1 INTEGER is represented by an integer in Erlang.

    The concept of subtyping can be applied to integers and to other ASN.1 types. The details of subtyping are not explained here; for more information, see X.680. Various syntaxes are allowed when defining a type as an integer:

    T1 ::= INTEGER
    -T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7)
    -T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
    -T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX)
    -T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99)
    -T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a +T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7) +T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX) +T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX) +T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99) +T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a Named Number List (see T6 in the previous list) is specified.

    The following is an example of Erlang code that assigns values for the types in the previous list:

    T1value = 0,
     T2value = 6,
    @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
     

    The type BIT STRING can be used to model information that is made up of arbitrary length series of bits. It is intended to be used for selection of flags, not for binary files.

    In ASN.1, BIT STRING definitions can look as follows:

    Bits1 ::= BIT STRING
    -Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING +Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING values in Erlang and as input to the encode functions:

    1. A bitstring. By default, a BIT STRING with no symbolic names is decoded to an Erlang bitstring.
    2. A list of atoms corresponding to atoms in the NamedBitList in the BIT STRING definition. A BIT STRING with symbolic names is always decoded @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

      OCTET STRING is the simplest of all ASN.1 types. OCTET STRING only moves or transfers, for example, binary files or other unstructured information complying with two rules: the bytes consist of octets and encoding is not required.

      It is possible to have the following ASN.1 type definitions:

      O1 ::= OCTET STRING
      -O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
      +O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
       O2Val = <<"must be exactly 28 chars....">>,

      By default, an OCTET STRING is always represented as an Erlang binary. If the specification has been compiled with option legacy_erlang_types, the encode functions accept both lists and binaries, and the decode functions decode an @@ -305,11 +305,11 @@ of view, octets are very similar to character strings and are compiled in the same way.

      When PER is used, there is a significant difference in the encoding scheme for OCTET STRINGs and other strings. The constraints specified for a type -are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      -TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
      +are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      +TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
       DigsVal2 = "123",
       TextFileVal1 = "abc...xyz...",
      -TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list +TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list of ASCII values or a list of quadruples. The quadruple representation associates to the Unicode standard representation of characters. The ASCII characters are all represented by quadruples beginning with three zeros like {0,0,0,65} for @@ -318,26 +318,26 @@ in file PrimStrings.asn1:

      PrimStrings DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
       BEGIN
          BMP ::= BMPString
      -END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
      +END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
       ok
      -2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>}
      -3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]}
      -4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>}
      -5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]}
      -6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string").
      -{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>}
      -7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3).
      -{ok,"BMP string"}

      Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such +2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>} +3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]} +4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>} +5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]} +6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string"). +{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>} +7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3). +{ok,"BMP string"}

    Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such binaries can be created directly using the binary syntax or by converting from a list of Unicode code points using function unicode:characters_to_binary/1.

    The following shows examples of how UTF-8 encoded binaries can be created and manipulated:

    1> Gs = "Мой маленький Гном".
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    -2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    +2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    @@ -345,22 +345,22 @@
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    -4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
    +4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
        UTF ::= UTF8String
    -END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile('UTF', [ber]).
    +END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile('UTF', [ber]).
     ok
    -6> {ok,Bytes1} = 'UTF':encode('UTF', <<"Гном"/utf8>>).
    -{ok,<<12,8,208,147,208,189,208,190,208,188>>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:41.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/asn1_spec.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:27.000000000 +0000
    @@ -60,37 +60,37 @@
     exclusive decode is enabled. This function decodes the parts that
     were left undecoded during the exclusive decode.

    Both functions are described in the following.

    If the exclusive decode function has, for example, the name decode_exclusive and an ASN.1 encoded message Bin is to be exclusive decoded, the call is as -follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a +follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a complete decode would have, except for the parts of the top type that were not decoded. The undecoded parts are on their places in the structure on format {TypeKey,UndecodedValue}.

    Each undecoded part that is to be decoded must be fed into function -decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    +decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    Writing an Exclusive Decode Instruction

    -

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
     
    -ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
    +ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
     
    -TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
    +TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
     
    -ElementList = [Element]+
    +ElementList = [Element]+
     
    -Element = {Name,parts} |
    -          {Name,undecoded} |
    -          {Name,ElementList}
    +Element = {Name,parts} |
    +          {Name,undecoded} |
    +          {Name,ElementList}
     
    -TopType = atom()
    +TopType = atom()
     
    -Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is +Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is described. TopType is the name of a top-level type in the ASN.1 specification. The action for each component in ElementList is described by one of:

    • {Name,parts}
    • {Name,undecoded}
    • {Name,ElementList}

    The use and effect of the actions are as follows:

    • {Name,undecoded} - Leaves the element undecoded. The type of Name can be any ASN.1 type. The value of element Name is returned as a tuple (as @@ -156,78 +156,78 @@ ['Button',[{number,undecoded}]]}]}}.

    The following figure shows the bytes of a Window:status message. The components buttonList and actions are excluded from decode. Only state and enabled are decoded when decode__Window_exclusive is called.

    Bytes of a Window:status Message

    Here follows an example of how the module. Note that option no_ok_wrapper is -used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
    +used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
     ok
    -2> rr('GUI').
    -['Action','Button','Status']
    -3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    -#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    -4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
    +2> rr('GUI').
    +['Action','Button','Status']
    +3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    +#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    +4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
     <<48,6,128,1,123,129,1,255>>
    -5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    -#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    -          on = true}
    -6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    -{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    -7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
    +5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    +#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    +          on = true}
    +6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    +{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    +7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
     123
     8> WindowMsg =
    -{status,{'Status',35,
    -   [{'Button',3,true},
    -    {'Button',4,false},
    -    {'Button',5,true},
    -    {'Button',6,true},
    -    {'Button',7,false}],
    +{status,{'Status',35,
    +   [{'Button',3,true},
    +    {'Button',4,false},
    +    {'Button',5,true},
    +    {'Button',6,true},
    +    {'Button',7,false}],
        false,
    -   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
    +   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
             enabled = false,
    -        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    -9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
    +        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    +                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    +9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
     <<161,65,128,1,35,161,40,48,6,128,1,3,129,1,255,48,6,128,
       1,4,129,1,0,48,6,128,1,5,129,...>>
    -10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    -'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    +'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    -[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    - #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    -12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    -#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    -13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +                                                1,255>>}}}
    +11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    +[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    + #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    +12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    +#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    +13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec).
    -{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                            handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    + 1,255>>}}} +14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec). +{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16, + handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    @@ -264,23 +264,23 @@ Writing a Selective Decode Instruction

    One or more selective decode functions can be described in a configuration file. -Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2025-03-18 23:26:41.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2041-04-20 12:46:27.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         asn1 - 5.3.2
    -    urn:uuid:05b17b36-a7fe-8c8c-a821-2b90e4e7d578
    +    urn:uuid:08827416-fc99-1891-806b-51a04beed997
         en
     
    -    2025-03-18T23:26:41Z
    +    2041-04-20T12:46:27Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html	2025-03-21 17:27:34.236337637 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_getting_started.html	2025-03-21 17:27:34.240337663 +0000
    @@ -143,37 +143,37 @@
     the syntax is correct and that the text represents proper ASN.1 code before
     generating an abstract syntax tree. The code generator then uses the abstract
     syntax tree to generate code.

    The generated Erlang files are placed in the current directory or in the -directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    -ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
    +directory specified with option {outdir,Dir}.

    The compiler can be called from the Erlang shell like this:

    1> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber]).
    +ok

    Option verbose can be added to get information about the generated files:

    2> asn1ct:compile("People", [ber,verbose]).
     Erlang ASN.1 compiling "People.asn"
    ---{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    ---{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    ---{generated,"People.erl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.asn1db"}--
    +--{generated,"People.hrl"}--
    +--{generated,"People.erl"}--
     ok

    ASN.1 module People is now accepted and the abstract syntax tree is saved in file People.asn1db. The generated Erlang code is compiled using the Erlang compiler and loaded into the Erlang runtime system. There is now an API for -encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 +encode/2 and decode/2 in module People, which is called like this:

    'People':encode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    or:

    'People':decode(<Type name>, <Value>)

    Assume that there is a network application that receives instances of the ASN.1 defined type Person, modifies, and sends them back again:

    receive
    -   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    -       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    -           {ok,P} ->
    -               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    -               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    -           {error,Reason} ->
    -               exit({error,Reason})
    +   {Port,{data,Bytes}} ->
    +       case 'People':decode('Person',Bytes) of
    +           {ok,P} ->
    +               {ok,Answer} = 'People':encode('Person',mk_answer(P)),
    +               Port ! {self(),{command,Answer}};
    +           {error,Reason} ->
    +               exit({error,Reason})
            end
         end,

    In this example, a series of bytes is received from an external source and the bytes are then decoded into a valid Erlang term. This was achieved with the call 'People':decode('Person',Bytes), which returned an Erlang value of the ASN.1 type Person. Then an answer was constructed and encoded using 'People':encode('Person',Answer), which takes an instance of a defined ASN.1 -type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    -{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    -3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    -{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    -      2,1,50>>}
    -4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    -{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    +type and transforms it to a binary according to the BER or PER encoding rules.

    The encoder and decoder can also be run from the shell:

    2> Rockstar = {'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}.
    +{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}
    +3> {ok,Bin} = 'People':encode('Person',Rockstar).
    +{ok,<<243,17,19,9,83,111,109,101,32,78,97,109,101,2,1,2,
    +      2,1,50>>}
    +4> {ok,Person} = 'People':decode('Person',Bin).
    +{ok,{'Person',"Some Name",roving,50}}

    @@ -271,16 +271,16 @@ to manually add tags to certain constructs in order for the ASN.1 specification to be valid. Example of an old-style specification:

    Tags DEFINITIONS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    -                      dessert [1] IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese [0] IA5String,
    +                      dessert [1] IA5String }
     END

    Without the tags (the numbers in square brackets) the ASN.1 compiler refused to compile the file.

    In 1994 the global tagging mode AUTOMATIC TAGS was introduced. By putting AUTOMATIC TAGS in the module header, the ASN.1 compiler automatically adds tags when needed. The following is the same specification in AUTOMATIC TAGS mode:

    Tags DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
    -  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    -                      dessert IA5String }
    +  Afters ::= CHOICE { cheese IA5String,
    +                      dessert IA5String }
     END

    @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ and how values are assigned in Erlang.

    ASN.1 has both primitive and constructed types:

    Primitive TypesConstructed Types
    BOOLEANSEQUENCE
    INTEGERSET
    REALCHOICE
    NULLSET OF and SEQUENCE OF
    ENUMERATEDANY
    BIT STRINGANY DEFINED BY
    OCTET STRINGEXTERNAL
    Character StringsEMBEDDED PDV
    OBJECT IDENTIFIERCHARACTER STRING
    Object Descriptor
    TIME Types

    Table: Supported ASN.1 Types

    Note

    The values of each ASN.1 type have their own representation in Erlang, as described in the following sections. Users must provide these values for encoding according to the representation, as shown in the following example:

    Operational ::= BOOLEAN --ASN.1 definition

    In Erlang code it can look as follows:

    Val = true,
    -{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode(&#href_anchor"p">, Val),

    +{ok,Bytes} = MyModule:encode(&#href_anchor"p">, Val),

    @@ -308,11 +308,11 @@

    An ASN.1 INTEGER is represented by an integer in Erlang.

    The concept of subtyping can be applied to integers and to other ASN.1 types. The details of subtyping are not explained here; for more information, see X.680. Various syntaxes are allowed when defining a type as an integer:

    T1 ::= INTEGER
    -T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7)
    -T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX)
    -T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX)
    -T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99)
    -T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a +T2 ::= INTEGER (-2..7) +T3 ::= INTEGER (0..MAX) +T4 ::= INTEGER (0<..MAX) +T5 ::= INTEGER (MIN<..-99) +T6 ::= INTEGER {red(0),blue(1),white(2)}

    The Erlang representation of an ASN.1 INTEGER is an integer or an atom if a Named Number List (see T6 in the previous list) is specified.

    The following is an example of Erlang code that assigns values for the types in the previous list:

    T1value = 0,
     T2value = 6,
    @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
     

    The type BIT STRING can be used to model information that is made up of arbitrary length series of bits. It is intended to be used for selection of flags, not for binary files.

    In ASN.1, BIT STRING definitions can look as follows:

    Bits1 ::= BIT STRING
    -Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING +Bits2 ::= BIT STRING {foo(0),bar(1),gnu(2),gnome(3),punk(14)}

    The following two notations are available for representation of BIT STRING values in Erlang and as input to the encode functions:

    1. A bitstring. By default, a BIT STRING with no symbolic names is decoded to an Erlang bitstring.
    2. A list of atoms corresponding to atoms in the NamedBitList in the BIT STRING definition. A BIT STRING with symbolic names is always decoded @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@

      OCTET STRING is the simplest of all ASN.1 types. OCTET STRING only moves or transfers, for example, binary files or other unstructured information complying with two rules: the bytes consist of octets and encoding is not required.

      It is possible to have the following ASN.1 type definitions:

      O1 ::= OCTET STRING
      -O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
      +O2 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(28))

      With the following example assignments in Erlang:

      O1Val = <<17,13,19,20,0,0,255,254>>,
       O2Val = <<"must be exactly 28 chars....">>,

      By default, an OCTET STRING is always represented as an Erlang binary. If the specification has been compiled with option legacy_erlang_types, the encode functions accept both lists and binaries, and the decode functions decode an @@ -410,11 +410,11 @@ of view, octets are very similar to character strings and are compiled in the same way.

      When PER is used, there is a significant difference in the encoding scheme for OCTET STRINGs and other strings. The constraints specified for a type -are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      -TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
      +are especially important for PER, because they affect the encoding.

      Examples:

      Digs ::= NumericString (SIZE(1..3))
      +TextFile ::= IA5String (SIZE(0..64000))

      The corresponding Erlang assignments:

      DigsVal1 = "456",
       DigsVal2 = "123",
       TextFileVal1 = "abc...xyz...",
      -TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list +TextFileVal2 = [88,76,55,44,99,121 .......... a lot of characters here ....]

      The Erlang representation for BMPString and UniversalString is either a list of ASCII values or a list of quadruples. The quadruple representation associates to the Unicode standard representation of characters. The ASCII characters are all represented by quadruples beginning with three zeros like {0,0,0,65} for @@ -423,26 +423,26 @@ in file PrimStrings.asn1:

      PrimStrings DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
       BEGIN
          BMP ::= BMPString
      -END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
      +END

      Encoding and decoding some strings:

      1> asn1ct:compile('PrimStrings', [ber]).
       ok
      -2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>}
      -3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]}
      -4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]).
      -{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>}
      -5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2).
      -{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]}
      -6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string").
      -{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>}
      -7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3).
      -{ok,"BMP string"}

      Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such +2> {ok,Bytes1} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,54,45,56>>} +3> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes1). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},{0,0,45,56}]} +4> {ok,Bytes2} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', [{0,0,53,53},{0,0,0,65}]). +{ok,<<30,4,53,53,0,65>>} +5> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes2). +{ok,[{0,0,53,53},65]} +6> {ok,Bytes3} = 'PrimStrings':encode('BMP', "BMP string"). +{ok,<<30,20,0,66,0,77,0,80,0,32,0,115,0,116,0,114,0,105,0,110,0,103>>} +7> 'PrimStrings':decode('BMP', Bytes3). +{ok,"BMP string"}

    Type UTF8String is represented as a UTF-8 encoded binary in Erlang. Such binaries can be created directly using the binary syntax or by converting from a list of Unicode code points using function unicode:characters_to_binary/1.

    The following shows examples of how UTF-8 encoded binaries can be created and manipulated:

    1> Gs = "Мой маленький Гном".
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    -2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]
    +2> Gbin = unicode:characters_to_binary(Gs).
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    @@ -450,22 +450,22 @@
     <<208,156,208,190,208,185,32,208,188,208,176,208,187,208,
       181,208,189,209,140,208,186,208,184,208,185,32,208,147,
       208,...>>
    -4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    -[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    - 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
    +4> Gs = unicode:characters_to_list(Gbin).
    +[1052,1086,1081,32,1084,1072,1083,1077,1085,1100,1082,1080,
    + 1081,32,1043,1085,1086,1084]

    For details, see the unicode module in STDLIB.

    In the following example, this ASN.1 specification is used:

    UTF DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
     BEGIN
        UTF ::= UTF8String
    -END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile(&#href_anchor"p">, [ber]).
    +END

    Encoding and decoding a string with Unicode characters:

    5> asn1ct:compile(&#href_anchor"p">, [ber]).
     ok
    -6> {ok,Bytes1} = 'UTF':encode('UTF', <<"Гном"/utf8>>).
    -{ok,<<12,8,208,147,208,189,208,190,208,188>>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html	2025-03-21 17:27:34.268337848 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_introduction.html	2025-03-21 17:27:34.268337848 +0000
    @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_overview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.296338034 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_overview.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.296338034 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_spec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.332338272 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1_spec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.332338272 +0000 @@ -165,37 +165,37 @@ exclusive decode is enabled. This function decodes the parts that were left undecoded during the exclusive decode.

    Both functions are described in the following.

    If the exclusive decode function has, for example, the name decode_exclusive and an ASN.1 encoded message Bin is to be exclusive decoded, the call is as -follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a +follows:

    {ok,ExclMessage} = 'MyModule':decode_exclusive(Bin)

    The result ExclMessage has the same structure as a complete decode would have, except for the parts of the top type that were not decoded. The undecoded parts are on their places in the structure on format {TypeKey,UndecodedValue}.

    Each undecoded part that is to be decoded must be fed into function -decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = &#href_anchor"p">:decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    +decode_part/2 as follows:

    {ok,PartMessage} = &#href_anchor"p">:decode_part(TypeKey, UndecodedValue)

    Writing an Exclusive Decode Instruction

    -

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +

    This instruction is written in the configuration file in the following format:

    ExclusiveDecodeInstruction = {exclusive_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
     
    -ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
    +ExclusiveDecodeFunctionName = atom()
     
    -TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
    +TypeList = [TopType,ElementList]
     
    -ElementList = [Element]+
    +ElementList = [Element]+
     
    -Element = {Name,parts} |
    -          {Name,undecoded} |
    -          {Name,ElementList}
    +Element = {Name,parts} |
    +          {Name,undecoded} |
    +          {Name,ElementList}
     
    -TopType = atom()
    +TopType = atom()
     
    -Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is +Name = atom()

    The instruction must be a valid Erlang term terminated by a dot.

    In TypeList the path from the top type to each undecoded subcomponent is described. TopType is the name of a top-level type in the ASN.1 specification. The action for each component in ElementList is described by one of:

    • {Name,parts}
    • {Name,undecoded}
    • {Name,ElementList}

    The use and effect of the actions are as follows:

    • {Name,undecoded} - Leaves the element undecoded. The type of Name can be any ASN.1 type. The value of element Name is returned as a tuple (as @@ -261,78 +261,78 @@ ['Button',[{number,undecoded}]]}]}}.

    The following figure shows the bytes of a Window:status message. The components buttonList and actions are excluded from decode. Only state and enabled are decoded when decode__Window_exclusive is called.

    Bytes of a Window:status Message

    Here follows an example of how the module. Note that option no_ok_wrapper is -used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
    +used to make the example more concise.

    1> asn1ct:compile('GUI', [ber,asn1config,no_ok_wrapper]).
     ok
    -2> rr('GUI').
    -['Action','Button','Status']
    -3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    -#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    -4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
    +2> rr('GUI').
    +['Action','Button','Status']
    +3> ButtonMsg = #'Button'{number=123,on=true}.
    +#'Button'{number = 123,on = true}
    +4> ButtonBytes = 'GUI':encode('Button', ButtonMsg).
     <<48,6,128,1,123,129,1,255>>
    -5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    -#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    -          on = true}
    -6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    -{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    -7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
    +5> ExclusiveMsgButton = 'GUI':decode_Button_exclusive(ButtonBytes).
    +#'Button'{number = {'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>},
    +          on = true}
    +6> {UndecKey,UndecBytes} = ExclusiveMsgButton#'Button'.number.
    +{'Button_number',<<128,1,123>>}
    +7> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecKey, UndecBytes).
     123
     8> WindowMsg =
    -{status,{'Status',35,
    -   [{'Button',3,true},
    -    {'Button',4,false},
    -    {'Button',5,true},
    -    {'Button',6,true},
    -    {'Button',7,false}],
    +{status,{'Status',35,
    +   [{'Button',3,true},
    +    {'Button',4,false},
    +    {'Button',5,true},
    +    {'Button',6,true},
    +    {'Button',7,false}],
        false,
    -   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    -                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
    +   {possibleActions,[{'Action',16,{'Button',17,true}}]}}}.
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +        buttonList = [#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    +                      #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}],
             enabled = false,
    -        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    -9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
    +        actions = {possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    +                                              handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}}}
    +9> WindowBytes = 'GUI':encode('Window', WindowMsg).
     <<161,65,128,1,35,161,40,48,6,128,1,3,129,1,255,48,6,128,
       1,4,129,1,0,48,6,128,1,5,129,...>>
    -10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    -'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +10> {status,#'Status'{buttonList={UndecWindowKey,UndecWindowParts}}} =
    +'GUI':decode_Window_exclusive(WindowBytes).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    -[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    - #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    - #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    -12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    -#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    -13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    -{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    -                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
    +                                                1,255>>}}}
    +11> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, UndecWindowParts).
    +[#'Button'{number = 3,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 4,on = false},
    + #'Button'{number = 5,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 6,on = true},
    + #'Button'{number = 7,on = false}]
    +12> 'GUI':decode_part(UndecWindowKey, hd(UndecWindowParts)).
    +#'Button'{number = 3,on = true}
    +13> {status,#'Status'{actions={ChoiceKey,ChoiceUndec}}} = v(10).
    +{status,#'Status'{state = 35,
    +                  buttonList = {'Status_buttonList',[<<48,6,128,1,3,129,1,
                                                            255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,4,129,1,0>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,5,129,1,255>>,
                                                          <<48,6,128,1,6,129,1,255>>,
    -                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
    +                                                     <<48,6,128,1,7,129,1,0>>]},
                       enabled = false,
    -                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
    +                  actions = {'Status_actions',<<163,15,160,13,48,11,128,
                                                     1,16,161,6,128,1,17,129,
    -                                                1,255>>}}}
    -14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec).
    -{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16,
    -                            handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    + 1,255>>}}} +14> 'GUI':decode_part(ChoiceKey, ChoiceUndec). +{possibleActions,[#'Action'{number = 16, + handle = #'Button'{number = 17,on = true}}]}

    @@ -369,23 +369,23 @@ Writing a Selective Decode Instruction

    One or more selective decode functions can be described in a configuration file. -Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
    +Use the following notation:

    SelectiveDecodeInstruction = {selective_decode,{ModuleName,DecodeInstructions}}.
     
    -ModuleName = atom()
    +ModuleName = atom()
     
    -DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
    +DecodeInstructions = [DecodeInstruction]+
     
    -DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    +DecodeInstruction = {SelectiveDecodeFunctionName,TypeList}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1ct.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1ct.html	2025-03-21 17:27:34.364338485 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/asn1ct.html	2025-03-21 17:27:34.368338512 +0000
    @@ -495,9 +495,9 @@
     mostly work for old specifications based on the 1997 standard for ASN.1, but
     not for most modern-style applications. Another limitation is that the test
     functions may not work if options that change code generations strategies such
    -as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    -{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    -{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they +as the options macro_name_prefix and record_name_prefix have been used.

    • test/1 iterates over all types in Module.
    • test/2 tests type Type with a random value.
    • test/3 tests type Type with Value.

    Schematically, the following occurs for each type in the module:

    {ok, Value} = asn1ct:value(Module, Type),
    +{ok, Bytes} = Module:encode(Type, Value),
    +{ok, Value} = Module:decode(Type, Bytes).

    The test functions use the *.asn1db files for all included modules. If they are located in a different directory than the current working directory, use the include option to add paths. This is only needed when automatically generating values. For static values using Value no options are needed.

    @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.404338750 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.404338750 +0000 @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.432338936 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/asn1-5.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.432338936 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.456339094 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.456339094 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.480339254 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.484339280 +0000 @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/basics_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.508339440 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/basics_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.512339466 +0000 @@ -215,15 +215,15 @@ the reason for termination is. If you use Erlang pattern matching effectively, you can take advantage of this property. The result is concise and readable test case functions that look much more like scripts than actual programs. A simple -example:

    session(_Config) ->
    -    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    MyId = self(),
    -    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded +example:

    session(_Config) ->
    +    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    MyId = self(),
    +    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded in many different log files. A minimum of information is displayed in the user console (only start and stop information, plus a note for each failed test case).

    The result from each test case is recorded in a dedicated HTML log file, created @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/basics_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -110,15 +110,15 @@ the reason for termination is. If you use Erlang pattern matching effectively, you can take advantage of this property. The result is concise and readable test case functions that look much more like scripts than actual programs. A simple -example:

    session(_Config) ->
    -    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    MyId = self(),
    -    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    -    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    -    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded +example:

    session(_Config) ->
    +    {started,ServerId} = my_server:start(),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    MyId = self(),
    +    connected = my_server:connect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[MyId]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    disconnected = my_server:disconnect(ServerId, MyId),
    +    {clients,[]} = my_server:get_clients(ServerId),
    +    stopped = my_server:stop(ServerId).

    As a test suite runs, all information (including output to stdout) is recorded in many different log files. A minimum of information is displayed in the user console (only start and stop information, plus a note for each failed test case).

    The result from each test case is recorded in a dedicated HTML log file, created /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/config_file_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Syntax -

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    -Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    +

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    +Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    @@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ any number of alias names, but each name must be unique within the same test suite. The two main uses for alias names follows:

    • To identify connections (described later).
    • To help adapt configuration data to a test suite (or test case) and improve readability.

    To read the value of a configuration variable, use function -get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
    +get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
     
     ...
     
    -testcase(Config) ->
    -    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
    +testcase(Config) ->
    +    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
         ...

    @@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ </ftp_host> <lm_directory>"/test/loadmodules"</lm_directory> </config>

    Once read, this file produces the same configuration variables as the following -text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    @@ -179,55 +179,55 @@ data being reloaded during test execution. The input argument is the same as for function check_parameter/1.

    The return value is to be either of the following:

    • {ok, Config} - if the configuration variables are read successfully.
    • {error, {Error, ErrorDetails}} - if the callback module fails to proceed with the specified configuration parameters.

    Config is the proper Erlang key-value list, with possible key-value sublists -as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    - {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    +as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    + {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    Examples of Configuration Data Handling

    A configuration file for using the FTP client to access files on a remote host -can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly specified that the ct_config_xml callback module is to be used by Common Test.

    The following is an example of how to assert that the configuration data is -available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
    +available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
         Config.
     
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    -    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    +    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
     
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
         ...

    The following is an example of how the functions in the previous example can be -rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    -
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    -                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    -
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
    +rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    +
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    +                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    +
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
         ...

    @@ -235,86 +235,86 @@ Example of User-Specific Configuration Handler

    A simple configuration handling driver, asking an external server for -configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    --export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
    +configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    +-export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
     
    -read_config(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    ServerModule:start(),
    -    ServerModule:get_config().
    -
    -check_parameter(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    -        {file, _}->
    -            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +read_config(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    ServerModule:start(),
    +    ServerModule:get_config().
    +
    +check_parameter(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    +        {file, _}->
    +            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
             false->
    -            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    -                {module, ServerModule}->
    -                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    -                {error, nofile}->
    -                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
    +            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    +                {module, ServerModule}->
    +                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +                {error, nofile}->
    +                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
                 end
         end.

    The configuration string for this driver can be config_server, if the config_server.erl module that follows is compiled and exists in the code path -during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    --export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
    +during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    +-export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
     
    --define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
    +-define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
     
    -start()->
    -    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
    +start()->
    +    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
             undefined->
    -            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    -            wait();
    +            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    +            wait();
             _Pid->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         common_test - 1.27.7
    -    urn:uuid:e5e62f9d-65c0-309c-d219-ba9f26b779f5
    +    urn:uuid:777e7bad-85c5-597d-e5f8-5f3a499485bc
         en
     
    -    2025-03-18T23:26:17Z
    +    2041-04-20T12:46:01Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000
    @@ -96,44 +96,44 @@
     

    Here follows the general configuration terms that are allowed in a cover specification file:

    %% List of Nodes on which cover will be active during test.
     %% Nodes = [atom()]
    -{nodes, Nodes}.
    +{nodes, Nodes}.
     
     %% Files with previously exported cover data to include in analysis.
     %% CoverDataFiles = [string()]
    -{import, CoverDataFiles}.
    +{import, CoverDataFiles}.
     
     %% Cover data file to export from this session.
     %% CoverDataFile = string()
    -{export, CoverDataFile}.
    +{export, CoverDataFile}.
     
     %% Cover analysis level.
     %% Level = details | overview
    -{level, Level}.
    +{level, Level}.
     
     %% Directories to include in cover.
     %% Dirs = [string()]
    -{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to include.
    -{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to include in cover.
     %% Mods = [atom()]
    -{incl_mods, Mods}.
    +{incl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Directories to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to exclude.
    -{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_mods, Mods}.
    +{excl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Cross cover compilation
     %% Tag = atom(), an identifier for a test run
     %% Mod = [atom()], modules to compile for accumulated analysis
    -{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the +{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the specified directories recursively and include or exclude any module found during the search. The terms incl_dirs and excl_dirs result in a non-recursive search for modules (that is, only modules found in the specified directories are @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

    When using a cover specification in the testing of an OTP application itself, there is a special incl_app directive that includes the applications modules for -the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with +the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with this option you should insert the AppName in between the option and its value creating a three tuple.

    @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ {cross,[{s1,[m1]}]}.

    Then m1 is cover compiled in test run s2, but not shown in the coverage log. Instead, if ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2 is called after both s1 and s2 test runs are completed, the accumulated result for m1 is available in the -cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for +cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for each test respectively.

    Notice the tags s1 and s2, which are used in the cover specification file and in the call to ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2. The purpose of these is only to map the modules specified in the cover specification to the log /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ftp.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -468,10 +468,10 @@

    Opens an FTP connection and sends a file to the remote host.

    LocalFile and RemoteFile must be absolute paths.

    If the target host is a "special" node, the FTP address must be specified in the -configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the -configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    -       {username,Username},
    -       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    +configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the +configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    +       {username,Username},
    +       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_hooks_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ always a combination of a result for the suite/group/test and an updated CTHState.

    To let the test suite continue on executing, return the configuration list that you want the test to use as the result.

    All pre hooks, except pre_end_per_testcase/4, can skip or fail the test by -returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:connect() of
    -    {error,_Reason} ->
    -      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    -    {ok, Handle} ->
    -      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
    +returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:connect() of
    +    {error,_Reason} ->
    +      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    +    {ok, Handle} ->
    +      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
       end.

    Note

    If you use multiple CTHs, the first part of the return tuple is used as input for the next CTH. So in the previous example the next CTH can get {fail,Reason} as the second parameter. If you have many CTHs interacting, do @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@ affect the outcome of the test, return the Return data as it is given to the CTH. You can also modify the test result. By returning the Config list with element tc_status removed, you can recover from a test failure. As in all the -pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:check_consistency() of
    +pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:check_consistency() of
         true ->
           %% DB is good, pass the test.
    -      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
    +      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
         false ->
           %% DB is not good, mark as skipped instead of failing
    -      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
    +      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
       end;
    -post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
    +post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
       %% Do nothing if tc does not crash.
    -  {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used + {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used wrongly, it can be very difficult to determine which tests that pass or fail in a test run.

    @@ -235,80 +235,80 @@ %%% ct_run -suite example_SUITE -pa . -ct_hooks example_cth %%% %%% Note `-pa .`: the hook beam file must be in the code path when installing. --module(example_cth). +-module(example_cth). %% Mandatory Callbacks --export([init/2]). +-export([init/2]). %% Optional Callbacks --export([id/1]). +-export([id/1]). --export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). --export([post_end_per_suite/4]). +-export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). +-export([post_end_per_suite/4]). --export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). --export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). +-export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). +-export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). --export([on_tc_skip/4]). +-export([on_tc_skip/4]). --export([terminate/1]). +-export([terminate/1]). %% This hook state is threaded through all the callbacks. --record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). +-record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). %% This example hook prints its results to a file, see terminate/1. --record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). +-record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). %% Return a unique id for this CTH. %% Using the filename means the hook can be used with different %% log files to separate timing data within the same test run. %% See Installing a CTH for more information. -id(Opts) -> +id(Opts) -> %% the path is relative to the test run directory - proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). + proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). %% Always called before any other callback function. Use this to initiate %% any common state. -init(Id, _Opts) -> - {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. +init(Id, _Opts) -> + {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. %% Called before init_per_suite is called. -pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> - {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. +pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> + {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. %% Called after end_per_suite. -post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> - Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, - lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, - {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], - total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. +post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> + Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, + lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, + {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], + total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. %% Called before each init_per_testcase. -pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. +pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. %% Called after each end_per_testcase. -post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, - {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. +post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, + {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. %% Called when a test case is skipped by either user action %% or due to an init function failing. -on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> - State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. +on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> + State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. %% Called when the scope of the CTH is done. -terminate(State) -> +terminate(State) -> %% use append to avoid data loss if the path is reused - {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), - io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), - file:close(File), + {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), + io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), + file:close(File), ok. -results(State) -> - #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, - #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    +results(State) -> + #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, + #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ of test specifications. If it is a list, the specifications are handled (and the corresponding tests executed) in sequence. An element in a TestSpecs list can also be list of test specifications. The specifications in such a list are -merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", +merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", and finally the tests specified by both "ts3" and "ts4".

    The InclNodes argument to run/3 is a list of node names. Function run/3 runs the tests in TestSpecs just like run/1, but also takes any test in TestSpecs, which is not explicitly tagged with a particular node name, and @@ -91,32 +91,32 @@ install an event handler).

    Consider the example in section Test Specifications in section Running Tests and Analysing Results, now extended with node information and -intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    -{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    -{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    -{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    -{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    -{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    -
    -{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    -{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    -
    -{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    -{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    -
    -{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -
    -{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    -{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
    +intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    +{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    +{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    +{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    +{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    +{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    +
    +{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    +{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    +
    +{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    +{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    +
    +{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +
    +{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    +{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
     
    -{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    -{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
    +{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    +{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
     
    -{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if +{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if started with a call to ct_master:run(TestSpecName), test t1 is executed on node ct_node@host_x (node1), test t2 on ct_node@host_y (node2) and test t3 on both node1 and node2. Configuration file t1 is only read on @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ Automatic Startup of Test Target Nodes

    Initial actions can be started and performed automatically on test target nodes -using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    -{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    -{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    -{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    -{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    -{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    -{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the +using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    +{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    +{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    +{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    +{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    +{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    +{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the user callback function callback_module:my_slave_callback/0, and nodes node1@host2 and node2@host2 are to be started with the default callback module ct_slave. The specified username and password are used to log on to /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_master.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test master event manager. The reference can be -used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_netconfc.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ to the server.

    Alternately, open/1,2 can be used to establish a single session on a dedicated connection. (Or, equivalently, only_open/1,2 followed by hello/1-3.)

    Connect/session options can be specified in a configuration file with entries -like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to +like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to the aforementioned functions to use the referenced configuration.

    Signaling

    Protocol operations in the NETCONF protocol are realized as remote procedure calls (RPCs) from client to server and a corresponding reply from server to client. RPCs are sent using like-named functions (eg. @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ in most cases since a non-response by the server or a missing message-id causes the call to hang indefinitely.

    Logging

    The NETCONF server uses error_logger for logging of NETCONF traffic. A special purpose error handler is implemented in ct_conn_log_h. To use this error -handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the +handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, for example, ct_netconfc.

    Hook option log_type specifies the type of logging:

    • raw - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text file "as is" without any formatting. A link to the file is added to the test case HTML log.

    • pretty - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text @@ -57,17 +57,17 @@ option hosts and list the names of the servers/connections to be used in the suite. The connections must be named for this to work, that is, they must be opened with open/2.

      Option hosts has no effect if log_type is set to html or silent.

      The hook options can also be specified in a configuration file with -configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      -                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook +configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      +                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

      Logging Example 1:

      The following ct_hooks statement causes pretty printing of NETCONF traffic to separate logs for the connections named nc_server1 and nc_server2. Any other -connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      -   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      -                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      -                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      -open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to -one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML +connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      +   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      +                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      +                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      +open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to +one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML logging of all NETCONF connections in to the test case HTML log.

    @@ -2052,8 +2052,8 @@

    Edits configuration data.

    By default only the running target is available, unless the server includes :candidate or :startup in its list of capabilities.

    OptParams can be used for specifying optional parameters (default-operation, test-option, or error-option) to be added to the edit-config request. The -value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

    [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
    - {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

    If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

    +value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

    [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
    + {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

    If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,51 +42,51 @@ Introductory Example

    Assume that we want to test the lists:sort/1 function.

    We need a property to test the function. In normal way, we create -property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    --export([prop_sort/0]).
    +property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    +-export([prop_sort/0]).
     
     %%% This will include the .hrl file for the installed testing tool:
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
     %%% The property we want to check:
     %%%   For all possibly unsorted lists,
     %%%   the result of lists:sort/1 is sorted.
    -prop_sort() ->
    -    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    -            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    -           ).
    +prop_sort() ->
    +    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    +            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    +           ).
     
     %%% Function to check that a list is sorted:
    -is_sorted([]) ->
    +is_sorted([]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([_]) ->
    +is_sorted([_]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    -    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    -is_sorted(_) ->
    -    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
    +is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    +    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    +is_sorted(_) ->
    +    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_sort
    -         ].
    +all() -> [prop_sort
    +         ].
     
     %%% First prepare Config and compile the property tests for the found tool:
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         Config.
     
     %%%================================================================
     %%% Test suites
     %%%
    -prop_sort(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
    +prop_sort(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
           Config
    -     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
    +     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
     .....
     Common Test: Running make in test directories...
     
    @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
       A stateful testing example
     
     

    Assume a test that generates some parallel stateful commands, and runs 300 -tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    -    numtests(300,
    -             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
    +tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    +    numtests(300,
    +             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
                          begin
    -                         RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
    -                         ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
    -                     end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some + RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds), + ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config) + end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some statistics in the CommonTest log file.

    Our example test could for example be a simple test of an ftp server, where we perform get, put and delete requests, some of them in parallel. Per default, the result has three sections:

    *** User 2019-12-11 13:28:17.504 ***
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_property_test.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000
    @@ -30,30 +30,30 @@
     directory has a subdirectory property_test, where everything needed for the
     property tests are collected. The usual Erlang application directory structure
     is assumed.

    A typical Common Test test suite using ct_property_test is organized as -follows:

    -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +follows:

    -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
    +all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
     %%%---- test case
    -prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
    +prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
           Config
    -     ).

    and the the property test module (in this example + ).

    and the the property test module (in this example ftp_simple_client_server.erl) as almost a usual property testing module (More -examples are in the User's Guide):

    -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
    --export([prop_ftp/0...]).
    +examples are in the User's Guide):

    -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
    +-export([prop_ftp/0...]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
    -prop_ftp() ->
    -    ?FORALL( ....
    +
    prop_ftp() -> + ?FORALL( ....
    @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ 'EQC', 'PROPER' or 'TRIQ' set, depending on which tool that is first found. This could make parts of the Erlang property tests code to be included or excluded with the macro directives -ifdef(Macro). or -ifndef(Macro)..

    The file(s) in the property_test subdirectory could, or should, include the -ct_property_test include file:

    -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

    This included file will:

    • Include the correct tool's include file
    • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. +ct_property_test include file:

      -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

      This included file will:

      • Include the correct tool's include file
      • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. That is, the macro 'MOD_eqc' is set to either eqc, proper or triq.
      @@ -866,8 +866,8 @@

      Presents the result of stateful (statem) property testing using the aggregate function in PropEr, QuickCheck or other similar property testing tool.

      It is assumed to be called inside the property called by quickcheck/2:

      ...
      -RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
      -ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
      +RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
      +ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
       ...

      See the User's Guide for an example of the usage and of the default printout.

      The StatisticsSpec is a list of the tuples:

      • {Title::string(), CollectFun::fun/1}
      • {Title::string(), FrequencyFun::/0, CollectFun::fun/1}

      Each tuple will produce one table in the order of their places in the list.

      • Title will be the title of one result table

      • CollectFun is called with one argument: the Cmds. It should return a list of the values to be counted. The following pre-defined functions exist:

        • ct_property_test:cmnd_names/1 returns a list of commands (function calls) @@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ about sequential and parallel parts from Tool:parallel_commands/1,2
      • FrequencyFun/0 returns a fun/1 which is supposed to take a list of items as input, and return an iolist which will be printed as the table. Per default, the number of each item is counted and the percentage is printed for each. The -list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

        ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

        which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print +list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

        ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

        which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print it as:

        a 60%
         b 20%
        -c 20%

      The default StatisticsSpec is:

      • For sequential commands:

        [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
        - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
        -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
      • For parallel commands:

        [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
        - {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
        - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
        -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
      +c 20%

    The default StatisticsSpec is:

    • For sequential commands:

      [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    • For parallel commands:

      [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
      + {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_run_cmd.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -146,10 +146,10 @@ Run Common Test in Interactive Mode
     ct_run -shell
    -  [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN]
    -  [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2
    -   ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN]
    -  [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    + [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN] + [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2 + ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN] + [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_snmp.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ Optional.

  • {agent_target_param_def, [term()] | {data_dir_file, rel_path()}} - Optional.

  • Parameter MgrAgentConfName in the functions is to be a name you allocate in your test suite using a require statement. Example (where -MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be +MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be confused with users.

    SNMP traps, inform, and report messages are handled by the user callback module. For details, see the SNMP application.

    It is recommended to use the .hrl files created by the Erlang/OTP MIB compiler to define the Object Identifiers (OIDs). For example, to get the Erlang node -name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, +name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, config, server, net_if, and so on (for a list of valid parameters and types, see the User's Guide for the SNMP application). -This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    -            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the +This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    +            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the example above). Pass this name as argument SnmpAppConfName to ct_snmp:start/3. ct_snmp specifies default values for some SNMP application configuration parameters (such as {verbosity,trace} for /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_ssh.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ that have been started on existing SSH connections (that is, when the original connection type is ssh). Whenever the connection type is sftp, use the SSH connection reference only.

    The following options are valid for specifying an SSH/SFTP connection (that is, -can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    - {port, Port},
    - {user, UserName}
    - {password, Pwd}
    - {user_dir, String}
    - {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    - {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    - {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    +can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    + {port, Port},
    + {user, UserName}
    + {password, Pwd}
    + {user_dir, String}
    + {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    + {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    + {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct_telnet.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ true
  • Polling limit (max number of times to poll to get a remaining string terminated) = 0
  • Polling interval (sleep time between polls) = 1 second
  • The TCP_NODELAY option for the telnet socket is disabled (set to false) per default
  • These parameters can be modified by the user with the following configuration -term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    -                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    -                   {poll_limit,N},
    -                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test +term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    +                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    +                   {poll_limit,N},
    +                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test and ct_telnet retrieves the information automatically.

    keep_alive can be specified per connection, if necessary. For details, see unix_telnet.

    @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ such as expect/3. However, ct_telnet can be configured to use a special purpose event handler, implemented in ct_conn_log_h, for logging all Telnet traffic. To use this handler, install a Common Test hook named -cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection +cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, that is, ct_telnet.

    The cth_conn_log hook performs unformatted logging of Telnet data to a separate text file. All Telnet communication is captured and printed, including any data sent from the server. The link to this text file is located at the top @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ disabled, which results with no prefix data. If the value is set to full prefix contains timestamp and additonal information. If the value is set to short prefix includes only human readable timestamp.

    All cth_conn_log hook options described can also be specified in a -configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    -                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook +configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    +                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

    Logging Example:

    The following ct_hooks statement causes printing of Telnet traffic to separate logs for the connections server1 and server2. Traffic for any other -connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks,
    -      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry -like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    +connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks,
    +      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry +like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    @@ -772,9 +772,9 @@ instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • sequence - All patterns must be matched in a sequence. A match is not concluded until all patterns are matched. This option can be interrupted by one or more HaltPatterns. MatchList is always returned, that is, a list of -Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the +Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

    Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the function returns {error,{nnn,["NNN"]}}. If both "ABC" and "XYZ" are -matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function +matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function returns HaltReason = {nnn,["NNN"]}.

    Options repeat and sequence can be combined to match a sequence multiple times.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/ct.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -1857,17 +1857,17 @@

    Reads configuration data values.

    Returns the matching values or configuration elements, given a configuration variable key or its associated name (if one has been specified with -ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    -       {user,[{username,Username},
    -              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    - {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    -ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    -ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    -ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    -ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by +ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    +       {user,[{username,Username},
    +              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    + {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    +ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    +ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    +ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    +ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by ct:require/2 or a require statement), the name can be used -instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    -ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to +instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    +ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to access all possible values. The values are returned in a list. The order of the elements corresponds to the order that the configuration files were specified at startup.

    If configuration elements (key-value tuples) are to be returned as result @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test event manager. The reference can be used -to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ -

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    +

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    @@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@

    Checks if the required configuration is available. Arbitrarily deep tuples can be specified as Required. Only the last element of the tuple can be a list of -SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, +SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, ct:get_config/2, ct:get_config/3, ct:require/2.

    @@ -3073,8 +3073,8 @@ that the value of the element can be read with ct:get_config/1,2 provided Name is used instead of the whole Required term.

    Example:

    Require one node with a Telnet connection and an FTP connection. Name the node -a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over -FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To +a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over +FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To keep some backwards compatibility, it is still possible to do: ct:require(a,{node,[telnet,ftp]}). This associates the name a with the top-level node entry. For this to work, the configuration file must at least @@ -3449,12 +3449,12 @@ the Erlang shell. The interactive mode can also be started from the OS command line with ct_run -shell [-config File...].

    If any functions (for example, Telnet or FTP) using "required configuration data" are to be called from the Erlang shell, configuration data must first be -required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls","file1  ...",...]}
    +>
    ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls","file1 ...",...]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/dependencies_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,65 +56,65 @@ start and stop functionality separately.) The configuration can also be implemented as a common function, maybe grouped with the start function. Finally, the testing of connecting and disconnecting a client can be grouped -into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
    +suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
     
    -init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
    +init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
         Config;
     
    -init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    -    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
    +init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    +    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
     
    -init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    configure_server(),
    -    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
    +init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    configure_server(),
    +    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
     
    -end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
    +end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
         ok;
     
    -end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
    +all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
     
     %% test that starting and stopping works
    -start_and_stop(_) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +start_and_stop(_) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% configuration test
    -config(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    configure_server(ServerPid).
    +config(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    configure_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% test connecting and disconnecting client
    -connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    -    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
    +connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    +    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
     
     %%% common functions...
     
    -start_server() ->
    -    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
    +start_server() ->
    +    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
         ServerPid.
     
    -stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ok = my_server:stop(),
    +stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ok = my_server:stop(),
         ok.
     
    -configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    -    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
    +configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    +    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
         ok.

    @@ -142,40 +142,40 @@ data is to be saved by finction end_per_suite and read by function init_per_suite in the suite that follows. When passing data between suites, Saver carries the name -of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% read config saved by previous test suite
    -    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    +    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
         %% extract server identity (comes from server_a_SUITE)
    -    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    -    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    -    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
    +    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    +    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    +    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% save config for server_c_SUITE (session_id and server_id)
    -    {save_config,Config}
    +    {save_config,Config}
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
    +all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
     
    -allocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
    +allocate(Config) ->
    +    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    +    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
         %% save handle for deallocation test
    -    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    -    {save_config,NewConfig}.
    +    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    +    {save_config,NewConfig}.
     
    -deallocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    -    Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig),
    -    ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple +deallocate(Config) -> + {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config), + {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), + Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig), + ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple {skip_and_save,Reason,ConfigList}.

    The result is that the test case is skipped with Reason printed to the log file (as described earlier) and ConfigList is saved for the next test case. ConfigList can be read using proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), as @@ -195,22 +195,22 @@ property. Test case groups are defined through function groups/0 in the test suite (for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    For example, to ensure that if allocate in server_b_SUITE crashes, -deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is -independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, +deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is +independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, dealloc is not executed but marked as SKIPPED in the HTML log. get_resource_status runs no matter what happens to the alloc_and_dealloc cases.

    Test cases in a sequence are executed in order until all succeed or one fails. If one fails, all following cases in the sequence are skipped. The cases in the sequence that have succeeded up to that point are reported as successful in the -log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    -             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
    +log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    +             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
     
    -all() -> [test1,
    +all() -> [test1,
               test2,
    -          {group,scenarioA},
    +          {group,scenarioA},
               test3,
    -          {group,scenarioB},
    -          test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that + {group,scenarioB}, + test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that is, they are not required to also be sequences. If you want the status of the subgroup to affect the sequence on the level above, return {return_group_result,Status} from /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/event_handler_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ ct_run -event_handler_init instead of -event_handler.

    Note

    All event handler modules must have gen_event behavior. These modules must be precompiled and their locations must be added explicitly to the Erlang code server search path (as in the previous example).

    An event_handler tuple in argument Opts has the following definition (see -ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
    +ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
     
    -EventHandlers = EH | [EH]
    -EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs}
    -InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are -installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. +EventHandlers = EH | [EH] +EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs} +InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are +installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. Event handler my_evh2 is started with the name of the current node in the init argument list.

    Event handlers can also be plugged in using one of the following test specification terms:

    • {event_handler, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}

    EventHandlers is a list of module names. Before a test session starts, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/example_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,19 +26,19 @@ Test Suite Example

    -

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
    +

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
     %% Test server callbacks
    --export([suite/0, all/0,
    +-export([suite/0, all/0,
              init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1,
    -         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
    +         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
     
     %% Test cases
    --export([string/1, integer/1]).
    +-export([string/1, integer/1]).
     
    --define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
    +-define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS
    @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@
     %% Description: Returns list of tuples to set default properties
     %%              for the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -suite() ->
    -    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
    +suite() ->
    +    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> Config1
    @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    -    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    -    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    +    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    +    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: end_per_suite(Config) -> term()
    @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    db:disconnect(Ref),
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    db:disconnect(Ref),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
    +init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
         Config.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -108,10 +108,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
    +end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -126,28 +126,28 @@
     %% Description: Returns the list of groups and test cases that
     %%              are to be executed.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -all() ->
    -    [string, integer].
    +all() ->
    +    [string, integer].
     
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% TEST CASES
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    -string(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
    +string(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
     
    -integer(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
    +integer(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
     
     
    -insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    -    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    +    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
         ok.

    @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ %%% %%% Created : %%%------------------------------------------------------------------- --module(example_SUITE). +-module(example_SUITE). %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites. --compile(export_all). +-compile(export_all). --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ %% Note: The suite/0 function is only meant to be used to return %% default data values, not perform any other operations. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -suite() -> - [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. +suite() -> + [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ %% Note: This function is free to add any key/value pairs to the Config %% variable, but should NOT alter/remove any existing entries. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_suite(Config) -> +init_per_suite(Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after the suite. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_suite(_Config) -> +end_per_suite(_Config) -> ok. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ %% %% Description: Initialization before each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> +init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> +end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> ok. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/getting_started_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -64,14 +64,14 @@ the test suite module implements callback functions (mandatory or optional) for various purposes, for example:

    • Init/end configuration function for the test suite
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case group
    • Test cases

    The configuration functions are optional. The following example is a test suite without configuration functions, including one simple test case, to check that -module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    -all() ->
    -    [mod_exists].
    +all() ->
    +    [mod_exists].
     
    -mod_exists(_) ->
    -    {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    +mod_exists(_) -> + {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    @@ -84,33 +84,33 @@ through configuration functions on "lower level"). The data flow looks as follows:

    Configuration Data Flow in a Suite

    The following example shows a test suite that uses configuration functions to open and close a log file for the test cases (an operation that is unnecessary -and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    --export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    --export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
    +and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    +-export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    +-export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
     
    --define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
    +-define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
     
    -all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
    +all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
     
    -init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    -    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
    +init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    +    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
     
    -end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    -    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
    +end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    +    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
     
    -check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
    +check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
     
    -check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    -        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
    +check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    +        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
             nomatch -> ok
         end.

    The test cases verify, by parsing a log file, that our SUT has performed a successful restart and that no unexpected errors are printed.

    To execute the test cases in the recent test suite, type the following on the UNIX/Linux command line (assuming that the suite module is in the current -working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored +working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored in unique log directories on a different level). The following illustration shows the log file structure:

    HTML Log File Structure

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/run_test_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

    With the ct_run flag, or ct:run_test/1 option group, one or more test case groups can be specified, optionally in combination with specific test cases. The -syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or +syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or more group paths. At startup, Common Test searches for matching groups in the group definitions tree (that is, the list returned from Suite:groups/0; for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    Given a group name, say g, Common Test searches for all paths leading to @@ -206,30 +206,30 @@ paths if an incomplete group path is specified.

    Note

    Group names and group paths can be combined with parameter group_names_or_paths. Each element is treated as an individual specification in combination with parameter cases. The following examples illustrates -this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
    +this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
     ...
     %% The group definitions:
    -groups() ->
    -  [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12,
    -             {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]},
    -             {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15,
    -       		 {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]},
    -
    -   {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]},
    -   {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]},
    -   {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under -top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under -top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that -this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same +groups() -> + [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12, + {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]}, + {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15, + {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]}, + + {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]}, + {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]}, + {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under +top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under +top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that +this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same result in this example.

    The following executes two tests, one including all cases and subgroups under -sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for +sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for the path from top2 to sub2X2 through sub21, and one from top2 to -sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path +sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path top2 -> sub21 -> sub2X2, only one test is executed. The second possible path, -from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order -compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is +from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order +compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is executed without a group specification, that is, simply by (using the command line):

    $ ct_run -suite "my_SUITE" -case my_tc

    or (using the Erlang shell):

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"my_SUITE"}, {testcase,my_tc}]).

    then Common Test ignores the group definition and executes the test case in the scope of the test suite only (no group configuration functions are called).

    The group specification feature, as presented in this section, can also be used @@ -257,12 +257,12 @@ configuration data with ct:require/1,2. This is equivalent to a require statement in the Test Suite Information Function or in the -Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls .","file1  ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the +2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls .","file1 ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the interactive mode written to a log named ctlog.html in directory ct_run.<timestamp>. A link to this file is available in the file named last_interactive.html in the directory from which you execute ct_run. @@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ included specification can either be joined with the source specification or used to produce a separate test run (as with start flag/option join_specs above).

    Example:

    %% In specification file "a.spec"
    -{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    -{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
    +{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    +{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
     %% Config and test terms follow
     ...

    In this example, the test terms defined in files "b.spec" and "c.spec" are joined with the terms in source specification "a.spec" (if any). The inclusion @@ -412,154 +412,154 @@ available start flags (as most flags have a corresponding configuration term)

  • Logging (for terms verbosity, stylesheet, basic_html and esc_chars)
  • External Configuration Data (for terms config and userconfig)
  • Event Handling (for the -event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
    +event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
     
    -{define, Constant, Value}.
    +{define, Constant, Value}.
     
    -{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
    +{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
     
    -{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
    +{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
     
    -{init, InitOptions}.
    -{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
    +{init, InitOptions}.
    +{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
     
    -{label, Label}.
    -{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
    +{label, Label}.
    +{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
     
    -{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    -{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
     
    -{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    -{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
     
    -{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    -{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
     
    -{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    -{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
     
    -{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    -{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    -{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
     
    -{cover_stop, Bool}.
    -{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{include, IncludeDirs}.
    -{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
     
    -{auto_compile, Bool},
    -{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{config, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
     
    -{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    -{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
     
    -{logdir, LogDir}.
    -{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
     
    -{logopts, LogOpts}.
    -{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
     
    -{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    -{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
     
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    +{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/unix_telnet.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000
    @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
     
           

    Callback module for ct_telnet, for connecting to a Telnet server on a UNIX -host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    -       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    -       {username,UserName},
    -       {password,Password},
    -       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, +host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    +       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    +       {username,UserName},
    +       {password,Password},
    +       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, use the interface functions in ct_telnet, for example, open(Name) and cmd(Name,Cmd).

    Name is the name you allocated to the Unix host in your require statement, -for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server +for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server every 10 seconds if the connection is idle) can be enabled or disabled for one particular connection as described here. It can be disabled for all connections using telnet_settings (see ct_telnet).

    The {port,PortNum} tuple is optional and if omitted, default Telnet port 23 is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test.epub/OEBPS/write_test_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -161,29 +161,29 @@ system configuration files, the test case is skipped.

    A required variable can also be given a default value to be used if the variable is not found in any configuration file. To specify a default value, add a tuple on the form {default_config,ConfigVariableName,Value} to the -test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    -    [{require, ftp},
    -     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    -                            {username, "aladdin"},
    -                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    -    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    -     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    -     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    -                             {username, "aladdin"},
    -                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section +test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    +    [{require, ftp},
    +     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    +                            {username, "aladdin"},
    +                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    +    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    +     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    +     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    +                             {username, "aladdin"},
    +                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section Requiring and Reading Configuration Data in section External Configuration Data and function ct:require/1/2.

    Note

    Specifying a default value for a required variable can result in a test case always getting executed. This might not be a desired behavior.

    If timetrap or require, or both, is not set specifically for a particular test case, default values specified by function -suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    -     {require,interfaces},
    -     {userdata,
    -         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    -          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    -    ].

    +suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    +     {require,interfaces},
    +     {userdata,
    +         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    +          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    +    ].

    @@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ Test Case Information Function and Test Case Groups.

    The following options can also be specified with the suite information list:

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    -     {require,global_names},
    -     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    -     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    -     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    -    ].

    +Silent Connections

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    +     {require,global_names},
    +     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    +     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    +     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    +    ].

    @@ -226,20 +226,20 @@ TCRepeatProps = [{repeat,N} | {repeat_until_ok,N} | {repeat_until_fail,N}]

    GroupName is the name of the group and must be unique within the test suite module. Groups can be nested, by including a group definition within the GroupsAndTestCases list of another group. Properties is the list of -execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    -Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    -Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
    +execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    +Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    +Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
     GroupRepeatType = repeat | repeat_until_all_ok | repeat_until_all_fail |
                       repeat_until_any_ok | repeat_until_any_fail
    -N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in +N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in parallel.

    • sequence - The cases are executed in a sequence as described in section Sequences in section Dependencies Between Test Cases and Suites.

    • shuffle - The cases in the group are executed in random order.

    • repeat, repeat_until_* - Orders Common Test to repeat execution of all the cases in the group a given number of times, or until any, or all, cases -fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    -             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test +fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    +             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test cases that are not part of any group), add tuples on the form -{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: +{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: {group,GroupName,Properties} can also be specified. These properties override those specified in the group definition (see groups/0 earlier). This way, the same set of tests can be run, but with different properties, without having to @@ -248,33 +248,33 @@ SubGroups is a list of tuples, {GroupName,Properties} or {GroupName,Properties,SubGroups} representing the subgroups. Any subgroups defined in groups/0 for a group, that are not specified in the SubGroups -list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    -                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each -time:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply -nested groups:

    groups() ->
    -   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    -    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    -    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    +list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    +                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each +time:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply +nested groups:

    groups() ->
    +   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    +    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    +    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default,
    -     [{tests2, default,
    -       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function -call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].
    -test_cases() ->
    -   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
    +all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default,
    +     [{tests2, default,
    +       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function +call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].
    +test_cases() ->
    +   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
     
    -shuffle_test() ->
    -   {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group +shuffle_test() -> + {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group properties at the time of execution, without having to edit the test suite. For more information, see section Test Specifications in section @@ -300,13 +300,13 @@ bottom of the log for end_per_group/2.

    Test case groups can be nested so sets of groups can be configured with the same init_per_group/2 and end_per_group/2 functions. Nested groups can be defined by including a group definition, or a group name reference, in the test case -list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    -                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    -                                  test1b]},
    -             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    -                           {group,group5}]},
    -             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    -             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order +list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    +                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    +                                  test1b]},
    +             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    +                           {group,group5}]},
    +             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    +             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order [{group,group1},{group,group3}], the order of the configuration functions and test cases becomes the following (notice that init_per_testcase/2 and end_per_testcase/2: are also always called, but not included in this example @@ -379,25 +379,25 @@ account by Common Test when evaluating if execution of a group is to be repeated or not (unless the basic repeat property is used).

    The value of tc_group_properties is a list of status tuples, each with the key ok, skipped, and failed. The value of a status tuple is a list with names -of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    -    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    -    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    -        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    -            {return_group_result,ok};
    +of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    +    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    +    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    +        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    +            {return_group_result,ok};
             _Failed ->                              % one or more failed
    -            {return_group_result,failed}
    +            {return_group_result,failed}
         end.

    It is also possible, in end_per_group/2, to check the status of a subgroup (maybe to determine what status the current group is to return). This is as /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.980342568 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/common_test_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:34.984342595 +0000 @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.012342781 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/config_file_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.020342834 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ Syntax -

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    -Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    +

    A configuration file can contain any number of elements of the type:

    {CfgVarName,Value}.

    where

    CfgVarName = atom()
    +Value = term() | [{CfgVarName,Value}]

    @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ any number of alias names, but each name must be unique within the same test suite. The two main uses for alias names follows:

    • To identify connections (described later).
    • To help adapt configuration data to a test suite (or test case) and improve readability.

    To read the value of a configuration variable, use function -get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
    +get_config/1,2,3.

    Example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{require, domain, 'CONN_SPEC_DNS_SUFFIX'}].
     
     ...
     
    -testcase(Config) ->
    -    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
    +testcase(Config) ->
    +    Domain = ct:get_config(domain),
         ...

    @@ -261,11 +261,11 @@ </ftp_host> <lm_directory>"/test/loadmodules"</lm_directory> </config>

    Once read, this file produces the same configuration variables as the following -text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +text file:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    @@ -284,55 +284,55 @@ data being reloaded during test execution. The input argument is the same as for function check_parameter/1.

    The return value is to be either of the following:

    • {ok, Config} - if the configuration variables are read successfully.
    • {error, {Error, ErrorDetails}} - if the callback module fails to proceed with the specified configuration parameters.

    Config is the proper Erlang key-value list, with possible key-value sublists -as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    - {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    +as values, like the earlier configuration file example:

    [{ftp_host, [{ftp, "targethost"}, {username, "tester"}, {password, "letmein"}]},
    + {lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}]

    Examples of Configuration Data Handling

    A configuration file for using the FTP client to access files on a remote host -can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    -            {username,"tester"},
    -            {password,"letmein"}]}.
    +can look as follows:

    {ftp_host, [{ftp,"targethost"},
    +            {username,"tester"},
    +            {password,"letmein"}]}.
     
    -{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly +{lm_directory, "/test/loadmodules"}.

    The XML version shown earlier can also be used, but it is to be explicitly specified that the ct_config_xml callback module is to be used by Common Test.

    The following is an example of how to assert that the configuration data is -available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
    +available and can be used for an FTP session:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,_} = ct_ftp:open(ftp),
         Config.
     
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    -    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, _Config) ->
    +    ct_ftp:close(ftp).
     
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(ftp, Remote, Local),
         ...

    The following is an example of how the functions in the previous example can be -rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    -    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    -
    -end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    -    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    -                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    -
    -ftptest() ->
    -    [{require,ftp_host},
    -     {require,lm_directory}].
    -
    -ftptest(Config) ->
    -    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    -    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    -    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    -    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
    +rewritten if it is necessary to open multiple connections to the FTP server:

    init_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    {ok,Handle1} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    {ok,Handle2} = ct_ftp:open(ftp_host),
    +    [{ftp_handles,[Handle1,Handle2]} | Config].
    +
    +end_per_testcase(ftptest, Config) ->
    +    lists:foreach(fun(Handle) -> ct_ftp:close(Handle) end,
    +                  proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config)).
    +
    +ftptest() ->
    +    [{require,ftp_host},
    +     {require,lm_directory}].
    +
    +ftptest(Config) ->
    +    Remote = filename:join(ct:get_config(lm_directory), "loadmodX"),
    +    Local = filename:join(proplists:get_value(priv_dir,Config), "loadmodule"),
    +    [Handle | MoreHandles] = proplists:get_value(ftp_handles,Config),
    +    ok = ct_ftp:recv(Handle, Remote, Local),
         ...

    @@ -340,86 +340,86 @@ Example of User-Specific Configuration Handler

    A simple configuration handling driver, asking an external server for -configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    --export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
    +configuration data, can be implemented as follows:

    -module(config_driver).
    +-export([read_config/1, check_parameter/1]).
     
    -read_config(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    ServerModule:start(),
    -    ServerModule:get_config().
    -
    -check_parameter(ServerName)->
    -    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    -    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    -        {file, _}->
    -            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +read_config(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    ServerModule:start(),
    +    ServerModule:get_config().
    +
    +check_parameter(ServerName)->
    +    ServerModule = list_to_atom(ServerName),
    +    case code:is_loaded(ServerModule) of
    +        {file, _}->
    +            {ok, {config, ServerName}};
             false->
    -            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    -                {module, ServerModule}->
    -                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    -                {error, nofile}->
    -                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
    +            case code:load_file(ServerModule) of
    +                {module, ServerModule}->
    +                    {ok, {config, ServerName}};
    +                {error, nofile}->
    +                    {error, {wrong_config, "File not found: " ++ ServerName ++ ".beam"}}
                 end
         end.

    The configuration string for this driver can be config_server, if the config_server.erl module that follows is compiled and exists in the code path -during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    --export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
    +during test execution:

    -module(config_server).
    +-export([start/0, stop/0, init/1, get_config/0, loop/0]).
     
    --define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
    +-define(REGISTERED_NAME, ct_test_config_server).
     
    -start()->
    -    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
    +start()->
    +    case whereis(?REGISTERED_NAME) of
             undefined->
    -            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    -            wait();
    +            spawn(?MODULE, init, [?REGISTERED_NAME]),
    +            wait();
             _Pid->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/cover_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/cover_chapter.html	2025-03-21 17:27:35.048343019 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/cover_chapter.html	2025-03-21 17:27:35.048343019 +0000
    @@ -201,44 +201,44 @@
     

    Here follows the general configuration terms that are allowed in a cover specification file:

    %% List of Nodes on which cover will be active during test.
     %% Nodes = [atom()]
    -{nodes, Nodes}.
    +{nodes, Nodes}.
     
     %% Files with previously exported cover data to include in analysis.
     %% CoverDataFiles = [string()]
    -{import, CoverDataFiles}.
    +{import, CoverDataFiles}.
     
     %% Cover data file to export from this session.
     %% CoverDataFile = string()
    -{export, CoverDataFile}.
    +{export, CoverDataFile}.
     
     %% Cover analysis level.
     %% Level = details | overview
    -{level, Level}.
    +{level, Level}.
     
     %% Directories to include in cover.
     %% Dirs = [string()]
    -{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to include.
    -{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{incl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to include in cover.
     %% Mods = [atom()]
    -{incl_mods, Mods}.
    +{incl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Directories to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs, Dirs}.
     
     %% Directories, including subdirectories, to exclude.
    -{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
    +{excl_dirs_r, Dirs}.
     
     %% Specific modules to exclude in cover.
    -{excl_mods, Mods}.
    +{excl_mods, Mods}.
     
     %% Cross cover compilation
     %% Tag = atom(), an identifier for a test run
     %% Mod = [atom()], modules to compile for accumulated analysis
    -{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the +{cross,[{Tag,Mods}]}.

    The terms incl_dirs_r and excl_dirs_r tell Common Test to search the specified directories recursively and include or exclude any module found during the search. The terms incl_dirs and excl_dirs result in a non-recursive search for modules (that is, only modules found in the specified directories are @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

    When using a cover specification in the testing of an OTP application itself, there is a special incl_app directive that includes the applications modules for -the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with +the cover compilation.

    {incl_app, AppName, Cover :: overview | details}.

    Note

    If you desire to also use some other general cover configuration together with this option you should insert the AppName in between the option and its value creating a three tuple.

    @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ {cross,[{s1,[m1]}]}.

    Then m1 is cover compiled in test run s2, but not shown in the coverage log. Instead, if ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2 is called after both s1 and s2 test runs are completed, the accumulated result for m1 is available in the -cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for +cross cover log for test run s1.

    The call to the analyze function must be as follows:

    ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse(Level, [{s1,S1LogDir},{s2,S2LogDir}]).

    Here, S1LogDir and S2LogDir are the directories named <TestName>.logs for each test respectively.

    Notice the tags s1 and s2, which are used in the cover specification file and in the call to ct_cover:cross_cover_analyse/2. The purpose of these is only to map the modules specified in the cover specification to the log @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.104343390 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.108343417 +0000 @@ -1978,17 +1978,17 @@

    Reads configuration data values.

    Returns the matching values or configuration elements, given a configuration variable key or its associated name (if one has been specified with -ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    -       {user,[{username,Username},
    -              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    - {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    -ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    -ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    -ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    -ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by +ct:require/2 or a require statement).

    Example:

    Given the following configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,IpAddr},
    +       {user,[{username,Username},
    +              {password,Password}]}]}.

    Then:

    ct:get_config(unix,Default) -> [{telnet,IpAddr},
    + {user, [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]}]
    +ct:get_config({unix,telnet},Default) -> IpAddr
    +ct:get_config({unix,user,username},Default) -> Username
    +ct:get_config({unix,ftp},Default) -> Default
    +ct:get_config(unknownkey,Default) -> Default

    If a configuration variable key has been associated with a name (by ct:require/2 or a require statement), the name can be used -instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    -ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to +instead of the key to read the value:

    ct:require(myuser,{unix,user}) -> ok.
    +ct:get_config(myuser,Default) -> [{username,Username}, {password,Password}]

    If a configuration variable is defined in multiple files, use option all to access all possible values. The values are returned in a list. The order of the elements corresponds to the order that the configuration files were specified at startup.

    If configuration elements (key-value tuples) are to be returned as result @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test event manager. The reference can be used -to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ -

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    +

    Installs configuration files and event handlers.

    Run this function once before the first test.

    Example:

    install([{config,["config_node.ctc","config_user.ctc"]}])

    This function is automatically run by program ct_run.

    @@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@

    Checks if the required configuration is available. Arbitrarily deep tuples can be specified as Required. Only the last element of the tuple can be a list of -SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, +SubKeys.

    Example 1. Require the variable myvar:

    ok = ct:require(myvar).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,Value}.

    Example 2. Require key myvar with subkeys sub1 and sub2:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,[sub1,sub2]}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,Value},{sub2,Value}]}.

    Example 3. Require key myvar with subkey sub1 with subsub1:

    ok = ct:require({myvar,sub1,sub2}).

    In this case the configuration file must at least contain:

    {myvar,[{sub1,[{sub2,Value}]}]}.

    See also ct:get_config/1, ct:get_config/2, ct:get_config/3, ct:require/2.

    @@ -3194,8 +3194,8 @@ that the value of the element can be read with ct:get_config/1,2 provided Name is used instead of the whole Required term.

    Example:

    Require one node with a Telnet connection and an FTP connection. Name the node -a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over -FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To +a:

    ok = ct:require(a,{machine,node}).

    All references to this node can then use the node name. For example, a file over +FTP is fetched like follows:

    ok = ct:ftp_get(a,RemoteFile,LocalFile).

    For this to work, the configuration file must at least contain:

    {machine,[{node,[{telnet,IpAddr},{ftp,IpAddr}]}]}.

    Note

    The behavior of this function changed radically in Common Test 1.6.2. To keep some backwards compatibility, it is still possible to do: ct:require(a,{node,[telnet,ftp]}). This associates the name a with the top-level node entry. For this to work, the configuration file must at least @@ -3570,12 +3570,12 @@ the Erlang shell. The interactive mode can also be started from the OS command line with ct_run -shell [-config File...].

    If any functions (for example, Telnet or FTP) using "required configuration data" are to be called from the Erlang shell, configuration data must first be -required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +required with ct:require/2.

    Example:

    > ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls","file1  ...",...]}
    +>
    ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls","file1 ...",...]}
    @@ -3869,7 +3869,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_cover.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_cover.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.144343656 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_cover.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.148343682 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.176343868 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.184343921 +0000 @@ -589,10 +589,10 @@

    Opens an FTP connection and sends a file to the remote host.

    LocalFile and RemoteFile must be absolute paths.

    If the target host is a "special" node, the FTP address must be specified in the -configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the -configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    -       {username,Username},
    -       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    +configuration file as follows:

    {node,[{ftp,IpAddr}]}.

    If the target host is something else, for example, a UNIX host, the +configuration file must also include the username and password (both strings):

    {unix,[{ftp,IpAddr},
    +       {username,Username},
    +       {password,Password}]}.

    See also ct:require/2.

    @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.220344160 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.220344160 +0000 @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.256344398 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_hooks_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.252344371 +0000 @@ -253,12 +253,12 @@ always a combination of a result for the suite/group/test and an updated CTHState.

    To let the test suite continue on executing, return the configuration list that you want the test to use as the result.

    All pre hooks, except pre_end_per_testcase/4, can skip or fail the test by -returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:connect() of
    -    {error,_Reason} ->
    -      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    -    {ok, Handle} ->
    -      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
    +returning a tuple with skip or fail, and a reason as the result.

    Example:

    pre_init_per_suite(SuiteName, Config, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:connect() of
    +    {error,_Reason} ->
    +      {{fail, "Could not connect to DB"}, CTHState};
    +    {ok, Handle} ->
    +      {[{db_handle, Handle} | Config], CTHState#state{ handle = Handle }}
       end.

    Note

    If you use multiple CTHs, the first part of the return tuple is used as input for the next CTH. So in the previous example the next CTH can get {fail,Reason} as the second parameter. If you have many CTHs interacting, do @@ -280,18 +280,18 @@ affect the outcome of the test, return the Return data as it is given to the CTH. You can also modify the test result. By returning the Config list with element tc_status removed, you can recover from a test failure. As in all the -pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    -  case db:check_consistency() of
    +pre hooks, it is also possible to fail/skip the test case in the post hook.

    Example:

    post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, {'EXIT',{_,_}}, CTHState) ->
    +  case db:check_consistency() of
         true ->
           %% DB is good, pass the test.
    -      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
    +      {proplists:delete(tc_status, Config), CTHState};
         false ->
           %% DB is not good, mark as skipped instead of failing
    -      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
    +      {{skip, "DB is inconsistent!"}, CTHState}
       end;
    -post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
    +post_end_per_testcase(_Suite, _TC, Config, Return, CTHState) ->
       %% Do nothing if tc does not crash.
    -  {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used + {Return, CTHState}.

    Note

    Do recover from a testcase failure using CTHs only a last resort. If used wrongly, it can be very difficult to determine which tests that pass or fail in a test run.

    @@ -340,80 +340,80 @@ %%% ct_run -suite example_SUITE -pa . -ct_hooks example_cth %%% %%% Note `-pa .`: the hook beam file must be in the code path when installing. --module(example_cth). +-module(example_cth). %% Mandatory Callbacks --export([init/2]). +-export([init/2]). %% Optional Callbacks --export([id/1]). +-export([id/1]). --export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). --export([post_end_per_suite/4]). +-export([pre_init_per_suite/3]). +-export([post_end_per_suite/4]). --export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). --export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). +-export([pre_init_per_testcase/4]). +-export([post_end_per_testcase/5]). --export([on_tc_skip/4]). +-export([on_tc_skip/4]). --export([terminate/1]). +-export([terminate/1]). %% This hook state is threaded through all the callbacks. --record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). +-record(state, {filename, total, suite_total, ts, tcs, data, skipped}). %% This example hook prints its results to a file, see terminate/1. --record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). +-record(test_run, {total, skipped, suites}). %% Return a unique id for this CTH. %% Using the filename means the hook can be used with different %% log files to separate timing data within the same test run. %% See Installing a CTH for more information. -id(Opts) -> +id(Opts) -> %% the path is relative to the test run directory - proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). + proplists:get_value(filename, Opts, "example_cth.log"). %% Always called before any other callback function. Use this to initiate %% any common state. -init(Id, _Opts) -> - {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. +init(Id, _Opts) -> + {ok, #state{filename = Id, total = 0, data = []}}. %% Called before init_per_suite is called. -pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> - {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. +pre_init_per_suite(_Suite,Config,State) -> + {Config, State#state{suite_total = 0, tcs = []}}. %% Called after end_per_suite. -post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> - Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, - lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, - {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], - total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. +post_end_per_suite(Suite,_Config,Return,State) -> + Data = {suites, Suite, State#state.suite_total, + lists:reverse(State#state.tcs)}, + {Return, State#state{data = [Data | State#state.data], + total = State#state.total + State#state.suite_total}}. %% Called before each init_per_testcase. -pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. +pre_init_per_testcase(_Suite,_TC,Config,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + {Config, State#state{ts = Now, suite_total = State#state.suite_total + 1}}. %% Called after each end_per_testcase. -post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> - Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), - TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, - {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. +post_end_per_testcase(Suite,TC,_Config,Return,State) -> + Now = erlang:monotonic_time(microsecond), + TCInfo = {testcase, Suite, TC, Return, Now - State#state.ts}, + {Return, State#state{ts = undefined, tcs = [TCInfo | State#state.tcs]}}. %% Called when a test case is skipped by either user action %% or due to an init function failing. -on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> - State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. +on_tc_skip(_Suite, _TC, _Reason, State) -> + State#state{skipped = State#state.skipped + 1}. %% Called when the scope of the CTH is done. -terminate(State) -> +terminate(State) -> %% use append to avoid data loss if the path is reused - {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), - io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), - file:close(File), + {ok, File} = file:open(State#state.filename, [write, append]), + io:format(File, "~p.~n", [results(State)]), + file:close(File), ok. -results(State) -> - #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, - #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    +results(State) -> + #state{skipped = Skipped, data = Data, total = Total} = State, + #test_run{total = Total, skipped = Skipped, suites = lists:reverse(Data)}.

    @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.292344637 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.296344664 +0000 @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

    Gets a reference to the Common Test master event manager. The reference can be -used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    +used to, for example, add a user-specific event handler while tests are running.

    Example:

    gen_event:add_handler(ct_master:get_event_mgr_ref(), my_ev_h, [])
    @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.324344849 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_master_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.328344875 +0000 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ of test specifications. If it is a list, the specifications are handled (and the corresponding tests executed) in sequence. An element in a TestSpecs list can also be list of test specifications. The specifications in such a list are -merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", +merged into one combined specification before test execution.

    Example:

    ct_master:run(["ts1","ts2",["ts3","ts4"]])

    Here, the tests specified by "ts1" run first, then the tests specified by "ts2", and finally the tests specified by both "ts3" and "ts4".

    The InclNodes argument to run/3 is a list of node names. Function run/3 runs the tests in TestSpecs just like run/1, but also takes any test in TestSpecs, which is not explicitly tagged with a particular node name, and @@ -196,32 +196,32 @@ install an event handler).

    Consider the example in section Test Specifications in section Running Tests and Analysing Results, now extended with node information and -intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    -{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    -{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    -{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    -{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    -{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    -
    -{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    -{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    -
    -{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    -{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    -
    -{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    -
    -{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    -{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    -{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
    +intended to be executed by Common Test Master:

    {define, 'Top', "/home/test"}.
    +{define, 'T1', "'Top'/t1"}.
    +{define, 'T2', "'Top'/t2"}.
    +{define, 'T3', "'Top'/t3"}.
    +{define, 'CfgFile', "config.cfg"}.
    +{define, 'Node', ct_node}.
    +
    +{node, node1, 'Node@host_x'}.
    +{node, node2, 'Node@host_y'}.
    +
    +{logdir, master, "'Top'/master_logs"}.
    +{logdir, "'Top'/logs"}.
    +
    +{config, node1, "'T1'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, node2, "'T2'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +{config, "'T3'/'CfgFile'"}.
    +
    +{suites, node1, 'T1', all}.
    +{skip_suites, node1, 'T1', [t1B_SUITE,t1D_SUITE], "Not implemented"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1A_SUITE, [test3,test4], "Irrelevant"}.
    +{skip_cases, node1, 'T1', t1C_SUITE, [test1], "Ignore"}.
     
    -{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    -{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
    +{suites, node2, 'T2', [t2B_SUITE,t2C_SUITE]}.
    +{cases, node2, 'T2', t2A_SUITE, [test4,test1,test7]}.
     
    -{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if +{skip_suites, 'T3', all, "Not implemented"}.

    This example specifies the same tests as the original example. But now if started with a call to ct_master:run(TestSpecName), test t1 is executed on node ct_node@host_x (node1), test t2 on ct_node@host_y (node2) and test t3 on both node1 and node2. Configuration file t1 is only read on @@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ Automatic Startup of Test Target Nodes

    Initial actions can be started and performed automatically on test target nodes -using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    -{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    -{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    -{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    -{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    -{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    -{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the +using test specification term init.

    Two subterms are supported, node_start and eval.

    Example:

    {node, node1, node1@host1}.
    +{node, node2, node1@host2}.
    +{node, node3, node2@host2}.
    +{node, node4, node1@host3}.
    +{init, node1, [{node_start, [{callback_module, my_slave_callback}]}]}.
    +{init, [node2, node3], {node_start, [{username, "ct_user"}, {password, "ct_password"}]}}.
    +{init, node4, {eval, {module, function, []}}}.

    This test specification declares that node1@host1 is to be started using the user callback function callback_module:my_slave_callback/0, and nodes node1@host2 and node2@host2 are to be started with the default callback module ct_slave. The specified username and password are used to log on to @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.368345140 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_netconfc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.376345193 +0000 @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ to the server.

    Alternately, open/1,2 can be used to establish a single session on a dedicated connection. (Or, equivalently, only_open/1,2 followed by hello/1-3.)

    Connect/session options can be specified in a configuration file with entries -like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to +like the following.

    {server_id(), [option()]}.

    The server_id/0 or an associated ct:target_name/0 can then be passed to the aforementioned functions to use the referenced configuration.

    Signaling

    Protocol operations in the NETCONF protocol are realized as remote procedure calls (RPCs) from client to server and a corresponding reply from server to client. RPCs are sent using like-named functions (eg. @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ in most cases since a non-response by the server or a missing message-id causes the call to hang indefinitely.

    Logging

    The NETCONF server uses error_logger for logging of NETCONF traffic. A special purpose error handler is implemented in ct_conn_log_h. To use this error -handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the +handler, add the cth_conn_log hook in the test suite, for example:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}]}].

    conn_log_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, for example, ct_netconfc.

    Hook option log_type specifies the type of logging:

    • raw - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text file "as is" without any formatting. A link to the file is added to the test case HTML log.

    • pretty - The sent and received NETCONF data is logged to a separate text @@ -162,17 +162,17 @@ option hosts and list the names of the servers/connections to be used in the suite. The connections must be named for this to work, that is, they must be opened with open/2.

      Option hosts has no effect if log_type is set to html or silent.

      The hook options can also be specified in a configuration file with -configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      -                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook +configuration variable ct_conn_log:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct:conn_log_mod(), ct:conn_log_options()}]}.

      For example:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty},
      +                            {hosts,[ct:key_or_name()]}]}]}

      Note

      Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite the hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

      Logging Example 1:

      The following ct_hooks statement causes pretty printing of NETCONF traffic to separate logs for the connections named nc_server1 and nc_server2. Any other -connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      -   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      -                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      -                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      -open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to -one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML +connections are logged to default NETCONF log.

      suite() ->
      +   [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,pretty}},
      +                                              {hosts,[nc_server1,nc_server2]}]}
      +                               ]}]}].

      Connections must be opened as follows:

      open(nc_server1,[...]),
      +open(nc_server2,[...]).

      Logging Example 2:

      The following configuration file causes raw logging of all NETCONF traffic in to +one single text file:

      {ct_conn_log,[{ct_netconfc,[{log_type,raw}]}]}.

      The ct_hooks statement must look as follows:

      suite() ->
      +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

      The same ct_hooks statement without the configuration file would cause HTML logging of all NETCONF connections in to the test case HTML log.

      @@ -2173,8 +2173,8 @@

      Edits configuration data.

      By default only the running target is available, unless the server includes :candidate or :startup in its list of capabilities.

      OptParams can be used for specifying optional parameters (default-operation, test-option, or error-option) to be added to the edit-config request. The -value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

      [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
      - {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

      If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

      +value must be a list containing valid simple XML, for example:

      [{'default-operation', ["none"]},
      + {'error-option', ["rollback-on-error"]}]

      If OptParams is not given, the default value [] is used.

      @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.404345379 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.408345406 +0000 @@ -135,30 +135,30 @@ directory has a subdirectory property_test, where everything needed for the property tests are collected. The usual Erlang application directory structure is assumed.

      A typical Common Test test suite using ct_property_test is organized as -follows:

      -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
      --compile(export_all).
      +follows:

      -module(my_prop_test_SUITE).
      +-compile(export_all).
       
      --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
      +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
       
      -all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
      +all() -> [prop_ftp_case].
       
      -init_per_suite(Config) ->
      -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
      +init_per_suite(Config) ->
      +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
       
       %%%---- test case
      -prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
      -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
      -      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
      +prop_ftp_case(Config) ->
      +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
      +      ftp_simple_client_server:prop_ftp(),
             Config
      -     ).

      and the the property test module (in this example + ).

      and the the property test module (in this example ftp_simple_client_server.erl) as almost a usual property testing module (More -examples are in the User's Guide):

      -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
      --export([prop_ftp/0...]).
      +examples are in the User's Guide):

      -module(ftp_simple_client_server).
      +-export([prop_ftp/0...]).
       
      --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
      +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
       
      -prop_ftp() ->
      -    ?FORALL( ....
      +
      prop_ftp() -> + ?FORALL( ....
      @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ 'EQC', 'PROPER' or 'TRIQ' set, depending on which tool that is first found. This could make parts of the Erlang property tests code to be included or excluded with the macro directives -ifdef(Macro). or -ifndef(Macro)..

      The file(s) in the property_test subdirectory could, or should, include the -ct_property_test include file:

      -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

      This included file will:

      • Include the correct tool's include file
      • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. +ct_property_test include file:

        -include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").

        This included file will:

        • Include the correct tool's include file
        • Set the macro 'MOD_eqc' to the correct module name for the selected tool. That is, the macro 'MOD_eqc' is set to either eqc, proper or triq.
        @@ -987,8 +987,8 @@

        Presents the result of stateful (statem) property testing using the aggregate function in PropEr, QuickCheck or other similar property testing tool.

        It is assumed to be called inside the property called by quickcheck/2:

        ...
        -RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
        -ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
        +RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
        +ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
         ...

        See the User's Guide for an example of the usage and of the default printout.

        The StatisticsSpec is a list of the tuples:

        • {Title::string(), CollectFun::fun/1}
        • {Title::string(), FrequencyFun::/0, CollectFun::fun/1}

        Each tuple will produce one table in the order of their places in the list.

        • Title will be the title of one result table

        • CollectFun is called with one argument: the Cmds. It should return a list of the values to be counted. The following pre-defined functions exist:

          • ct_property_test:cmnd_names/1 returns a list of commands (function calls) @@ -998,15 +998,15 @@ about sequential and parallel parts from Tool:parallel_commands/1,2
        • FrequencyFun/0 returns a fun/1 which is supposed to take a list of items as input, and return an iolist which will be printed as the table. Per default, the number of each item is counted and the percentage is printed for each. The -list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

          ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

          which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print +list [a,b,a,a,c] could for example return

          ["a 60%\n","b 20%\n","c 20%\n"]

          which will be printed by the print_fun. The default print_fun will print it as:

          a 60%
           b 20%
          -c 20%

        The default StatisticsSpec is:

        • For sequential commands:

          [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
          - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
          -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
        • For parallel commands:

          [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
          - {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
          - {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
          -                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
        +c 20%

    The default StatisticsSpec is:

    • For sequential commands:

      [{"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    • For parallel commands:

      [{"Distribution sequential/parallel", fun sequential_parallel/1},
      + {"Function calls", fun cmnd_names/1},
      + {"Length of command sequences", fun print_frequency_ranges/0,
      +                                                  fun num_calls/1}]
    @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.432345565 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_property_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.436345591 +0000 @@ -147,51 +147,51 @@ Introductory Example

    Assume that we want to test the lists:sort/1 function.

    We need a property to test the function. In normal way, we create -property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    --export([prop_sort/0]).
    +property_test/ct_prop.erl module in the test directory in our application:

    -module(ct_prop).
    +-export([prop_sort/0]).
     
     %%% This will include the .hrl file for the installed testing tool:
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct_property_test.hrl").
     
     %%% The property we want to check:
     %%%   For all possibly unsorted lists,
     %%%   the result of lists:sort/1 is sorted.
    -prop_sort() ->
    -    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    -            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    -           ).
    +prop_sort() ->
    +    ?FORALL(UnSorted, list(),
    +            is_sorted(lists:sort(UnSorted))
    +           ).
     
     %%% Function to check that a list is sorted:
    -is_sorted([]) ->
    +is_sorted([]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([_]) ->
    +is_sorted([_]) ->
         true;
    -is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    -    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    -is_sorted(_) ->
    -    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
    +is_sorted([H1,H2|SortedTail]) when H1 =< H2 ->
    +    is_sorted([H2|SortedTail]);
    +is_sorted(_) ->
    +    false.

    We also need a CommonTest test suite:

    -module(ct_property_test_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all). % Only in tests!
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -all() -> [prop_sort
    -         ].
    +all() -> [prop_sort
    +         ].
     
     %%% First prepare Config and compile the property tests for the found tool:
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:init_per_suite(Config).
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         Config.
     
     %%%================================================================
     %%% Test suites
     %%%
    -prop_sort(Config) ->
    -    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    -      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
    +prop_sort(Config) ->
    +    ct_property_test:quickcheck(
    +      ct_prop:prop_sort(),
           Config
    -     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
    +     ).

    We run it as usual, for example with ct_run in the OS shell:

    ..../test$ ct_run -suite ct_property_test_SUITE
     .....
     Common Test: Running make in test directories...
     
    @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@
       A stateful testing example
     
     

    Assume a test that generates some parallel stateful commands, and runs 300 -tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    -    numtests(300,
    -             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
    +tests:

    prop_parallel(Config) ->
    +    numtests(300,
    +             ?FORALL(Cmds, parallel_commands(?MODULE),
                          begin
    -                         RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds),
    -                         ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config)
    -                     end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some + RunResult = run_parallel_commands(?MODULE, Cmds), + ct_property_test:present_result(?MODULE, Cmds, RunResult, Config) + end)).

    The ct_property_test:present_result/4 is a help function for printing some statistics in the CommonTest log file.

    Our example test could for example be a simple test of an ftp server, where we perform get, put and delete requests, some of them in parallel. Per default, the result has three sections:

    *** User 2019-12-11 13:28:17.504 ***
    @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_rpc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_rpc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.456345724 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_rpc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.460345751 +0000 @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.488345936 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_run_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.488345936 +0000 @@ -251,10 +251,10 @@ Run Common Test in Interactive Mode
     ct_run -shell
    -  [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN]
    -  [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2
    -   ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN]
    -  [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    + [-config ConfigFile1 ConfigFile2 ... ConfigFileN] + [-userconfig CallbackModule1 ConfigString1 and CallbackModule2 + ConfigString2 and .. and CallbackModuleN ConfigStringN] + [-decrypt_key Key] | [-decrypt_file KeyFile]

    @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_slave.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_slave.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.512346095 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_slave.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.512346095 +0000 @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_snmp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.544346308 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_snmp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.552346361 +0000 @@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ Optional.

  • {agent_target_param_def, [term()] | {data_dir_file, rel_path()}} - Optional.

  • Parameter MgrAgentConfName in the functions is to be a name you allocate in your test suite using a require statement. Example (where -MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be +MgrAgentConfName = snmp_mgr_agent):

    suite() -> [{require, snmp_mgr_agent, snmp}].

    or

    ct:require(snmp_mgr_agent, snmp).

    Notice that USM users are needed for SNMPv3 configuration and are not to be confused with users.

    SNMP traps, inform, and report messages are handled by the user callback module. For details, see the SNMP application.

    It is recommended to use the .hrl files created by the Erlang/OTP MIB compiler to define the Object Identifiers (OIDs). For example, to get the Erlang node -name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, +name from erlNodeTable in the OTP-MIB:

    Oid = ?erlNodeEntry ++ [?erlNodeName, 1]

    Furthermore, values can be set for SNMP application configuration parameters, config, server, net_if, and so on (for a list of valid parameters and types, see the User's Guide for the SNMP application). -This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    -            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the +This is done by defining a configuration data variable on the following form:

    {snmp_app, [{manager, [snmp_app_manager_params()]},
    +            {agent, [snmp_app_agent_params()]}]}.

    A name for the data must be allocated in the suite using require (see the example above). Pass this name as argument SnmpAppConfName to ct_snmp:start/3. ct_snmp specifies default values for some SNMP application configuration parameters (such as {verbosity,trace} for @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.604346705 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_ssh.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.612346759 +0000 @@ -133,14 +133,14 @@ that have been started on existing SSH connections (that is, when the original connection type is ssh). Whenever the connection type is sftp, use the SSH connection reference only.

    The following options are valid for specifying an SSH/SFTP connection (that is, -can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    - {port, Port},
    - {user, UserName}
    - {password, Pwd}
    - {user_dir, String}
    - {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    - {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    - {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    +can be used as configuration elements):

    [{ConnType, Addr},
    + {port, Port},
    + {user, UserName}
    + {password, Pwd}
    + {user_dir, String}
    + {public_key_alg, PubKeyAlg}
    + {connect_timeout, Timeout}
    + {key_cb, KeyCallbackMod}]

    ConnType = ssh | sftp.

    For other types, see ssh.

    All time-out parameters in ct_ssh functions are values in milliseconds.

    @@ -3872,7 +3872,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_suite.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_suite.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.648346997 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_suite.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.648346997 +0000 @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_telnet.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.688347262 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_telnet.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.692347288 +0000 @@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ true
  • Polling limit (max number of times to poll to get a remaining string terminated) = 0
  • Polling interval (sleep time between polls) = 1 second
  • The TCP_NODELAY option for the telnet socket is disabled (set to false) per default
  • These parameters can be modified by the user with the following configuration -term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    -                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    -                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    -                   {poll_limit,N},
    -                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    -                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test +term:

    {telnet_settings, [{connect_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {command_timeout,Millisec},
    +                   {reconnection_attempts,N},
    +                   {reconnection_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {keep_alive,Bool},
    +                   {poll_limit,N},
    +                   {poll_interval,Millisec},
    +                   {tcp_nodelay,Bool}]}.

    Millisec = integer(), N = integer()

    Enter the telnet_settings term in a configuration file included in the test and ct_telnet retrieves the information automatically.

    keep_alive can be specified per connection, if necessary. For details, see unix_telnet.

    @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ such as expect/3. However, ct_telnet can be configured to use a special purpose event handler, implemented in ct_conn_log_h, for logging all Telnet traffic. To use this handler, install a Common Test hook named -cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection +cth_conn_log. Example (using the test suite information function):

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, [{conn_mod(),hook_options()}]}]}].

    conn_mod() is the name of the Common Test module implementing the connection protocol, that is, ct_telnet.

    The cth_conn_log hook performs unformatted logging of Telnet data to a separate text file. All Telnet communication is captured and printed, including any data sent from the server. The link to this text file is located at the top @@ -176,15 +176,15 @@ disabled, which results with no prefix data. If the value is set to full prefix contains timestamp and additonal information. If the value is set to short prefix includes only human readable timestamp.

    All cth_conn_log hook options described can also be specified in a -configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    -                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook +configuration file with configuration variable ct_conn_log.

    Example:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{log_type,raw},
    +                           {hosts,[key_or_name()]}]}]}

    Note

    Hook options specified in a configuration file overwrite any hard-coded hook options in the test suite.

    Logging Example:

    The following ct_hooks statement causes printing of Telnet traffic to separate logs for the connections server1 and server2. Traffic for any other -connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks,
    -      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry -like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    +connections is logged in the default Telnet log.

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks,
    +      [{cth_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}]}].

    As previously explained, this specification can also be provided by an entry +like the following in a configuration file:

    {ct_conn_log, [{ct_telnet,[{hosts,[server1,server2]}]}]}.

    In this case the ct_hooks statement in the test suite can look as follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [{ct_hooks, [{cth_conn_log, []}]}].

    @@ -893,9 +893,9 @@ instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • sequence - All patterns must be matched in a sequence. A match is not concluded until all patterns are matched. This option can be interrupted by one or more HaltPatterns. MatchList is always returned, that is, a list of -Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

  • Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the +Match instead of only one Match. Also HaltReason is returned.

    Example 1:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[sequence,{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    First this tries to match "ABC", and then "XYZ", but if "NNN" appears, the function returns {error,{nnn,["NNN"]}}. If both "ABC" and "XYZ" are -matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function +matched, the function returns {ok,[AbcMatch,XyzMatch]}.

    Example 2:

    expect(Connection,[{abc,"ABC"},{xyz,"XYZ"}],[{repeat,2},{halt,[{nnn,"NNN"}]}])

    This tries to match "ABC" or "XYZ" twice. If "NNN" appears, the function returns HaltReason = {nnn,["NNN"]}.

    Options repeat and sequence can be combined to match a sequence multiple times.

    @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_testspec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_testspec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.716347448 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/ct_testspec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.716347448 +0000 @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.744347634 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/dependencies_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.744347634 +0000 @@ -161,65 +161,65 @@ start and stop functionality separately.) The configuration can also be implemented as a common function, maybe grouped with the start function. Finally, the testing of connecting and disconnecting a client can be grouped -into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +into one test case. The resulting suite can look as follows:

    -module(my_server_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
    +suite() -> [{require,my_server_cfg}].
     
    -init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
    +init_per_testcase(start_and_stop, Config) ->
         Config;
     
    -init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    -    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
    +init_per_testcase(config, Config) ->
    +    [{server_pid,start_server()} | Config];
     
    -init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    configure_server(),
    -    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
    +init_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    configure_server(),
    +    [{server_pid,ServerPid} | Config].
     
    -end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
    +end_per_testcase(start_and_stop, _) ->
         ok;
     
    -end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +end_per_testcase(_, Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
    +all() -> [start_and_stop, config, connect_and_disconnect].
     
     %% test that starting and stopping works
    -start_and_stop(_) ->
    -    ServerPid = start_server(),
    -    stop_server(ServerPid).
    +start_and_stop(_) ->
    +    ServerPid = start_server(),
    +    stop_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% configuration test
    -config(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    configure_server(ServerPid).
    +config(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    configure_server(ServerPid).
     
     %% test connecting and disconnecting client
    -connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    -    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    -    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    -    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
    +connect_and_disconnect(Config) ->
    +    ServerPid = proplists:get_value(server_pid, Config),
    +    {ok,SessionId} = my_server:connect(ServerPid),
    +    ok = my_server:disconnect(ServerPid, SessionId).
     
     %%% common functions...
     
    -start_server() ->
    -    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
    +start_server() ->
    +    {ok,ServerPid} = my_server:start(),
         ServerPid.
     
    -stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ok = my_server:stop(),
    +stop_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ok = my_server:stop(),
         ok.
     
    -configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    -    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    -    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
    +configure_server(ServerPid) ->
    +    ServerCfgData = ct:get_config(my_server_cfg),
    +    ok = my_server:configure(ServerPid, ServerCfgData),
         ok.

    @@ -247,40 +247,40 @@ data is to be saved by finction end_per_suite and read by function init_per_suite in the suite that follows. When passing data between suites, Saver carries the name -of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    --include_lib("ct.hrl").
    +of the test suite.

    Example:

    -module(server_b_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
    +-include_lib("ct.hrl").
     
     %%% init and end functions...
     
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% read config saved by previous test suite
    -    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    +    {server_a_SUITE,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
         %% extract server identity (comes from server_a_SUITE)
    -    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    -    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    -    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
    +    ServerId = proplists:get_value(server_id, OldConfig),
    +    SessionId = connect_to_server(ServerId),
    +    [{ids,{ServerId,SessionId}} | Config].
     
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
         %% save config for server_c_SUITE (session_id and server_id)
    -    {save_config,Config}
    +    {save_config,Config}
     
     %%% test cases...
     
    -all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
    +all() -> [allocate, deallocate].
     
    -allocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
    +allocate(Config) ->
    +    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    +    {ok,Handle} = allocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId),
         %% save handle for deallocation test
    -    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    -    {save_config,NewConfig}.
    +    NewConfig = [{handle,Handle}],
    +    {save_config,NewConfig}.
     
    -deallocate(Config) ->
    -    {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config),
    -    {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config),
    -    Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig),
    -    ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple +deallocate(Config) -> + {ServerId,SessionId} = proplists:get_value(ids, Config), + {allocate,OldConfig} = proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), + Handle = proplists:get_value(handle, OldConfig), + ok = deallocate_resource(ServerId, SessionId, Handle).

    To save Config data from a test case that is to be skipped, return tuple {skip_and_save,Reason,ConfigList}.

    The result is that the test case is skipped with Reason printed to the log file (as described earlier) and ConfigList is saved for the next test case. ConfigList can be read using proplists:get_value(saved_config, Config), as @@ -300,22 +300,22 @@ property. Test case groups are defined through function groups/0 in the test suite (for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    For example, to ensure that if allocate in server_b_SUITE crashes, -deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is -independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, +deallocate is skipped, the following sequence can be defined:

    groups() -> [{alloc_and_dealloc, [sequence], [alloc,dealloc]}].

    Assume that the suite contains the test case get_resource_status that is +independent of the other two cases, then function all can look as follows:

    all() -> [{group,alloc_and_dealloc}, get_resource_status].

    If alloc succeeds, dealloc is also executed. If alloc fails however, dealloc is not executed but marked as SKIPPED in the HTML log. get_resource_status runs no matter what happens to the alloc_and_dealloc cases.

    Test cases in a sequence are executed in order until all succeed or one fails. If one fails, all following cases in the sequence are skipped. The cases in the sequence that have succeeded up to that point are reported as successful in the -log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    -             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
    +log. Any number of sequences can be specified.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{scenarioA, [sequence], [testA1, testA2]},
    +             {scenarioB, [sequence], [testB1, testB2, testB3]}].
     
    -all() -> [test1,
    +all() -> [test1,
               test2,
    -          {group,scenarioA},
    +          {group,scenarioA},
               test3,
    -          {group,scenarioB},
    -          test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that + {group,scenarioB}, + test4].

    A sequence group can have subgroups. Such subgroups can have any property, that is, they are not required to also be sequences. If you want the status of the subgroup to affect the sequence on the level above, return {return_group_result,Status} from @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.776347845 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/event_handler_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.776347845 +0000 @@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ ct_run -event_handler_init instead of -event_handler.

    Note

    All event handler modules must have gen_event behavior. These modules must be precompiled and their locations must be added explicitly to the Erlang code server search path (as in the previous example).

    An event_handler tuple in argument Opts has the following definition (see -ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
    +ct:run_test/1):

    {event_handler,EventHandlers}
     
    -EventHandlers = EH | [EH]
    -EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs}
    -InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are -installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. +EventHandlers = EH | [EH] +EH = atom() | {atom(),InitArgs} | {[atom()],InitArgs} +InitArgs = [term()]

    In the following example, two event handlers for the my_SUITE test are +installed:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"test/my_SUITE"},{event_handler,[my_evh1,{my_evh2,[node()]}]}]).

    Event handler my_evh1 is started with [] as argument to the init function. Event handler my_evh2 is started with the name of the current node in the init argument list.

    Event handlers can also be plugged in using one of the following test specification terms:

    • {event_handler, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}
    • {event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}

    EventHandlers is a list of module names. Before a test session starts, the @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/example_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/example_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.804348031 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/example_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.808348057 +0000 @@ -131,19 +131,19 @@ Test Suite Example

    -

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
    +

    The following example test suite shows some tests of a database server:

    -module(db_data_type_SUITE).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
     %% Test server callbacks
    --export([suite/0, all/0,
    +-export([suite/0, all/0,
              init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1,
    -         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
    +         init_per_testcase/2, end_per_testcase/2]).
     
     %% Test cases
    --export([string/1, integer/1]).
    +-export([string/1, integer/1]).
     
    --define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
    +-define(CONNECT_STR, "DSN=sqlserver;UID=alladin;PWD=sesame").
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS
    @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@
     %% Description: Returns list of tuples to set default properties
     %%              for the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -suite() ->
    -    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
    +suite() ->
    +    [{timetrap,{minutes,1}}].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> Config1
    @@ -169,10 +169,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    -    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    -    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
    +init_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Ref} = db:connect(?CONNECT_STR, []),
    +    TableName = db_lib:unique_table_name(),
    +    [{con_ref, Ref },{table_name, TableName}| Config].
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% Function: end_per_suite(Config) -> term()
    @@ -182,9 +182,9 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after the suite.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_suite(Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    db:disconnect(Ref),
    +end_per_suite(Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    db:disconnect(Ref),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -197,10 +197,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Initialization before each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
    +init_per_testcase(Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:create_table(Ref, TableName, table_type(Case)),
         Config.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -213,10 +213,10 @@
     %%
     %% Description: Cleanup after each test case.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
    +end_per_testcase(_Case, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:delete_table(Ref, TableName),
         ok.
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    @@ -231,28 +231,28 @@
     %% Description: Returns the list of groups and test cases that
     %%              are to be executed.
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
    -all() ->
    -    [string, integer].
    +all() ->
    +    [string, integer].
     
     
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     %% TEST CASES
     %%--------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    -string(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
    +string(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, "Dummy string", Config).
     
    -integer(Config) ->
    -    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
    +integer(Config) ->
    +    insert_and_lookup(dummy_key, 42, Config).
     
     
    -insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    -    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    -    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    -    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    -    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    -    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +insert_and_lookup(Key, Value, Config) ->
    +    Ref = proplists:get_value(con_ref, Config),
    +    TableName = proplists:get_value(table_name, Config),
    +    ok = db:insert(Ref, TableName, Key, Value),
    +    [Value] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    ok = db:delete(Ref, TableName, Key),
    +    [] = db:lookup(Ref, TableName, Key),
         ok.

    @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ %%% %%% Created : %%%------------------------------------------------------------------- --module(example_SUITE). +-module(example_SUITE). %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites. --compile(export_all). +-compile(export_all). --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl"). %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% COMMON TEST CALLBACK FUNCTIONS @@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ %% Note: The suite/0 function is only meant to be used to return %% default data values, not perform any other operations. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -suite() -> - [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. +suite() -> + [{timetrap,{minutes,10}}]. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- %% Function: init_per_suite(Config0) -> @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ %% Note: This function is free to add any key/value pairs to the Config %% variable, but should NOT alter/remove any existing entries. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_suite(Config) -> +init_per_suite(Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after the suite. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_suite(_Config) -> +end_per_suite(_Config) -> ok. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ %% %% Description: Initialization before each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> +init_per_group(_GroupName, Config) -> Config. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ %% %% Description: Cleanup after each test case group. %%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> +end_per_group(_GroupName, _Config) -> ok. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.844348296 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/getting_started_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.840348270 +0000 @@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ the test suite module implements callback functions (mandatory or optional) for various purposes, for example:

    • Init/end configuration function for the test suite
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case
    • Init/end configuration function for a test case group
    • Test cases

    The configuration functions are optional. The following example is a test suite without configuration functions, including one simple test case, to check that -module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    --compile(export_all).
    +module mymod exists (that is, can be successfully loaded by the code server):

    -module(my1st_SUITE).
    +-compile(export_all).
     
    -all() ->
    -    [mod_exists].
    +all() ->
    +    [mod_exists].
     
    -mod_exists(_) ->
    -    {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    +mod_exists(_) -> + {module,mymod} = code:load_file(mymod).

    If the operation fails, a bad match error occurs that terminates the test case.

    @@ -189,33 +189,33 @@ through configuration functions on "lower level"). The data flow looks as follows:

    Configuration Data Flow in a Suite

    The following example shows a test suite that uses configuration functions to open and close a log file for the test cases (an operation that is unnecessary -and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    --export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    --export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
    +and irrelevant to perform by each test case):

    -module(check_log_SUITE).
    +-export([all/0, init_per_suite/1, end_per_suite/1]).
    +-export([check_restart_result/1, check_no_errors/1]).
     
    --define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
    +-define(value(Key,Config), proplists:get_value(Key,Config)).
     
    -all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
    +all() -> [check_restart_result, check_no_errors].
     
    -init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    -    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
    +init_per_suite(InitConfigData) ->
    +    [{logref,open_log()} | InitConfigData].
     
    -end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    -    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
    +end_per_suite(ConfigData) ->
    +    close_log(?value(logref, ConfigData)).
     
    -check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
    +check_restart_result(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(restart, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    {match,_Line} = search_for("restart successful", TestData).
     
    -check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    -    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    -    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    -        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
    +check_no_errors(ConfigData) ->
    +    TestData = read_log(all, ?value(logref, ConfigData)),
    +    case search_for("error", TestData) of
    +        {match,Line} -> ct:fail({error_found_in_log,Line});
             nomatch -> ok
         end.

    The test cases verify, by parsing a log file, that our SUT has performed a successful restart and that no unexpected errors are printed.

    To execute the test cases in the recent test suite, type the following on the UNIX/Linux command line (assuming that the suite module is in the current -working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored +working directory):

    $ ct_run -dir .

    or:

    $ ct_run -suite check_log_SUITE

    To use the Erlang shell to run our test, you can evaluate the following call:

    1> ct:run_test([{dir, "."}]).

    or:

    1> ct:run_test([{suite, "check_log_SUITE"}]).

    The result from running the test is printed in log files in HTML format (stored in unique log directories on a different level). The following illustration shows the log file structure:

    HTML Log File Structure

    @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/install_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/install_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.868348456 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/install_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.872348482 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.896348641 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.900348667 +0000 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.944348959 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:35.948348985 +0000 @@ -2834,7 +2834,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.000349331 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/run_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.004349357 +0000 @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

    With the ct_run flag, or ct:run_test/1 option group, one or more test case groups can be specified, optionally in combination with specific test cases. The -syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or +syntax for specifying groups on the command line is as follows:

    $ ct_run -group <group_names_or_paths> [-case <cases>]

    The syntax in the Erlang shell is as follows:

    1> ct:run_test([{group,GroupsNamesOrPaths}, {case,Cases}]).

    Parameter group_names_or_paths specifies one or more group names and/or one or more group paths. At startup, Common Test searches for matching groups in the group definitions tree (that is, the list returned from Suite:groups/0; for details, see section Test Case Groups.

    Given a group name, say g, Common Test searches for all paths leading to @@ -311,30 +311,30 @@ paths if an incomplete group path is specified.

    Note

    Group names and group paths can be combined with parameter group_names_or_paths. Each element is treated as an individual specification in combination with parameter cases. The following examples illustrates -this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
    +this.

    Examples:

    -module(x_SUITE).
     ...
     %% The group definitions:
    -groups() ->
    -  [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12,
    -             {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]},
    -             {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15,
    -       		 {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]},
    -
    -   {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]},
    -   {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]},
    -   {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]},
    -   {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under -top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under -top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that -this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same +groups() -> + [{top1,[],[tc11,tc12, + {sub11,[],[tc12,tc13]}, + {sub12,[],[tc14,tc15, + {sub121,[],[tc12,tc16]}]}]}, + + {top2,[],[{group,sub21},{group,sub22}]}, + {sub21,[],[tc21,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub22,[],[{group,sub221},tc21,tc22,{group,sub2X2}]}, + {sub221,[],[tc21,tc23]}, + {sub2X2,[],[tc21,tc24]}].

    The following executes two tests, one for all cases and all subgroups under +top1, and one for all under top2:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group all
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,all}]).

    Using -group top1 top2, or {group,[top1,top2]} gives the same result.

    The following executes one test for all cases and subgroups under top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}]).

    The following runs a test executing tc12 in top1 and any subgroup under +top1 where it can be found (sub11 and sub121):

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following executes tc12 only in group top1:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [top1] -case tc12
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[top1]]}, {testcase,[tc12]}]).

    The following searches top1 and all its subgroups for tc16 resulting in that +this test case executes in group sub121:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group top1 -case tc16
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[top1]}, {testcase,[tc16]}]).

    Using the specific path -group [sub121] or {group,[[sub121]]} gives the same result in this example.

    The following executes two tests, one including all cases and subgroups under -sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for +sub12, and one with only the test cases in sub12:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub12 [sub12]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub12,[sub12]]}]).

    In the following example, Common Test finds and executes two tests, one for the path from top2 to sub2X2 through sub21, and one from top2 to -sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path +sub2X2 through sub22:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group sub2X2
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[sub2X2]}]).

    In the following example, by specifying the unique path top2 -> sub21 -> sub2X2, only one test is executed. The second possible path, -from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order -compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is +from top2 to sub2X2 (from the former example) is discarded:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub21,sub2X2]
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub21,sub2X2]]}]).

    The following executes only the test cases for sub22 and in reverse order +compared to the group definition:

    $ ct_run -suite "x_SUITE" -group [sub22] -case tc22 tc21
    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"x_SUITE"}, {group,[[sub22]]}, {testcase,[tc22,tc21]}]).

    If a test case belonging to a group (according to the group definition) is executed without a group specification, that is, simply by (using the command line):

    $ ct_run -suite "my_SUITE" -case my_tc

    or (using the Erlang shell):

    1> ct:run_test([{suite,"my_SUITE"}, {testcase,my_tc}]).

    then Common Test ignores the group definition and executes the test case in the scope of the test suite only (no group configuration functions are called).

    The group specification feature, as presented in this section, can also be used @@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ configuration data with ct:require/1,2. This is equivalent to a require statement in the Test Suite Information Function or in the -Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
    +Test Case Information Function.

    Example:

    1> ct:require(unix_telnet, unix).
     ok
    -2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet).
    -{ok,<0.105.0>}
    -4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls .").
    -{ok,["ls .","file1  ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the +2> ct_telnet:open(unix_telnet). +{ok,<0.105.0>} +4> ct_telnet:cmd(unix_telnet, "ls ."). +{ok,["ls .","file1 ...",...]}

    Everything that Common Test normally prints in the test case logs, are in the interactive mode written to a log named ctlog.html in directory ct_run.<timestamp>. A link to this file is available in the file named last_interactive.html in the directory from which you execute ct_run. @@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ included specification can either be joined with the source specification or used to produce a separate test run (as with start flag/option join_specs above).

    Example:

    %% In specification file "a.spec"
    -{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    -{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
    +{specs, join, ["b.spec", "c.spec"]}.
    +{specs, separate, ["d.spec", "e.spec"]}.
     %% Config and test terms follow
     ...

    In this example, the test terms defined in files "b.spec" and "c.spec" are joined with the terms in source specification "a.spec" (if any). The inclusion @@ -517,154 +517,154 @@ available start flags (as most flags have a corresponding configuration term)

  • Logging (for terms verbosity, stylesheet, basic_html and esc_chars)
  • External Configuration Data (for terms config and userconfig)
  • Event Handling (for the -event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
    +event_handler term)
  • Common Test Hooks (for term ct_hooks)
  • Configuration terms:

    {merge_tests, Bool}.
     
    -{define, Constant, Value}.
    +{define, Constant, Value}.
     
    -{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
    +{specs, InclSpecsOption, TestSpecs}.
     
    -{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
    +{node, NodeAlias, Node}.
     
    -{init, InitOptions}.
    -{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
    +{init, InitOptions}.
    +{init, [NodeAlias], InitOptions}.
     
    -{label, Label}.
    -{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
    +{label, Label}.
    +{label, NodeRefs, Label}.
     
    -{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    -{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, VerbosityLevels}.
    +{verbosity, NodeRefs, VerbosityLevels}.
     
    -{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    -{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, CSSFile}.
    +{stylesheet, NodeRefs, CSSFile}.
     
    -{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    -{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, ConnTypes}.
    +{silent_connections, NodeRefs, ConnTypes}.
     
    -{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    -{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, N}.
    +{multiply_timetraps, NodeRefs, N}.
     
    -{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    -{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, Bool}.
    +{scale_timetraps, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    -{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, CoverSpecFile}.
    +{cover, NodeRefs, CoverSpecFile}.
     
    -{cover_stop, Bool}.
    -{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, Bool}.
    +{cover_stop, NodeRefs, Bool}.
     
    -{include, IncludeDirs}.
    -{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, IncludeDirs}.
    +{include, NodeRefs, IncludeDirs}.
     
    -{auto_compile, Bool},
    -{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, Bool},
    +{auto_compile, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    -{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, Bool},
    +{abort_if_missing_suites, NodeRefs, Bool},
     
    -{config, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    -{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigFiles}.
    +{config, NodeRefs, ConfigDir, ConfigBaseNames}.
     
    -{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    -{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
    +{userconfig, NodeRefs, {CallbackModule, ConfigStrings}}.
     
    -{logdir, LogDir}.
    -{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, LogDir}.
    +{logdir, NodeRefs, LogDir}.
     
    -{logopts, LogOpts}.
    -{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, LogOpts}.
    +{logopts, NodeRefs, LogOpts}.
     
    -{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    -{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, PrivDirOption}.
    +{create_priv_dir, NodeRefs, PrivDirOption}.
     
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers}.
    -{event_handler, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    -{event_handler, NodeRefs, EventHandlers, InitArgs}.
    +{event_handler, EventHandlers}.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/search.html	2025-03-21 17:27:36.028349516 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/search.html	2025-03-21 17:27:36.032349542 +0000
    @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.056349702 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/test_structure_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.060349728 +0000 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/unix_telnet.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/unix_telnet.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.084349887 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/unix_telnet.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.092349940 +0000 @@ -129,14 +129,14 @@

    Callback module for ct_telnet, for connecting to a Telnet server on a UNIX -host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    -       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    -       {username,UserName},
    -       {password,Password},
    -       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, +host.

    It requires the following entry in the configuration file:

    {unix,[{telnet,HostNameOrIpAddress},
    +       {port,PortNum},                 % optional
    +       {username,UserName},
    +       {password,Password},
    +       {keep_alive,Bool}]}.            % optional

    To communicate through Telnet to the host specified by HostNameOrIpAddress, use the interface functions in ct_telnet, for example, open(Name) and cmd(Name,Cmd).

    Name is the name you allocated to the Unix host in your require statement, -for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server +for example:

    suite() -> [{require,Name,{unix,[telnet]}}].

    or

    ct:require(Name,{unix,[telnet]}).

    The "keep alive" activity (that is, that Common Test sends NOP to the server every 10 seconds if the connection is idle) can be enabled or disabled for one particular connection as described here. It can be disabled for all connections using telnet_settings (see ct_telnet).

    The {port,PortNum} tuple is optional and if omitted, default Telnet port 23 is @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.116350099 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/why_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.116350099 +0000 @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.156350364 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/common_test-1.27.7/doc/html/write_test_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.152350338 +0000 @@ -266,29 +266,29 @@ system configuration files, the test case is skipped.

    A required variable can also be given a default value to be used if the variable is not found in any configuration file. To specify a default value, add a tuple on the form {default_config,ConfigVariableName,Value} to the -test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    -    [{require, ftp},
    -     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    -                            {username, "aladdin"},
    -                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    -    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    -     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    -     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    -                             {username, "aladdin"},
    -                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section +test case information list (the position in the list is irrelevant).

    Examples:

    testcase1() ->
    +    [{require, ftp},
    +     {default_config, ftp, [{ftp, "my_ftp_host"},
    +                            {username, "aladdin"},
    +                            {password, "sesame"}]}}].
    testcase2() ->
    +    [{require, unix_telnet, unix},
    +     {require, {unix, [telnet, username, password]}},
    +     {default_config, unix, [{telnet, "my_telnet_host"},
    +                             {username, "aladdin"},
    +                             {password, "sesame"}]}}].

    For more information about require, see section Requiring and Reading Configuration Data in section External Configuration Data and function ct:require/1/2.

    Note

    Specifying a default value for a required variable can result in a test case always getting executed. This might not be a desired behavior.

    If timetrap or require, or both, is not set specifically for a particular test case, default values specified by function -suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    -     {require,interfaces},
    -     {userdata,
    -         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    -          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    -    ].

    +suite/0 are used.

    Tags other than the earlier mentioned are ignored by the test server.

    An example of a test case information function follows:

    reboot_node() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{seconds,60}},
    +     {require,interfaces},
    +     {userdata,
    +         [{description,"System Upgrade: RpuAddition Normal RebootNode"},
    +          {fts,"http://someserver.ericsson.se/test_doc4711.pdf"}]}
    +    ].

    @@ -302,14 +302,14 @@ Test Case Information Function and Test Case Groups.

    The following options can also be specified with the suite information list:

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    -    [
    -     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    -     {require,global_names},
    -     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    -     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    -     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    -    ].

    +Silent Connections

    An example of the suite information function follows:

    suite() ->
    +    [
    +     {timetrap,{minutes,10}},
    +     {require,global_names},
    +     {userdata,[{info,"This suite tests database transactions."}]},
    +     {silent_connections,[telnet]},
    +     {stylesheet,"db_testing.css"}
    +    ].

    @@ -331,20 +331,20 @@ TCRepeatProps = [{repeat,N} | {repeat_until_ok,N} | {repeat_until_fail,N}]

    GroupName is the name of the group and must be unique within the test suite module. Groups can be nested, by including a group definition within the GroupsAndTestCases list of another group. Properties is the list of -execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    -Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    -Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
    +execution properties for the group. The possible values are as follows:

    Properties = [parallel | sequence | Shuffle | {GroupRepeatType,N}]
    +Shuffle = shuffle | {shuffle,Seed}
    +Seed = {integer(),integer(),integer()}
     GroupRepeatType = repeat | repeat_until_all_ok | repeat_until_all_fail |
                       repeat_until_any_ok | repeat_until_any_fail
    -N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in +N = integer() | forever

    Explanations:

    • parallel - Common Test executes all test cases in the group in parallel.

    • sequence - The cases are executed in a sequence as described in section Sequences in section Dependencies Between Test Cases and Suites.

    • shuffle - The cases in the group are executed in random order.

    • repeat, repeat_until_* - Orders Common Test to repeat execution of all the cases in the group a given number of times, or until any, or all, cases -fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    -             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test +fail or succeed.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [parallel], [test1a,test1b]},
    +             {group2, [shuffle,sequence], [test2a,test2b,test2c]}].

    To specify in which order groups are to be executed (also with respect to test cases that are not part of any group), add tuples on the form -{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: +{group,GroupName} to the all/0 list.

    Example:

    all() -> [testcase1, {group,group1}, {testcase,testcase2,[{repeat,10}]}, {group,group2}].

    Execution properties with a group tuple in all/0: {group,GroupName,Properties} can also be specified. These properties override those specified in the group definition (see groups/0 earlier). This way, the same set of tests can be run, but with different properties, without having to @@ -353,33 +353,33 @@ SubGroups is a list of tuples, {GroupName,Properties} or {GroupName,Properties,SubGroups} representing the subgroups. Any subgroups defined in groups/0 for a group, that are not specified in the SubGroups -list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    -                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each -time:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply -nested groups:

    groups() ->
    -   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    -    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    -    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    -
    -all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default,
    -     [{tests2, default,
    -       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function -call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    -   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    -    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    -                              {tests3, default}]}].
    -test_cases() ->
    -   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
    +list, executes with their predefined properties.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{tests1, [], [{tests2, [], [t2a,t2b]},
    +                          {tests3, [], [t31,t3b]}]}].

    To execute group tests1 twice with different properties for tests2 each +time:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}]}].

    This is equivalent to the following specification:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [parallel]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [{tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]},
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].

    Value default states that the predefined properties are to be used.

    The following example shows how to override properties in a scenario with deeply +nested groups:

    groups() ->
    +   [{tests1, [], [{group, tests2}]},
    +    {tests2, [], [{group, tests3}]},
    +    {tests3, [{repeat,2}], [t3a,t3b,t3c]}].
    +
    +all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default,
    +     [{tests2, default,
    +       [{tests3, [parallel,{repeat,100}]}]}]}].

    For ease of readability, all syntax definitions can be replaced by a function +call whose return value should match the expected syntax case.

    Example:

    all() ->
    +   [{group, tests1, default, test_cases()},
    +    {group, tests1, default, [shuffle_test(),
    +                              {tests3, default}]}].
    +test_cases() ->
    +   [{tests2, [parallel]}, {tests3, default}].
     
    -shuffle_test() ->
    -   {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group +shuffle_test() -> + {tests2, [shuffle,{repeat,10}]}.

    The described syntax can also be used in test specifications to change group properties at the time of execution, without having to edit the test suite. For more information, see section Test Specifications in section @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@ bottom of the log for end_per_group/2.

    Test case groups can be nested so sets of groups can be configured with the same init_per_group/2 and end_per_group/2 functions. Nested groups can be defined by including a group definition, or a group name reference, in the test case -list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    -                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    -                                  test1b]},
    -             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    -                           {group,group5}]},
    -             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    -             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order +list of another group.

    Example:

    groups() -> [{group1, [shuffle], [test1a,
    +                                  {group2, [], [test2a,test2b]},
    +                                  test1b]},
    +             {group3, [], [{group,group4},
    +                           {group,group5}]},
    +             {group4, [parallel], [test4a,test4b]},
    +             {group5, [sequence], [test5a,test5b,test5c]}].

    In the previous example, if all/0 returns group name references in the order [{group,group1},{group,group3}], the order of the configuration functions and test cases becomes the following (notice that init_per_testcase/2 and end_per_testcase/2: are also always called, but not included in this example @@ -484,25 +484,25 @@ account by Common Test when evaluating if execution of a group is to be repeated or not (unless the basic repeat property is used).

    The value of tc_group_properties is a list of status tuples, each with the key ok, skipped, and failed. The value of a status tuple is a list with names -of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    -    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    -    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    -        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    -            {return_group_result,ok};
    +of test cases that have been executed with the corresponding status as result.

    The following is an example of how to return the status from a group:

    end_per_group(_Group, Config) ->
    +    Status = proplists:get_value(tc_group_result, Config),
    +    case proplists:get_value(failed, Status) of
    +        [] ->                                   % no failed cases
    +            {return_group_result,ok};
             _Failed ->                              % one or more failed
    -            {return_group_result,failed}
    +            {return_group_result,failed}
         end.

    It is also possible, in end_per_group/2, to check the status of a subgroup /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.184350550 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.184350550 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.212350735 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.216350762 +0000 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/beam_ssa.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.248350975 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/beam_ssa.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.244350948 +0000 @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@
    br ^common_end_of_catch common_end_of_catch: - @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, - { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } + @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, + { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } @result_of_catch_expr = catch_end @tag, @tmp

    Just as for a try-catch expression all code that can cause an exception in one of the protected blocks must have explicit control flow edges to the landing pad block.

    @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Variable Naming

    A variable name in BEAM SSA is either an atom or a non-negative -integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler +integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler transforms maintain a counter, the cnt-field in the b_function and opt_st records, which is incremented each time a new variable or label is created. In the following description the value of the @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.360351717 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.360351717 +0000 @@ -11556,7 +11556,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.392351929 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_clauses.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.396351955 +0000 @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_trees.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_trees.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.424352141 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/cerl_trees.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.428352168 +0000 @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compile.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compile.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.472352459 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compile.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.472352459 +0000 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

    Options given in the compile() attribute in the source code take precedence over options given to the compiler, which in turn take precedence over options given in the environment.

    A later compiler option takes precedence over an earlier one in the -option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless +option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless the source code for module something contains a compile(nowarn_missing_spec) attribute.

    Change

    In Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier, the option order was the opposite of what is described here.

    @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ which functions to inline, or {inline,[{Name,Arity},...]} to have the compiler inline all calls to the given functions. If the option is given inside a compile directive in an Erlang module, {Name,Arity} can be written as -Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
    +Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
     
    -pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to +pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to be inlined. Default is 24, which keeps the size of the inlined code roughly the same as the un-inlined version (only relatively small functions are inlined).

    Example:

    %% Aggressive inlining - will increase code size.
    --compile(inline).
    --compile({inline_size,100}).

    +-compile(inline). +-compile({inline_size,100}).

    @@ -932,10 +932,10 @@ function definitions. This is the preferred method of enabling and disabling features, since it is a local property of a module.

  • makedep - Produces a Makefile rule to track headers dependencies. No object file is produced.

    By default, this rule is written to <File>.Pbeam. However, if option -binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
    +binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
     
    --include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    --include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
    +-include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    +-include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
       /usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/eunit/include/eunit.hrl \
       header.hrl
  • makedep_side_effect - The dependencies are created as a side effect to the normal compilation process. This means that the object file will also be @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ before Erlang/OTP R14A when calling a local function with the same name as an auto-imported BIF without module prefix.

    If the BIF is to be called, use the erlang module prefix in the call, not {no_auto_import,[{F,A}, ...]}.

    If this option is written in the source code, as a -compile directive, the -syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly +syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly smaller output file.

  • no_lint - Skips the pass that checks for errors and warnings. Only applicable together with the from_abstr option. This is mainly for implementations of other languages on top of Erlang, which have already done @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/beam_ssa.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ br ^common_end_of_catch common_end_of_catch: - @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, - { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } + @tmp = phi { @catched_val, ^landing_pad_block }, + { @successful_result, ^protected_blockN } @result_of_catch_expr = catch_end @tag, @tmp
  • Just as for a try-catch expression all code that can cause an exception in one of the protected blocks must have explicit control flow edges to the landing pad block.

    @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Variable Naming

    A variable name in BEAM SSA is either an atom or a non-negative -integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler +integer:

    atom() | non_neg_integer()

    In order to generate fresh unused variable names, all compiler transforms maintain a counter, the cnt-field in the b_function and opt_st records, which is incremented each time a new variable or label is created. In the following description the value of the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/compile.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@

    Options given in the compile() attribute in the source code take precedence over options given to the compiler, which in turn take precedence over options given in the environment.

    A later compiler option takes precedence over an earlier one in the -option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless +option list. Example:

    compile:file(something, [nowarn_missing_spec,warn_missing_spec]).

    Warnings will be emitted for functions without specifications, unless the source code for module something contains a compile(nowarn_missing_spec) attribute.

    Change

    In Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier, the option order was the opposite of what is described here.

    @@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ which functions to inline, or {inline,[{Name,Arity},...]} to have the compiler inline all calls to the given functions. If the option is given inside a compile directive in an Erlang module, {Name,Arity} can be written as -Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
    +Name/Arity.

    Example of explicit inlining:

    -compile({inline,[pi/0]}).
     
    -pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to +pi() -> 3.1416.

    Example of implicit inlining:

    -compile(inline).

    The option {inline_size,Size} controls how large functions that are allowed to be inlined. Default is 24, which keeps the size of the inlined code roughly the same as the un-inlined version (only relatively small functions are inlined).

    Example:

    %% Aggressive inlining - will increase code size.
    --compile(inline).
    --compile({inline_size,100}).

    +-compile(inline). +-compile({inline_size,100}).

    @@ -811,10 +811,10 @@ function definitions. This is the preferred method of enabling and disabling features, since it is a local property of a module.

  • makedep - Produces a Makefile rule to track headers dependencies. No object file is produced.

    By default, this rule is written to <File>.Pbeam. However, if option -binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
    +binary is set, nothing is written and the rule is returned in Binary.

    The output will be encoded in UTF-8.

    For example, if you have the following module:

    -module(module).
     
    --include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    --include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
    +-include_lib("eunit/include/eunit.hrl").
    +-include("header.hrl").

    The Makefile rule generated by this option looks as follows:

    module.beam: module.erl \
       /usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/eunit/include/eunit.hrl \
       header.hrl
  • makedep_side_effect - The dependencies are created as a side effect to the normal compilation process. This means that the object file will also be @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ before Erlang/OTP R14A when calling a local function with the same name as an auto-imported BIF without module prefix.

    If the BIF is to be called, use the erlang module prefix in the call, not {no_auto_import,[{F,A}, ...]}.

    If this option is written in the source code, as a -compile directive, the -syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly +syntax F/A can be used instead of {F,A}. For example:

    -compile({no_auto_import,[error/1]}).
  • no_auto_import - Do not auto-import any functions from erlang module.

  • no_line_info - Omits line number information to produce a slightly smaller output file.

  • no_lint - Skips the pass that checks for errors and warnings. Only applicable together with the from_abstr option. This is mainly for implementations of other languages on top of Erlang, which have already done /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:26:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:45:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> compiler - 8.6 - urn:uuid:5012cf96-845f-d8a8-6f8d-b39ac67c43b0 + urn:uuid:5b43a1e8-0541-9705-f943-606ce234727d en - 2025-03-18T23:26:11Z + 2041-04-20T12:45:54Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@

    • Fixed a crash in the common sub-expression elimination pass.

      Own Id: OTP-19243 Aux Id: GH-8818, PR-8838

    • Fixed a bug where bogus code was generated for consecutive calls to erlang:setelement/2, potentially crashing the runtime system.

      Own Id: OTP-19270 Aux Id: GH-8783, PR-8898

    • When the line_coverage option was used, exceptions could show the wrong line for where the exception was raised.

      Own Id: OTP-19282 Aux Id: PR-8907

    • The line_coverage option would be ignored if given in a compile() attribute within a module.

      Own Id: OTP-19309 Aux Id: GH-8942, PR-8970

    • A segment matching a float in a binary generator will now skip any invalid float (such as a NaN) and continue matching the rest of the binary. Before this correction, the comprehension would stop as soon as an invalid float was encountered.

      Example:

      1> BadFloat = <<-1:64>>.
       <<"ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ">>
      -2> [X || <<X:64/float>> <= <<0.0/float,BadFloat/binary,42.0/float>>].
      -[0.0,42.0]

      Own Id: OTP-19331 Aux Id: PR-8978

    +2> [X || <<X:64/float>> <= <<0.0/float,BadFloat/binary,42.0/float>>]. +[0.0,42.0]

    Own Id: OTP-19331 Aux Id: PR-8978

    @@ -107,13 +107,13 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

      As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      +
      • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

        As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        +-export([f/0]).
         
        -f() ->
        -    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
        +f() ->
        +    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
         ** exception error: bad generator ok
        -     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
        +     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
         <<>>

        Own Id: OTP-18703 Aux Id: GH-7494, PR-7538

      • The documentation for the preprocessor now mentions that defined(Name) can be called in the condition for an -if or -elif directive to test whether Name is the name of a defined macro. (This feature was implemented in OTP 21.)

        If a function call in an -if or -elif with a name that is not the name of a guard BIF, there would not be a compilation error, but would instead cause the lines following the directive to be skipped. This has now been changed to be a compilation error.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18784 Aux Id: GH-7706, PR-7726

      @@ -121,39 +121,39 @@ Improvements and New Features

      Own Id: OTP-18680 Aux Id: PR-7491, PR-8086, ERIERL-967

    • Improved the performance of the alias analysis pass.

      Own Id: OTP-18714 Aux Id: PR-7528, GH-7432

    • -spec attributes are now used for documentation.

      Own Id: OTP-18801 Aux Id: PR-7739

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

      When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

      Example:

      If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

      -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

      and the compiler is invoked like so:

      % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

      no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

    When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

    Example:

    If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

    -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

    and the compiler is invoked like so:

    % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

    no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

  • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

    Example:

    -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
     
    -update(#rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
    +update(#rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
         if
             N < 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=negative};
    +            R#rec{c=negative};
             N == 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=zero};
    +            R#rec{c=zero};
             N > 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=positive}
    +            R#rec{c=positive}
         end.

    The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

    Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

  • Improved the match context reuse optimization slightly, allowing match contexts to be passed as-is to bit_size/1 and byte_size/1.

    Own Id: OTP-18987

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/compiler.epub/OEBPS/ssa_checks.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,32 +37,32 @@

    SSA checks are embedded in the source code as comments starting with with one of %ssa%, %%ssa% or %%%ssa%. This is a short introduction the syntax, for the full syntax please refer to the -ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
    +ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(#{}).
    -  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check -that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
    +  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check +that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
     %ssa% (X, _) when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(X).
       A.

    Note how we match the first formal parameter using X. The reason for having our own formal parameters for the SSA check, is that we don't want to introduce new identifiers at the Erlang level to support SSA-level checks. Consider if t1/2 had been defined as t1([A|As], B) we would have had to introduce a new identifier for the aggregate -value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must +value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must succeed), fail and xfail (the check must fail). Omitting <expected-result> is parsed as an implicit pass.

    <formals> is a comma-separated list of variables.

    <pipeline-location> specifies when in the compiler pipeline to run the checks. For now the only supported value for <pipeline-location> is post_ssa_opt which runs the checks after the ssa_opt pass.

    <checks> is a comma-separated list of matches against the BEAM SSA -code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA -representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
    +code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA +representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
     
    -switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
    +switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
     
    -ret(<value>)
    +ret(<value>)
     
     label <value>

    where <value> is a literal or a variable.

    A check can also include an assertion on operation annotations. The assertion is written as a map-like pattern following the argument -list, for example:

    t0() ->
    +list, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa% _ = call(fun return_int/0) { result_type => {t_integer,{17,17}},
     %ssa%                              location => {_,32} },
    @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@
     %ssa%    result_type => {t_tuple,2,true,#{1 => {t_integer,{1,1}},
     %ssa%                                     2 => {t_integer,{2,2}}}}
     %ssa% }.
    -    X = return_int(),
    -    Y = return_tuple(),
    -    {X, Y}.

    + X = return_int(), + Y = return_tuple(), + {X, Y}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.672353785 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.680353838 +0000 @@ -163,8 +163,8 @@

    • Fixed a crash in the common sub-expression elimination pass.

      Own Id: OTP-19243 Aux Id: GH-8818, PR-8838

    • Fixed a bug where bogus code was generated for consecutive calls to erlang:setelement/2, potentially crashing the runtime system.

      Own Id: OTP-19270 Aux Id: GH-8783, PR-8898

    • When the line_coverage option was used, exceptions could show the wrong line for where the exception was raised.

      Own Id: OTP-19282 Aux Id: PR-8907

    • The line_coverage option would be ignored if given in a compile() attribute within a module.

      Own Id: OTP-19309 Aux Id: GH-8942, PR-8970

    • A segment matching a float in a binary generator will now skip any invalid float (such as a NaN) and continue matching the rest of the binary. Before this correction, the comprehension would stop as soon as an invalid float was encountered.

      Example:

      1> BadFloat = <<-1:64>>.
       <<"ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ">>
      -2> [X || <<X:64/float>> <= <<0.0/float,BadFloat/binary,42.0/float>>].
      -[0.0,42.0]

      Own Id: OTP-19331 Aux Id: PR-8978

    +2> [X || <<X:64/float>> <= <<0.0/float,BadFloat/binary,42.0/float>>]. +[0.0,42.0]

    Own Id: OTP-19331 Aux Id: PR-8978

    @@ -212,13 +212,13 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

      As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      --export([f/0]).
      +
      • Generators for binary comprehensions could be evaluated before it was known that they would be needed. That could result in a binary comprehensions failing if a generator that should not be evaluated until later failed.

        As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        +-export([f/0]).
         
        -f() ->
        -    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
        +f() ->
        +    <<0 || _ <- [], _ <- ok, false>>.

        In Erlang/OTP 26 it would fail like so:

        1> t:f().
         ** exception error: bad generator ok
        -     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
        +     in function  t:f/0 (t.erl, line 6)

        In Erlang/OTP 27 it returns an empty binary:

        1> t:f().
         <<>>

        Own Id: OTP-18703 Aux Id: GH-7494, PR-7538

      • The documentation for the preprocessor now mentions that defined(Name) can be called in the condition for an -if or -elif directive to test whether Name is the name of a defined macro. (This feature was implemented in OTP 21.)

        If a function call in an -if or -elif with a name that is not the name of a guard BIF, there would not be a compilation error, but would instead cause the lines following the directive to be skipped. This has now been changed to be a compilation error.

        POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

        Own Id: OTP-18784 Aux Id: GH-7706, PR-7726

      @@ -226,39 +226,39 @@ Improvements and New Features

      Own Id: OTP-18680 Aux Id: PR-7491, PR-8086, ERIERL-967

    • Improved the performance of the alias analysis pass.

      Own Id: OTP-18714 Aux Id: PR-7528, GH-7432

    • -spec attributes are now used for documentation.

      Own Id: OTP-18801 Aux Id: PR-7739

    • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

      There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

      To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

      To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

      $ erl +JPcover true

      There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

      Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

    • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

      Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

      • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

      • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

      • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

      When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

      Example:

      If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

      -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

      and the compiler is invoked like so:

      % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

      no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

      POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

      Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

    • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

      Example:

      -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
      +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

    • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

    • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

    Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • The order in which the compiler looks up options has changed.

    When there is a conflict in the compiler options given in the -compile() attribute and options given to the compiler, the options given in the -compile() attribute overrides the option given to the compiler, which in turn overrides options given in the ERL_COMPILER_OPTIONS environment variable.

    Example:

    If some_module.erl has the following attribute:

    -compile([nowarn_missing_spec]).

    and the compiler is invoked like so:

    % erlc +warn_missing_spec some_module.erl

    no warnings will be issued for functions that do not have any specs.

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18968 Aux Id: GH-6979, PR-8093

  • Safe destructive update of tuples has been implemented in the compiler and runtime system. This allows the VM to update tuples in-place when it is safe to do so, thus improving performance by doing less copying but also by producing less garbage.

    Example:

    -record(rec, {a,b,c}).
     
    -update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    -    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
    +update(#href_anchor"ss">rec{a=needs_update,b=N}=R0) ->
    +    R = R0#rec{a=up_to_date},
         if
             N < 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=negative};
    +            R#rec{c=negative};
             N == 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=zero};
    +            R#rec{c=zero};
             N > 0 ->
    -            R#rec{c=positive}
    +            R#rec{c=positive}
         end.

    The record updates in each of the three clauses of the if can safely be done in-place, because variable R is not used again.

    Own Id: OTP-18972 Aux Id: PR-8090

  • Improved the match context reuse optimization slightly, allowing match contexts to be passed as-is to bit_size/1 and byte_size/1.

    Own Id: OTP-18987

  • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

    The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

    You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

    Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

  • @@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.708354024 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.708354024 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/ssa_checks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.740354236 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/compiler-8.6/doc/html/ssa_checks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.736354209 +0000 @@ -142,32 +142,32 @@

    SSA checks are embedded in the source code as comments starting with with one of %ssa%, %%ssa% or %%%ssa%. This is a short introduction the syntax, for the full syntax please refer to the -ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
    +ssa_check_when_clause production in erl_parse.yrl.

    SSA checks can be placed inside any Erlang function, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(#{}).
    -  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check -that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
    +  #{}.

    will check that t0/0 returns the literal #{}. If we want to check +that a function returns its first formal parameter, we can write:

    t1(A, _B) ->
     %ssa% (X, _) when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa%   ret(X).
       A.

    Note how we match the first formal parameter using X. The reason for having our own formal parameters for the SSA check, is that we don't want to introduce new identifiers at the Erlang level to support SSA-level checks. Consider if t1/2 had been defined as t1([A|As], B) we would have had to introduce a new identifier for the aggregate -value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must +value [A|As].

    The full syntax for a SSA check clause is:

    <expected-result>? (<formals>) when <pipeline-location> -> <checks> '.'

    where <expected-result> can be one of pass (the check must succeed), fail and xfail (the check must fail). Omitting <expected-result> is parsed as an implicit pass.

    <formals> is a comma-separated list of variables.

    <pipeline-location> specifies when in the compiler pipeline to run the checks. For now the only supported value for <pipeline-location> is post_ssa_opt which runs the checks after the ssa_opt pass.

    <checks> is a comma-separated list of matches against the BEAM SSA -code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA -representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
    +code. For non-flow-control operations the syntax is:

    <variable> = <operation> ( <arguments> ) <annotation>?

    where <operation> is the #b_set.op field from the internal SSA +representation. BIFs are written as bif:<atom>.

    <arguments> is a comma-separated list of variables or literals.

    For flow control operations and labels, the syntax is as follows:

    br(<bool>, <true-label>, <false-label>)
     
    -switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
    +switch(<value>, <fail-label>, [{<label>,<value>},...])
     
    -ret(<value>)
    +ret(<value>)
     
     label <value>

    where <value> is a literal or a variable.

    A check can also include an assertion on operation annotations. The assertion is written as a map-like pattern following the argument -list, for example:

    t0() ->
    +list, for example:

    t0() ->
     %ssa% () when post_ssa_opt ->
     %ssa% _ = call(fun return_int/0) { result_type => {t_integer,{17,17}},
     %ssa%                              location => {_,32} },
    @@ -175,9 +175,9 @@
     %ssa%    result_type => {t_tuple,2,true,#{1 => {t_integer,{1,1}},
     %ssa%                                     2 => {t_integer,{2,2}}}}
     %ssa% }.
    -    X = return_int(),
    -    Y = return_tuple(),
    -    {X, Y}.

    + X = return_int(), + Y = return_tuple(), + {X, Y}.

    @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.764354395 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.764354395 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/algorithm_details.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/algorithm_details.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.796354607 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/algorithm_details.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.796354607 +0000 @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.820354766 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:36.820354766 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:17.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> crypto - 5.5.3 - urn:uuid:8451f25f-e506-37b0-6221-ef12aa6ecfbb + urn:uuid:6365c493-eeaf-ea8c-808c-1e37dc5e556f en - 2025-03-18T23:27:17Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:58Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:17.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/crypto.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@

    -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -5340,9 +5340,9 @@ BN_rand_range).

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_s/0.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5408,9 +5408,9 @@ generate cryptographically strong random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_alg_s/1.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5442,12 +5442,12 @@

    Creates a state object for random number generation, in order to generate cryptographically unpredictable random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also -rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    -_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    +rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    @@ -5939,12 +5939,12 @@
    -

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    -#{compile_type => normal,
    +

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    +#{compile_type => normal,
       cryptolib_version_compiled => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       cryptolib_version_linked => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       link_type => dynamic,
    -  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
    +  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
     2>

    More association types than documented may be present in the map.

    @@ -6011,8 +6011,8 @@

    Get the name and version of the libraries used by crypto.

    Name is the name of the library. VerNum is the numeric version according to the library's own versioning scheme. VerStr contains a text variant of the -version.

    > info_lib().
    -[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL +version.

    > info_lib().
    +[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL header files (openssl/opensslv.h) used when crypto was compiled. The text variant represents the libcrypto library used at runtime. In earlier OTP versions both numeric and text was taken from the library.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:17.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_keys.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ Sign with an engine stored private key

    This example shows how to construct a key reference that is used in a sign -operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
    +operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
     ...
    -{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    -2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
    +{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    +2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
    +3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
     <<65,6,125,254,54,233,84,77,83,63,168,28,169,214,121,76,
       207,177,124,183,156,185,160,243,36,79,125,230,231,...>>

    @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@

    Here the signature and message in the last example is verifyed using the public key. The public key is stored in an engine, only to exemplify that it is -possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
    +possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
    +5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
     true
     6>

    @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ Using a password protected private key

    The same example as the first sign example, except that a password protects the -key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
                       key_id => "id of the pwd protected private key in Engine",
    -		  password => "password"}.
    +		  password => "password"}.
     ...
    -7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
    +7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
     <<140,80,168,101,234,211,146,183,231,190,160,82,85,163,
       175,106,77,241,141,120,72,149,181,181,194,154,175,76,
       223,...>>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:17.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/engine_load.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:58.000000000 +0000
    @@ -47,35 +47,35 @@
       Dynamically load an engine from default directory
     

    If the engine is located in the OpenSSL/LibreSSL installation engines -directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine with the dynamic engine

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine by giving the path to the -library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine and replace some methods

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine and just replace some engine -methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    -{ok, #Ref}
    -4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
    +methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    +{ok, #Ref}
    +4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
     ok

    @@ -84,19 +84,19 @@

    This function makes sure the engine is loaded just once and the ID is added to the internal engine list of OpenSSL. The following calls to the function will -check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    -                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
    +check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    +                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
      ok

    To unload it use crypto:engine_unload/1 which removes the references to the -engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
    +engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
      ok

    List all engines currently loaded

    -
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    -[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    +
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    +[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:17.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.epub/OEBPS/new_api.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -87,41 +87,41 @@ initialises the crypto context. One or more calls crypto_update/2 does the actual encryption or decryption for each block.

    This example shows first the encryption of two blocks and then decryptions of the cipher text, but divided into three blocks just to show that it is possible -to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
    +to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
     	ok
     	2> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
     	3> IV = <<0:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>>
    -	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
    +	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660993.124047>
    -	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
     	<<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162>>
    -	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
    +	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
     	<<16,79,94,115,234,197,94,253,16,144,151,41>>
     	7>
    -	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
    +	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660994.124255>
    -	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
    +	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
     	<<"First b">>
    -	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    -        94,253,16,144,151>>).
    +	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    +        94,253,16,144,151>>).
     	<<"ytesSecond byte">>
    -	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
    +	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
     	<<"s">>
     	11>

    Note that the internal data that the StateEnc and StateDec references are destructivly updated by the calls to crypto_update/2. This is to gain time in the calls of the nifs interfacing the cryptolib. In a loop where the state is saved in the loop's state, it also saves one update of the loop state per crypto operation.

    For example, a simple server receiving text parts to encrypt and send the result -back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    -	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
    +back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    +	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
     
    -	crypto_loop(State) ->
    +	crypto_loop(State) ->
     	receive
    -        {Text, Requester} ->
    -        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    -	loop(State)
    +        {Text, Requester} ->
    +        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    +	loop(State)
     	end.

    @@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] - 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234, 197,94,253,16,144,151,41>> 5>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one @@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] 4> AAD = <<"Some additional auth data">>. <<"Some additional auth data">> - 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). - {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, + 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). + {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, 192,103,176,90,104,15,71,158>>, - <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} + <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} 6>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one single binary: <<"First bytesSecond bytes">>.

    @@ -169,21 +169,21 @@

    	1> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
    -	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
    +	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
    +	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
    +	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
    +	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	8> v(7) == v(6).
    +	8> v(7) == v(6).
     	true
     	9>

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.032356172 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.036356199 +0000 @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@

    -
    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private +

    rsa_public() = [E, N]
    rsa_private() = [E, N, D] | [E, N, D, P1, P2, E1, E2, C]

    Where E is the public exponent, N is public modulus and D is the private exponent. The longer key format contains redundant information that will make the calculation faster. P1 and P2 are first and second prime factors. E1 and E2 are first and second exponents. C is the CRT coefficient. The terminology is @@ -5536,9 +5536,9 @@ BN_rand_range).

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_s/0.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed(),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5604,9 +5604,9 @@ generate cryptographically strong random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also rand:seed/1 and rand_seed_alg_s/1.

    When using the state object from this function the rand functions using it may raise exception error:low_entropy in case the random generator failed due -to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    -_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +to lack of secure "randomness".

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_cache),
    +_IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +_FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % [0.0; 1.0[
    @@ -5638,12 +5638,12 @@

    Creates a state object for random number generation, in order to generate cryptographically unpredictable random numbers.

    Saves the state in the process dictionary before returning it as well. See also -rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    -_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    -IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    -FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    +rand_seed_alg_s/2.

    Example

    _ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % [1; 42]
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform(),     % [0.0; 1.0[
    +_ = crypto:rand_seed_alg(crypto_aes, "my seed"),
    +IntegerValue = rand:uniform(42), % Same values
    +FloatValue = rand:uniform().     % again
    @@ -6140,12 +6140,12 @@
    -

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    -#{compile_type => normal,
    +

    Get information about crypto and the OpenSSL backend.

    Returns a map with information about the compilation and linking of crypto.

    Example:

    1> crypto:info().
    +#{compile_type => normal,
       cryptolib_version_compiled => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       cryptolib_version_linked => "OpenSSL 3.0.0 7 sep 2021",
       link_type => dynamic,
    -  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
    +  otp_crypto_version => "5.0.2"}
     2>

    More association types than documented may be present in the map.

    @@ -6212,8 +6212,8 @@

    Get the name and version of the libraries used by crypto.

    Name is the name of the library. VerNum is the numeric version according to the library's own versioning scheme. VerStr contains a text variant of the -version.

    > info_lib().
    -[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL +version.

    > info_lib().
    +[{<<"OpenSSL">>,269484095,<<"OpenSSL 1.1.0c  10 Nov 2016"">>}]

    Note

    From OTP R16 the numeric version represents the version of the OpenSSL header files (openssl/opensslv.h) used when crypto was compiled. The text variant represents the libcrypto library used at runtime. In earlier OTP versions both numeric and text was taken from the library.

    @@ -7154,7 +7154,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.068356410 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/crypto_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.072356437 +0000 @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6B64EA2F.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/dist/search_data-6B64EA2F.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_keys.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_keys.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.104356649 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_keys.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.108356675 +0000 @@ -161,13 +161,13 @@ Sign with an engine stored private key

    This example shows how to construct a key reference that is used in a sign -operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
    +operation. The actual key is stored in the engine that is loaded at prompt 1.

    1> {ok, EngineRef} = crypto:engine_load(....).
     ...
    -{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    -2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
    +{ok,#Ref<0.2399045421.3028942852.173962>}
    +2> PrivKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +               key_id => "id of the private key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
    +3> Signature = crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKey).
     <<65,6,125,254,54,233,84,77,83,63,168,28,169,214,121,76,
       207,177,124,183,156,185,160,243,36,79,125,230,231,...>>

    @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

    Here the signature and message in the last example is verifyed using the public key. The public key is stored in an engine, only to exemplify that it is -possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    -                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
    +possible. The public key could of course be handled openly as usual.

    4> PublicKey = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +                 key_id => "id of the public key in Engine"}.
     ...
    -5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
    +5> crypto:verify(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, Signature, PublicKey).
     true
     6>

    @@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ Using a password protected private key

    The same example as the first sign example, except that a password protects the -key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
    +key down in the Engine.

    6> PrivKeyPwd = #{engine => EngineRef,
                       key_id => "id of the pwd protected private key in Engine",
    -		  password => "password"}.
    +		  password => "password"}.
     ...
    -7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
    +7> crypto:sign(rsa, sha, <<"The message">>, PrivKeyPwd).
     <<140,80,168,101,234,211,146,183,231,190,160,82,85,163,
       175,106,77,241,141,120,72,149,181,181,194,154,175,76,
       223,...>>
    @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_load.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_load.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.128356808 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/engine_load.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.132356834 +0000 @@ -152,35 +152,35 @@ Dynamically load an engine from default directory

    If the engine is located in the OpenSSL/LibreSSL installation engines -directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +directory.

    1> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"otp_test_engine">>, [], []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine with the dynamic engine

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine by giving the path to the -library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    +library.

     2> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    Load an engine and replace some methods

    Load an engine with the help of the dynamic engine and just replace some engine -methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    -                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    -                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    -                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    -                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    -                                      []).
    -{ok, #Ref}
    -4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
    +methods.

     3> {ok, Engine} = crypto:engine_load(<<"dynamic">>,
    +                                      [{<<"SO_PATH">>,
    +                                        <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>},
    +                                       {<<"ID">>, <<"MD5">>},
    +                                       <<"LOAD">>],
    +                                      []).
    +{ok, #Ref}
    +4> ok = crypto:engine_register(Engine, [engine_method_digests]).
     ok

    @@ -189,19 +189,19 @@

    This function makes sure the engine is loaded just once and the ID is added to the internal engine list of OpenSSL. The following calls to the function will -check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    -                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    - {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
    +check if the ID is loaded and then just get a new reference to the engine.

     5> {ok, Engine} = crypto:ensure_engine_loaded(<<"MD5">>,
    +                                               <<"/some/path/otp_test_engine.so">>).
    + {ok, #Ref}

    To remove the tag from the OpenSSL engine list use crypto:engine_remove/1.

     6> crypto:engine_remove(Engine).
      ok

    To unload it use crypto:engine_unload/1 which removes the references to the -engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
    +engine.

     6> crypto:engine_unload(Engine).
      ok

    List all engines currently loaded

    -
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    -[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    +
     8> crypto:engine_list().
    +[<<"dynamic">>, <<"MD5">>]
    @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/fips.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/fips.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.152356967 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/fips.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.152356967 +0000 @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/licenses.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/licenses.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.184357179 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/licenses.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.184357179 +0000 @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/new_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/new_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.220357418 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/new_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.220357418 +0000 @@ -192,41 +192,41 @@ initialises the crypto context. One or more calls crypto_update/2 does the actual encryption or decryption for each block.

    This example shows first the encryption of two blocks and then decryptions of the cipher text, but divided into three blocks just to show that it is possible -to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
    +to divide the plain text and cipher text differently for some ciphers:

    	1> crypto:start().
     	ok
     	2> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
     	3> IV = <<0:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>>
    -	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
    +	4> StateEnc = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, true). % encrypt -> true
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660993.124047>
    -	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"First bytes">>).
     	<<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162>>
    -	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
    +	6> crypto:crypto_update(StateEnc, <<"Second bytes">>).
     	<<16,79,94,115,234,197,94,253,16,144,151,41>>
     	7>
    -	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
    +	7> StateDec = crypto:crypto_init(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, false). % decrypt -> false
     	#Ref<0.3768901617.1128660994.124255>
    -	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
    +	8> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203>>).
     	<<"First b">>
    -	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    -        94,253,16,144,151>>).
    +	9> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234,197,
    +        94,253,16,144,151>>).
     	<<"ytesSecond byte">>
    -	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
    +	10> crypto:crypto_update(StateDec, <<41>>).
     	<<"s">>
     	11>

    Note that the internal data that the StateEnc and StateDec references are destructivly updated by the calls to crypto_update/2. This is to gain time in the calls of the nifs interfacing the cryptolib. In a loop where the state is saved in the loop's state, it also saves one update of the loop state per crypto operation.

    For example, a simple server receiving text parts to encrypt and send the result -back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    -	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
    +back to the one who sent them (the Requester):

    	encode(Crypto, Key, IV) ->
    +	crypto_loop(crypto:crypto_init(Crypto, Key, IV, true)).
     
    -	crypto_loop(State) ->
    +	crypto_loop(State) ->
     	receive
    -        {Text, Requester} ->
    -        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    -	loop(State)
    +        {Text, Requester} ->
    +        Requester ! crypto:crypto_update(State, Text),
    +	loop(State)
     	end.

    @@ -239,9 +239,9 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] - 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 4> crypto:crypto_one_time(aes_128_ctr, Key, IV, Txt, true). <<67,44,216,166,25,130,203,5,66,6,162,16,79,94,115,234, 197,94,253,16,144,151,41>> 5>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one @@ -257,14 +257,14 @@ <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>> 2> IV = <<0:128>>. <<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0>> - 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. - [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] + 3> Txt = [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>]. + [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] 4> AAD = <<"Some additional auth data">>. <<"Some additional auth data">> - 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). - {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, + 5> crypto:crypto_one_time_aead(aes_128_gcm, Key, IV, Txt, AAD, true). + {<<240,130,38,96,130,241,189,52,3,190,179,213,132,1,72, 192,103,176,90,104,15,71,158>>, - <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} + <<131,47,45,91,142,85,9,244,21,141,214,71,31,135,2,155>>} 6>

    The [<<"First bytes">>,<<"Second bytes">>] could of course have been one single binary: <<"First bytesSecond bytes">>.

    @@ -274,21 +274,21 @@

    	1> Key = <<1:128>>.
     	<<0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1>>
    -	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
    +	2> StateMac = crypto:mac_init(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
    +	3> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"First bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
    +	4> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, " ").
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
    +	5> crypto:mac_update(StateMac, <<"last bytes">>).
     	#Ref<0.2424664121.2781478916.232610>
    -	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
    +	6> crypto:mac_final(StateMac).
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
    +	7>

    and compare the result with a single calculation just for this example:

    	7> crypto:mac(cmac, aes_128_cbc, Key, "First bytes last bytes").
     	<<68,191,219,128,84,77,11,193,197,238,107,6,214,141,160,
     	249>>
    -	8> v(7) == v(6).
    +	8> v(7) == v(6).
     	true
     	9>

    @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.256357656 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.260357683 +0000 @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.284357842 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/crypto-5.5.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.284357842 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
    - + /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.308358002 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.308358002 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.336358187 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.336358187 +0000 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:12.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> debugger - 5.5 - urn:uuid:798b0e1c-74c2-69e5-0010-45aa364db2c4 + urn:uuid:e5275ef9-d45a-191e-110c-b80ba2b99d92 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:11Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:53Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:12.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/debugger_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@

    To have an effect, a breakpoint must be set at an executable line, which is a line of code containing an executable expression such as a matching or a function call. A blank line or a line containing a comment, function head, or -pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    -2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    -3:     {ok,File} ->
    -4:       case code:which(Module) of
    +pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    +2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    +3:     {ok,File} ->
    +4:       case code:which(Module) of
     5:         ?TAG ->
    -6:           {loaded,File};
    +6:           {loaded,File};
     7:         _ ->
     8:           unloaded
     9:       end;
    @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@
     returns unbound or {value,Value}.

    Conditional Break Dialog Window

    Right-click the Module entry to open a popup menu from which the appropriate module can be selected.

    Example:

    A conditional breakpoint calling c_test:c_break/1 is added at line 6 in module fact. Each time the breakpoint is reached, the function is called. When N is -equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    -6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    --export([c_break/1]).
    +equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    +6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    +-export([c_break/1]).
     
    -c_break(Bindings) ->
    -    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    -        {value, 3} ->
    +c_break(Bindings) ->
    +    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    +        {value, 3} ->
                 true;
             _ ->
                 false
    @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@
     

    The Erlang emulator keeps track of a stack trace, information about recent function calls. This information is used if an error occurs, for example:

    1> catch a+1.
    -{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]},
    -                   {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]},
    -                   {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]},
    -                   {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section +{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]}, + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]}, + {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]}, + {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]}, + {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]}, + {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section Errors and Error Handling in the Erlang Reference Manual.

    Debugger emulates the stack trace by keeping track of recently called interpreted functions. (The real stack trace cannot be used, as it shows which /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/int.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@

    Sets when and how to attach automatically to a process executing code in interpreted modules.

    By default when the interpreter is started, automatic attach is disabled.

    If Flags is an empty list, automatic attach is disabled.

    Otherwise Flags should be a list containing at least one of the following flags:

    • init - Attach when a process for the first time calls an interpreted -function.
    • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
    • exit - Attach when a process terminates.

    When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    +function.
  • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
  • exit - Attach when a process terminates.
  • When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/i.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ interpreted processes and break points.

    It is possible to attach to interpreted processes by only giving the corresponding process identity. By default, an attachment window is displayed. Processes at other Erlang nodes can be attached manually or automatically.

    The functions in this module are defined in the Erlang shell. That is, -they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    -{module,t}
    -2> iaa([init]).
    +they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    +{module,t}
    +2> iaa([init]).
     true
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:11.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,15 +34,15 @@
    • Defining a fun in the shell using the syntax fun Name/Arity would fail. This has been corrected so that the following now works:

      1> F = fun is_atom/1.
       #Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -> F(a).
      +> F(a).
       true
       3> Id = fun id/1.
       #Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -4> Id(42).
      +4> Id(42).
       ** exception error: undefined shell command id/1
      -5> id(I) -> I.
      +5> id(I) -> I.
       ok
      -6> Id(42).
      +6> Id(42).
       42

      The Debugger has also been corrected to correctly handle this syntax for a BIF.

      Own Id: OTP-19322 Aux Id: GH-8963, PR-8987

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.500359274 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.504359300 +0000 @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.532359486 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/debugger_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.536359513 +0000 @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@

    To have an effect, a breakpoint must be set at an executable line, which is a line of code containing an executable expression such as a matching or a function call. A blank line or a line containing a comment, function head, or -pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    -2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    -3:     {ok,File} ->
    -4:       case code:which(Module) of
    +pattern in a case statement or receive statement is not executable.

    In the following example, lines 2, 4, 6, 8, and 11 are executable lines:

    1: is_loaded(Module,Compiled) ->
    +2:   case get_file(Module,Compiled) of
    +3:     {ok,File} ->
    +4:       case code:which(Module) of
     5:         ?TAG ->
    -6:           {loaded,File};
    +6:           {loaded,File};
     7:         _ ->
     8:           unloaded
     9:       end;
    @@ -208,13 +208,13 @@
     returns unbound or {value,Value}.

    Conditional Break Dialog Window

    Right-click the Module entry to open a popup menu from which the appropriate module can be selected.

    Example:

    A conditional breakpoint calling c_test:c_break/1 is added at line 6 in module fact. Each time the breakpoint is reached, the function is called. When N is -equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    -6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    --export([c_break/1]).
    -
    -c_break(Bindings) ->
    -    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    -        {value, 3} ->
    +equal to 3, the function returns true and the process stops.

    Extract from fact.erl:

    5. fac(0) -> 1;
    +6. fac(N) when N > 0, is_integer(N) -> N * fac(N-1).

    Definition of c_test:c_break/1:

    -module(c_test).
    +-export([c_break/1]).
    +
    +c_break(Bindings) ->
    +    case int:get_binding('N', Bindings) of
    +        {value, 3} ->
                 true;
             _ ->
                 false
    @@ -235,12 +235,12 @@
     

    The Erlang emulator keeps track of a stack trace, information about recent function calls. This information is used if an error occurs, for example:

    1> catch a+1.
    -{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]},
    -                   {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]},
    -                   {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]},
    -                   {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]},
    -                   {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section +{'EXIT',{badarith,[{erlang,'+',[a,1],[]}, + {erl_eval,do_apply,6,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,573}]}, + {erl_eval,expr,5,[{file,"erl_eval.erl"},{line,357}]}, + {shell,exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,674}]}, + {shell,eval_exprs,7,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,629}]}, + {shell,eval_loop,3,[{file,"shell.erl"},{line,614}]}]}}

    For details about the stack trace, see section Errors and Error Handling in the Erlang Reference Manual.

    Debugger emulates the stack trace by keeping track of recently called interpreted functions. (The real stack trace cannot be used, as it shows which @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/i.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/i.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.564359699 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/i.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.568359724 +0000 @@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ interpreted processes and break points.

    It is possible to attach to interpreted processes by only giving the corresponding process identity. By default, an attachment window is displayed. Processes at other Erlang nodes can be attached manually or automatically.

    The functions in this module are defined in the Erlang shell. That is, -they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    -{module,t}
    -2> iaa([init]).
    +they can be called without the i: prefix. For example:

    1> ii(t).
    +{module,t}
    +2> iaa([init]).
     true
    @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/int.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/int.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.604359964 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/int.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.608359990 +0000 @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

    Sets when and how to attach automatically to a process executing code in interpreted modules.

    By default when the interpreter is started, automatic attach is disabled.

    If Flags is an empty list, automatic attach is disabled.

    Otherwise Flags should be a list containing at least one of the following flags:

    • init - Attach when a process for the first time calls an interpreted -function.
    • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
    • exit - Attach when a process terminates.

    When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    +function.
  • break - Attach whenever a process reaches a breakpoint.
  • exit - Attach when a process terminates.
  • When the specified event occurs, the function Function is called as:

    spawn(Module, Name, [Pid | Args])

    Pid is the pid of the process executing interpreted code.

    @@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.632360149 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.636360175 +0000 @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.664360361 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.668360388 +0000 @@ -139,15 +139,15 @@
    • Defining a fun in the shell using the syntax fun Name/Arity would fail. This has been corrected so that the following now works:

      1> F = fun is_atom/1.
       #Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -> F(a).
      +> F(a).
       true
       3> Id = fun id/1.
       #Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -4> Id(42).
      +4> Id(42).
       ** exception error: undefined shell command id/1
      -5> id(I) -> I.
      +5> id(I) -> I.
       ok
      -6> Id(42).
      +6> Id(42).
       42

      The Debugger has also been corrected to correctly handle this syntax for a BIF.

      Own Id: OTP-19322 Aux Id: GH-8963, PR-8987

    @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.688360521 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/debugger-5.5/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.688360521 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.712360679 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.712360679 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.740360865 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.740360865 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:21.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> dialyzer - 5.3.1 - urn:uuid:a2bcbeda-25c8-9152-5ca7-d7df97108031 + urn:uuid:e00b6722-1171-1a35-9fb6-05ac5064996e en - 2025-03-18T23:27:40Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:21Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:40.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:21.000000000 +0000 @@ -104,29 +104,29 @@ deduce). One implication of this is that if the user gives a spec for a function which overlaps with Dialyzer's inferred type, but is more restrictive, Dialyzer will trust those restrictions. This may then generate an error elsewhere that -follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
    +follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: foo(integer()) -> string().
    -foo(N) ->
    -    integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that +foo(N) -> + integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that Dialyzer inferred, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:7:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:foo/1.
      The success typing is some_module:foo
    -          (integer()) -> string()
    +          (integer()) -> string()
      But the spec is some_module:foo
    -          (boolean()) -> string()
    - They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
    +          (boolean()) -> string()
    + They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: bar(a | b) -> binary().
    -bar(a) -> <<"a">>;
    -bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are +bar(a) -> <<"a">>; +bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are different, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:11:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:bar/1.
      The success typing is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
      But the spec is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    - The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    + The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: baz(b | c | d) -> -1 | 0 | 1.
    -baz(b) -> -1;
    -baz(c) -> 0;
    -baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and +baz(b) -> -1; +baz(c) -> 0; +baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and inferred type:

    baz(b) -> 0 | 1.

    Notice how the c and d from the argument to baz/1 and the -1 in the return from the inferred type were dropped once the spec and inferred type were intersected. This could result in warnings being emitted for later functions.

    For example, if baz/1 is called like this:

    call_baz1(A) ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:40.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.epub/OEBPS/dialyzer.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:47:21.000000000 +0000
    @@ -165,13 +165,13 @@
     repeating options which would otherwise need to be given explicitly to Dialyzer
     on every invocation.

    The location of the configuration file can be set via the DIALYZER_CONFIG environment variable, and defaults to within the user_config from -filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    -        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    -        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    -      }.
    -      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    -      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    -      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    +filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    +        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    +        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    +      }.
    +      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    +      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    +      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    @@ -179,13 +179,13 @@

    Attribute -dialyzer() can be used for turning off warnings in a module by specifying functions or warning options. For example, to turn off all warnings -for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source +for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source file:

    -dialyzer(no_improper_lists).

    Attribute -dialyzer() is allowed after function declarations. Lists of warning -options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in +options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in useful warnings, but often functions with specifications that are strictly more allowing than the success typing cannot easily be modified to be less allowing. To turn off the warning for underspecified function f/0, include the following -line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also +line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also enumerated, see type warn_option/0.

    Attribute -dialyzer() can also be used for turning on warnings. For example, if a module has been fixed regarding unmatched returns, adding the following line can help in assuring that no new unmatched return warnings are introduced:

    -dialyzer(unmatched_returns).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.868361714 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.864361687 +0000 @@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ repeating options which would otherwise need to be given explicitly to Dialyzer on every invocation.

    The location of the configuration file can be set via the DIALYZER_CONFIG environment variable, and defaults to within the user_config from -filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    -        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    -        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    -      }.
    -      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    -      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    -      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    +filename:basedir/3.

    An example configuration file's contents might be:

          {incremental,
    +        {default_apps,[stdlib,kernel,erts]},
    +        {default_warning_apps,[stdlib]}
    +      }.
    +      {warnings, [no_improper_lists]}.
    +      {add_pathsa,["/users/samwise/potatoes/ebin"]}.
    +      {add_pathsz,["/users/smeagol/fish/ebin"]}.

    @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@

    Attribute -dialyzer() can be used for turning off warnings in a module by specifying functions or warning options. For example, to turn off all warnings -for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source +for the function f/0, include the following line:

    -dialyzer({nowarn_function, f/0}).

    To turn off warnings for improper lists, add the following line to the source file:

    -dialyzer(no_improper_lists).

    Attribute -dialyzer() is allowed after function declarations. Lists of warning -options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in +options or functions are allowed:

    -dialyzer([{nowarn_function, [f/0]}, no_improper_lists]).

    Warning options can be restricted to functions:

    -dialyzer({no_improper_lists, g/0}).
    -dialyzer({[no_return, no_match], [g/0, h/0]}).

    The warning option for underspecified functions, -Wunderspecs, can result in useful warnings, but often functions with specifications that are strictly more allowing than the success typing cannot easily be modified to be less allowing. To turn off the warning for underspecified function f/0, include the following -line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also +line:

    -dialyzer({no_underspecs, f/0}).

    For help on the warning options, use dialyzer -Whelp. The options are also enumerated, see type warn_option/0.

    Attribute -dialyzer() can also be used for turning on warnings. For example, if a module has been fixed regarding unmatched returns, adding the following line can help in assuring that no new unmatched return warnings are introduced:

    -dialyzer(unmatched_returns).
    @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.900361926 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/dialyzer_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.900361926 +0000 @@ -209,29 +209,29 @@ deduce). One implication of this is that if the user gives a spec for a function which overlaps with Dialyzer's inferred type, but is more restrictive, Dialyzer will trust those restrictions. This may then generate an error elsewhere that -follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
    +follows from the erroneously restricted spec.

    Examples:

    Non-overlapping argument:

    -spec foo(boolean()) -> string().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: foo(integer()) -> string().
    -foo(N) ->
    -    integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that +foo(N) -> + integer_to_list(N).

    Since the type of the argument in the spec is different from the type that Dialyzer inferred, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:7:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:foo/1.
      The success typing is some_module:foo
    -          (integer()) -> string()
    +          (integer()) -> string()
      But the spec is some_module:foo
    -          (boolean()) -> string()
    - They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
    +          (boolean()) -> string()
    + They do not overlap in the 1st argument

    Non-overlapping return:

    -spec bar(a | b) -> atom().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: bar(a | b) -> binary().
    -bar(a) -> <<"a">>;
    -bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are +bar(a) -> <<"a">>; +bar(b) -> <<"b">>.

    Since the return value in the spec and the return value inferred by Dialyzer are different, Dialyzer will generate the following warning:

    some_module.erl:11:2: Invalid type specification for function some_module:bar/1.
      The success typing is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> <<_:8>>
      But the spec is some_module:bar
    -          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    - The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
    +          ('a' | 'b') -> atom()
    + The return types do not overlap

    Overlapping spec and inferred type:

    -spec baz(a | b) -> non_neg_integer().
     %% Dialyzer will infer: baz(b | c | d) -> -1 | 0 | 1.
    -baz(b) -> -1;
    -baz(c) -> 0;
    -baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and +baz(b) -> -1; +baz(c) -> 0; +baz(d) -> 1.

    Dialyzer will "trust" the spec and using the intersection of the spec and inferred type:

    baz(b) -> 0 | 1.

    Notice how the c and d from the argument to baz/1 and the -1 in the return from the inferred type were dropped once the spec and inferred type were intersected. This could result in warnings being emitted for later functions.

    For example, if baz/1 is called like this:

    call_baz1(A) ->
    @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.944362218 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.944362218 +0000 @@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.972362403 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.976362430 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:37.996362562 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/dialyzer-5.3.1/doc/html/typer_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.000362589 +0000 @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.024362747 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.024362747 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.048362907 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.052362933 +0000 @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:30.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> diameter - 2.4.1 - urn:uuid:b40886e7-c9db-c70b-420d-d018a19b2202 + urn:uuid:112ebea1-2a57-dc32-c96d-21fff429f6e2 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:30Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:11Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:30.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_app.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -598,12 +598,12 @@ diameter:start_service/2) is determined by the Application Identifier in the header of the incoming request message, the selected module being the one whose corresponding dictionary declares itself as defining either the application in -question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    -                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    -                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    -                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    -                 bin    = binary(),
    -                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the +question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    +                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    +                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    +                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    +                 bin    = binary(),
    +                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the relay application. Otherwise it contains the record representing the request as outlined in diameter_dict(4).

    The errors field specifies any results codes identifying errors found while decoding the request. This is used to set Result-Code and/or Failed-AVP in a /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:30.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameterc_cmd.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Synopsis -

    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    +
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:30.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_codec.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ results may differ from those returned by the functions documented here, depending on configuration.

    The header() and packet() records below are defined in diameter.hrl, -which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from +which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from dictionary file compilation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:30.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter_dict.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -204,14 +204,14 @@ an incoming request.

    In cases in which there is a choice between string() and binary() types for OctetString() and derived types, the representation is determined by the value of diameter:service_opt() -string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    -Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    -Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    -Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    -Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    -Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large +string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    +Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    +Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    +Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    +Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    +Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large floats (in absolute value) are equivalent to infinity or '-infinity' and excessively large integers result in encode failure. The records for grouped AVPs are as discussed in the previous section.

    Derived AVP Data Formats

    Address() = OctetString()
    @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@
     while an IPv6 address is parsed in any of the formats specified by section 2.2
     of RFC 2373, "Text Representation of Addresses". An IPv4 tuple() has length 4
     and contains values of type 0..255. An IPv6 tuple() has length 8 and contains
    -values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
    +values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
     
     where
     
    -  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    -  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
    +  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    +  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
     
    -  Year   = integer()
    +  Year   = integer()
       Month  = 1..12
       Day    = 1..31
       Hour   = 0..23
    @@ -254,8 +254,8 @@
     diameter respectively. The grammar of an OctetString-valued DiameterURI() is as
     specified in section 4.3 of RFC 6733. The record representation is used on
     decode.

    Enumerated() = Integer32()

    On encode, values can be specified using the macros defined in a dictionary's -hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    -QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    +hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    +QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:30.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.epub/OEBPS/diameter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ containing only 0 (NO_INBAND_SECURITY). If 1 (TLS) is specified then TLS is selected if the CER/CEA received from the peer offers it.

  • {'Acct-Application-Id', [Unsigned32()]}

  • {'Vendor-Specific-Application-Id', [Grouped()]}

  • {'Firmware-Revision',Unsigned32()}

  • Note that each tuple communicates one or more AVP values. It is an error to specify duplicate tuples.

  • eval() = {M,F,A} | fun() | [eval() | A] - An expression that can be -evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    -    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    -eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    -    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    -eval([F|A]) ->
    -    apply(F, A);
    -eval(F) ->
    -    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant +evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    +    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    +eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    +    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    +eval([F|A]) ->
    +    apply(F, A);
    +eval(F) ->
    +    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant in the sense of eval([E|A]).

    Warning

    Beware of using fun expressions of the form fun Name/Arity in situations in which the fun is not short-lived and code is to be upgraded at runtime since any processes retaining such a fun will have a reference to old code. @@ -174,10 +174,10 @@ service_event() record. Can have one of the following types.

    • start

    • stop - The service is being started or stopped. No event precedes a start event. No event follows a stop event, and this event implies the -termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      -Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      -Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of +termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      +Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      +Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of (down) the OKAY state. If a #diameter_packet{} is present in an up event then there has been a capabilities exchange on a newly established transport connection and the record contains the received CER or CEA.

      Note that a single up or down event for a given peer corresponds to @@ -203,20 +203,20 @@ Pkt = #diameter_packet{}

  • An incoming CER contained errors and has been answered with the indicated result code. Caps contains values for the local node only. Pkt contains the CER in question.

  • {'CER', timeout} - An expected CER was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    -Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    -Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    -ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    +Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    +Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    +ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An integer-valued Result indicates the result code sent by the peer. Caps contains pairs of values for the local node and remote peer. Pkt contains the CEA in question. In the case of rejection by a capabilities callback, the tuple contains the rejecting callback.

  • {'CEA', Caps, Pkt}

    Caps = #diameter_caps{}
     Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}

    An incoming CEA contained errors and has been rejected. Caps contains only values for the local node. Pkt contains the CEA in question.

  • {'CEA', timeout} - An expected CEA was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    -PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
    +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    +PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
     From, To = initial | okay | suspect | down | reopen
    -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

    An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

  • An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared to receive info fields of forms other than the above.

  • service_name() = term() - Name of a service as passed to start_service/2 and with which the service is identified. There can be at most one service with a given name on a given node. Note that @@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ which a started transport process should be terminated if it has not yet established a connection. For example, the following options on a connecting transport request a connection with one peer over SCTP or another (typically -the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    -{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    -{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    -{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing +the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    +{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    +{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    +{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing a transport process as defined in diameter_transport. Defaults to diameter_tcp.

    Multiple transport_module and transport_config options are allowed. The @@ -2438,13 +2438,13 @@

    Remove previously added transports.

    Pred determines which transports to remove. An arity-3-valued Pred removes all transports for which Pred(Ref, Type, Opts) returns true, where Type and Opts are as passed to add_transport/2 and Ref is as returned by it. -The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    -Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    -Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    -Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    -Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    -Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    -Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be +The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    +Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    +Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    +Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    +Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    +Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    +Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be terminated. Whether or not a DPR message is sent to a peer is controlled by value of disconnect_cb configured on the transport.

    @@ -2488,52 +2488,52 @@ containing both configuration and information about established peer connections. An example return value with for a client service with Origin-Host "client.example.com" configured with a single transport connected -to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    -  {type,connect},
    -  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    -            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {rport,3868},
    -                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    -  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    -  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    -  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    -  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    -         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    -         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    -         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    -         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    -         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    -         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    -         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    -         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    -  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    -         {module,diameter_tcp},
    -         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    -         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    -         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    -                      {recv_cnt,6},
    -                      {recv_max,148},
    -                      {recv_avg,109},
    -                      {recv_dvi,19},
    -                      {send_oct,836},
    -                      {send_cnt,6},
    -                      {send_max,184},
    -                      {send_avg,139},
    -                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    -  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    -               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    -               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    -               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    -               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options +to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    +  {type,connect},
    +  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    +            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {rport,3868},
    +                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    +  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    +  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    +  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    +  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    +         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    +         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    +         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    +         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    +         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    +         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    +         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    +         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    +  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    +         {module,diameter_tcp},
    +         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    +         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    +         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    +                      {recv_cnt,6},
    +                      {recv_max,148},
    +                      {recv_avg,109},
    +                      {recv_dvi,19},
    +                      {send_oct,836},
    +                      {send_cnt,6},
    +                      {send_max,184},
    +                      {send_avg,139},
    +                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    +  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    +               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    +               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    +               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    +               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.268364366 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.272364392 +0000 @@ -229,14 +229,14 @@ containing only 0 (NO_INBAND_SECURITY). If 1 (TLS) is specified then TLS is selected if the CER/CEA received from the peer offers it.

  • {'Acct-Application-Id', [Unsigned32()]}

  • {'Vendor-Specific-Application-Id', [Grouped()]}

  • {'Firmware-Revision',Unsigned32()}

  • Note that each tuple communicates one or more AVP values. It is an error to specify duplicate tuples.

  • eval() = {M,F,A} | fun() | [eval() | A] - An expression that can be -evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    -    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    -eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    -    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    -eval([F|A]) ->
    -    apply(F, A);
    -eval(F) ->
    -    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant +evaluated as a function in the following sense.

    eval([{M,F,A} | T]) ->
    +    apply(M, F, T ++ A);
    +eval([[F|A] | T]) ->
    +    eval([F | T ++ A]);
    +eval([F|A]) ->
    +    apply(F, A);
    +eval(F) ->
    +    eval([F]).

    Applying an eval() E to an argument list A is meant in the sense of eval([E|A]).

    Warning

    Beware of using fun expressions of the form fun Name/Arity in situations in which the fun is not short-lived and code is to be upgraded at runtime since any processes retaining such a fun will have a reference to old code. @@ -279,10 +279,10 @@ service_event() record. Can have one of the following types.

    • start

    • stop - The service is being started or stopped. No event precedes a start event. No event follows a stop event, and this event implies the -termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      -Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      -Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of +termination of all transport processes.

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config, Pkt}

    • {up, Ref, Peer, Config}

    • {down, Ref, Peer, Config}

      Ref    = transport_ref()
      +Peer   = diameter_app:peer()
      +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}
      +Pkt    = #diameter_packet{}

      The RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has transitioned into (up) or out of (down) the OKAY state. If a #diameter_packet{} is present in an up event then there has been a capabilities exchange on a newly established transport connection and the record contains the received CER or CEA.

      Note that a single up or down event for a given peer corresponds to @@ -308,20 +308,20 @@ Pkt = #diameter_packet{}

  • An incoming CER contained errors and has been answered with the indicated result code. Caps contains values for the local node only. Pkt contains the CER in question.

  • {'CER', timeout} - An expected CER was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    -Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    -Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    -ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {'CEA', Result, Caps, Pkt}

    Result = ResultCode | atom() | {capabilities_cb, CB, ResultCode|discard}
    +Caps = #diameter_caps{}
    +Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}
    +ResultCode = integer()

    An incoming CEA has been rejected for the indicated reason. An integer-valued Result indicates the result code sent by the peer. Caps contains pairs of values for the local node and remote peer. Pkt contains the CEA in question. In the case of rejection by a capabilities callback, the tuple contains the rejecting callback.

  • {'CEA', Caps, Pkt}

    Caps = #diameter_caps{}
     Pkt  = #diameter_packet{}

    An incoming CEA contained errors and has been rejected. Caps contains only values for the local node. Pkt contains the CEA in question.

  • {'CEA', timeout} - An expected CEA was not received within -capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    -PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
    +capx_timeout of connection establishment.

  • {watchdog, Ref, PeerRef, {From, To}, Config}

    Ref = transport_ref()
    +PeerRef = diameter_app:peer_ref()
     From, To = initial | okay | suspect | down | reopen
    -Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

    An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared +Config = {connect|listen, [transport_opt()]}

  • An RFC 3539 watchdog state machine has changed state.

  • any/0 - For forward compatibility, a subscriber should be prepared to receive info fields of forms other than the above.

  • service_name() = term() - Name of a service as passed to start_service/2 and with which the service is identified. There can be at most one service with a given name on a given node. Note that @@ -569,10 +569,10 @@ which a started transport process should be terminated if it has not yet established a connection. For example, the following options on a connecting transport request a connection with one peer over SCTP or another (typically -the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    -{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    -{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    -{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing +the same) over TCP.

    {transport_module, diameter_sctp}
    +{transport_config, SctpOpts, 5000}
    +{transport_module, diameter_tcp}
    +{transport_config, TcpOpts}

    To listen on both SCTP and TCP, define one transport for each.

  • {transport_module, atom()} - Module implementing a transport process as defined in diameter_transport. Defaults to diameter_tcp.

    Multiple transport_module and transport_config options are allowed. The @@ -2559,13 +2559,13 @@

    Remove previously added transports.

    Pred determines which transports to remove. An arity-3-valued Pred removes all transports for which Pred(Ref, Type, Opts) returns true, where Type and Opts are as passed to add_transport/2 and Ref is as returned by it. -The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    -Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    -Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    -Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    -Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    -Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    -Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be +The remaining forms are equivalent to an arity-3 fun as follows.

    Pred = fun(transport_ref(), list()):  fun(Ref, _, Opts) -> Pred(Ref, Opts) end
    +Pred = fun(list()):                   fun(_, _, Opts) -> Pred(Opts) end
    +Pred = transport_ref():               fun(Ref, _, _)  -> Pred == Ref end
    +Pred = list():                        fun(_, _, Opts) -> [] == Pred -- Opts end
    +Pred = true:                          fun(_, _, _) -> true end
    +Pred = false:                         fun(_, _, _) -> false end
    +Pred = {M,F,A}:  fun(Ref, Type, Opts) -> apply(M, F, [Ref, Type, Opts | A]) end

    Removing a transport causes the corresponding transport processes to be terminated. Whether or not a DPR message is sent to a peer is controlled by value of disconnect_cb configured on the transport.

    @@ -2609,52 +2609,52 @@ containing both configuration and information about established peer connections. An example return value with for a client service with Origin-Host "client.example.com" configured with a single transport connected -to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    -  {type,connect},
    -  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    -            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    -                               {rport,3868},
    -                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    -  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    -  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    -  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    -  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    -         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    -         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    -         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    -         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    -         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    -         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    -         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    -         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    -         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    -  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    -         {module,diameter_tcp},
    -         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    -         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    -         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    -                      {recv_cnt,6},
    -                      {recv_max,148},
    -                      {recv_avg,109},
    -                      {recv_dvi,19},
    -                      {send_oct,836},
    -                      {send_cnt,6},
    -                      {send_max,184},
    -                      {send_avg,139},
    -                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    -  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    -               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    -               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    -               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    -               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    -               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    -               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options +to "server.example.com" might look as follows.

    [[{ref,#Ref<0.0.0.93>},
    +  {type,connect},
    +  {options,[{transport_module,diameter_tcp},
    +            {transport_config,[{ip,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {raddr,{127,0,0,1}},
    +                               {rport,3868},
    +                               {reuseaddr,true}]}]},
    +  {watchdog,{<0.66.0>,-576460736368485571,okay}},
    +  {peer,{<0.67.0>,-576460736357885808}},
    +  {apps,[{0,common}]},
    +  {caps,[{origin_host,{"client.example.com","server.example.com"}},
    +         {origin_realm,{"example.com","example.com"}},
    +         {host_ip_address,{[{127,0,0,1}],[{127,0,0,1}]}},
    +         {vendor_id,{0,193}},
    +         {product_name,{"Client","Server"}},
    +         {origin_state_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {supported_vendor_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {auth_application_id,{[0],[0]}},
    +         {inband_security_id,{[],[0]}},
    +         {acct_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {vendor_specific_application_id,{[],[]}},
    +         {firmware_revision,{[],[]}},
    +         {avp,{[],[]}}]},
    +  {port,[{owner,<0.69.0>},
    +         {module,diameter_tcp},
    +         {socket,{{127,0,0,1},48758}},
    +         {peer,{{127,0,0,1},3868}},
    +         {statistics,[{recv_oct,656},
    +                      {recv_cnt,6},
    +                      {recv_max,148},
    +                      {recv_avg,109},
    +                      {recv_dvi,19},
    +                      {send_oct,836},
    +                      {send_cnt,6},
    +                      {send_max,184},
    +                      {send_avg,139},
    +                      {send_pend,0}]}]},
    +  {statistics,[{{{0,258,0},recv},3},
    +               {{{0,258,1},send},3},
    +               {{{0,258,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},3},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv},1},
    +               {{{0,257,1},send},1},
    +               {{{0,257,0},recv,{'Result-Code',2001}},1},
    +               {{{0,280,1},recv},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send},2},
    +               {{{0,280,0},send,{'Result-Code',2001}},2}]}]]

    Here ref is a transport_ref() and options /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.320364710 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.320364710 +0000 @@ -719,12 +719,12 @@ diameter:start_service/2) is determined by the Application Identifier in the header of the incoming request message, the selected module being the one whose corresponding dictionary declares itself as defining either the application in -question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    -                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    -                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    -                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    -                 bin    = binary(),
    -                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the +question or the Relay application.

    The argument packet() has the following signature.

    #diameter_packet{header = #diameter_header{},
    +                 avps   = [#diameter_avp{}],
    +                 msg    = record() | undefined,
    +                 errors = [Unsigned32() | {Unsigned32(), #diameter_avp{}}],
    +                 bin    = binary(),
    +                 transport_data = term()}

    The msg field will be undefined in case the request has been received in the relay application. Otherwise it contains the record representing the request as outlined in diameter_dict(4).

    The errors field specifies any results codes identifying errors found while decoding the request. This is used to set Result-Code and/or Failed-AVP in a @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.344364869 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_codec.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.348364895 +0000 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ results may differ from those returned by the functions documented here, depending on configuration.

    The header() and packet() records below are defined in diameter.hrl, -which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from +which can be included as follows.

    -include_lib("diameter/include/diameter.hrl").

    Application-specific records are defined in the hrl files resulting from dictionary file compilation.

    @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.376365081 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_dict.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.380365108 +0000 @@ -309,14 +309,14 @@ an incoming request.

    In cases in which there is a choice between string() and binary() types for OctetString() and derived types, the representation is determined by the value of diameter:service_opt() -string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    -Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    -Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    -Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    -Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    -Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    -Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large +string_decode.

    Basic AVP Data Formats

    OctetString() = string() | binary()
    +Integer32()   = -2147483647..2147483647
    +Integer64()   = -9223372036854775807..9223372036854775807
    +Unsigned32()  = 0..4294967295
    +Unsigned64()  = 0..18446744073709551615
    +Float32()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Float64()     = '-infinity' | float() | infinity
    +Grouped()     = record()

    On encode, an OctetString() can be specified as an iolist(), excessively large floats (in absolute value) are equivalent to infinity or '-infinity' and excessively large integers result in encode failure. The records for grouped AVPs are as discussed in the previous section.

    Derived AVP Data Formats

    Address() = OctetString()
    @@ -324,14 +324,14 @@
     while an IPv6 address is parsed in any of the formats specified by section 2.2
     of RFC 2373, "Text Representation of Addresses". An IPv4 tuple() has length 4
     and contains values of type 0..255. An IPv6 tuple() has length 8 and contains
    -values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
    +values of type 0..65535. The tuple representation is used on decode.

    Time() = {date(), time()}
     
     where
     
    -  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    -  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
    +  date() = {Year, Month, Day}
    +  time() = {Hour, Minute, Second}
     
    -  Year   = integer()
    +  Year   = integer()
       Month  = 1..12
       Day    = 1..31
       Hour   = 0..23
    @@ -344,8 +344,8 @@
     UTF8String() can be specified as a binary, or as a nested list of binaries and
     codepoints.

    DiameterIdentity() = OctetString()

    A value must have length at least 1.

    DiameterURI() = OctetString()
                   | #href_anchor"" id="Enumerated">

    Enumerated() = Integer32()

    On encode, values can be specified using the macros defined in a dictionary's -hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    -QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    +hrl file.

    IPFilterRule()  = OctetString()
    +QoSFilterRule() = OctetString()

    Values of these types are not currently parsed by diameter.

    @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.404365267 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.408365293 +0000 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.432365452 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.432365452 +0000 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.456365612 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_make.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.456365612 +0000 @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.480365770 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_sctp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.484365797 +0000 @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.508365956 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_service.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.512365983 +0000 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.540366168 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_soc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.548366221 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.576366407 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_tcp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.580366434 +0000 @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.608366619 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_transport.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.612366645 +0000 @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.632366778 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameter_using.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.632366778 +0000 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.664366990 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/diameterc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.664366990 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    +
    diameterc [<options>] <file>

    @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.692367176 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.696367203 +0000 @@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.728367415 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/diameter-2.4.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.728367415 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.752367574 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.752367574 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.780367760 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.780367760 +0000 @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.812367971 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.820368025 +0000 @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.848368211 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/doc_storage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.852368237 +0000 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.892368502 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.884368449 +0000 @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.920368688 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.920368688 +0000 @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.952368900 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.952368900 +0000 @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.980369086 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_chunks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:38.980369086 +0000 @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.008369271 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_doclet_markdown.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.008369271 +0000 @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@
    -

    Doclet converting an edoc application to use EEP-59 and Markdown.

    This doclet has to be used together with edoc_layout_chunks.

    Example:

     1> edoc:application(example, [{preprocess, true}, {doclet, edoc_doclet_markdown},
    -       {layout, edoc_layout_chunks}]).

    It will convert the overview to Markdown and any module documentation to use -doc attributes and Markdown. Any XHTML tags in the edoc documentation that are not part of the tags supported by Erlang Documentation Format will be added as HTML tags in the Markdown.

    It does not delete the old edoc documentation.

    See also: edoc_layout_chunks.

    +

    Doclet converting an edoc application to use EEP-59 and Markdown.

    This doclet has to be used together with edoc_layout_chunks.

    Example:

     1> edoc:application(example, [{preprocess, true}, {doclet, edoc_doclet_markdown},
    +       {layout, edoc_layout_chunks}]).

    It will convert the overview to Markdown and any module documentation to use -doc attributes and Markdown. Any XHTML tags in the edoc documentation that are not part of the tags supported by Erlang Documentation Format will be added as HTML tags in the Markdown.

    It does not delete the old edoc documentation.

    See also: edoc_layout_chunks.

    @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.044369510 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_extract.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.044369510 +0000 @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.076369722 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_html_to_markdown.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.076369722 +0000 @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.100369881 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.104369908 +0000 @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.132370093 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_layout_chunks.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.140370146 +0000 @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.164370305 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.172370358 +0000 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.200370544 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/edoc_run.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.200370544 +0000 @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.224370703 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.228370730 +0000 @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.248370862 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/edoc-1.3.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.248370862 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.268370994 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.272371021 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.300371207 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.300371207 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:19.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> eldap - 1.2.14 - urn:uuid:4f122490-69bf-7fec-6e59-7a67a10c5e1a + urn:uuid:5d529e62-0b26-cdd3-7d5a-d931ba5d2497 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:39Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:19Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.epub/OEBPS/eldap.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:19.000000000 +0000 @@ -854,13 +854,13 @@ -

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
    +

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
           "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -       [{"objectclass", ["person"]},
    -        {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]},
    -        {"sn", ["Valentine"]},
    -        {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}]
    -     )
    +
    [{"objectclass", ["person"]}, + {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]}, + {"sn", ["Valentine"]}, + {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}] + )
    @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ -

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and +

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and matches with the value "Bar". The default value of dnAttributes is false.

    @@ -1390,9 +1390,9 @@ -

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    -	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    +

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    +         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    +	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    @@ -1712,8 +1712,8 @@

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size for use in -search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    -{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    +search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    +{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    @@ -1746,12 +1746,12 @@

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size and cookie for use in search/3 to retrieve the next results page.

    For example:

    PageSize = 50,
    -Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    -{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
    +Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    +{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
     %% retrieve the returned cookie from the search results
    -{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    -Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    -{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
    +{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    +Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    +{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
     %% etc
    @@ -1871,8 +1871,8 @@

    Search the directory with the supplied the SearchOptions.

    The base and filter options must be supplied. Default values: scope is wholeSubtree/0, deref is -derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    -  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the +derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    +  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the timeout in eldap:open/2 is used for each individual request in the search operation.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.416371976 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/eldap.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.420372002 +0000 @@ -975,13 +975,13 @@ -

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
    +

    Add an entry. The entry must not exist.

      add(Handle,
           "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -       [{"objectclass", ["person"]},
    -        {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]},
    -        {"sn", ["Valentine"]},
    -        {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}]
    -     )
    +
    [{"objectclass", ["person"]}, + {"cn", ["Bill Valentine"]}, + {"sn", ["Valentine"]}, + {"telephoneNumber", ["545 555 00"]}] + )
    @@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ -

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and +

    Creates an extensible match filter. For example,

      eldap:extensibleMatch("Bar", [{type,"sn"}, {matchingRule,"caseExactMatch"}]))

    creates a filter which performs a caseExactMatch on the attribute sn and matches with the value "Bar". The default value of dnAttributes is false.

    @@ -1511,9 +1511,9 @@ -

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    -         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    -	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    +

    Modify an entry.

      modify(Handle, "cn=Bill Valentine, ou=people, o=Example Org, dc=example, dc=com",
    +         [eldap:mod_replace("telephoneNumber", ["555 555 00"]),
    +	  eldap:mod_add("description", ["LDAP Hacker"]) ])
    @@ -1833,8 +1833,8 @@

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size for use in -search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    -{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    +search/3, for example:

    Control = eldap:paged_result_control(50),
    +{ok, SearchResults} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control]),
    @@ -1867,12 +1867,12 @@

    Paged results is an extension to the LDAP protocol specified by RFC2696

    This function creates a control with the specified page size and cookie for use in search/3 to retrieve the next results page.

    For example:

    PageSize = 50,
    -Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    -{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
    +Control1 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize),
    +{ok, SearchResults1} = search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}], [Control1]),
     %% retrieve the returned cookie from the search results
    -{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    -Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    -{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
    +{ok, Cookie1} = eldap:paged_result_cookie(SearchResults1),
    +Control2 = eldap:paged_result_control(PageSize, Cookie1),
    +{ok, SearchResults2} = eldap:search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example,dc=com"}], [Control2]),
     %% etc
    @@ -1992,8 +1992,8 @@

    Search the directory with the supplied the SearchOptions.

    The base and filter options must be supplied. Default values: scope is wholeSubtree/0, deref is -derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    -  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the +derefAlways/0, types_only is false and timeout is 0 (meaning infinity).

      Filter = eldap:substrings("cn", [{any,"V"}]),
    +  search(Handle, [{base, "dc=example, dc=com"}, {filter, Filter}, {attributes, ["cn"]}]),

    The timeout option in the SearchOptions is for the ldap server, while the timeout in eldap:open/2 is used for each individual request in the search operation.

    @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.444372162 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.448372187 +0000 @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.464372294 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eldap-1.2.14/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.468372320 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.492372480 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.492372480 +0000 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.532372745 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.536372771 +0000 @@ -151,30 +151,30 @@ Data Types

    -
    • ei_term

      typedef struct {
      +
      • ei_term

        typedef struct {
             char ei_type;
             int arity;
             int size;
        -    union {
        +    union {
           long i_val;
           double d_val;
        -  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
        +  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
           erlang_pid pid;
           erlang_port port;
           erlang_ref ref;
        -    } value;
        -} ei_term;

        Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The + } value; +} ei_term;

      Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The ei_type field is the type of the term which equals to what ei_get_type() sets *type to.

    • ei_x_buff - A dynamically resized buffer. It is a struct with two fields of interest for the user:

      • char *buff - Pointer to the dynamically allocated buffer.

      • int index - Offset to the next byte to write which also equals the amount of bytes currently written.

      An ei_x_buff is initialized by calling either ei_x_new() or ei_x_new_with_version(). The memory used by an initialized ei_x_buff is released by calling -ei_x_free().

    • erlang_char_encoding

      typedef enum {
      +ei_x_free().

    • erlang_char_encoding

      typedef enum {
           ERLANG_ASCII = 1,
           ERLANG_LATIN1 = 2,
           ERLANG_UTF8 = 4
      -} erlang_char_encoding;

      The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. +} erlang_char_encoding;

    The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. Latin-1 and UTF-8 are different extensions of 7-bit ASCII. All 7-bit ASCII characters are valid Latin-1 and UTF-8 characters. ASCII and Latin-1 both represent each character by one byte. An UTF-8 character can consist of 1-4 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ ei_cmp_pids()

    -
    int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

    Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

    int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

    Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ ei_cmp_ports()

    -
    int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

    Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

    int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

    Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ei_cmp_refs()

    -
    int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

    Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a +

    int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

    Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

    Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ ei_decode_atom()

    -
    int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

    int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed at p. At most MAXATOMLEN bytes can be placed in the buffer.

    ei_decode_atom_as()

    -
    int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
    -  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

    int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
    +  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

    Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed in buffer at p of length plen bytes.

    The wanted string encoding is specified by want. The original encoding used in the binary format (Latin-1 or UTF-8) can be obtained from *was. The encoding of the resulting string (7-bit ASCII, @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ ei_decode_bignum() -

    int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

    Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this +

    int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

    Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this function, the ei library must be configured and compiled to use the GMP library.

    @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ ei_decode_binary()

    -
    int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

    Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual +

    int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

    Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual size of the binary. Notice that ei_decode_binary() assumes that there is enough room for the binary. The size required can be fetched by ei_get_type().

    @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ ei_decode_bitstring()

    -
    int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
    -  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

    Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

    • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the +

      int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
      +  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

      Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

      • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the bit string. The returned bit string is readable as long as the buffer pointed to by buf is readable and not written to.

      • bitoffsp - Either NULL or *bitoffsp returns the number of unused bits in the first byte pointed to by *pp. The value of *bitoffsp is @@ -273,14 +273,14 @@ ei_decode_boolean() -

        int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

        Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, +

        int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

        Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, true decodes 1 and false decodes 0.

        ei_decode_char()

        -
        int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

        Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For +

        int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

        Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For historical reasons the returned integer is of type char. Your C code is to consider the returned value to be of type unsigned char even if the C compilers and system can define char to be signed.

        @@ -289,14 +289,14 @@ ei_decode_double()

        -
        int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

        Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary +

        int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

        Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary format.

        ei_decode_ei_term()

        -
        int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

        Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in +

        int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

        Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in buf fits in the term union, it is decoded, and the appropriate field in term->value is set, and *index is incremented by the term size.

        The function returns 1 on successful decoding, -1 on error, and 0 if the term seems alright, but does not fit in the term structure. If 1 is @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ free_fun() -

        int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
        void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

        Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to +

        int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
        void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

        Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to an erlang_fun structure. This is the only decode function that allocates memory. When the erlang_fun is no longer needed, it is to be freed with free_fun. (This has to do with the arbitrary size of the environment for a @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ ei_decode_iodata() -

        int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

        Decodes a term of the type iodata(). +

        int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

        Decodes a term of the type iodata(). The iodata/0 term will be flattened an written into the buffer pointed to by the outbuf argument. The byte size of the iodata is written into the integer variable pointed to by the size argument. Both size and outbuf can be set @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ ei_decode_list_header() -

        int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned +

        int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned in arity. The arity+1 elements follow (the last one is the tail of the list, normally an empty list). If arity is 0, it is an empty list.

        Notice that lists are encoded as strings if they consist entirely of integers in the range 0..255. This function do not decode such strings, use @@ -355,21 +355,21 @@ ei_decode_long() -

        int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

        Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the +

        int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

        Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the function ei_decode_long() is the same as ei_decode_longlong().

        ei_decode_longlong()

        -
        int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

        Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the +

        int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

        Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the binary format.

        ei_decode_map_header()

        -
        int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is +

        int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

        Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is returned in *arity. Keys and values follow in this order: K1, V1, K2, V2, ..., Kn, Vn. This makes a total of arity*2 terms. If arity /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.580373062 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_connect.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.584373089 +0000 @@ -241,36 +241,36 @@

        • ei_cnode - Opaque data type representing a C-node. A ei_cnode structure is initialized by calling -ei_connect_init() or friends.

        • ei_socket_callbacks

          typedef struct {
          +ei_connect_init() or friends.

        • ei_socket_callbacks

          typedef struct {
               int flags;
          -    int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx);
          -    int   (*close)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog);
          -    int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
          -    int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz);
          -    int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
          -    int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd);
          -} ei_socket_callbacks;

          Callbacks functions for a + int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx); + int (*close)(void *ctx); + int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog); + int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo); + int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz); + int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd); +} ei_socket_callbacks;

  • Callbacks functions for a User Supplied Socket Implementation. Documentation of each field can be -found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    -    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    -} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
    +found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

  • ErlConnect

    typedef struct {
    +    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    +    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
    +} ErlConnect;

    IP v4 address and nodename.

  • Erl_IpAddr

    typedef struct {
         unsigned s_addr; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
    -} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
    +} Erl_IpAddr;

    IP v4 address.

  • erlang_msg

    typedef struct {
         long msgtype;
         erlang_pid from;
         erlang_pid to;
    -    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    -    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
    +    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
         erlang_trace token;
    -} erlang_msg;

    Information about a message received via +} erlang_msg;

  • Information about a message received via ei_receive_msg() or friends.

    @@ -295,15 +295,15 @@ ei_gethostbyname_r()

    -
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    -  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    -  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    +
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    +  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    +  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    ei_accept()

    -
    int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

    Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously +
      int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

      Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

      • ec is the C-node structure.
      • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously been called.
      • conp is a pointer to an ErlConnect struct.

      On success, conp is filled in with the address and node name of the connecting client and a file descriptor is returned. On failure, ERL_ERROR is returned and erl_errno is set to EIO.

      @@ -312,14 +312,14 @@ ei_accept_tmo()

      -
      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the +

      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

      ei_close_connection()

      -
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      +
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port()

      -
      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of +

      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of the remote node to be specified. ei_connect() provides an alternative interface and determines the information from the node name provided. The ei_xconnect_host_port() function provides yet another alternative that will @@ -359,12 +359,12 @@ #define IP_ADDR "150.236.14.75" /*** Variant 1 ***/ -int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); +int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); /*** Variant 2 ***/ struct in_addr addr; -addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); -fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    +addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); +fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -388,11 +388,11 @@ ei_connect_xinit_ussi()

    -
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    -  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    -  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +
    int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
    +  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
    int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
    +  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
    int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
       const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation,
    -  ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the + ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

    Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the server. One of them must be called before other functions that works on the ei_cnode type or a file descriptor associated with a connection to another node is used.

    • ec is a structure containing information about the C-node. It is used in @@ -415,20 +415,20 @@ see the relevant system documentation.

      These functions return a negative value indicating that an error occurred.

      Example 1:

      unsigned n = 0;
       struct in_addr addr;
       ei_cnode ec;
      -addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      -if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
      +addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
      +if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
                            "chivas",
                            "madonna",
                            "madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se",
                            &addr;
                            "cookie...",
      -                     n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Example 2:

      if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
      -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
      -    exit(-1);
      -}

      Available since OTP 21.3

      + n++) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno); + exit(-1); +}

    Example 2:

    if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
    +    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
    +    exit(-1);
    +}

    Available since OTP 21.3

    @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo()

    -
    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and +

    int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
    int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
    int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

    Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and ei_xconnect_host_port with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

    Available since OTP 23.0

    @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ ei_set_tracelevel()

    -
    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity +

    int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
    void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

    Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity levels. A higher level means more information. See also section Debug Information.

    These functions are not thread safe.

    Available since OTP R13B04

    @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ei_xlisten()

    -
    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for +

    int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
    int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

    Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for accepting connections from client processes.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • adr is local interface to bind to.
    • port is a pointer to an integer containing the port number to bind to. If *port equals 0 when calling ei_listen(), the socket will be bound to an ephemeral port. On success, ei_listen() will update the value of *port to @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ ei_make_pid() /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.612373275 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_global.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.616373302 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ei_global_names() -
      char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

      Retrieves a list of all known global names.

      • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
      • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
      • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it +
        char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

        Retrieves a list of all known global names.

        • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it is set by the function to the number of names found.

        On success, the function returns an array of strings, each containing a single registered name, and sets count to the number of names found. The array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. On failure, the function returns NULL @@ -144,20 +144,20 @@ ei_global_register() -

        int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

        Registers a name in global.

        • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
        • name is the name to register in global.
        • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned +
          int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

          Registers a name in global.

          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to register in global.
          • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned by global when processes request the location of name.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_unregister()

          -
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          +
          int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

          Unregisters a name from global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name to unregister from global.

          Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

          Available since OTP 23.0

          ei_global_whereis()

          -
          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update +

          int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

          Looks up a name in global.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

          The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update with the pid associated with the global name, if successful.

          If node is not NULL, it is a pointer to a buffer where the function can fill in the name of the node where name is found. node can be passed directly to ei_connect() if necessary.

          On success, the function returns 0, updates the erlang_pid pointed to by the @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.648373513 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/ei_users_guide.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.656373566 +0000 @@ -180,11 +180,11 @@ Erlang.

          The Erl_Interface library supports this activity. It has several C functions that create and manipulate Erlang data structures. The following example shows how to create and encode an Erlang tuple {tobbe,3928}:

          ei_x_buff buf;
          -ei_x_new(&buf);
          +ei_x_new(&buf);
           int i = 0;
          -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
          -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe");
          -ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

          For a complete description, see the ei module.

          +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2); +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe"); +ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

    For a complete description, see the ei module.

    @@ -193,18 +193,18 @@

    The previous example can be simplified by using the ei_x_format_wo_ver function to create an Erlang term:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the +ei_x_new(&buf); +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

    For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the ei_x_format_wo_ver function.

    The following example is more complex:

    ei_x_buff buf;
     int i = 0;
    -ei_x_new(&buf);
    -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
    +ei_x_new(&buf);
    +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
                        "[{name,~a},{age,~i},{data,[{adr,~s,~i}]}]",
                        "madonna",
                        21,
    -                  "E-street", 42);
    -ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i);
    -ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory + "E-street", 42); +ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i); +ei_x_free(&buf);

    As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory allocated for Erlang terms. In this example, ei_x_free() ensures that the data pointed to by buf is released.

    @@ -220,18 +220,18 @@ char *cookie="a secret cookie string"; /* An example */ const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; const char *cookie = NULL; -short creation = time(NULL) + 1; +short creation = time(NULL) + 1; ei_cnode ec; -ei_connect_init(&ec, +ei_connect_init(&ec, node_name, cookie, - creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify + creation);

    For more information, see the ei_connect module.

    After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify the Erlang node you want to connect to, use the ei_connect_*() family of functions. The following example sets up the connection and is to result in a valid socket file descriptor:

    int sockfd;
     const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; /* An example */
    -if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0)
    -  fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    +if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

    @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ connection is first made to epmd and, if the node is known, a connection is then made to the Erlang node.

    C nodes can also register themselves with epmd if they want other nodes in the system to be able to find and connect to them.

    Before registering with epmd, you must first create a listen socket and bind -it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other +it to a port. Then:

    int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

    pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other end of the connection. If it detects that the connection has been closed, the node becomes unregistered. So, if you explicitly close the descriptor or if your node fails, it becomes unregistered from epmd.

    Notice that on some systems a failed node is not detected by this mechanism, as @@ -269,13 +269,13 @@

    In the following example, {Pid, hello_world} is sent to a registered process my_server:

    ei_x_buff buf;
    -ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
    +ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
     
    -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
    +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
    +ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
    +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
     
    -ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables +ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

    The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables my_server to reply. For more information about the primitives, see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -289,24 +289,24 @@ int arity = 0; erlang_pid pid; ei_x_buff buf; -ei_x_new(&buf); -for (;;) { - int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); - if (got == ERL_TICK) +ei_x_new(&buf); +for (;;) { + int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); + if (got == ERL_TICK) continue; - if (got == ERL_ERROR) { - fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); - exit(1); - } + if (got == ERL_ERROR) { + fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); + exit(1); + } break; -} -ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); -ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); -if (arity != 2) { - fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); - exit(1); -} -ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its +} +ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); +ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); +if (arity != 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); + exit(1); +} +ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

    To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its connected neighbors in an attempt to detect failed nodes or communication links. A node that receives such a message is expected to respond immediately with an ERL_TICK message. This is done automatically by ei_xreceive_msg(). However, @@ -324,19 +324,19 @@ a remote node and is called a remote procedure call.

    The following example checks if a specific Erlang process is alive:

    int index = 0, is_alive;
     ei_x_buff args, result;
     
    -ei_x_new(&result);
    -ei_x_new(&args);
    -ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1);
    -ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid);
    -ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args);
    -
    -if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive",
    -           args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0)
    -    handle_error();
    -
    -if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0
    -    || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0)
    -    handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and +ei_x_new(&result); +ei_x_new(&args); +ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1); +ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid); +ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args); + +if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive", + args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0) + handle_error(); + +if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0 + || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0) + handle_error();

    For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and ei_rpc_from(), see the ei_connect module.

    @@ -353,32 +353,32 @@ int count; int i; -names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); +names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); -if (names) - for (i=0; i<count; i++) - printf("%s\n",names[i]); +if (names) + for (i=0; i<count; i++) + printf("%s\n",names[i]); -free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer +free(names);

    ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer containing all the names known to the global module in Kernel. count is initialized to indicate the number of names in the array. The array of strings in names is terminated by a NULL pointer, so it is not necessary to use count to determine when the last name is reached.

    It is the caller's responsibility to free the array. ei_global_names allocates the array and all the strings using a single call to malloc(), so free(names) is all that is necessary.

    To look up one of the names:

    ETERM *pid;
    -char node[256];
    +char node[256];
     erlang_pid the_pid;
     
    -if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0)
    -   fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is +if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

    If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.688373779 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_call_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.688373779 +0000 @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ {<madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se,38,0>, []}]

    To forward standard output without printing the result term (again, the input ends with EOF (Control-D)):

    erl_call -s -e -sname madonna -fetch_stdout -no_result_term
    -io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
    -io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
    +io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
    +io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
     ^D
     Number of schedulers: 8
     Number of logical cores: 8
    @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:26:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> erl_interface - 5.5.2 - urn:uuid:ed848022-5a41-ecfe-1cd5-829059a151e4 + urn:uuid:8d294f09-b40f-b477-dc44-028aafd501d0 en - 2025-03-18T23:26:39Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:25Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_connect.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -146,36 +146,36 @@
    • ei_cnode - Opaque data type representing a C-node. A ei_cnode structure is initialized by calling -ei_connect_init() or friends.

    • ei_socket_callbacks

      typedef struct {
      +ei_connect_init() or friends.

    • ei_socket_callbacks

      typedef struct {
           int flags;
      -    int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx);
      -    int   (*close)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog);
      -    int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo);
      -    int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz);
      -    int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx);
      -    int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd);
      -} ei_socket_callbacks;

      Callbacks functions for a + int (*socket)(void **ctx, void *setup_ctx); + int (*close)(void *ctx); + int (*listen)(void *ctx, void *addr, int *len, int backlog); + int (*accept)(void **ctx, void *addr, int *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*connect)(void *ctx, void *addr, int len, unsigned tmo); + int (*writev)(void *ctx, const void *iov, int iovcnt, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*write)(void *ctx, const char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*read)(void *ctx, char *buf, ssize_t *len, unsigned tmo); + int (*handshake_packet_header_size)(void *ctx, int *sz); + int (*connect_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*accept_handshake_complete)(void *ctx); + int (*get_fd)(void *ctx, int *fd); +} ei_socket_callbacks;

      Callbacks functions for a User Supplied Socket Implementation. Documentation of each field can be -found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

    • ErlConnect

      typedef struct {
      -    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
      -    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
      -} ErlConnect;

      IP v4 address and nodename.

    • Erl_IpAddr

      typedef struct {
      +found in the User Supplied Socket Implementation section above.

    • ErlConnect

      typedef struct {
      +    char ipadr[4]; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
      +    char nodename[MAXNODELEN];
      +} ErlConnect;

      IP v4 address and nodename.

    • Erl_IpAddr

      typedef struct {
           unsigned s_addr; /* Ip v4 address in network byte order */
      -} Erl_IpAddr;

      IP v4 address.

    • erlang_msg

      typedef struct {
      +} Erl_IpAddr;

      IP v4 address.

    • erlang_msg

      typedef struct {
           long msgtype;
           erlang_pid from;
           erlang_pid to;
      -    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
      -    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
      +    char toname[MAXATOMLEN+1];
      +    char cookie[MAXATOMLEN+1];
           erlang_trace token;
      -} erlang_msg;

      Information about a message received via +} erlang_msg;

      Information about a message received via ei_receive_msg() or friends.

    @@ -200,15 +200,15 @@ ei_gethostbyname_r()

    -
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    -  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    -  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    +
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr(const char *addr, int len, int type);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyaddr_r(const char *addr, int length,  int type,
    +  struct hostent *hostp, char *buffer,   int buflen,  int *h_errnop);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname(const char *name);
    struct hostent * ei_gethostbyname_r(const char *name,  struct hostent *hostp,
    +  char *buffer,  int buflen,  int *h_errnop);

    Convenience functions for some common name lookup functions.

    ei_accept()

    -
    int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

    Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

    • ec is the C-node structure.
    • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously +
      int ei_accept(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp);

      Used by a server process to accept a connection from a client process.

      • ec is the C-node structure.
      • listensock is an open socket descriptor on which listen() has previously been called.
      • conp is a pointer to an ErlConnect struct.

      On success, conp is filled in with the address and node name of the connecting client and a file descriptor is returned. On failure, ERL_ERROR is returned and erl_errno is set to EIO.

      @@ -217,14 +217,14 @@ ei_accept_tmo()

      -
      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the +

      int ei_accept_tmo(ei_cnode *ec, int listensock, ErlConnect *conp, unsigned timeout_ms);

      Equivalent to ei_accept with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

      ei_close_connection()

      -
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      +
      int ei_close_connection(int fd);

      Closes a previously opened connection or listen socket.

      Available since OTP 21.3

      @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port()

      -
      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of +

      int ei_connect(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename);
      int ei_xconnect(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename);
      int ei_connect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port);
      int ei_xconnect_host_port(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port);

      Sets up a connection to an Erlang node.

      ei_xconnect() requires the IP address of the remote host and the alive name of the remote node to be specified. ei_connect() provides an alternative interface and determines the information from the node name provided. The ei_xconnect_host_port() function provides yet another alternative that will @@ -264,12 +264,12 @@ #define IP_ADDR "150.236.14.75" /*** Variant 1 ***/ -int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); +int fd = ei_connect(&ec, NODE); /*** Variant 2 ***/ struct in_addr addr; -addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); -fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

      Available since OTP 23.0

      +addr.s_addr = inet_addr(IP_ADDR); +fd = ei_xconnect(&ec, &addr, ALIVE);

      Available since OTP 23.0

      @@ -293,11 +293,11 @@ ei_connect_xinit_ussi()

      -
      int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
      int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
      -  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
      int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
      -  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
      int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
      +
      int ei_connect_init(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
      int ei_connect_init_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char* this_node_name, const char *cookie,
      +  unsigned creation, ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);
      int ei_connect_xinit(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
      +  const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation);
      int ei_connect_xinit_ussi(ei_cnode* ec, const char *thishostname, const char *thisalivename,
         const char *thisnodename, Erl_IpAddr thisipaddr, const char *cookie, unsigned creation,
      -  ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

      Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the + ei_socket_callbacks *cbs, int cbs_sz, void *setup_context);

      Initializes the ec structure, to identify the node name and cookie of the server. One of them must be called before other functions that works on the ei_cnode type or a file descriptor associated with a connection to another node is used.

      • ec is a structure containing information about the C-node. It is used in @@ -320,20 +320,20 @@ see the relevant system documentation.

        These functions return a negative value indicating that an error occurred.

        Example 1:

        unsigned n = 0;
         struct in_addr addr;
         ei_cnode ec;
        -addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
        -if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
        +addr.s_addr = inet_addr("150.236.14.75");
        +if (ei_connect_xinit(&ec,
                              "chivas",
                              "madonna",
                              "madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se",
                              &addr;
                              "cookie...",
        -                     n++) < 0) {
        -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
        -    exit(-1);
        -}

        Example 2:

        if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
        -    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
        -    exit(-1);
        -}

        Available since OTP 21.3

        + n++) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno); + exit(-1); +}

        Example 2:

        if (ei_connect_init(&ec, "madonna", "cookie...", n++) < 0) {
        +    fprintf(stderr,"ERROR when initializing: %d",erl_errno);
        +    exit(-1);
        +}

        Available since OTP 21.3

        @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo()

        -
        int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
        int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
        int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
        int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

        Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and +

        int ei_connect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *nodename, unsigned timeout_ms);
        int ei_xconnect_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, char *alivename, unsigned timeout_ms);
        int ei_connect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, char *hostname, int port, unsigned ms);
        int ei_xconnect_host_port_tmo(ei_cnode* ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int port, unsigned ms);

        Equivalent to ei_connect, ei_xconnect, ei_connect_host_port and ei_xconnect_host_port with an optional time-out argument, see the description at the beginning of this manual page.

        Available since OTP 23.0

        @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ ei_set_tracelevel()

        -
        int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
        void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

        Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity +

        int ei_get_tracelevel(void);
        void ei_set_tracelevel(int level);

        Used to set tracing on the distribution. The levels are different verbosity levels. A higher level means more information. See also section Debug Information.

        These functions are not thread safe.

        Available since OTP R13B04

        @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ ei_xlisten()

        -
        int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
        int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

        Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for +

        int ei_listen(ei_cnode *ec, int *port, int backlog);
        int ei_xlisten(ei_cnode *ec, Erl_IpAddr adr, int *port, int backlog);

        Used by a server process to setup a listen socket which later can be used for accepting connections from client processes.

        • ec is the C-node structure.
        • adr is local interface to bind to.
        • port is a pointer to an integer containing the port number to bind to. If *port equals 0 when calling ei_listen(), the socket will be bound to an ephemeral port. On success, ei_listen() will update the value of *port to @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ ei_make_pid() /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_global.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_global.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_global.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ ei_global_names() -
          char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

          Retrieves a list of all known global names.

          • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
          • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
          • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it +
            char **ei_global_names(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, int *count);

            Retrieves a list of all known global names.

            • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
            • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
            • count is the address of an integer, or NULL. If count is not NULL, it is set by the function to the number of names found.

            On success, the function returns an array of strings, each containing a single registered name, and sets count to the number of names found. The array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. On failure, the function returns NULL @@ -49,20 +49,20 @@ ei_global_register() -

            int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

            Registers a name in global.

            • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
            • name is the name to register in global.
            • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned +
              int ei_global_register(int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid *self);

              Registers a name in global.

              • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
              • name is the name to register in global.
              • pid is the pid that is to be associated with name. This value is returned by global when processes request the location of name.

              Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

              Available since OTP 23.0

              ei_global_unregister()

              -
              int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

              Unregisters a name from global.

              • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
              • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
              • name is the name to unregister from global.

              Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

              Available since OTP 23.0

              +
              int ei_global_unregister(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name);

              Unregisters a name from global.

              • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
              • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
              • name is the name to unregister from global.

              Returns 0 on success, otherwise -1.

              Available since OTP 23.0

              ei_global_whereis()

              -
              int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

              Looks up a name in global.

              • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
              • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
              • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

              The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update +

              int ei_global_whereis(ei_cnode *ec, int fd, const char *name, erlang_pid* pid, char *node);

              Looks up a name in global.

              • ec is the ei_cnode representing the current cnode.
              • fd is an open descriptor to an Erlang connection.
              • name is the name that is to be looked up in global.

              The pid parameter is a pointer to a erlang_pid that the function will update with the pid associated with the global name, if successful.

              If node is not NULL, it is a pointer to a buffer where the function can fill in the name of the node where name is found. node can be passed directly to ei_connect() if necessary.

              On success, the function returns 0, updates the erlang_pid pointed to by the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_users_guide.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_users_guide.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei_users_guide.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ Erlang.

              The Erl_Interface library supports this activity. It has several C functions that create and manipulate Erlang data structures. The following example shows how to create and encode an Erlang tuple {tobbe,3928}:

              ei_x_buff buf;
              -ei_x_new(&buf);
              +ei_x_new(&buf);
               int i = 0;
              -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
              -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe");
              -ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

              For a complete description, see the ei module.

              +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2); +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "tobbe"); +ei_x_encode_long(&buf, 3928);

              For a complete description, see the ei module.

              @@ -98,18 +98,18 @@

              The previous example can be simplified by using the ei_x_format_wo_ver function to create an Erlang term:

              ei_x_buff buf;
              -ei_x_new(&buf);
              -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

              For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the +ei_x_new(&buf); +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf, "{~a,~i}", "tobbe", 3928);

              For a complete description of the different format directives, see the the ei_x_format_wo_ver function.

              The following example is more complex:

              ei_x_buff buf;
               int i = 0;
              -ei_x_new(&buf);
              -ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
              +ei_x_new(&buf);
              +ei_x_format_wo_ver(&buf,
                                  "[{name,~a},{age,~i},{data,[{adr,~s,~i}]}]",
                                  "madonna",
                                  21,
              -                  "E-street", 42);
              -ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i);
              -ei_x_free(&buf);

              As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory + "E-street", 42); +ei_print_term(stdout, buf.buff, &i); +ei_x_free(&buf);

              As in the previous examples, it is your responsibility to free the memory allocated for Erlang terms. In this example, ei_x_free() ensures that the data pointed to by buf is released.

              @@ -125,18 +125,18 @@ char *cookie="a secret cookie string"; /* An example */ const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; const char *cookie = NULL; -short creation = time(NULL) + 1; +short creation = time(NULL) + 1; ei_cnode ec; -ei_connect_init(&ec, +ei_connect_init(&ec, node_name, cookie, - creation);

              For more information, see the ei_connect module.

              After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify + creation);

              For more information, see the ei_connect module.

              After initialization, you set up the connection to the Erlang node. To specify the Erlang node you want to connect to, use the ei_connect_*() family of functions. The following example sets up the connection and is to result in a valid socket file descriptor:

              int sockfd;
               const char* node_name = "einode@durin"; /* An example */
              -if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0)
              -  fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

              +if ((sockfd = ei_connect(&ec, nodename)) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ei_connect failed");

              @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ connection is first made to epmd and, if the node is known, a connection is then made to the Erlang node.

              C nodes can also register themselves with epmd if they want other nodes in the system to be able to find and connect to them.

              Before registering with epmd, you must first create a listen socket and bind -it to a port. Then:

              int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

              pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other +it to a port. Then:

              int pub = ei_publish(&ec, port);

              pub is a file descriptor now connected to epmd. epmd monitors the other end of the connection. If it detects that the connection has been closed, the node becomes unregistered. So, if you explicitly close the descriptor or if your node fails, it becomes unregistered from epmd.

              Notice that on some systems a failed node is not detected by this mechanism, as @@ -174,13 +174,13 @@

              In the following example, {Pid, hello_world} is sent to a registered process my_server:

              ei_x_buff buf;
              -ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
              +ei_x_new_with_version(&buf);
               
              -ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
              -ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
              -ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
              +ei_x_encode_tuple_header(&buf, 2);
              +ei_x_encode_pid(&buf, ei_self(ec));
              +ei_x_encode_atom(&buf, "Hello world");
               
              -ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

              The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables +ei_reg_send(&ec, fd, "my_server", buf.buff, buf.index);

              The first element of the tuple that is sent is your own pid. This enables my_server to reply. For more information about the primitives, see the ei_connect module.

              @@ -194,24 +194,24 @@ int arity = 0; erlang_pid pid; ei_x_buff buf; -ei_x_new(&buf); -for (;;) { - int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); - if (got == ERL_TICK) +ei_x_new(&buf); +for (;;) { + int got = ei_xreceive_msg(fd, &msg, &x); + if (got == ERL_TICK) continue; - if (got == ERL_ERROR) { - fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); - exit(1); - } + if (got == ERL_ERROR) { + fprintf(stderr, "ei_xreceive_msg, got==%d", got); + exit(1); + } break; -} -ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); -ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); -if (arity != 2) { - fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); - exit(1); -} -ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

              To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its +} +ei_decode_version(buf.buff, &index, &version); +ei_decode_tuple_header(buf.buff, &index, &arity); +if (arity != 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "got wrong message"); + exit(1); +} +ei_decode_pid(buf.buff, &index, &pid);

              To provide robustness, a distributed Erlang node occasionally polls all its connected neighbors in an attempt to detect failed nodes or communication links. A node that receives such a message is expected to respond immediately with an ERL_TICK message. This is done automatically by ei_xreceive_msg(). However, @@ -229,19 +229,19 @@ a remote node and is called a remote procedure call.

              The following example checks if a specific Erlang process is alive:

              int index = 0, is_alive;
               ei_x_buff args, result;
               
              -ei_x_new(&result);
              -ei_x_new(&args);
              -ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1);
              -ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid);
              -ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args);
              -
              -if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive",
              -           args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0)
              -    handle_error();
              -
              -if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0
              -    || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0)
              -    handle_error();

              For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and +ei_x_new(&result); +ei_x_new(&args); +ei_x_encode_list_header(&args, 1); +ei_x_encode_pid(&args, &check_pid); +ei_x_encode_empty_list(&args); + +if (ei_rpc(&ec, fd, "erlang", "is_process_alive", + args.buff, args.index, &result) < 0) + handle_error(); + +if (ei_decode_version(result.buff, &index) < 0 + || ei_decode_bool(result.buff, &index, &is_alive) < 0) + handle_error();

              For more information about ei_rpc() and its companions ei_rpc_to() and ei_rpc_from(), see the ei_connect module.

              @@ -258,32 +258,32 @@ int count; int i; -names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); +names = ei_global_names(&ec,fd,&count); -if (names) - for (i=0; i<count; i++) - printf("%s\n",names[i]); +if (names) + for (i=0; i<count; i++) + printf("%s\n",names[i]); -free(names);

              ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer +free(names);

              ei_global_names allocates and returns a buffer containing all the names known to the global module in Kernel. count is initialized to indicate the number of names in the array. The array of strings in names is terminated by a NULL pointer, so it is not necessary to use count to determine when the last name is reached.

              It is the caller's responsibility to free the array. ei_global_names allocates the array and all the strings using a single call to malloc(), so free(names) is all that is necessary.

              To look up one of the names:

              ETERM *pid;
              -char node[256];
              +char node[256];
               erlang_pid the_pid;
               
              -if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0)
              -   fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

              If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is +if (ei_global_whereis(&ec,fd,"schedule",&the_pid,node) < 0) + fprintf(stderr, "ei_global_whereis error\n");

              If "schedule" is known to the global module in Kernel, an Erlang pid is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/ei.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,30 +56,30 @@ Data Types

              -
              • ei_term

                typedef struct {
                +
                • ei_term

                  typedef struct {
                       char ei_type;
                       int arity;
                       int size;
                  -    union {
                  +    union {
                     long i_val;
                     double d_val;
                  -  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
                  +  char atom_name[MAXATOMLEN_UTF8];
                     erlang_pid pid;
                     erlang_port port;
                     erlang_ref ref;
                  -    } value;
                  -} ei_term;

                  Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The + } value; +} ei_term;

                Structure written by ei_decode_ei_term(). The ei_type field is the type of the term which equals to what ei_get_type() sets *type to.

              • ei_x_buff - A dynamically resized buffer. It is a struct with two fields of interest for the user:

                • char *buff - Pointer to the dynamically allocated buffer.

                • int index - Offset to the next byte to write which also equals the amount of bytes currently written.

                An ei_x_buff is initialized by calling either ei_x_new() or ei_x_new_with_version(). The memory used by an initialized ei_x_buff is released by calling -ei_x_free().

              • erlang_char_encoding

                typedef enum {
                +ei_x_free().

              • erlang_char_encoding

                typedef enum {
                     ERLANG_ASCII = 1,
                     ERLANG_LATIN1 = 2,
                     ERLANG_UTF8 = 4
                -} erlang_char_encoding;

                The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. +} erlang_char_encoding;

                The character encodings used for atoms. ERLANG_ASCII represents 7-bit ASCII. Latin-1 and UTF-8 are different extensions of 7-bit ASCII. All 7-bit ASCII characters are valid Latin-1 and UTF-8 characters. ASCII and Latin-1 both represent each character by one byte. An UTF-8 character can consist of 1-4 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ ei_cmp_pids() -

                int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

                Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

                int ei_cmp_pids(erlang_pid *a, erlang_pid *b);

                Compare two process identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

                Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

                Available since OTP 23.0

                @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ ei_cmp_ports()

                -
                int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

                Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang +

                int ei_cmp_ports(erlang_port *a, erlang_port *b);

                Compare two port identifiers. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

                Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

                Available since OTP 23.0

                @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ ei_cmp_refs()

                -
                int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

                Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

                Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a +

                int ei_cmp_refs(erlang_ref *a, erlang_ref *b);

                Compare two references. The comparison is done the same way as Erlang does.

                Returns 0 if a and b are equal. Returns a value less than 0 if a compares as less than b. Returns a value larger than 0 if a compares as larger than b.

                Available since OTP 23.0

                @@ -121,15 +121,15 @@ ei_decode_atom()

                -
                int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

                Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

                int ei_decode_atom(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

                Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed at p. At most MAXATOMLEN bytes can be placed in the buffer.

                ei_decode_atom_as()

                -
                int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
                -  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

                Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom +

                int ei_decode_atom_as(const char *buf, int *index, char *p, int plen,
                +  erlang_char_encoding want, erlang_char_encoding* was, erlang_char_encoding* result);

                Decodes an atom from the binary format. The NULL-terminated name of the atom is placed in buffer at p of length plen bytes.

                The wanted string encoding is specified by want. The original encoding used in the binary format (Latin-1 or UTF-8) can be obtained from *was. The encoding of the resulting string (7-bit ASCII, @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ei_decode_bignum() -

                int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

                Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this +

                int ei_decode_bignum(const char *buf, int *index, mpz_t obj);

                Decodes an integer in the binary format to a GMP mpz_t integer. To use this function, the ei library must be configured and compiled to use the GMP library.

                @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ ei_decode_binary()

                -
                int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

                Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual +

                int ei_decode_binary(const char *buf, int *index, void *p, long *len);

                Decodes a binary from the binary format. Parameter len is set to the actual size of the binary. Notice that ei_decode_binary() assumes that there is enough room for the binary. The size required can be fetched by ei_get_type().

                @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ ei_decode_bitstring()

                -
                int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
                -  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

                Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

                • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the +

                  int ei_decode_bitstring(const char *buf, int *index, const char **pp,
                  +  unsigned int *bitoffsp, size_t *nbitsp);

                  Decodes a bit string from the binary format.

                  • pp - Either NULL or *pp returns a pointer to the first byte of the bit string. The returned bit string is readable as long as the buffer pointed to by buf is readable and not written to.

                  • bitoffsp - Either NULL or *bitoffsp returns the number of unused bits in the first byte pointed to by *pp. The value of *bitoffsp is @@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ ei_decode_boolean() -

                    int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

                    Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, +

                    int ei_decode_boolean(const char *buf, int *index, int *p);

                    Decodes a boolean value from the binary format. A boolean is actually an atom, true decodes 1 and false decodes 0.

                    ei_decode_char()

                    -
                    int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

                    Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For +

                    int ei_decode_char(const char *buf, int *index, char *p);

                    Decodes a char (8-bit) integer between 0-255 from the binary format. For historical reasons the returned integer is of type char. Your C code is to consider the returned value to be of type unsigned char even if the C compilers and system can define char to be signed.

                    @@ -194,14 +194,14 @@ ei_decode_double()

                    -
                    int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

                    Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary +

                    int ei_decode_double(const char *buf, int *index, double *p);

                    Decodes a double-precision (64-bit) floating point number from the binary format.

                    ei_decode_ei_term()

                    -
                    int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

                    Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in +

                    int ei_decode_ei_term(const char* buf, int* index, ei_term* term);

                    Decodes any term, or at least tries to. If the term pointed at by *index in buf fits in the term union, it is decoded, and the appropriate field in term->value is set, and *index is incremented by the term size.

                    The function returns 1 on successful decoding, -1 on error, and 0 if the term seems alright, but does not fit in the term structure. If 1 is @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ free_fun() -

                    int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
                    void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

                    Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to +

                    int ei_decode_fun(const char *buf, int *index, erlang_fun *p);
                    void free_fun(erlang_fun* f);

                    Decodes a fun from the binary format. Parameter p is to be NULL or point to an erlang_fun structure. This is the only decode function that allocates memory. When the erlang_fun is no longer needed, it is to be freed with free_fun. (This has to do with the arbitrary size of the environment for a @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ ei_decode_iodata() -

                    int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

                    Decodes a term of the type iodata(). +

                    int ei_decode_iodata(const char *buf, int *index, int *size, char *outbuf);

                    Decodes a term of the type iodata(). The iodata/0 term will be flattened an written into the buffer pointed to by the outbuf argument. The byte size of the iodata is written into the integer variable pointed to by the size argument. Both size and outbuf can be set @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ ei_decode_list_header() -

                    int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

                    Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned +

                    int ei_decode_list_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

                    Decodes a list header from the binary format. The number of elements is returned in arity. The arity+1 elements follow (the last one is the tail of the list, normally an empty list). If arity is 0, it is an empty list.

                    Notice that lists are encoded as strings if they consist entirely of integers in the range 0..255. This function do not decode such strings, use @@ -260,21 +260,21 @@ ei_decode_long() -

                    int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

                    Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the +

                    int ei_decode_long(const char *buf, int *index, long *p);

                    Decodes a long integer from the binary format. If the code is 64 bits, the function ei_decode_long() is the same as ei_decode_longlong().

                    ei_decode_longlong()

                    -
                    int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

                    Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the +

                    int ei_decode_longlong(const char *buf, int *index, long long *p);

                    Decodes a GCC long long or Visual C++ __int64 (64-bit) integer from the binary format.

                    ei_decode_map_header()

                    -
                    int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

                    Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is +

                    int ei_decode_map_header(const char *buf, int *index, int *arity);

                    Decodes a map header from the binary format. The number of key-value pairs is returned in *arity. Keys and values follow in this order: K1, V1, K2, V2, ..., Kn, Vn. This makes a total of arity*2 terms. If arity /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/erl_call_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/erl_call_cmd.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:39.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/erl_interface.epub/OEBPS/erl_call_cmd.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ {<madonna@chivas.du.etx.ericsson.se,38,0>, []}]

                    To forward standard output without printing the result term (again, the input ends with EOF (Control-D)):

                    erl_call -s -e -sname madonna -fetch_stdout -no_result_term
                    -io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
                    -io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
                    +io:format("Number of schedulers: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(schedulers)]),
                    +io:format("Number of logical cores: ~p~n", [erlang:system_info(logical_processors_available)]).
                     ^D
                     Number of schedulers: 8
                     Number of logical cores: 8
                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.872374999 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.876375025 +0000 @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.904375210 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/erl_interface-5.5.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.908375237 +0000 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.924375343 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.928375370 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.952375529 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:39.956375556 +0000 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:31.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:12.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> et - 1.7.1 - urn:uuid:010a8d39-8c33-421c-0464-252976dd6e0e + urn:uuid:c0196ebb-048a-4e89-bd69-bd338d1a2065 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:31Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:12Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_desc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_desc.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:31.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_desc.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:12.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,33 +33,33 @@ enable other types of Viewers. However in the following text we will focus on usage of the et_viewer.

                    The main start function is et_viewer:start/1. By default it will start both an et_collector and an et_viewer:

                    % erl -pa et/examples
                    -Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                    +Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                     
                    -Eshell V5.7.4  (abort with ^G)
                    -1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]).
                    -{ok,<0.40.0>}

                    A Viewer gets trace Events from its Collector by polling it regularly for +Eshell V5.7.4 (abort with ^G) +1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]). +{ok,<0.40.0>}

                    A Viewer gets trace Events from its Collector by polling it regularly for more Events to display. Events are for example reported to the Collector -with et_collector:report_event/6:

                    2> Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer).
                    +with et_collector:report_event/6:

                    2> Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer).
                     <0.39.0>
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer,
                    -3>                           "Start outer transaction"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid,
                    -3>                           "New transaction id is 4711"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock,
                    -3>                           "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted,
                    -3>                           "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit,
                    -3>                           "Perform  transaction commit"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid,
                    -3>                           "Release all locks for transaction 4711"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction,
                    -3>                           "End of outer transaction"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer,
                    -3>                           "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}").
                    -{ok,{table_handle,<0.39.0>,16402,trace_ts,
                    -     #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    This actually is a simulation of the process Events caused by a Mnesia -transaction that writes a record in a local table:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    At this stage when we have a couple of Events, it is time to show how it looks +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer, +3> "Start outer transaction"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid, +3> "New transaction id is 4711"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock, +3> "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted, +3> "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit, +3> "Perform transaction commit"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid, +3> "Release all locks for transaction 4711"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction, +3> "End of outer transaction"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer, +3> "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}"). +{ok,{table_handle,<0.39.0>,16402,trace_ts, + #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    This actually is a simulation of the process Events caused by a Mnesia +transaction that writes a record in a local table:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    At this stage when we have a couple of Events, it is time to show how it looks like in the graphical interface of et_viewer:

                    A simulated Mnesia transaction which writes one record

                    In the sequence chart, the actors (which symbolically has performed the Event) are shown as named vertical bars. The order of the actors may be altered by dragging (hold mouse button 1 pressed during the operation) the name tag of an @@ -76,11 +76,11 @@

                    The Event Tracer (ET) uses named filters in various contexts. An Event Trace filter is an Erlang fun that takes some trace data as input and returns a -possibly modified version of it:

                    filter(TraceData) -> false | true | {true, NewEvent}
                    +possibly modified version of it:

                    filter(TraceData) -> false | true | {true, NewEvent}
                     
                    -TraceData = Event | erlang_trace_data()
                    -Event = #event{}
                    -NewEvent = #event{}

                    The interface of the filter function is the same as the the filter functions for +TraceData = Event | erlang_trace_data() +Event = #event{} +NewEvent = #event{}

                    The interface of the filter function is the same as the the filter functions for the good old lists:filtermap/2. If the filter returns false it means that the trace data should silently be dropped. true means that the trace data data already is an Event Record and that it should be kept as it is. true means @@ -107,21 +107,21 @@ in the viewer. The following filter in et/examples/et_demo.erl replaces the actor names mnesia_tm and mnesia_locker and leaves everything else in the record as it was:

                    
                    -mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    Actor = fun(A) ->
                    +mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +    Actor = fun(A) ->
                                    case A of
                                        mnesia_tm     -> trans_mgr;
                                        mnesia_locker -> lock_mgr;
                                        _             -> A
                                    end
                                 end,
                    -    {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from),
                    -                   to = Actor(E#event.to),
                    -                   contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from},
                    -                               {orig_to,   E#event.to},
                    -                               {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If we now add the filter to the running Collector:

                    4> Fun = fun(E) -> et_demo:mgr_actors(E) end.
                    +    {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from),
                    +                   to = Actor(E#event.to),
                    +                   contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from},
                    +                               {orig_to,   E#event.to},
                    +                               {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If we now add the filter to the running Collector:

                    4> Fun = fun(E) -> et_demo:mgr_actors(E) end.
                     #Fun<erl_eval.6.13229925>
                    -5> et_collector:dict_insert(Collector, {filter, mgr_actors}, Fun).
                    +5> et_collector:dict_insert(Collector, {filter, mgr_actors}, Fun).
                     ok

                    you will see that the Filter menu in all viewers have got a new entry called mgr_actors. Select it, and a new Viewer window will pop up:

                    The same trace data in a different view

                    In order to see the nitty gritty details of an Event you may click on the Event in order to start a Contents Viewer for that Event. In the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_examples.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_examples.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:31.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_examples.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:12.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,52 +28,52 @@

                    The Erlang code for running the simulated Mnesia transaction example in the previous chapter is included in the et/examples/et_demo.erl file:

                    
                    -sim_trans() ->
                    -    sim_trans([]).
                    +sim_trans() ->
                    +    sim_trans([]).
                     
                    -sim_trans(ExtraOptions) ->
                    -    Options = [{dict_insert, {filter, mgr_actors}, fun mgr_actors/1}],
                    -    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start_link(Options ++ ExtraOptions),
                    -    Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer,
                    -                              "Start outer transaction"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid,
                    -                              "New transaction id is 4711"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock,
                    -                              "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted,
                    -                              "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit,
                    -                              "Perform  transaction commit"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid,
                    -                              "Release all locks for transaction 4711"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction,
                    -                              "End of outer transaction"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer,
                    -                              "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}"),
                    -    {collector, Collector}.
                    
                    -mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    Actor = fun(A) ->
                    +sim_trans(ExtraOptions) ->
                    +    Options = [{dict_insert, {filter, mgr_actors}, fun mgr_actors/1}],
                    +    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start_link(Options ++ ExtraOptions),
                    +    Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer,
                    +                              "Start outer transaction"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid,
                    +                              "New transaction id is 4711"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock,
                    +                              "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted,
                    +                              "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit,
                    +                              "Perform  transaction commit"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid,
                    +                              "Release all locks for transaction 4711"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction,
                    +                              "End of outer transaction"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer,
                    +                              "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}"),
                    +    {collector, Collector}.
                    
                    +mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +    Actor = fun(A) ->
                                    case A of
                                        mnesia_tm     -> trans_mgr;
                                        mnesia_locker -> lock_mgr;
                                        _             -> A
                                    end
                                 end,
                    -    {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from),
                    -                   to = Actor(E#event.to),
                    -                   contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from},
                    -                               {orig_to,   E#event.to},
                    -                               {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If you invoke the et_demo:sim_trans() function, a Viewer window will pop up + {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from), + to = Actor(E#event.to), + contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from}, + {orig_to, E#event.to}, + {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If you invoke the et_demo:sim_trans() function, a Viewer window will pop up and the sequence trace will be almost the same as if the following Mnesia -transaction would have been run:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    And the viewer window will look like:

                    Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                    +transaction would have been run:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    And the viewer window will look like:

                    Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                     
                    -Eshell V5.7.4  (abort with ^G)
                    -1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]).
                    -{ok,<0.40.0>;}
                    -2> et_demo:sim_trans().
                    -{ok,{table_handle,<0.45.0>,24596,trace_ts,
                    -     #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    A simulated Mnesia transaction which writes one record

                    +Eshell V5.7.4 (abort with ^G) +1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]). +{ok,<0.40.0>;} +2> et_demo:sim_trans(). +{ok,{table_handle,<0.45.0>,24596,trace_ts, + #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    A simulated Mnesia transaction which writes one record

                    @@ -85,20 +85,20 @@ caller to the callee. The [{message, {caller}}, {return_trace}] options to dbg:tpl/2 function will imply the necessary information in the Erlang traces. Here follows the module_as_actor filter:

                    
                    -module_as_actor(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    case lists:keysearch(mfa, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    -        {value, {mfa, {M, F, _A}}} ->
                    -            case lists:keysearch(pam_result, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    -                {value, {pam_result, {M2, _F2, _A2}}} ->
                    -                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M2, to = M}};
                    +module_as_actor(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +    case lists:keysearch(mfa, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    +        {value, {mfa, {M, F, _A}}} ->
                    +            case lists:keysearch(pam_result, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    +                {value, {pam_result, {M2, _F2, _A2}}} ->
                    +                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M2, to = M}};
                                     _ ->
                    -                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M, to = M}}
                    +                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M, to = M}}
                                 end;
                             _ ->
                                 false
                         end.

                    The plain_process_info filter does not alter the Event Records. It merely ensures that the event not related to processes are skipped:

                    
                    -plain_process_info(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +plain_process_info(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                         case E#event.label of
                             send                          -> true;
                             send_to_non_existing_process  -> true;
                    @@ -108,50 +108,50 @@
                             link                          -> true;
                             unlink                        -> true;
                             getting_linked                -> true;
                    -        {seq_send, _Label}            -> true;
                    -        {seq_receive, _Label}         -> true;
                    -        {seq_print, _Label}           -> true;
                    -        {drop, _N}                    -> true;
                    +        {seq_send, _Label}            -> true;
                    +        {seq_receive, _Label}         -> true;
                    +        {seq_print, _Label}           -> true;
                    +        {drop, _N}                    -> true;
                             _                             -> false
                         end.

                    The plain_process_info_nolink filter does not alter the Event Records. It do makes use of the plain_process_info , but do also ensure that the process info related to linking and unlinking is skipped:

                    
                    -plain_process_info_nolink(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    (E#event.label /= link) and
                    -    (E#event.label /= unlink) and
                    -    (E#event.label /= getting_linked) and
                    -    plain_process_info(E).

                    In order to simplify the startup of an et_viewer process with the filters +plain_process_info_nolink(E) when is_record(E, event) -> + (E#event.label /= link) and + (E#event.label /= unlink) and + (E#event.label /= getting_linked) and + plain_process_info(E).

                    In order to simplify the startup of an et_viewer process with the filters mentioned above, plus some others (that also are found in et/examples/et_demo.erl src/et_collector.erl the et_demo:start/0,1 functions can be used:

                    
                    -start() ->
                    -    start([]).
                    +start() ->
                    +    start([]).
                     
                    -start(ExtraOptions) ->
                    -    Options = [{trace_global, true},
                    -               {parent_pid, undefined},
                    -               {max_actors, infinity},
                    -               {max_events, 1000},
                    -               {active_filter, module_as_actor}],
                    -    et_viewer:start_link(filters() ++ Options ++ ExtraOptions).

                    A simple one-liner starts the tool:

                              erl -pa ../examples -s et_demo

                    The filters are included by the following parameters:

                    
                    -filters() ->
                    -    [{dict_insert, {filter, module_as_actor},
                    -                   fun module_as_actor/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info},
                    -                   fun plain_process_info/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info_nolink},
                    -                   fun plain_process_info_nolink/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info},
                    -                   fun named_process_info/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info_nolink},
                    -                   fun named_process_info_nolink/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, node_process_info},
                    -                   fun node_process_info/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, node_process_info_nolink},
                    -                   fun node_process_info_nolink/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, application_as_actor},
                    -                   fun application_as_actor/1}
                    -    ].

                    +start(ExtraOptions) -> + Options = [{trace_global, true}, + {parent_pid, undefined}, + {max_actors, infinity}, + {max_events, 1000}, + {active_filter, module_as_actor}], + et_viewer:start_link(filters() ++ Options ++ ExtraOptions).

                    A simple one-liner starts the tool:

                              erl -pa ../examples -s et_demo

                    The filters are included by the following parameters:

                    
                    +filters() ->
                    +    [{dict_insert, {filter, module_as_actor},
                    +                   fun module_as_actor/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info},
                    +                   fun plain_process_info/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info_nolink},
                    +                   fun plain_process_info_nolink/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info},
                    +                   fun named_process_info/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info_nolink},
                    +                   fun named_process_info_nolink/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, node_process_info},
                    +                   fun node_process_info/1},
                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_tutorial.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
                    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_tutorial.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:31.000000000 +0000
                    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.epub/OEBPS/et_tutorial.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:47:12.000000000 +0000
                    @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
                     

                    The easiest way of using ET, is to just use it as a graphical tool for displaying message sequence charts. In order to do that you need to first start -a Viewer (which by default starts a Collector):

                          {ok, ViewerPid} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}]),
                    -      CollectorPid = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(ViewerPid).

                    Then you send events to the Collector with the function +a Viewer (which by default starts a Collector):

                          {ok, ViewerPid} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}]),
                    +      CollectorPid = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(ViewerPid).

                    Then you send events to the Collector with the function et_collector:report_event/6 like this:

                          et_collector:report_event(CollectorPid,85,from,to,message,extra_stuff).

                    The Viewer will automatically pull events from the Collector and display them on the screen.

                    The number (in this case 85) is an integer from 1 to 100 that specifies the "detail level" of the message. The higher the number, the more important it is. @@ -39,30 +39,30 @@ displayed next to the lifeline as an "action". The extra_stuffvalue is simply data that you can attach that will be displayed when someone actually clicks on the action or message in the Viewer window.

                    The module et/examples/et_display_demo.erl illustrates how it can be used:

                    
                    --module(et_display_demo).
                    +-module(et_display_demo).
                     
                    --export([test/0]).
                    +-export([test/0]).
                     
                    -test() ->
                    -    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}, {max_actors,10}]),
                    -    Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    -    Size = {size,grande},
                    -    Milk = {milk,whole},
                    -    Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    -    C = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                    +test() ->
                    +    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}, {max_actors,10}]),
                    +    Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    +    Size = {size,grande},
                    +    Milk = {milk,whole},
                    +    Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    +    C = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                         ok.

                    When you run the et_display_demo:test(). function in the example above, the Viewer window will look like this:

                    Screenshot of the Viewer window

                    @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ calls. The idea is that you should instrument your code with calls to et:trace_me/5 in strategic places where you have interesting information available in your program. Then you just start the Collector with global -tracing enabled:

                          et_viewer:start([{trace_global, true}, {trace_pattern, {et,max}}]).

                    This will start a Collector, a Viewer and also start the tracing of +tracing enabled:

                          et_viewer:start([{trace_global, true}, {trace_pattern, {et,max}}]).

                    This will start a Collector, a Viewer and also start the tracing of et:trace_me/5 function calls. The Raw Trace Data is collected by the Collector and a view of it is displayed on the screen by the Viewer. You can define your own "views" of the data by implementing your own Filter functions @@ -150,36 +150,36 @@ all you have to do is enable them.

                    For those people who want to do general tracing, consult the dbg module on how to trace whatever you're interested in and let it work its magic. If you just want et:trace_me/5 to work, do the following:

                    1. Create a Collector
                    2. Create a Viewer (this can do step #1 for you)
                    3. Turn on and pare down debugging

                    The module et/examples/et_trace_demo.erl achieves this.

                    
                    --module(et_trace_demo).
                    +-module(et_trace_demo).
                     
                    --export([test/0]).
                    +-export([test/0]).
                     
                    -test() ->
                    -    et_viewer:start([
                    -        {title,"Coffee Order"},
                    -        {trace_global,true},
                    -        {trace_pattern,{et,max}},
                    -        {max_actors,10}
                    -      ]),
                    +test() ->
                    +    et_viewer:start([
                    +        {title,"Coffee Order"},
                    +        {trace_global,true},
                    +        {trace_pattern,{et,max}},
                    +        {max_actors,10}
                    +      ]),
                           %% dbg:p(all,call),
                           %% dbg:tpl(et, trace_me, 5, []),
                    -      Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    -      Size = {size,grande},
                    -      Milk = {milk,whole},
                    -      Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    -      et:trace_me(99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    -      et:trace_me(90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                    +      Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    +      Size = {size,grande},
                    +      Milk = {milk,whole},
                    +      Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    +      et:trace_me(99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    +      et:trace_me(90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                           ok.

                    Running through the above, the most important points are:

                    • Turn on global tracing
                    • Set a Trace Pattern
                    • Tell dbg to trace function Calls
                    • Tell it specifically to trace the et:trace_me/5 function

                    When you run the et_trace_demo:test() function above, the Viewer window will look like this screenshot:

                    Screenshot of the Viewer window

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.124376669 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.124376669 +0000 @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_collector.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_collector.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.160376908 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_collector.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.168376961 +0000 @@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.196377147 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_desc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.196377147 +0000 @@ -138,33 +138,33 @@ enable other types of Viewers. However in the following text we will focus on usage of the et_viewer.

                    The main start function is et_viewer:start/1. By default it will start both an et_collector and an et_viewer:

                    % erl -pa et/examples
                    -Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                    +Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                     
                    -Eshell V5.7.4  (abort with ^G)
                    -1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]).
                    -{ok,<0.40.0>}

                    A Viewer gets trace Events from its Collector by polling it regularly for +Eshell V5.7.4 (abort with ^G) +1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]). +{ok,<0.40.0>}

                    A Viewer gets trace Events from its Collector by polling it regularly for more Events to display. Events are for example reported to the Collector -with et_collector:report_event/6:

                    2> Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer).
                    +with et_collector:report_event/6:

                    2> Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer).
                     <0.39.0>
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer,
                    -3>                           "Start outer transaction"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid,
                    -3>                           "New transaction id is 4711"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock,
                    -3>                           "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted,
                    -3>                           "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit,
                    -3>                           "Perform  transaction commit"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid,
                    -3>                           "Release all locks for transaction 4711"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction,
                    -3>                           "End of outer transaction"),
                    -3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer,
                    -3>                           "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}").
                    -{ok,{table_handle,<0.39.0>,16402,trace_ts,
                    -     #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    This actually is a simulation of the process Events caused by a Mnesia -transaction that writes a record in a local table:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    At this stage when we have a couple of Events, it is time to show how it looks +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer, +3> "Start outer transaction"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid, +3> "New transaction id is 4711"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock, +3> "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted, +3> "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit, +3> "Perform transaction commit"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid, +3> "Release all locks for transaction 4711"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction, +3> "End of outer transaction"), +3> et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer, +3> "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}"). +{ok,{table_handle,<0.39.0>,16402,trace_ts, + #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    This actually is a simulation of the process Events caused by a Mnesia +transaction that writes a record in a local table:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    At this stage when we have a couple of Events, it is time to show how it looks like in the graphical interface of et_viewer:

                    A simulated Mnesia transaction which writes one record

                    In the sequence chart, the actors (which symbolically has performed the Event) are shown as named vertical bars. The order of the actors may be altered by dragging (hold mouse button 1 pressed during the operation) the name tag of an @@ -181,11 +181,11 @@

                    The Event Tracer (ET) uses named filters in various contexts. An Event Trace filter is an Erlang fun that takes some trace data as input and returns a -possibly modified version of it:

                    filter(TraceData) -> false | true | {true, NewEvent}
                    +possibly modified version of it:

                    filter(TraceData) -> false | true | {true, NewEvent}
                     
                    -TraceData = Event | erlang_trace_data()
                    -Event = #event{}
                    -NewEvent = #event{}

                    The interface of the filter function is the same as the the filter functions for +TraceData = Event | erlang_trace_data() +Event = #event{} +NewEvent = #event{}

                    The interface of the filter function is the same as the the filter functions for the good old lists:filtermap/2. If the filter returns false it means that the trace data should silently be dropped. true means that the trace data data already is an Event Record and that it should be kept as it is. true means @@ -212,21 +212,21 @@ in the viewer. The following filter in et/examples/et_demo.erl replaces the actor names mnesia_tm and mnesia_locker and leaves everything else in the record as it was:

                    
                    -mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    Actor = fun(A) ->
                    +mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +    Actor = fun(A) ->
                                    case A of
                                        mnesia_tm     -> trans_mgr;
                                        mnesia_locker -> lock_mgr;
                                        _             -> A
                                    end
                                 end,
                    -    {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from),
                    -                   to = Actor(E#event.to),
                    -                   contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from},
                    -                               {orig_to,   E#event.to},
                    -                               {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If we now add the filter to the running Collector:

                    4> Fun = fun(E) -> et_demo:mgr_actors(E) end.
                    +    {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from),
                    +                   to = Actor(E#event.to),
                    +                   contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from},
                    +                               {orig_to,   E#event.to},
                    +                               {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If we now add the filter to the running Collector:

                    4> Fun = fun(E) -> et_demo:mgr_actors(E) end.
                     #Fun<erl_eval.6.13229925>
                    -5> et_collector:dict_insert(Collector, {filter, mgr_actors}, Fun).
                    +5> et_collector:dict_insert(Collector, {filter, mgr_actors}, Fun).
                     ok

                    you will see that the Filter menu in all viewers have got a new entry called mgr_actors. Select it, and a new Viewer window will pop up:

                    The same trace data in a different view

                    In order to see the nitty gritty details of an Event you may click on the Event in order to start a Contents Viewer for that Event. In the @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.236377411 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.240377438 +0000 @@ -133,52 +133,52 @@

                    The Erlang code for running the simulated Mnesia transaction example in the previous chapter is included in the et/examples/et_demo.erl file:

                    
                    -sim_trans() ->
                    -    sim_trans([]).
                    +sim_trans() ->
                    +    sim_trans([]).
                     
                    -sim_trans(ExtraOptions) ->
                    -    Options = [{dict_insert, {filter, mgr_actors}, fun mgr_actors/1}],
                    -    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start_link(Options ++ ExtraOptions),
                    -    Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer,
                    -                              "Start outer transaction"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid,
                    -                              "New transaction id is 4711"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock,
                    -                              "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted,
                    -                              "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit,
                    -                              "Perform  transaction commit"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid,
                    -                              "Release all locks for transaction 4711"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction,
                    -                              "End of outer transaction"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer,
                    -                              "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}"),
                    -    {collector, Collector}.
                    
                    -mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    Actor = fun(A) ->
                    +sim_trans(ExtraOptions) ->
                    +    Options = [{dict_insert, {filter, mgr_actors}, fun mgr_actors/1}],
                    +    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start_link(Options ++ ExtraOptions),
                    +    Collector = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, start_outer,
                    +                              "Start outer transaction"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, mnesia_tm, my_shell, new_tid,
                    +                              "New transaction id is 4711"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, mnesia_locker, try_write_lock,
                    +                              "Acquire write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 10, mnesia_locker, my_shell, granted,
                    +                              "You got the write lock for {my_tab, key}"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, do_commit,
                    +                              "Perform  transaction commit"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 40, my_shell, mnesia_locker, release_tid,
                    +                              "Release all locks for transaction 4711"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 60, my_shell, mnesia_tm, delete_transaction,
                    +                              "End of outer transaction"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(Collector, 20, my_shell, end_outer,
                    +                              "Transaction returned {atomic, ok}"),
                    +    {collector, Collector}.
                    
                    +mgr_actors(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +    Actor = fun(A) ->
                                    case A of
                                        mnesia_tm     -> trans_mgr;
                                        mnesia_locker -> lock_mgr;
                                        _             -> A
                                    end
                                 end,
                    -    {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from),
                    -                   to = Actor(E#event.to),
                    -                   contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from},
                    -                               {orig_to,   E#event.to},
                    -                               {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If you invoke the et_demo:sim_trans() function, a Viewer window will pop up + {true, E#event{from = Actor(E#event.from), + to = Actor(E#event.to), + contents = [{orig_from, E#event.from}, + {orig_to, E#event.to}, + {orig_contents, E#event.contents}]}}.

                    If you invoke the et_demo:sim_trans() function, a Viewer window will pop up and the sequence trace will be almost the same as if the following Mnesia -transaction would have been run:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    And the viewer window will look like:

                    Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                    +transaction would have been run:

                    mnesia:transaction(fun() -> mnesia:write({my_tab, key, val}) end).

                    And the viewer window will look like:

                    Erlang R13B03 (erts-5.7.4) [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [rq:4] [async-threads:0] [kernel-poll:false]
                     
                    -Eshell V5.7.4  (abort with ^G)
                    -1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]).
                    -{ok,<0.40.0>;}
                    -2> et_demo:sim_trans().
                    -{ok,{table_handle,<0.45.0>,24596,trace_ts,
                    -     #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    A simulated Mnesia transaction which writes one record

                    +Eshell V5.7.4 (abort with ^G) +1> {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([]). +{ok,<0.40.0>;} +2> et_demo:sim_trans(). +{ok,{table_handle,<0.45.0>,24596,trace_ts, + #Fun<et_collector.0.62831470>}}

                    A simulated Mnesia transaction which writes one record

                    @@ -190,20 +190,20 @@ caller to the callee. The [{message, {caller}}, {return_trace}] options to dbg:tpl/2 function will imply the necessary information in the Erlang traces. Here follows the module_as_actor filter:

                    
                    -module_as_actor(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    case lists:keysearch(mfa, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    -        {value, {mfa, {M, F, _A}}} ->
                    -            case lists:keysearch(pam_result, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    -                {value, {pam_result, {M2, _F2, _A2}}} ->
                    -                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M2, to = M}};
                    +module_as_actor(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +    case lists:keysearch(mfa, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    +        {value, {mfa, {M, F, _A}}} ->
                    +            case lists:keysearch(pam_result, 1, E#event.contents) of
                    +                {value, {pam_result, {M2, _F2, _A2}}} ->
                    +                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M2, to = M}};
                                     _ ->
                    -                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M, to = M}}
                    +                    {true, E#event{label = F, from = M, to = M}}
                                 end;
                             _ ->
                                 false
                         end.

                    The plain_process_info filter does not alter the Event Records. It merely ensures that the event not related to processes are skipped:

                    
                    -plain_process_info(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    +plain_process_info(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                         case E#event.label of
                             send                          -> true;
                             send_to_non_existing_process  -> true;
                    @@ -213,50 +213,50 @@
                             link                          -> true;
                             unlink                        -> true;
                             getting_linked                -> true;
                    -        {seq_send, _Label}            -> true;
                    -        {seq_receive, _Label}         -> true;
                    -        {seq_print, _Label}           -> true;
                    -        {drop, _N}                    -> true;
                    +        {seq_send, _Label}            -> true;
                    +        {seq_receive, _Label}         -> true;
                    +        {seq_print, _Label}           -> true;
                    +        {drop, _N}                    -> true;
                             _                             -> false
                         end.

                    The plain_process_info_nolink filter does not alter the Event Records. It do makes use of the plain_process_info , but do also ensure that the process info related to linking and unlinking is skipped:

                    
                    -plain_process_info_nolink(E) when is_record(E, event) ->
                    -    (E#event.label /= link) and
                    -    (E#event.label /= unlink) and
                    -    (E#event.label /= getting_linked) and
                    -    plain_process_info(E).

                    In order to simplify the startup of an et_viewer process with the filters +plain_process_info_nolink(E) when is_record(E, event) -> + (E#event.label /= link) and + (E#event.label /= unlink) and + (E#event.label /= getting_linked) and + plain_process_info(E).

                    In order to simplify the startup of an et_viewer process with the filters mentioned above, plus some others (that also are found in et/examples/et_demo.erl src/et_collector.erl the et_demo:start/0,1 functions can be used:

                    
                    -start() ->
                    -    start([]).
                    +start() ->
                    +    start([]).
                     
                    -start(ExtraOptions) ->
                    -    Options = [{trace_global, true},
                    -               {parent_pid, undefined},
                    -               {max_actors, infinity},
                    -               {max_events, 1000},
                    -               {active_filter, module_as_actor}],
                    -    et_viewer:start_link(filters() ++ Options ++ ExtraOptions).

                    A simple one-liner starts the tool:

                              erl -pa ../examples -s et_demo

                    The filters are included by the following parameters:

                    
                    -filters() ->
                    -    [{dict_insert, {filter, module_as_actor},
                    -                   fun module_as_actor/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info},
                    -                   fun plain_process_info/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info_nolink},
                    -                   fun plain_process_info_nolink/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info},
                    -                   fun named_process_info/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info_nolink},
                    -                   fun named_process_info_nolink/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, node_process_info},
                    -                   fun node_process_info/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, node_process_info_nolink},
                    -                   fun node_process_info_nolink/1},
                    -     {dict_insert, {filter, application_as_actor},
                    -                   fun application_as_actor/1}
                    -    ].

                    +start(ExtraOptions) -> + Options = [{trace_global, true}, + {parent_pid, undefined}, + {max_actors, infinity}, + {max_events, 1000}, + {active_filter, module_as_actor}], + et_viewer:start_link(filters() ++ Options ++ ExtraOptions).

                    A simple one-liner starts the tool:

                              erl -pa ../examples -s et_demo

                    The filters are included by the following parameters:

                    
                    +filters() ->
                    +    [{dict_insert, {filter, module_as_actor},
                    +                   fun module_as_actor/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info},
                    +                   fun plain_process_info/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, plain_process_info_nolink},
                    +                   fun plain_process_info_nolink/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info},
                    +                   fun named_process_info/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, named_process_info_nolink},
                    +                   fun named_process_info_nolink/1},
                    +     {dict_insert, {filter, node_process_info},
                    +                   fun node_process_info/1},
                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
                    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_intro.html	2025-03-21 17:27:40.268377624 +0000
                    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_intro.html	2025-03-21 17:27:40.272377651 +0000
                    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
                               Erlang programming language
                     
                           

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_selector.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_selector.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.300377836 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_selector.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.304377862 +0000 @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.332378048 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_tutorial.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.332378048 +0000 @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@

                    The easiest way of using ET, is to just use it as a graphical tool for displaying message sequence charts. In order to do that you need to first start -a Viewer (which by default starts a Collector):

                          {ok, ViewerPid} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}]),
                    -      CollectorPid = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(ViewerPid).

                    Then you send events to the Collector with the function +a Viewer (which by default starts a Collector):

                          {ok, ViewerPid} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}]),
                    +      CollectorPid = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(ViewerPid).

                    Then you send events to the Collector with the function et_collector:report_event/6 like this:

                          et_collector:report_event(CollectorPid,85,from,to,message,extra_stuff).

                    The Viewer will automatically pull events from the Collector and display them on the screen.

                    The number (in this case 85) is an integer from 1 to 100 that specifies the "detail level" of the message. The higher the number, the more important it is. @@ -144,30 +144,30 @@ displayed next to the lifeline as an "action". The extra_stuffvalue is simply data that you can attach that will be displayed when someone actually clicks on the action or message in the Viewer window.

                    The module et/examples/et_display_demo.erl illustrates how it can be used:

                    
                    --module(et_display_demo).
                    +-module(et_display_demo).
                     
                    --export([test/0]).
                    +-export([test/0]).
                     
                    -test() ->
                    -    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}, {max_actors,10}]),
                    -    Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    -    Size = {size,grande},
                    -    Milk = {milk,whole},
                    -    Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    -    C = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    -    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                    +test() ->
                    +    {ok, Viewer} = et_viewer:start([{title,"Coffee Order"}, {max_actors,10}]),
                    +    Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    +    Size = {size,grande},
                    +    Milk = {milk,whole},
                    +    Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    +    C = et_viewer:get_collector_pid(Viewer),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    +    et_collector:report_event(C,80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                         ok.

                    When you run the et_display_demo:test(). function in the example above, the Viewer window will look like this:

                    Screenshot of the Viewer window

                    @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ calls. The idea is that you should instrument your code with calls to et:trace_me/5 in strategic places where you have interesting information available in your program. Then you just start the Collector with global -tracing enabled:

                          et_viewer:start([{trace_global, true}, {trace_pattern, {et,max}}]).

                    This will start a Collector, a Viewer and also start the tracing of +tracing enabled:

                          et_viewer:start([{trace_global, true}, {trace_pattern, {et,max}}]).

                    This will start a Collector, a Viewer and also start the tracing of et:trace_me/5 function calls. The Raw Trace Data is collected by the Collector and a view of it is displayed on the screen by the Viewer. You can define your own "views" of the data by implementing your own Filter functions @@ -255,36 +255,36 @@ all you have to do is enable them.

                    For those people who want to do general tracing, consult the dbg module on how to trace whatever you're interested in and let it work its magic. If you just want et:trace_me/5 to work, do the following:

                    1. Create a Collector
                    2. Create a Viewer (this can do step #1 for you)
                    3. Turn on and pare down debugging

                    The module et/examples/et_trace_demo.erl achieves this.

                    
                    --module(et_trace_demo).
                    +-module(et_trace_demo).
                     
                    --export([test/0]).
                    +-export([test/0]).
                     
                    -test() ->
                    -    et_viewer:start([
                    -        {title,"Coffee Order"},
                    -        {trace_global,true},
                    -        {trace_pattern,{et,max}},
                    -        {max_actors,10}
                    -      ]),
                    +test() ->
                    +    et_viewer:start([
                    +        {title,"Coffee Order"},
                    +        {trace_global,true},
                    +        {trace_pattern,{et,max}},
                    +        {max_actors,10}
                    +      ]),
                           %% dbg:p(all,call),
                           %% dbg:tpl(et, trace_me, 5, []),
                    -      Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    -      Size = {size,grande},
                    -      Milk = {milk,whole},
                    -      Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    -      et:trace_me(99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    -      et:trace_me(90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    -      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                    +      Drink = {drink,iced_chai_latte},
                    +      Size = {size,grande},
                    +      Milk = {milk,whole},
                    +      Flavor = {flavor,vanilla},
                    +      et:trace_me(99,customer,barrista1,place_order,[Drink,Size,Milk,Flavor]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,register,enter_order,[Drink,Size,Flavor]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,register,barrista1,give_total,"$5"),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista1,get_cup,[Drink,Size]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista1,barrista2,give_cup,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(90,barrista1,customer,request_money,"$5"),
                    +      et:trace_me(90,customer,barrista1,pay_money,"$5"),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,get_chai_mix,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_flavor,[Flavor]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_milk,[Milk]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,add_ice,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,barrista2,swirl,[]),
                    +      et:trace_me(80,barrista2,customer,give_tasty_beverage,[Drink,Size]),
                           ok.

                    Running through the above, the most important points are:

                    • Turn on global tracing
                    • Set a Trace Pattern
                    • Tell dbg to trace function Calls
                    • Tell it specifically to trace the et:trace_me/5 function

                    When you run the et_trace_demo:test() function above, the Viewer window will look like this screenshot:

                    Screenshot of the Viewer window

                    @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_viewer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_viewer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.364378260 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/et_viewer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.368378286 +0000 @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.396378472 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.396378472 +0000 @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.416378605 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/et-1.7.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.416378605 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.444378790 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.448378817 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.476379003 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.476379003 +0000 @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.508379215 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.512379241 +0000 @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:35.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:15.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> eunit - 2.9.1 - urn:uuid:378d5a71-2d89-28ec-f8a4-56946defc0e8 + urn:uuid:ff8f2d79-d8a5-52e7-b8ec-7371f54ff0f9 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:35Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:15Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.604379852 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.604379852 +0000 @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit_surefire.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit_surefire.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.636380063 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/eunit_surefire.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.636380063 +0000 @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.668380276 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.668380276 +0000 @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.692380434 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/eunit-2.9.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.692380434 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.712380567 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.712380567 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.736380727 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.740380753 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:41.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:22.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> ftp - 1.2.3 - urn:uuid:e330f757-25a4-caea-936e-d5f5941354ea + urn:uuid:dbbe8b8d-62c1-eb3a-77e4-9400067fb2dd en - 2025-03-18T23:27:41Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:22Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub/OEBPS/ftp_client.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub/OEBPS/ftp_client.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:41.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.epub/OEBPS/ftp_client.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:22.000000000 +0000 @@ -21,25 +21,25 @@ Examples

                    The following is a simple example of an FTP session, where the user guest with -password password logs on to the remote host erlang.org:

                          1> ftp:start().
                    +password password logs on to the remote host erlang.org:

                          1> ftp:start().
                           ok
                    -      2> {ok, Pid} = ftp:open([{host, "erlang.org"}]).
                    -      {ok,<0.22.0>}
                    -      3> ftp:user(Pid, "guest", "password").
                    +      2> {ok, Pid} = ftp:open([{host, "erlang.org"}]).
                    +      {ok,<0.22.0>}
                    +      3> ftp:user(Pid, "guest", "password").
                           ok
                    -      4> ftp:pwd(Pid).
                    -      {ok, "/home/guest"}
                    -      5> ftp:cd(Pid, "appl/examples").
                    +      4> ftp:pwd(Pid).
                    +      {ok, "/home/guest"}
                    +      5> ftp:cd(Pid, "appl/examples").
                           ok
                    -      6> ftp:lpwd(Pid).
                    -      {ok, "/home/fred"}.
                    -      7> ftp:lcd(Pid, "/home/eproj/examples").
                    +      6> ftp:lpwd(Pid).
                    +      {ok, "/home/fred"}.
                    +      7> ftp:lcd(Pid, "/home/eproj/examples").
                           ok
                    -      8> ftp:recv(Pid, "appl.erl").
                    +      8> ftp:recv(Pid, "appl.erl").
                           ok
                    -      9> ftp:close(Pid).
                    +      9> ftp:close(Pid).
                           ok
                    -      10> ftp:stop().
                    +      10> ftp:stop().
                           ok

                    The file appl.erl is transferred from the remote to the local host. When the session is opened, the current directory at the remote host is /home/guest, and /home/fred at the local host. Before transferring the file, the current /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.864381575 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.864381575 +0000 @@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.888381734 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/ftp_client.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.892381760 +0000 @@ -126,25 +126,25 @@

                    The following is a simple example of an FTP session, where the user guest with -password password logs on to the remote host erlang.org:

                          1> ftp:start().
                    +password password logs on to the remote host erlang.org:

                          1> ftp:start().
                           ok
                    -      2> {ok, Pid} = ftp:open([{host, "erlang.org"}]).
                    -      {ok,<0.22.0>}
                    -      3> ftp:user(Pid, "guest", "password").
                    +      2> {ok, Pid} = ftp:open([{host, "erlang.org"}]).
                    +      {ok,<0.22.0>}
                    +      3> ftp:user(Pid, "guest", "password").
                           ok
                    -      4> ftp:pwd(Pid).
                    -      {ok, "/home/guest"}
                    -      5> ftp:cd(Pid, "appl/examples").
                    +      4> ftp:pwd(Pid).
                    +      {ok, "/home/guest"}
                    +      5> ftp:cd(Pid, "appl/examples").
                           ok
                    -      6> ftp:lpwd(Pid).
                    -      {ok, "/home/fred"}.
                    -      7> ftp:lcd(Pid, "/home/eproj/examples").
                    +      6> ftp:lpwd(Pid).
                    +      {ok, "/home/fred"}.
                    +      7> ftp:lcd(Pid, "/home/eproj/examples").
                           ok
                    -      8> ftp:recv(Pid, "appl.erl").
                    +      8> ftp:recv(Pid, "appl.erl").
                           ok
                    -      9> ftp:close(Pid).
                    +      9> ftp:close(Pid).
                           ok
                    -      10> ftp:stop().
                    +      10> ftp:stop().
                           ok

                    The file appl.erl is transferred from the remote to the local host. When the session is opened, the current directory at the remote host is /home/guest, and /home/fred at the local host. Before transferring the file, the current @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.924381973 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.920381946 +0000 @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.948382131 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.952382158 +0000 @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.972382291 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ftp-1.2.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:40.972382291 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.000382477 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.000382477 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.024382635 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.028382662 +0000 @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_client.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_client.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.048382795 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_client.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.052382821 +0000 @@ -138,32 +138,32 @@ handle each request, unless a persistent connection can be used with or without pipelining. The client adds a host header and an empty te header if there are no such headers present in the request.

                    The client supports IPv6 as long as the underlying mechanisms also do so.

                    The following is to be put in the Erlang node application configuration file to -start a profile at application startup:

                    [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

                    For valid properties, see httpc.

                    +start a profile at application startup:

                    [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

                    For valid properties, see httpc.

                    Getting Started

                    -

                    Start Inets:

                    1> inets:start().
                    +

                    Start Inets:

                    1> inets:start().
                     ok

                    The following calls use the default client profile. Use the proxy "www-proxy.mycompany.com:8000", except from requests to localhost. This -applies to all the following requests.

                    Example:

                    2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
                    -["localhost"]}}]).
                    -ok

                    The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

                    3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                    -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

                    With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as -follows:

                    4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                    -.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

                    The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

                    5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                    -.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

                    The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

                    6> {ok, RequestId} =
                    -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

                    The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

                    In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is -received:

                    7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
                    -ok

                    This sends a request with a specified connection header:

                    8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                    -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
                    -.. [], []).

                    This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

                    9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
                    -10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                    - .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

                    Start an HTTP client profile:

                    10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
                    -{ok, <0.45.0>}

                    The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

                    11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
                    -{error, econnrefused}

                    Stop the HTTP client profile:

                    12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
                    -ok

                    Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

                    13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
                    +applies to all the following requests.

                    Example:

                    2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
                    +["localhost"]}}]).
                    +ok

                    The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

                    3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                    +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

                    With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as +follows:

                    4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                    +.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

                    The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

                    5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                    +.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

                    The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

                    6> {ok, RequestId} =
                    +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

                    The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

                    In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is +received:

                    7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
                    +ok

                    This sends a request with a specified connection header:

                    8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                    +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
                    +.. [], []).

                    This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

                    9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
                    +10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                    + .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

                    Start an HTTP client profile:

                    10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
                    +{ok, <0.45.0>}

                    The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

                    11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
                    +{error, econnrefused}

                    Stop the HTTP client profile:

                    12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
                    +ok

                    Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

                    13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
                     ok
                    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                    -

                    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                    +

                    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_server.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_server.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.088383060 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/http_server.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.088383060 +0000 @@ -141,20 +141,20 @@ server API, which is described in the Erlang Web Server API. This API can be used to enhance the core server functionality, for example with custom logging and authentication.

                    The following is to be put in the Erlang node application configuration file to -start an HTTP server at application startup:

                    [{inets, [{services, [{httpd, [{proplist_file,
                    -           "/var/tmp/server_root/conf/8888_props.conf"}]},
                    -          {httpd, [{proplist_file,
                    -           "/var/tmp/server_root/conf/8080_props.conf"}]}]}]}].

                    The server is configured using an Erlang property list. For the available -properties, see httpd.

                    The available configuration properties are as follows:

                    httpd_service() -> {httpd, httpd()}
                    -httpd()         -> [httpd_config()]
                    -httpd_config()  -> {proplist_file, file()}
                    -                   {debug, debug()} |
                    -                   {accept_timeout, integer()}
                    -debug()         -> disable | [debug_options()]
                    -debug_options() -> {all_functions, modules()} |
                    -                   {exported_functions, modules()} |
                    -                   {disable, modules()}
                    -modules()       -> [atom()]

                    Here:

                    In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

                     {RequestId, saved_to_file}
                    - {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
                    - {RequestId, Result}
                    - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
                    - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
                    - {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
                    - {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

                    Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

                  • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an +apply(Module, Function, [ReplyInfo | Args]).

                  In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

                   {RequestId, saved_to_file}
                  + {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
                  + {RequestId, Result}
                  + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
                  + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
                  + {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
                  + {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

                  Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

                • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an URI with an IPv6 address with brackets, if those brackets are to be retained (true) or stripped (false).

                  Default is false.

                @@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.204383828 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.204383828 +0000 @@ -236,36 +236,36 @@ level error under the hierarchical logger domain: [otp, inets, httpd, ServerID, error] The built in logger formatting function produces log entries from the error -reports:

                #{server_name => string()
                +reports:

                #{server_name => string()
                   protocol => internal | 'TCP' | 'TLS' | 'HTTP',
                   transport => "TCP" | "TLS", %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP'
                -  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
                -  peer => inet:peername(),
                -  host => inet:hostname(),
                -  reason => term()
                -}

                An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

                =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
                +  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
                +  peer => inet:peername(),
                +  host => inet:hostname(),
                +  reason => term()
                +}

                An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

                =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
                    Server: My Server
                  Protocol: HTTP
                 Transport: TLS
                       URI: /not_there
                      Host: 127.0.1.1:80
                      Peer: 127.0.0.1:45253
                -   Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

                Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

                Add the filter

                {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
                -    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

                to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the + Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

                Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

                Add the filter

                {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
                +    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

                to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the error log from an httpd server with a ServerID of my_server to a file -you can use the following sys.config:

                [{kernel,
                - [{logger,
                -  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
                -    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
                -      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
                -                                 {log, equal,
                -                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
                -                                 }}}],
                -      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

                or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

                logger:add_handler_filter(default,
                +you can use the following sys.config:

                [{kernel,
                + [{logger,
                +  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
                +    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
                +      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
                +                                 {log, equal,
                +                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
                +                                 }}}],
                +      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

                or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

                logger:add_handler_filter(default,
                                           inets_httpd,
                -                          {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
                -                           {log, equal,
                -                            [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).
            • {log_format, common | combined}
              Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format + {fun logger_filters:domain/2, + {log, equal, + [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).

          • {log_format, common | combined}
            Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format or the extended common log format. The common format is one line looking like this: remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes.

            Here:

            • remotehost - Remote.

            • rfc931 - The remote username of the client (RFC 931).

            • authuser - The username used for authentication.

            • [date] - Date and time of the request @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes "referer" "user_agent"

              In addition to the earlier:

              • "referer" - The URL the client was on before requesting the URL (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

              • "user_agent" - The software the client claims to be using (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

              This affects the access logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

            • {error_log_format, pretty | compact}
              Default is pretty. If the error log is meant to be read directly by a human, -pretty is the best option.

              pretty has a format corresponding to:

              io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

              compact has a format corresponding to:

              io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

              This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

            +pretty is the best option.

            pretty has a format corresponding to:

            io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

            compact has a format corresponding to:

            io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

            This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

          @@ -284,15 +284,15 @@
          • {alias, {Alias, RealName}}
            Alias = string() and RealName = string(). alias allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs with a path beginning with url-path is mapped to local files beginning with -directory-filename, for example:

            {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

            Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file +directory-filename, for example:

            {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

            Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file /ftp/pub/image/foo.gif.

          • {re_write, {Re, Replacement}}
            Re = string() and Replacement = string(). re_write allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs are rewritten by re:replace/3 to produce a path in the local -file-system, for example:

            {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

            Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file +file-system, for example:

            {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

            Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file /home/bob/public/foo.gif.

          • {directory_index, [string()]}
            directory_index specifies a list of resources to look for if a client requests a directory using a / at the end of the directory name. file depicts the name of a file in the directory. Several files can be given, in -which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

            {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

            Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return +which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

            {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

            Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return http://your.server.org/docs/index.html or http://your.server.org/docs/welcome.html if index.html does not exist.

          @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ method. The method is either GET or POST, as defined in RFC 1945. It propagates the URL and file path of the requested document using the standard CGI PATH_INFO and -PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

          Example:

          {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

        +PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

        Example:

        {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

      @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

      • {erl_script_alias, {URLPath, [AllowedModule]}}
        URLPath = string() and AllowedModule = atom(). erl_script_alias marks all URLs matching url-path as erl scheme scripts. A matching URL is mapped -into a specific module and function, for example:

        {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

        A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would +into a specific module and function, for example:

        {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

        A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would refer to httpd_example:yahoo/3 or, if that does not exist, httpd_example:yahoo/2 and http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/other:yahoo would not be allowed to execute.

      • {erl_script_nocache, boolean()}
        If erl_script_nocache is set to true, the server adds HTTP header fields @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Authentication Properties - Requires mod_auth -

        {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

        The properties for directories are as follows:

        • {allow_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
          Defines a set of hosts to be granted access to a given directory, for example:

          {allow_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

          The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are +

          {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

          The properties for directories are as follows:

          • {allow_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
            Defines a set of hosts to be granted access to a given directory, for example:

            {allow_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

            The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are allowed access.

          • {deny_from, all | [RegxpHostString]}
            Defines a set of hosts to be denied access to a given directory, for example:

            {deny_from, ["123.34.56.11", "150.100.23"]}

            The host 123.34.56.11 and all machines on the 150.100.23 subnet are not allowed access.

          • {auth_type, plain | dets | mnesia}
            Sets the type of authentication database that is used for the directory. The key difference between the different methods is that dynamic data can be saved @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Security Properties - Requires mod_security -

            {security_directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

            The properties for the security directories are as follows:

            • {data_file, path()}
              Name of the security data file. The filename can either be absolute or +

              {security_directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

              The properties for the security directories are as follows:

              • {data_file, path()}
                Name of the security data file. The filename can either be absolute or relative to the server_root. This file is used to store persistent data for module mod_security.

              • {max_retries, integer()}
                Specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user before the user is blocked out. If a user successfully authenticates while blocked, the @@ -430,10 +430,10 @@ Web server API data types -

                The Erlang web server API data types are as follows:

                ModData = #mod{}
                +

                The Erlang web server API data types are as follows:

                ModData = #mod{}
                 
                --record(mod, {
                -    data = [],
                +-record(mod, {
                +    data = [],
                     socket_type = ip_comm,
                     socket,
                     config_db,
                @@ -442,10 +442,10 @@
                     request_uri,
                     http_version,
                     request_line,
                -    parsed_header = [],
                +    parsed_header = [],
                     entity_body,
                     connection
                -}).

                To access the record in your callback-module use:

                -include_lib("inets/include/httpd.hrl").

                The fields of record mod have the following meaning:

                • data - Type [{InteractionKey,InteractionValue}] is used to propagate +}).

                To access the record in your callback-module use:

                -include_lib("inets/include/httpd.hrl").

                The fields of record mod have the following meaning:

                • data - Type [{InteractionKey,InteractionValue}] is used to propagate data between modules. Depicted interaction_data() in function type declarations.

                • socket_type - socket_type() indicates whether it is an IP socket or an ssl socket.

                • socket - The socket, in format ip_comm or ssl, depending on @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                  -

                  Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                  +

                  Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                  /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.228383988 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_custom_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.232384014 +0000 @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                  -

                  Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                  +

                  Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                  /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_socket.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_socket.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.260384200 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_socket.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.260384200 +0000 @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                  -

                  Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                  +

                  Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                  /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_util.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_util.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.288384385 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/httpd_util.html 2025-03-21 17:27:41.288384385 +0000 @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                  -

                  Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                  +

                  Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                  /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:26:22.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> inets - 9.3.2 - urn:uuid:a586b3ea-1e3d-cf02-0290-53dba4b26c97 + urn:uuid:6bde5592-e99a-ce64-d07a-e26ee85c2761 en - 2025-03-18T23:26:22Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:06Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:22.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/http_client.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,32 +33,32 @@ handle each request, unless a persistent connection can be used with or without pipelining. The client adds a host header and an empty te header if there are no such headers present in the request.

                  The client supports IPv6 as long as the underlying mechanisms also do so.

                  The following is to be put in the Erlang node application configuration file to -start a profile at application startup:

                  [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

                  For valid properties, see httpc.

                  +start a profile at application startup:

                  [{inets, [{services, [{httpc, PropertyList}]}]}]

                  For valid properties, see httpc.

                  Getting Started

                  -

                  Start Inets:

                  1> inets:start().
                  +

                  Start Inets:

                  1> inets:start().
                   ok

                  The following calls use the default client profile. Use the proxy "www-proxy.mycompany.com:8000", except from requests to localhost. This -applies to all the following requests.

                  Example:

                  2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
                  -["localhost"]}}]).
                  -ok

                  The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

                  3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                  -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

                  With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as -follows:

                  4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                  -.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

                  The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

                  5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                  -.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

                  The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

                  6> {ok, RequestId} =
                  -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

                  The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

                  In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is -received:

                  7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
                  -ok

                  This sends a request with a specified connection header:

                  8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                  -.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
                  -.. [], []).

                  This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

                  9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
                  -10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                  - .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

                  Start an HTTP client profile:

                  10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
                  -{ok, <0.45.0>}

                  The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

                  11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
                  -{error, econnrefused}

                  Stop the HTTP client profile:

                  12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
                  -ok

                  Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

                  13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
                  +applies to all the following requests.

                  Example:

                  2> httpc:set_options([{proxy, {{"www-proxy.mycompany.com", 8000},
                  +["localhost"]}}]).
                  +ok

                  The following is an ordinary synchronous request:

                  3> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                  +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], []).

                  With all the default values presented, a get request can also be written as +follows:

                  4> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                  +.. httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org").

                  The following is a https request and with verification of the host:

                  5> {ok, {{Version, 200, ReasonPhrase}, Headers, Body}} =
                  +.. httpc:request(get, {"https://www.erlang.org", []}, [{ssl, httpc:ssl_verify_host_options(true)}], []).

                  The following is an ordinary asynchronous request:

                  6> {ok, RequestId} =
                  +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", []}, [], [{sync, false}]).

                  The result is sent to the calling process as {http, {ReqestId, Result}}.

                  In this case, the calling process is the shell, so the following result is +received:

                  7> receive {http, {RequestId, Result}} -> ok after 500 -> error end.
                  +ok

                  This sends a request with a specified connection header:

                  8> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                  +.. httpc:request(get, {"http://www.erlang.org", [{"connection", "close"}]},
                  +.. [], []).

                  This sends an HTTP request over a unix domain socket (experimental):

                  9> httpc:set_options([{ipfamily, local}, {unix_socket,"/tmp/unix_socket/consul_http.sock"}]).
                  +10> {ok, {{NewVersion, 200, NewReasonPhrase}, NewHeaders, NewBody}} =
                  + .. httpc:request(put, {"http:///v1/kv/foo", [], [], "hello"}, [], []).

                  Start an HTTP client profile:

                  10> {ok, Pid} = inets:start(httpc, [{profile, foo}]).
                  +{ok, <0.45.0>}

                  The new profile has no proxy settings, so the connection is refused:

                  11> httpc:request("http://www.erlang.org", foo).
                  +{error, econnrefused}

                  Stop the HTTP client profile:

                  12> inets:stop(httpc, foo).
                  +ok

                  Alternative way to stop the HTTP client profile:

                  13> inets:stop(httpc, Pid).
                   ok
                  /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:22.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpc.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -951,13 +951,13 @@ {http, ReplyInfo}.

                • function/1 - Information is delivered to the receiver through calls to the provided fun Receiver(ReplyInfo).

                • {Module, Function, Args} - Information is delivered to the receiver through calls to the callback function -apply(Module, Function, [ReplyInfo | Args]).

                In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

                 {RequestId, saved_to_file}
                - {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
                - {RequestId, Result}
                - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
                - {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
                - {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
                - {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

                Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

              • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an +apply(Module, Function, [ReplyInfo | Args]).

              In all of these cases, ReplyInfo has the following structure:

               {RequestId, saved_to_file}
              + {RequestId, {error, Reason}}
              + {RequestId, Result}
              + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers}
              + {RequestId, stream_start, Headers, HandlerPid}
              + {RequestId, stream, BinBodyPart}
              + {RequestId, stream_end, Headers}

              Default is the pid of the process calling the request function (self/0).

            • ipv6_host_with_brackets - Defines when parsing the Host-Port part of an URI with an IPv6 address with brackets, if those brackets are to be retained (true) or stripped (false).

              Default is false.

            /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:22.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/inets-9.3.2/doc/html/inets.epub/OEBPS/httpd.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -131,36 +131,36 @@ level error under the hierarchical logger domain: [otp, inets, httpd, ServerID, error] The built in logger formatting function produces log entries from the error -reports:

            #{server_name => string()
            +reports:

            #{server_name => string()
               protocol => internal | 'TCP' | 'TLS' | 'HTTP',
               transport => "TCP" | "TLS", %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP'
            -  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
            -  peer => inet:peername(),
            -  host => inet:hostname(),
            -  reason => term()
            -}

            An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

            =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
            +  uri => string(), %% Present when protocol = 'HTTP' and URI is valid
            +  peer => inet:peername(),
            +  host => inet:hostname(),
            +  reason => term()
            +}

            An example of a log entry with only default settings of logger

            =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::09:33:27.350235 ===
                Server: My Server
              Protocol: HTTP
             Transport: TLS
                   URI: /not_there
                  Host: 127.0.1.1:80
                  Peer: 127.0.0.1:45253
            -   Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

            Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

            Add the filter

            {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
            -    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

            to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the + Reason: [{statuscode,404},{description,"Object Not Found"}]

            Using this option makes mod_log and mod_disk_log error logs redundant.

            Add the filter

            {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
            +    {log,equal,[otp,inets, httpd, ServerID, error]}

            to appropriate logger handler to handle the events. For example to write the error log from an httpd server with a ServerID of my_server to a file -you can use the following sys.config:

            [{kernel,
            - [{logger,
            -  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
            -    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
            -      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
            -                                 {log, equal,
            -                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
            -                                 }}}],
            -      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

            or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

            logger:add_handler_filter(default,
            +you can use the following sys.config:

            [{kernel,
            + [{logger,
            +  [{handler, http_error_test, logger_std_h,
            +    #{config => #{ file => "log/http_error.log" },
            +      filters => [{inets_httpd, {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
            +                                 {log, equal,
            +                                  [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]
            +                                 }}}],
            +      filter_default => stop }}]}]}].

            or if you want to add it to the default logger via an API:

            logger:add_handler_filter(default,
                                       inets_httpd,
            -                          {fun logger_filters:domain/2,
            -                           {log, equal,
            -                            [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).
        • {log_format, common | combined}
          Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format + {fun logger_filters:domain/2, + {log, equal, + [otp, inets, httpd, my_server, error]}}).

      • {log_format, common | combined}
        Defines if access logs are to be written according to the common log format or the extended common log format. The common format is one line looking like this: remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes.

        Here:

        • remotehost - Remote.

        • rfc931 - The remote username of the client (RFC 931).

        • authuser - The username used for authentication.

        • [date] - Date and time of the request @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ remotehost rfc931 authuser [date] "request" status bytes "referer" "user_agent"

          In addition to the earlier:

          • "referer" - The URL the client was on before requesting the URL (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

          • "user_agent" - The software the client claims to be using (if it could not be determined, a minus sign is placed in this field).

          This affects the access logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

        • {error_log_format, pretty | compact}
          Default is pretty. If the error log is meant to be read directly by a human, -pretty is the best option.

          pretty has a format corresponding to:

          io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

          compact has a format corresponding to:

          io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

          This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

        +pretty is the best option.

        pretty has a format corresponding to:

        io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~n ~p ~n~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

        compact has a format corresponding to:

        io:format("[~s] ~s, reason: ~w ~n", [Date, Msg, Reason]).

        This affects the error logs written by mod_log and mod_disk_log.

      @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@
      • {alias, {Alias, RealName}}
        Alias = string() and RealName = string(). alias allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs with a path beginning with url-path is mapped to local files beginning with -directory-filename, for example:

        {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

        Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file +directory-filename, for example:

        {alias, {"/image", "/ftp/pub/image"}}

        Access to http://your.server.org/image/foo.gif would refer to the file /ftp/pub/image/foo.gif.

      • {re_write, {Re, Replacement}}
        Re = string() and Replacement = string(). re_write allows documents to be stored in the local file system instead of the document_root location. URLs are rewritten by re:replace/3 to produce a path in the local -file-system, for example:

        {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

        Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file +file-system, for example:

        {re_write, {"^/[~]([^/]+)(.*)$", "/home/\\1/public\\2"}}

        Access to http://your.server.org/~bob/foo.gif would refer to the file /home/bob/public/foo.gif.

      • {directory_index, [string()]}
        directory_index specifies a list of resources to look for if a client requests a directory using a / at the end of the directory name. file depicts the name of a file in the directory. Several files can be given, in -which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

        {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

        Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return +which case the server returns the first it finds, for example:

        {directory_index, ["index.html", "welcome.html"]}

        Access to http://your.server.org/docs/ would return http://your.server.org/docs/index.html or http://your.server.org/docs/welcome.html if index.html does not exist.

      @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ method. The method is either GET or POST, as defined in RFC 1945. It propagates the URL and file path of the requested document using the standard CGI PATH_INFO and -PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

      Example:

      {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    +PATH_TRANSLATED environment variables.

    Example:

    {script, {"PUT", "/cgi-bin/put"}}

    @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

    • {erl_script_alias, {URLPath, [AllowedModule]}}
      URLPath = string() and AllowedModule = atom(). erl_script_alias marks all URLs matching url-path as erl scheme scripts. A matching URL is mapped -into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would +into a specific module and function, for example:

      {erl_script_alias, {"/cgi-bin/example", [httpd_example]}}

      A request to http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/httpd_example:yahoo would refer to httpd_example:yahoo/3 or, if that does not exist, httpd_example:yahoo/2 and http://your.server.org/cgi-bin/example/other:yahoo would not be allowed to execute.

    • {erl_script_nocache, boolean()}
      If erl_script_nocache is set to true, the server adds HTTP header fields @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Authentication Properties - Requires mod_auth

    -

    {directory, {path(), [{property(), term()}]}}

    The properties for directories are as follows:

  • {sctp_events, #sctp_event_subscribe{}}

    #sctp_event_subscribe{
             data_io_event          = true | false,
             association_event      = true | false,
             address_event          = true | false,
    @@ -183,42 +183,42 @@
             shutdown_event         = true | false,
             partial_delivery_event = true | false,
             adaptation_layer_event = true | false
    -}

    This option determines which SCTP Events that are to be +}

    This option determines which SCTP Events that are to be received (through recv/*) along with the data. The only exception is data_io_event, which enables or disables receiving of #sctp_sndrcvinfo{} ancillary data, not events. By default, all flags except adaptation_layer_event are enabled, although sctp_data_io_event and association_event are used by the driver -itself and not exported to the user level.

  • {sctp_delayed_ack_time, #sctp_assoc_value{}}

    #sctp_assoc_value{
    -      assoc_id    = assoc_id(),
    -      assoc_value = integer()
    -}

    Rarely used. Determines the ACK time (specified by assoc_value, in +itself and not exported to the user level.

  • {sctp_delayed_ack_time, #sctp_assoc_value{}}

    #sctp_assoc_value{
    +      assoc_id    = assoc_id(),
    +      assoc_value = integer()
    +}

    Rarely used. Determines the ACK time (specified by assoc_value, in milliseconds) for the specified association or the whole endpoint if -assoc_value = 0 (default).

  • {sctp_status, #sctp_status{}}

    #sctp_status{
    -      assoc_id            = assoc_id(),
    -      state               = atom(),
    -      rwnd                = integer(),
    -      unackdata           = integer(),
    -      penddata            = integer(),
    -      instrms             = integer(),
    -      outstrms            = integer(),
    -      fragmentation_point = integer(),
    -      primary             = #sctp_paddrinfo{}
    -}

    This option is read-only. It determines the status of the SCTP association +assoc_value = 0 (default).

  • {sctp_status, #sctp_status{}}

    #sctp_status{
    +      assoc_id            = assoc_id(),
    +      state               = atom(),
    +      rwnd                = integer(),
    +      unackdata           = integer(),
    +      penddata            = integer(),
    +      instrms             = integer(),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_tcp.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000
    @@ -25,27 +25,27 @@
           

    Interface to TCP/IP sockets.

    This module provides functions for communicating over TCP/IP protocol sockets.

    The following code fragment is a simple example of a client connecting to a -server at port 5678, transferring a binary, and closing the connection:

    client() ->
    +server at port 5678, transferring a binary, and closing the connection:

    client() ->
         SomeHostInNet = "localhost", % to make it runnable on one machine
    -    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(SomeHostInNet, 5678,
    -                                 [binary, {packet, 0}]),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:send(Sock, "Some Data"),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock).

    At the other end, a server is listening on port 5678, accepts the connection, -and receives the binary:

    server() ->
    -    {ok, LSock} = gen_tcp:listen(5678, [binary, {packet, 0},
    -                                        {active, false}]),
    -    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:accept(LSock),
    -    {ok, Bin} = do_recv(Sock, []),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    -    ok = gen_tcp:close(LSock),
    +    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(SomeHostInNet, 5678,
    +                                 [binary, {packet, 0}]),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:send(Sock, "Some Data"),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock).

    At the other end, a server is listening on port 5678, accepts the connection, +and receives the binary:

    server() ->
    +    {ok, LSock} = gen_tcp:listen(5678, [binary, {packet, 0},
    +                                        {active, false}]),
    +    {ok, Sock} = gen_tcp:accept(LSock),
    +    {ok, Bin} = do_recv(Sock, []),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    +    ok = gen_tcp:close(LSock),
         Bin.
     
    -do_recv(Sock, Bs) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:recv(Sock, 0) of
    -        {ok, B} ->
    -            do_recv(Sock, [Bs, B]);
    -        {error, closed} ->
    -            {ok, list_to_binary(Bs)}
    +do_recv(Sock, Bs) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:recv(Sock, 0) of
    +        {ok, B} ->
    +            do_recv(Sock, [Bs, B]);
    +        {error, closed} ->
    +            {ok, list_to_binary(Bs)}
         end.

    For more examples, see section Examples.

    Note

    Functions that create sockets can take an optional option; {inet_backend, Backend} that, if specified, has to be the first option. This selects the implementation backend towards the platform's socket API.

    This is a temporary option that will be ignored in a future release.

    The default is Backend = inet that selects the traditional inet_drv.c @@ -84,48 +84,48 @@ a single listening socket. Function start/2 takes the number of worker processes and the port number on which to listen for incoming connections. If LPort is specified as 0, an ephemeral port number is used, which is why the -start function returns the actual port number allocated:

    start(Num,LPort) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:listen(LPort,[{active, false},{packet,2}]) of
    -        {ok, ListenSock} ->
    -            start_servers(Num,ListenSock),
    -            {ok, Port} = inet:port(ListenSock),
    +start function returns the actual port number allocated:

    start(Num,LPort) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:listen(LPort,[{active, false},{packet,2}]) of
    +        {ok, ListenSock} ->
    +            start_servers(Num,ListenSock),
    +            {ok, Port} = inet:port(ListenSock),
                 Port;
    -        {error,Reason} ->
    -            {error,Reason}
    +        {error,Reason} ->
    +            {error,Reason}
         end.
     
    -start_servers(0,_) ->
    +start_servers(0,_) ->
         ok;
    -start_servers(Num,LS) ->
    -    spawn(?MODULE,server,[LS]),
    -    start_servers(Num-1,LS).
    +start_servers(Num,LS) ->
    +    spawn(?MODULE,server,[LS]),
    +    start_servers(Num-1,LS).
     
    -server(LS) ->
    -    case gen_tcp:accept(LS) of
    -        {ok,S} ->
    -            loop(S),
    -            server(LS);
    +server(LS) ->
    +    case gen_tcp:accept(LS) of
    +        {ok,S} ->
    +            loop(S),
    +            server(LS);
             Other ->
    -            io:format("accept returned ~w - goodbye!~n",[Other]),
    +            io:format("accept returned ~w - goodbye!~n",[Other]),
                 ok
         end.
     
    -loop(S) ->
    -    inet:setopts(S,[{active,once}]),
    +loop(S) ->
    +    inet:setopts(S,[{active,once}]),
         receive
    -        {tcp,S,Data} ->
    -            Answer = process(Data), % Not implemented in this example
    -            gen_tcp:send(S,Answer),
    -            loop(S);
    -        {tcp_closed,S} ->
    -            io:format("Socket ~w closed [~w]~n",[S,self()]),
    +        {tcp,S,Data} ->
    +            Answer = process(Data), % Not implemented in this example
    +            gen_tcp:send(S,Answer),
    +            loop(S);
    +        {tcp_closed,S} ->
    +            io:format("Socket ~w closed [~w]~n",[S,self()]),
                 ok
    -    end.

    Example of a simple client:

    client(PortNo,Message) ->
    -    {ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost",PortNo,[{active,false},
    -                                                    {packet,2}]),
    -    gen_tcp:send(Sock,Message),
    -    A = gen_tcp:recv(Sock,0),
    -    gen_tcp:close(Sock),
    +    end.

    Example of a simple client:

    client(PortNo,Message) ->
    +    {ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost",PortNo,[{active,false},
    +                                                    {packet,2}]),
    +    gen_tcp:send(Sock,Message),
    +    A = gen_tcp:recv(Sock,0),
    +    gen_tcp:close(Sock),
         A.

    The send call does not accept a time-out option because time-outs on send is handled through socket option send_timeout. The behavior of a send operation with no receiver is mainly defined by the underlying TCP stack and the network @@ -135,32 +135,32 @@ does not get any acknowledge for each message it sends, but has to rely on the send time-out option to detect that the other end is unresponsive. Option send_timeout can be used when connecting:

    ...
    -{ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(HostAddress, Port,
    -                            [{active,false},
    -                             {send_timeout, 5000},
    -                             {packet,2}]),
    -                loop(Sock), % See below
    -...

    In the loop where requests are handled, send time-outs can now be detected:

    loop(Sock) ->
    +{ok,Sock} = gen_tcp:connect(HostAddress, Port,
    +                            [{active,false},
    +                             {send_timeout, 5000},
    +                             {packet,2}]),
    +                loop(Sock), % See below
    +...

    In the loop where requests are handled, send time-outs can now be detected:

    loop(Sock) ->
         receive
    -        {Client, send_data, Binary} ->
    -            case gen_tcp:send(Sock,[Binary]) of
    -                {error, timeout} ->
    -                    io:format("Send timeout, closing!~n",
    -                              []),
    -                    handle_send_timeout(), % Not implemented here
    -                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, timeout}},
    +        {Client, send_data, Binary} ->
    +            case gen_tcp:send(Sock,[Binary]) of
    +                {error, timeout} ->
    +                    io:format("Send timeout, closing!~n",
    +                              []),
    +                    handle_send_timeout(), % Not implemented here
    +                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, timeout}},
                         %% Usually, it's a good idea to give up in case of a
                         %% send timeout, as you never know how much actually
                         %% reached the server, maybe only a packet header?!
    -                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    -                {error, OtherSendError} ->
    -                    io:format("Some other error on socket (~p), closing",
    -                              [OtherSendError]),
    -                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, OtherSendError}},
    -                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    +                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
    +                {error, OtherSendError} ->
    +                    io:format("Some other error on socket (~p), closing",
    +                              [OtherSendError]),
    +                    Client ! {self(),{error_sending, OtherSendError}},
    +                    gen_tcp:close(Sock);
                     ok ->
    -                    Client ! {self(), data_sent},
    -                    loop(Sock)
    +                    Client ! {self(), data_sent},
    +                    loop(Sock)
                 end
         end.

    Usually it suffices to detect time-outs on receive, as most protocols include some sort of acknowledgment from the server, but if the protocol is strictly one /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/gen_udp.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ Leaves a multicast group.

  • option/0 - See inet:setopts/2.

  • UDP packets are sent with this socket using send(Socket, ...). When UDP packets arrive to the Socket's UDP port, and the socket is in an active mode, the packets are delivered as messages to the -controlling process (socket owner):

    {udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, Packet} % Without ancillary data
    -{udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, AncData, Packet} % With ancillary data

    PeerIP and PeerPort are the address from which Packet was sent. +controlling process (socket owner):

    {udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, Packet} % Without ancillary data
    +{udp, Socket, PeerIP, PeerPort, AncData, Packet} % With ancillary data

    PeerIP and PeerPort are the address from which Packet was sent. Packet is a list of bytes ([byte/0] if option list is active and a binary/0 if option binaryis active (they are mutually exclusive).

    The message contains an AncData field only if any of the socket @@ -848,8 +848,8 @@ recvtclass or recvttl are active.

    When a socket in {active, N} mode (see inet:setopts/2 for details), transitions to passive ({active, false}) mode (N counts down to 0), -the controlling process is notified by a message on this form:

    {udp_passive, Socket}

    If the OS protocol stack reports an error for the socket, the following -message is sent to the controlling process:

    {udp_error, Socket, Reason}

    Reason is mostly a POSIX Error Code.

    If the socket is in passive mode (not in an active mode), received data +the controlling process is notified by a message on this form:

    {udp_passive, Socket}

    If the OS protocol stack reports an error for the socket, the following +message is sent to the controlling process:

    {udp_error, Socket, Reason}

    Reason is mostly a POSIX Error Code.

    If the socket is in passive mode (not in an active mode), received data can be retrieved with therecv/2,3](recv/2) calls. Note that incoming UDP packets that are longer than the receive buffer option specifies can be truncated without warning.

    The default value for the receive buffer option is {recbuf, 8192}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/global_group.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ groups. Each global group has its own global namespace, see global.

    The main advantage of dividing systems into global groups is that the background load decreases while the number of nodes to be updated is reduced when manipulating globally registered names.

    The Kernel configuration parameter global_groups -defines the global groups:

    {global_groups, [GroupTuple :: group_tuple()]}

    For the processes and nodes to run smoothly using the global group +defines the global groups:

    {global_groups, [GroupTuple :: group_tuple()]}

    For the processes and nodes to run smoothly using the global group functionality, the following criteria must be met:

    • An instance of the global group server, global_group, must be running on each node. The processes are automatically started and synchronized when a node is started.
    • All involved nodes must agree on the global group definition, otherwise the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet_res.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -74,15 +74,15 @@ Example

      This access functions example shows how lookup/3 can be implemented using -resolve/3 from outside the module:

      example_lookup(Name, Class, Type) ->
      -    case inet_res:resolve(Name, Class, Type) of
      -        {ok,Msg} ->
      -            [inet_dns:rr(RR, data)
      -             || RR <- inet_dns:msg(Msg, anlist),
      -                 inet_dns:rr(RR, type) =:= Type,
      -                 inet_dns:rr(RR, class) =:= Class];
      -        {error,_} ->
      -            []
      +resolve/3 from outside the module:

      example_lookup(Name, Class, Type) ->
      +    case inet_res:resolve(Name, Class, Type) of
      +        {ok,Msg} ->
      +            [inet_dns:rr(RR, data)
      +             || RR <- inet_dns:msg(Msg, anlist),
      +                 inet_dns:rr(RR, type) =:= Type,
      +                 inet_dns:rr(RR, class) =:= Class];
      +        {error,_} ->
      +            []
            end.
      @@ -478,57 +478,57 @@

      A DNS message.

      This is the start of a hierarchy of opaque data structures that can be examined with access functions in inet_dns, which return lists of {Field,Value} tuples. The arity 2 functions return the value -for a specified field.

      dns_msg() = DnsMsg
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg) ->
      -        [ {header, dns_header()}
      -        | {qdlist, dns_query()}
      -        | {anlist, dns_rr()}
      -        | {nslist, dns_rr()}
      -        | {arlist, dns_rr()} ]
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, header) -> dns_header() % for example
      -    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, Field) -> Value
      -
      -dns_header() = DnsHeader
      -    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader) ->
      -        [ {id, integer()}
      -        | {qr, boolean()}
      -        | {opcode, query | iquery | status | integer()}
      -        | {aa, boolean()}
      -        | {tc, boolean()}
      -        | {rd, boolean()}
      -        | {ra, boolean()}
      -        | {pr, boolean()}
      -        | {rcode, integer(0..16)} ]
      -    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader, Field) -> Value
      -
      -query_type() = axfr | mailb | maila | any | dns_rr_type()
      -
      -dns_query() = DnsQuery
      -    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery) ->
      -        [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -        | {type, query_type()}
      -        | {class, dns_class()} ]
      -    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery, Field) -> Value
      -
      -dns_rr() = DnsRr
      -    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr) -> DnsRrFields | DnsRrOptFields
      -    DnsRrFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -                  | {type, dns_rr_type()}
      -                  | {class, dns_class()}
      -                  | {ttl, integer()}
      -                  | {data, dns_data()} ]
      -    DnsRrOptFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      -                     | {type, opt}
      -                     | {udp_payload_size, integer()}
      -                     | {ext_rcode, integer()}
      -                     | {version, integer()}
      -                     | {z, integer()}
      -                     | {data, dns_data()} ]
      -    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr, Field) -> Value

      There is an information function for the types above:

      inet_dns:record_type(dns_msg()) -> msg;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_header()) -> header;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_query()) -> dns_query;
      -inet_dns:record_type(dns_rr()) -> rr;
      -inet_dns:record_type(_) -> undefined.

      So, inet_dns:(inet_dns:record_type(X))(X) converts any of these data +for a specified field.

      dns_msg() = DnsMsg
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg) ->
      +        [ {header, dns_header()}
      +        | {qdlist, dns_query()}
      +        | {anlist, dns_rr()}
      +        | {nslist, dns_rr()}
      +        | {arlist, dns_rr()} ]
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, header) -> dns_header() % for example
      +    inet_dns:msg(DnsMsg, Field) -> Value
      +
      +dns_header() = DnsHeader
      +    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader) ->
      +        [ {id, integer()}
      +        | {qr, boolean()}
      +        | {opcode, query | iquery | status | integer()}
      +        | {aa, boolean()}
      +        | {tc, boolean()}
      +        | {rd, boolean()}
      +        | {ra, boolean()}
      +        | {pr, boolean()}
      +        | {rcode, integer(0..16)} ]
      +    inet_dns:header(DnsHeader, Field) -> Value
      +
      +query_type() = axfr | mailb | maila | any | dns_rr_type()
      +
      +dns_query() = DnsQuery
      +    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery) ->
      +        [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +        | {type, query_type()}
      +        | {class, dns_class()} ]
      +    inet_dns:dns_query(DnsQuery, Field) -> Value
      +
      +dns_rr() = DnsRr
      +    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr) -> DnsRrFields | DnsRrOptFields
      +    DnsRrFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +                  | {type, dns_rr_type()}
      +                  | {class, dns_class()}
      +                  | {ttl, integer()}
      +                  | {data, dns_data()} ]
      +    DnsRrOptFields = [ {domain, dns_name()}
      +                     | {type, opt}
      +                     | {udp_payload_size, integer()}
      +                     | {ext_rcode, integer()}
      +                     | {version, integer()}
      +                     | {z, integer()}
      +                     | {data, dns_data()} ]
      +    inet_dns:rr(DnsRr, Field) -> Value

      There is an information function for the types above:

      inet_dns:record_type(dns_msg()) -> msg;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_header()) -> header;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_query()) -> dns_query;
      +inet_dns:record_type(dns_rr()) -> rr;
      +inet_dns:record_type(_) -> undefined.

      So, inet_dns:(inet_dns:record_type(X))(X) converts any of these data structures into a {Field,Value} list.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/inet.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,19 +46,19 @@ or as a tuple {150, 236, 20, 73}.

      IPv4 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
       -------          ------------
       127.0.0.1        {127,0,0,1}
      -192.168.42.2     {192,168,42,2}

      IPv6 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
      +192.168.42.2     {192,168,42,2}

      IPv6 address examples:

      Address          ip_address()
       -------          ------------
      -::1             {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}
      -::192.168.42.2  {0,0,0,0,0,0,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
      +::1             {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}
      +::192.168.42.2  {0,0,0,0,0,0,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
       ::FFFF:192.168.42.2
      -                {0,0,0,0,0,16#FFFF,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
      +                {0,0,0,0,0,16#FFFF,(192 bsl 8) bor 168,(42 bsl 8) bor 2}
       3ffe:b80:1f8d:2:204:acff:fe17:bf38
      -                {16#3ffe,16#b80,16#1f8d,16#2,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}
      +                {16#3ffe,16#b80,16#1f8d,16#2,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}
       fe80::204:acff:fe17:bf38
      -                {16#fe80,0,0,0,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}

      Function parse_address/1 can be useful:

      1> inet:parse_address("192.168.42.2").
      -{ok,{192,168,42,2}}
      -2> inet:parse_address("::FFFF:192.168.42.2").
      -{ok,{0,0,0,0,0,65535,49320,10754}}

      + {16#fe80,0,0,0,16#204,16#acff,16#fe17,16#bf38}

      Function parse_address/1 can be useful:

      1> inet:parse_address("192.168.42.2").
      +{ok,{192,168,42,2}}
      +2> inet:parse_address("::FFFF:192.168.42.2").
      +{ok,{0,0,0,0,0,65535,49320,10754}}

      @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

      A record describing a host; name and address.

      Corresponds to the C: struct hostent as returned by for example -gethostbyname(3).

      The record is defined in the Kernel include file "inet.hrl".

      Add the following directive to the module:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/inet.hrl").
      +gethostbyname(3).

      The record is defined in the Kernel include file "inet.hrl".

      Add the following directive to the module:

      -include_lib("kernel/include/inet.hrl").
      @@ -2001,8 +2001,8 @@ this information, you need to know the following:

      • The numeric value of protocol level IPPROTO_TCP
      • The numeric value of option TCP_INFO
      • The size of struct tcp_info
      • The size and offset of the specific field

      By inspecting the headers or writing a small C program, it is found that IPPROTO_TCP is 6, TCP_INFO is 11, the structure size is 92 (bytes), the offset of tcpi_sacked is 28 bytes, and the value is a 32-bit integer. The -following code can be used to retrieve the value:

      get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) ->
      -    {ok,[{raw,_,_,Info}]} = inet:getopts(Sock,[{raw,6,11,92}]),
      +following code can be used to retrieve the value:

      get_tcpi_sacked(Sock) ->
      +    {ok,[{raw,_,_,Info}]} = inet:getopts(Sock,[{raw,6,11,92}]),
           <<_:28/binary,TcpiSacked:32/native,_/binary>> = Info,
           TcpiSacked.

      Preferably, you would check the machine type, the operating system, and the Kernel version before executing anything similar to this code.

      @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket to monitor doesn't exist or when the monitor is triggered, -a 'DOWN' message is sent that has the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, Type, Object, Info}
      • MonitorRef - The return value from this function.

      • Type - The type of socket, can be one of the following +a 'DOWN' message is sent that has the following pattern:

        	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, Type, Object, Info}
        • MonitorRef - The return value from this function.

        • Type - The type of socket, can be one of the following atom/0s: port or socket.

        • Object - The monitored entity, the socket, which triggered the event.

        • Info - Either the termination reason of the socket or nosock (the Socket did not exist when this function was called).

        Making several calls to inet:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; one monitor is created per call.

        The monitor is triggered when the socket is closed in any way such as /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

        The API for logging consists of a set of macros, and a set of functions on the form logger:Level/1,2,3, which are all shortcuts for logger:log(Level,Arg1[,Arg2[,Arg3]]).

        The macros are defined in logger.hrl, which is included in a module with the -directive

        -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

        The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that +directive

        -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

        The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that macros add location (originator) information to the metadata, and performs lazy evaluation by wrapping the logger call in a case statement, so it is only evaluated if the log level of the event passes the primary log level check.

        @@ -107,23 +107,23 @@

        The log message contains the information to be logged. The message can consist of a format string and arguments (given as two separate parameters in the Logger -API), a string or a report.

        Example, format string and arguments:

        logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

        Example, string:

        logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

        A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log +API), a string or a report.

        Example, format string and arguments:

        logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

        Example, string:

        logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

        A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log using Logger as it makes it possible for different backends to filter and format -the log event as it needs to.

        Example, report:

        ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

        Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's +the log event as it needs to.

        Example, report:

        ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

        Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's metadata. The report callback is a convenience function that the formatter can use to convert the report to a format string and arguments, or directly to a string. The formatter can also use its own conversion function, if no callback is provided, or if a customized formatting is desired.

        The report callback must be a fun with one or two arguments. If it takes one argument, this is the report itself, and the fun returns a format string and -arguments:

        fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

        If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map -containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

        fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

        The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the +arguments:

        fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

        If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map +containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

        fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

        The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the second argument, as the formatter cannot do anything useful of these parameters with the returned string. The extra data also contains a field named single_line, indicating if the printed log message may contain line breaks or not. This variant is used when the formatting of the report depends on the size -or single line parameters.

        Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

        logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
        -             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

        The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun +or single line parameters.

        Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

        logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
        +             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

        The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun is only evaluated if the primary log level check passes, and is therefore recommended if it is expensive to generate the message. The lazy fun must return a string, a report, or a tuple with format string and arguments.

        @@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ allows another application to add its own default handler.

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      • {handler, HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig} - If HandlerId is default, then this entry modifies the default handler, equivalent to calling

                logger:remove_handler(default)
        -

        followed by

                logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
        +

        followed by

                logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
         

        For all other values of HandlerId, this entry adds a new handler, -equivalent to calling

                logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
        +equivalent to calling

                logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
         

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {filters, FilterDefault, [Filter]} - Adds the specified primary -filters.

        • FilterDefault = log | stop

        • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

        Equivalent to calling

                logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
        +filters.

        • FilterDefault = log | stop

        • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

        Equivalent to calling

                logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
         

        for each Filter.

        FilterDefault specifies the behaviour if all primary filters return ignore, see section Filters.

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      • {module_level, Level, [Module]} - Sets module log level for the given -modules. Equivalent to calling

                logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

        for each Module.

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to +modules. Equivalent to calling

                logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

        for each Module.

        Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

      • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to calling

                logger:set_proxy_config(ProxyConfig)
         

        Only one entry of this type is allowed.

      See section Configuration Examples for examples using the logger parameter for system configuration.

    • logger_metadata = map() - Specifies the primary @@ -341,31 +341,31 @@ file. See the config(4) manual page for more information about this file.

      Each of the following examples shows a simple system configuration file that configures Logger according to the description.

      Modify the default handler to print to a file instead of -standard_io:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
      -      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log -event:

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
      -                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to +standard_io:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
      +      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log +event:

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
      +                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to "log/erlang.log", and add another handler to print all log events to -"log/debug.log".

      [{kernel,
      -  [{logger,
      -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      -      #{level => error,
      -        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
      -     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
      -      #{level => debug,
      -        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
      -    ]}]}].

      +"log/debug.log".

      [{kernel,
      +  [{logger,
      +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
      +      #{level => error,
      +        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
      +     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
      +      #{level => debug,
      +        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
      +    ]}]}].

      @@ -406,9 +406,9 @@ This field can be used by filters to stop or allow the log events.

      See section SASL User's Guide for more information about the old SASL error logging functionality.

    • Legacy Event Handlers
      To use event handlers written for error_logger, just add your event handler with

      error_logger:add_report_handler/1,2.

      This automatically starts the error logger event manager, and adds -error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

      #{level => info,
      +error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

      #{level => info,
         filter_default => log,
      -  filters => []}.

      Note

      This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger + filters => []}.

      Note

      This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger API, or from within OTP. This means that if your code uses the Logger API for logging, then your log events will be discarded by this handler.

      The handler is not overload protected.

    @@ -434,19 +434,19 @@ level notice or more severe, are logged to the terminal via the default handler. To also log info events, you can either change the primary log level to info:

    1> logger:set_primary_config(level, info).
    -ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
    +ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
     ok

    This allows info events to pass through to the default handler, and be printed to the terminal as well. If there are many info events, it can be useful to print these to a file instead.

    First, set the log level of the default handler to notice, preventing it from -printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok

    Then, add a new handler which prints to file. You can use the handler module -logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #{config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    -#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    -5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
    +logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #{config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    +#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    +5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
     ok

    Since filter_default defaults to log, this handler now receives all log events. If you want info events only in the file, you must add a filter to stop -all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    -                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
    +all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    +                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
     ok

    See section Filters for more information about the filters and the filter_default configuration parameter.

    @@ -471,48 +471,48 @@ database.

    When logger:get_config/0 or logger:get_handler_config/0,1 is called, Logger calls HModule:filter_config(Config). This function must return the -handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    --export([log/2]).
    +handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    +-export([log/2]).
     
    -log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) ->
    -    io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log +log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) -> + io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log events are printed directly from the client process.

    For information and examples of overload protection, please refer to section Protecting the Handler from Overload, and the implementation of logger_std_h and logger_disk_log_h .

    The following is a simpler example of a handler which logs to a file through one -single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    --export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    +single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    +-export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
     
    -adding_handler(Config) ->
    -    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#{file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    -    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    -    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
    +adding_handler(Config) ->
    +    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#{file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    +    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    +    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
     
    -removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    -    gen_server:stop(Pid).
    +removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    +    gen_server:stop(Pid).
     
    -log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
    +log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    +    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
     
    -init(#{file := File}) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, [append, {encoding, utf8}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_cookbook.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000
    @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@
       
       Print the primary Logger configurations.
     

    -
    1> logger:i(primary).
    +
    1> logger:i(primary).
     Primary configuration:
         Level: notice
         Filter Default: log
         Filters:
    -        (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using + (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using logger:get_primary_config().

    See also

    -
    2> logger:i(handlers).
    +
    2> logger:i(handlers).
     Handler configuration:
         Id: default
             Module: logger_std_h
    @@ -68,10 +68,10 @@
                     Arg: stop
                 Id: domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
    +                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
                 Id: no_domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
    +                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
             Handler Config:
                 burst_limit_enable: true
                 burst_limit_max_count: 500
    @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 4-Nov-2019::16:33:11.746546 ===
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
    -Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    @@ -128,17 +128,17 @@

    Since single line logging is the default of the built-in formatter you only have to provide the empty map as the configuration. The example below uses the sys.config to change the formatter configuration.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
     1962-10-03T11:07:47.466763-04:00 error: Oh noes, an error

    However, if you just want to change it for the current session you can also do -that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
    +that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
     ok
    -2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
    +2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
     1962-10-04T15:34:02.648713-04:00 error: Oh noes, another error

    See also

    @@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ Add file and line number to log entries

    You can change what is printed to the log by using the formatter template:

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
     1962-10-05T07:37:44.104241+02:00 shell.erl:1 error: Oh noes, more errors

    Note that file and line have to be added in the metadata by the caller of logger:log/3 as otherwise Logger will not know from where it was called. The file and line number are automatically added if you use the ?LOG_ERROR macros @@ -170,18 +170,18 @@ Print logs to a file

    Instead of printing the logs to stdout we print them to a rotating file log.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
                           max_no_bytes => 4096,
    -                      max_no_files => 5},
    -         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
    +                      max_no_files => 5},
    +         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     ok
    -2> erlang:halt().
    +2> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/erlang.log
     2019-10-07T11:47:16.837958+02:00 error: Oh noes, even more errors

    See also

    @@ -191,24 +191,24 @@

    Add a handler that prints debug log events to a file, while the default handler prints only up to notice level events to standard out.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger_level, all},
    -   {logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ level => notice }},
    -     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    -    ]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger_level, all},
    +   {logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ level => notice }},
    +     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    +    ]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::14:40:54.784162 ===
     Oh noes, even more errors
     ok
    -2> logger:debug("A debug event").
    +2> logger:debug("A debug event").
     ok
    -3> erlang:halt().
    +3> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/debug.log
     2019-10-09T14:41:03.680541+02:00 debug: A debug event

    In the configuration above we first raise the primary log level to max in order for the debug log events to get to the handlers. Then we configure the default @@ -216,13 +216,13 @@ is all. Then the debug handler is configured with a filter to stop any log message that is not a debug level message.

    It is also possible to do the same changes in an already running system using the logger module. Then you do like this:

    $ erl
    -1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok
    -2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    -  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
    +2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    +  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
     ok
    -3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
    +3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
     ok

    It is important that you do not raise the primary log level before adjusting the default handler's level as otherwise your standard out may be flooded by debug log messages.

    See also

    @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ What to log and how

    The simplest way to log something is by using the Logger macros and give a -report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
    +report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
         dst: {8,8,4,4}
         src: {8,8,8,8}
         status: 418
    @@ -250,14 +250,14 @@
     

    If you want to do structured logging, but still want to have some control of how the final log message is formatted you can give a report_cb as part of the -metadata with your log event.

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two elements. Therefore, the arity of the table is 3.

    Instrumentation Functions

    -

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify +

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify rows. Also, you can use the ordinary Mnesia API to access the table from your programs. The only explicit action is to create the Mnesia table, an action the user has to perform in order to create the required table schemas.

    @@ -350,11 +350,11 @@

    It is often necessary to take some specific action when a table is modified. This is accomplished with an instrumentation function. It executes some specific code when the table is set, and passes all other requests down to the -pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. +pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. Refer to the Reference Manual, section SNMP, module snmp_generic for details.

    @@ -367,28 +367,28 @@ that the agent does not know about. This situation is handled by adding values for the internal columns in the set function.

    To illustrate this, suppose we extend our Mnesia empTable with one internal column. We create it as before, but with an arity of 4, by adding another -attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which +attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which creates a row, we must give a value to the internal column. The instrumentation -functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    --define(createAndWait, 5).
    +functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    +-define(createAndWait, 5).
     
    -emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
       NewCols =
    -    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    -      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
    +    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    +      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
           false -> Cols                      % keep original cols
       end,
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    -
    -is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    -  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    -    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    -    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    +
    +is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    +  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    +    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    +    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
         _ -> false
       end.

    If a row is created, we always set the internal column to "internal".

    @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.520445586 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_config_files.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.520445586 +0000 @@ -150,30 +150,30 @@

    The agent information should be stored in a file called agent.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {AgentVariable, Value}.

    • AgentVariable is one of the variables in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB or one of the internal variables intAgentUDPPort, which defines which UDP port the agent listens to, or intAgentTransports, which defines the transport domains and -addresses of the agent.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    -{intAgentTransports,
    - [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    -{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    -{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir    = "/tmp",
    +addresses of the agent.
  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    +{intAgentTransports,
    + [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    +{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    +{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir    = "/tmp",
     AgentPort   = 4000,
    -Transports  = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -               {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}],
    +Transports  = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +               {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}],
     EngineID    = "mbj's engine",
     MMS         = 484,
     AgentConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentUDPPort,          AgentPort),
    -    snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentTransports,       Transports),
    -    snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineID,             EngineID),
    -    snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, MMS)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_agent_config(AgentDir, AgentConfig),

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    -      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    -      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    -      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling + [snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentUDPPort, AgentPort), + snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentTransports, Transports), + snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineID, EngineID), + snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, MMS)], +snmpa_conf:write_agent_config(AgentDir, AgentConfig),

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    +      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    +      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    +      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling both requests and traps) for a transport domain, its not possible to also specify a transport (for that domain) with a specific Kind. This is for -example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be +example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be configured.

    PortInfo system is used to indicate that the 'system' should choose (the way port number '0' (zero) is normally used). Port info '0' (zero) cannot be used for this, since it is (internally) used to represent the 'default' port number.

    In the traditional transport entries, when the Addr value does not contain a @@ -194,29 +194,29 @@ default context "" need not be present.

    Each row defines a context in the agent. This information is used in the table vacmContextTable in the SNMP-VIEW-BASED-ACM-MIB.

    Each entry is a term:

    ContextName.

    • ContextName is a string.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir      = "/tmp",
     ContextConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:context_entry("foo"),
    -    snmpa_conf:context_entry("bar")],
    -snmpa_conf:write_context_config(AgentDir, ContextConfig),

    + [snmpa_conf:context_entry("foo"), + snmpa_conf:context_entry("bar")], +snmpa_conf:write_context_config(AgentDir, ContextConfig),

    System Information

    The system information should be stored in a file called standard.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {SystemVariable, Value}.

    The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    -{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    -{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    -{sysName, "test"}.
    -{sysServices, 72}.
    -{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir  = "/tmp",
    +snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    +{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    +{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    +{sysName, "test"}.
    +{sysServices, 72}.
    +{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir  = "/tmp",
     StdConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysDescr,    "Erlang SNMP agent"),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysObjectID, [1,2,3]),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysContact,  "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysName,     "test"),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysServices, 72),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_standard_config(AgentDir, StdConfig),

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the + [snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysObjectID, [1,2,3]), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysName, "test"), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysServices, 72), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled)], +snmpa_conf:write_standard_config(AgentDir, StdConfig),

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the MIB.

    @@ -227,11 +227,11 @@ must be present if the agent is configured for SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c.

    An SNMP community is a relationship between an SNMP agent and a set of SNMP managers that defines authentication, access control and proxy characteristics.

    The corresponding table is snmpCommunityTable in the SNMP-COMMUNITY-MIB.

    Each entry is a term:

    {CommunityIndex, CommunityName, SecurityName, ContextName, TransportTag}.

    • CommunityIndex is a non-empty string.
    • CommunityName is a string.
    • SecurityName is a string.
    • ContextName is a string.
    • TransportTag is a string.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir        = "/tmp",
     CommunityConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:community_entry("public"),
    -    snmpa_conf:community_entry("all-rights"),
    -    snmpa_conf:community_entry("standard trap",
    -                               "standard trap", "initial", "", "")],
    -snmpa_conf:write_community_config(AgentDir, CommunityConfig),

    + [snmpa_conf:community_entry("public"), + snmpa_conf:community_entry("all-rights"), + snmpa_conf:community_entry("standard trap", + "standard trap", "initial", "", "")], +snmpa_conf:write_community_config(AgentDir, CommunityConfig),

    @@ -246,17 +246,17 @@ regarded as all ones. null is shorthand for a mask with all ones.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir   = "/tmp",
     SecName    = "plain",
     VacmConfig =
    -   [%%                        SecModel, SecName, GroupName
    -    snmpa_conf:vacm_s2g_entry(usm, SecName, SecName),
    +   [%%                        SecModel, SecName, GroupName
    +    snmpa_conf:vacm_s2g_entry(usm, SecName, SecName),
     
         %%                        GroupName, Prefix, SecModel,
    -    snmpa_conf:vacm_acc_entry(SecName, "", any,
    +    snmpa_conf:vacm_acc_entry(SecName, "", any,
         %%                        SecLevel, Match, RV, WV, NV
    -                              noAuthNoPriv, exact, "all", "all", "all"),
    +                              noAuthNoPriv, exact, "all", "all", "all"),
     
         %%                        ViewName, ViewSubtree, ViewType, ViewMask
    -    snmpa_conf:vacm_vtf_entry("restricted", [1,3,6,1], included, null)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_vacm_config(AgentDir, VacmConfig),

    + snmpa_conf:vacm_vtf_entry("restricted", [1,3,6,1], included, null)], +snmpa_conf:write_vacm_config(AgentDir, VacmConfig),

    @@ -275,24 +275,24 @@ be 16 if usmDESPrivProtocol or usmAesCfb128Protocol is used.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir  = "/tmp",
     EngineID  = "plain engine"
     Passwd    = "FooBar Hoopla", %% This should *obviously* be choosen better
    -Secret16  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(md5, Passwd, EngineID),
    -Secret20  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(sha, Passwd, EngineID),
    +Secret16  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(md5, Passwd, EngineID),
    +Secret20  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(sha, Passwd, EngineID),
     UsmConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "initial", "initial", zeroDotZero,
    +   [snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "initial", "initial", zeroDotZero,
                              usmHMACMD5AuthProtocol, "", "",
                              usmNoPrivProtocol, "", "",
    -                         "", Secret16, ""),
    +                         "", Secret16, ""),
     
    -    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateMD5", "templateMD5", zeroDotZero,
    +    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateMD5", "templateMD5", zeroDotZero,
                              usmHMACMD5AuthProtocol, "", "",
                              usmDESPrivProtocol, "", "",
    -                         "", Secret16, Secret16),
    +                         "", Secret16, Secret16),
     
    -    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateSHA", "templateSHA", zeroDotZero,
    +    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateSHA", "templateSHA", zeroDotZero,
                              usmHMACSHAAuthProtocol, "", "",
                              usmAesCfb128Protocol, "", "",
    -                         "", Secret20, Secret16)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_usm_config(AgentDir, UsmConfig),

    + "", Secret20, Secret16)], +snmpa_conf:write_usm_config(AgentDir, UsmConfig),

    @@ -301,9 +301,9 @@

    The information about Notify Definitions should be stored in a file called notify.conf.

    The corresponding table is snmpNotifyTable in the SNMP-NOTIFICATION-MIB.

    Each entry is a term:

    {NotifyName, Tag, Type}.

    • NotifyName is a unique non-empty string.
    • Tag is a string.
    • Type is trap or inform.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir     = "/tmp",
     NotifyConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard trap",   "std_trap",   trap),
    -    snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard inform", "std_inform", inform)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_notify_config(AgentDir, NotifyConfig),

    + [snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard trap", "std_trap", trap), + snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard inform", "std_inform", inform)], +snmpa_conf:write_notify_config(AgentDir, NotifyConfig),

    @@ -320,12 +320,12 @@ configurations still work.

    Note that if EngineId has the value discovery, the agent cannot send inform messages to that manager until it has performed the discovery process with that manager.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir         = "/tmp",
    -Addr1            = {{1,2,3,4},     162},
    -Addr2            = {{11,21,31,41}, 162},
    +Addr1            = {{1,2,3,4},     162},
    +Addr2            = {{11,21,31,41}, 162},
     Timeout          = 1500,
     RetryCount       = 3,
     TargetAddrConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:target_addr_entry("Target 1",
    +   [snmpa_conf:target_addr_entry("Target 1",
                                      transportDomainUdpIpv4, Addr1,
     				 Timeout, RetryCount,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html	2025-03-21 17:27:50.552445799 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_funct_descr.html	2025-03-21 17:27:50.560445851 +0000
    @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
     MIBs are always available in all contexts.

    The ASN.1 code, the Erlang source code, and the generated .hrl files for them are provided in the distribution and are placed in the directories mibs, src, and include, respectively, in the snmp application.

    The .hrl files are generated with snmpc:mib_to_hrl/1. Include these files in -your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at +your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at start-up from a set of configuration files. These are described in Configuration Files.

    @@ -469,9 +469,9 @@

    Notifications are defined in SMIv1 with the TRAP-TYPE macro in the definition of an MIB (see RFC1215). The corresponding macro in SMIv2 is NOTIFICATION-TYPE. When an application decides to send a notification, it calls one of the -following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    -                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    -snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, +following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    +                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    +snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, which defines the notification is loaded and the symbolic name of the notification.

    If the send_notification/3,4 function is used, all management targets are selected, as defined in RFC2273. The Receiver parameter defines where the @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.584446010 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_agent_netif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.588446037 +0000 @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.624446275 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.628446302 +0000 @@ -140,51 +140,51 @@

    The following configuration parameters are defined for the SNMP application. Refer to application(3) for more information about configuration parameters.

    The snmp part of the config file specifying the configuration parameters is -basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    -        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    -                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    -         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    -                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    -        ]
    +basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    +        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    +                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    +         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    +                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    +        ]
            }
           ].

    Each snmp component has its own set of configuration parameters, even though -some of the types are common to both components.

          snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
    -      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
    -      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +some of the types are common to both components.

            snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
      +      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
      +      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.652446461 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_a.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.656446488 +0000 @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.684446674 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_b.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.684446674 +0000 @@ -586,23 +586,23 @@ immediately removed." - SYNTAX INTEGER { + SYNTAX INTEGER { -- the following two values are states: -- these values may be read or written - active(1), - notInService(2), + active(1), + notInService(2), -- the following value is a state: -- this value may be read, but not written - notReady(3), + notReady(3), -- the following three values are -- actions: these values may be written, -- but are never read - createAndGo(4), - createAndWait(5), - destroy(6) - }
    +
    createAndGo(4), + createAndWait(5), + destroy(6) + }
    @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.712446859 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_app_c.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.712446859 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.740447045 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_audit_trail_log.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.740447045 +0000 @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.772447256 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_community_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.776447283 +0000 @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_config.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_config.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.820447574 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_config.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.824447601 +0000 @@ -145,41 +145,41 @@ more information).
  • the database directory stores the internal database files.
  • The agent and manager uses (application) configuration parameters to find out where these directories are located. The parameters should be defined in an Erlang system configuration file. The following configuration parameters are -defined for the SNMP application:

          agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +defined for the SNMP application:

            agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -556,34 +556,34 @@ configuration parameters. The verbosity itself has several _levels: silence | info | log | debug | trace. For the lowest verbosity silence, nothing is printed. The higher the verbosity, the -more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
        +more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
         ok
        -5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
        +5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
         ok
         6>
         %% Example of output from the agent when a get-next-request arrives:
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
        +   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF MPD LOG:
            v1, community: all-rights
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
        +   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
                                                   62612569,noError,0,
        -                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
        +                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
        +   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
        +   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        -                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
        +   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        +                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
                                      'OCTET STRING',
        -                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
        +                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF INFO: time in agent: 19711 mysec

        Other useful function(s) for debugging the agent are:

        • snmpa:info/0,1 - info is used to retrieve a list of miscellaneous agent information.

        • snmpa:which_aliasnames/0 - @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.852447787 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_def_instr_functions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.852447787 +0000 @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.880447972 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_framework_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.880447972 +0000 @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_generic.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.912448185 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_generic.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.912448185 +0000 @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ | MIB | +---------------+ | - Association file (associates a MIB object with + Association file (associates a MIB object with | snmp_generic:table_funct - | snmp_generic:variable_func) + | snmp_generic:variable_func) +--------------------------------------+ | snmp_generic | Support for get-next, | | RowStatus operations @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ | snmpa_local_db | Mnesia | Database +--------------+-------+---------------+ | dets | ets | -| (persistent) | | +| (persistent) | | +--------------+-------+

        Each function takes the argument NameDb, which is a tuple {Name, Db}, to identify which database the functions should use. Name is the symbolic name of the managed object as defined in the MIB, and Db is either volatile, @@ -162,41 +162,41 @@ this. Specifically, if variables are stored in Mnesia, the table snmp_variables must be created by the programmer. The record definition for this table is defined in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl.

        If an instrumentation function in the association file for a variable myVar -does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        +does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        Example

        The following example shows an implementation of a table which is stored in -Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
        +Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
         
        -myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
        +myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
         
         %% change row
        -myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        -                               Cols, NameDb) of
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        -      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
        +myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        +                               Cols, NameDb) of
        +    {noError, 0} ->
        +      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        -                               NameDb),
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        +myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        +                               NameDb),
        +    {noError, 0} ->
               % Now the row is updated, tell the application
        -      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
        +      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        +
        myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) -> % pass unchanged + snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.948448424 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_agent.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.948448424 +0000 @@ -230,54 +230,54 @@ the default implementation of it. Recall that MIBs imported by "EX1-MIB.mib" must be present and compiled in the current directory ("./STANDARD-MIB.bin","./RFC1213-MIB.bin") when compiling.

        unix> erl -config ./sys
        -1> application:start(snmp).
        +1> application:start(snmp).
         ok
        -2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
        +2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
         No accessfunction for 'friendsTable', using default.
         No accessfunction for 'myName', using default.
        -{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        -3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
        +{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        +3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
         ok

        This MIB is now loaded into the agent, and a manager can ask questions. As an example of this, we start another Erlang system and the simple Erlang manager in -the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
        +the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
          %% making it understand symbolic names: {mibs,["EX1-MIB","STANDARD-MIB"]}]).
        -{ok, <0.89.0>}
        +{ok, <0.89.0>}
         %% a get-next request with one OID.
        -2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = []
        +[myName,0] = []
         %% A set-request (now using symbolic names for convenience)
        -3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
        +3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% Try the same get-next request again
        -4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% ... and we got the new value.
         %% you can event do row operations. How to add a row:
        -5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
        +5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
          %% createAndGo
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -[fStatus,0] = 4
        -6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +[fStatus,0] = 4
        +6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fStatus,0] = 1
        +[fStatus,0] = 1
         9>

        @@ -295,55 +295,55 @@ Code

        -
        -module(ex1).
        --author('dummy@flop.org').
        +
        -module(ex1).
        +-author('dummy@flop.org').
         %% External exports
        --export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
        +-export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
         %% Internal exports
        --export([init/0]).
        --define(status_col, 4).
        --define(active, 1).
        --define(notInService, 2).
        --define(notReady, 3).
        --define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        --define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        --define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        -start() ->
        -    spawn(ex1, init, []).
        +-export([init/0]).
        +-define(status_col, 4).
        +-define(active, 1).
        +-define(notInService, 2).
        +-define(notReady, 3).
        +-define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        +-define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        +-define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        +start() ->
        +    spawn(ex1, init, []).
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for variable myName.
         %% Returns: (get) {value, Name}
         %%          (set) noError
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -my_name(get) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        -    Name = wait_answer(),
        -    {value, Name}.
        -my_name(set, NewName) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
        +my_name(get) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        +    Name = wait_answer(),
        +    {value, Name}.
        +my_name(set, NewName) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
             noError.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for table friendsTable.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
        +        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
             end;
        -friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -       case get_next_row([]) of
        -     {ok, Row} ->
        +       case get_next_row([]) of
        +     {ok, Row} ->
                  % Get next cols from first row.
        -         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        -         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
        +         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        +         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
              _  ->
        -        end_of_table(Cols)
        +        end_of_table(Cols)
                 end
             end;
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        @@ -354,158 +354,158 @@
         %%    *) Otherwise, error (for simplicity).
         %% Otherwise, row is modified; check that row exists.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
             RowExists =
        -   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -        {ok, _Row} -> true;
        +   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +        {ok, _Row} -> true;
                _ -> false
            end,
        -    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        -   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        -                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, _} ->
        -       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
        +    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        +   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        +                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, _} ->
        +       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
            false when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        +        {noError, 0};
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html	2025-03-21 17:27:50.976448609 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_impl_example_manager.html	2025-03-21 17:27:50.976448609 +0000
        @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
                   Erlang programming language
         
               

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_index.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_index.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.012448847 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_index.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.016448874 +0000 @@ -135,13 +135,13 @@ actual implementation of the table. The SNMP ordering, that is implementation of GET NEXT, is implemented in this module.

        For example, suppose there is an SNMP table, which is best implemented in Erlang as one process per SNMP table row. Suppose further that the INDEX in the SNMP -table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  Pid = start_process(),
        +table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  Pid = start_process(),
           NewSnmpIndex =
        -    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
        +    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
           <...>

        With this structure, we can now map an OBJECT IDENTIFIER in e.g. a GET NEXT -request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
        +request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
           Pid.

        @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.044449060 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_instr_functions.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.052449113 +0000 @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ New / Delete Operations

        -

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        -variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
         table_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        These functions are called for each object in an MIB when the MIB is unloaded or loaded, respectively.

        @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ value 1, and [3, 5] is the list of requested columns. The function should now return the lexicographically next elements:

        [{[3, 1, 2], d}, {[5, 1, 2], f}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,1] and [5,1,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.2.1,
                  myTable.myTableEntry.5.2.1 }

        This is transformed into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [2, 1], [3, 5])

        The function should now return:

        [{[4, 1, 1], b}, endOfTable]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,2,1] and [5,2,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.1.2,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        -my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        +my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
         [{[3, 1, 1], a}]

        In both cases, the first accessible element in the table should be returned. As the key columns are not accessible, this means that the third column is the first row.

        Note

        Normally, the functions described above behave exactly as shown, but they are @@ -233,17 +233,17 @@ variables for a device, ipAdr and name with object identifiers 1.1.23.4 and 1.1.7 respectively. To access these variables, one could implement the two Erlang functions ip_access and name_access, which will be in the MIB. The -functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
        +functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
         % Or using the oid syntax for 'name'
        -{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent +{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent receives a get-request for the ipAdr variable, a call will be made to ip_access(get). The value returned by this function is the answer to the get-request.

        If ip_access and name_access are implemented similarly, we could write a -generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
        +generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
         % The mnemonic 'name' is more convenient than 1.1.7
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to -generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to +generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.072449246 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.076449272 +0000 @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.100449431 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_config_files.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.104449457 +0000 @@ -149,22 +149,22 @@ every transport.

      • engine_id - The SnmpEngineID as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

      • max_message_size - The snmpEngineMaxMessageSize as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The legacy and intermediate variables address and domain are still supported -so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    -                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    -{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    -{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific +so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    +                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    +{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    +{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific structure. See RFC 2271/2571 for details.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    ManagerDir    = "/tmp",
     Port          = 5000,
    -Addr4         = {141,213,11,24},
    -Addr6         = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1},
    -Transports    = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {Addr4, Port}},
    -                 {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {Addr6, Port}}],
    +Addr4         = {141,213,11,24},
    +Addr6         = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1},
    +Transports    = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {Addr4, Port}},
    +                 {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {Addr6, Port}}],
     EngineID      = "mgrEngine",
     MMS           = 484,
    -ManagerConfig = [snmpm_conf:manager_entry(transports,       Transports),
    -                 snmpm_conf:manager_entry(engine_id,        EngineID),
    -                 snmpm_conf:manager_entry(max_message_size, MMS)],
    -snmpm_conf:write_manager_config(ManagerDir, ManagerConfig),

    +ManagerConfig = [snmpm_conf:manager_entry(transports, Transports), + snmpm_conf:manager_entry(engine_id, EngineID), + snmpm_conf:manager_entry(max_message_size, MMS)], +snmpm_conf:write_manager_config(ManagerDir, ManagerConfig),

    @@ -174,13 +174,13 @@ either added in the users.conf config file or by calling the register_user function in run-time.

    Each row defines a manager user of the manager.

    Each entry is a tuple of size four:

    {UserId, UserMod, UserData, DefaultAgentConfig}.

    • UserId is any term (used to uniquely identify the user).
    • UserMod is the user callback module (atom).
    • UserData is any term (passed on to the user when calling the UserMod.
    • DefaultAgentConfig is a list of default agent config's. These values are used as default values when this user registers agents.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    ManagerDir         = "/tmp",
    -UserID             = make_ref(),
    +UserID             = make_ref(),
     UserMod            = my_manager_callback_mod,
    -UserData           = self(),
    -DefaultAgentConfig = [{version, v1}, {timeout, 2500}, {max_message_size, 484}],
    -UsersConfig = [snmpm_conf:users_entry(UserID, UserMod, UserData,
    -                                      DefaultAgentConfig)],
    -snmpm_conf:write_users_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    +UserData = self(), +DefaultAgentConfig = [{version, v1}, {timeout, 2500}, {max_message_size, 484}], +UsersConfig = [snmpm_conf:users_entry(UserID, UserMod, UserData, + DefaultAgentConfig)], +snmpm_conf:write_users_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    @@ -198,23 +198,23 @@ (integer).
  • Version is the version (v1 | v2 | v3).

  • SecModel is the security model (any | v1 | v2c | usm).

  • SecName is the security name (string).
  • SecLevel is security level (noAuthNoPriv | authNoPriv | authPriv).

  • Legacy configurations using tuples without Domain element, as well as with all TDomain, Ip and Port elements still work.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    ManagerDir   = "/tmp",
     UserID       = ...
    -AgentsConfig = [snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
    +AgentsConfig = [snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
                                             "target 1",
     					"FOOBAR",
    -					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{1,2,3,4},161},
    +					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{1,2,3,4},161},
     					"agent Engine 1"
     					1500,
     					484.
    -					v1, v1, "sec name 1", noAuthNoPriv),
    -		snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
    +					v1, v1, "sec name 1", noAuthNoPriv),
    +		snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
                                             "target 2",
     					"FOOBAR",
    -					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{5,6,7,8},161},
    +					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{5,6,7,8},161},
     					"agent Engine 2"
     					1500,
     					1000.
    -					v1, v1, "sec name 2", noAuthNoPriv)],
    -snmpm_conf:write_agents_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    + v1, v1, "sec name 2", noAuthNoPriv)], +snmpm_conf:write_agents_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ usmAesCfb128Protocol.

  • PrivKey is a list (of integer). This is the User's secret localized encryption key. It is not visible in the MIB. The length of this key needs to be 16 if usmDESPrivProtocol or usmAesCfb128Protocol is used.

  • ManagerDir = "/tmp",
    -UsmConfig  = [snmpm_conf:usm_entry("engine",
    +UsmConfig  = [snmpm_conf:usm_entry("engine",
                                        "user 1",
     	                           usmNoAuthProtocol,
    -	 			   [],
    +	 			   [],
     	 			   usmNoPrivProtocol,
    -	 			   [])],
    -snmpm_conf:write_usm_config(ManagerDir, UsmConfig),
    + [])], +snmpm_conf:write_usm_config(ManagerDir, UsmConfig),
    @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.132449643 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_funct_descr.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.136449670 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.156449802 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_manager_netif.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.160449829 +0000 @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.184449988 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_mib_compiler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.188450015 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ association file, it gives a warning message and uses default instrumentation functions. (See Default Instrumentation for more details).

    The MIB compiler is started with a call to snmpc:compile(<mibname>). For -example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the +example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the MODULE-IDENTITY statement to determinate if the MIB is written in SMI version 1 or 2.

    @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ compiled file and not the ASN.1 (source) file. A MIB must be recompiled to make changes visible to other MIBs importing it.

    The compiled files of the imported MIBs must be present in the current directory, or a directory in the current path. The path is supplied with the -{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" -like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP +{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" +like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP system and uses the expanded paths as include paths.

    Note that an SMIv2 MIB can import an SMIv1 MIB and vice versa.

    The following MIBs are built-ins of the Erlang SNMP compiler: SNMPv2-SMI, RFC-1215, RFC-1212, SNMPv2-TC, SNMPv2-CONF, and RFC1155-SMI. They cannot therefore be compiled separately.

    @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.212450173 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_notification_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.212450173 +0000 @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.240450359 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_pdus.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.240450359 +0000 @@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ Erlang record representations and vice versa. The record definitions can be found in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl. If snmpv3 is used, the module that includes snmp_types.hrl must define the constant SNMP_USE_V3 before the -header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    --include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if +header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    +-include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if process.

    @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.272450572 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_standard_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.272450572 +0000 @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.300450757 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_target_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.300450757 +0000 @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.328450943 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_user_based_sm_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.328450943 +0000 @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.360451154 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_view_based_acm_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.368451208 +0000 @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.440451685 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.436451658 +0000 @@ -3335,8 +3335,8 @@

    Load a single Mib into an agent. The MibName is the name of the Mib, -including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3452,8 +3452,8 @@

    Load Mibs into an agent. If the agent cannot load all MIBs (the default value of the Force argument is false), it will indicate where loading was aborted. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including the path to where the compiled -mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

    If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even +mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

    If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even after failing to load a previous mib. Use with care.

    @@ -4479,8 +4479,8 @@ -

    Accepted type specifications are:

    -spec register_notification_filter(Agent, Id, Mod, Data) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
    --spec register_notification_filter(Id, Mod, Data, Where) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
    +

    Accepted type specifications are:

    -spec register_notification_filter(Agent, Id, Mod, Data) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
    +-spec register_notification_filter(Id, Mod, Data, Where) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
    @@ -4553,8 +4553,8 @@

    Registers a sub-agent under a sub-tree of another agent.

    It is easy to make mistakes when registering sub-agents and this activity should be done carefully. For example, a strange behaviour would result from the -following configuration:

    snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
    -snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

    SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since +following configuration:

    snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
    +snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

    SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since SA1 does not.

    @@ -4999,20 +4999,20 @@ Addresses and if there are no targets for which an Inform-Request is sent, Addresses is the empty list [].

    The receiver will first be sent the snmp_targets message, and then for each address in Addresses list, one of the two snmp_notification messages.

  • {Mod, Func, Args} - The info will be delivered via the function call:

    Mod:Func([Msg | Args])

    where Msg has the same content and purpose as the messages descrived above.

  • Address is a management target address and Addresses is a list of management -target addresses. They are defined as followes:

            Addresses  = [address()]
    -        Address    = address()
    -        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
    -        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
    -        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
    -        TDomain    = tdoamin()
    -        TAddress   = taddress()
    -        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
    +target addresses. They are defined as followes:

            Addresses  = [address()]
    +        Address    = address()
    +        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
    +        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
    +        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
    +        TDomain    = tdoamin()
    +        TAddress   = taddress()
    +        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
                          This is the only supported transport domain.
    -        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
    +        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
                          The 4 first bytes makes up the IP-address and the last 2,
                          the UDP-port number.
    -        V3MsgData  = v3_msg_data()
    -        v3_msg_data() = term()

    If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information + V3MsgData = v3_msg_data() + v3_msg_data() = term()

    If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information about the notification delivery will be delivered to the receiver via the callback functions defined by the snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver behaviour according to the content of the notification_delivery_info/0 @@ -6047,7 +6047,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.496452056 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_conf.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.504452109 +0000 @@ -3807,7 +3807,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.528452269 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_discovery_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.532452295 +0000 @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.556452454 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.560452480 +0000 @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.580452613 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_io.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.584452640 +0000 @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.608452798 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_logger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.612452825 +0000 @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.640453011 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_error_report.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.640453011 +0000 @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.676453249 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_local_db.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.676453249 +0000 @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.704453435 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_data.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.712453488 +0000 @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.740453673 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mib_storage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.744453700 +0000 @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.776453913 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_mpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.780453939 +0000 @@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.808454124 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.808454124 +0000 @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.840454337 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_network_interface_filter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.840454337 +0000 @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.868454522 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.868454522 +0000 @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.900454734 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_notification_filter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.900454734 +0000 @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.932454946 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpa_supervisor.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.932454946 +0000 @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.964455159 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:51.968455185 +0000 @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.000455397 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpc_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.004455423 +0000 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Synopsis

    -
    snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

    +
    snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.048455716 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.056455768 +0000 @@ -2008,8 +2008,8 @@

    Load a Mib into the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3588,8 +3588,8 @@

    Unload a Mib from the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -4057,7 +4057,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.092456007 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_conf.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.096456034 +0000 @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.128456245 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_mpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.132456272 +0000 @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.160456458 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.160456458 +0000 @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.184456617 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_network_interface_filter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.188456643 +0000 @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_user.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_user.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.216456829 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmpm_user.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.220456856 +0000 @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.244457015 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.248457042 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.276457227 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.276457227 +0000 @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configurations.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configurations.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.304457413 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configurations.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.308457439 +0000 @@ -142,23 +142,23 @@ Options configuration

    There are from OTP-23.0 two main ways to set an option:

    • Like before, in the Options parameter in the Erlang code in a call to for -example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

      ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
    • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

      • In the erl command line:

        erl -ssh user \"foo\"
      • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

        {application, ssh,
        - [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
        -  {vsn, "4.9"},
        -  {modules, [ssh,
        +example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

        ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
      • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

        • In the erl command line:

          erl -ssh user \"foo\"
        • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

          {application, ssh,
          + [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
          +  {vsn, "4.9"},
          +  {modules, [ssh,
                   ...
          -         ssh_xfer]},
          -  {registered, []},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]},
          -  {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE
          -  {mod, {ssh_app, []}},
          -       ...
        • In a .config file:

          erl -config ex1

          where ex1.config contains:

          [
          -{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
          -].

        If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in -this way:

        [
        -{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
        -       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
        -].

        A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name + ssh_xfer]}, + {registered, []}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]}, + {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE + {mod, {ssh_app, []}}, + ...

      • In a .config file:

        erl -config ex1

        where ex1.config contains:

        [
        +{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
        +].

      If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in +this way:

      [
      +{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
      +       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
      +].

      A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name bar.

    @@ -229,17 +229,17 @@ 'hmac-sha1']}]}, {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the algorithms in the file ex2.config is not yet applied. They will -be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
    +be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    - {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
    +3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    + {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    +       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    +               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
     4>

    We see that the algorithm set is changed to the one in the ex2.config. Since compression is not specified in the file, the hard-coded default is still used for that entry.

    Establishing a connection (ssh:connect et al) or starting a daemon (ssh:daemon)

    Both when the client establishes a connection with ssh:connect or other @@ -252,65 +252,65 @@ modify_algorithms on all levels in order starting with level 0 are applied.

    We continue the example above by connecting to a server and modifying the kex algorithm set. We remove the only one ('ecdh-sha2-nistp384') and add -'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{modify_algorithms,
    -                                 [{rm,
    -                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    -				  },
    -                                  {append,
    -			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    -				  }
    -				 ]
    -	                 }
    -                        ]).
    -{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note -that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    -             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the +'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{modify_algorithms,
    +                                 [{rm,
    +                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    +				  },
    +                                  {append,
    +			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    +				  }
    +				 ]
    +	                 }
    +                        ]).
    +{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note +that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    +             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the modify_algorithms on a lower level is applied to a preferred_algorithms on a higher level. We will do that by enabling the ssh-dss algorithm that is supported, -but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    - {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    -         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    -        }]}
    -].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the -public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    -['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    + {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    +         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    +        }]}
    +].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the +public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    +['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
      'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-ed25519','ssh-ed448',
    - 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    -2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
    + 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    +2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    -			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    -		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    -			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    -			  {compression, [none]}
    -			  ]}
    -			 ]).
    -{ok,<0.101.0>}
    -4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    -             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
    +3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    +			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    +		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    +			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    +			  {compression, [none]}
    +			  ]}
    +			 ]).
    +{ok,<0.101.0>}
    +4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    +             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
     5>

    But 'ssh-dss' is selected although the call inserted only 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256' as acceptable.

    This example showed that we could augment the set of algorithms with a config-file without the need to change the actual call.

    For demonstration purposes we used prepend instead of append. This forces @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configure_algos.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configure_algos.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.344457678 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/configure_algos.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.344457678 +0000 @@ -170,29 +170,29 @@ supported by the:

    • crypto app,
    • The cryptolib OTP is linked with, usually the one the OS uses, probably OpenSSL,
    • and finally what the SSH app implements

    Due to this, it impossible to list in documentation what algorithms that are available in a certain installation.

    There is an important command to list the actual algorithms and their ordering: -ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in ssh:connect/2,3,4 and ssh:daemon/2,3. The options could of course be used in all other functions that initiates connections.

    The options are @@ -215,28 +215,28 @@ Example 1

    Replace the kex algorithms list with the single algorithm -'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and compression) are unchanged.

    @@ -244,30 +244,30 @@ Example 2

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value + 'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']}, + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}, + {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value ('aes128-ctr').

    @@ -275,56 +275,56 @@ Example 3

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Example 4

    -

    It is of course possible to change more than one list:

    4> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/hardening.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/hardening.html	2025-03-21 17:27:52.368457837 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/hardening.html	2025-03-21 17:27:52.372457864 +0000
    @@ -214,16 +214,16 @@
     could be replaced with a pwdfun plugin. The arity
     four variant (pwdfun_4()) can also be used for
     introducing delays after failed password checking attempts. Here is a simple
    -example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    -        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
    +example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    +        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
                 true ->
    -                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
    +                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
                 false when State == undefined ->
    -                timer:sleep(1000),
    -                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    -            false when is_integer(State) ->
    -                timer:sleep(State),
    -                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
    +                timer:sleep(1000),
    +                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    +            false when is_integer(State) ->
    +                timer:sleep(State),
    +                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
             end
     end.

    If a public key is used for logging in, there is normally no checking of the user name. It could be enabled by setting the option @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ exploiting known faults or peculiarities learned by reading the public code.

    Each SSH client or daemon presents themselves to each other with brand and version. This may look like

    SSH-2.0-Erlang/4.10

    or

    SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.6p1 Ubuntu-4ubuntu0.3

    This brand and version may be changed with the option id_string. We start a daemon with that -option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each +option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each connection attempt. See the reference manual for id_string.

    @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.400458049 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.404458075 +0000 @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.456458420 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.464458473 +0000 @@ -3389,7 +3389,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.496458686 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.496458686 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configurations.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,23 +37,23 @@ Options configuration

    There are from OTP-23.0 two main ways to set an option:

    • Like before, in the Options parameter in the Erlang code in a call to for -example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

      ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
    • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

      • In the erl command line:

        erl -ssh user \"foo\"
      • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

        {application, ssh,
        - [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
        -  {vsn, "4.9"},
        -  {modules, [ssh,
        +example ssh:daemon/3 or ssh:connect/3 or any of their variants. Example:

        ssh:connect(22, [{user,"foo"}])
      • In OTP Configuration Parameters:

        • In the erl command line:

          erl -ssh user \"foo\"
        • In the ssh.app file, in the env part

          {application, ssh,
          + [{description, "SSH-2 for Erlang/OTP"},
          +  {vsn, "4.9"},
          +  {modules, [ssh,
                   ...
          -         ssh_xfer]},
          -  {registered, []},
          -  {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]},
          -  {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE
          -  {mod, {ssh_app, []}},
          -       ...
        • In a .config file:

          erl -config ex1

          where ex1.config contains:

          [
          -{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
          -].

        If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in -this way:

        [
        -{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
        -       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
        -].

        A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name + ssh_xfer]}, + {registered, []}, + {applications, [kernel, stdlib, crypto, public_key]}, + {env, [{user, "bar"]}, % <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< HERE + {mod, {ssh_app, []}}, + ...

  • In a .config file:

    erl -config ex1

    where ex1.config contains:

    [
    +{ssh, [{user, "foo"}]}
    +].
  • If the option is intended only for a server or for a client, it may be set in +this way:

    [
    +{ssh, [{server_options,[{user, "foo"}]},
    +       {client_options,[{user, "bar"}]}
    +].

    A server (daemon) will use the user name foo, and a client will use the name bar.

    @@ -124,17 +124,17 @@ 'hmac-sha1']}]}, {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the algorithms in the file ex2.config is not yet applied. They will -be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
    +be when we start ssh:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    - {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
    +3> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']},
    + {public_key,['ssh-rsa']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes192-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes192-ctr']}]},
    + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha1']},
    +       {server2client,['hmac-sha1']}]},
    + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    +               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]
     4>

    We see that the algorithm set is changed to the one in the ex2.config. Since compression is not specified in the file, the hard-coded default is still used for that entry.

    Establishing a connection (ssh:connect et al) or starting a daemon (ssh:daemon)

    Both when the client establishes a connection with ssh:connect or other @@ -147,65 +147,65 @@ modify_algorithms on all levels in order starting with level 0 are applied.

    We continue the example above by connecting to a server and modifying the kex algorithm set. We remove the only one ('ecdh-sha2-nistp384') and add -'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{modify_algorithms,
    -                                 [{rm,
    -                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    -				  },
    -                                  {append,
    -			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    -				  }
    -				 ]
    -	                 }
    -                        ]).
    -{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note -that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    -             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    -             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the +'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' by appending it to the now empty list:

    4> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{modify_algorithms,
    +                                 [{rm,
    +                                     [ {kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384']} ]
    +				  },
    +                                  {append,
    +			             [ {kex,['curve25519-sha256@libssh.org']} ]
    +				  }
    +				 ]
    +	                 }
    +                        ]).
    +{ok,>0.118.0>}

    We check which algorithms are negotiated by the client and the server, and note +that the (only) kex algorithm 'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org' was selected:

    5> ssh:connection_info(C, algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'curve25519-sha256@libssh.org'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-rsa'},
    +             {send_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {recv_mac,'hmac-sha1'},
    +             {encrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {decrypt,'aes192-ctr'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}

    Example of modify_algorithms handling

    We will now check if the modify_algorithms on a lower level is applied to a preferred_algorithms on a higher level. We will do that by enabling the ssh-dss algorithm that is supported, -but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    - {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    -         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    -        }]}
    -].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the -public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    -['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +but not in the default set.

    The config file ex3.config has the contents:

    [
    + {ssh, [{modify_algorithms,
    +         [ {prepend, [{public_key, ['ssh-dss']}]} ]
    +        }]}
    +].

    A newly started erlang shell shows that no 'ssh-dss' is present in the +public_key entry:

    1> proplists:get_value(public_key, ssh:default_algorithms()).
    +['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
      'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-ed25519','ssh-ed448',
    - 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    -2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
    + 'rsa-sha2-256','rsa-sha2-512','ssh-rsa']
    +2>

    A call to ssh:connect/3 removes all algorithms but one of each type:

    2> ssh:start().
     ok
    -3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    -                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    -			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    -		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    -			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    -			  {compression, [none]}
    -			  ]}
    -			 ]).
    -{ok,<0.101.0>}
    -4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    -{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    -             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    -             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    -             {compress,none},
    -             {decompress,none},
    -             {send_ext_info,false},
    -             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
    +3> {ok,C} = ssh:connect(loopback, 22,
    +                        [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                         [{public_key, ['ecdsa-sha2-nistp256']},
    +			  {kex, ['ecdh-sha2-nistp256']},
    +		          {cipher, ['chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com']},
    +			  {mac, ['hmac-sha2-256']},
    +			  {compression, [none]}
    +			  ]}
    +			 ]).
    +{ok,<0.101.0>}
    +4> ssh:connection_info(C,algorithms).
    +{algorithms,[{kex,'ecdh-sha2-nistp256'},
    +             {hkey,'ssh-dss'},
    +             {send_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {recv_mac,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {encrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {decrypt,'chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com'},
    +             {compress,none},
    +             {decompress,none},
    +             {send_ext_info,false},
    +             {recv_ext_info,true}]}
     5>

    But 'ssh-dss' is selected although the call inserted only 'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256' as acceptable.

    This example showed that we could augment the set of algorithms with a config-file without the need to change the actual call.

    For demonstration purposes we used prepend instead of append. This forces /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/configure_algos.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -65,29 +65,29 @@ supported by the:

    • crypto app,
    • The cryptolib OTP is linked with, usually the one the OS uses, probably OpenSSL,
    • and finally what the SSH app implements

    Due to this, it impossible to list in documentation what algorithms that are available in a certain installation.

    There is an important command to list the actual algorithms and their ordering: -ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +ssh:default_algorithms/0.

    0> ssh:default_algorithms().
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    To change the algorithm list, there are two options which can be used in ssh:connect/2,3,4 and ssh:daemon/2,3. The options could of course be used in all other functions that initiates connections.

    The options are @@ -110,28 +110,28 @@ Example 1

    Replace the kex algorithms list with the single algorithm -'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256':

    1> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{kex, ['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['diffie-hellman-group14-sha256']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com',
                               'aes256-ctr','aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com',
    -                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +                          'aes128-ctr','aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that the unmentioned lists (public_key, cipher, mac and compression) are unchanged.

    @@ -139,30 +139,30 @@ Example 2

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change both directions at once:

    2> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,['aes128-ctr']}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value + 'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']}, + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}, + {server2client,['aes128-ctr']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Note that both lists in cipher has been changed to the provided value ('aes128-ctr').

    @@ -170,56 +170,56 @@ Example 3

    In the lists that are divided in two for the two directions (for example cipher) it is -possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    -                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    -                     ]
    -                }
    -              ]).
    -[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
    +possible to change only one of the directions:

    3> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    +               [{preferred_algorithms,
    +                     [{cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']}]}
    +                     ]
    +                }
    +              ]).
    +[{kex,['ecdh-sha2-nistp384','ecdh-sha2-nistp521',
            'ecdh-sha2-nistp256','diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group16-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group18-sha512',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha256',
            'diffie-hellman-group14-sha1',
    -       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    - {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
    +       'diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1']},
    + {public_key,['ecdsa-sha2-nistp384','ecdsa-sha2-nistp521',
                   'ecdsa-sha2-nistp256','ssh-rsa','rsa-sha2-256',
    -              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    - {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
    +              'rsa-sha2-512','ssh-dss']},
    + {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes256-gcm@openssh.com','aes256-ctr',
                               'aes192-ctr','aes128-gcm@openssh.com','aes128-ctr',
    -                          'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    - {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']},
    -       {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512',
    -                       'hmac-sha1']}]},
    - {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]},
    -               {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    + 'aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]}, + {mac,[{client2server,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}, + {server2client,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha2-512', + 'hmac-sha1']}]}, + {compression,[{client2server,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}, + {server2client,[none,'zlib@openssh.com',zlib]}]}]

    Example 4

    -

    It is of course possible to change more than one list:

    4> ssh:chk_algos_opts(
    -               [{preferred_algorithms,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2025-03-18 23:27:38.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/content.opf	2041-04-20 12:47:18.000000000 +0000
    @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
              version="3.0">
       
         ssh - 5.2.8
    -    urn:uuid:8823024a-ada0-5e68-cbc4-a7c2a4514b3c
    +    urn:uuid:a7b3a384-8f0c-0670-f3da-4af749220f55
         en
     
    -    2025-03-18T23:27:38Z
    +    2041-04-20T12:47:18Z
     
       
       
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:38.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/hardening.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:47:18.000000000 +0000
    @@ -109,16 +109,16 @@
     could be replaced with a pwdfun plugin. The arity
     four variant (pwdfun_4()) can also be used for
     introducing delays after failed password checking attempts. Here is a simple
    -example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    -        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
    +example of such a pwdfun:

    fun(User, Password, _PeerAddress, State) ->
    +        case lists:member({User,Password}, my_user_pwds()) of
                 true ->
    -                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
    +                {true, undefined}; % Reset delay time
                 false when State == undefined ->
    -                timer:sleep(1000),
    -                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    -            false when is_integer(State) ->
    -                timer:sleep(State),
    -                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
    +                timer:sleep(1000),
    +                {false, 2000}; % Next delay is 2000 ms
    +            false when is_integer(State) ->
    +                timer:sleep(State),
    +                {false, 2*State} % Double the delay for each failure
             end
     end.

    If a public key is used for logging in, there is normally no checking of the user name. It could be enabled by setting the option @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ exploiting known faults or peculiarities learned by reading the public code.

    Each SSH client or daemon presents themselves to each other with brand and version. This may look like

    SSH-2.0-Erlang/4.10

    or

    SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.6p1 Ubuntu-4ubuntu0.3

    This brand and version may be changed with the option id_string. We start a daemon with that -option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each +option:

    	ssh:daemon(1234, [{id_string,"hi there"}, ... ]).

    and the daemon will present itself as:

    SSH-2.0-hi there

    It is possible to replace the string with one randomly generated for each connection attempt. See the reference manual for id_string.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh_agent.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ authentication.

    Ssh_agent implements the ssh_client_key_api, to allow it to be used by setting the option key_cb when starting a client (with for example ssh:connect, -ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, +ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, the socket path will be fetched from the SSH_AUTH_SOCK environment variable, which is the default socket path in the agent implementation of OpenSSH.

    In order to set a different socket path the socket_path -option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be +option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be called from the user's code!

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/ssh.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -3363,14 +3363,14 @@

    List of algorithms to use in the algorithm negotiation. The default algs_list/0 can be obtained from default_algorithms/0.

    If an alg_entry() is missing in the algs_list(), the default value is used for -that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    -	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    -	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    -	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    -	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    -	  ]
    -	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server +that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    +	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    +	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    +	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    +	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    +	  ]
    +	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server and server2client), for cipher but specifies the same algorithms for mac and compression in both directions. The kex (key exchange) is implicit but public_key is set explicitly.

    For background and more examples see the @@ -5198,21 +5198,21 @@

    hostkey_fingerprint([DigestType], HostKey) -> [string()]hostkey_fingerprint(DigestType, HostKey) -> string()

    Calculates a ssh fingerprint from a public host key as openssh does.

    The algorithm in hostkey_fingerprint/1 is md5 to be compatible with older ssh-keygen commands. The string from the second variant is -prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
    +prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
      "f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
    + 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
      "MD5:f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
    + 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
      "SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY"
     
    - 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
    + 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
      "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"
     
    - 6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key).
    - ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY",
    -  "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    +
    6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key). + ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY", + "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.epub/OEBPS/using_ssh.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ Using the Erlang ssh Terminal Client

    The user otptest, which has bash as default shell, uses the ssh:shell/1 -client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
    +client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
    +2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> pwd
     /home/otptest
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> exit
    @@ -56,11 +56,11 @@
     [...]
     $bash> ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa
     [...]

    Step 2. Create the file /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/authorized_keys and add the -content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
    +content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    -{ok,<0.54.0>}
    +2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    +                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    +{ok,<0.54.0>}
     3>

    Step 4. Use the OpenSSH client from a shell to connect to the Erlang ssh daemon:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989  -i /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa \
                       -o UserKnownHostsFile=/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/known_hosts
    @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@
     Eshell V5.10  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    There are two ways of shutting down an ssh daemon, see Step 5a and Step 5b.

    Step 5a. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener but -leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
    +leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    Step 5b. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener and -all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
    +all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    @@ -90,35 +90,35 @@

    In the following example, the Erlang shell is the client process that receives the channel replies as Erlang messages.

    Do an one-time execution of a remote OS command ("pwd") over ssh to the ssh -server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
    +server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    -{ok,<0.57.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    -5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    +{ok,<0.57.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    +5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
    -6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    -{channels,[]}
    +6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    +{channels,[]}
     7>

    See ssh_connection and ssh_connection:exec/4 for finding documentation of the channel messages.

    To collect the channel messages in a program, use receive...end instead of flush/1:

    5> receive
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    -5>         {ok,Result}
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    -5>         {error,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    +5>         {ok,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    +5>         {error,Result}
     5> end.
    -{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
    +{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
     6>

    Note that only the exec channel is closed after the one-time execution. The connection is still up and can handle previously opened channels. It is also possible to open a new channel:

    % try to open a new channel to check if the ConnectionRef is still open
    -7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,1}
    +7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,1}
     8>

    To close the connection, call the function ssh:close(ConnectionRef). As an alternative, set the option {idle_time, 1} when opening the @@ -133,23 +133,23 @@ "command" must be as if entered into the erlang shell, that is a sequence of Erlang expressions ended by a period (.). Variables bound in that sequence will keep their bindings throughout the expression -sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in +sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in Step 3 above:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989 "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B)."
     true
     $bash>

    The same example but now using the Erlang ssh client to contact the Erlang -server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.216.0>}
    -2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.216.0>}
    +2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -4> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
    +4> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     5>

    Note that Erlang shell specific functions and control sequences like for example h(). are not supported.

    @@ -170,36 +170,36 @@ write something: [a,b,c]. {ok,[a,b,c]} $bash>

    The same example but using the Erlang ssh client:

    
    -Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    -1> ssh:start().
    +Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    +1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.92.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.92.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "io:read(\"write something: \").",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -5> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
    +5> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
     ok
     % All data is sent as binaries with string contents:
    -6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
    +6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
     ok
    -7> flush().
    +7> flush().
     ok
     %% Nothing is received, because the io:read/1
     %% requires the input line to end with a newline.
     
     %% Send a newline (it could have been included in the last send):
    -8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
    +8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
     ok
    -9> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
    +9> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     10>

    @@ -216,44 +216,44 @@ ssh:daemon/2,3 and exec_daemon_option() for details.

    Examples of the two ways to configure the exec evaluator:

    1. Disable one-time execution.
      To modify the daemon start example above to reject one-time execution requests, we change Step 3 by adding the -option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
    +option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"},
    -                                  {exec, disabled}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.html	2025-03-21 17:27:52.760460436 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh.html	2025-03-21 17:27:52.764460462 +0000
    @@ -3489,14 +3489,14 @@
     
     

    List of algorithms to use in the algorithm negotiation. The default algs_list/0 can be obtained from default_algorithms/0.

    If an alg_entry() is missing in the algs_list(), the default value is used for -that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    -	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    -	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    -          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    -	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    -	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    -	  ]
    -	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server +that entry.

    Here is an example of this option:

    	  {preferred_algorithms,
    +	  [{public_key,['ssh-rsa','ssh-dss']},
    +	  {cipher,[{client2server,['aes128-ctr']},
    +          {server2client,['aes128-cbc','3des-cbc']}]},
    +	  {mac,['hmac-sha2-256','hmac-sha1']},
    +	  {compression,[none,zlib]}
    +	  ]
    +	  }

    The example specifies different algorithms in the two directions (client2server and server2client), for cipher but specifies the same algorithms for mac and compression in both directions. The kex (key exchange) is implicit but public_key is set explicitly.

    For background and more examples see the @@ -5339,21 +5339,21 @@

    hostkey_fingerprint([DigestType], HostKey) -> [string()]hostkey_fingerprint(DigestType, HostKey) -> string()

    Calculates a ssh fingerprint from a public host key as openssh does.

    The algorithm in hostkey_fingerprint/1 is md5 to be compatible with older ssh-keygen commands. The string from the second variant is -prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
    +prepended by the algorithm name in uppercase as in newer ssh-keygen commands.

    Examples:

     2> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(Key).
      "f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
    + 3> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(md5,Key).
      "MD5:f5:64:a6:c1:5a:cb:9f:0a:10:46:a2:5c:3e:2f:57:84"
     
    - 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
    + 4> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha,Key).
      "SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY"
     
    - 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
    + 5> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint(sha256,Key).
      "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"
     
    - 6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key).
    - ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY",
    -  "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    +
    6> ssh:hostkey_fingerprint([sha,sha256],Key). + ["SHA1:bSLY/C4QXLDL/Iwmhyg0PGW9UbY", + "SHA256:aZGXhabfbf4oxglxltItWeHU7ub3Dc31NcNw2cMJePQ"]
    @@ -5936,7 +5936,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_agent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.800460701 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_agent.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.800460701 +0000 @@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ authentication.

    Ssh_agent implements the ssh_client_key_api, to allow it to be used by setting the option key_cb when starting a client (with for example ssh:connect, -ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, +ssh:shell ).

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, []}}

    The agent communication is established through a UNIX domain socket. By default, the socket path will be fetched from the SSH_AUTH_SOCK environment variable, which is the default socket path in the agent implementation of OpenSSH.

    In order to set a different socket path the socket_path -option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be +option can be set.

          {key_cb, {ssh_agent, [{socket_path, SocketPath}]}}

    Note

    The functions are Callbacks for the SSH app. They are not intended to be called from the user's code!

    @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.828460887 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.832460912 +0000 @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.860461098 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_channel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.860461098 +0000 @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.892461311 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_client_key_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.892461311 +0000 @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_connection.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_connection.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.928461549 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_connection.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.932461576 +0000 @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_file.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_file.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.972461840 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_file.html 2025-03-21 17:27:52.972461840 +0000 @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.004462053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_channel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.000462026 +0000 @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.024462186 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_server_key_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.024462186 +0000 @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.068462477 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.076462530 +0000 @@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.104462715 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/ssh_sftpd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.104462715 +0000 @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/terminology.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/terminology.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.128462875 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/terminology.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.132462901 +0000 @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/using_ssh.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/using_ssh.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.168463140 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssh-5.2.8/doc/html/using_ssh.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.176463193 +0000 @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ Using the Erlang ssh Terminal Client

    The user otptest, which has bash as default shell, uses the ssh:shell/1 -client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
    +client to connect to the OpenSSH daemon running on a host called ssh.example.com:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
    +2> {ok, S} = ssh:shell("ssh.example.com").
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> pwd
     /home/otptest
     otptest@ssh.example.com:> exit
    @@ -161,11 +161,11 @@
     [...]
     $bash> ssh-keygen -t rsa -f /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa
     [...]

    Step 2. Create the file /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/authorized_keys and add the -content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
    +content of /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.

    Step 3. Start the Erlang ssh daemon:

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    -{ok,<0.54.0>}
    +2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    +                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"}]).
    +{ok,<0.54.0>}
     3>

    Step 4. Use the OpenSSH client from a shell to connect to the Erlang ssh daemon:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989  -i /tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/id_rsa \
                       -o UserKnownHostsFile=/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh/known_hosts
    @@ -176,10 +176,10 @@
     Eshell V5.10  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    There are two ways of shutting down an ssh daemon, see Step 5a and Step 5b.

    Step 5a. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener but -leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
    +leaves existing connections, started by the listener, operational:

    3> ssh:stop_listener(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    Step 5b. Shut down the Erlang ssh daemon so that it stops the listener and -all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
    +all connections started by the listener:

    3> ssh:stop_daemon(Sshd).
     ok
     4>

    @@ -195,35 +195,35 @@

    In the following example, the Erlang shell is the client process that receives the channel replies as Erlang messages.

    Do an one-time execution of a remote OS command ("pwd") over ssh to the ssh -server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
    +server of the OS at the host "ssh.example.com":

    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    -{ok,<0.57.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    -5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 22, []).
    +{ok,<0.57.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, "pwd", infinity).
    +5> flush(). % Get all pending messages. NOTE: ordering may vary!
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{data,0,0,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.57.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
    -6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    -{channels,[]}
    +6> ssh:connection_info(ConnectionRef, channels).
    +{channels,[]}
     7>

    See ssh_connection and ssh_connection:exec/4 for finding documentation of the channel messages.

    To collect the channel messages in a program, use receive...end instead of flush/1:

    5> receive
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    -5>         {ok,Result}
    -5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    -5>         {error,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 0 ->
    +5>         {ok,Result}
    +5>     {ssh_cm, ConnectionRef, {data, ChannelId, Type, Result}} when Type == 1 ->
    +5>         {error,Result}
     5> end.
    -{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
    +{ok,<<"/home/otptest\n">>}
     6>

    Note that only the exec channel is closed after the one-time execution. The connection is still up and can handle previously opened channels. It is also possible to open a new channel:

    % try to open a new channel to check if the ConnectionRef is still open
    -7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,1}
    +7> {ok, NewChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,1}
     8>

    To close the connection, call the function ssh:close(ConnectionRef). As an alternative, set the option {idle_time, 1} when opening the @@ -238,23 +238,23 @@ "command" must be as if entered into the erlang shell, that is a sequence of Erlang expressions ended by a period (.). Variables bound in that sequence will keep their bindings throughout the expression -sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in +sequence. The bindings are disposed when the result is returned.

    Here is an example of a suitable expression sequence:

    A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).

    It evaluates to true if submitted to the Erlang daemon started in Step 3 above:

    $bash> ssh ssh.example.com -p 8989 "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B)."
     true
     $bash>

    The same example but now using the Erlang ssh client to contact the Erlang -server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.216.0>}
    -2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +server:

    1> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect("ssh.example.com", 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.216.0>}
    +2> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +3> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "A=1, B=2, 3 == (A + B).",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -4> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
    +4> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{data,0,0,<<"true">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.216.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     5>

    Note that Erlang shell specific functions and control sequences like for example h(). are not supported.

    @@ -275,36 +275,36 @@ write something: [a,b,c]. {ok,[a,b,c]} $bash>

    The same example but using the Erlang ssh client:

    
    -Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    -1> ssh:start().
    +Eshell V10.5.2  (abort with ^G)
    +1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    -{ok,<0.92.0>}
    -3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    -{ok,0}
    -4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
    +2> {ok, ConnectionRef} = ssh:connect(loopback, 8989, []).
    +{ok,<0.92.0>}
    +3> {ok, ChannelId} = ssh_connection:session_channel(ConnectionRef, infinity).
    +{ok,0}
    +4> success = ssh_connection:exec(ConnectionRef, ChannelId,
                                      "io:read(\"write something: \").",
    -                                 infinity).
    +                                 infinity).
     success
    -5> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
    +5> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"write something: ">>}}
     ok
     % All data is sent as binaries with string contents:
    -6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
    +6> ok = ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"[a,b,c].">>).
     ok
    -7> flush().
    +7> flush().
     ok
     %% Nothing is received, because the io:read/1
     %% requires the input line to end with a newline.
     
     %% Send a newline (it could have been included in the last send):
    -8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
    +8> ssh_connection:send(ConnectionRef, ChannelId, <<"\n">>).
     ok
    -9> flush().
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    -Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
    +9> flush().
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{data,0,0,<<"{ok,[a,b,c]}">>}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{exit_status,0,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{eof,0}}
    +Shell got {ssh_cm,<0.92.0>,{closed,0}}
     ok
     10>

    @@ -321,44 +321,44 @@ ssh:daemon/2,3 and exec_daemon_option() for details.

    Examples of the two ways to configure the exec evaluator:

    1. Disable one-time execution.
      To modify the daemon start example above to reject one-time execution requests, we change Step 3 by adding the -option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
    +option {exec, disabled} to:
    1> ssh:start().
     ok
    -2> {ok, Sshd} = ssh:daemon(8989, [{system_dir, "/tmp/ssh_daemon"},
    -                                  {user_dir, "/tmp/otptest_user/.ssh"},
    -                                  {exec, disabled}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/404.html	2025-03-21 17:27:53.200463352 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/404.html	2025-03-21 17:27:53.204463379 +0000
    @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.224463512 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.224463512 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.276463856 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.284463909 +0000 @@ -3507,7 +3507,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.312464094 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.312464094 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:26.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> ssl - 11.2.9 - urn:uuid:a5cba2f3-a909-4c2e-21e3-833c57c52794 + urn:uuid:03a19149-7086-80d0-bb0f-42f53b87a157 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:26Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:06Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:26.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl_distribution.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ applications. Such a script is located in the bin directory of the Erlang distribution. The source for the script is found under the Erlang installation top directory under releases/<OTP version>/start_clean.rel.

    Do the following:

    • Copy that script to another location (and preferably another name).
    • Add the applications Crypto, Public Key, and SSL with their current version -numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    -      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    -      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    -      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    -      {public_key, "0.12"},
    -      {asn1, "4.0"},
    -      {ssl, "5.0"}
    -      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications +numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    +      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    +      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    +      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    +      {public_key, "0.12"},
    +      {asn1, "4.0"},
    +      {ssl, "5.0"}
    +      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications included in the script is upgraded, change the script.

    Do the following:

    • Build the boot script.

      Assuming the .rel file is stored in a file start_ssl.rel in the current directory, a boot script can be built as follows:

       1> systools:make_script("start_ssl",[]).

    There is now a start_ssl.boot file in the current directory.

    Do the following:

    • Test the boot script. To do this, start Erlang with the -boot command-line parameter specifying this boot script (with its full path, but without the @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ so beware!

      For TLS to work, at least a public key and a certificate must be specified for the server side and the client needs to specify CAs that it trusts (client certification is optional and requires more configuration).

      In the following example (to keep it simple), the PEM file "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem" -contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      -  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      - {client,
      -  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for +contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      +  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      + {client,
      +  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for readability, and shall not be there when typed):

      $ erl -boot /home/me/ssl/start_ssl -proto_dist inet_tls
         -ssl_dist_optfile "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf"
         -sname ssl_test

      The options in the {server, Opts} tuple are used when calling @@ -169,19 +169,19 @@ -ssl_dist_opt server_secure_renegotiate true client_secure_renegotiate true" $ export ERL_FLAGS $ erl -sname ssl_test -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] -Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) -(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). -[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, - {progname,["erl "]}, - {sname,["ssl_test"]}, - {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, - {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", - "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] - {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied +Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) +(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). +[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, + {progname,["erl "]}, + {sname,["ssl_test"]}, + {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, + {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", + "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] + {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied to the emulator.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:26.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/ssl.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@

    Interface functions for TLS (Transport Layer Security) and DTLS (Datagram Transport Layer Security).

    Note

    The application's name is still SSL because the first versions of the TLS protocol were named SSL (Secure Socket Layer). However, no version -of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of +of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of this API.

    Special Erlang node configuration for the application can be found in SSL Application.

    @@ -2414,26 +2414,26 @@ signature schemes supplied by the signature_algs_cert option.

    The TLS-1.2 default is Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs interleaved with rsa_pss_schemes since ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 25). pss_pss is -preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

    The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

    [
    -{sha512, ecdsa},
    -{sha512, rsa},
    -{sha384, ecdsa},
    -{sha384, rsa},
    -{sha256, ecdsa},
    -{sha256, rsa}
    -]

    Change

    • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in +preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

      The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

      [
      +{sha512, ecdsa},
      +{sha512, rsa},
      +{sha384, ecdsa},
      +{sha384, rsa},
      +{sha256, ecdsa},
      +{sha256, rsa}
      +]

      Change

      • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-8.0 (Erlang/OTP 22).
      • Support for {sha, _} (SHA1) and {sha224, _} was removed -from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

      The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

      [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
      +from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

    The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

    [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha384,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,
    -rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% Legacy algorithms only applicable to certificate signatures
     rsa_pkcs1_sha512, %% Corresponds to {sha512, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha384, %% Corresponds to {sha384, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha256, %% Corresponds to {sha256, rsa}
    -]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% EDDSA
     eddsa_ed25519,
     eddsa_ed448
    @@ -2518,8 +2518,8 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    -      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA +

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    +      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA as the trusted anchor and verifies the rest of the chain.

    @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ being sent and disables the hostname verification check.

  • {customize_hostname_check, HostNameCheckOpts} - Customization option

    Customizes the hostname verification of the peer certificate, as various protocols that use TLS, such as HTTP or LDAP, may require different approaches. For example, here is how to use standard hostname checking for HTTPS implemented in -Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see +Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see public_key:pkix_verify_hostname/3.

  • {client_certificate_authorities, UseCertAuth} - Inter-op hint option

    If UseCertAuth is set to true, sends the certificate authorities extension in the TLS-1.3 client hello. The default is false. Note that setting UseCertAuth to true can result in a significant @@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@

    Options only relevant for TLS-1.3.

    • {session_tickets, SessionTickets} - Use of session tickets

      Configures the session ticket functionality. Allowed values are disabled, manual, and auto. If it is set to manual the client will send the ticket -information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket +information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket data that can be used in subsequent session resumptions.

      If it is set to auto, the client automatically handles received tickets and tries to use them when making new TLS connections (session resumption with pre-shared keys).

      Ticket lifetime, the number of tickets sent by the server, and the @@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ mandatory option in manual mode ({session_tickets, manual}).

      Note

      Session tickets are only sent to the user if option session_tickets is set to manual

      This option is supported by TLS-1.3. See also SSL User's Guide, Session Tickets and Session Resumption in TLS 1.3.

    • {early_data, EarlyData}

      Configures the early data to be sent by the client.

      To verify that the server has the intention to process the early -data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to +data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to resend when appropriate.

    • {middlebox_comp_mode, MiddleBoxMode}

      Configures the middlebox compatibility mode for a TLS-1.3 connection.

      A significant number of middleboxes misbehave when a TLS-1.3 connection is negotiated. Implementations can increase the chance of making connections through those middleboxes by adapting the TLS-1.3 @@ -3529,20 +3529,20 @@ peer certificate in a valid certification path. So, if depth is 0 the PEER must be signed by the trusted ROOT-CA directly; if 1 the path can be PEER, CA, ROOT-CA; if 2 the path can be PEER, CA, CA, ROOT-CA, and so on. The default -value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      -
      -fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +
      +fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
       
       Types:
      -      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      -              {revoked, atom()}} |
      -      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
      +      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      +              {revoked, atom()}} |
      +      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
                     valid |
                     valid_peer

      The verification fun is called during the X.509-path validation when an error occurs or an extension unknown to the SSL application is @@ -3559,25 +3559,25 @@ handshake does not terminate regardless of verification failures, and the connection is established.

    • If called with an extension unknown to the user application, the fun is to return {unknown, UserState}.

    Note that if the fun returns unknown for an extension marked as critical, -validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    -   {fail, Reason};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, +validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    +   {fail, Reason};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, where Reason is:

    • unknown_ca

      No trusted CA was found in the trusted store. The trusted CA is normally a so-called ROOT CA, which is a self-signed certificate. Trust can be claimed for an intermediate CA (the trusted anchor does not have to be @@ -3727,11 +3727,11 @@ enforced. If SecureRenegotiate is false secure renegotiation will still be used if possible, but it falls back to insecure renegotiation if the peer does not support if RFC -5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      -fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      -        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client +5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      +fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      +        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client and server to determine the shared secret. When called by the client, PSKIdentity is the hint presented by the server or undefined. When called by the server, PSKIdentity is the identity presented by the client.

      For Secure Remote Password (SRP), the fun is only used by the server to obtain @@ -4029,8 +4029,8 @@ -

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by -performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      +

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by +performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      @@ -4161,7 +4161,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/using_ssl.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/using_ssl.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:26.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.epub/OEBPS/using_ssl.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,38 +44,38 @@ Basic Client
  • -
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    +
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Basic Connection

    -

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
     ok

    Step 2: with alternative certificates, in this example the EDDSA certificate will be preferred if TLS-1.3 is negotiated and the RSA certificate will always -be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    -ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    -                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    -                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
    +be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    +ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    +                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    +                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
                                       keyfile => "rsakey.pem",
    -                                  password => "foobar"}
    -                               ]},{reuseaddr, true}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the + password => "foobar"} + ]},{reuseaddr, true}]). +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the handshake part can be called in a new erlang process dedicated to handling the -connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
     ok

    Be sure to configure trusted certificates to use for server certificate -verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    -      [{verify, verify_peer},
    -      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS -attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
    +verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    +      [{verify, verify_peer},
    +      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS +attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
     ok

    Step 7: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    -Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    +Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
     ok

    @@ -87,27 +87,27 @@ communication channel by using TLS. Note that the client and server need to agree to do the upgrade in the protocol doing the communication. This is concept is often referenced as STARTLS and used in many protocols such as SMTP, -FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
       ok

    Step 2: Create a normal TCP listen socket and ensure active is set to false and not set to any active mode otherwise TLS handshake messages can be -delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    -  {active, false}]).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    -  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    -  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the +delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    +  {active, false}]).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    +  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the upgrade. The server must be prepared to be a TLS server before the client can do -a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    -      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
    +a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    +      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
           ok

    Step 9: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    -      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    +      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
           ok

    @@ -115,34 +115,34 @@ Customizing cipher suites

    Fetch default cipher suite list for a TLS/DTLS version. Change default to all to -get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    -    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange +get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    +    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange (removed from default in 21)

    2> NoRSA =
    -    ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false;
    -                                                (_) -> true
    -                                             end}]).
    -    [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    - ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    -                                                (_) -> false
    -                                             end},
    -                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    -                                          (_) ->false
    -                                       end}]).
    -
    -[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    - #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing -prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    -  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    -   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -     prf => default_prf},
    -   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default, + [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false; + (_) -> true + end}]). + [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    +                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    +                                                (_) -> false
    +                                             end},
    +                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    +                                          (_) ->false
    +                                       end}]).
    +
    +[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    + #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing +prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    +  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    +   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +     prf => default_prf},
    +   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    @@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ suite that is chosen, which is not the case in TLS-1.3.

    Using the function ssl:signature_algs/2 will let you inspect different aspects of possible configurations for your system. For example if TLS-1.3 and TLS-1.2 is supported the default signature_algorithm list in OTP-26 and cryptolib from -OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
    +OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
      %% TLS-1.3 schemes
    - [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
    + [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
       ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384,ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256,
       rsa_pss_pss_sha512,rsa_pss_pss_sha384,rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
       rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,rsa_pss_rsae_sha256,
    @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@
       %% (would have a tuple name in TLS-1.2 only configuration)
       rsa_pkcs1_sha512,rsa_pkcs1_sha384,rsa_pkcs1_sha256
       %% TLS 1.2 algorithms
    -  {sha512,ecdsa},
    -  {sha384,ecdsa},
    -  {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should + {sha512,ecdsa}, + {sha384,ecdsa}, + {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should append them to the default list as the configuration is in prefered order, -something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    -    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
    +something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    +    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
         ...

    See also ssl:signature_algs/2 and sign_algo()

    @@ -183,20 +183,20 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.536465580 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.540465606 +0000 @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@

    Interface functions for TLS (Transport Layer Security) and DTLS (Datagram Transport Layer Security).

    Note

    The application's name is still SSL because the first versions of the TLS protocol were named SSL (Secure Socket Layer). However, no version -of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of +of the old SSL protocol is supported by this application.

    Example:

    1> ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +    {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    See Examples for detailed usage and more examples of this API.

    Special Erlang node configuration for the application can be found in SSL Application.

    @@ -2535,26 +2535,26 @@ signature schemes supplied by the signature_algs_cert option.

    The TLS-1.2 default is Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs interleaved with rsa_pss_schemes since ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 25). pss_pss is -preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

    The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

    [
    -{sha512, ecdsa},
    -{sha512, rsa},
    -{sha384, ecdsa},
    -{sha384, rsa},
    -{sha256, ecdsa},
    -{sha256, rsa}
    -]

    Change

    • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in +preferred over pss_rsae, which in turn is preferred over rsa.

      The list for Default_TLS_12_Alg_Pairs is defined as follows:

      [
      +{sha512, ecdsa},
      +{sha512, rsa},
      +{sha384, ecdsa},
      +{sha384, rsa},
      +{sha256, ecdsa},
      +{sha256, rsa}
      +]

      Change

      • Support for {md5, rsa} was removed from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-8.0 (Erlang/OTP 22).
      • Support for {sha, _} (SHA1) and {sha224, _} was removed -from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

      The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

      [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
      +from the TLS-1.2 default in ssl-11.0 (Erlang/OTP 26).

    The list for rsa_pss_schemes is defined as follows:

    [rsa_pss_pss_sha512,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha384,
     rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,
     rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,
    -rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +rsa_pss_rsae_sha256]

    The list of TLS_13_Legacy_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% Legacy algorithms only applicable to certificate signatures
     rsa_pkcs1_sha512, %% Corresponds to {sha512, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha384, %% Corresponds to {sha384, rsa}
     rsa_pkcs1_sha256, %% Corresponds to {sha256, rsa}
    -]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
    +]

    The list of Default_TLS_13_Schemes is defined as follows:

    [
     %% EDDSA
     eddsa_ed25519,
     eddsa_ed448
    @@ -2644,8 +2644,8 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    -      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA +

    Claim an intermediate CA in the chain as trusted.

    fun(Chain::[public_key:der_encoded()]) ->
    +      {trusted_ca, DerCert::public_key:der_encoded()} | unknown_ca.

    TLS then uses public_key:pkix_path_validation/3 with the selected CA as the trusted anchor and verifies the rest of the chain.

    @@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@ being sent and disables the hostname verification check.

  • {customize_hostname_check, HostNameCheckOpts} - Customization option

    Customizes the hostname verification of the peer certificate, as various protocols that use TLS, such as HTTP or LDAP, may require different approaches. For example, here is how to use standard hostname checking for HTTPS implemented in -Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see +Public_Key:

    {customize_hostname_check, [{match_fun, public_key:pkix_verify_hostname_match_fun(https)}]}

    For futher description of the customize options, see public_key:pkix_verify_hostname/3.

  • {client_certificate_authorities, UseCertAuth} - Inter-op hint option

    If UseCertAuth is set to true, sends the certificate authorities extension in the TLS-1.3 client hello. The default is false. Note that setting UseCertAuth to true can result in a significant @@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@

    Options only relevant for TLS-1.3.

    • {session_tickets, SessionTickets} - Use of session tickets

      Configures the session ticket functionality. Allowed values are disabled, manual, and auto. If it is set to manual the client will send the ticket -information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket +information to user process in a 3-tuple:

      {ssl, session_ticket, {SNI, TicketData}}

      where SNI is the ServerNameIndication and TicketData is the extended ticket data that can be used in subsequent session resumptions.

      If it is set to auto, the client automatically handles received tickets and tries to use them when making new TLS connections (session resumption with pre-shared keys).

      Ticket lifetime, the number of tickets sent by the server, and the @@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ mandatory option in manual mode ({session_tickets, manual}).

      Note

      Session tickets are only sent to the user if option session_tickets is set to manual

      This option is supported by TLS-1.3. See also SSL User's Guide, Session Tickets and Session Resumption in TLS 1.3.

    • {early_data, EarlyData}

      Configures the early data to be sent by the client.

      To verify that the server has the intention to process the early -data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to +data, the following tuple is sent to the user process:

      {ssl, SslSocket, {early_data, Result}}

      where Result is either accepted or rejected.

      Warning

      It is the responsibility of the user to handle rejected EarlyData and to resend when appropriate.

    • {middlebox_comp_mode, MiddleBoxMode}

      Configures the middlebox compatibility mode for a TLS-1.3 connection.

      A significant number of middleboxes misbehave when a TLS-1.3 connection is negotiated. Implementations can increase the chance of making connections through those middleboxes by adapting the TLS-1.3 @@ -3675,20 +3675,20 @@ peer certificate in a valid certification path. So, if depth is 0 the PEER must be signed by the trusted ROOT-CA directly; if 1 the path can be PEER, CA, ROOT-CA; if 2 the path can be PEER, CA, CA, ROOT-CA, and so on. The default -value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #href_anchor"ss">'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      -
      -fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      -    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +value is 10. Used to mitigate DoS attack possibilities.

    • {verify_fun, Verify} - Customize certificate path validation

      The verification fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(OtpCert :: #href_anchor"ss">'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
      +
      +fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{}, DerCert :: public_key:der_encoded(),
      +    Event, InitialUserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} | {unknown, UserState :: term()}.
       
       Types:
      -      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      -              {revoked, atom()}} |
      -      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
      +      Event = {bad_cert, Reason :: atom() |
      +              {revoked, atom()}} |
      +      {extension, #'Extension'{}} |
                     valid |
                     valid_peer

      The verification fun is called during the X.509-path validation when an error occurs or an extension unknown to the SSL application is @@ -3705,25 +3705,25 @@ handshake does not terminate regardless of verification failures, and the connection is established.

    • If called with an extension unknown to the user application, the fun is to return {unknown, UserState}.

    Note that if the fun returns unknown for an extension marked as critical, -validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    -   {fail, Reason};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    -   {unknown, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    -   {valid, UserState};
    -    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    -       {valid, UserState}
    - end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, +validation will fail.

    Default option verify_fun in verify_peer mode:

    {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _} = Reason, _) ->
    +   {fail, Reason};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    Default option verify_fun in mode verify_none:

     {fun(_, _, {bad_cert, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, #'Extension'{critical = true}}, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, {extension, _}, UserState) ->
    +   {unknown, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid, UserState) ->
    +   {valid, UserState};
    +    (_, _, valid_peer, UserState) ->
    +       {valid, UserState}
    + end, []}

    The possible path validation errors are given in the form {bad_cert, Reason}, where Reason is:

    • unknown_ca

      No trusted CA was found in the trusted store. The trusted CA is normally a so-called ROOT CA, which is a self-signed certificate. Trust can be claimed for an intermediate CA (the trusted anchor does not have to be @@ -3873,11 +3873,11 @@ enforced. If SecureRenegotiate is false secure renegotiation will still be used if possible, but it falls back to insecure renegotiation if the peer does not support if RFC -5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      -fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      -        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client +5746.

    • {user_lookup_fun, {LookupFun, UserState}} - PSK/SRP cipher suite option

      The lookup fun is to be defined as follows:

      fun(psk, PSKIdentity :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, SharedSecret :: binary()} | error;
      +fun(srp, Username :: binary(), UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {ok, {SRPParams :: srp_param_type(), Salt :: binary(),
      +        DerivedKey :: binary()}} | error.

      For Pre-Shared Key (PSK) cipher suites, the lookup fun is called by the client and server to determine the shared secret. When called by the client, PSKIdentity is the hint presented by the server or undefined. When called by the server, PSKIdentity is the identity presented by the client.

      For Secure Remote Password (SRP), the fun is only used by the server to obtain @@ -4190,8 +4190,8 @@ -

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by -performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      +

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection.

      connect(TCPSocket, TLSOptions, Timeout).

      Upgrades a gen_tcp (or equivalent) connected socket to a TLS socket by +performing the client-side TLS handshake.

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions).

      Opens a TLS/DTLS connection to Host, Port. This call is equivalent to:

      connect(Host, Port, TLSOptions, infinity).
      @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.576465845 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.576465845 +0000 @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.600466004 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.600466004 +0000 @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.636466242 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_crl_cache_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.636466242 +0000 @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.668466455 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_distribution.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.672466482 +0000 @@ -147,14 +147,14 @@ applications. Such a script is located in the bin directory of the Erlang distribution. The source for the script is found under the Erlang installation top directory under releases/<OTP version>/start_clean.rel.

      Do the following:

      • Copy that script to another location (and preferably another name).
      • Add the applications Crypto, Public Key, and SSL with their current version -numbers after the STDLIB application.

      The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

            {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
      -      [{kernel,"2.15"},
      -      {stdlib,"1.18"},
      -      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
      -      {public_key, "0.12"},
      -      {asn1, "4.0"},
      -      {ssl, "5.0"}
      -      ]}.

      The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications +numbers after the STDLIB application.

    The following shows an example .rel file with TLS added:

          {release, {"OTP  APN 181 01","R15A"}, {erts, "5.9"},
    +      [{kernel,"2.15"},
    +      {stdlib,"1.18"},
    +      {crypto, "2.0.3"},
    +      {public_key, "0.12"},
    +      {asn1, "4.0"},
    +      {ssl, "5.0"}
    +      ]}.

    The version numbers differ in your system. Whenever one of the applications included in the script is upgraded, change the script.

    Do the following:

    • Build the boot script.

      Assuming the .rel file is stored in a file start_ssl.rel in the current directory, a boot script can be built as follows:

       1> systools:make_script("start_ssl",[]).

    There is now a start_ssl.boot file in the current directory.

    Do the following:

    • Test the boot script. To do this, start Erlang with the -boot command-line parameter specifying this boot script (with its full path, but without the @@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ so beware!

      For TLS to work, at least a public key and a certificate must be specified for the server side and the client needs to specify CAs that it trusts (client certification is optional and requires more configuration).

      In the following example (to keep it simple), the PEM file "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem" -contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      -  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      - {client,
      -  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for +contains both the server certificate and its private key .

      Create a file named for example "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf":

      [{server,
      +  [{certfile, "/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"}]},
      + {client,
      +  [{cacertfile, "/home/me/ssl/client_trusted.pem"}]}].

      And then start the node like this (line breaks in the command are for readability, and shall not be there when typed):

      $ erl -boot /home/me/ssl/start_ssl -proto_dist inet_tls
         -ssl_dist_optfile "/home/me/ssl/ssl_test@myhost.conf"
         -sname ssl_test

      The options in the {server, Opts} tuple are used when calling @@ -274,19 +274,19 @@ -ssl_dist_opt server_secure_renegotiate true client_secure_renegotiate true" $ export ERL_FLAGS $ erl -sname ssl_test -Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] +Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.0 [source] -Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) -(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). -[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, - {progname,["erl "]}, - {sname,["ssl_test"]}, - {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, - {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, - {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", - "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] - {home,["/home/me"]}]

  • The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied +Eshell V5.0 (abort with ^G) +(ssl_test@myhost)1> init:get_arguments(). +[{root,["/usr/local/erlang"]}, + {progname,["erl "]}, + {sname,["ssl_test"]}, + {boot,["/home/me/ssl/start_ssl"]}, + {proto_dist,["inet_tls"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_certfile","/home/me/ssl/erlserver.pem"]}, + {ssl_dist_opt,["server_secure_renegotiate","true", + "client_secure_renegotiate","true"] + {home,["/home/me"]}]

    The init:get_arguments() call verifies that the correct arguments are supplied to the emulator.

    @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.700466667 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_protocol.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.704466693 +0000 @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.732466879 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/ssl_session_cache_api.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.736466906 +0000 @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/standards_compliance.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.772467144 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/standards_compliance.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.772467144 +0000 @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/using_ssl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/using_ssl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.812467409 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/ssl-11.2.9/doc/html/using_ssl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.820467462 +0000 @@ -149,38 +149,38 @@ Basic Client

    -
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    -   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    +
     1 > ssl:start(), ssl:connect("google.com", 443, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +                                                 {cacerts, public_key:cacerts_get()}]).
    +   {ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Basic Connection

    -

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
     ok

    Step 2: with alternative certificates, in this example the EDDSA certificate will be preferred if TLS-1.3 is negotiated and the RSA certificate will always -be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    -ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    -                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    -                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
    +be used for TLS-1.2 as it does not support the EDDSA algorithm:

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} =
    +ssl:listen(9999, [{certs_keys, [#{certfile => "eddsacert.pem",
    +                                  keyfile => "eddsakey.pem"},
    +                                #{certfile => "rsacert.pem",
                                       keyfile => "rsakey.pem",
    -                                  password => "foobar"}
    -                               ]},{reuseaddr, true}]).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the + password => "foobar"} + ]},{reuseaddr, true}]). +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 3: Do a transport accept on the TLS listen socket:

    3 server> {ok, TLSTransportSocket} = ssl:transport_accept(ListenSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    ssl:transport_accept/1 and ssl:handshake/2 are separate functions so that the handshake part can be called in a new erlang process dedicated to handling the -connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +connection

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
     ok

    Be sure to configure trusted certificates to use for server certificate -verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    -      [{verify, verify_peer},
    -      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    -{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS -attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
    +verification.

    2 client> {ok, Socket} = ssl:connect("localhost", 9999,
    +      [{verify, verify_peer},
    +      {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"}, {active, once}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, Socket} = ssl:handshake(TLSTransportSocket).
    +{ok,{sslsocket, [...]}}

    Note

    A real server should use ssl:handshake/2 that has a timeout to avoid DoS +attacks. In the example the timeout defaults to infinty.

    Step 6: Send a message over TLS:

    5 server> ssl:send(Socket, "foo").
     ok

    Step 7: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    -Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +server side is recived by the client side:

    3 client> flush().
    +Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
     ok

    @@ -192,27 +192,27 @@ communication channel by using TLS. Note that the client and server need to agree to do the upgrade in the protocol doing the communication. This is concept is often referenced as STARTLS and used in many protocols such as SMTP, -FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
    +FTPS and HTTPS via a proxy.

    Warning

    Maximum security recommendations are however moving away from such solutions.

    To upgrade to a TLS connection:

    Step 1: Start the server side:

    1 server> ssl:start().
       ok

    Step 2: Create a normal TCP listen socket and ensure active is set to false and not set to any active mode otherwise TLS handshake messages can be -delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    -  {active, false}]).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    -  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    -  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    -  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the +delivered to the wrong process.

    2 server> {ok, ListenSocket} = gen_tcp:listen(9999, [{reuseaddr, true},
    +  {active, false}]).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.475>}

    Step 3: Accept client connection:

    3 server> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:accept(ListenSocket).
    +  {ok, #Port<0.476>}

    Step 4: Start the client side:

    1 client> ssl:start().
    +  ok
    2 client> {ok, Socket} = gen_tcp:connect("localhost", 9999,  [], infinity).

    Step 5: Do the TLS handshake:

    4 server> {ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:handshake(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {fail_if_no_peer_cert, true},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}]).
    +  {ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 6: Upgrade to a TLS connection. The client and server must agree upon the upgrade. The server must be prepared to be a TLS server before the client can do -a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    -  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    -  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    -{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    -      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
    +a successful connect.

    3 client>{ok, TLSSocket} = ssl:connect(Socket, [{verify, verify_peer},
    +  {cacertfile, "cacerts.pem"},
    +  {certs_keys, [#{certfile => "cert.pem", keyfile => "key.pem"}]}], infinity).
    +{ok,{sslsocket,[...]}}

    Step 7: Send a message over TLS:

    4 client> ssl:send(TLSSocket, "foo").
    +      ok

    Step 8: Set active once on the TLS socket:

    5 server> ssl:setopts(TLSSocket, [{active, once}]).
           ok

    Step 9: Flush the shell message queue to see that the message sent on the -client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    -      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
    +client side is recived by the server side:

    5 server> flush().
    +      Shell got {ssl,{sslsocket,[...]},"foo"}
           ok

    @@ -220,34 +220,34 @@ Customizing cipher suites

    Fetch default cipher suite list for a TLS/DTLS version. Change default to all to -get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    -    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange +get all possible cipher suites.

    1>  Default = ssl:cipher_suites(default, 'tlsv1.2').
    +    [#{cipher => aes_256_gcm,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +    mac => aead,prf => sha384}, ....]

    In OTP 20 it is desirable to remove all cipher suites that uses rsa key exchange (removed from default in 21)

    2> NoRSA =
    -    ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false;
    -                                                (_) -> true
    -                                             end}]).
    -    [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    - ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    -                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    -                                                (_) -> false
    -                                             end},
    -                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    -                                          (_) ->false
    -                                       end}]).
    -
    -[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    - #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing -prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    -  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    -   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    -     prf => default_prf},
    -   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    -     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default, + [{key_exchange, fun(rsa) -> false; + (_) -> true + end}]). + [...]

    Pick just a few suites

     3> Suites =
    + ssl:filter_cipher_suites(Default,
    +                             [{key_exchange, fun(ecdh_ecdsa) -> true;
    +                                                (_) -> false
    +                                             end},
    +                              {cipher, fun(aes_128_cbc) -> true;
    +                                          (_) ->false
    +                                       end}]).
    +
    +[#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +   mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    + #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +   prf => default_prf}]

    Make some particular suites the most preferred, or least preferred by changing +prepend to append.

     4>ssl:prepend_cipher_suites(Suites, Default).
    +  [#{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha256,prf => sha256},
    +   #{cipher => aes_128_cbc,key_exchange => ecdh_ecdsa,mac => sha,
    +     prf => default_prf},
    +   #{cipher => aes_256_cbc,key_exchange => ecdhe_ecdsa,
    +     mac => sha384,prf => sha384}, ...]

    @@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ suite that is chosen, which is not the case in TLS-1.3.

    Using the function ssl:signature_algs/2 will let you inspect different aspects of possible configurations for your system. For example if TLS-1.3 and TLS-1.2 is supported the default signature_algorithm list in OTP-26 and cryptolib from -OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
    +OpenSSL 3.0.2 would look like:

     1>  ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3').
      %% TLS-1.3 schemes
    - [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
    + [eddsa_ed25519,eddsa_ed448,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,
       ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384,ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256,
       rsa_pss_pss_sha512,rsa_pss_pss_sha384,rsa_pss_pss_sha256,
       rsa_pss_rsae_sha512,rsa_pss_rsae_sha384,rsa_pss_rsae_sha256,
    @@ -275,12 +275,12 @@
       %% (would have a tuple name in TLS-1.2 only configuration)
       rsa_pkcs1_sha512,rsa_pkcs1_sha384,rsa_pkcs1_sha256
       %% TLS 1.2 algorithms
    -  {sha512,ecdsa},
    -  {sha384,ecdsa},
    -  {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should + {sha512,ecdsa}, + {sha384,ecdsa}, + {sha256,ecdsa}]

    If you want to add support for non default supported algorithms you should append them to the default list as the configuration is in prefered order, -something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    -    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
    +something like this:

        MySignatureAlgs = ssl:signature_algs(default, 'tlsv1.3') ++ [{sha, rsa}, {sha, dsa}],
    +    ssl:connect(Host,Port,[{signature_algs, MySignatureAlgs,...]}),
         ...

    See also ssl:signature_algs/2 and sign_algo()

    @@ -288,20 +288,20 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.844467621 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.844467621 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.884467886 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.892467939 +0000 @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/argparse.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/argparse.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.920468125 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/argparse.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.924468152 +0000 @@ -146,20 +146,20 @@

    argparse is designed to work with escript. The example below is a fully functioning Erlang program accepting two command line arguments and printing their product.

    #href_anchor"w">
    -main(Args) ->
    -    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
    +main(Args) ->
    +    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
     
    -cli() ->
    -    #{
    -        arguments => [
    -            #{name => left, type => integer},
    -            #{name => right, type => integer}
    -        ],
    +cli() ->
    +    #{
    +        arguments => [
    +            #{name => left, type => integer},
    +            #{name => right, type => integer}
    +        ],
             handler =>
    -            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    -                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
    +            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    +                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
                 end
    -    }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the + }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the usage information.

    The cli function defines a single command with embedded handler accepting a map. Keys of the map are argument names as defined by the argument field of the command, left and right in the example. Values are taken from the @@ -173,25 +173,25 @@

    A command may contain nested commands, forming a hierarchy. Arguments defined at the upper level command are automatically added to all nested commands. Nested -commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    +commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    +  #{
         %% top level argument applicable to all commands
    -    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    -      commands => #{
    -        "first" => #{
    +    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    +      commands => #{
    +        "first" => #{
               %% argument applicable to "first" command and
               %%  all commands nested into "first"
    -          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    -          commands => #{
    -            "second" => #{
    +          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    +          commands => #{
    +            "second" => #{
                   %% argument only applicable for "second" command
    -              arguments => [#{name => bottom}],
    -              handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end
    -          }
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself + arguments => [#{name => bottom}], + handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end + } + } + } + } + }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself (nested), accepting the only argument top. Since it has no associated handler, run/3 will not accept user input omitting nested command selection. For this example, user has to supply 5 arguments in the command line, two being @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ on all operating systems). Both options and positional arguments have 1 or more associated values. See argument specification to find more details about supported combinations.

    In the user input, short options may be concatenated with their values. Long -options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    -    arguments => [
    -      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    -      #{name => short, short => $s}
    -    ],
    -    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    -  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running +options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    +  #{
    +    arguments => [
    +      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    +      #{name => short, short => $s}
    +    ],
    +    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    +  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running ./args -sVALUE prints #{short => "VALUE"}

    argparse supports boolean flags concatenation: it is possible to shorten -r -f -v to -rfv.

    Shortened option names are not supported: it is not possible to use --my-argum instead of --my-argument-name even when such option can be unambiguously @@ -607,111 +607,111 @@ which case resulting argument map will either contain the default value, or not have the key at all.

    • name - Sets the argument name in the parsed argument map. If help is not defined, name is also used to generate the default usage message.

    • short - Defines a short (single character) form of an optional argument.

      %% Define a command accepting argument named myarg, with short form $a:
      -1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
      +1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-a str":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}
      +#{myarg => "str"}
       
       %% Option value can be concatenated with the switch: "-astr"
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The -only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
      +#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The +only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-name Erlang":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}
      +#{myarg => "Erlang"}
       %% Or use "=" to separate the switch and the value:
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}

      If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as +#{myarg => "Erlang"}

    If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as positional.

  • required - Forces the parser to expect the argument to be present in the command line. By default, all positional argument are required, and all options are not.

  • default - Specifies the default value to put in the parsed argument map -if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
    +if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{}, ...
    -2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
    +{ok,#{}, ...
    +2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...
  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is +{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...

  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is string, assuming no conversion.

  • nargs - Defines the number of following arguments to consume from the command line. By default, the parser consumes the next argument and converts it into an Erlang term according to the specified type.

    • pos_integer/0 - Consume exactly this number of positional arguments, fail if there is not enough. Value in the argument map contains a list of exactly this length. Example, defining a positional argument expecting 3 -integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      -argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
      +integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      +argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two -string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      -argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
      +{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two +string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      +argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...
    • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option +{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...

  • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option (starting with an option prefix). May result in an empty list added to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...
  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. +{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...

  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. Returns an error if the following command line argument is an option switch (starting with the prefix).

  • 'maybe' - Consumes the next argument from the command line, if it does not start with an option prefix. Otherwise, adds a default value to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
    +{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
     
     %% When "info" is omitted, argument maps receives the default "error"
    -2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
    +2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...
  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, +{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...

  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/array.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/array.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.972468470 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/array.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.972468470 +0000 @@ -136,14 +136,14 @@ reset/2). If you need to differentiate between unset and set entries, ensure that the default value cannot be confused with the values of set entries.

    The array never shrinks automatically. If an index I has been used to set an entry successfully, all indices in the range [0,I] stay accessible unless the -array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    -10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow -automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    -18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if -the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    -[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses -beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    -{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    +array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    +10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow +automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    +18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if +the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    +[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses +beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    +{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ array size; this also implies {fixed, true}. If N is not a non-negative integer, the call fails with reason badarg.

  • fixed or {fixed, true} - Creates a fixed-size array. See also fix/1.

  • {fixed, false} - Creates an extendible (non-fixed-size) array.

  • {default, Value} - Sets the default value for the array to Value.

  • Options are processed in the order they occur in the list, that is, later options have higher precedence.

    The default value is used as the value of uninitialized entries, and cannot be -changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    +changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ Options override parameter Size.

    If Options is a list, this is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | Options]), otherwise it is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | [Options]]). However, using this function -directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    +directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/assert_hrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:53.996468629 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/assert_hrl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.000468656 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Description

    The include file assert.hrl provides macros for inserting assertions in your -program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an +program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an assertion fails, an exception of type error is generated. The associated error term has the form {Macro, Info}. Macro is the macro name, for example, assertEqual. Info is a list of tagged values, such as @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

    • assert(BoolExpr)

    • assert(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning true.

    • assertNot(BoolExpr)

    • assertNot(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning false.

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes -normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr +normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that does not match GuardedPattern.

      As in assertMatch, GuardedPattern can have a when part.

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is exactly equal to ExpectedValue.

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is not exactly equal to @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/base64.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/base64.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.032468868 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/base64.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.036468894 +0000 @@ -671,15 +671,15 @@

      Decodes a base64 string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

      The function will strips away any whitespace characters and check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
      +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
      +2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
      +3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
       ** exception error: missing_padding
            in function  base64:decode_list/7 (base64.erl, line 734)
               *** data to decode is missing final = padding characters, if this is intended, use the `padding => false` option
      -4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
      +4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      @@ -934,9 +934,9 @@

      Decodes a base64 "mime" string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

      The function will strips away any illegal characters. It does not check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
      +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
      +2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/beam_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/beam_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.080469185 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/beam_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.076469159 +0000 @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ Reconstruct Source Code

      The following example shows how to reconstruct Erlang source code from the debug -information in a BEAM file Beam:

      {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
      -io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

      +information in a BEAM file Beam:

      {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
      +io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

      @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang"). If the file is found and contains a key, beam_lib implicitly creates a crypto key fun -and registers it.

      File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

      {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

      Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is +and registers it.

      File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

      {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

      Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is des3_cbc. Module is either an atom, in which case Key is only used for the module Module, or [], in which case Key is used for all modules. Key is the non-empty key string.

      Key in the first tuple where both Mode and Module match is used.

      The following is an example of an .erlang.crypt file that returns the same key -for all modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt -providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
      - {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      Note

      Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

      +for all modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt +providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

      [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
      + {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

      Note

      Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

      @@ -1556,11 +1556,11 @@

      Registers an unary fun that is called if beam_lib must read an debug_info chunk that has been encrypted. The fun is held in a process that is started by the function.

      If a fun is already registered when attempting to register a fun, -{error, exists} is returned.

      The fun must handle the following arguments:

      CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

      Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the +{error, exists} is returned.

      The fun must handle the following arguments:

      CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

      Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the crypto key fun can do any necessary initializations. If {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} is returned, NewCryptoKeyFun is registered instead of CryptoKeyFun. If {error, Term} is returned, the registration is aborted and -crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

      CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

      Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. +crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

      CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

      Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only possible value is des3_cbc. The call is to fail (raise an exception) if no key is available.

      CryptoKeyFun(clear) -> term()

      Called before the fun is unregistered. Here any cleaning up can be done. The return value is not important, but is passed back to the caller of @@ -1927,14 +1927,14 @@ -vsn(Vsn).

      If this attribute is not specified, the version defaults to the checksum of the module. Notice that if version Vsn is not a list, it is made into one, that is {ok,{Module,[Vsn]}} is returned. If there are many -vsn -module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

      Examples:

      1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
      -{ok,{a,[1]}}
      -2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
      -{ok,{b,[1]}}
      -3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
      -{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
      -4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
      -{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
      +module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

      Examples:

      1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
      +{ok,{a,[1]}}
      +2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
      +{ok,{b,[1]}}
      +3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
      +{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
      +4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
      +{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
      @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/binary.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/binary.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.124469478 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/binary.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.124469478 +0000 @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ -

      Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
      +

      Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
       "erlang"
       %% or [101,114,108,97,110,103] in list notation.
      @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@

      Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte. PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len denote which part of the Subject binary to convert. By default, the entire Subject binary is -converted.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
      +converted.

      Example:

      1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
       "rla"
       %% or [114,108,97] in list notation.

      If PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len in any way reference outside the binary, a badarg exception is raised.

      @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ -

      Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

      Example

      1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
      +

      Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

      Example

      1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
       <<"f">>
      @@ -917,11 +917,11 @@

      Converts the binary digit representation, in big endian or little endian, of a -positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

      Example:

      1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
      +positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

      Example:

      1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
       11111111
      -2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
      +2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
       11111111
      -3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
      +3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
       13077161
      @@ -984,13 +984,13 @@

      Encodes a binary into a hex encoded binary using the specified case for the -hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

      The default case is uppercase.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
      +hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

      The default case is uppercase.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
       <<"66">>
      -2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
      +2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
       <<"2F">>
      -3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
      +3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
       <<"2f">>
      -4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
      +4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
       <<"2F">>
      @@ -1053,11 +1053,11 @@

      Converts a positive integer to the smallest possible representation in a binary -digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
      +digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

      Example:

      1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
       <<169,138,199>>
      -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
      +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
       <<169,138,199>>
      -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
      +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
       <<199,138,169>>
      @@ -1181,9 +1181,9 @@

      Returns the length of the longest common prefix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
      +Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
       2
      -2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
      +2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
       0

      If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

      @@ -1216,9 +1216,9 @@

      Returns the length of the longest common suffix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
      +Binaries.

      Example:

      1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
       3
      -2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
      +2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
       0

      If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

      @@ -1294,8 +1294,8 @@

      Searches for the first occurrence of Pattern in Subject and returns the position and length.

      The function returns {Pos, Length} for the binary in Pattern, starting at -the lowest position in Subject.

      Example:

      1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
      -{1,4}

      Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and +the lowest position in Subject.

      Example:

      1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
      +{1,4}

      Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and is therefore the first match. If two overlapping matches begin at the same position, the longest is returned.

      Summary of the options:

      • {scope, {Start, Length}} - Only the specified part is searched. Return values still have offsets from the beginning of Subject. A negative Length @@ -1375,9 +1375,9 @@

        As match/2, but Subject is searched until exhausted and a list of all non-overlapping parts matching Pattern is returned (in order).

        The first and longest match is preferred to a shorter, which is illustrated by -the following example:

        1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
        -                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
        -[{1,4}]

        The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match +the following example:

        1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
        +                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
        +[{1,4}]

        The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match <<"bc">> (which would have given raise to one more match, <<"de">>). This corresponds to the behavior of POSIX regular expressions (and programs like awk), but is not consistent with alternative matches in re (and Perl), where @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@

        Extracts the part of binary Subject described by PosLen.

        A negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary:

        1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
        -2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
        +2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
         <<6,7,8,9,10>>

        Note

        part/2 and part/3 are also available in the erlang module under the names binary_part/2 and binary_part/3. Those BIFs are allowed in guard tests.

        If PosLen in any way references outside the binary, a badarg exception is @@ -1484,33 +1484,33 @@ it can be useful to get the size of the referenced binary. This function can be used in a program to trigger the use of copy/1. By copying a binary, one can dereference the original, possibly large, binary that a -smaller binary is a reference to.

        Example:

        store(Binary, GBSet) ->
        +smaller binary is a reference to.

        Example:

        store(Binary, GBSet) ->
           NewBin =
        -      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
        -          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
        -             binary:copy(Binary);
        +      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
        +          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
        +             binary:copy(Binary);
                   _ ->
                      Binary
               end,
        -  gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

        In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in + gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

        In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in gb_sets:set() if it references a binary more than twice the data size we want to keep. Of course, different rules apply when copying to different programs.

        Binary sharing occurs whenever binaries are taken apart. This is the fundamental reason why binaries are fast, decomposition can always be done with O(1) complexity. In rare circumstances this data sharing is however undesirable, why this function together with copy/1 can be useful when optimizing -for memory use.

        Example of binary sharing:

        1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
        +for memory use.

        Example of binary sharing:

        1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
         <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
        -2> byte_size(A).
        +2> byte_size(A).
         100
        -3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
        +3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
         100
         4> <<B:10/binary, C:90/binary>> = A.
         <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
        -5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}.
        -{10,10}
        -6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}.
        -{90,100}

        In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary +5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}. +{10,10} +6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}. +{90,100}

        In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary C references binary A.

        Note

        Binary data is shared among processes. If another process still references the larger binary, copying the part this process uses only consumes more memory and does not free up the larger binary for garbage collection. Use this kind @@ -1599,28 +1599,28 @@ at the specified position (or positions) before inserting Replacement into Subject. If Replacement is given as a fun instead, this option is ignored.

        If any position specified in InsPos > size of the replacement binary, a badarg exception is raised.

        Options global and {scope, part()} work as for split/3. The return type is -always a binary/0.

        For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

        Examples:

        1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
        +always a binary/0.

        For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

        Examples:

        1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
         <<"aXcde">>
         
        -2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
        +2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
         <<"aXcXe">>
         
        -3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
        +3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
         <<"a[b]cde">>
         
        -4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
        +4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
         <<"a[b]c[d]e">>
         
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/c.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/c.html	2025-03-21 17:27:54.172469796 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/c.html	2025-03-21 17:27:54.168469769 +0000
        @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@
               
         
         

        Compiles and then loads the code for a file on all nodes. Options defaults to -[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

        compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
        +[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

        compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
        @@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/calendar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/calendar.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.212470061 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/calendar.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.216470087 +0000 @@ -1845,10 +1845,10 @@

        Converts an RFC 3339 timestamp into system time. The data format of RFC 3339 timestamps is described by RFC 3339. Starting from OTP 25.1, the minutes part of the time zone is optional.

        Valid option:

        • {unit, Unit} - The time unit of the return value. The default is -second.
        1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
        +second.
      1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
       1517498278
      -2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
      -   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
      +2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
      +   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
       1517498282088000000
      @@ -2018,16 +2018,16 @@ the formatted string includes a fraction of a second. The number of fractional second digits is three, six, or nine depending on what time unit is chosen. For native three fractional digits are included. Notice that trailing zeros -are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
    +are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
     "2018-04-23T14:56:28+02:00"
    -2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
    +2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:56:52-02:00"
    -3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, -7200}]).
    +3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, -7200}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:57:05-02:00"
    -4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    -   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
    +4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    +   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
     "2018-04-23 12:57:20.482Z"
    @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.264470405 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.268470433 +0000 @@ -1914,14 +1914,14 @@

    Returns a list of all objects with key Key stored in table Name, for -example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    -{ok,abc}
    -3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
    +example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    +{ok,abc}
    +3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
     ok
    -4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
    +4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
     ok
    -5> dets:lookup(abc, 1).
    -[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list +5> dets:lookup(abc, 1). +[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list with one object, as there cannot be more than one object with a given key. If the table type is bag or duplicate_bag, the function returns a list of arbitrary length.

    Notice that the order of objects returned is unspecified. In particular, the @@ -2778,11 +2778,11 @@ specification is specified explicitly. This is how to state match specifications that cannot easily be expressed within the syntax provided by qlc.

    The following example uses an explicit match specification to traverse the -table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    -ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    -QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using -function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
    +table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    +ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    +QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using +function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
     true

    qlc:info/1 returns information about a query handle. In this case identical information is returned for the two query handles.

    @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@

    Applies Fun to each object stored in table Name in some unspecified order. Different actions are taken depending on the return value of Fun. The following Fun return values are allowed:

    • continue - Continue to perform the traversal. For example, the following -function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The +function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The following function is supplied to collect all objects of a table in a list:

      fun(X) -> {continue, X} end.
    • {done, Value} - Terminate the traversal and return [Value | Acc].

    Any other value OtherValue returned by Fun terminates the traversal and is returned immediately.

    @@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dict.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dict.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.300470644 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/dict.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.304470671 +0000 @@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ Notes

    Functions append and append_list are included so that keyed values can be -stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    -  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    +  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find.

    @@ -905,10 +905,10 @@ the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary. If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key and both values to return a new value. merge can be defined as follows, but is -faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).
    +faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).
    @@ -1121,8 +1121,8 @@

    Updates a value in a dictionary by calling Fun on the value to get a new value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Initial is stored as the -first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    +first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    @@ -1153,8 +1153,8 @@

    Adds Increment to the value associated with Key and stores this value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Increment is stored as the first -value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    +value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.340470909 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.344470936 +0000 @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph_utils.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph_utils.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.376471148 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/digraph_utils.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.384471201 +0000 @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.408471360 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.412471386 +0000 @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin_expand.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin_expand.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.436471546 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/edlin_expand.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.440471572 +0000 @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/epp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/epp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.468471758 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/epp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.472471784 +0000 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_anno.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_anno.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.500471970 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_anno.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.508472023 +0000 @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_error.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_error.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.544472261 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_error.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.544472261 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

    A fun used to format function arguments for BIF and function calls. By default -the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    +the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    @@ -438,23 +438,23 @@ caused the error starting at 1.

  • general - An error that is not associated with any argument caused the error.

  • reason - If the Reason should be printed differently than the default way.

  • If the text returned includes new-lines, format_exception/4 will indent the -text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    --export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
    +text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    +-export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
     
    -atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    -  atom_to_list(Arg);
    -atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    -  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    -               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    -                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    -
    -format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    -  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    -  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    -  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    -             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    -{ok,my_error_module}
    -2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
    +atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    +  atom_to_list(Arg);
    +atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    +  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    +               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    +                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    +
    +format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    +  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    +  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    +  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    +             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    +{ok,my_error_module}
    +2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
     ** exception error: my_error_module: badarg
          in function  my_error_module:atom_to_string/1
             called as my_error_module:atom_to_string(1)
    @@ -542,18 +542,18 @@
     
     

    Format the error reason and stack back-trace caught using try ... catch in the same style as the shell formats them.

    Example:

    try
    -    do_something()
    +    do_something()
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    If error_info is provided with the exception, format_exception will use that information to provide additional information about the exception.

    Example:

    try
    -  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
    +  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    See erlang:error/3 for details on how to raise an exception with error_info included.

    @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_eval.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_eval.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.576472474 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_eval.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.576472474 +0000 @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ LocalFunctionHandler can be used to define a function that is called when there is a call to a local function. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called -with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list +with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the local function. In this case, the current bindings cannot be accessed. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a -suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of +suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of the unevaluated arguments, and Bindings are the current variable bindings. -The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated +The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated variable bindings. In this case, the function handler must itself evaluate all the function arguments and manage the bindings. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a suitable exit value.

    • none - There is no local function handler.

    @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ expressions.
  • An operator Op/A is called (this is handled as a call to function erlang:Op/A).
  • Exceptions are calls to erlang:apply/2,3; neither of the function handlers are called for such calls. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a non-local function handler. The function -may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec +may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec is the name of the function on the form {Module,Function} or a fun, and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the function. To signal an error, the function handler @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.604472659 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_expand_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.608472686 +0000 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_features.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_features.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.632472845 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_features.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.628472819 +0000 @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.652472978 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_id_trans.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.656473005 +0000 @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_internal.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_internal.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.684473190 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_internal.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.688473216 +0000 @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_lint.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_lint.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.712473376 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_lint.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.720473429 +0000 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_parse.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_parse.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.772473773 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_parse.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.776473800 +0000 @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O modules. -The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -5920,7 +5920,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_pp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_pp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.812474038 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_pp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.816474065 +0000 @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_scan.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_scan.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.852474303 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_scan.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.860474356 +0000 @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_tar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_tar.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.896474595 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/erl_tar.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.900474622 +0000 @@ -1291,14 +1291,14 @@ Notice that there is only an arity-2 read function, not an arity-1 function.

  • (position,{UserData,Position}) - Sets the position of UserData as defined for files in file:position/2

  • Example:

    The following is a complete Fun parameter for reading and writing on files using the file module:

    ExampleFun =
    -   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    -      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    -      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    -      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    -   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    -{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
    +   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    +      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    +      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    +      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    +   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    +{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
     ...,
    -erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would +erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would call ExampleFun(write, {UserData,Data}).

    Note

    This example with the file module operations is not necessary to use directly, as that is what function open/2 in principle does.

    Warning

    The TarDescriptor term is not a file descriptor. You are advised not to rely on the specific contents of this term, as it can change in future Erlang/OTP @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/escript.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/escript.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.936474860 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/escript.html 2025-03-21 17:27:54.940474887 +0000 @@ -522,67 +522,67 @@ number of schedulers with +S3. We also extract the different sections from the newly created script:

    > Source = "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(\"~p\",[erlang:system_info(schedulers)]).\n".
     "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).\n"
    -> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
    +> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
     %% Demo
    -main(_Args) ->
    -    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
    +main(_Args) ->
    +    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
     
     ok
    -> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    -                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    -{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    -> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
    +> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    +                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    +{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    +> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
     ok
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
     "3"
    -> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    -     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    -                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
    +> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    +     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    +                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
     ok
    -> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    -{ok,demo,
    +> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    +{ok,demo,
         <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,208,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
    +      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
     ok
    -> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    -             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
    +> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    +             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
     "true"

    Here we create an archive script containing both Erlang code and Beam code, then we iterate over all files in the archive and collect their contents and some -information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    -{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang,
    -                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    -> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    -ok
    -> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    -{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    -      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    +information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    +{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang,
    +                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    +> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    +ok
    +> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    +{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    +      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
           <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,228,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -        83,0,0,...>>},
    -     {"demo.erl",
    -      {file_info,118,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    -      <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    +
    83,0,0,...>>}, + {"demo.erl", + {file_info,118,regular,read_write, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}, + <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    @@ -615,16 +615,16 @@ extracted value is set to the atom default. If a section is missing, the extracted value is set to the atom undefined.

    Option compile_source only affects the result if the escript contains source code. In this case the Erlang code is automatically compiled and -{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    -              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    -     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    +{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    +              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    +     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.000475284 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.004475311 +0000 @@ -220,10 +220,10 @@ find the next key is not done with such guarantees. This is often not a problem, but may cause rare subtle "unexpected" effects if a concurrent process inserts objects during a traversal. For example, consider one process -doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    -ets:insert(t, {1}),
    -ets:insert(t, {2}),
    -ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare +doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    +ets:insert(t, {1}),
    +ets:insert(t, {2}),
    +ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare cases return 2 even though 2 has never existed in the table ordered as the first key. In the same way, a concurrent call to ets:next(t, 1) may return 3 even though 3 never existed in the table ordered directly after 1.

    Effects like this are improbable but possible. The probability will further be @@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ lookup without any table traversal at all. For ordered_set a partially bound key will limit the traversal to only scan a subset of the table based on term order. A partially bound key is either a list or a tuple with a prefix that is -fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
    +fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
     true
     2> %% Efficient search of all with area code 555
    -2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}).
    -[["1234","John Smith"]]

    +2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}). +[["1234","John Smith"]]

    @@ -1936,19 +1936,19 @@ -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl"). to the source file.

    The fun is very restricted, it can take only a single parameter (the object to match): a sole variable or a tuple. It must use the is_ guard tests. Language constructs that have no representation in a match specification (if, case, -receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
    +receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
     3
    -3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, +3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, which is consistent with the static scoping for Erlang funs. However, local or global function calls cannot be in the guard or body of the fun. Calls to -built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
    +built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
     Error: fun containing local Erlang function calls
    -('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec
    -{error,transform_error}
    -5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun +('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec +{error,transform_error} +5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun must be literally in the call when used from the shell as well.

    Warning

    If the parse_transform is not applied to a module that calls this pseudo function, the call fails in runtime (with a badarg). The ets module exports a function with this name, but it is never to be called except when @@ -2573,12 +2573,12 @@

    Matches the objects in table Table against pattern Pattern.

    A pattern is a term that can contain:

    • Bound parts (Erlang terms)
    • '_' that matches any Erlang term
    • Pattern variables '$N', where N=0,1,...

    The function returns a list with one element for each matching object, where -each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    -[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    -7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    -[[7],[5]]
    -8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    -[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key +each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    +[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    +7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    +[[7],[5]]
    +8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    +[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key is not specified, that is, if it is a variable or an underscore, the entire table must be searched. The search time can be substantial if the table is very large.

    For tables of type ordered_set, the result is in the same order as in a @@ -2830,10 +2830,10 @@ execution time):

    Table = ets:new...
     MatchSpec = ...
     % The following call...
    -ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    -                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
    +ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    +                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
     % ...gives the same result as the more common (and more efficient)
    -ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets +ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets module to perform the dets:select/1 operations and by Mnesia during transactions.

    @@ -3196,19 +3196,19 @@ format. Given that the original match specification is kept intact, the continuation can be restored, meaning it can once again be used in subsequent select/1 calls even though it has been stored on disk or on -another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to repair_continuation/2 reestablishes the -MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to provide distributed select/3 and select/1 sequences. A normal application would either use Mnesia or keep the continuation from being converted to external format.

    The actual behavior of compiled match specifications when recreated from @@ -3253,21 +3253,21 @@ to succeed even if keys are removed during the traversal. The keys for objects inserted or deleted during a traversal may or may not be returned by next/2 depending on the ordering of keys within the table and if -the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
    +the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    +    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
     
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
         true;
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    -    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    -        [{Key,X}] ->
    -            ets:delete(Table,Key);
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    +    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    +        [{Key,X}] ->
    +            ets:delete(Table,Key);
             _ ->
                 true
         end,
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been + clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been released. If a process fixes a table but never releases it, the memory used by the deleted objects is never freed. The performance of operations on the table also degrades significantly.

    To retrieve information about which processes have fixed which tables, use @@ -3355,7 +3355,7 @@ a list, so that the following code:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],['$$']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],[['$1','$2','$3']]}])

    That is, all the bound variables in the match head as a list. If tuples are to be constructed, one has to write a tuple of arity 1 where the single element in the tuple is the tuple one wants to construct (as an ordinary tuple can be -mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the +mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the dbg) module in Runtime_Tools.

    The Guards are constructed as tuples, where the first element is the test name and the remaining elements are the test parameters. To check for a specific type (say a list) of the element bound to the match variable '$1', one would write @@ -3516,16 +3516,16 @@ object. If not, select_replace will fail with badarg without updating any objects.

    For the moment, due to performance and semantic constraints, tables of type bag are not yet supported.

    The function returns the total number of replaced objects.

    Example

    For all 2-tuples with a list in second position, add atom 'marker' first in -the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
    +the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
     true
    -2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    -3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
    +2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    +3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
     1
    -4> ets:tab2list(T).
    -[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    -New = update_object(Old),
    -Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    +4>
    ets:tab2list(T). +[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    +New = update_object(Old),
    +Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    @@ -3560,22 +3560,22 @@ ordered_set, the traversal of the table continues to objects with keys earlier in the Erlang term order. The returned list also contains objects with keys in reverse order. For all other table types, the behavior is exactly that of -select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    -2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
    +select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    +2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
     ...
    -3> {R0,C0} = ets:select_reverse(T,[{'_',[],['$_']}],4).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/file_sorter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/file_sorter.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.044475577 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/file_sorter.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.052475630 +0000
    @@ -195,35 +195,35 @@
     argument {value, Value}. This makes it easy to initiate the sequence of output
     functions with a value calculated by the input functions.

    As an example, consider sorting the terms on a disk log file. A function that reads chunks from the disk log and returns a list of binaries is used as input. -The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    -    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    -    Input = input(Log, start),
    -    Output = output([]),
    -    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    -    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
    +The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    +    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    +    Input = input(Log, start),
    +    Output = output([]),
    +    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    +    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
         Reply.
     
    -input(Log, Cont) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    +input(Log, Cont) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
                 ok;
    -       (read) ->
    -            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    -                {error, Reason} ->
    -                    {error, Reason};
    -                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    -                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +       (read) ->
    +            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    +                {error, Reason} ->
    +                    {error, Reason};
    +                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
                     eof ->
                         end_of_input
                 end
         end.
     
    -output(L) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    -            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    -       (Terms) ->
    -            output([Terms | L])
    +output(L) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
    +            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    +       (Terms) ->
    +            output([Terms | L])
         end.

    For more examples of functions as input and output, see the end of the file_sorter module; the term format is implemented with functions.

    The possible values of Reason returned when an error occurs are:

    • bad_object, {bad_object, FileName} - Applying the format function failed for some binary, or the key(s) could not be extracted from some term.
    • {bad_term, FileName} - io:read/2 failed to read some term.
    • {file_error, FileName, file:posix()} - For an explanation of @@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filelib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filelib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.088475868 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filelib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.092475895 +0000 @@ -1030,15 +1030,15 @@

      Sanitizes the relative path by eliminating ".." and "." components to protect against directory traversal attacks.

      Either returns the sanitized path name, or the atom unsafe if the path is unsafe. -The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

      • The path is not relative.
      • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
      • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

      Examples:

      1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
      +The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

      • The path is not relative.
      • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
      • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

      Examples:

      1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
       ...
      -2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
      +2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
       "dir"
      -3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
      -[]
      -4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
      +3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
      +[]
      +4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
       unsafe
      -5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
      +5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
       unsafe
    @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filename.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filename.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.128476133 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/filename.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.136476186 +0000 @@ -526,20 +526,20 @@

    Converts a relative Filename and returns an absolute name. No attempt is made to create the shortest absolute name, as this can give incorrect results on file -systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
    +systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
     "/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    -"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
    +4> filename:absname("/").
    +"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
     "D:/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "D:/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "D:/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    +4> filename:absname("/").
     "D:/"
    @@ -679,58 +679,58 @@ Opts the function will default to the native option, that is 'linux', 'darwin' or 'windows', as understood by os:type/0. Anything not recognized as 'darwin' or 'windows' is interpreted as 'linux'.

    The options 'author' and 'version' are only used with 'windows' option -mode.

    • user_cache

      The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

      On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
      -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

      On Darwin:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      -"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

      On Windows:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
      +mode.

      • user_cache

        The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
        +3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/Cache"
        -4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
        +4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/1.2/Cache"
        -5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
        +5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/My App"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App"
        -9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
        +9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Logs"
        -13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        +13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         "/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu:/usr/share/upstart/xdg:/etc/xdg"
        -7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
        +7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/upstart/xdg/my_application",
        - "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        -8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        + "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        +8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         true
        -9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        +9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         "/usr/share/ubuntu:/usr/share/gnome:/usr/local/share/:/usr/share/"
        -11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
        +11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/gnome/my_application",
          "/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         true
        -13> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      +13>
      filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}). +["/usr/local/share/my_application", + "/usr/share/my_application"]

      On Darwin:

      5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
    @@ -759,12 +759,12 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename, or Filename itself if it does not -contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
    +contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
     "foo"
    -6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
    +6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
     "foo"
    -7> filename:basename("/").
    -[]
    +7>
    filename:basename("/"). +[]
    @@ -795,15 +795,15 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename with extension Ext stripped.

    This function is to be used to remove a (possible) specific extension. To remove an existing extension when you are unsure which one it is, use -rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
    +rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle"
    -9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
    +9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
     "kalle.beam"
    -10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
    +10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle.old"
    -11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
    +11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
     "kalle"
    -12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
    +12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
     "kalle"
    @@ -832,10 +832,10 @@ -

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
    +

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
     "/usr/src"
    -14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    -"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
    +14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    +"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
     "/usr/src"
    @@ -865,10 +865,10 @@

    Returns the file extension of Filename, including the period. Returns an empty -string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
    +string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
     ".erl"
    -16> filename:extension("beam.src/kalle").
    -[]
    +16>
    filename:extension("beam.src/kalle"). +[]
    @@ -928,10 +928,10 @@

    Joins a list of filename Components with directory separators. If one of the elements of Components includes an absolute path, such as "/xxx", the preceding elements, if any, are removed from the result.

    The result is "normalized":

    • Redundant directory separators are removed.
    • In Windows, all directory separators are forward slashes and the drive letter -is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    +is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_sets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_sets.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.172476425 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_sets.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.176476452 +0000
    @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_trees.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_trees.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.212476690 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gb_trees.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.216476717 +0000 @@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_event.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_event.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.264477035 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_event.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.268477061 +0000 @@ -1303,15 +1303,15 @@ but it may transform some values.

    Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. If a handler does not export this function, the gen_event module uses the handler state directly for the purposes described below.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return the fact that @@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_fsm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.316477379 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_fsm.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.320477406 +0000 @@ -135,163 +135,163 @@ Migration to gen_statem

    Here follows a simple example of turning a gen_fsm into a gen_statem. -The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

    -module(code_lock).
    --define(NAME, code_lock).
    +The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

    -module(code_lock).
    +-define(NAME, code_lock).
     %-define(BEFORE_REWRITE, true).
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    --behaviour(gen_fsm).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-behaviour(gen_fsm).
     -else.
    --behaviour(gen_statem).
    +-behaviour(gen_statem).
     -endif.
     
    --export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
    +-export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    --export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
    -     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
    +     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
     -else.
    --export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
    -     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
    +-export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
    +     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
     %% Add callback__mode/0
     %% Change arity of the state functions
     %% Remove handle_info/3
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
     -else.
    -start_link(Code) ->
    -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
    +start_link(Code) ->
    +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -button(Digit) ->
    -    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +button(Digit) ->
    +    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
     -else.
    -button(Digit) ->
    -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
    +button(Digit) ->
    +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
         %% send_event is asynchronous and becomes a cast
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
     -else.
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
         %% sync_send is synchronous and becomes call
         %% all_state is handled by callback code in gen_statem
     -endif.
     
    -init(Code) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, remaining => Code},
    -    {ok, locked, Data}.
    +init(Code) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    Data = #href_anchor"ss">code => Code, remaining => Code},
    +    {ok, locked, Data}.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
     -else.
    -callback_mode() ->
    +callback_mode() ->
         state_functions.
     %% state_functions mode is the mode most similar to
     %% gen_fsm. There is also handle_event mode which is
     %% a fairly different concept.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
    -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    -    {StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
    +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    +    {StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
         end.
     -else.
    -locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
    -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    -    {StateName, Data} ->
    -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
    +locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
    +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
    +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
    +    {StateName, Data} ->
    +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
         end;
    -locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    -locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
    -    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
    +locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    +locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
    +    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
     %% Arity differs
     %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
     %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
     %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -open(timeout, State) ->
    -     do_lock(),
    -    {next_state, locked, State};
    -open({button,_}, Data) ->
    -    {next_state, locked, Data}.
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +open(timeout, State) ->
    +     do_lock(),
    +    {next_state, locked, State};
    +open({button,_}, Data) ->
    +    {next_state, locked, Data}.
     -else.
    -open(timeout, _, Data) ->
    -    do_lock(),
    -    {next_state, locked, Data};
    -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    -    {next_state, locked, Data};
    -open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    -open(info, Msg, Data) ->
    -    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
    +open(timeout, _, Data) ->
    +    do_lock(),
    +    {next_state, locked, Data};
    +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
    +    {next_state, locked, Data};
    +open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
    +open(info, Msg, Data) ->
    +    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
     %% Arity differs
     %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
     %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
     %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
     -endif.
     
    --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    -handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
    +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
    +handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
     
    -handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
    +handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
     
    -handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
    -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
    +handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
    +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
     -else.
     -endif.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_server.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_server.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.376477777 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_server.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.384477830 +0000
    @@ -1279,15 +1279,15 @@
     but it may transform some values.

    Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +that would only clutter the logs.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The gen_server module provides a default implementation of this function that returns the callback module state.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, @@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_statem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_statem.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.452478281 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/gen_statem.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.460478334 +0000 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ depending on callback mode Release upgrade/downgrade -(code change) +(code change) -----> Module:code_change/4

    State callback

    The state callback for a specific state in a gen_statem is the callback function that is called for all events in this state. It is selected depending on which callback mode @@ -302,97 +302,97 @@ Pushbutton Code -

    The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

    -module(pushbutton).
    --behaviour(gen_statem).
    +

    The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

    -module(pushbutton).
    +-behaviour(gen_statem).
     
    --export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
    --export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
    --export([on/3,off/3]).
    +-export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
    +-export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
    +-export([on/3,off/3]).
     
    -name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
    +name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
     
     %% API.  This example uses a registered name name()
     %% and does not link to the caller.
    -start() ->
    -    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
    -push() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
    -get_count() ->
    -    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_statem:stop(name()).
    +start() ->
    +    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
    +push() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
    +get_count() ->
    +    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_statem:stop(name()).
     
     %% Mandatory callback functions
    -terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
    +terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
         void.
    -code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
    -    {ok,State,Data}.
    -init([]) ->
    +code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
    +    {ok,State,Data}.
    +init([]) ->
         %% Set the initial state + data.  Data is used only as a counter.
         State = off, Data = 0,
    -    {ok,State,Data}.
    -callback_mode() -> state_functions.
    +    {ok,State,Data}.
    +callback_mode() -> state_functions.
     
     %%% state callback(s)
     
    -off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
    +off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
         %% that the resulting status is 'on'
    -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    -off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
    +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    +off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
     
    -on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
    +on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
    -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    -on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
    +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    +on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
    +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
     
     %% Handle events common to all states
    -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
         %% Reply with the current count
    -    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    -handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
    +    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    +handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
         %% Ignore all other events
    -    {keep_state,Data}.

    The following is a shell session when running it:

    1> pushbutton:start().
    -{ok,<0.36.0>}
    -2> pushbutton:get_count().
    +    {keep_state,Data}.

    The following is a shell session when running it:

    1> pushbutton:start().
    +{ok,<0.36.0>}
    +2> pushbutton:get_count().
     0
    -3> pushbutton:push().
    +3> pushbutton:push().
     on
    -4> pushbutton:get_count().
    +4> pushbutton:get_count().
     1
    -5> pushbutton:push().
    +5> pushbutton:push().
     off
    -6> pushbutton:get_count().
    +6> pushbutton:get_count().
     1
    -7> pushbutton:stop().
    +7> pushbutton:stop().
     ok
    -8> pushbutton:push().
    +8> pushbutton:push().
     ** exception exit: {noproc,{gen_statem,call,[pushbutton_statem,push,infinity]}}
          in function  gen:do_for_proc/2 (gen.erl, line 261)
          in call from gen_statem:call/3 (gen_statem.erl, line 386)

    To compare styles, here follows the same example using callback mode handle_event_function, or rather, the code to replace after function init/1 -of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

    callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
    +of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

    callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
     
     %%% state callback(s)
     
    -handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
         %% that the resulting status is 'on'
    -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    -handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
    +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
    +handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
         %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
    -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
    +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
     %%
     %% Event handling common to all states
    -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
    +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
         %% Reply with the current count
    -    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    -handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
    +    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
    +handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
         %% Ignore all other events
    -    {next_state,State,Data}.

    Note

    + {next_state,State,Data}.

    Note

    @@ -3177,15 +3177,15 @@ containing the same keys as the input map, but it may transform some values.

    One use case for this function is to return compact alternative state representations to avoid having large state terms printed in log files. -Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    -  maps:map(
    -    fun(state,State) ->
    -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    -            {password, removed};
    -       (_,Value) ->
    +Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

    Example:

    format_status(Status) ->
    +  maps:map(
    +    fun(state,State) ->
    +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
    +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
    +            {password, removed};
    +       (_,Value) ->
                 Value
    -    end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need + end, Status).

    Note

    This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need to export it. The gen_statem module provides a default implementation of this function that returns {State, Data}.

    If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return {State, Info}, @@ -3359,8 +3359,8 @@ to initialize the implementation state and server data.

    Args is the Args argument provided to that start function.

    Note

    Note that if the gen_statem is started through proc_lib and enter_loop/4,5,6, this callback will never be called. Since this callback is not optional -it can in that case be implemented as:

    -spec init(_) -> no_return().
    -init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).
    +it can in that case be implemented as:

    -spec init(_) -> no_return().
    +init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).

    @@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.492478546 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.488478520 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.536478838 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.540478864 +0000 @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Error Information

    The ErrorInfo mentioned in this module is the standard ErrorInfo structure -that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    +that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    @@ -1189,12 +1189,12 @@ no IoDevice argument is specified in the function calls in this module.

    It is sometimes desirable to use an explicit IoDevice argument that refers to the default I/O device. This is the case with functions that can access either a file or the default I/O device. The atom standard_io has this -special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
    +special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
     enter>foo.
    -{ok,foo}
    -28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
    +{ok,foo}
    +28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
     enter>bar.
    -{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user +{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user I/O device of the node that spawned the calling process.

    standard_io is an alias for group_leader/0, so in order to change where the default input/output requests are sent you can change the group leader of the current process using @@ -1469,33 +1469,33 @@ whitespace characters are stripped. An Erlang string (list of characters) is returned.

    If Unicode translation is in effect (~ts), characters > 255 are accepted, otherwise not. With the translation modifier, the returned list can as a -consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
    +consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}
  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an +{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}

  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an atom.

  • c - The number of characters equal to the field width are read (default is 1) and returned as an Erlang string. However, leading and trailing whitespace characters are not omitted as they are with s. All -characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
    +characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091]]}
  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that +{ok,[[1091]]}

  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that point, including whitespace characters.

  • The function returns:
    • {ok, Terms} - The read was successful and Terms is the list of successfully matched and read items.

    • eof - End of file was encountered.

    • {error, FreadError} - The reading failed and FreadError gives a hint about the error.

    • {error, ErrorDescription} - The read operation failed and parameter -ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
    +ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
     enter>1.9 35.5e3 15.0
    -{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    -21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
    +{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    +21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
     enter>     5.67899
    -{ok,[5.678,99]}
    -22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
    +{ok,[5.678,99]}
    +22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
     enter>:   alan   :   joe    :
    -{ok, ["alan", "   joe    "]}
    +
    {ok, ["alan", " joe "]}
    @@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ the output device, and control sequences for formatting, see below. If Format is an atom or a binary, it is first converted to a list with the aid of atom_to_list/1 or -binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
    +binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
     Hello world!
     ok

    The general format of a control sequence is ~F.P.PadModC.

    The character C determines the type of control sequence to be used. It is the only required field. All of F, P, Pad, and Mod are optional. For @@ -1602,25 +1602,25 @@ padding character is ' ' (space).

  • Mod is the control sequence modifier. This is one or more characters that change the interpretation of Data.

    The current modifiers are:

    • t - For Unicode translation.

    • l - For stopping p and P from detecting printable characters.

    • k - For use with p, P, w, and W to format maps in map-key ordered order (see maps:iterator_order/0).

    • K - Similar to k, for formatting maps in map-key order, but takes an -extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      -#{a => 1,b => 2}
      -> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      -#{b => 2,a => 1}
      +extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      +#{a => 1,b => 2}
      +> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      +#{b => 2,a => 1}
       ok
  • If F, P, or Pad is a * character, the next argument in Data is used as -the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
    +the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
     003.14159
    -ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
    +ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
     **3.14159
     ok

    Available control sequences:

    • ~ - Character ~ is written.

    • c - The argument is a number that is interpreted as an ASCII code. The precision is the number of times the character is printed and defaults to the -field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
      +field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
       |     aaaaa|bbbbb     |ccccc|
       ok

      If the Unicode translation modifier (t) is in effect, the integer argument can be any number representing a valid Unicode codepoint, otherwise it is to -be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      -\x{400}
      +be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
      +3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
       ^@
       ok
    • f - The argument is a float that is written as [-]ddd.ddd, where the precision is the number of digits after the decimal point. The default @@ -1638,18 +1638,18 @@ binaries are in UTF-8. The characters are printed without quotes. The string is first truncated by the specified precision and then padded and justified to the specified field width. The default precision is the field width.

      This format can be used for printing any object and truncating the output so -it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
      +it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
       |**********|
       ok
      -2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey,h|
      -3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey  |
      +2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey,h|
      +3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey  |
       ok

      A list with integers > 255 is considered an error if the Unicode translation -modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      -\x{400}
      +modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
      +5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
       ** exception error: bad argument
            in function  io:format/3
               called as io:format(<0.53.0>,"~s~n",[[1024]])
    • w - Writes data with the standard syntax. This is used to output Erlang @@ -1660,122 +1660,122 @@ breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents each line sensibly. Left-justification is not supported. It also tries to detect flat lists of printable characters and output these as -strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      -{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
      +strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      +{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      +{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
       ...
      -2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      -[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      -me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      -,implicit}]
      +2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      +[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      +me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      +,implicit}]
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -               {mode,explicit},
      -               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      - {typename,'Person'},
      - {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      - {mode,implicit}]
      +3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      +               {mode,explicit},
      +               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      +              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      + {typename,'Person'},
      + {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      + {mode,implicit}]
       ok

      The field width specifies the maximum line length. It defaults to 80. The precision specifies the initial indentation of the term. It defaults to the number of characters printed on this line in the same call to write/1 or -format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      -Here T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -                       [{id,cho},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -          {typename,'Person'},
      -          {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      -          {mode,implicit}]
      +format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_lib.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.580479129 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_lib.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.588479182 +0000
      @@ -1032,8 +1032,8 @@
       input is needed to complete the original format string. RestFormat is the
       remaining format string, Nchars is the number of characters scanned, and
       InputStack is the reversed list of inputs matched up to that point.

    • {error, What} - The read operation failed and parameter What gives a -hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    -{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    +hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    +{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    @@ -1538,11 +1538,11 @@ "...".

    Depth defaults to -1, which means no limitation. Option CharsLimit puts a soft limit on the number of characters returned. When the number of characters is reached, remaining structures are replaced by "...". CharsLimit defaults to -1, -which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
    +which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
     "{1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}"
    -2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
    +2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
     "{1,[2],[3],[...],...}"
    -3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
    +3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
     "{[1,2|...],[4|...],...}"
    @@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_protocol.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_protocol.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.624479422 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/io_protocol.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.632479475 +0000 @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ Protocol Basics

    As described in Robert's paper, I/O servers and clients communicate using -io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    -{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server +io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    +{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server eventually sends a corresponding io_reply tuple.

    • From is the pid/0 of the client, the process which the I/O server sends the I/O reply to.

    • ReplyAs can be any datum and is returned in the corresponding io_reply. The io module monitors the I/O server and uses the monitor reference as @@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ Output Requests -

      To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

      {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
      -{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
      • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case +

        To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

        {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
        +{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
        • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case of binaries) encoded as UTF-8 or ISO Latin-1 (pure bytes). A well-behaved I/O server is also to return an error indication if list elements contain integers > 255 when Encoding is set to latin1.

          Notice that this does not in any way tell how characters are to be put on the @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Input Requests -

          To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

          {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
          • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is +

            To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

            {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
            • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is sent to the function denoted by Module/Function/ExtraArgs. If the function supplied returns data as a list, the data is converted to this encoding. If the function supplied returns data in some other format, no @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ nothing being written to the I/O device).

            • Module, Function, and ExtraArgs denote a function and arguments to determine when enough data is written. The function is to take two more arguments, the last state, and a list of characters. The function is to return -one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              -{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can +one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              +{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can convert it to a binary/0 of appropriate format before returning it to the client, if the I/O server is set in binary mode (see below).

              The function is called with the data the I/O server finds on its I/O device, returning one of:

              • {done, Result, RestChars} when enough data is read. In this case Result @@ -218,28 +218,28 @@ characters are available. When no more characters are available, the function must return {done, eof, Rest}. The initial state is the empty list. The data when an end of file is reached on the IO device is the atom eof.

                An emulation of the get_line request can be (inefficiently) implemented -using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                --export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                +using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                +-export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                 
                -until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                -    {done,eof,[]};
                -until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                +until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                +    {done,eof,[]};
                +until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                     case
                -        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                +        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                     of
                -  {L,[]} ->
                -            {more,ThisFar++L};
                -  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                -      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                +  {L,[]} ->
                +            {more,ThisFar++L};
                +  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                +      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                     end.
                 
                -get_line(IoServer) ->
                -    IoServer ! {io_request,
                -                self(),
                +get_line(IoServer) ->
                +    IoServer ! {io_request,
                +                self(),
                                 IoServer,
                -                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                +                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                     receive
                -        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                +        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                       Data
                     end.

                Notice that the last element in the Request tuple ([$\n]) is appended to the argument list when the function is called. The function is to be called @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ must be able to handle binary data. For convenience, the modes of an I/O server can be set and retrieved using the following I/O requests:

                {setopts, Opts}
                • Opts is a list of options in the format recognized by the proplists module (and by the I/O server).

                As an example, the I/O server for the interactive shell (in group.erl) -understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                -{echo, boolean()}
                -{expand_fun, fun()}
                -{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while +understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                +{echo, boolean()}
                +{expand_fun, fun()}
                +{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while echo and expand are valid only for this I/O server. Option unicode notifies how characters are put on the physical I/O device, that is, if the terminal itself is Unicode-aware. It does not affect how characters are sent in @@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ continue until one of the requests results in an error or the list is consumed. The result of the last request is sent back to the client.

              The I/O server can, for a list of requests, send any of the following valid results in the reply, depending on the requests in the list:

              ok
              -{ok, Data}
              -{ok, Options}
              -{error, Error}

              +{ok, Data} +{ok, Options} +{error, Error}

    @@ -335,128 +335,128 @@ process handling incoming requests, usually both I/O-requests and other I/O device-specific requests (positioning, closing, and so on).

    The example I/O server stores characters in an ETS table, making up a fairly crude RAM file.

    The module begins with the usual directives, a function to start the I/O server -and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
    +and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
    +-export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
     
    --define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
    +-define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
     
    --record(state, {
    +-record(state, {
     	  table,
     	  position, % absolute
     	  mode % binary | list
    -	 }).
    +	 }).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
     
    -init() ->
    -    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    -    ?MODULE:loop(#href_anchor"ss">state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
    +init() ->
    +    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    +    ?MODULE:loop(#href_anchor"ss">state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
     
    -loop(State) ->
    +loop(State) ->
         receive
    -	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    -	    case request(Request,State) of
    -		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    -		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    exit(Reply)
    +	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    +	    case request(Request,State) of
    +		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    +		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    exit(Reply)
     	    end;
     	%% Private message
    -	{From, rewind} ->
    -	    From ! {self(), ok},
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
    +	{From, rewind} ->
    +	    From ! {self(), ok},
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
     	_Unknown ->
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
         end.

    The main loop receives messages from the client (which can use the the io module to send requests). For each request, the function request/2 is called and a reply is eventually sent using function reply/3.

    The "private" message {From, rewind} results in the current position in the pseudo-file to be reset to 0 (the beginning of the "file"). This is a typical example of I/O device-specific messages not being part of the I/O protocol. It is usually a bad idea to embed such private messages in io_request tuples, as -that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    -    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs +that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    +    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs received in the request along with the result of the request, as described -earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    -    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    -request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
    +earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    +    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    +request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
         try
    -	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
    +	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
         catch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/json.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/json.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.672479739 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/json.html	2025-03-21 17:27:55.676479766 +0000
    @@ -1011,8 +1011,8 @@
       
       Example
     

    -
    > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
    -#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    +
    > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
    +#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    @@ -1064,9 +1064,9 @@ Example -

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    -> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    +

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    +> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1099,11 +1099,11 @@

    Continue parsing a stream of bytes of a JSON value.

    Similar to decode_start/3, if the function returns {continue, State} and -there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    -{123,ok,<<>>}
    +there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    +{123,ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ Examples -
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
    +
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
     <<"{\"foo\":\"bar\"}">>
    @@ -1215,10 +1215,10 @@ Examples

    An encoder that uses a heuristic to differentiate object-like -lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    -> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    -> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    -> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
    +lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    +> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    +> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    +> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
     <<"{\"a\":[],\"b\":1}">>
    @@ -1610,11 +1610,11 @@ -

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    -{
    +

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    +{
       "baz": 52,
       "foo": "bar"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    @@ -1679,20 +1679,20 @@

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similar to encode/2, can be customised with the Encoder callback and Options.

    Options can include 'indent' to specify number of spaces per level and 'max' which loosely limits the width of lists.

    The Encoder will get a 'State' argument which contains the 'Options' maps merged with other data when recursing through 'Term'.

    format_value/3 or various encode_* functions in this module can be used -to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    -    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    -    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    -> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
    +to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    +    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    +    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    +> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
     >
    -> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    -> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    -> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
    +> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    +> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    +> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
     >
    -> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    -{
    +> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    +{
         "id": 1,
         "time": "2024-05-23T16:07:48Z"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    @@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/lists.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/lists.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.736480164 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/lists.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.732480137 +0000 @@ -1167,8 +1167,8 @@ -

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    -[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    +

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    +[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@

    Returns a new list List3, which is made from the elements of List1 followed -by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
    +by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
     "abcdef"

    lists:append(A, B) is equivalent to A ++ B.

    @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@

    Concatenates the text representation of the elements of Things. The elements -of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
    +of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
     "doc/file.3"
    @@ -1347,8 +1347,8 @@ -

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    -[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    +

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    +[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    @@ -1449,12 +1449,12 @@

    Returns List1 with each element H replaced by a tuple of form {I, H} where I is the position of H in List1. The enumeration starts with Index and increases by Step in each step.

    That is, enumerate/3 behaves as if it had been defined as -follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    -  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    -  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    -[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    -[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    -[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    +follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    +  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    +  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    +[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    +[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    +[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    @@ -1523,15 +1523,15 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem) on successive elements Elem of List1 in order to update or remove elements from List1.

    Fun/1 must return either a Boolean or a tuple {true, Value}. The function returns the list of elements for which Fun returns a new value, where a value -of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    -                       case Fun(Elem) of
    +of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    +                       case Fun(Elem) of
                                false -> Acc;
    -                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    -                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
    +                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    +                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
                            end
    -                end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[1,2]
    +
    end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -1590,9 +1590,9 @@

    Takes a function from As to lists of Bs, and a list of As (List1) and produces a list of Bs by applying the function to every element in List1 and -appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    +appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    @@ -1688,9 +1688,9 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem, AccIn) on successive elements A of List, starting with AccIn == Acc0. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is -returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     15
    -> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     120
    @@ -1727,11 +1727,11 @@ -

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
    +

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.12.2225172>
    -> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     1 2 3 void
    -> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     3 2 1 void

    foldl/3 is tail recursive and is usually preferred to foldr/3.

    @@ -1794,12 +1794,12 @@

    Inserts Sep between each element in List1. Has no effect on the empty list -and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,x,b,x,c]
    -> lists:join(x, [a]).
    -[a]
    -> lists:join(x, []).
    -[]
    +and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,x,b,x,c]
    +> lists:join(x, [a]).
    +[a]
    +> lists:join(x, []).
    +[]
    @@ -1900,10 +1900,10 @@

    Returns a list of tuples where, for each tuple in TupleList1, the Nth element Term1 of the tuple has been replaced with the result of calling -Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
    +Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.10732646>
    -2> lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]).
    -[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    +2>
    lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]). +[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    @@ -2244,9 +2244,9 @@ -

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    -0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    +

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    +0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    @@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ -

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
     c
    @@ -2568,14 +2568,14 @@

    Returns the Nth tail of List, that is, the sublist of List starting at -N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[d,e]
    -> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    -[d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[a,b,c,d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[]
    +N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[d,e]
    +> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    +[d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[a,b,c,d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/log_mf_h.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/log_mf_h.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.760480323 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/log_mf_h.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.764480350 +0000 @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/maps.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/maps.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.804480615 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/maps.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.808480641 +0000 @@ -745,10 +745,10 @@

    Returns a map Map for which predicate Pred holds true in MapOrIter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    -  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    -#{a => 2,c => 4}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    +  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    +#{a => 2,c => 4}
    @@ -787,10 +787,10 @@ map. If it returns false, the association is not copied. If it returns {true, NewValue}, the value for Key is replaced with NewValue in the result map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    -#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    +#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    @@ -821,10 +821,10 @@

    Returns a tuple {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, -or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
    +or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
       Key = "hi",
    -  maps:find(Key,Map).
    -{ok,42}
    +
    maps:find(Key,Map). +{ok,42}
    @@ -865,9 +865,9 @@ which is passed to the next successive call. This function returns the final value of the accumulator. The initial accumulator value Init is returned if the map is empty.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    -  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    +  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
     6
    @@ -934,8 +934,8 @@

    Takes a list of keys and a value and builds a map where all keys point to the -same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    -#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    +same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    +#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    @@ -967,9 +967,9 @@

    Takes a list of key-value tuples elements and builds a map. The associations can be in any order, and both keys and values in the association can be of any term.

    If the same key appears more than once, the latter (right-most) value is used -and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    -  maps:from_list(List).
    -#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    +and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    +  maps:from_list(List).
    +#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    @@ -1001,8 +1001,8 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map, or with a {badkey,Key} exception if no value is associated with Key.

    Example:

    > Key = 1337,
    -  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    -  maps:get(Key,Map).
    +  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    +  maps:get(Key,Map).
     "value one"
    @@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key. If no value -is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    -#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    -> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
    +is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    +#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    +> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
     val1
    -> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
    +> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
     "Default value"
    @@ -1078,11 +1078,11 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    +#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    @@ -1124,15 +1124,15 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List, mapped via ValueFun, for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    -> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    +> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(
         fun erlang:length/1,
         fun lists:reverse/1,
    -    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    +
    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]). +#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    @@ -1164,10 +1164,10 @@

    Intersects two maps into a single map Map3. If a key exists in both maps, the -value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    -#{a => 1}
    +value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    +#{a => 1}
    @@ -1207,10 +1207,10 @@ the value from Map1 is the second parameter, and the value from Map2 is the third parameter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map. The call fails with a badarg exception if Combiner is not a fun that takes -three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    -#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    +three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    +#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    @@ -1241,11 +1241,11 @@

    Returns true if map Map contains Key and returns false if it does not -contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    -#{"42" => value}
    -> maps:is_key("42",Map).
    +contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    +#{"42" => value}
    +> maps:is_key("42",Map).
     true
    -> maps:is_key(value,Map).
    +> maps:is_key(value,Map).
     false
    @@ -1278,15 +1278,15 @@

    Returns a map iterator Iterator that can be used by maps:next/1 to traverse the key-value associations in a map. When iterating over a map, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/math.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/math.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.848480906 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/math.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.852480932 +0000 @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ms_transform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ms_transform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.884481145 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ms_transform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.892481198 +0000 @@ -154,31 +154,31 @@ table and construct a list of tuples containing relevant parts of the data in these rows. One can use ets:foldl/3 instead, but the ets:select/2 call is far more efficient. Without the translation provided by ms_transform, one must -struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
    +struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
                   surname,   %Surname of the employee
                   givenname, %Given name of employee
                   dept,      %Department, one of {dev,sales,prod,adm}
    -              empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    - {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    - {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    - {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    - {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    - {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    - {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    - {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    - {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, -there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    -[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still + empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    + {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    + {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    + {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    + {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    + {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    + {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    + {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    + {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, +there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    +[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still unreadable, and one has little control over the returned result. It is always a -list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    -             (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    +             (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only problem is that all the data from the table must be transferred from the table to the calling process for filtering. That is inefficient compared to the ets:match/2 call where the filtering can be done "inside" the emulator and -only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to +only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to write. The first element of the tuple, #emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'}, tells what to match. Elements not matching this are not returned, as in the ets:match/2 example. The second @@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ hence the employee number is returned. The result is ["011103","076324"], as in the ets:foldr/3 example, but the result is retrieved much more efficiently in terms of execution speed and memory consumption.

    Using ets:fun2ms/1, we can combine the ease of use of the ets:foldr/3 and -the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
                                   E
    -                      end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to + end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to understand. The head of the fun matches what you want to filter out and the body returns what you want returned. As long as the fun can be kept within the limits of the match specifications, there is no need to transfer all table data to the @@ -216,22 +216,22 @@

    Assume that we want to get all the employee numbers of employees hired before year 2000. Using ets:match/2 is not an alternative here, as relational operators cannot be expressed there. Once again, ets:foldr/3 can do it -(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    -                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    +                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The equivalent expression using a handwritten match specification would look like -this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    -                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    -                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and +this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    +                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    +                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and therefore discards anything that does not have an empyear (bound to '$2' in -the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
                                E
    -                      end)).

    + end)).

    @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@

    Assume that we want the whole object matching instead of only one element. One alternative is to assign a variable to every part of the record and build it up -once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
    +once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
                              when Y < 2000 ->
                                   Obj
    -                      end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched + end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched object using a "match inside the match", that is, a =. Unfortunately in funs translated to match specifications, it is allowed only at the "top-level", that is, matching the whole object arriving to be matched into a separate variable. @@ -258,10 +258,10 @@

    This example concerns the body of the fun. Assume that all employee numbers beginning with zero (0) must be changed to begin with one (1) instead, and -that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    -                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    -                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, +that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    +                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    +                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, so that not the whole table needs to be searched, only the part containing keys beginning with 0 is looked into.

    @@ -274,24 +274,24 @@ {rookie, <employee number>}.
  • For all other employees, return {newbie, <employee number>}, except for those named Smith as they would be affronted by anything other than the tag guru and that is also what is returned for their numbers: -{guru, <employee number>}.
  • This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    -                              {guru,E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    -                              {inventory, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    -                              {newbie, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    -                              {rookie, E}
    -                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    - {rookie,"041231"},
    - {guru,"052341"},
    - {guru,"076324"},
    - {newbie,"122334"},
    - {rookie,"535216"},
    - {inventory,"789789"},
    - {newbie,"963721"},
    - {rookie,"989891"}]

    +{guru, <employee number>}.

    This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    +                              {guru,E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    +                              {inventory, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    +                              {newbie, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    +                              {rookie, E}
    +                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    + {rookie,"041231"},
    + {guru,"052341"},
    + {guru,"076324"},
    + {newbie,"122334"},
    + {rookie,"535216"},
    + {inventory,"789789"},
    + {newbie,"963721"},
    + {rookie,"989891"}]

    @@ -338,18 +338,18 @@ more, as filtering using Erlang code is not a good idea when tracing (except afterwards, if you trace to file). The concept is similar to that of ets:fun2ms/1 except that you usually use it directly from the shell (which can -also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
    +also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
     
    --export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
    +-export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
     
    -start(Args) ->
    -    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
    +start(Args) ->
    +    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
     
    -store(Key, Value) ->
    -    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
    +store(Key, Value) ->
    +    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
     
    -retrieve(Key) ->
    -    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
    +retrieve(Key) ->
    +    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
         Value.

    During model testing, the first test results in {badmatch,16} in /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.968481701 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:55.972481728 +0000 @@ -151,25 +151,25 @@

    • Made it possible to expand help text displayed by pressing ^[h by pressing ^[h again.

      Own Id: OTP-19260 Aux Id: PR-8884

    • Defining a fun in the shell using the syntax fun Name/Arity would fail. This has been corrected so that the following now works:

      1> F = fun is_atom/1.
       #href_anchor"n">Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -> F(a).
      +> F(a).
       true
       3> Id = fun id/1.
       #Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -4> Id(42).
      +4> Id(42).
       ** exception error: undefined shell command id/1
      -5> id(I) -> I.
      +5> id(I) -> I.
       ok
      -6> Id(42).
      +6> Id(42).
       42

      The Debugger has also been corrected to correctly handle this syntax for a BIF.

      Own Id: OTP-19322 Aux Id: GH-8963, PR-8987

    • Fixed a bug where completion of 'fun(' would cause the shell to crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19351 Aux Id: PR-9043

    • Fixed a bug causing the shell to crash while trying to complete an expression starting with a '/' or a variable followed by '(' or '/'. E.g. Foo/ and Foo(.

      Own Id: OTP-19361 Aux Id: PR-9078

    • zip:extract/2 with keep_old_files now respects the cwd option.

      Own Id: OTP-19370 Aux Id: PR-9097, GH-9087

    • Fixed an error in uri_string:percent_decode spec

      Own Id: OTP-19380 Aux Id: GH-8755

    Improvements and New Features

    -
    • Updated shell docs to display the type spec, that is, h(erlang, min, 2)) now prints the type spec and documentation in the shell.

      > h(erlang,min,2).
      +
      • Updated shell docs to display the type spec, that is, h(erlang, min, 2)) now prints the type spec and documentation in the shell.

        > h(erlang,min,2).
         
        -  -spec min(Term1, Term2) -> Minimum
        -               when Term1 :: term(), Term2 :: term(), Minimum :: term().
        +  -spec min(Term1, Term2) -> Minimum
        +               when Term1 :: term(), Term2 :: term(), Minimum :: term().
         
           Returns the smallest of Term1 and Term2. If the terms compare equal with the == operator, Term1 is returned.

        Own Id: OTP-19234 Aux Id: GH-8544, PR-8833

      • The file:io_device/0 type has been updated to clearly show the difference between a raw and cooked IoDevice.

        Own Id: OTP-19301 Aux Id: PR-8956

      • Added json:format_key_value_list/3 and json:format_key_value_list_checked/3.

        Own Id: OTP-19320 Aux Id: PR-8889

      • Improved documentation of timers.

        Own Id: OTP-19360 Aux Id: ERIERL-1149, PR-9062

      • Added logging support to io:user/0, io:standard_io/0 and io:standard_error/0. See io:setopts/2 for more details.

        Own Id: OTP-19372 Aux Id: PR-8947

      @@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ Improvements and New Features

      • The functions is_equal/2, map/2, and filtermap/2 have been added to the modules sets, ordsets, and gb_sets.

        Own Id: OTP-18622 Aux Id: PR-7183, PR-7232

      • The compiler now emits nicer error message for function head mismatches. -For example, given:

        a() -> ok;
        -a(_) -> error.

        Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

        t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
        +For example, given:

        a() -> ok;
        +a(_) -> error.

        Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

        t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
         %    6| a(_) -> error.
         %     | ^

        while in Erlang/OTP 27 the diagnostic is similar to:

        t.erl:6:1: head mismatch: function a with arities 0 and 1 is regarded as two distinct functions. Is the number of arguments incorrect or is the semicolon in a/0 unwanted?
         %    6| a(_) -> error.
        @@ -283,12 +283,12 @@
         shell:prompt_width/1 have been exported to help with custom prompt implementations.

        Own Id: OTP-18834 Aux Id: PR-7675, PR-7816

      • The shell now pages long output from the documentation help command (h(Module)), auto completions and the search command.

        Own Id: OTP-18846 Aux Id: PR-7845

      • The M-h hotkey (Alt/Option-h) now outputs help for the module or function directly before the cursor.

        Own Id: OTP-18847 Aux Id: PR-7846

      • Added support for adding a custom code formatter that formats your multi-line shell commands in your preferred formatting on submission. See shell:format_shell_func/ and shell:erl_pp_format_func/1.

        Own Id: OTP-18848 Aux Id: PR-7847

      • Added shell functions for viewing, forgetting and saving locally defined functions, types and records.

        Own Id: OTP-18852 Aux Id: PR-7844

      • Added string:jaro_similarity/2, which can be used to calculate the similarity between two strings.

        Own Id: OTP-18865 Aux Id: PR-7879

      • The new function ets:update_element/4 is similar to ets:update_element/3, but takes a default tuple as the fourth argument, which will be inserted if no previous record with that key exists.

        Own Id: OTP-18870 Aux Id: PR-7857

      • Added functions to retrieve the next higher or lower key/element from gb_trees and gb_sets, as well as returning iterators that start at given keys/elements.

        Own Id: OTP-18874 Aux Id: PR-7745

      • When the shell built-in function c/1,2 is used to re-compile a module, the current working directory of the original compilation is now added to the include path.

        Own Id: OTP-18908 Aux Id: PR-7957

      • The timer module now uses a private table for its internal state, slightly improving its performance.

        Own Id: OTP-18914 Aux Id: PR-7973

      • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

        Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

        • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

        • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

        • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

        • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

        • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

        • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

        Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

      • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

        Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

      • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

        To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

        -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

        Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

        erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

        Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

      • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        --export([f/0]).
        --record(r, {a,b,c}).
        +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

      Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

    • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

      To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

      -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

      Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

      erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

      Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

    • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +-record(r, {a,b,c}).
       
      -f() ->
      -    #href_anchor"ss">r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

      The compiler raises the following warning:

      1> c(t).
      +f() ->
      +    #href_anchor"ss">r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

      The compiler raises the following warning:

      1> c(t).
       t.erl:6:12: Warning: expression updates a literal
       %    6|     #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.
       %     |            ^

      Own Id: OTP-18951 Aux Id: PR-8069

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • Optimized ets:foldl and ets:foldr to use new ets:next_lookup. Also made them immune against table renaming.

      Own Id: OTP-18993 Aux Id: PR-8048

    • Windows now supports all functions in math.

      Own Id: OTP-19001 Aux Id: PR-8164

    • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

      The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

      You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

      Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

    • There is a new module json for encoding and decoding JSON.

      Both encoding and decoding can be customized. Decoding can be done in a SAX-like fashion and handle multiple documents and streams of data.

      Own Id: OTP-19020 Aux Id: PR-8111

    @@ -4625,7 +4625,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/orddict.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/orddict.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.012481994 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/orddict.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.020482047 +0000 @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@

    Functions append/3 and append_list/3 are included so that keyed values can be stored in a list accumulator, for -example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    -  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    +  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch/2 is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find/2.

    @@ -537,16 +537,16 @@

    Appends a new Value to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is not a list -of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    -[{a,no_list}]
    -2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
    +of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    +[{a,no_list}]
    +2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: bad argument
          in operator  ++/2
             called as no_list ++ [1]
    @@ -583,12 +583,12 @@

    Appends a list of values ValList to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is -not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    +not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    @@ -617,10 +617,10 @@ -

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -650,11 +650,11 @@

    Returns the value associated with Key in dictionary Orddict. This function assumes that the Key is present in the dictionary. An exception is generated -if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
    +if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
     1
    -3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
    +3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: no function clause matching orddict:fetch(missing,[])
    @@ -683,10 +683,10 @@ -

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    -[a,b]
    +

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    +[a,b]
    @@ -719,10 +719,10 @@

    Orddict2 is a dictionary of all keys and values in Orddict1 for which -Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -752,11 +752,11 @@

    Searches for a key in a dictionary. Returns {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, or error if the key is not present in the -dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    -{ok,1}
    -3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
    +dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    +{ok,1}
    +3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
     error
    @@ -794,10 +794,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict together with an extra argument Acc (short for accumulator). Fun must return a new accumulator that -is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    -[{b,102},{a,101}]
    +is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    +[{b,102},{a,101}]
    @@ -916,10 +916,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict1 to return a new value -for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{a,101},{b,102}]
    +for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{a,101},{b,102}]
    @@ -955,15 +955,15 @@

    Merges two dictionaries, Orddict1 and Orddict2, to create a new dictionary. All the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary.

    If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key -and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    -[{b,7},{c,8}]
    -3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    -[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    +and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    +[{b,7},{c,8}]
    +3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    +[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ordsets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ordsets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.048482232 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/ordsets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.052482258 +0000 @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/peer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/peer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.080482444 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/peer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.084482471 +0000 @@ -161,127 +161,127 @@ manual analysis. If the test case fails, the CRASH REPORT contains these arguments
  • multiple test cases can run concurrently speeding up overall testing process, peer node names are unique even when there are multiple instances of the same -test suite running in parallel
  • -module(my_SUITE).
    --behaviour(ct_suite).
    --export([all/0, groups/0]).
    --export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
    +test suite running in parallel
    -module(my_SUITE).
    +-behaviour(ct_suite).
    +-export([all/0, groups/0]).
    +-export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -groups() ->
    -    [{quick, [parallel],
    -        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
    +groups() ->
    +    [{quick, [parallel],
    +        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -    [{group, quick}].
    +all() ->
    +    [{group, quick}].
     
    -basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% specify additional arguments to the new node
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% pass test case name down to function starting nodes
    -    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
    +start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
         %% extra setup needed for multiple test cases
    -    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
    +    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
         Peer.
     
    -restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer),
    +restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer),
         %% restart the node with the same name as before
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    -        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    +        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
         %% wait for all nodes to complete boot process, get their names:
    -    _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end
    -        || {ok, Peer} <- Peers],
    -    [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set -up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    -peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    -    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two + _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end + || {ok, Peer} <- Peers], + [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set +up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    +peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    +    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two containers with hostnames "one" and "two". In this example Erlang nodes running -inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    -    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    -    build_release(PrivDir),
    -    build_image(PrivDir),
    +inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    +    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    +    build_release(PrivDir),
    +    build_image(PrivDir),
     
         %% start two Docker containers
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
     
         %% find IP address of the second node using alternative connection RPC
    -    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    -    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    -    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
    +    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    +    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    +    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
     
         %% make first node to discover second one
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
     
         %% join a cluster
    -    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
    +    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
         %% verify that second peer node has only the first node visible
    -    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
    +    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
     
         %% stop peers, causing containers to also stop
    -    peer:stop(Peer2),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    peer:stop(Peer2),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -build_release(Dir) ->
    +build_release(Dir) ->
         %% load sasl.app file, otherwise application:get_key will fail
    -    application:load(sasl),
    +    application:load(sasl),
         %% create *.rel - release file
    -    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    -    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    -        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    -        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    -            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    -    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    -        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    -    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
    +    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    +    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    +        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    +        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    +            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    +    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    +        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    +    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
     
         %% create boot script
    -    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    -        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
    +    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    +        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
         %% package release into *.tar.gz
    -    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
    +    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
     
    -build_image(Dir) ->
    +build_image(Dir) ->
         %% Create Dockerfile example, working only for Ubuntu 20.04
         %% Expose port 4445, and make Erlang distribution to listen
         %%  on this port, and connect to it without EPMD
         %% Set cookie on both nodes to be the same.
    -    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
    +    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
         Dockerfile =
           "FROM ubuntu:20.04 as runner\n"
           "EXPOSE 4445\n"
           "WORKDIR /opt/lambda\n"
           "COPY lambda.tar.gz /tmp\n"
           "RUN tar -zxvf /tmp/lambda.tar.gz -C /opt/lambda\n"
    -      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
    +      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
           "/bin/dyn_erl\", \"-boot\", \"/opt/lambda/releases/1.0.0/start\","
           " \"-kernel\", \"inet_dist_listen_min\", \"4445\","
           " \"-erl_epmd_port\", \"4445\","
           " \"-setcookie\", \"secret\"]\n",
    -    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile),
    -    os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    +
    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile), + os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/pool.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/pool.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.116482683 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/pool.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.120482709 +0000 @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proc_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proc_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.156482948 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proc_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.164483001 +0000 @@ -995,21 +995,21 @@ failed. When doing so the start function can return before the failing process has exited, which may block VM resources required for a new start attempt to succeed. Use init_fail/2,3 for that purpose.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} ->
    -            exit(Reason)
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} ->
    +            exit(Reason)
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    @@ -1082,21 +1082,21 @@ started process, the start function returns an error tuple when the started process exits, or when the start function time-out (if used) has passed, see start/3,4,5.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    -            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    +            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proplists.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proplists.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.196483213 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/proplists.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.200483240 +0000 @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

    Similar to get_all_values/2, but each value is wrapped in a list unless it is already itself a list. The resulting list of lists is concatenated. This is -often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    +often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    @@ -626,10 +626,10 @@ first entry in ListIn with the same key as Property, and E and Property have equivalent normal forms, then E is replaced with the terms in Expansion, and any following entries with the same key are deleted from -ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} -shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when +ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} +shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when expanded, it must be included in the expansion list. The inserted terms are not expanded recursively. If Expansions contains more than one property with the same key, only the first occurrence is used.

    See also normalize/2.

    @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@

    Partitions List into a list of sublists and a remainder.

    Lists contains one sublist for each key in Keys, in the corresponding order. The relative order of the elements in each sublist is preserved from the original List. Rest contains the elements in List that are not associated with any of the -specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    +specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    @@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ an association of the form Key => Value. Anything else will be silently ignored.

    If the same key appears in List multiple times, the value of the one appearing nearest to the head of List will be in the result map, that is the value that -would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    +would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/qlc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/qlc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.252483584 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/qlc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.256483611 +0000 @@ -285,24 +285,24 @@ If a tuple {finished} exists among the answers to QH, it is returned twice from append/2.

    As another example, consider concatenating the answers to two queries QH1 and QH2 while removing all duplicates. This is accomplished by using option -unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before +unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before returning an answer, it is looked up in the ETS table to check if it has already been returned. Without the unique option, all answers to QH1 would be returned followed by all answers to QH2. The unique option keeps the order between the remaining answers.

    If the order of the answers is not important, there is an alternative to the -unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many +unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many answers, temporary files are used. Notice that to get the first unique answer, all answers must be found and sorted. Both alternatives find duplicates by comparing answers, that is, if A1 and A2 are answers found in that order, then A2 is a removed if A1 == A2.

    To return only a few answers, cursors can be used. The following code returns no -more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    -R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    -ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
    +more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    +R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    +ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
     R.

    QLCs are convenient for stating constraints on data from two or more tables. The -following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 +following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 and QH2. If, for example, X2 is matched against the key of a QLC table, the lookup join method traverses the objects of QH2 while looking up key values in the table. However, if not X2 or Y2 is matched against the key or an indexed @@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ both sorted on position 2 and next do the join by traversing the objects one by one.

    Option join can be used to force the qlc module to use a certain join method. For the rest of this section it is assumed that the excessively slow -join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2],
    -      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 +join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2],
    +      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 and QH2, one at a time. If there are M answers to QH1 and N answers to QH2, the filter is run M*N times.

    If QH2 is a call to the function for gb_trees, as defined in section Implementing a QLC Table, then @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ no side effects so that the meaning of the query does not change if QH2 is evaluated only once. One way of caching the answers is to evaluate QH2 first of all and substitute the list of answers for QH2 in the query. Another way is -to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first +to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first time, every answer is stored in an ETS table. When the next answer of QH1 is tried, answers to QH2' are copied from the ETS table, which is very fast. As for option unique the cost is a possibly substantial amount of RAM memory.

    Option {cache, list} offers the possibility to store the answers in a list on @@ -350,62 +350,62 @@ Implementing a QLC Table

    As an example of how to use function table/2, the implementation of a QLC -table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
    +table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
     
    --export([table/1]).
    +-export([table/1]).
     
    -table(T) ->
    -    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    -    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    -                 (keypos) -> 1;
    -                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    -                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    -                 (_) -> undefined
    +table(T) ->
    +    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    +    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    +                 (keypos) -> 1;
    +                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    +                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    +                 (_) -> undefined
                   end,
         LookupFun =
    -        fun(1, Ks) ->
    -                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    -                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    -                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    -                                          none -> []
    +        fun(1, Ks) ->
    +                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    +                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    +                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    +                                          none -> []
                                           end
    -                              end, Ks)
    +                              end, Ks)
             end,
         FormatFun =
    -        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    -           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
    +        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    +           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
                                   "case gb_trees:lookup(K, ~s) of "
                                   "{value, V} -> [{K,V}];none -> [] end "
                                   "end, ~w)",
    -                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
    +                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
             end,
    -    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    -                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="8720371335-44">}]).
    +    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    +                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,&#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="1719338169-44">}]).
     
    -qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    -    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    -qlc_next(none) ->
    -    [].
    -
    -gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    -gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
    +qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    +    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    +qlc_next(none) ->
    +    [].
    +
    +gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    +gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
     
    -gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
    +gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
         '...';
    -gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    -    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    -        {X, V, I} ->
    -            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
    +gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    +    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    +        {X, V, I} ->
    +            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
             none ->
    -            []
    +            []
         end.

    TF is the traversal function. The qlc module requires that there is a way of traversing all objects of the data structure. gb_trees has an iterator function suitable for that purpose. Notice that for each object returned, a new @@ -441,49 +441,49 @@ example, 2 == 2.0 evaluates to true while 2 =:= 2.0 evaluates to false. Normally this is a minor issue, but the qlc module cannot ignore the difference, which affects the user's choice of operators in QLCs.

    If the qlc module at compile time can determine that some constant is free of -integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    -Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    -{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    -K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    -io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    -ets:match_spec_run(
    -       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    -			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    -				       V)
    +integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    +Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    +{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    +K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    +io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    +ets:match_spec_run(
    +       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    +			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    +				       V)
     		     end,
    -		     [a, 2.71]),
    -       ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have + [a, 2.71]), + ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have been handled. However, if it cannot be determined at compile time that some constant is free of integers, and the table uses =:=/2 when comparing keys for equality (see option key_equality), then the qlc module does not try to look up the constant. The reason is that there is in the general case no upper limit on the number of key values that can compare equal -to such a constant; every combination of integers and floats must be looked up:

    2> E2 = ets:new(t, [set]),
    -true = ets:insert(E2, [{{2,2},a},{{2,2.0},b},{{2.0,2},c}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/queue.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/queue.html	2025-03-21 17:27:56.300483902 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/queue.html	2025-03-21 17:27:56.308483955 +0000
    @@ -723,10 +723,10 @@
           
     
     

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for all items Item in Q, -otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -758,10 +758,10 @@

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for at least one item Item in -Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
    +Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -793,9 +793,9 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
     false
    @@ -827,10 +827,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -866,10 +866,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -905,10 +905,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -939,19 +939,19 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns a list, the list elements -are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to +are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to returning true, just as returning [] is semantically equivalent to returning -false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    -{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    +false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    +{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    @@ -990,15 +990,15 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns {true, NewItem}, the -queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]
    -4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    -{"ihg","ef"}
    -5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]
    +4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    +{"ihg","ef"}
    +5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
     "efghi
    @@ -1039,9 +1039,9 @@ AccIn == Acc0. The queue is traversed in queue order, that is, from front to rear. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is returned if -the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     15
    -2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     120
    @@ -1099,12 +1099,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    -{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    +

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    +{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    -{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    +

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    +{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -1225,12 +1225,12 @@

    Returns a queue Q3 that is the result of joining Q1 and Q2 with Q1 in -front of Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue1 = queue:from_list([1,3]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/rand.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/rand.html	2025-03-21 17:27:56.352484248 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/rand.html	2025-03-21 17:27:56.356484273 +0000
    @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@
     a reasonably unpredictable seed.

    The functions with explicit state don't use the process dictionary.

    Examples

    Simple use; create and seed the default algorithm with a non-fixed seed, if not already done, and generate two uniformly distibuted -floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    -R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    -R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    -R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    -{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    -R6 = rand:uniform(),
    -SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically +floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    +R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    +R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    +R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    +{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    +R6 = rand:uniform(),
    +SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically strong. If a cryptographically strong random number generator is needed, use something like crypto:rand_seed/0.

    For all these generators except exro928ss and exsss the lowest bit(s) have got a slightly less random behaviour than all other bits. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ up to (and included) 16TB, with the exception of binary rank tests, which fail due to the lowest bit being an LFSR; all other bits pass all tests. We suggest to use a sign test to extract a random Boolean value.

    If this is a problem; to generate a boolean with these algorithms, -use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits +use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits when converting from an integer so they avoid this snag.

    @@ -1947,10 +1947,10 @@ equally spaced in the interval.

    Warning

    This function may return exactly 0.0 which can be fatal for certain applications. If that is undesired you can use (1.0 - rand:uniform()) to get the interval 0.0 < X =< 1.0, or instead use uniform_real/0.

    If neither endpoint is desired you can achieve the range -0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    -    case rand:uniform() of
    +0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    +    case rand:uniform() of
             X when 0.0 < X -> X;
    -        _ -> my_uniform()
    +        _ -> my_uniform()
         end.

    @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ 16#7fa6502 * 2^32 - 1, which have been selected, in collaboration with Sebastiano Vigna, to avoid bignum operations and still get good statistical quality. It has been named "MWC59" and can be written as:

    C = CX0 bsr 32
    -X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
    +X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
     CX1 = 16#7fa6502 * X + C

    Because the generator uses a multiplier that is a power of 2 it gets statistical flaws for collision tests and birthday spacings tests in 2 and 3 dimensions, and these caveats apply even when looking @@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/random.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/random.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.388484486 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/random.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.396484539 +0000 @@ -472,9 +472,9 @@

    Seeds random number generation with integer values in the process dictionary and -returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    -            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, +returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    +            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, and erlang:unique_integer/0.

    @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/re.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/re.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.448484884 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/re.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.452484910 +0000 @@ -1375,9 +1375,9 @@ follows (COMMIT) can be triggered first, so merely passing (COMMIT) during a match does not always guarantee that a match must be at this starting point.

    Notice that (*COMMIT) at the start of a pattern is not the same as an anchor, unless the PCRE start-of-match optimizations are turned off, as shown in the -following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    -{match,["abc"]}
    -2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
    +following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    +{match,["abc"]}
    +2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
     nomatch

    For this pattern, PCRE knows that any match must start with "a", so the optimization skips along the subject to "a" before applying the pattern to the first set of data. The match attempt then succeeds. In the second call the @@ -2108,32 +2108,32 @@

    Takes a compiled regular expression and an item, and returns the relevant data from the regular expression.

    The only supported item is namelist, which returns the tuple {namelist, [binary()]}, -containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +                  255,255,...>>}}
    +2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    +3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,8,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the + 255,255,...>>}} +4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the returned list, and that the list is in alphabetical order regardless of where the names are positioned in the regular expression. The order of the names is the same as the order of captured subexpressions if {capture, all_names} is specified as an option to run/3. You can therefore create a name-to-value -mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]).
    -{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]}
    -4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L).
    -[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    +
    255,255,...>>}} +2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]} +3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]). +{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]} +4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L). +[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    @@ -2226,16 +2226,16 @@ subexpression number N, is inserted in the result. If no subexpression with that number is generated by the regular expression, nothing is inserted.

    To insert an & or a \ in the result, precede it with a \. Notice that Erlang already gives a special meaning to \ in literal strings, so a single \ must be -written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    -"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
    +written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    +"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
     "ab[&]d"

    If the replacement is given as a fun, it will be called with the whole matching expression as the first argument and a list of subexpression matches in the order in which they appear in the regular expression. The returned value will be -inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    -    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    -         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
    +inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    +    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    +         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
         end,
    -    [{return, list}]).
    +    [{return, list}]).
     "#ab-B#cd"

    Note

    Non-matching optional subexpressions will not be included in the list of subexpression matches if they are the last subexpressions in the regular expression.

    Example:

    The regular expression "(a)(b)?(c)?" ("a", optionally followed by "b", @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ run/3 handles empty matches in the same way as Perl: a zero-length match at any point is also retried with options [anchored, notempty_atstart]. If that search gives a result of length > 0, -the result is included. Example:

    re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

    The following matchings are performed:

    • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the +the result is included. Example:

      re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

      The following matchings are performed:

      • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the initial position of string cat, giving the result set [{0,0},{0,0}] (the second {0,0} is because of the subexpression marked by the parentheses). As the length of the match is 0, we do not advance to the next position yet.

      • At offset 0 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - The search is @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ of results and the position in the search string is advanced two steps.

      • At offset 3 - The search once again matches the empty string, giving [{3,0},{3,0}].

      • At offset 1 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - This gives no result of length > 0 and we are at the last position, so the global search is -complete.

      The result of the call is:

      {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
    • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this +complete.

    The result of the call is:

    {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
  • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this option is specified. If alternatives in the pattern exist, they are tried. If all the alternatives match the empty string, the entire match fails.

    Example:

    If the following pattern is applied to a string not beginning with "a" or "b", it would normally match the empty string at the start of the subject:

    a?b?

    With option notempty, this match is invalid, so run/3 searches @@ -2435,12 +2435,12 @@ instead of the stack, the amount of heap memory that can be used.

  • The Erlang VM uses a PCRE library where heap memory is used when regular expression match recursion occurs. This therefore limits the use of machine heap, not C stack.

    Specifying a lower value can result in matches with deep recursion failing, -when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    -{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    -2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
    +when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    +{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    +2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
     nomatch
    -3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]).
    -{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. +3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]). +{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. Understanding of the PCRE library internals is recommended before tampering with these limits.

  • {offset, integer() >= 0} - Start matching at the offset (position) specified in the subject string. The offset is zero-based, so that the default @@ -2462,9 +2462,9 @@ capturing).

    As an example of the default behavior, the following call returns, as first and only captured string, the matching part of the subject ("abcd" in the middle) as an index pair {3,4}, where character positions are zero-based, -just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of -the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning -at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list +just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of +the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning +at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list and the remaining subpatterns are added in the order they occurred in the regular expression.

    The capture tuple is built up as follows:

    • ValueSpec - Specifies which captured (sub)patterns are to be returned. ValueSpec can either be an atom describing a predefined set of return @@ -2489,12 +2489,12 @@ subpatterns (see below) in the regular expression, one can use atom/0s or string/0s to specify the subpatterns to be returned. For example, consider the regular expression:

      ".*(abcd).*"

      matched against string "ABCabcdABC", capturing only the "abcd" part (the -first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured +first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured subpattern is "(abcd)", matching "abcd" in the subject, at (zero-based) -position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly +position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly named 'FOO':

      ".*(?<FOO>abcd).*"

      With this expression, we could still give the index of the subpattern with -the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can -also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular +the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can +also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular expression, in which case the return values vary depending on the type. If the type is index, the tuple {-1,0} is returned for values with no corresponding subpattern in the regular expression, but for the other types @@ -2529,12 +2529,12 @@ string:

      "ABCabcdABC"

      the subpattern at index 2 does not match, as "abdd" is not present in the string, but the complete pattern matches (because of the alternative a(..d)). The subpattern at index 2 is therefore unassigned and the default -return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the +return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the binary case, some information about the matching is therefore lost, as <<>> can also be an empty string captured.

      If differentiation between empty matches and non-existing subpatterns is necessary, use the type index and do the conversion to the final type in Erlang code.

      When option global is speciified, the capture specification affects each -match separately, so that:

      re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

      gives

      {match,[["a"],["b"]]}

    For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see +match separately, so that:

    re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

    gives

    {match,[["a"],["b"]]}
  • For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see compile/2.

    @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ compilation option is specified to this function, both the regular expression and Subject are to be specified as valid Unicode charlist()s.

    The result is given as a list of "strings", the preferred data type specified in option return (default iodata).

    If subexpressions are specified in the regular expression, the matching -subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular +subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular expression) is inserted in the result list where it was found. This means that concatenating the result of a split where the whole regular expression is a single subexpression (as in the last example) always results in the original @@ -2631,21 +2631,21 @@ "g"), nothing is inserted after that. To make the group of strings and the parts matching the subexpressions more obvious, one can use option group, which groups together the part of the subject string with the parts matching the -subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first +subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first part in the result. When the regular expression matched, the (only) subexpression was bound to the "l", so the "l" is inserted in the group together with "Er". The next match is of the "n", making "a" the next part to be returned. As the subexpression is bound to substring "n" in this case, the "n" is inserted into this group. The last group consists of the remaining string, as no more matches are found.

    By default, all parts of the string, including the empty strings, are returned -from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which +from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which is also returned. This behavior differs from the default behavior of the split function in Perl, where empty strings at the end are by default removed. To get -the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty +the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty ones", which sometimes can be useful. You can also specify how many parts you -want, by specifying {parts,N}:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},{parts,2}]).

    gives

    ["Er","ang"]

    Notice that the last part is "ang", not "an", as splitting was specified into /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.476485070 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.480485096 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sets.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.512485308 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sets.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.516485334 +0000 @@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ respect to the aforementioned functions, their overall behavior may differ. As mentioned, this module considers elements as different if and only if they do not match (=:=), while both ordsets and gb_sets consider elements -as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
    +as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
     false
    -2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
    +2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
     true
    -2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
    +2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
     true

    @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.552485573 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.556485599 +0000 @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ definitions. To facilitate matters, record definitions in modules shell_default and user_default (if loaded) are read each time a new job is started. For example, adding the following line to user_default makes the -definition of file_info readily available in the shell:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The shell runs in two modes:

    Command 1 sets variable Str to string "abcd".

    2> L = length(Str).
    +4

    Command 2 sets L to the length of string Str.

    3> Descriptor = {L, list_to_atom(Str)}.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 3 builds the tuple Descriptor, evaluating the BIF list_to_atom/1 .

    4> L.
    -4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     L = 4
     Str = "abcd"
     ok

    Command 5 evaluates the internal shell command b(), which is an abbreviation of "bindings". This prints the current shell variables and their bindings. ok -at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
    +at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
     ok

    Command 6 evaluates the internal shell command f(L) (abbreviation of -"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     Str = "abcd"
    -ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    -ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new +ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    +ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new value to L.

    10> L.
    -4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
    +4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {4,abcd}

    Command 11 tries to match {P, Q, R} against Descriptor, which is {4, abc}. The match fails and none of the new variables become bound. The printout starting with "** exception error:" is not the value of the expression (the @@ -266,74 +266,74 @@ other variables (L, Str, and so on) are unchanged.

    12> P.
     * 1:1: variable 'P' is unbound
     13> Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, -and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}
    +{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, +and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}
     15> P.
    -4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    -ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    -    put(aa, worked),
    +4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    +ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    +    put(aa, worked),
         X = 1,
    -    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
    +    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -18> get(aa).
    +18> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 17 and 18 set and inspect the value of item aa in the process -dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
    +dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
     11

    Command 19 evaluates test1:demo(1). The evaluation succeeds and the changes made in the process dictionary become visible to the shell. The new value of -dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    -[{aa,worked}]
    -21> put(aa, hello).
    +dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    +[{aa,worked}]
    +21> put(aa, hello).
     worked
    -22> Z = test1:demo(2).
    +22> Z = test1:demo(2).
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value 1
          in function  test1:demo/1

    Commands 21 and 22 change the value of dictionary item aa to hello and call test1:demo(2). Evaluation fails and the changes made to the dictionary in test1:demo(2), before the error occurred, are discarded.

    23> Z.
     * 1:1: variable 'Z' is unbound
    -24> get(aa).
    +24> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 23 and 24 show that Z was not bound and that dictionary item aa has -retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
    +retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
    +26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
     <0.57.0>
    -27> get(aa).
    +27> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 25, 26, and 27 show the effect of evaluating test1:demo(1) in the background. In this case, the expression is evaluated in a newly spawned process. Any changes made in the process dictionary are local to the newly -spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
    +spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
     hello hello
     ok
    -29> e(28).
    +29> e(28).
     hello hello
     ok
    -30> v(28).
    +30> v(28).
     ok

    Commands 28, 29 and 30 use the history facilities of the shell. Command 29 re-evaluates command 28. Command 30 uses the value (result) of command 28. In the cases of a pure function (a function with no side effects), the result is the same. For a function with side effects, the result can be different.

    The next few commands show some record manipulation. It is assumed that ex.erl -defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    -{ok,ex}
    -32> rr(ex).
    -[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in +defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    +{ok,ex}
    +32> rr(ex).
    +[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in ex.beam. If the compiler did not output any record definitions on the BEAM -file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    --record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    -ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
    +file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    +-record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    +ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
     ** exception error: undefined shell command val/0

    Command 34 tries to create a rec record, but fails as function val/0 is -undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that -cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
    +undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that +cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
     ok

    Command 36 prints the newly created record using record definitions maintained -by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
    +by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
     rec

    Command 37 defines a record directly in the shell. The definition replaces the -one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    -#rec{f = []}
    -ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
    +one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    +#rec{f = []}
    +ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
     * 1:15: variable 'A' is unbound
    -40> #rec{}.
    -#rec{c = undefined}
    +40> #rec{}.
    +#rec{c = undefined}
     ok

    Command 39 and 40 show that record definitions are updated as side effects. The evaluation of the command fails, but the definition of rec has been carried out.

    For the next command, it is assumed that test1:loop(N) is defined as follows:

    loop(N) ->
        io:format("Hello Number: ~w~n", [N]),
        loop(N+1).

    41> test1:loop(0).
    @@ -359,31 +359,31 @@
     JCL mode the user can start and stop jobs.

    In this particular case, command i ("interrupt") terminates the looping program, and command c connects to the shell again. As the process was running in the background before we killed it, more printouts occur before message -"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    -#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 43 tries to insert a tuple into the ETS table, but the first argument -(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: argument is of wrong type
          in function  ets:insert/2
             called as ets:insert(16,{d,1,2})

    Command 44 corrects the mistake, but the ETS table has been destroyed as it was -owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
    +owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
     ok
    -46> catch_exception(true).
    +46> catch_exception(true).
     false

    Command 46 sets the exception handling of the evaluator process to true. The exception handling can also be set when starting Erlang by -erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>
    -48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     * exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 48 makes the same mistake as in command 43, but this time the evaluator process lives on. The single star at the beginning of the printout signals that -the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    -true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    +the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_default.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_default.html	2025-03-21 17:27:56.580485759 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_default.html	2025-03-21 17:27:56.584485785 +0000
    @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@
     
         

    Customizing the Erlang environment.

    The functions in this module are called when no module name is specified in a -shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
    +shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
     "cba"
    -2> c(foo).
    -{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is +2> c(foo). +{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is specified. The shell searches module user_default followed by module shell_default for function c/1.

    shell_default is intended for "system wide" customizations to the shell. user_default is intended for "local" or individual user customizations.

    @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_docs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_docs.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.616485997 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/shell_docs.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.624486050 +0000 @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/slave.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/slave.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.660486289 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/slave.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.660486289 +0000 @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ at a master node. A pseudo server is an intermediary that only has the same registered name as the real server.

    For example, if you have started a slave node N and want to execute pxw graphics code on this node, you can start server pxw_server as a pseudo server -at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).
    +at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).

    @@ -529,9 +529,9 @@ passed to the new node and can be used for a variety of purposes; see erl(1).

    As an example, suppose that you want to start a slave node at host H with node name Name@H and want the slave node to have the following properties:

    • Directory Dir is to be added to the code path.
    • The Mnesia directory is to be set to M.
    • The Unix DISPLAY environment variable is to be set to the display of the -master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
    +master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
     Arg = "-mnesia_dir " ++ M ++ " -pa " ++ Dir ++ E,
    -slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, +slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, otherwise {error, Reason}, where Reason can be one of:

    • timeout - The master node failed to get in contact with the slave node. This can occur in a number of circumstances:

      • Erlang/OTP is not installed on the remote host.
      • The file system on the other host has a different structure to the the master.
      • The Erlang nodes have different cookies.
    • no_rsh - No remote shell program was found on the computer. Note that @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sofs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sofs.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.724486713 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sofs.html 2025-03-21 17:27:56.732486767 +0000 @@ -262,11 +262,11 @@ selecting, duplicating, or rearranging parts of the elements.
    • Specifying a SetFun as an integer I is equivalent to specifying {external, fun(X) -> element(I, X) end}, but is to be preferred, as it makes it possible to handle this case even more efficiently.

    Examples of SetFuns:

    fun sofs:union/1
    -fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    -{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    -{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
    +fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    +{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    +{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
     2

    The order in which a SetFun is applied to the elements of an unordered set is not specified, and can change in future versions of this module.

    The execution time of the functions of this module is dominated by the time it takes to sort lists. When no sorting is needed, the execution time is in the @@ -1832,10 +1832,10 @@ belongs to SetOfSets and E belongs to Set.

    If SetOfSets is a partition of a set X and R is the equivalence relation in X induced by SetOfSets, then the returned relation is the canonical map from X onto the equivalence classes with -respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    -CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    -sofs:to_external(CR).
    -[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    +respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    +CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    +sofs:to_external(CR).
    +[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    @@ -1865,11 +1865,11 @@

    Returns the composite of the functions Function1 and -Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    -F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    -F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    +Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    +F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    +F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    @@ -1899,11 +1899,11 @@

    Creates the function that maps each element of set Set -onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    -E = sofs:from_term(1),
    -R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    -sofs:to_external(R).
    -[{a,1},{b,1}]
    +onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    +E = sofs:from_term(1),
    +R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    +sofs:to_external(R).
    +[{a,1},{b,1}]
    @@ -1931,10 +1931,10 @@ -

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    -R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    +

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    +R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    @@ -2052,10 +2052,10 @@ -

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    -S = sofs:domain(R),
    -sofs:to_external(S).
    -[1,2]
    +

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    +S = sofs:domain(R),
    +sofs:to_external(S).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -2085,11 +2085,11 @@

    Returns the difference between the binary relation BinRel1 and the -restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    -S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    -R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to +restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    +S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    +R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to difference(R, restriction(R, S)).

    @@ -2120,12 +2120,12 @@

    Returns a subset of Set1 containing those elements that do not give an element -in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    -R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    -R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    -R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    -sofs:to_external(R3).
    -[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to +in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    +R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    +R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    +R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    +sofs:to_external(R3).
    +[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to difference(S1, restriction(F, S1, S2)).

    @@ -2190,12 +2190,12 @@

    Returns the extension of BinRel1 such that for each element E in Set that does not belong to the domain of -BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    -A = sofs:empty_set(),
    -R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    -X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    -sofs:to_external(X).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    +BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    +A = sofs:empty_set(),
    +R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    +X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    +sofs:to_external(X).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    @@ -2284,11 +2284,11 @@

    If Family1 and Family2 are families, then Family3 is the family such that the index set is equal to the index set of Family1, and Family3[i] is the difference between Family1[i] and Family2[i] if -Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    -F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    -F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F3).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    +Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    +F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    +F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F3).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    @@ -2319,10 +2319,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    +domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    @@ -2353,10 +2353,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to +field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to family_union(family_domain(Family1), family_range(Family1)).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/argparse.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/argparse.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/argparse.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,20 +42,20 @@ example below is a fully functioning Erlang program accepting two command line arguments and printing their product.

    #!/usr/bin/env escript
     
    -main(Args) ->
    -    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
    +main(Args) ->
    +    argparse:run(Args, cli(), #{progname => mul}).
     
    -cli() ->
    -    #{
    -        arguments => [
    -            #{name => left, type => integer},
    -            #{name => right, type => integer}
    -        ],
    +cli() ->
    +    #{
    +        arguments => [
    +            #{name => left, type => integer},
    +            #{name => right, type => integer}
    +        ],
             handler =>
    -            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    -                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
    +            fun (#{left := Left, right := Right}) ->
    +                io:format("~b~n", [Left * Right])
                 end
    -    }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the + }.

    Running this script with no arguments results in an error, accompanied by the usage information.

    The cli function defines a single command with embedded handler accepting a map. Keys of the map are argument names as defined by the argument field of the command, left and right in the example. Values are taken from the @@ -69,25 +69,25 @@

    A command may contain nested commands, forming a hierarchy. Arguments defined at the upper level command are automatically added to all nested commands. Nested -commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    +commands example (assuming progname is nested):

    cli() ->
    +  #{
         %% top level argument applicable to all commands
    -    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    -      commands => #{
    -        "first" => #{
    +    arguments => [#{name => top}],
    +      commands => #{
    +        "first" => #{
               %% argument applicable to "first" command and
               %%  all commands nested into "first"
    -          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    -          commands => #{
    -            "second" => #{
    +          arguments => [#{name => mid}],
    +          commands => #{
    +            "second" => #{
                   %% argument only applicable for "second" command
    -              arguments => [#{name => bottom}],
    -              handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end
    -          }
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself + arguments => [#{name => bottom}], + handler => fun (A) -> io:format("~p~n", [A]) end + } + } + } + } + }.

    In the example above, a 3-level hierarchy is defined. First is the script itself (nested), accepting the only argument top. Since it has no associated handler, run/3 will not accept user input omitting nested command selection. For this example, user has to supply 5 arguments in the command line, two being @@ -105,14 +105,14 @@ on all operating systems). Both options and positional arguments have 1 or more associated values. See argument specification to find more details about supported combinations.

    In the user input, short options may be concatenated with their values. Long -options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    -  #{
    -    arguments => [
    -      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    -      #{name => short, short => $s}
    -    ],
    -    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    -  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running +options support values separated by =. Consider this definition:

    cli() ->
    +  #{
    +    arguments => [
    +      #{name => long, long => "-long"},
    +      #{name => short, short => $s}
    +    ],
    +    handler => fun (Args) -> io:format("~p~n", [Args]) end
    +  }.

    Running ./args --long=VALUE prints #{long => "VALUE"}, running ./args -sVALUE prints #{short => "VALUE"}

    argparse supports boolean flags concatenation: it is possible to shorten -r -f -v to -rfv.

    Shortened option names are not supported: it is not possible to use --my-argum instead of --my-argument-name even when such option can be unambiguously @@ -492,111 +492,111 @@ which case resulting argument map will either contain the default value, or not have the key at all.

    • name - Sets the argument name in the parsed argument map. If help is not defined, name is also used to generate the default usage message.

    • short - Defines a short (single character) form of an optional argument.

      %% Define a command accepting argument named myarg, with short form $a:
      -1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
      +1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $a}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-a str":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-a", "str"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}
      +#{myarg => "str"}
       
       %% Option value can be concatenated with the switch: "-astr"
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-astr"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The -only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
      +#{myarg => "str"}

      By default all options expect a single value following the option switch. The +only exception is an option of a boolean type.

    • long - Defines a long form of an optional argument.

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, long => "name"}]}.
       %% Parse command line "-name Erlang":
      -2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +2> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name", "Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}
      +#{myarg => "Erlang"}
       %% Or use "=" to separate the switch and the value:
      -3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
      +3> {ok, ArgMap, _, _} = argparse:parse(["-name=Erlang"], Cmd), ArgMap.
       
      -#{myarg => "Erlang"}

      If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as +#{myarg => "Erlang"}

    If neither short not long is defined, the argument is treated as positional.

  • required - Forces the parser to expect the argument to be present in the command line. By default, all positional argument are required, and all options are not.

  • default - Specifies the default value to put in the parsed argument map -if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
    +if the value is not supplied in the command line.

    1> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{}, ...
    -2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
    +{ok,#{}, ...
    +2> argparse:parse([], #{arguments => [#{name => myarg, short => $m, default => "def"}]}).
     
    -{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...
  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is +{ok,#{myarg => "def"}, ...

  • type - Defines type conversion and validation routine. The default is string, assuming no conversion.

  • nargs - Defines the number of following arguments to consume from the command line. By default, the parser consumes the next argument and converts it into an Erlang term according to the specified type.

    • pos_integer/0 - Consume exactly this number of positional arguments, fail if there is not enough. Value in the argument map contains a list of exactly this length. Example, defining a positional argument expecting 3 -integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      -argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
      +integer values:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => ints, type => integer, nargs => 3}]},
      +argparse:parse(["1", "2", "3"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two -string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      -argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
      +{ok, #{ints => [1, 2, 3]}, ...

      Another example defining an option accepted as -env and expecting two +string arguments:

      1> Cmd = #{arguments => [#{name => env, long => "env", nargs => 2}]},
      +argparse:parse(["-env", "key", "value"], Cmd).
       
      -{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...
    • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option +{ok, #{env => ["key", "value"]}, ...

  • list - Consume all following arguments until hitting the next option (starting with an option prefix). May result in an empty list added to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => nodes, long => "nodes", nargs => list},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-nodes", "one", "two", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...
  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. +{ok, #{nodes => ["one", "two"], verbose => true}, ...

  • nonempty_list - Same as list, but expects at least one argument. Returns an error if the following command line argument is an option switch (starting with the prefix).

  • 'maybe' - Consumes the next argument from the command line, if it does not start with an option prefix. Otherwise, adds a default value to the -arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    -  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    -  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    -]},
    -argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
    +arguments map.

    1> Cmd = #{arguments => [
    +  #{name => level, short => $l, nargs => 'maybe', default => "error"},
    +  #{name => verbose, short => $v, type => boolean}
    +]},
    +argparse:parse(["-l", "info", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
    +{ok,#{level => "info",verbose => true}, ...
     
     %% When "info" is omitted, argument maps receives the default "error"
    -2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
    +2> argparse:parse(["-l", "-v"], Cmd).
     
    -{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...
  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, +{ok,#{level => "error",verbose => true}, ...

  • {'maybe', term()} - Consumes the next argument from the command line, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/array.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/array.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/array.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ reset/2). If you need to differentiate between unset and set entries, ensure that the default value cannot be confused with the values of set entries.

    The array never shrinks automatically. If an index I has been used to set an entry successfully, all indices in the range [0,I] stay accessible unless the -array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    -10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow -automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    -18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if -the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    -[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses -beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    -{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    +array size is explicitly changed by calling resize/2.

    Examples:

    Create a fixed-size array with entries 0-9 set to undefined:

    A0 = array:new(10).
    +10 = array:size(A0).

    Create an extendible array and set entry 17 to true, causing the array to grow +automatically:

    A1 = array:set(17, true, array:new()).
    +18 = array:size(A1).

    Read back a stored value:

    true = array:get(17, A1).

    Accessing an unset entry returns default value:

    undefined = array:get(3, A1)

    Accessing an entry beyond the last set entry also returns the default value, if +the array does not have fixed size:

    undefined = array:get(18, A1).

    "Sparse" functions ignore default-valued entries:

    A2 = array:set(4, false, A1).
    +[{4, false}, {17, true}] = array:sparse_to_orddict(A2).

    An extendible array can be made fixed-size later:

    A3 = array:fix(A2).

    A fixed-size array does not grow automatically and does not allow accesses +beyond the last set entry:

    {'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:set(18, true, A3)).
    +{'EXIT',{badarg,_}} = (catch array:get(18, A3)).
    @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ array size; this also implies {fixed, true}. If N is not a non-negative integer, the call fails with reason badarg.

  • fixed or {fixed, true} - Creates a fixed-size array. See also fix/1.

  • {fixed, false} - Creates an extendible (non-fixed-size) array.

  • {default, Value} - Sets the default value for the array to Value.

  • Options are processed in the order they occur in the list, that is, later options have higher precedence.

    The default value is used as the value of uninitialized entries, and cannot be -changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    +changed once the array has been created.

    Examples:

    array:new(100)

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100.

    array:new({default,0})

    creates an empty, extendible array whose default value is 0.

    array:new([{size,10},{fixed,false},{default,-1}])

    creates an extendible array with initial size 10 whose default value is -1.

    See also fix/1, from_list/2, get/2, new/0, new/2, set/3.

    @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ Options override parameter Size.

    If Options is a list, this is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | Options]), otherwise it is equivalent to new([{size, Size} | [Options]]). However, using this function -directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    +directly is more efficient.

    Example:

    array:new(100, {default,0})

    creates a fixed-size array of size 100, whose default value is 0.

    See also new/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/assert_hrl.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/assert_hrl.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/assert_hrl.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Description

    The include file assert.hrl provides macros for inserting assertions in your -program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an +program code.

    Include the following directive in the module from which the function is called:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/assert.hrl").

    When an assertion succeeds, the assert macro yields the atom ok. When an assertion fails, an exception of type error is generated. The associated error term has the form {Macro, Info}. Macro is the macro name, for example, assertEqual. Info is a list of tagged values, such as @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@

    • assert(BoolExpr)

    • assert(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning true.

    • assertNot(BoolExpr)

    • assertNot(BoolExpr, Comment) - Tests that BoolExpr completes normally returning false.

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes -normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr +normally yielding a value that matches GuardedPattern, for example:

      ?assertMatch({bork, _}, f())

      Notice that a guard when ... can be included:

      ?assertMatch({bork, X} when X > 0, f())
    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr)

    • assertNotMatch(GuardedPattern, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that does not match GuardedPattern.

      As in assertMatch, GuardedPattern can have a when part.

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is exactly equal to ExpectedValue.

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr)

    • assertNotEqual(ExpectedValue, Expr, Comment) - Tests that Expr completes normally yielding a value that is not exactly equal to /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/base64.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/base64.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/base64.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -550,15 +550,15 @@

      Decodes a base64 string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

      The function will strips away any whitespace characters and check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
      +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

      See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

      Example:

      1> base64:decode("AQIDBA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
      +2> base64:decode("AQ ID BA==").
       <<1,2,3,4>>
      -3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
      +3> base64:decode("AQIDBA=").
       ** exception error: missing_padding
            in function  base64:decode_list/7 (base64.erl, line 734)
               *** data to decode is missing final = padding characters, if this is intended, use the `padding => false` option
      -4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
      +4> base64:decode("AQIDBA=", #{ padding => false }).
       <<1,2,3,4>>
    @@ -813,9 +813,9 @@

    Decodes a base64 "mime" string encoded using the standard alphabet according to RFC 4648 Section 4 to plain ASCII.

    The function will strips away any illegal characters. It does not check for the -the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

    See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

    Example:

    1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
    +the correct number of = padding characters at the end of the encoded string.

    See decode_options/0 for details on which options can be passed.

    Example:

    1> base64:mime_decode("AQIDBA==").
     <<1,2,3,4>>
    -2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
    +2> base64:mime_decode("AQIDB=A=").
     <<1,2,3,4>>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/beam_lib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/beam_lib.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/beam_lib.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ Reconstruct Source Code

    The following example shows how to reconstruct Erlang source code from the debug -information in a BEAM file Beam:

    {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
    -io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

    +information in a BEAM file Beam:

    {ok,{_,[{abstract_code,{_,AC}}]}} = beam_lib:chunks(Beam,[abstract_code]).
    +io:fwrite("~s~n", [erl_prettypr:format(erl_syntax:form_list(AC))]).

    @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ user's home directory and then filename:basedir(user_config, "erlang"). If the file is found and contains a key, beam_lib implicitly creates a crypto key fun -and registers it.

    File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

    {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

    Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is +and registers it.

    File .erlang.crypt is to contain a single list of tuples:

    {debug_info, Mode, Module, Key}

    Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only allowed value is des3_cbc. Module is either an atom, in which case Key is only used for the module Module, or [], in which case Key is used for all modules. Key is the non-empty key string.

    Key in the first tuple where both Mode and Module match is used.

    The following is an example of an .erlang.crypt file that returns the same key -for all modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt -providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
    - {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    Note

    Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

    +for all modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    The following is a slightly more complicated example of an .erlang.crypt +providing one key for module t and another key for all other modules:

    [{debug_info, des3_cbc, t, "My KEY"},
    + {debug_info, des3_cbc, [], "%>7}|pc/DM6Cga*68$Mw]L#&_Gejr]G^"}].

    Note

    Do not use any of the keys in these examples. Use your own keys.

    @@ -1435,11 +1435,11 @@

    Registers an unary fun that is called if beam_lib must read an debug_info chunk that has been encrypted. The fun is held in a process that is started by the function.

    If a fun is already registered when attempting to register a fun, -{error, exists} is returned.

    The fun must handle the following arguments:

    CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

    Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the +{error, exists} is returned.

    The fun must handle the following arguments:

    CryptoKeyFun(init) -> ok | {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} | {error, Term}

    Called when the fun is registered, in the process that holds the fun. Here the crypto key fun can do any necessary initializations. If {ok, NewCryptoKeyFun} is returned, NewCryptoKeyFun is registered instead of CryptoKeyFun. If {error, Term} is returned, the registration is aborted and -crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

    CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

    Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. +crypto_key_fun/1 also returns {error, Term}.

    CryptoKeyFun({debug_info, Mode, Module, Filename}) -> Key

    Called when the key is needed for module Module in the file named Filename. Mode is the type of crypto algorithm; currently, the only possible value is des3_cbc. The call is to fail (raise an exception) if no key is available.

    CryptoKeyFun(clear) -> term()

    Called before the fun is unregistered. Here any cleaning up can be done. The return value is not important, but is passed back to the caller of @@ -1806,14 +1806,14 @@ -vsn(Vsn).

    If this attribute is not specified, the version defaults to the checksum of the module. Notice that if version Vsn is not a list, it is made into one, that is {ok,{Module,[Vsn]}} is returned. If there are many -vsn -module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

    Examples:

    1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
    -{ok,{a,[1]}}
    -2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
    -{ok,{b,[1]}}
    -3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
    -{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
    -4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
    -{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
    +module attributes, the result is the concatenated list of versions.

    Examples:

    1> beam_lib:version(a). % -vsn(1).
    +{ok,{a,[1]}}
    +2> beam_lib:version(b). % -vsn([1]).
    +{ok,{b,[1]}}
    +3> beam_lib:version(c). % -vsn([1]). -vsn(2).
    +{ok,{c,[1,2]}}
    +4> beam_lib:version(d). % no -vsn attribute
    +{ok,{d,[275613208176997377698094100858909383631]}}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/binary.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/binary.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/binary.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ -

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
    +

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>).
     "erlang"
     %% or [101,114,108,97,110,103] in list notation.
    @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

    Converts Subject to a list of byte/0s, each representing the value of one byte. PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len denote which part of the Subject binary to convert. By default, the entire Subject binary is -converted.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
    +converted.

    Example:

    1> binary:bin_to_list(<<"erlang">>, {1,3}).
     "rla"
     %% or [114,108,97] in list notation.

    If PosLen or alternatively Pos and Len in any way reference outside the binary, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ -

    Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

    Example

    1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
    +

    Decodes a hex encoded binary into a binary.

    Example

    1> binary:decode_hex(<<"66">>).
     <<"f">>
    @@ -796,11 +796,11 @@

    Converts the binary digit representation, in big endian or little endian, of a -positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

    Example:

    1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
    +positive integer in Subject to an Erlang integer/0.

    Example:

    1> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>).
     11111111
    -2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
    +2> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, big).
     11111111
    -3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
    +3> binary:decode_unsigned(<<169,138,199>>, little).
     13077161
    @@ -863,13 +863,13 @@

    Encodes a binary into a hex encoded binary using the specified case for the -hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

    The default case is uppercase.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
    +hexadecimal digits "a" to "f".

    The default case is uppercase.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_hex(<<"f">>).
     <<"66">>
    -2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
    +2> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>).
     <<"2F">>
    -3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
    +3> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, lowercase).
     <<"2f">>
    -4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
    +4> binary:encode_hex(<<"/">>, uppercase).
     <<"2F">>
    @@ -932,11 +932,11 @@

    Converts a positive integer to the smallest possible representation in a binary -digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
    +digit representation, either big endian or little endian.

    Example:

    1> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111).
     <<169,138,199>>
    -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
    +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, big).
     <<169,138,199>>
    -2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
    +2> binary:encode_unsigned(11111111, little).
     <<199,138,169>>
    @@ -1060,9 +1060,9 @@

    Returns the length of the longest common prefix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
    +Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"ergonomy">>]).
     2
    -2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
    +2> binary:longest_common_prefix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
     0

    If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -1095,9 +1095,9 @@

    Returns the length of the longest common suffix of the binaries in list -Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
    +Binaries.

    Example:

    1> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"fang">>]).
     3
    -2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
    +2> binary:longest_common_suffix([<<"erlang">>, <<"perl">>]).
     0

    If Binaries is not a flat non-empty list of binaries, a badarg exception is raised.

    @@ -1173,8 +1173,8 @@

    Searches for the first occurrence of Pattern in Subject and returns the position and length.

    The function returns {Pos, Length} for the binary in Pattern, starting at -the lowest position in Subject.

    Example:

    1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
    -{1,4}

    Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and +the lowest position in Subject.

    Example:

    1> binary:match(<<"abcde">>, [<<"bcde">>, <<"cd">>],[]).
    +{1,4}

    Even though <<"cd">> ends before <<"bcde">>, <<"bcde">> begins first and is therefore the first match. If two overlapping matches begin at the same position, the longest is returned.

    Summary of the options:

    • {scope, {Start, Length}} - Only the specified part is searched. Return values still have offsets from the beginning of Subject. A negative Length @@ -1254,9 +1254,9 @@

      As match/2, but Subject is searched until exhausted and a list of all non-overlapping parts matching Pattern is returned (in order).

      The first and longest match is preferred to a shorter, which is illustrated by -the following example:

      1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
      -                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
      -[{1,4}]

      The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match +the following example:

      1> binary:matches(<<"abcde">>,
      +                  [<<"bcde">>,<<"bc">>,<<"de">>],[]).
      +[{1,4}]

      The result shows that <<"bcde">> is selected instead of the shorter match <<"bc">> (which would have given raise to one more match, <<"de">>). This corresponds to the behavior of POSIX regular expressions (and programs like awk), but is not consistent with alternative matches in re (and Perl), where @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@

      Extracts the part of binary Subject described by PosLen.

      A negative length can be used to extract bytes at the end of a binary:

      1> Bin = <<1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10>>.
      -2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
      +2> binary:part(Bin, {byte_size(Bin), -5}).
       <<6,7,8,9,10>>

      Note

      part/2 and part/3 are also available in the erlang module under the names binary_part/2 and binary_part/3. Those BIFs are allowed in guard tests.

      If PosLen in any way references outside the binary, a badarg exception is @@ -1363,33 +1363,33 @@ it can be useful to get the size of the referenced binary. This function can be used in a program to trigger the use of copy/1. By copying a binary, one can dereference the original, possibly large, binary that a -smaller binary is a reference to.

      Example:

      store(Binary, GBSet) ->
      +smaller binary is a reference to.

      Example:

      store(Binary, GBSet) ->
         NewBin =
      -      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
      -          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
      -             binary:copy(Binary);
      +      case binary:referenced_byte_size(Binary) of
      +          Large when Large > 2 * byte_size(Binary) ->
      +             binary:copy(Binary);
                 _ ->
                    Binary
             end,
      -  gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

      In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in + gb_sets:insert(NewBin,GBSet).

      In this example, we chose to copy the binary content before inserting it in gb_sets:set() if it references a binary more than twice the data size we want to keep. Of course, different rules apply when copying to different programs.

      Binary sharing occurs whenever binaries are taken apart. This is the fundamental reason why binaries are fast, decomposition can always be done with O(1) complexity. In rare circumstances this data sharing is however undesirable, why this function together with copy/1 can be useful when optimizing -for memory use.

      Example of binary sharing:

      1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
      +for memory use.

      Example of binary sharing:

      1> A = binary:copy(<<1>>, 100).
       <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
      -2> byte_size(A).
      +2> byte_size(A).
       100
      -3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
      +3> binary:referenced_byte_size(A).
       100
       4> <<B:10/binary, C:90/binary>> = A.
       <<1,1,1,1,1 ...
      -5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}.
      -{10,10}
      -6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}.
      -{90,100}

      In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary +5> {byte_size(B), binary:referenced_byte_size(B)}. +{10,10} +6> {byte_size(C), binary:referenced_byte_size(C)}. +{90,100}

      In the above example, the small binary B was copied while the larger binary C references binary A.

      Note

      Binary data is shared among processes. If another process still references the larger binary, copying the part this process uses only consumes more memory and does not free up the larger binary for garbage collection. Use this kind @@ -1478,28 +1478,28 @@ at the specified position (or positions) before inserting Replacement into Subject. If Replacement is given as a fun instead, this option is ignored.

      If any position specified in InsPos > size of the replacement binary, a badarg exception is raised.

      Options global and {scope, part()} work as for split/3. The return type is -always a binary/0.

      For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

      Examples:

      1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
      +always a binary/0.

      For a description of Pattern, see compile_pattern/1.

      Examples:

      1> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, []).
       <<"aXcde">>
       
      -2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
      +2> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"X">>, [global]).
       <<"aXcXe">>
       
      -3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
      +3> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, <<"b">>, <<"[]">>, [{insert_replaced, 1}]).
       <<"a[b]cde">>
       
      -4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
      +4> binary:replace(<<"abcde">>, [<<"b">>, <<"d">>], <<"[]">>, [global, {insert_replaced, 1}]).
       <<"a[b]c[d]e">>
       
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/calendar.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/calendar.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/calendar.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
      @@ -1724,10 +1724,10 @@
       

      Converts an RFC 3339 timestamp into system time. The data format of RFC 3339 timestamps is described by RFC 3339. Starting from OTP 25.1, the minutes part of the time zone is optional.

      Valid option:

      • {unit, Unit} - The time unit of the return value. The default is -second.
      1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
      +second.
    1> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01T16:17:58+01:00").
     1517498278
    -2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
    -   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
    +2> calendar:rfc3339_to_system_time("2018-02-01 15:18:02.088Z",
    +   [{unit, nanosecond}]).
     1517498282088000000
    @@ -1897,16 +1897,16 @@ the formatted string includes a fraction of a second. The number of fractional second digits is three, six, or nine depending on what time unit is chosen. For native three fractional digits are included. Notice that trailing zeros -are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
    +are not removed from the fraction.

    1> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second)).
     "2018-04-23T14:56:28+02:00"
    -2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
    +2> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, "-02:00"}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:56:52-02:00"
    -3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    -   [{offset, -7200}]).
    +3> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(second),
    +   [{offset, -7200}]).
     "2018-04-23T10:57:05-02:00"
    -4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    -   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
    +4> calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(erlang:system_time(millisecond),
    +   [{unit, millisecond}, {time_designator, $\s}, {offset, "Z"}]).
     "2018-04-23 12:57:20.482Z"
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> stdlib - 6.2.1 - urn:uuid:8ff1fd75-856d-e563-9c9e-1f9779d6c747 + urn:uuid:2f1f5fa3-32d9-1464-c97a-dc3f0f30b9e1 en - 2025-03-18T23:25:56Z + 2041-04-20T12:45:39Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/c.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/c.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/c.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@

    Compiles and then loads the code for a file on all nodes. Options defaults to -[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

    compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
    +[]. Compilation is equivalent to:

    compile:file(File, Options ++ [report_errors, report_warnings])
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dets.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dets.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dets.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -1793,14 +1793,14 @@

    Returns a list of all objects with key Key stored in table Name, for -example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    -{ok,abc}
    -3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
    +example:

    2> dets:open_file(abc, [{type, bag}]).
    +{ok,abc}
    +3> dets:insert(abc, {1,2,3}).
     ok
    -4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
    +4> dets:insert(abc, {1,3,4}).
     ok
    -5> dets:lookup(abc, 1).
    -[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list +5> dets:lookup(abc, 1). +[{1,2,3},{1,3,4}]

    If the table type is set, the function returns either the empty list or a list with one object, as there cannot be more than one object with a given key. If the table type is bag or duplicate_bag, the function returns a list of arbitrary length.

    Notice that the order of objects returned is unspecified. In particular, the @@ -2657,11 +2657,11 @@ specification is specified explicitly. This is how to state match specifications that cannot easily be expressed within the syntax provided by qlc.

    The following example uses an explicit match specification to traverse the -table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    -ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    -QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using -function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
    +table:

    1> dets:open_file(t, []),
    +ok = dets:insert(t, [{1,a},{2,b},{3,c},{4,d}]),
    +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({X,Y}) when (X > 1) or (X < 5) -> {Y} end),
    +QH1 = dets:table(t, [{traverse, {select, MS}}]).

    An example with implicit match specification:

    2> QH2 = qlc:q([{Y} || {X,Y} <- dets:table(t), (X > 1) or (X < 5)]).

    The latter example is equivalent to the former, which can be verified using +function qlc:info/1:

    3> qlc:info(QH1) =:= qlc:info(QH2).
     true

    qlc:info/1 returns information about a query handle. In this case identical information is returned for the two query handles.

    @@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@

    Applies Fun to each object stored in table Name in some unspecified order. Different actions are taken depending on the return value of Fun. The following Fun return values are allowed:

    • continue - Continue to perform the traversal. For example, the following -function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The +function can be used to print the contents of a table:

      fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end.
    • {continue, Val} - Continue the traversal and accumulate Val. The following function is supplied to collect all objects of a table in a list:

      fun(X) -> {continue, X} end.
    • {done, Value} - Terminate the traversal and return [Value | Acc].

    Any other value OtherValue returned by Fun terminates the traversal and is returned immediately.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dict.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dict.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/dict.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ Notes

    Functions append and append_list are included so that keyed values can be -stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    -  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +stored in a list accumulator, for example:

    > D0 = dict:new(),
    +  D1 = dict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = dict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = dict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = dict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  dict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find.

    @@ -784,10 +784,10 @@ the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary. If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key and both values to return a new value. merge can be defined as follows, but is -faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).
    +faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).
    @@ -1000,8 +1000,8 @@

    Updates a value in a dictionary by calling Fun on the value to get a new value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Initial is stored as the -first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    +first value. For example, append/3 can be defined as:

    append(Key, Val, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old ++ [Val] end, [Val], D).
    @@ -1032,8 +1032,8 @@

    Adds Increment to the value associated with Key and stores this value. If Key is not present in the dictionary, Increment is stored as the first -value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    -    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    +value.

    This can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    update_counter(Key, Incr, D) ->
    +    update(Key, fun (Old) -> Old + Incr end, Incr, D).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/epp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/epp.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/epp.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_error.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_error.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_error.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

    A fun used to format function arguments for BIF and function calls. By default -the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    +the following fun will be used:

    fun(Term, I) -> io_lib:print(Term, I, 80, 30) end
    @@ -317,23 +317,23 @@ caused the error starting at 1.

  • general - An error that is not associated with any argument caused the error.

  • reason - If the Reason should be printed differently than the default way.

  • If the text returned includes new-lines, format_exception/4 will indent the -text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    --export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
    +text correctly.

    Example:

    -module(my_error_module).
    +-export([atom_to_string/1, format_error/2]).
     
    -atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    -  atom_to_list(Arg);
    -atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    -  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    -               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    -                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    -
    -format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    -  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    -  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    -  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    -             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    -{ok,my_error_module}
    -2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
    +atom_to_string(Arg) when is_atom(Arg) ->
    +  atom_to_list(Arg);
    +atom_to_string(Arg) ->
    +  erlang:error(badarg,[Arg],
    +               [{error_info,#{ module => ?MODULE,
    +                               cause => #{ 1 => "should be an atom" }}}]).
    +
    +format_error(Reason, [{_M,_F,_As,Info}|_]) ->
    +  ErrorInfo = proplists:get_value(error_info, Info, #{}),
    +  ErrorMap = maps:get(cause, ErrorInfo),
    +  ErrorMap#{ general => "optional general information",
    +             reason => io_lib:format("~p: ~p",[?MODULE, Reason]) }.
    1> c(my_error_module).
    +{ok,my_error_module}
    +2> my_error_module:atom_to_string(1).
     ** exception error: my_error_module: badarg
          in function  my_error_module:atom_to_string/1
             called as my_error_module:atom_to_string(1)
    @@ -416,18 +416,18 @@
     
     

    Format the error reason and stack back-trace caught using try ... catch in the same style as the shell formats them.

    Example:

    try
    -    do_something()
    +    do_something()
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    If error_info is provided with the exception, format_exception will use that information to provide additional information about the exception.

    Example:

    try
    -  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
    +  erlang:raise(badarg,[],[{error_info,#{}}])
     catch
         C:R:Stk ->
    -        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    -        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
    +        Message = erl_error:format_exception(C, R, Stk),
    +        io:format(LogFile, "~ts\n", [Message])
     end

    See erlang:error/3 for details on how to raise an exception with error_info included.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_eval.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_eval.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_eval.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ LocalFunctionHandler can be used to define a function that is called when there is a call to a local function. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called -with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list +with:

      Func(Name, Arguments)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom) and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the local function. In this case, the current bindings cannot be accessed. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a -suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of +suitable exit value.

    • {eval,Func} - This defines a local function handler that is called with:

      Func(Name, Arguments, Bindings)

      Name is the name of the local function (an atom), Arguments is a list of the unevaluated arguments, and Bindings are the current variable bindings. -The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated +The function handler returns:

      {value,Value,NewBindings}

      Value is the value of the local function and NewBindings are the updated variable bindings. In this case, the function handler must itself evaluate all the function arguments and manage the bindings. To signal an error, the function handler calls exit/1 with a suitable exit value.

    • none - There is no local function handler.

    @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ expressions.
  • An operator Op/A is called (this is handled as a call to function erlang:Op/A).
  • Exceptions are calls to erlang:apply/2,3; neither of the function handlers are called for such calls. The argument can have the following formats:

    • {value,Func} - This defines a non-local function handler. The function -may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec +may be called with two arguments:

      Func(FuncSpec, Arguments)

      or three arguments:

      Func(Anno, FuncSpec, Arguments)

      Anno is the erl_anno:anno() of the node, FuncSpec is the name of the function on the form {Module,Function} or a fun, and Arguments is a list of the evaluated arguments. The function handler returns the value of the function. To signal an error, the function handler /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_lint.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_lint.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_lint.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_parse.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_parse.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_parse.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O modules. -The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLine, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_scan.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_scan.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_scan.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Error Information

    ErrorInfo is the standard ErrorInfo structure that is returned from all I/O -modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    +modules. The format is as follows:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string describing the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_tar.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_tar.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/erl_tar.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -1170,14 +1170,14 @@ Notice that there is only an arity-2 read function, not an arity-1 function.

  • (position,{UserData,Position}) - Sets the position of UserData as defined for files in file:position/2

  • Example:

    The following is a complete Fun parameter for reading and writing on files using the file module:

    ExampleFun =
    -   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    -      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    -      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    -      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    -   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    -{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
    +   fun(write, {Fd,Data}) ->  file:write(Fd, Data);
    +      (position, {Fd,Pos}) -> file:position(Fd, Pos);
    +      (read2, {Fd,Size}) -> file:read(Fd, Size);
    +      (close, Fd) -> file:close(Fd)
    +   end

    Here Fd was specified to function init/3 as:

    {ok,Fd} = file:open(Name, ...).
    +{ok,TarDesc} = erl_tar:init(Fd, [write], ExampleFun),

    TarDesc is then used:

    erl_tar:add(TarDesc, SomeValueIwantToAdd, FileNameInTarFile),
     ...,
    -erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would +erl_tar:close(TarDesc)

    When the erl_tar core wants to, for example, write a piece of Data, it would call ExampleFun(write, {UserData,Data}).

    Note

    This example with the file module operations is not necessary to use directly, as that is what function open/2 in principle does.

    Warning

    The TarDescriptor term is not a file descriptor. You are advised not to rely on the specific contents of this term, as it can change in future Erlang/OTP /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/escript.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/escript.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/escript.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -401,67 +401,67 @@ number of schedulers with +S3. We also extract the different sections from the newly created script:

    > Source = "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(\"~p\",[erlang:system_info(schedulers)]).\n".
     "%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).\n"
    -> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
    +> io:format("~s\n", [Source]).
     %% Demo
    -main(_Args) ->
    -    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
    +main(_Args) ->
    +    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedulers)).
     
     ok
    -> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    -                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    -{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    -> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
    +> {ok, Bin} = escript:create(binary, [shebang, comment, {emu_args, "+S3"},
    +                                      {source, list_to_binary(Source)}]).
    +{ok,<<"#!/usr/bin/env escript\n%% This is an -*- erlang -*- file\n%%!+S3"...>>}
    +> file:write_file("demo.escript", Bin).
     ok
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.escript").
     "3"
    -> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    -     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    -                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
    +> escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,default}, {emu_args,"+S3"},
    +     {source,<<"%% Demo\nmain(_Args) ->\n    io:format(erlang:system_info(schedu"...>>}]}

    An escript without header can be created as follows:

    > file:write_file("demo.erl",
    +                  ["%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n", Source]).
     ok
    -> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    -{ok,demo,
    +> {ok, _, BeamCode} = compile:file("demo.erl", [binary, debug_info]).
    +{ok,demo,
         <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,208,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
    +      79,0,0,0,9,4,100,...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.beam", [{beam, BeamCode}]).
     ok
    -> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    -             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    -> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
    +> escript:extract("demo.beam", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,undefined}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {beam,<<70,79,82,49,0,0,3,68,66,69,65,77,65,116,
    +             111,109,0,0,0,83,0,0,0,9,...>>}]}
    +> os:cmd("escript demo.beam").
     "true"

    Here we create an archive script containing both Erlang code and Beam code, then we iterate over all files in the archive and collect their contents and some -information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    -{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    -> escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang,
    -                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    -> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    -ok
    -> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    -{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    -      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    +information about them:

    > {ok, SourceCode} = file:read_file("demo.erl").
    +{ok,<<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}
    +> escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang,
    +                  {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                             {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} = escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}]}
    +> file:write_file("demo.zip", ArchiveBin).
    +ok
    +> zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, A) -> [{N, I(), B()} | A] end, [], "demo.zip").
    +{ok,[{"demo.beam",
    +      {file_info,748,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
           <<70,79,82,49,0,0,2,228,66,69,65,77,65,116,111,109,0,0,0,
    -        83,0,0,...>>},
    -     {"demo.erl",
    -      {file_info,118,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0},
    -      <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    +
    83,0,0,...>>}, + {"demo.erl", + {file_info,118,regular,read_write, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + {{2010,3,2},{0,59,22}}, + 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}, + <<"%% demo.erl\n-module(demo).\n-export([main/1]).\n\n%% Demo\nmain(_Arg"...>>}]}
    @@ -494,16 +494,16 @@ extracted value is set to the atom default. If a section is missing, the extracted value is set to the atom undefined.

    Option compile_source only affects the result if the escript contains source code. In this case the Erlang code is automatically compiled and -{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    -                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    -                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    -ok
    -> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    -     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    -              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    -{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    -                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    -     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    +{source, BeamCode} is returned instead of {source, SourceCode}.

    Example:

    > escript:create("demo.escript",
    +                 [shebang, {archive, [{"demo.erl", SourceCode},
    +                                      {"demo.beam", BeamCode}], []}]).
    +ok
    +> {ok, [{shebang,default}, {comment,undefined}, {emu_args,undefined},
    +     {archive, ArchiveBin}]} =
    +              escript:extract("demo.escript", []).
    +{ok,[{{archive,<<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,8,0,118,7,98,60,105,
    +                152,61,93,107,0,0,0,118,0,...>>}
    +     {emu_args,undefined}]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ets.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ets.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ets.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ find the next key is not done with such guarantees. This is often not a problem, but may cause rare subtle "unexpected" effects if a concurrent process inserts objects during a traversal. For example, consider one process -doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    -ets:insert(t, {1}),
    -ets:insert(t, {2}),
    -ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare +doing

    ets:new(t, [ordered_set, named_table]),
    +ets:insert(t, {1}),
    +ets:insert(t, {2}),
    +ets:insert(t, {3}),

    A concurrent call to ets:first(t), done by another process, may then in rare cases return 2 even though 2 has never existed in the table ordered as the first key. In the same way, a concurrent call to ets:next(t, 1) may return 3 even though 3 never existed in the table ordered directly after 1.

    Effects like this are improbable but possible. The probability will further be @@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ lookup without any table traversal at all. For ordered_set a partially bound key will limit the traversal to only scan a subset of the table based on term order. A partially bound key is either a list or a tuple with a prefix that is -fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
    +fully bound. Example:

    1> T = ets:new(t,[ordered_set]), ets:insert(T, {"555-1234", "John Smith"}).
     true
     2> %% Efficient search of all with area code 555
    -2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}).
    -[["1234","John Smith"]]

    +2> ets:match(T,{[$5,$5,$5,$- |'$1'],'$2'}). +[["1234","John Smith"]]

    @@ -1815,19 +1815,19 @@ -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl"). to the source file.

    The fun is very restricted, it can take only a single parameter (the object to match): a sole variable or a tuple. It must use the is_ guard tests. Language constructs that have no representation in a match specification (if, case, -receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
    +receive, and so on) are not allowed.

    The return value is the resulting match specification.

    Example:

    1> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > 3 -> M end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',3}],['$1']}]

    Variables from the environment can be imported, so that the following works:

    2> X=3.
     3
    -3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, +3> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}}],['$1']}]

    The imported variables are replaced by match specification const expressions, which is consistent with the static scoping for Erlang funs. However, local or global function calls cannot be in the guard or body of the fun. Calls to -built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
    +built-in match specification functions is of course allowed:

    4> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, my_fun(M) -> M end).
     Error: fun containing local Erlang function calls
    -('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec
    -{error,transform_error}
    -5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun +('my_fun' called in guard) cannot be translated into match_spec +{error,transform_error} +5> ets:fun2ms(fun({M,N}) when N > X, is_atom(M) -> M end). +[{{'$1','$2'},[{'>','$2',{const,3}},{is_atom,'$1'}],['$1']}]

    As shown by the example, the function can be called from the shell also. The fun must be literally in the call when used from the shell as well.

    Warning

    If the parse_transform is not applied to a module that calls this pseudo function, the call fails in runtime (with a badarg). The ets module exports a function with this name, but it is never to be called except when @@ -2452,12 +2452,12 @@

    Matches the objects in table Table against pattern Pattern.

    A pattern is a term that can contain:

    • Bound parts (Erlang terms)
    • '_' that matches any Erlang term
    • Pattern variables '$N', where N=0,1,...

    The function returns a list with one element for each matching object, where -each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    -[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    -7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    -[[7],[5]]
    -8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    -[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key +each element is an ordered list of pattern variable bindings, for example:

    6> ets:match(T, '$1'). % Matches every object in table
    +[[{rufsen,dog,7}],[{brunte,horse,5}],[{ludde,dog,5}]]
    +7> ets:match(T, {'_',dog,'$1'}).
    +[[7],[5]]
    +8> ets:match(T, {'_',cow,'$1'}).
    +[]

    If the key is specified in the pattern, the match is very efficient. If the key is not specified, that is, if it is a variable or an underscore, the entire table must be searched. The search time can be substantial if the table is very large.

    For tables of type ordered_set, the result is in the same order as in a @@ -2709,10 +2709,10 @@ execution time):

    Table = ets:new...
     MatchSpec = ...
     % The following call...
    -ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    -                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
    +ets:match_spec_run(ets:tab2list(Table),
    +                   ets:match_spec_compile(MatchSpec)),
     % ...gives the same result as the more common (and more efficient)
    -ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets +ets:select(Table, MatchSpec),

    Note

    This function has limited use in normal code. It is used by the dets module to perform the dets:select/1 operations and by Mnesia during transactions.

    @@ -3075,19 +3075,19 @@ format. Given that the original match specification is kept intact, the continuation can be restored, meaning it can once again be used in subsequent select/1 calls even though it has been stored on disk or on -another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +another node.

    Examples:

    The following sequence of calls may fail:

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T, MS, 10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(MaybeBroken).

    The following sequence works, as the call to repair_continuation/2 reestablishes the -MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
    +MaybeBroken continuation.

    T=ets:new(x,[]),
     ...
    -MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end),
    -{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10),
    -MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)),
    -ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to +MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({N,_}=A) when (N rem 10) =:= 0 -> A end), +{_,C} = ets:select(T,MS,10), +MaybeBroken = binary_to_term(term_to_binary(C)), +ets:select(ets:repair_continuation(MaybeBroken,MS)).

    Note

    This function is rarely needed in application code. It is used by Mnesia to provide distributed select/3 and select/1 sequences. A normal application would either use Mnesia or keep the continuation from being converted to external format.

    The actual behavior of compiled match specifications when recreated from @@ -3132,21 +3132,21 @@ to succeed even if keys are removed during the traversal. The keys for objects inserted or deleted during a traversal may or may not be returned by next/2 depending on the ordering of keys within the table and if -the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    -    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
    +the key exists at the time next/2 is called.

    Example:

    clean_all_with_value(Table,X) ->
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,true),
    +    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:first(Table)),
    +    safe_fixtable(Table,false).
     
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,'$end_of_table') ->
         true;
    -clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    -    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    -        [{Key,X}] ->
    -            ets:delete(Table,Key);
    +clean_all_with_value(Table,X,Key) ->
    +    case ets:lookup(Table,Key) of
    +        [{Key,X}] ->
    +            ets:delete(Table,Key);
             _ ->
                 true
         end,
    -    clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been + clean_all_with_value(Table,X,ets:next(Table,Key)).

    Notice that deleted objects are not freed from a fixed table until it has been released. If a process fixes a table but never releases it, the memory used by the deleted objects is never freed. The performance of operations on the table also degrades significantly.

    To retrieve information about which processes have fixed which tables, use @@ -3234,7 +3234,7 @@ a list, so that the following code:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],['$$']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$3'},[],[['$1','$2','$3']]}])

    That is, all the bound variables in the match head as a list. If tuples are to be constructed, one has to write a tuple of arity 1 where the single element in the tuple is the tuple one wants to construct (as an ordinary tuple can be -mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the +mistaken for a Guard).

    Therefore the following call:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],['$_']}])

    gives the same output as:

    ets:select(Table,[{{'$1','$2','$1'},[],[{{'$1','$2','$3'}}]}])

    This syntax is equivalent to the syntax used in the trace patterns (see the dbg) module in Runtime_Tools.

    The Guards are constructed as tuples, where the first element is the test name and the remaining elements are the test parameters. To check for a specific type (say a list) of the element bound to the match variable '$1', one would write @@ -3395,16 +3395,16 @@ object. If not, select_replace will fail with badarg without updating any objects.

    For the moment, due to performance and semantic constraints, tables of type bag are not yet supported.

    The function returns the total number of replaced objects.

    Example

    For all 2-tuples with a list in second position, add atom 'marker' first in -the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
    +the list:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[]), ets:insert(T, {key, [1, 2, 3]}).
     true
    -2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    -[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    -3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
    +2> MS = ets:fun2ms(fun({K, L}) when is_list(L) -> {K, [marker | L]} end).
    +[{{'$1','$2'},[{is_list,'$2'}],[{{'$1',[marker|'$2']}}]}]
    +3> ets:select_replace(T, MS).
     1
    -4> ets:tab2list(T).
    -[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    -New = update_object(Old),
    -Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    +4>
    ets:tab2list(T). +[{key,[marker,1,2,3]}]

    A generic single object compare-and-swap operation:

    [Old] = ets:lookup(T, Key),
    +New = update_object(Old),
    +Success = (1 =:= ets:select_replace(T, [{Old, [], [{const, New}]}])),
    @@ -3439,22 +3439,22 @@ ordered_set, the traversal of the table continues to objects with keys earlier in the Erlang term order. The returned list also contains objects with keys in reverse order. For all other table types, the behavior is exactly that of -select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    -2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
    +select/1.

    Example:

    1> T = ets:new(x,[ordered_set]).
    +2> [ ets:insert(T,{N}) || N <- lists:seq(1,10) ].
     ...
    -3> {R0,C0} = ets:select_reverse(T,[{'_',[],['$_']}],4).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filelib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filelib.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filelib.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -909,15 +909,15 @@
     
     

    Sanitizes the relative path by eliminating ".." and "." components to protect against directory traversal attacks.

    Either returns the sanitized path name, or the atom unsafe if the path is unsafe. -The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

    • The path is not relative.
    • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
    • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

    Examples:

    1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
    +The path is considered unsafe in the following circumstances:

    • The path is not relative.
    • A ".." component would climb up above the root of the relative path.
    • A symbolic link in the path points above the root of the relative path.

    Examples:

    1> {ok, Cwd} = file:get_cwd().
     ...
    -2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
    +2> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/sub_dir/..", Cwd).
     "dir"
    -3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
    -[]
    -4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
    +3> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/..", Cwd).
    +[]
    +4> filelib:safe_relative_path("dir/../..", Cwd).
     unsafe
    -5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
    +5> filelib:safe_relative_path("/abs/path", Cwd).
     unsafe
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filename.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filename.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/filename.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -405,20 +405,20 @@

    Converts a relative Filename and returns an absolute name. No attempt is made to create the shortest absolute name, as this can give incorrect results on file -systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
    +systems that allow links.

    Unix examples:

    1> pwd().
     "/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    -"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
    +4> filename:absname("/").
    +"/"

    Windows examples:

    1> pwd().
     "D:/usr/local"
    -2> filename:absname("foo").
    +2> filename:absname("foo").
     "D:/usr/local/foo"
    -3> filename:absname("../x").
    +3> filename:absname("../x").
     "D:/usr/local/../x"
    -4> filename:absname("/").
    +4> filename:absname("/").
     "D:/"
    @@ -558,58 +558,58 @@ Opts the function will default to the native option, that is 'linux', 'darwin' or 'windows', as understood by os:type/0. Anything not recognized as 'darwin' or 'windows' is interpreted as 'linux'.

    The options 'author' and 'version' are only used with 'windows' option -mode.

    • user_cache

      The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

      On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
      -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

      On Darwin:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      -"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

      On Windows:

      1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
      +mode.

      • user_cache

        The path location is intended for transient data files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Caches/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Cache"
        -3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
        +3> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/Cache"
        -4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
        +4> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{version=>"1.2"}).
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/1.2/Cache"
        -5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
        +5> filename:basedir(user_cache, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Cache"
      • user_config

        The path location is intended for persistent configuration files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.config/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        2> filename:basedir(user_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        1> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/My App"
        -2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
        +2> filename:basedir(user_config, "My App", #{author=>"Erlang", version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Roaming/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_data

        The path location is intended for persistent data files.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_HOME.

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.local/my_application"

        On Darwin:

        3> filename:basedir(user_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Application Support/my_application"

        On Windows:

        8> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App"
        -9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
        +9> filename:basedir(user_data, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2"
      • user_log

        The path location is intended for transient log files on a local machine.

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CACHE_HOME.

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +"/home/otptest/.cache/my_application/log"

        On Darwin:

        4> filename:basedir(user_log, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +"/home/otptest/Library/Logs/my_application"

        On Windows:

        12> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App").
         "c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/My App/Logs"
        -13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        -"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        +13> filename:basedir(user_log, "My App",#{author=>"Erlang",version=>"1.2"}).
        +"c:/Users/otptest/AppData/Local/Erlang/My App/1.2/Logs"
      • site_config

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_CONFIG_DIRS.

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +6> os:getenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         "/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu:/usr/share/upstart/xdg:/etc/xdg"
        -7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
        +7> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/xdg-ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/upstart/xdg/my_application",
        - "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        -8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
        + "/etc/xdg/my_application"]
        +8> os:unsetenv("XDG_CONFIG_DIRS").
         true
        -9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        +9> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/etc/xdg/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_config, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      • site_data

        On Linux: Respects the os environment variable XDG_DATA_DIRS.

        10> os:getenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         "/usr/share/ubuntu:/usr/share/gnome:/usr/local/share/:/usr/share/"
        -11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
        +11> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        +["/usr/share/ubuntu/my_application",
          "/usr/share/gnome/my_application",
          "/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]
        -12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
        + "/usr/share/my_application"]
        +12> os:unsetenv("XDG_DATA_DIRS").
         true
        -13> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}).
        -["/usr/local/share/my_application",
        - "/usr/share/my_application"]

        On Darwin:

        5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
        -["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
      +13>
      filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>linux}). +["/usr/local/share/my_application", + "/usr/share/my_application"]

      On Darwin:

      5> filename:basedir(site_data, "my_application", #{os=>darwin}).
      +["/Library/Application Support/my_application"]
    @@ -638,12 +638,12 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename, or Filename itself if it does not -contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
    +contain any directory separators.

    Examples:

    5> filename:basename("foo").
     "foo"
    -6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
    +6> filename:basename("/usr/foo").
     "foo"
    -7> filename:basename("/").
    -[]
    +7>
    filename:basename("/"). +[]
    @@ -674,15 +674,15 @@

    Returns the last component of Filename with extension Ext stripped.

    This function is to be used to remove a (possible) specific extension. To remove an existing extension when you are unsure which one it is, use -rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
    +rootname(basename(Filename)).

    Examples:

    8> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle"
    -9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
    +9> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam", ".erl").
     "kalle.beam"
    -10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
    +10> filename:basename("~/src/kalle.old.erl", ".erl").
     "kalle.old"
    -11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
    +11> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.erl")).
     "kalle"
    -12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
    +12> filename:rootname(filename:basename("~/src/kalle.beam")).
     "kalle"
    @@ -711,10 +711,10 @@ -

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
    +

    Returns the directory part of Filename.

    Examples:

    13> filename:dirname("/usr/src/kalle.erl").
     "/usr/src"
    -14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    -"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
    +14> filename:dirname("kalle.erl").
    +"."
    5> filename:dirname("\\usr\\src/kalle.erl"). % Windows
     "/usr/src"
    @@ -744,10 +744,10 @@

    Returns the file extension of Filename, including the period. Returns an empty -string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
    +string if no extension exists.

    Examples:

    15> filename:extension("foo.erl").
     ".erl"
    -16> filename:extension("beam.src/kalle").
    -[]
    +16>
    filename:extension("beam.src/kalle"). +[]
    @@ -807,10 +807,10 @@

    Joins a list of filename Components with directory separators. If one of the elements of Components includes an absolute path, such as "/xxx", the preceding elements, if any, are removed from the result.

    The result is "normalized":

    • Redundant directory separators are removed.
    • In Windows, all directory separators are forward slashes and the drive letter -is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    +is in lower case.

    Examples:

    17> filename:join(["/usr", "local", "bin"]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/file_sorter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/file_sorter.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/file_sorter.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -90,35 +90,35 @@
     argument {value, Value}. This makes it easy to initiate the sequence of output
     functions with a value calculated by the input functions.

    As an example, consider sorting the terms on a disk log file. A function that reads chunks from the disk log and returns a list of binaries is used as input. -The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    -    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    -    Input = input(Log, start),
    -    Output = output([]),
    -    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    -    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
    +The results are collected in a list of terms.

    sort(Log) ->
    +    {ok, _} = disk_log:open([{name,Log}, {mode,read_only}]),
    +    Input = input(Log, start),
    +    Output = output([]),
    +    Reply = file_sorter:sort(Input, Output, {format,term}),
    +    ok = disk_log:close(Log),
         Reply.
     
    -input(Log, Cont) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    +input(Log, Cont) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
                 ok;
    -       (read) ->
    -            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    -                {error, Reason} ->
    -                    {error, Reason};
    -                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    -                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    -                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +       (read) ->
    +            case disk_log:chunk(Log, Cont) of
    +                {error, Reason} ->
    +                    {error, Reason};
    +                {Cont2, Terms} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
    +                {Cont2, Terms, _Badbytes} ->
    +                    {Terms, input(Log, Cont2)};
                     eof ->
                         end_of_input
                 end
         end.
     
    -output(L) ->
    -    fun(close) ->
    -            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    -       (Terms) ->
    -            output([Terms | L])
    +output(L) ->
    +    fun(close) ->
    +            lists:append(lists:reverse(L));
    +       (Terms) ->
    +            output([Terms | L])
         end.

    For more examples of functions as input and output, see the end of the file_sorter module; the term format is implemented with functions.

    The possible values of Reason returned when an error occurs are:

    • bad_object, {bad_object, FileName} - Applying the format function failed for some binary, or the key(s) could not be extracted from some term.
    • {bad_term, FileName} - io:read/2 failed to read some term.
    • {file_error, FileName, file:posix()} - For an explanation of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_event.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_event.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_event.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -1182,15 +1182,15 @@ but it may transform some values.

      Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      -  maps:map(
      -    fun(state,State) ->
      -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      -            {password, removed};
      -       (_,Value) ->
      +that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      +  maps:map(
      +    fun(state,State) ->
      +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      +            {password, removed};
      +       (_,Value) ->
                   Value
      -    end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. + end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so event handler modules need not export it. If a handler does not export this function, the gen_event module uses the handler state directly for the purposes described below.

      If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return the fact that /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_fsm.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_fsm.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_fsm.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,163 +30,163 @@ Migration to gen_statem

      Here follows a simple example of turning a gen_fsm into a gen_statem. -The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

      -module(code_lock).
      --define(NAME, code_lock).
      +The example comes from the previous User's Guide for gen_fsm

      -module(code_lock).
      +-define(NAME, code_lock).
       %-define(BEFORE_REWRITE, true).
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      --behaviour(gen_fsm).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +-behaviour(gen_fsm).
       -else.
      --behaviour(gen_statem).
      +-behaviour(gen_statem).
       -endif.
       
      --export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
      +-export([start_link/1, button/1, stop/0]).
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      --export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
      -     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +-export([init/1, locked/2, open/2, handle_sync_event/4, handle_event/3,
      +     handle_info/3, terminate/3, code_change/4]).
       -else.
      --export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
      -     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
      +-export([init/1, callback_mode/0, locked/3, open/3,
      +     terminate/3, code_change/4]).
       %% Add callback__mode/0
       %% Change arity of the state functions
       %% Remove handle_info/3
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -start_link(Code) ->
      -    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +start_link(Code) ->
      +    gen_fsm:start_link({local, ?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
       -else.
      -start_link(Code) ->
      -    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
      +start_link(Code) ->
      +    gen_statem:start_link({local,?NAME}, ?MODULE, Code, []).
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -button(Digit) ->
      -    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +button(Digit) ->
      +    gen_fsm:send_event(?NAME, {button, Digit}).
       -else.
      -button(Digit) ->
      -    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
      +button(Digit) ->
      +    gen_statem:cast(?NAME, {button,Digit}).
           %% send_event is asynchronous and becomes a cast
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -stop() ->
      -    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +stop() ->
      +    gen_fsm:sync_send_all_state_event(?NAME, stop).
       -else.
      -stop() ->
      -    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
      +stop() ->
      +    gen_statem:call(?NAME, stop).
           %% sync_send is synchronous and becomes call
           %% all_state is handled by callback code in gen_statem
       -endif.
       
      -init(Code) ->
      -    do_lock(),
      -    Data = #{code => Code, remaining => Code},
      -    {ok, locked, Data}.
      +init(Code) ->
      +    do_lock(),
      +    Data = #{code => Code, remaining => Code},
      +    {ok, locked, Data}.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
       -else.
      -callback_mode() ->
      +callback_mode() ->
           state_functions.
       %% state_functions mode is the mode most similar to
       %% gen_fsm. There is also handle_event mode which is
       %% a fairly different concept.
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
      -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      -    {StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +locked({button, Digit}, Data0) ->
      +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      +    {StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
           end.
       -else.
      -locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
      -    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      -    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      -    {StateName, Data} ->
      -        {next_state, StateName, Data}
      +locked(cast, {button,Digit}, Data0) ->
      +    case analyze_lock(Digit, Data0) of
      +    {open = StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data, 10000};
      +    {StateName, Data} ->
      +        {next_state, StateName, Data}
           end;
      -locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      -locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
      -    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
      +locked({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      +locked({info, Msg}, StateName, Data) ->
      +    handle_info(Msg, StateName, Data).
       %% Arity differs
       %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
       %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
       %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -open(timeout, State) ->
      -     do_lock(),
      -    {next_state, locked, State};
      -open({button,_}, Data) ->
      -    {next_state, locked, Data}.
      --else.
      -open(timeout, _, Data) ->
      -    do_lock(),
      -    {next_state, locked, Data};
      -open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
      -    {next_state, locked, Data};
      -open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      -    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      -open(info, Msg, Data) ->
      -    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +open(timeout, State) ->
      +     do_lock(),
      +    {next_state, locked, State};
      +open({button,_}, Data) ->
      +    {next_state, locked, Data}.
      +-else.
      +open(timeout, _, Data) ->
      +    do_lock(),
      +    {next_state, locked, Data};
      +open(cast, {button,_}, Data) ->
      +    {next_state, locked, Data};
      +open({call, From}, Msg, Data) ->
      +    handle_call(From, Msg, Data);
      +open(info, Msg, Data) ->
      +    handle_info(Msg, open, Data).
       %% Arity differs
       %% All state events are dispatched to handle_call and handle_info help
       %% functions. If you want to handle a call or cast event specifically
       %% for this state you would add a special clause for it above.
       -endif.
       
      --ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      -handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
      -    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
      +-ifdef(BEFORE_REWRITE).
      +handle_sync_event(stop, _From, _StateName, Data) ->
      +    {stop, normal, ok, Data}.
       
      -handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
      -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
      +handle_event(Event, StateName, Data) ->
      +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Event, StateName}}, Data}.
       
      -handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
      -    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
      +handle_info(Info, StateName, Data) ->
      +    {stop, {shutdown, {unexpected, Info, StateName}}, StateName, Data}.
       -else.
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_server.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_server.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_server.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
      @@ -1158,15 +1158,15 @@
       but it may transform some values.

      Two possible use cases for this callback is to remove sensitive information from the state to prevent it from being printed in log files, or to compact large irrelevant status items -that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      -  maps:map(
      -    fun(state,State) ->
      -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      -            {password, removed};
      -       (_,Value) ->
      +that would only clutter the logs.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      +  maps:map(
      +    fun(state,State) ->
      +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      +            {password, removed};
      +       (_,Value) ->
                   Value
      -    end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The + end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so callback modules need not export it. The gen_server module provides a default implementation of this function that returns the callback module state.

      If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_statem.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_statem.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/gen_statem.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ depending on callback mode Release upgrade/downgrade -(code change) +(code change) -----> Module:code_change/4

      State callback

      The state callback for a specific state in a gen_statem is the callback function that is called for all events in this state. It is selected depending on which callback mode @@ -197,97 +197,97 @@ Pushbutton Code -

      The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

      -module(pushbutton).
      --behaviour(gen_statem).
      +

      The following is the complete callback module file pushbutton.erl:

      -module(pushbutton).
      +-behaviour(gen_statem).
       
      --export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
      --export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
      --export([on/3,off/3]).
      +-export([start/0,push/0,get_count/0,stop/0]).
      +-export([terminate/3,code_change/4,init/1,callback_mode/0]).
      +-export([on/3,off/3]).
       
      -name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
      +name() -> pushbutton_statem. % The registered server name
       
       %% API.  This example uses a registered name name()
       %% and does not link to the caller.
      -start() ->
      -    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
      -push() ->
      -    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
      -get_count() ->
      -    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
      -stop() ->
      -    gen_statem:stop(name()).
      +start() ->
      +    gen_statem:start({local,name()}, ?MODULE, [], []).
      +push() ->
      +    gen_statem:call(name(), push).
      +get_count() ->
      +    gen_statem:call(name(), get_count).
      +stop() ->
      +    gen_statem:stop(name()).
       
       %% Mandatory callback functions
      -terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
      +terminate(_Reason, _State, _Data) ->
           void.
      -code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
      -    {ok,State,Data}.
      -init([]) ->
      +code_change(_Vsn, State, Data, _Extra) ->
      +    {ok,State,Data}.
      +init([]) ->
           %% Set the initial state + data.  Data is used only as a counter.
           State = off, Data = 0,
      -    {ok,State,Data}.
      -callback_mode() -> state_functions.
      +    {ok,State,Data}.
      +callback_mode() -> state_functions.
       
       %%% state callback(s)
       
      -off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
      +off({call,From}, push, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
           %% that the resulting status is 'on'
      -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      -off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
      +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      +off(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
       
      -on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
      +on({call,From}, push, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
      -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
      -on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      -    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
      +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
      +on(EventType, EventContent, Data) ->
      +    handle_event(EventType, EventContent, Data).
       
       %% Handle events common to all states
      -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
      +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, Data) ->
           %% Reply with the current count
      -    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      -handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
      +    {keep_state,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      +handle_event(_, _, Data) ->
           %% Ignore all other events
      -    {keep_state,Data}.

      The following is a shell session when running it:

      1> pushbutton:start().
      -{ok,<0.36.0>}
      -2> pushbutton:get_count().
      +    {keep_state,Data}.

      The following is a shell session when running it:

      1> pushbutton:start().
      +{ok,<0.36.0>}
      +2> pushbutton:get_count().
       0
      -3> pushbutton:push().
      +3> pushbutton:push().
       on
      -4> pushbutton:get_count().
      +4> pushbutton:get_count().
       1
      -5> pushbutton:push().
      +5> pushbutton:push().
       off
      -6> pushbutton:get_count().
      +6> pushbutton:get_count().
       1
      -7> pushbutton:stop().
      +7> pushbutton:stop().
       ok
      -8> pushbutton:push().
      +8> pushbutton:push().
       ** exception exit: {noproc,{gen_statem,call,[pushbutton_statem,push,infinity]}}
            in function  gen:do_for_proc/2 (gen.erl, line 261)
            in call from gen_statem:call/3 (gen_statem.erl, line 386)

      To compare styles, here follows the same example using callback mode handle_event_function, or rather, the code to replace after function init/1 -of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

      callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
      +of the pushbutton.erl example file above:

      callback_mode() -> handle_event_function.
       
       %%% state callback(s)
       
      -handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
      +handle_event({call,From}, push, off, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'on', increment count and reply
           %% that the resulting status is 'on'
      -    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      -handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
      +    {next_state,on,Data+1,[{reply,From,on}]};
      +handle_event({call,From}, push, on, Data) ->
           %% Go to 'off' and reply that the resulting status is 'off'
      -    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
      +    {next_state,off,Data,[{reply,From,off}]};
       %%
       %% Event handling common to all states
      -handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
      +handle_event({call,From}, get_count, State, Data) ->
           %% Reply with the current count
      -    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      -handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
      +    {next_state,State,Data,[{reply,From,Data}]};
      +handle_event(_, _, State, Data) ->
           %% Ignore all other events
      -    {next_state,State,Data}.

      Note

      + {next_state,State,Data}.

      Note

      @@ -3056,15 +3056,15 @@ containing the same keys as the input map, but it may transform some values.

      One use case for this function is to return compact alternative state representations to avoid having large state terms printed in log files. -Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      -  maps:map(
      -    fun(state,State) ->
      -            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      -       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      -            {password, removed};
      -       (_,Value) ->
      +Another is to hide sensitive data from being written to the error log.

      Example:

      format_status(Status) ->
      +  maps:map(
      +    fun(state,State) ->
      +            maps:remove(private_key, State);
      +       (message,{password, _Pass}) ->
      +            {password, removed};
      +       (_,Value) ->
                   Value
      -    end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need + end, Status).

      Note

      This callback is optional, so a callback module does not need to export it. The gen_statem module provides a default implementation of this function that returns {State, Data}.

      If this callback is exported but fails, to hide possibly sensitive data, the default function will instead return {State, Info}, @@ -3238,8 +3238,8 @@ to initialize the implementation state and server data.

      Args is the Args argument provided to that start function.

      Note

      Note that if the gen_statem is started through proc_lib and enter_loop/4,5,6, this callback will never be called. Since this callback is not optional -it can in that case be implemented as:

      -spec init(_) -> no_return().
      -init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).
      +it can in that case be implemented as:

      -spec init(_) -> no_return().
      +init(Args) -> erlang:error(not_implemented, [Args]).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_lib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_lib.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_lib.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -911,8 +911,8 @@ input is needed to complete the original format string. RestFormat is the remaining format string, Nchars is the number of characters scanned, and InputStack is the reversed list of inputs matched up to that point.

  • {error, What} - The read operation failed and parameter What gives a -hint about the error.

  • Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    -{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    +hint about the error.

    Example:

    3> io_lib:fread("~f~f~f", "15.6 17.3e-6 24.5").
    +{ok,[15.6,1.73e-5,24.5],[]}
    @@ -1417,11 +1417,11 @@ "...".

    Depth defaults to -1, which means no limitation. Option CharsLimit puts a soft limit on the number of characters returned. When the number of characters is reached, remaining structures are replaced by "...". CharsLimit defaults to -1, -which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
    +which means no limit on the number of characters returned.

    Example:

    1> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9})).
     "{1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}"
    -2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
    +2> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({1,[2],[3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, 5)).
     "{1,[2],[3],[...],...}"
    -3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
    +3> lists:flatten(io_lib:write({[1,2,3],[4,5],6,7,8,9}, [{chars_limit,20}])).
     "{[1,2|...],[4|...],...}"
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_protocol.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_protocol.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io_protocol.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ Protocol Basics

    As described in Robert's paper, I/O servers and clients communicate using -io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    -{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server +io_request/io_reply tuples as follows:

    {io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request}
    +{io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}

    The client sends an io_request tuple to the I/O server and the server eventually sends a corresponding io_reply tuple.

    • From is the pid/0 of the client, the process which the I/O server sends the I/O reply to.

    • ReplyAs can be any datum and is returned in the corresponding io_reply. The io module monitors the I/O server and uses the monitor reference as @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ Output Requests -

      To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

      {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
      -{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
      • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case +

        To output characters on an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

        {put_chars, Encoding, Characters}
        +{put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}
        • Encoding is unicode or latin1, meaning that the characters are (in case of binaries) encoded as UTF-8 or ISO Latin-1 (pure bytes). A well-behaved I/O server is also to return an error indication if list elements contain integers > 255 when Encoding is set to latin1.

          Notice that this does not in any way tell how characters are to be put on the @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Input Requests -

          To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

          {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
          • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is +

            To read characters from an I/O device, the following Requests exist:

            {get_until, Encoding, Prompt, Module, Function, ExtraArgs}
            • Encoding denotes how data is to be sent back to the client and what data is sent to the function denoted by Module/Function/ExtraArgs. If the function supplied returns data as a list, the data is converted to this encoding. If the function supplied returns data in some other format, no @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ nothing being written to the I/O device).

            • Module, Function, and ExtraArgs denote a function and arguments to determine when enough data is written. The function is to take two more arguments, the last state, and a list of characters. The function is to return -one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              -{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can +one of:

              {done, Result, RestChars}
              +{more, Continuation}

              Result can be any Erlang term, but if it is a list/0, the I/O server can convert it to a binary/0 of appropriate format before returning it to the client, if the I/O server is set in binary mode (see below).

              The function is called with the data the I/O server finds on its I/O device, returning one of:

              • {done, Result, RestChars} when enough data is read. In this case Result @@ -113,28 +113,28 @@ characters are available. When no more characters are available, the function must return {done, eof, Rest}. The initial state is the empty list. The data when an end of file is reached on the IO device is the atom eof.

                An emulation of the get_line request can be (inefficiently) implemented -using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                --export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                +using the following functions:

                -module(demo).
                +-export([until_newline/3, get_line/1]).
                 
                -until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                -    {done,eof,[]};
                -until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                +until_newline(_ThisFar,eof,_MyStopCharacter) ->
                +    {done,eof,[]};
                +until_newline(ThisFar,CharList,MyStopCharacter) ->
                     case
                -        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                +        lists:splitwith(fun(X) -> X =/= MyStopCharacter end,  CharList)
                     of
                -  {L,[]} ->
                -            {more,ThisFar++L};
                -  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                -      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                +  {L,[]} ->
                +            {more,ThisFar++L};
                +  {L2,[MyStopCharacter|Rest]} ->
                +      {done,ThisFar++L2++[MyStopCharacter],Rest}
                     end.
                 
                -get_line(IoServer) ->
                -    IoServer ! {io_request,
                -                self(),
                +get_line(IoServer) ->
                +    IoServer ! {io_request,
                +                self(),
                                 IoServer,
                -                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                +                {get_until, unicode, '', ?MODULE, until_newline, [$\n]}},
                     receive
                -        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                +        {io_reply, IoServer, Data} ->
                       Data
                     end.

                Notice that the last element in the Request tuple ([$\n]) is appended to the argument list when the function is called. The function is to be called @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ must be able to handle binary data. For convenience, the modes of an I/O server can be set and retrieved using the following I/O requests:

                {setopts, Opts}
                • Opts is a list of options in the format recognized by the proplists module (and by the I/O server).

                As an example, the I/O server for the interactive shell (in group.erl) -understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                -{echo, boolean()}
                -{expand_fun, fun()}
                -{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while +understands the following options:

                {binary, boolean()} (or binary/list)
                +{echo, boolean()}
                +{expand_fun, fun()}
                +{encoding, unicode/latin1} (or unicode/latin1)

                Options binary and encoding are common for all I/O servers in OTP, while echo and expand are valid only for this I/O server. Option unicode notifies how characters are put on the physical I/O device, that is, if the terminal itself is Unicode-aware. It does not affect how characters are sent in @@ -198,9 +198,9 @@ continue until one of the requests results in an error or the list is consumed. The result of the last request is sent back to the client.

              The I/O server can, for a list of requests, send any of the following valid results in the reply, depending on the requests in the list:

              ok
              -{ok, Data}
              -{ok, Options}
              -{error, Error}

              +{ok, Data} +{ok, Options} +{error, Error}

    @@ -230,128 +230,128 @@ process handling incoming requests, usually both I/O-requests and other I/O device-specific requests (positioning, closing, and so on).

    The example I/O server stores characters in an ETS table, making up a fairly crude RAM file.

    The module begins with the usual directives, a function to start the I/O server -and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
    +and a main loop handling the requests:

    -module(ets_io_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
    +-export([start_link/0, init/0, loop/1, until_newline/3, until_enough/3]).
     
    --define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
    +-define(CHARS_PER_REC, 10).
     
    --record(state, {
    +-record(state, {
     	  table,
     	  position, % absolute
     	  mode % binary | list
    -	 }).
    +	 }).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    spawn_link(?MODULE,init,[]).
     
    -init() ->
    -    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    -    ?MODULE:loop(#state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
    +init() ->
    +    Table = ets:new(noname,[ordered_set]),
    +    ?MODULE:loop(#state{table = Table, position = 0, mode=list}).
     
    -loop(State) ->
    +loop(State) ->
         receive
    -	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    -	    case request(Request,State) of
    -		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    -		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    -		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    -		    exit(Reply)
    +	{io_request, From, ReplyAs, Request} ->
    +	    case request(Request,State) of
    +		{Tag, Reply, NewState} when Tag =:= ok; Tag =:= error ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    ?MODULE:loop(NewState);
    +		{stop, Reply, _NewState} ->
    +		    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply),
    +		    exit(Reply)
     	    end;
     	%% Private message
    -	{From, rewind} ->
    -	    From ! {self(), ok},
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
    +	{From, rewind} ->
    +	    From ! {self(), ok},
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State#state{position = 0});
     	_Unknown ->
    -	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
    +	    ?MODULE:loop(State)
         end.

    The main loop receives messages from the client (which can use the the io module to send requests). For each request, the function request/2 is called and a reply is eventually sent using function reply/3.

    The "private" message {From, rewind} results in the current position in the pseudo-file to be reset to 0 (the beginning of the "file"). This is a typical example of I/O device-specific messages not being part of the I/O protocol. It is usually a bad idea to embed such private messages in io_request tuples, as -that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    -    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs +that can confuse the reader.

    First, we examine the reply function:

    reply(From, ReplyAs, Reply) ->
    +    From ! {io_reply, ReplyAs, Reply}.

    It sends the io_reply tuple back to the client, providing element ReplyAs received in the request along with the result of the request, as described -earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    -    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    -request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
    +earlier.

    We need to handle some requests. First the requests for writing characters:

    request({put_chars, Encoding, Chars}, State) ->
    +    put_chars(unicode:characters_to_list(Chars,Encoding),State);
    +request({put_chars, Encoding, Module, Function, Args}, State) ->
         try
    -	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
    +	request({put_chars, Encoding, apply(Module, Function, Args)}, State)
         catch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/io.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
       Error Information
     

    The ErrorInfo mentioned in this module is the standard ErrorInfo structure -that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    +that is returned from all I/O modules. It has the following format:

    {ErrorLocation, Module, ErrorDescriptor}

    A string that describes the error is obtained with the following call:

    Module:format_error(ErrorDescriptor)
    @@ -1073,12 +1073,12 @@ no IoDevice argument is specified in the function calls in this module.

    It is sometimes desirable to use an explicit IoDevice argument that refers to the default I/O device. This is the case with functions that can access either a file or the default I/O device. The atom standard_io has this -special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
    +special meaning. The following example illustrates this:

    27> io:read('enter>').
     enter>foo.
    -{ok,foo}
    -28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
    +{ok,foo}
    +28> io:read(standard_io, 'enter>').
     enter>bar.
    -{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user +{ok,bar}

    By default all I/O sent to standard_io will end up in the user I/O device of the node that spawned the calling process.

    standard_io is an alias for group_leader/0, so in order to change where the default input/output requests are sent you can change the group leader of the current process using @@ -1348,33 +1348,33 @@ whitespace characters are stripped. An Erlang string (list of characters) is returned.

    If Unicode translation is in effect (~ts), characters > 255 are accepted, otherwise not. With the translation modifier, the returned list can as a -consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
    +consequence also contain integers > 255:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~s").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~ts").
     Prompt> <Characters beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}
  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an +{ok,[[1091,1085,1080,1094,1086,1076,1077]]}

  • a - Similar to s, but the resulting string is converted into an atom.

  • c - The number of characters equal to the field width are read (default is 1) and returned as an Erlang string. However, leading and trailing whitespace characters are not omitted as they are with s. All -characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
    +characters are returned.

    The Unicode translation modifier works as with s:

    1> io:fread("Prompt> ","~c").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{error,{fread,string}}
    -2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
    +{error,{fread,string}}
    +2> io:fread("Prompt> ","~tc").
     Prompt> <Character beyond latin1 range not printable in this medium>
    -{ok,[[1091]]}
  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that +{ok,[[1091]]}

  • l - Returns the number of characters that have been scanned up to that point, including whitespace characters.

  • The function returns:
    • {ok, Terms} - The read was successful and Terms is the list of successfully matched and read items.

    • eof - End of file was encountered.

    • {error, FreadError} - The reading failed and FreadError gives a hint about the error.

    • {error, ErrorDescription} - The read operation failed and parameter -ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
    +ErrorDescription gives a hint about the error.

    Examples:

    20> io:fread('enter>', "~f~f~f").
     enter>1.9 35.5e3 15.0
    -{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    -21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
    +{ok,[1.9,3.55e4,15.0]}
    +21> io:fread('enter>', "~10f~d").
     enter>     5.67899
    -{ok,[5.678,99]}
    -22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
    +{ok,[5.678,99]}
    +22> io:fread('enter>', ":~10s:~10c:").
     enter>:   alan   :   joe    :
    -{ok, ["alan", "   joe    "]}
    +
    {ok, ["alan", " joe "]}
    @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ the output device, and control sequences for formatting, see below. If Format is an atom or a binary, it is first converted to a list with the aid of atom_to_list/1 or -binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
    +binary_to_list/1. Example:

    1> io:fwrite("Hello world!~n", []).
     Hello world!
     ok

    The general format of a control sequence is ~F.P.PadModC.

    The character C determines the type of control sequence to be used. It is the only required field. All of F, P, Pad, and Mod are optional. For @@ -1481,25 +1481,25 @@ padding character is ' ' (space).

  • Mod is the control sequence modifier. This is one or more characters that change the interpretation of Data.

    The current modifiers are:

    • t - For Unicode translation.

    • l - For stopping p and P from detecting printable characters.

    • k - For use with p, P, w, and W to format maps in map-key ordered order (see maps:iterator_order/0).

    • K - Similar to k, for formatting maps in map-key order, but takes an -extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      -#{a => 1,b => 2}
      -> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      -#{b => 2,a => 1}
      +extra argument that specifies the maps:iterator_order/0.

      For example:

      > M = #{ a => 1, b => 2 }.
      +#{a => 1,b => 2}
      +> io:format("~Kp~n", [reversed, M]).
      +#{b => 2,a => 1}
       ok
  • If F, P, or Pad is a * character, the next argument in Data is used as -the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
    +the value. For example:

    1> io:fwrite("~*.*.0f~n",[9, 5, 3.14159265]).
     003.14159
    -ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
    +ok

    To use a literal * character as Pad, it must be passed as an argument:

    2> io:fwrite("~*.*.*f~n",[9, 5, $*, 3.14159265]).
     **3.14159
     ok

    Available control sequences:

    • ~ - Character ~ is written.

    • c - The argument is a number that is interpreted as an ASCII code. The precision is the number of times the character is printed and defaults to the -field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
      +field width, which in turn defaults to 1. Example:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10.5c|~-10.5c|~5c|~n", [$a, $b, $c]).
       |     aaaaa|bbbbb     |ccccc|
       ok

      If the Unicode translation modifier (t) is in effect, the integer argument can be any number representing a valid Unicode codepoint, otherwise it is to -be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      -\x{400}
      +be an integer less than or equal to 255, otherwise it is masked with 16#FF:

      2> io:fwrite("~tc~n",[1024]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
      +3> io:fwrite("~c~n",[1024]).
       ^@
       ok
    • f - The argument is a float that is written as [-]ddd.ddd, where the precision is the number of digits after the decimal point. The default @@ -1517,18 +1517,18 @@ binaries are in UTF-8. The characters are printed without quotes. The string is first truncated by the specified precision and then padded and justified to the specified field width. The default precision is the field width.

      This format can be used for printing any object and truncating the output so -it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
      +it fits a specified field:

      1> io:fwrite("|~10w|~n", [{hey, hey, hey}]).
       |**********|
       ok
      -2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey,h|
      -3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      -|{hey,hey  |
      +2> io:fwrite("|~10s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey,h|
      +3> io:fwrite("|~-10.8s|~n", [io_lib:write({hey, hey, hey})]).
      +|{hey,hey  |
       ok

      A list with integers > 255 is considered an error if the Unicode translation -modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      -\x{400}
      +modifier is not specified:

      4> io:fwrite("~ts~n",[[1024]]).
      +\x{400}
       ok
      -5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
      +5> io:fwrite("~s~n",[[1024]]).
       ** exception error: bad argument
            in function  io:format/3
               called as io:format(<0.53.0>,"~s~n",[[1024]])
    • w - Writes data with the standard syntax. This is used to output Erlang @@ -1539,122 +1539,122 @@ breaks terms whose printed representation is longer than one line into many lines and indents each line sensibly. Left-justification is not supported. It also tries to detect flat lists of printable characters and output these as -strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      -{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
      +strings. For example:

      1> T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.50000},{mode,explicit},
      +{typename,"INTEGER"}], [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      +{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode,implicit}].
       ...
      -2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      -[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      -me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      -,implicit}]
      +2> io:fwrite("~w~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},{mode,explicit},{typename,
      +[73,78,84,69,71,69,82]}],[{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typena
      +me,'Cho'}]]},{typename,'Person'},{tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},{mode
      +,implicit}]
       ok
      -3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      -[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -               {mode,explicit},
      -               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      - {typename,'Person'},
      - {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      - {mode,implicit}]
      +3> io:fwrite("~62p~n", [T]).
      +[{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      +               {mode,explicit},
      +               {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      +              [{id,cho},{mode,explicit},{typename,'Cho'}]]},
      + {typename,'Person'},
      + {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      + {mode,implicit}]
       ok

      The field width specifies the maximum line length. It defaults to 80. The precision specifies the initial indentation of the term. It defaults to the number of characters printed on this line in the same call to write/1 or -format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      -Here T = [{attributes,[[{id,age,1.5},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,"INTEGER"}],
      -                       [{id,cho},
      -                        {mode,explicit},
      -                        {typename,'Cho'}]]},
      -          {typename,'Person'},
      -          {tag,{'PRIVATE',3}},
      -          {mode,implicit}]
      +format/1,2,3. For example, using T above:

      4> io:fwrite("Here T = ~62p~n", [T]).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/json.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/json.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/json.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
      @@ -890,8 +890,8 @@
         
         Example
       
      -
      > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
      -#{<<"foo">> => 1}
      +
      > json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>).
      +#{<<"foo">> => 1}
    @@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ Example -

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    -> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    +

    Decoding object keys as atoms:

    > Push = fun(Key, Value, Acc) -> [{binary_to_existing_atom(Key), Value} | Acc] end.
    +> json:decode(<<"{\"foo\": 1}">>, ok, #{object_push => Push}).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    @@ -978,11 +978,11 @@

    Continue parsing a stream of bytes of a JSON value.

    Similar to decode_start/3, if the function returns {continue, State} and -there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    -{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    -> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    -{123,ok,<<>>}
    +there is no more data, use end_of_input instead of a binary.

    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"{\"foo\":">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(<<"1}">>, State).
    +{#{foo => 1},ok,<<>>}
    > {continue, State} = json:decode_start(<<"123">>, ok, #{}).
    +> json:decode_continue(end_of_input, State).
    +{123,ok,<<>>}
    @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ Examples -
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
    +
    > iolist_to_binary(json:encode(#{foo => <<"bar">>})).
     <<"{\"foo\":\"bar\"}">>
    @@ -1094,10 +1094,10 @@ Examples

    An encoder that uses a heuristic to differentiate object-like -lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    -> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    -> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    -> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
    +lists of key-value pairs from plain lists:

    > encoder([{_, _} | _] = Value, Encode) -> json:encode_key_value_list(Value, Encode);
    +> encoder(Other, Encode) -> json:encode_value(Other, Encode).
    +> custom_encode(Value) -> json:encode(Value, fun(Value, Encode) -> encoder(Value, Encode) end).
    +> iolist_to_binary(custom_encode([{a, []}, {b, 1}])).
     <<"{\"a\":[],\"b\":1}">>
    @@ -1489,11 +1489,11 @@ -

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    -{
    +

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similiar to encode/1 but with added whitespaces for formatting.

    > io:put_chars(json:format(#{foo => <<"bar">>, baz => 52})).
    +{
       "baz": 52,
       "foo": "bar"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    @@ -1558,20 +1558,20 @@

    Generates formatted JSON corresponding to Term.

    Similar to encode/2, can be customised with the Encoder callback and Options.

    Options can include 'indent' to specify number of spaces per level and 'max' which loosely limits the width of lists.

    The Encoder will get a 'State' argument which contains the 'Options' maps merged with other data when recursing through 'Term'.

    format_value/3 or various encode_* functions in this module can be used -to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    -    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    -    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    -> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
    +to help in constructing such callbacks.

    > formatter({posix_time, SysTimeSecs}, Encode, State) ->
    +    TimeStr = calendar:system_time_to_rfc3339(SysTimeSecs, [{offset, "Z"}]),
    +    json:format_value(unicode:characters_to_binary(TimeStr), Encode, State);
    +> formatter(Other, Encode, State) -> json:format_value(Other, Encode, State).
     >
    -> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    -> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    -> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
    +> Fun = fun(Value, Encode, State) -> formatter(Value, Encode, State) end.
    +> Options = #{indent => 4}.
    +> Term = #{id => 1, time => {posix_time, erlang:system_time(seconds)}}.
     >
    -> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    -{
    +> io:put_chars(json:format(Term, Fun, Options)).
    +{
         "id": 1,
         "time": "2024-05-23T16:07:48Z"
    -}
    +}
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/lists.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/lists.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/lists.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -1051,8 +1051,8 @@ -

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    -[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    +

    Returns a list in which all the sublists of ListOfLists have been appended.

    Example:

    > lists:append([[1, 2, 3], [a, b], [4, 5, 6]]).
    +[1,2,3,a,b,4,5,6]
    @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@

    Returns a new list List3, which is made from the elements of List1 followed -by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
    +by the elements of List2.

    Example:

    > lists:append("abc", "def").
     "abcdef"

    lists:append(A, B) is equivalent to A ++ B.

    @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@

    Concatenates the text representation of the elements of Things. The elements -of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
    +of Things can be atoms, integers, floats, or strings.

    Example:

    > lists:concat([doc, '/', file, '.', 3]).
     "doc/file.3"
    @@ -1231,8 +1231,8 @@ -

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    -[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    +

    Returns a list containing N copies of term Elem.

    Example:

    > lists:duplicate(5, xx).
    +[xx,xx,xx,xx,xx]
    @@ -1333,12 +1333,12 @@

    Returns List1 with each element H replaced by a tuple of form {I, H} where I is the position of H in List1. The enumeration starts with Index and increases by Step in each step.

    That is, enumerate/3 behaves as if it had been defined as -follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    -  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    -  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    -[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    -[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    -[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    +follows:

    enumerate(I, S, List) ->
    +  {List1, _ } = lists:mapfoldl(fun(T, Acc) -> {{Acc, T}, Acc+S} end, I, List),
    +  List1.

    The default values for Index and Step are both 1.

    Examples:

    > lists:enumerate([a,b,c]).
    +[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(10, [a,b,c]).
    +[{10,a},{11,b},{12,c}]
    > lists:enumerate(0, -2, [a,b,c]).
    +[{0,a},{-2,b},{-4,c}]
    @@ -1407,15 +1407,15 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem) on successive elements Elem of List1 in order to update or remove elements from List1.

    Fun/1 must return either a Boolean or a tuple {true, Value}. The function returns the list of elements for which Fun returns a new value, where a value -of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    -                       case Fun(Elem) of
    +of true is synonymous with {true, Elem}.

    That is, filtermap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    filtermap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    lists:foldr(fun(Elem, Acc) ->
    +                       case Fun(Elem) of
                                false -> Acc;
    -                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    -                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
    +                           true -> [Elem|Acc];
    +                           {true,Value} -> [Value|Acc]
                            end
    -                end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -[1,2]
    +
    end, [], List1).

    Example:

    > lists:filtermap(fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> {true, X div 2}; _ -> false end end, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@

    Takes a function from As to lists of Bs, and a list of As (List1) and produces a list of Bs by applying the function to every element in List1 and -appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    -    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    +appending the resulting lists.

    That is, flatmap behaves as if it had been defined as follows:

    flatmap(Fun, List1) ->
    +    append(map(Fun, List1)).

    Example:

    > lists:flatmap(fun(X)->[X,X] end, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,a,b,b,c,c]
    @@ -1572,9 +1572,9 @@

    Calls Fun(Elem, AccIn) on successive elements A of List, starting with AccIn == Acc0. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is -returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    > lists:foldl(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     15
    -> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +> lists:foldl(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, [1,2,3,4,5]).
     120
    @@ -1611,11 +1611,11 @@ -

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
    +

    Like foldl/3, but the list is traversed from right to left.

    Example:

    > P = fun(A, AccIn) -> io:format("~p ", [A]), AccIn end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.12.2225172>
    -> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldl(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     1 2 3 void
    -> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
    +> lists:foldr(P, void, [1,2,3]).
     3 2 1 void

    foldl/3 is tail recursive and is usually preferred to foldr/3.

    @@ -1678,12 +1678,12 @@

    Inserts Sep between each element in List1. Has no effect on the empty list -and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    -[a,x,b,x,c]
    -> lists:join(x, [a]).
    -[a]
    -> lists:join(x, []).
    -[]
    +and on a singleton list. For example:

    > lists:join(x, [a,b,c]).
    +[a,x,b,x,c]
    +> lists:join(x, [a]).
    +[a]
    +> lists:join(x, []).
    +[]
    @@ -1784,10 +1784,10 @@

    Returns a list of tuples where, for each tuple in TupleList1, the Nth element Term1 of the tuple has been replaced with the result of calling -Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
    +Fun(Term1).

    Examples:

    > Fun = fun(Atom) -> atom_to_list(Atom) end.
     #Fun<erl_eval.6.10732646>
    -2> lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]).
    -[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    +2>
    lists:keymap(Fun, 2, [{name,jane,22},{name,lizzie,20},{name,lydia,15}]). +[{name,"jane",22},{name,"lizzie",20},{name,"lydia",15}]
    @@ -2128,9 +2128,9 @@ -

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    -0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    +

    Combines the operations of map/2 and foldl/3 into one pass.

    Example:

    Summing the elements in a list and double them at the same time:

    > lists:mapfoldl(fun(X, Sum) -> {2*X, X+Sum} end,
    +0, [1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[2,4,6,8,10],15}
    @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ -

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +

    Returns the Nth element of List.

    Example:

    > lists:nth(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
     c
    @@ -2452,14 +2452,14 @@

    Returns the Nth tail of List, that is, the sublist of List starting at -N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[d,e]
    -> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    -[d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[a,b,c,d,e]
    -> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    -[]
    +N+1 and continuing up to the end of the list.

    Example

    > lists:nthtail(3, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[d,e]
    +> tl(tl(tl([a, b, c, d, e]))).
    +[d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(0, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[a,b,c,d,e]
    +> lists:nthtail(5, [a, b, c, d, e]).
    +[]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/maps.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -624,10 +624,10 @@

    Returns a map Map for which predicate Pred holds true in MapOrIter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    -  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    -#{a => 2,c => 4}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Pred is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > M = #{a => 2, b => 3, c=> 4, "a" => 1, "b" => 2, "c" => 4},
    +  Pred = fun(K,V) -> is_atom(K) andalso (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  maps:filter(Pred,M).
    +#{a => 2,c => 4}
    @@ -666,10 +666,10 @@ map. If it returns false, the association is not copied. If it returns {true, NewValue}, the value for Key is replaced with NewValue in the result map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    -  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    -#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 2.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V) when is_atom(K) -> {true, V*2}; (_,V) -> (V rem 2) =:= 0 end,
    +  Map = #{k1 => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:filtermap(Fun,Map).
    +#{k1 => 2,"k2" => 2}
    @@ -700,10 +700,10 @@

    Returns a tuple {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, -or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
    +or error if no value is associated with Key in Map.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"hi" => 42},
       Key = "hi",
    -  maps:find(Key,Map).
    -{ok,42}
    +
    maps:find(Key,Map). +{ok,42}
    @@ -744,9 +744,9 @@ which is passed to the next successive call. This function returns the final value of the accumulator. The initial accumulator value Init is returned if the map is empty.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if MapOrIter is not a map or -valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    -  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    -  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
    +valid iterator, or with badarg if Fun is not a function of arity 3.

    Example:

    > Fun = fun(K,V,AccIn) when is_list(K) -> AccIn + V end,
    +  Map = #{"k1" => 1, "k2" => 2, "k3" => 3},
    +  maps:fold(Fun,0,Map).
     6
    @@ -813,8 +813,8 @@

    Takes a list of keys and a value and builds a map where all keys point to the -same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    -#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    +same value. The key can be in any order, and keys and value can be of any term.

    Example:

    > Keys = ["a", "b", "c"], maps:from_keys(Keys, ok).
    +#{"a" => ok,"b" => ok,"c" => ok}
    @@ -846,9 +846,9 @@

    Takes a list of key-value tuples elements and builds a map. The associations can be in any order, and both keys and values in the association can be of any term.

    If the same key appears more than once, the latter (right-most) value is used -and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    -  maps:from_list(List).
    -#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    +and the previous values are ignored.

    Example:

    > List = [{"a",ignored},{1337,"value two"},{42,value_three},{"a",1}],
    +  maps:from_list(List).
    +#{42 => value_three,1337 => "value two","a" => 1}
    @@ -880,8 +880,8 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map, or with a {badkey,Key} exception if no value is associated with Key.

    Example:

    > Key = 1337,
    -  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    -  maps:get(Key,Map).
    +  Map = #{42 => value_two,1337 => "value one","a" => 1},
    +  maps:get(Key,Map).
     "value one"
    @@ -913,11 +913,11 @@

    Returns value Value associated with Key if Map contains Key. If no value -is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    -#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    -> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
    +is associated with Key, Default is returned.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{ key1 => val1, key2 => val2 }.
    +#{key1 => val1,key2 => val2}
    +> maps:get(key1, Map, "Default value").
     val1
    -> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
    +> maps:get(key3, Map, "Default value").
     "Default value"
    @@ -957,11 +957,11 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [2], odd => [1, 3]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(fun erlang:length/1, ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    +#{3 => ["ant", "cat"], 5 => ["dingo"], 7 => ["buffalo"]}
    @@ -1003,15 +1003,15 @@

    Partitions the given List into a map of groups.

    The result is a map where each key is given by KeyFun and each value is a list of elements from the given List, mapped via ValueFun, for which KeyFun returned the same key.

    The order of elements within each group list is preserved from the original -list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    -> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    -> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    -#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    -> maps:groups_from_list(
    +list.

    Examples:

    > EvenOdd = fun(X) -> case X rem 2 of 0 -> even; 1 -> odd end end,
    +> Square = fun(X) -> X * X end,
    +> maps:groups_from_list(EvenOdd, Square, [1, 2, 3]).
    +#{even => [4], odd => [1, 9]}
    +> maps:groups_from_list(
         fun erlang:length/1,
         fun lists:reverse/1,
    -    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]).
    -#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    +
    ["ant", "buffalo", "cat", "dingo"]). +#{3 => ["tna", "tac"],5 => ["ognid"],7 => ["olaffub"]}
    @@ -1043,10 +1043,10 @@

    Intersects two maps into a single map Map3. If a key exists in both maps, the -value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    -#{a => 1}
    +value in Map1 is superseded by the value in Map2.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect(Map1,Map2).
    +#{a => 1}
    @@ -1086,10 +1086,10 @@ the value from Map1 is the second parameter, and the value from Map2 is the third parameter.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map1 or Map2 is not a map. The call fails with a badarg exception if Combiner is not a fun that takes -three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    -  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    -  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    -#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    +three arguments.

    Example:

    > Map1 = #{a => "value_one", b => "value_two"},
    +  Map2 = #{a => 1, c => 2},
    +  maps:intersect_with(fun(_Key, Value1, Value2) -> {Value1, Value2} end, Map1, Map2).
    +#{a => {"value_one",1}}
    @@ -1120,11 +1120,11 @@

    Returns true if map Map contains Key and returns false if it does not -contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    -#{"42" => value}
    -> maps:is_key("42",Map).
    +contain the Key.

    The call fails with a {badmap,Map} exception if Map is not a map.

    Example:

    > Map = #{"42" => value}.
    +#{"42" => value}
    +> maps:is_key("42",Map).
     true
    -> maps:is_key(value,Map).
    +> maps:is_key(value,Map).
     false
    @@ -1157,15 +1157,15 @@

    Returns a map iterator Iterator that can be used by maps:next/1 to traverse the key-value associations in a map. When iterating over a map, the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ms_transform.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ms_transform.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/ms_transform.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -49,31 +49,31 @@ table and construct a list of tuples containing relevant parts of the data in these rows. One can use ets:foldl/3 instead, but the ets:select/2 call is far more efficient. Without the translation provided by ms_transform, one must -struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
    +struggle with writing match specifications terms to accommodate this.

    Consider a simple table of employees:

    -record(emp, {empno,     %Employee number as a string, the key
                   surname,   %Surname of the employee
                   givenname, %Given name of employee
                   dept,      %Department, one of {dev,sales,prod,adm}
    -              empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    - {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    - {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    - {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    - {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    - {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    - {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    - {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    - {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, -there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    -[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still + empyear}). %Year the employee was employed

    We create the table using:

    ets:new(emp_tab, [{keypos,#emp.empno},named_table,ordered_set]).

    We fill the table with randomly chosen data:

    [{emp,"011103","Black","Alfred",sales,2000},
    + {emp,"041231","Doe","John",prod,2001},
    + {emp,"052341","Smith","John",dev,1997},
    + {emp,"076324","Smith","Ella",sales,1995},
    + {emp,"122334","Weston","Anna",prod,2002},
    + {emp,"535216","Chalker","Samuel",adm,1998},
    + {emp,"789789","Harrysson","Joe",adm,1996},
    + {emp,"963721","Scott","Juliana",dev,2003},
    + {emp,"989891","Brown","Gabriel",prod,1999}]

    Assuming that we want the employee numbers of everyone in the sales department, +there are several ways.

    ets:match/2 can be used:

    1> ets:match(emp_tab, {'_', '$1', '_', '_', sales, '_'}).
    +[["011103"],["076324"]]

    ets:match/2 uses a simpler type of match specification, but it is still unreadable, and one has little control over the returned result. It is always a -list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    -             (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +list of lists.

    ets:foldl/3 or ets:foldr/3 can be used to avoid the nested lists:

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales},Acc) -> [E | Acc];
    +             (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["011103","076324"]. The fun is straightforward, so the only problem is that all the data from the table must be transferred from the table to the calling process for filtering. That is inefficient compared to the ets:match/2 call where the filtering can be done "inside" the emulator and -only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to +only the result is transferred to the process.

    Consider a "pure" ets:select/2 call that does what ets:foldr does:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'},[],['$1']}]).

    Although the record syntax is used, it is still hard to read and even harder to write. The first element of the tuple, #emp{empno = '$1', dept = sales, _='_'}, tells what to match. Elements not matching this are not returned, as in the ets:match/2 example. The second @@ -84,12 +84,12 @@ hence the employee number is returned. The result is ["011103","076324"], as in the ets:foldr/3 example, but the result is retrieved much more efficiently in terms of execution speed and memory consumption.

    Using ets:fun2ms/1, we can combine the ease of use of the ets:foldr/3 and -the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the efficiency of the pure ets:select/2 example:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, dept = sales}) ->
                                   E
    -                      end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to + end)).

    This example requires no special knowledge of match specifications to understand. The head of the fun matches what you want to filter out and the body returns what you want returned. As long as the fun can be kept within the limits of the match specifications, there is no need to transfer all table data to the @@ -111,22 +111,22 @@

    Assume that we want to get all the employee numbers of employees hired before year 2000. Using ets:match/2 is not an alternative here, as relational operators cannot be expressed there. Once again, ets:foldr/3 can do it -(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    -                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
    +(slowly, but correct):

    ets:foldr(fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y},Acc) when Y < 2000 -> [E | Acc];
    +                  (_,Acc) -> Acc
               end,
    -          [],
    -          emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The + [], + emp_tab).

    The result is ["052341","076324","535216","789789","989891"], as expected. The equivalent expression using a handwritten match specification would look like -this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    -                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    -                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and +this:

    ets:select(emp_tab, [{#emp{empno = '$1', empyear = '$2', _='_'},
    +                     [{'<', '$2', 2000}],
    +                     ['$1']}]).

    This gives the same result. [{'<', '$2', 2000}] is in the guard part and therefore discards anything that does not have an empyear (bound to '$2' in -the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
    +the head) less than 2000, as the guard in the foldr/3 example.

    We write it using ets:fun2ms/1:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
     
    -ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
    +ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 2000 ->
                                E
    -                      end)).

    + end)).

    @@ -134,11 +134,11 @@

    Assume that we want the whole object matching instead of only one element. One alternative is to assign a variable to every part of the record and build it up -once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
    +once again in the body of the fun, but the following is easier:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(Obj = #emp{empno = E, empyear = Y})
                              when Y < 2000 ->
                                   Obj
    -                      end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched + end)).

    As in ordinary Erlang matching, you can bind a variable to the whole matched object using a "match inside the match", that is, a =. Unfortunately in funs translated to match specifications, it is allowed only at the "top-level", that is, matching the whole object arriving to be matched into a separate variable. @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@

    This example concerns the body of the fun. Assume that all employee numbers beginning with zero (0) must be changed to begin with one (1) instead, and -that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    -                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    -                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, +that we want to create the list [{<Old empno>,<New empno>}]:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = [$0 | Rest] }) ->
    +                              {[$0|Rest],[$1|Rest]}
    +                      end)).

    This query hits the feature of partially bound keys in table type ordered_set, so that not the whole table needs to be searched, only the part containing keys beginning with 0 is looked into.

    @@ -169,24 +169,24 @@ {rookie, <employee number>}.
  • For all other employees, return {newbie, <employee number>}, except for those named Smith as they would be affronted by anything other than the tag guru and that is also what is returned for their numbers: -{guru, <employee number>}.
  • This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    -                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    -                              {guru,E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    -                              {inventory, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    -                              {newbie, E};
    -                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    -                              {rookie, E}
    -                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    - {rookie,"041231"},
    - {guru,"052341"},
    - {guru,"076324"},
    - {newbie,"122334"},
    - {rookie,"535216"},
    - {inventory,"789789"},
    - {newbie,"963721"},
    - {rookie,"989891"}]

    +{guru, <employee number>}.

    This is accomplished as follows:

    ets:select(emp_tab, ets:fun2ms(
    +                      fun(#emp{empno = E, surname = "Smith" }) ->
    +                              {guru,E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y < 1997  ->
    +                              {inventory, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) when Y > 2001  ->
    +                              {newbie, E};
    +                         (#emp{empno = E, empyear = Y}) -> % 1997 -- 2001
    +                              {rookie, E}
    +                      end)).

    The result is as follows:

    [{rookie,"011103"},
    + {rookie,"041231"},
    + {guru,"052341"},
    + {guru,"076324"},
    + {newbie,"122334"},
    + {rookie,"535216"},
    + {inventory,"789789"},
    + {newbie,"963721"},
    + {rookie,"989891"}]

    @@ -233,18 +233,18 @@ more, as filtering using Erlang code is not a good idea when tracing (except afterwards, if you trace to file). The concept is similar to that of ets:fun2ms/1 except that you usually use it directly from the shell (which can -also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
    +also be done with ets:fun2ms/1).

    The following is an example module to trace on:

    -module(toy).
     
    --export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
    +-export([start/1, store/2, retrieve/1]).
     
    -start(Args) ->
    -    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
    +start(Args) ->
    +    toy_table = ets:new(toy_table, Args).
     
    -store(Key, Value) ->
    -    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
    +store(Key, Value) ->
    +    ets:insert(toy_table, {Key,Value}).
     
    -retrieve(Key) ->
    -    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
    +retrieve(Key) ->
    +    [{Key, Value}] = ets:lookup(toy_table, Key),
         Value.

    During model testing, the first test results in {badmatch,16} in /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,25 +46,25 @@

    • Made it possible to expand help text displayed by pressing ^[h by pressing ^[h again.

      Own Id: OTP-19260 Aux Id: PR-8884

    • Defining a fun in the shell using the syntax fun Name/Arity would fail. This has been corrected so that the following now works:

      1> F = fun is_atom/1.
       #Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -> F(a).
      +> F(a).
       true
       3> Id = fun id/1.
       #Fun.erl.42.18682967>
      -4> Id(42).
      +4> Id(42).
       ** exception error: undefined shell command id/1
      -5> id(I) -> I.
      +5> id(I) -> I.
       ok
      -6> Id(42).
      +6> Id(42).
       42

      The Debugger has also been corrected to correctly handle this syntax for a BIF.

      Own Id: OTP-19322 Aux Id: GH-8963, PR-8987

    • Fixed a bug where completion of 'fun(' would cause the shell to crash.

      Own Id: OTP-19351 Aux Id: PR-9043

    • Fixed a bug causing the shell to crash while trying to complete an expression starting with a '/' or a variable followed by '(' or '/'. E.g. Foo/ and Foo(.

      Own Id: OTP-19361 Aux Id: PR-9078

    • zip:extract/2 with keep_old_files now respects the cwd option.

      Own Id: OTP-19370 Aux Id: PR-9097, GH-9087

    • Fixed an error in uri_string:percent_decode spec

      Own Id: OTP-19380 Aux Id: GH-8755

    Improvements and New Features

    -
    • Updated shell docs to display the type spec, that is, h(erlang, min, 2)) now prints the type spec and documentation in the shell.

      > h(erlang,min,2).
      +
      • Updated shell docs to display the type spec, that is, h(erlang, min, 2)) now prints the type spec and documentation in the shell.

        > h(erlang,min,2).
         
        -  -spec min(Term1, Term2) -> Minimum
        -               when Term1 :: term(), Term2 :: term(), Minimum :: term().
        +  -spec min(Term1, Term2) -> Minimum
        +               when Term1 :: term(), Term2 :: term(), Minimum :: term().
         
           Returns the smallest of Term1 and Term2. If the terms compare equal with the == operator, Term1 is returned.

        Own Id: OTP-19234 Aux Id: GH-8544, PR-8833

      • The file:io_device/0 type has been updated to clearly show the difference between a raw and cooked IoDevice.

        Own Id: OTP-19301 Aux Id: PR-8956

      • Added json:format_key_value_list/3 and json:format_key_value_list_checked/3.

        Own Id: OTP-19320 Aux Id: PR-8889

      • Improved documentation of timers.

        Own Id: OTP-19360 Aux Id: ERIERL-1149, PR-9062

      • Added logging support to io:user/0, io:standard_io/0 and io:standard_error/0. See io:setopts/2 for more details.

        Own Id: OTP-19372 Aux Id: PR-8947

      @@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ Improvements and New Features

      • The functions is_equal/2, map/2, and filtermap/2 have been added to the modules sets, ordsets, and gb_sets.

        Own Id: OTP-18622 Aux Id: PR-7183, PR-7232

      • The compiler now emits nicer error message for function head mismatches. -For example, given:

        a() -> ok;
        -a(_) -> error.

        Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

        t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
        +For example, given:

        a() -> ok;
        +a(_) -> error.

        Erlang/OTP 26 and earlier would emit a diagnostic similar to:

        t.erl:6:1: head mismatch
         %    6| a(_) -> error.
         %     | ^

        while in Erlang/OTP 27 the diagnostic is similar to:

        t.erl:6:1: head mismatch: function a with arities 0 and 1 is regarded as two distinct functions. Is the number of arguments incorrect or is the semicolon in a/0 unwanted?
         %    6| a(_) -> error.
        @@ -178,12 +178,12 @@
         shell:prompt_width/1 have been exported to help with custom prompt implementations.

        Own Id: OTP-18834 Aux Id: PR-7675, PR-7816

      • The shell now pages long output from the documentation help command (h(Module)), auto completions and the search command.

        Own Id: OTP-18846 Aux Id: PR-7845

      • The M-h hotkey (Alt/Option-h) now outputs help for the module or function directly before the cursor.

        Own Id: OTP-18847 Aux Id: PR-7846

      • Added support for adding a custom code formatter that formats your multi-line shell commands in your preferred formatting on submission. See shell:format_shell_func/ and shell:erl_pp_format_func/1.

        Own Id: OTP-18848 Aux Id: PR-7847

      • Added shell functions for viewing, forgetting and saving locally defined functions, types and records.

        Own Id: OTP-18852 Aux Id: PR-7844

      • Added string:jaro_similarity/2, which can be used to calculate the similarity between two strings.

        Own Id: OTP-18865 Aux Id: PR-7879

      • The new function ets:update_element/4 is similar to ets:update_element/3, but takes a default tuple as the fourth argument, which will be inserted if no previous record with that key exists.

        Own Id: OTP-18870 Aux Id: PR-7857

      • Added functions to retrieve the next higher or lower key/element from gb_trees and gb_sets, as well as returning iterators that start at given keys/elements.

        Own Id: OTP-18874 Aux Id: PR-7745

      • When the shell built-in function c/1,2 is used to re-compile a module, the current working directory of the original compilation is now added to the include path.

        Own Id: OTP-18908 Aux Id: PR-7957

      • The timer module now uses a private table for its internal state, slightly improving its performance.

        Own Id: OTP-18914 Aux Id: PR-7973

      • EEP-59 - Documentation Attributes has been implemented.

        Documentation attributes can be used to document functions, types, callbacks, and modules. The keyword -moduledoc "Documentation here". is used to document modules, while -doc "Documentation here". can be used on top of functions, types, and callbacks to document them, respectively.

        • Types, callbacks, and function documentation can be set to hidden either via -doc false or -doc hidden. When documentation attributes mark a type as hidden, they will not be part of the documentation.

        • The documentation from moduledoc and doc gets added by default to the binary beam file, following the format of EEP-48.

        • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_doc will raise a warning when -doc attributes are missing in exported functions, types, and callbacks.

        • Using the compiler flag warn_missing_spec_documented will raise a warning when -spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

        • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

        • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

        Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

      • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

        Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

      • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

        To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

        -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

        Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

        erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

        Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

      • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

        -module(t).
        --export([f/0]).
        --record(r, {a,b,c}).
        +spec attributes are missing in documented functions, types, and callbacks.

      • moduledocs and docs may refer to external files to be embedded, such as -doc {file, "README.md"}., which refers to the file README.md found in the current working directory.

      • The compiler warns about exported functions whose specs refer to hidden types. Thus, there will be warnings when a hidden type (meaning, the type is not part of the documentation) gets used in an exported function.

      Own Id: OTP-18916 Aux Id: PR-7936

    • New ets functions ets:first_lookup/1, ets:next_lookup/2, ets:prev_lookup/2 and ets:last_lookup/1. Example: ets:next_lookup/1 is equivalent to ets:next/2 followed by ets:lookup/2 with the next key. The new combined functions are more efficient and with guaranteed atomicity.

      Own Id: OTP-18923 Aux Id: PR-6791

    • The maybe expression is now enabled by default.

      To use maybe as an atom, it needs to be single-quoted. Alternatively, the maybe expression can be disabled by disabling the maybe_expr feature. That can be done by placing the following the line at the beginning of an Erlang source file:

      -feature(maybe_expr, disable).

      Another way to disable the maybe_expr feature is by passing the -disable-feature option to erlc:

      erlc -disable-feature maybe_expr some_file.erl

      Own Id: OTP-18944 Aux Id: PR-8067

    • The compiler will now raise a warning when updating record/map literals. As an example, consider this module:

      -module(t).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +-record(r, {a,b,c}).
       
      -f() ->
      -    #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

      The compiler raises the following warning:

      1> c(t).
      +f() ->
      +    #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.

      The compiler raises the following warning:

      1> c(t).
       t.erl:6:12: Warning: expression updates a literal
       %    6|     #r{a=1}#r{b=2}.
       %     |            ^

      Own Id: OTP-18951 Aux Id: PR-8069

    • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

      Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

    • Optimized ets:foldl and ets:foldr to use new ets:next_lookup. Also made them immune against table renaming.

      Own Id: OTP-18993 Aux Id: PR-8048

    • Windows now supports all functions in math.

      Own Id: OTP-19001 Aux Id: PR-8164

    • erl_lint (and by extension the compiler) will now warn for code using deprecated callbacks.

      The only callback currenly deprecated is format_status/2 in gen_server, gen_event and gen_statem.

      You can use nowarn_deprecated_callback to silence the warning.

      Own Id: OTP-19010 Aux Id: PR-8205

    • There is a new module json for encoding and decoding JSON.

      Both encoding and decoding can be customized. Decoding can be done in a SAX-like fashion and handle multiple documents and streams of data.

      Own Id: OTP-19020 Aux Id: PR-8111

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/orddict.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/orddict.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/orddict.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@

    Functions append/3 and append_list/3 are included so that keyed values can be stored in a list accumulator, for -example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    -  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    -  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    -  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    -  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    -  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    -[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to +example:

    > D0 = orddict:new(),
    +  D1 = orddict:store(files, [], D0),
    +  D2 = orddict:append(files, f1, D1),
    +  D3 = orddict:append(files, f2, D2),
    +  D4 = orddict:append(files, f3, D3),
    +  orddict:fetch(files, D4).
    +[f1,f2,f3]

    This saves the trouble of first fetching a keyed value, appending a new value to the list of stored values, and storing the result.

    Function fetch/2 is to be used if the key is known to be in the dictionary, otherwise function find/2.

    @@ -416,16 +416,16 @@

    Appends a new Value to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is not a list -of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    -[{a,no_list}]
    -2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
    +of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example 1:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append(x, 1, OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append(x, 2, OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +4> orddict:append(y, 3, OrdDict3).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3]}]

    Example 2:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, no_list}]).
    +[{a,no_list}]
    +2> orddict:append(a, 1, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: bad argument
          in operator  ++/2
             called as no_list ++ [1]
    @@ -462,12 +462,12 @@

    Appends a list of values ValList to the current list of values associated with Key. An exception is generated if the initial value associated with Key is -not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    -[{x,[]}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    -[{x,[1,2]}]
    -3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    -[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    +not a list of values.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{x, []}]).
    +[{x,[]}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:append_list(x, [1,2], OrdDict1).
    +[{x,[1,2]}]
    +3> OrdDict3 = orddict:append_list(y, [3,4], OrdDict2).
    +[{x,[1,2]},{y,[3,4]}]
    @@ -496,10 +496,10 @@ -

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +

    Erases all items with a specified key from a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:erase(a, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -529,11 +529,11 @@

    Returns the value associated with Key in dictionary Orddict. This function assumes that the Key is present in the dictionary. An exception is generated -if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
    +if Key is not in the dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch(a, OrdDict1).
     1
    -3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
    +3> orddict:fetch(missing, OrdDict1).
     ** exception error: no function clause matching orddict:fetch(missing,[])
    @@ -562,10 +562,10 @@ -

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    -[a,b]
    +

    Returns a list of all keys in a dictionary.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fetch_keys(OrdDict1).
    +[a,b]
    @@ -598,10 +598,10 @@

    Orddict2 is a dictionary of all keys and values in Orddict1 for which -Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{b,2}]
    +Pred(Key, Value) is true.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:filter(fun (K, V) -> V > 1 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{b,2}]
    @@ -631,11 +631,11 @@

    Searches for a key in a dictionary. Returns {ok, Value}, where Value is the value associated with Key, or error if the key is not present in the -dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    -{ok,1}
    -3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
    +dictionary.

    See also section Notes.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:find(a, OrdDict1).
    +{ok,1}
    +3> orddict:find(c, OrdDict1).
     error
    @@ -673,10 +673,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict together with an extra argument Acc (short for accumulator). Fun must return a new accumulator that -is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    -[{b,102},{a,101}]
    +is passed to the next call. Acc0 is returned if the list is empty.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:fold(fun (K, V, Acc) -> [{K, V+100} | Acc] end, [], OrdDict1).
    +[{b,102},{a,101}]
    @@ -795,10 +795,10 @@

    Calls Fun on successive keys and values of Orddict1 to return a new value -for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    -[{a,101},{b,102}]
    +for each key.

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> orddict:map(fun (_K, V) -> V + 100 end, OrdDict1).
    +[{a,101},{b,102}]
    @@ -834,15 +834,15 @@

    Merges two dictionaries, Orddict1 and Orddict2, to create a new dictionary. All the Key-Value pairs from both dictionaries are included in the new dictionary.

    If a key occurs in both dictionaries, Fun is called with the key -and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    -    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    -                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    -         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    -[{a,1},{b,2}]
    -2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    -[{b,7},{c,8}]
    -3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    -[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    +and both values to return a new value.

    merge/3 can be defined as follows, but is faster:

    merge(Fun, D1, D2) ->
    +    fold(fun (K, V1, D) ->
    +                 update(K, fun (V2) -> Fun(K, V1, V2) end, V1, D)
    +         end, D2, D1).

    Example:

    1> OrdDict1 = orddict:from_list([{a, 1}, {b, 2}]).
    +[{a,1},{b,2}]
    +2> OrdDict2 = orddict:from_list([{b, 7}, {c, 8}]).
    +[{b,7},{c,8}]
    +3> orddict:merge(fun (K, V1, V2) -> V1 * V2 end, OrdDict1, OrdDict2).
    +[{a,1},{b,14},{c,8}]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/peer.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/peer.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/peer.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,127 +56,127 @@ manual analysis. If the test case fails, the CRASH REPORT contains these arguments
  • multiple test cases can run concurrently speeding up overall testing process, peer node names are unique even when there are multiple instances of the same -test suite running in parallel
  • -module(my_SUITE).
    --behaviour(ct_suite).
    --export([all/0, groups/0]).
    --export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
    +test suite running in parallel
    -module(my_SUITE).
    +-behaviour(ct_suite).
    +-export([all/0, groups/0]).
    +-export([basic/1, args/1, named/1, restart_node/1, multi_node/1]).
     
    --include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
    +-include_lib("common_test/include/ct.hrl").
     
    -groups() ->
    -    [{quick, [parallel],
    -        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
    +groups() ->
    +    [{quick, [parallel],
    +        [basic, args, named, restart_node, multi_node]}].
     
    -all() ->
    -    [{group, quick}].
    +all() ->
    +    [{group, quick}].
     
    -basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +basic(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +args(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% specify additional arguments to the new node
    -    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    {ok, Peer, _Node} = ?CT_PEER(["-emu_flavor", "smp"]),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +named(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
         %% pass test case name down to function starting nodes
    -    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    Peer = start_node_impl(named_test),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
    +start_node_impl(ActualTestCase) ->
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => ?CT_PEER_NAME(ActualTestCase)}),
         %% extra setup needed for multiple test cases
    -    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
    +    ok = rpc:call(Node, application, set_env, [kernel, key, value]),
         Peer.
     
    -restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer),
    +restart_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Name = ?CT_PEER_NAME(),
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer),
         %% restart the node with the same name as before
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    -    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    -        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node} = ?CT_PEER(#{name => Name, args => ["+fnl"]}),
    +    peer:stop(Peer2).

    The next example demonstrates how to start multiple nodes concurrently:

    multi_node(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Peers = [?CT_PEER(#{wait_boot => {self(), tag}})
    +        || _ <- lists:seq(1, 4)],
         %% wait for all nodes to complete boot process, get their names:
    -    _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end
    -        || {ok, Peer} <- Peers],
    -    [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set -up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    -peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    -    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two + _Nodes = [receive {tag, {started, Node, Peer}} -> Node end + || {ok, Peer} <- Peers], + [peer:stop(Peer) || {ok, Peer} <- Peers].

    Start a peer on a different host. Requires ssh key-based authentication set +up, allowing "another_host" connection without password prompt.

    Ssh = os:find_executable("ssh"),
    +peer:start_link(#{exec => {Ssh, ["another_host", "erl"]},
    +    connection => standard_io}),

    The following Common Test case demonstrates Docker integration, starting two containers with hostnames "one" and "two". In this example Erlang nodes running -inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    -    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    -    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    -    build_release(PrivDir),
    -    build_image(PrivDir),
    +inside containers form an Erlang cluster.

    docker(Config) when is_list(Config) ->
    +    Docker = os:find_executable("docker"),
    +    PrivDir = proplists:get_value(priv_dir, Config),
    +    build_release(PrivDir),
    +    build_image(PrivDir),
     
         %% start two Docker containers
    -    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +    {ok, Peer, Node} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    -    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "one", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +    {ok, Peer2, Node2} = peer:start_link(#{name => lambda,
             connection => standard_io,
    -        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
    +        exec => {Docker, ["run", "-h", "two", "-i", "lambda"]}}),
     
         %% find IP address of the second node using alternative connection RPC
    -    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    -    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    -    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
    +    {ok, Ips} = peer:call(Peer2, inet, getifaddrs, []),
    +    {"eth0", Eth0} = lists:keyfind("eth0", 1, Ips),
    +    {addr, Ip} = lists:keyfind(addr, 1, Eth0),
     
         %% make first node to discover second one
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    -    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, set_lookup, [[file]]),
    +    ok = peer:call(Peer, inet_db, add_host, [Ip, ["two"]]),
     
         %% join a cluster
    -    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
    +    true = peer:call(Peer, net_kernel, connect_node, [Node2]),
         %% verify that second peer node has only the first node visible
    -    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
    +    [Node] = peer:call(Peer2, erlang, nodes, []),
     
         %% stop peers, causing containers to also stop
    -    peer:stop(Peer2),
    -    peer:stop(Peer).
    +    peer:stop(Peer2),
    +    peer:stop(Peer).
     
    -build_release(Dir) ->
    +build_release(Dir) ->
         %% load sasl.app file, otherwise application:get_key will fail
    -    application:load(sasl),
    +    application:load(sasl),
         %% create *.rel - release file
    -    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    -    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    -        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    -        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    -            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    -    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    -        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    -    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
    +    RelFile = filename:join(Dir, "lambda.rel"),
    +    Release = {release, {"lambda", "1.0.0"},
    +        {erts, erlang:system_info(version)},
    +        [{App, begin {ok, Vsn} = application:get_key(App, vsn), Vsn end}
    +            || App <- [kernel, stdlib, sasl]]},
    +    ok = file:write_file(RelFile, list_to_binary(lists:flatten(
    +        io_lib:format("~tp.", [Release])))),
    +    RelFileNoExt = filename:join(Dir, "lambda"),
     
         %% create boot script
    -    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    -        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
    +    {ok, systools_make, []} = systools:make_script(RelFileNoExt,
    +        [silent, {outdir, Dir}]),
         %% package release into *.tar.gz
    -    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
    +    ok = systools:make_tar(RelFileNoExt, [{erts, code:root_dir()}]).
     
    -build_image(Dir) ->
    +build_image(Dir) ->
         %% Create Dockerfile example, working only for Ubuntu 20.04
         %% Expose port 4445, and make Erlang distribution to listen
         %%  on this port, and connect to it without EPMD
         %% Set cookie on both nodes to be the same.
    -    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
    +    BuildScript = filename:join(Dir, "Dockerfile"),
         Dockerfile =
           "FROM ubuntu:20.04 as runner\n"
           "EXPOSE 4445\n"
           "WORKDIR /opt/lambda\n"
           "COPY lambda.tar.gz /tmp\n"
           "RUN tar -zxvf /tmp/lambda.tar.gz -C /opt/lambda\n"
    -      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
    +      "ENTRYPOINT [\"/opt/lambda/erts-" ++ erlang:system_info(version) ++
           "/bin/dyn_erl\", \"-boot\", \"/opt/lambda/releases/1.0.0/start\","
           " \"-kernel\", \"inet_dist_listen_min\", \"4445\","
           " \"-erl_epmd_port\", \"4445\","
           " \"-setcookie\", \"secret\"]\n",
    -    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile),
    -    os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    +
    ok = file:write_file(BuildScript, Dockerfile), + os:cmd("docker build -t lambda " ++ Dir).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proc_lib.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proc_lib.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proc_lib.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -874,21 +874,21 @@ failed. When doing so the start function can return before the failing process has exited, which may block VM resources required for a new start attempt to succeed. Use init_fail/2,3 for that purpose.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +are used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} ->
    -            exit(Reason)
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} ->
    +            exit(Reason)
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    @@ -961,21 +961,21 @@ started process, the start function returns an error tuple when the started process exits, or when the start function time-out (if used) has passed, see start/3,4,5.

    The following example illustrates how this function and proc_lib:start_link/3 -can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    --export([start_link/0]).
    --export([init/1]).
    +can be used:

    -module(my_proc).
    +-export([start_link/0]).
    +-export([init/1]).
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
    +start_link() ->
    +    proc_lib:start_link(my_proc, init, [self()]).
     
    -init(Parent) ->
    -    case do_initialization() of
    +init(Parent) ->
    +    case do_initialization() of
             ok ->
    -            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    -        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    -            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
    +            proc_lib:init_ack(Parent, {ok, self()});
    +        {error, Reason} = Error ->
    +            proc_lib:init_fail(Parent, Error, {exit, normal})
         end,
    -    loop().
    +    loop().
     
     ...
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proplists.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proplists.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/proplists.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

    Similar to get_all_values/2, but each value is wrapped in a list unless it is already itself a list. The resulting list of lists is concatenated. This is -often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    +often useful for "incremental" options.

    Example:

    append_values(a, [{a, [1,2]}, {b, 0}, {a, 3}, {c, -1}, {a, [4]}])

    returns:

    [1,2,3,4]
    @@ -505,10 +505,10 @@ first entry in ListIn with the same key as Property, and E and Property have equivalent normal forms, then E is replaced with the terms in Expansion, and any following entries with the same key are deleted from -ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    -expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} -shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when +ListIn.

    For example, the following expressions all return [fie, bar, baz, fum]:

    expand([{foo, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, foo, fum])
    +expand([{{foo, false}, [bar, baz]}], [fie, {foo, false}, fum])

    However, no expansion is done in the following call because {foo, false} +shadows foo:

    expand([{{foo, true}, [bar, baz]}], [{foo, false}, fie, foo, fum])

    Notice that if the original property term is to be preserved in the result when expanded, it must be included in the expansion list. The inserted terms are not expanded recursively. If Expansions contains more than one property with the same key, only the first occurrence is used.

    See also normalize/2.

    @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@

    Partitions List into a list of sublists and a remainder.

    Lists contains one sublist for each key in Keys, in the corresponding order. The relative order of the elements in each sublist is preserved from the original List. Rest contains the elements in List that are not associated with any of the -specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    +specified keys, also with their original relative order preserved.

    Example:

    split([{c, 2}, {e, 1}, a, {c, 3, 4}, d, {b, 5}, b], [a, b, c])

    returns:

    {[[a], [{b, 5}, b],[{c, 2}, {c, 3, 4}]], [{e, 1}, d]}
    @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ an association of the form Key => Value. Anything else will be silently ignored.

    If the same key appears in List multiple times, the value of the one appearing nearest to the head of List will be in the result map, that is the value that -would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    +would be returned by a call to get_value(Key, List).

    Example:

    to_map([a, {b, 1}, {c, 2}, {c, 3}])

    returns:

    #{a => true, b => 1, c => 2}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/qlc.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/qlc.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/qlc.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -180,24 +180,24 @@ If a tuple {finished} exists among the answers to QH, it is returned twice from append/2.

    As another example, consider concatenating the answers to two queries QH1 and QH2 while removing all duplicates. This is accomplished by using option -unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before +unique:

    qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})

    The cost is substantial: every returned answer is stored in an ETS table. Before returning an answer, it is looked up in the ETS table to check if it has already been returned. Without the unique option, all answers to QH1 would be returned followed by all answers to QH2. The unique option keeps the order between the remaining answers.

    If the order of the answers is not important, there is an alternative to the -unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many +unique option, namely to sort the answers uniquely:

    qlc:sort(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)], {unique, true})).

    This query also removes duplicates but the answers are sorted. If there are many answers, temporary files are used. Notice that to get the first unique answer, all answers must be found and sorted. Both alternatives find duplicates by comparing answers, that is, if A1 and A2 are answers found in that order, then A2 is a removed if A1 == A2.

    To return only a few answers, cursors can be used. The following code returns no -more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    -R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    -ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
    +more than five answers using an ETS table for storing the unique answers:

    C = qlc:cursor(qlc:q([X || X <- qlc:append(QH1, QH2)],{unique,true})),
    +R = qlc:next_answers(C, 5),
    +ok = qlc:delete_cursor(C),
     R.

    QLCs are convenient for stating constraints on data from two or more tables. The -following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 +following example does a natural join on two query handles on position 2:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2])

    The qlc module evaluates this differently depending on the query handles QH1 and QH2. If, for example, X2 is matched against the key of a QLC table, the lookup join method traverses the objects of QH2 while looking up key values in the table. However, if not X2 or Y2 is matched against the key or an indexed @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ both sorted on position 2 and next do the join by traversing the objects one by one.

    Option join can be used to force the qlc module to use a certain join method. For the rest of this section it is assumed that the excessively slow -join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    -          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    -          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    -          X2 =:= Y2],
    -      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 +join method called "nested loop" has been chosen:

    qlc:q([{X1,X2,X3,Y1} ||
    +          {X1,X2,X3} <- QH1,
    +          {Y1,Y2} <- QH2,
    +          X2 =:= Y2],
    +      {join, nested_loop})

    In this case the filter is applied to every possible pair of answers to QH1 and QH2, one at a time. If there are M answers to QH1 and N answers to QH2, the filter is run M*N times.

    If QH2 is a call to the function for gb_trees, as defined in section Implementing a QLC Table, then @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ no side effects so that the meaning of the query does not change if QH2 is evaluated only once. One way of caching the answers is to evaluate QH2 first of all and substitute the list of answers for QH2 in the query. Another way is -to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first +to use option cache. It is expressed like this:

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], {cache, ets})

    or only

    QH2' = qlc:q([X || X <- QH2], cache)

    The effect of option cache is that when generator QH2' is run the first time, every answer is stored in an ETS table. When the next answer of QH1 is tried, answers to QH2' are copied from the ETS table, which is very fast. As for option unique the cost is a possibly substantial amount of RAM memory.

    Option {cache, list} offers the possibility to store the answers in a list on @@ -245,62 +245,62 @@ Implementing a QLC Table

    As an example of how to use function table/2, the implementation of a QLC -table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
    +table for the gb_trees module is given:

    -module(gb_table).
     
    --export([table/1]).
    +-export([table/1]).
     
    -table(T) ->
    -    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    -    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    -                 (keypos) -> 1;
    -                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    -                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    -                 (_) -> undefined
    +table(T) ->
    +    TF = fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(gb_trees:iterator(T))) end,
    +    InfoFun = fun(num_of_objects) -> gb_trees:size(T);
    +                 (keypos) -> 1;
    +                 (is_sorted_key) -> true;
    +                 (is_unique_objects) -> true;
    +                 (_) -> undefined
                   end,
         LookupFun =
    -        fun(1, Ks) ->
    -                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    -                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    -                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    -                                          none -> []
    +        fun(1, Ks) ->
    +                lists:flatmap(fun(K) ->
    +                                      case gb_trees:lookup(K, T) of
    +                                          {value, V} -> [{K,V}];
    +                                          none -> []
                                           end
    -                              end, Ks)
    +                              end, Ks)
             end,
         FormatFun =
    -        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    -           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    -                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    -                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    -                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
    +        fun({all, NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("gb_table:table(~s)", [ValsS]);
    +           ({lookup, 1, KeyValues, _NElements, ElementFun}) ->
    +                ValsS = io_lib:format("gb_trees:from_orddict(~w)",
    +                                      [gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun)]),
    +                io_lib:format("lists:flatmap(fun(K) -> "
                                   "case gb_trees:lookup(K, ~s) of "
                                   "{value, V} -> [{K,V}];none -> [] end "
                                   "end, ~w)",
    -                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
    +                              [ValsS, [ElementFun(KV) || KV <- KeyValues]])
             end,
    -    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    -                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,'=='}]).
    +    qlc:table(TF, [{info_fun, InfoFun}, {format_fun, FormatFun},
    +                   {lookup_fun, LookupFun},{key_equality,'=='}]).
     
    -qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    -    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    -qlc_next(none) ->
    -    [].
    -
    -gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    -gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    -    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
    +qlc_next({X, V, S}) ->
    +    [{X,V} | fun() -> qlc_next(gb_trees:next(S)) end];
    +qlc_next(none) ->
    +    [].
    +
    +gb_nodes(T, infinity, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_nodes(T, -1, ElementFun);
    +gb_nodes(T, NElements, ElementFun) ->
    +    gb_iter(gb_trees:iterator(T), NElements, ElementFun).
     
    -gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
    +gb_iter(_I, 0, _EFun) ->
         '...';
    -gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    -    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    -        {X, V, I} ->
    -            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
    +gb_iter(I0, N, EFun) ->
    +    case gb_trees:next(I0) of
    +        {X, V, I} ->
    +            [EFun({X,V}) | gb_iter(I, N-1, EFun)];
             none ->
    -            []
    +            []
         end.

    TF is the traversal function. The qlc module requires that there is a way of traversing all objects of the data structure. gb_trees has an iterator function suitable for that purpose. Notice that for each object returned, a new @@ -336,49 +336,49 @@ example, 2 == 2.0 evaluates to true while 2 =:= 2.0 evaluates to false. Normally this is a minor issue, but the qlc module cannot ignore the difference, which affects the user's choice of operators in QLCs.

    If the qlc module at compile time can determine that some constant is free of -integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    -Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    -{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    -K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    -io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    -ets:match_spec_run(
    -       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    -			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    -				       V)
    +integers, it does not matter which one of ==/2 or =:=/2 is used:

    1> E1 = ets:new(t, [set]), % uses =:=/2 for key equality
    +Q1 = qlc:q([K ||
    +{K} <- ets:table(E1),
    +K == 2.71 orelse K == a]),
    +io:format("~s~n", [qlc:info(Q1)]).
    +ets:match_spec_run(
    +       lists:flatmap(fun(V) ->
    +			    ets:lookup(#Ref<0.3098908599.2283929601.256025>,
    +				       V)
     		     end,
    -		     [a, 2.71]),
    -       ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have + [a, 2.71]), + ets:match_spec_compile([{{'$1'}, [], ['$1']}]))

    In the example, operator ==/2 has been handled exactly as =:=/2 would have been handled. However, if it cannot be determined at compile time that some constant is free of integers, and the table uses =:=/2 when comparing keys for equality (see option key_equality), then the qlc module does not try to look up the constant. The reason is that there is in the general case no upper limit on the number of key values that can compare equal -to such a constant; every combination of integers and floats must be looked up:

    2> E2 = ets:new(t, [set]),
    -true = ets:insert(E2, [{{2,2},a},{{2,2.0},b},{{2.0,2},c}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/queue.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/queue.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/queue.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -602,10 +602,10 @@
           
     
     

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for all items Item in Q, -otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:all(fun (E) -> E > 0 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -637,10 +637,10 @@

    Returns true if Pred(Item) returns true for at least one item Item in -Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
    +Q, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 10 end, Queue).
     false
    -3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
    +3> queue:any(fun (E) -> E > 3 end, Queue).
     true
    @@ -672,9 +672,9 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:member(3, Queue1).
     false
    @@ -706,10 +706,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item matching Item is deleted, if there -is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,3,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_r(3, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -745,10 +745,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the first item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([100,1,2,3,4,5]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 0, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -784,10 +784,10 @@

    Returns a copy of Q1 where the last item for which Pred returns true is -deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    -2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5]
    +deleted, if there is such an item.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5,100]).
    +2> Queue1 = queue:delete_with(fun (E) -> E > 10, Queue).
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -818,19 +818,19 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns a list, the list elements -are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to +are inserted instead of Item in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]

    So, Fun(Item) returning [Item] is thereby semantically equivalent to returning true, just as returning [] is semantically equivalent to returning -false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    -{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    +false. But returning a list builds more garbage than returning an atom.

    Example 2:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filter(fun (E) -> [E, E+1] end, Queue).
    +{[6,5,5,4,4,3],[1,2,2,3]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6]
    @@ -869,15 +869,15 @@

    Returns a queue Q2 that is the result of calling Fun(Item) on all items in Q1.

    If Fun(Item) returns true, Item is copied to the result queue. If it returns false, Item is not copied. If it returns {true, NewItem}, the -queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    -{[5],[3,4]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[3,4,5]
    -4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    -{"ihg","ef"}
    -5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +queue element at this position is replaced with NewItem in the result queue.

    Example 1:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> E > 2 end, Queue).
    +{[5],[3,4]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[3,4,5]
    +4> Queue1 = queue:filtermap(fun (E) -> {true, E+100} end, Queue).
    +{"ihg","ef"}
    +5> queue:to_list(Queue1).
     "efghi
    @@ -918,9 +918,9 @@ AccIn == Acc0. The queue is traversed in queue order, that is, from front to rear. Fun/2 must return a new accumulator, which is passed to the next call. The function returns the final value of the accumulator. Acc0 is returned if -the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +the queue is empty.

    Example:

    1> queue:fold(fun(X, Sum) -> X + Sum end, 0, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     15
    -2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
    +2> queue:fold(fun(X, Prod) -> X * Prod end, 1, queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5])).
     120
    @@ -978,12 +978,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    -{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    +

    Inserts Item at the rear of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in(100, Queue).
    +{[100,5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[1,2,3,4,5,100]
    @@ -1011,12 +1011,12 @@ -

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    -{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    -2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    -{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    -3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    -[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    +

    Inserts Item at the front of queue Q1. Returns the resulting queue Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue = queue:from_list([1,2,3,4,5]).
    +{[5,4,3],[1,2]}
    +2> Queue1 = queue:in_r(100, Queue).
    +{[5,4,3],[100,1,2]}
    +3> queue:to_list(Queue1).
    +[100,1,2,3,4,5]
    @@ -1104,12 +1104,12 @@

    Returns a queue Q3 that is the result of joining Q1 and Q2 with Q1 in -front of Q2.

    Example:

    1> Queue1 = queue:from_list([1,3]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/random.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/random.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/random.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -351,9 +351,9 @@
           
     
     

    Seeds random number generation with integer values in the process dictionary and -returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    -            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    -            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, +returns the old state.

    The following is an easy way of obtaining a unique value to seed with:

    random:seed(erlang:phash2([node()]),
    +            erlang:monotonic_time(),
    +            erlang:unique_integer())

    For details, see erlang:phash2/1, erlang:node/0, erlang:monotonic_time/0, and erlang:unique_integer/0.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/rand.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/rand.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/rand.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ a reasonably unpredictable seed.

    The functions with explicit state don't use the process dictionary.

    Examples

    Simple use; create and seed the default algorithm with a non-fixed seed, if not already done, and generate two uniformly distibuted -floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    -R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    -R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    -R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    -{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    -R6 = rand:uniform(),
    -SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically +floating point numbers.

    R0 = rand:uniform(),
    +R1 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss),
    +R2 = rand:uniform(),

    Use a specified algorithm with a fixed seed:

    _ = rand:seed(exro928ss, {123, 123534, 345345}),
    +R3 = rand:uniform(),

    Use the functional API with a non-fixed seed:

    S0 = rand:seed_s(exsss),
    +{R4, S1} = rand:uniform_s(S0),

    Generate a textbook basic form Box-Muller standard normal distribution number:

    R5 = rand:uniform_real(),
    +R6 = rand:uniform(),
    +SND0 = math:sqrt(-2 * math:log(R5)) * math:cos(math:pi() * R6)

    Generate a standard normal distribution number:

    {SND1, S2} = rand:normal_s(S1),

    Generate a normal distribution number with with mean -3 and variance 0.5:

    {ND0, S3} = rand:normal_s(-3, 0.5, S2),

    Quality of the Generated Numbers

    Note

    The builtin random number generator algorithms are not cryptographically strong. If a cryptographically strong random number generator is needed, use something like crypto:rand_seed/0.

    For all these generators except exro928ss and exsss the lowest bit(s) have got a slightly less random behaviour than all other bits. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ up to (and included) 16TB, with the exception of binary rank tests, which fail due to the lowest bit being an LFSR; all other bits pass all tests. We suggest to use a sign test to extract a random Boolean value.

    If this is a problem; to generate a boolean with these algorithms, -use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits +use something like this:

    (rand:uniform(256) > 128) % -> boolean()
    ((rand:uniform(256) - 1) bsr 7) % -> 0 | 1

    For a general range, with N = 1 for exrop, and N = 3 for exs1024s:

    (((rand:uniform(Range bsl N) - 1) bsr N) + 1)

    The floating point generating functions in this module waste the lowest bits when converting from an integer so they avoid this snag.

    @@ -1826,10 +1826,10 @@ equally spaced in the interval.

    Warning

    This function may return exactly 0.0 which can be fatal for certain applications. If that is undesired you can use (1.0 - rand:uniform()) to get the interval 0.0 < X =< 1.0, or instead use uniform_real/0.

    If neither endpoint is desired you can achieve the range -0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    -    case rand:uniform() of
    +0.0 < X < 1.0 using test and re-try like this:

    my_uniform() ->
    +    case rand:uniform() of
             X when 0.0 < X -> X;
    -        _ -> my_uniform()
    +        _ -> my_uniform()
         end.
    @@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ 16#7fa6502 * 2^32 - 1, which have been selected, in collaboration with Sebastiano Vigna, to avoid bignum operations and still get good statistical quality. It has been named "MWC59" and can be written as:

    C = CX0 bsr 32
    -X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
    +X = CX0 band ((1 bsl 32)-1))
     CX1 = 16#7fa6502 * X + C

    Because the generator uses a multiplier that is a power of 2 it gets statistical flaws for collision tests and birthday spacings tests in 2 and 3 dimensions, and these caveats apply even when looking /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/re.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/re.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/re.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -1270,9 +1270,9 @@ follows (COMMIT) can be triggered first, so merely passing (COMMIT) during a match does not always guarantee that a match must be at this starting point.

    Notice that (*COMMIT) at the start of a pattern is not the same as an anchor, unless the PCRE start-of-match optimizations are turned off, as shown in the -following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    -{match,["abc"]}
    -2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
    +following example:

    1> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list}]).
    +{match,["abc"]}
    +2> re:run("xyzabc","(*COMMIT)abc",[{capture,all,list},no_start_optimize]).
     nomatch

    For this pattern, PCRE knows that any match must start with "a", so the optimization skips along the subject to "a" before applying the pattern to the first set of data. The match attempt then succeeds. In the second call the @@ -1989,32 +1989,32 @@

    Takes a compiled regular expression and an item, and returns the relevant data from the regular expression.

    The only supported item is namelist, which returns the tuple {namelist, [binary()]}, -containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +containing the names of all (unique) named subpatterns in the regular expression.

    For example:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +                  255,255,...>>}}
    +2> re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    +3> {ok,MPD} = re:compile("(?<C>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)",[dupnames]).
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,8,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the + 255,255,...>>}} +4> re:inspect(MPD,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}

    Notice in the second example that the duplicate name only occurs once in the returned list, and that the list is in alphabetical order regardless of where the names are positioned in the regular expression. The order of the names is the same as the order of captured subexpressions if {capture, all_names} is specified as an option to run/3. You can therefore create a name-to-value -mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    -{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
    +mapping from the result of run/3 like this:

    1> {ok,MP} = re:compile("(?<A>A)|(?<B>B)|(?<C>C)").
    +{ok,{re_pattern,3,0,0,
                     <<69,82,67,80,119,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,255,255,255,255,
    -                  255,255,...>>}}
    -2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist).
    -{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]}
    -3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]).
    -{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]}
    -4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L).
    -[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    +
    255,255,...>>}} +2> {namelist, N} = re:inspect(MP,namelist). +{namelist,[<<"A">>,<<"B">>,<<"C">>]} +3> {match,L} = re:run("AA",MP,[{capture,all_names,binary}]). +{match,[<<"A">>,<<>>,<<>>]} +4> NameMap = lists:zip(N,L). +[{<<"A">>,<<"A">>},{<<"B">>,<<>>},{<<"C">>,<<>>}]
    @@ -2107,16 +2107,16 @@ subexpression number N, is inserted in the result. If no subexpression with that number is generated by the regular expression, nothing is inserted.

    To insert an & or a \ in the result, precede it with a \. Notice that Erlang already gives a special meaning to \ in literal strings, so a single \ must be -written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    -"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
    +written as "\\" and therefore a double \ as "\\\\".

    Example:

    1> re:replace("abcd","c","[&]",[{return,list}]).
    +"ab[c]d"

    while

    2> re:replace("abcd","c","[\\&]",[{return,list}]).
     "ab[&]d"

    If the replacement is given as a fun, it will be called with the whole matching expression as the first argument and a list of subexpression matches in the order in which they appear in the regular expression. The returned value will be -inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    -    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    -         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
    +inserted in the result.

    Example:

    3> re:replace("abcd", ".(.)",
    +    fun(Whole, [<<C>>]) ->
    +         <<$#, Whole/binary, $-, (C - $a + $A), $#>>
         end,
    -    [{return, list}]).
    +    [{return, list}]).
     "#ab-B#cd"

    Note

    Non-matching optional subexpressions will not be included in the list of subexpression matches if they are the last subexpressions in the regular expression.

    Example:

    The regular expression "(a)(b)?(c)?" ("a", optionally followed by "b", @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ run/3 handles empty matches in the same way as Perl: a zero-length match at any point is also retried with options [anchored, notempty_atstart]. If that search gives a result of length > 0, -the result is included. Example:

    re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

    The following matchings are performed:

    • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the +the result is included. Example:

      re:run("cat","(|at)",[global]).

      The following matchings are performed:

      • At offset 0 - The regular expression (|at) first match at the initial position of string cat, giving the result set [{0,0},{0,0}] (the second {0,0} is because of the subexpression marked by the parentheses). As the length of the match is 0, we do not advance to the next position yet.

      • At offset 0 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - The search is @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ of results and the position in the search string is advanced two steps.

      • At offset 3 - The search once again matches the empty string, giving [{3,0},{3,0}].

      • At offset 1 with [anchored, notempty_atstart] - This gives no result of length > 0 and we are at the last position, so the global search is -complete.

      The result of the call is:

      {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
    • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this +complete.

    The result of the call is:

    {match,[[{0,0},{0,0}],[{1,0},{1,0}],[{1,2},{1,2}],[{3,0},{3,0}]]}
  • notempty - An empty string is not considered to be a valid match if this option is specified. If alternatives in the pattern exist, they are tried. If all the alternatives match the empty string, the entire match fails.

    Example:

    If the following pattern is applied to a string not beginning with "a" or "b", it would normally match the empty string at the start of the subject:

    a?b?

    With option notempty, this match is invalid, so run/3 searches @@ -2316,12 +2316,12 @@ instead of the stack, the amount of heap memory that can be used.

  • The Erlang VM uses a PCRE library where heap memory is used when regular expression match recursion occurs. This therefore limits the use of machine heap, not C stack.

    Specifying a lower value can result in matches with deep recursion failing, -when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    -{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    -2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
    +when they should have matched:

    1> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z").
    +{match,[{0,14},{0,13}]}
    +2> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5}]).
     nomatch
    -3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]).
    -{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. +3> re:run("aaaaaaaaaaaaaz","(a+)*z",[{match_limit_recursion,5},report_errors]). +{error,match_limit_recursion}

    This option and option match_limit are only to be used in rare cases. Understanding of the PCRE library internals is recommended before tampering with these limits.

  • {offset, integer() >= 0} - Start matching at the offset (position) specified in the subject string. The offset is zero-based, so that the default @@ -2343,9 +2343,9 @@ capturing).

    As an example of the default behavior, the following call returns, as first and only captured string, the matching part of the subject ("abcd" in the middle) as an index pair {3,4}, where character positions are zero-based, -just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of -the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning -at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list +just as in offsets:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC","abcd",[]).

    The return value of this call is:

    {match,[{3,4}]}

    Another (and quite common) case is where the regular expression matches all of +the subject:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*abcd.*",[]).

    Here the return value correspondingly points out all of the string, beginning +at index 0, and it is 10 characters long:

    {match,[{0,10}]}

    If the regular expression contains capturing subpatterns, like in:

    re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[]).

    all of the matched subject is captured, as well as the captured substrings:

    {match,[{0,10},{3,4}]}

    The complete matching pattern always gives the first return value in the list and the remaining subpatterns are added in the order they occurred in the regular expression.

    The capture tuple is built up as follows:

    • ValueSpec - Specifies which captured (sub)patterns are to be returned. ValueSpec can either be an atom describing a predefined set of return @@ -2370,12 +2370,12 @@ subpatterns (see below) in the regular expression, one can use atom/0s or string/0s to specify the subpatterns to be returned. For example, consider the regular expression:

      ".*(abcd).*"

      matched against string "ABCabcdABC", capturing only the "abcd" part (the -first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured +first explicit subpattern):

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      The call gives the following result, as the first explicitly captured subpattern is "(abcd)", matching "abcd" in the subject, at (zero-based) -position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly +position 3, of length 4:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      Consider the same regular expression, but with the subpattern explicitly named 'FOO':

      ".*(?<FOO>abcd).*"

      With this expression, we could still give the index of the subpattern with -the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can -also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular +the following call:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,[1]}]).

      giving the same result as before. But, as the subpattern is named, we can +also specify its name in the value list:

      re:run("ABCabcdABC",".*(?<FOO>abcd).*",[{capture,['FOO']}]).

      This would give the same result as the earlier examples, namely:

      {match,[{3,4}]}

      The values list can specify indexes or names not present in the regular expression, in which case the return values vary depending on the type. If the type is index, the tuple {-1,0} is returned for values with no corresponding subpattern in the regular expression, but for the other types @@ -2410,12 +2410,12 @@ string:

      "ABCabcdABC"

      the subpattern at index 2 does not match, as "abdd" is not present in the string, but the complete pattern matches (because of the alternative a(..d)). The subpattern at index 2 is therefore unassigned and the default -return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the +return value is:

      {match,[{0,10},{3,4},{-1,0},{4,3}]}

      Setting the capture Type to binary gives:

      {match,[<<"ABCabcdABC">>,<<"abcd">>,<<>>,<<"bcd">>]}

      Here the empty binary (<<>>) represents the unassigned subpattern. In the binary case, some information about the matching is therefore lost, as <<>> can also be an empty string captured.

      If differentiation between empty matches and non-existing subpatterns is necessary, use the type index and do the conversion to the final type in Erlang code.

      When option global is speciified, the capture specification affects each -match separately, so that:

      re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

      gives

      {match,[["a"],["b"]]}

    For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see +match separately, so that:

    re:run("cacb","c(a|b)",[global,{capture,[1],list}]).

    gives

    {match,[["a"],["b"]]}
  • For a descriptions of options only affecting the compilation step, see compile/2.

    @@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ compilation option is specified to this function, both the regular expression and Subject are to be specified as valid Unicode charlist()s.

    The result is given as a list of "strings", the preferred data type specified in option return (default iodata).

    If subexpressions are specified in the regular expression, the matching -subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular +subexpressions are returned in the resulting list as well. For example:

    re:split("Erlang","[ln]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","a","g"]

    while

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","l","a","n","g"]

    The text matching the subexpression (marked by the parentheses in the regular expression) is inserted in the result list where it was found. This means that concatenating the result of a split where the whole regular expression is a single subexpression (as in the last example) always results in the original @@ -2512,21 +2512,21 @@ "g"), nothing is inserted after that. To make the group of strings and the parts matching the subexpressions more obvious, one can use option group, which groups together the part of the subject string with the parts matching the -subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first +subexpressions when the string was split:

    re:split("Erlang","([ln])",[{return,list},group]).

    gives

    [["Er","l"],["a","n"],["g"]]

    Here the regular expression first matched the "l", causing "Er" to be the first part in the result. When the regular expression matched, the (only) subexpression was bound to the "l", so the "l" is inserted in the group together with "Er". The next match is of the "n", making "a" the next part to be returned. As the subexpression is bound to substring "n" in this case, the "n" is inserted into this group. The last group consists of the remaining string, as no more matches are found.

    By default, all parts of the string, including the empty strings, are returned -from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which +from the function, for example:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list}]).

    gives

    ["Er","an",[]]

    as the matching of the "g" in the end of the string leaves an empty rest, which is also returned. This behavior differs from the default behavior of the split function in Perl, where empty strings at the end are by default removed. To get -the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty +the "trimming" default behavior of Perl, specify trim as an option:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},trim]).

    gives

    ["Er","an"]

    The "trim" option says; "give me as many parts as possible except the empty ones", which sometimes can be useful. You can also specify how many parts you -want, by specifying {parts,N}:

    re:split("Erlang","[lg]",[{return,list},{parts,2}]).

    gives

    ["Er","ang"]

    Notice that the last part is "ang", not "an", as splitting was specified into /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sets.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sets.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sets.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ respect to the aforementioned functions, their overall behavior may differ. As mentioned, this module considers elements as different if and only if they do not match (=:=), while both ordsets and gb_sets consider elements -as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
    +as different if and only if they do not compare equal (==).

    Example:

    1> sets:is_element(1.0, sets:from_list([1])).
     false
    -2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
    +2> ordsets:is_element(1.0, ordsets:from_list([1])).
     true
    -2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
    +2> gb_sets:is_element(1.0, gb_sets:from_list([1])).
     true

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell_default.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell_default.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell_default.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@

    Customizing the Erlang environment.

    The functions in this module are called when no module name is specified in a -shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
    +shell command.

    Consider the following shell dialog:

    1> lists:reverse("abc").
     "cba"
    -2> c(foo).
    -{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is +2> c(foo). +{ok, foo}

    In command one, module lists is called. In command two, no module name is specified. The shell searches module user_default followed by module shell_default for function c/1.

    shell_default is intended for "system wide" customizations to the shell. user_default is intended for "local" or individual user customizations.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/shell.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ definitions. To facilitate matters, record definitions in modules shell_default and user_default (if loaded) are read each time a new job is started. For example, adding the following line to user_default makes the -definition of file_info readily available in the shell:

    -include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl").

    The shell runs in two modes:

    Command 1 sets variable Str to string "abcd".

    2> L = length(Str).
    +4

    Command 2 sets L to the length of string Str.

    3> Descriptor = {L, list_to_atom(Str)}.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 3 builds the tuple Descriptor, evaluating the BIF list_to_atom/1 .

    4> L.
    -4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +4

    Command 4 prints the value of variable L.

    5> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     L = 4
     Str = "abcd"
     ok

    Command 5 evaluates the internal shell command b(), which is an abbreviation of "bindings". This prints the current shell variables and their bindings. ok -at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
    +at the end is the return value of function b().

    6> f(L).
     ok

    Command 6 evaluates the internal shell command f(L) (abbreviation of -"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    -Descriptor = {4,abcd}
    +"forget"). The value of variable L is removed.

    7> b().
    +Descriptor = {4,abcd}
     Str = "abcd"
    -ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    -ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new +ok

    Command 7 prints the new bindings.

    8> f(L).
    +ok

    Command 8 has no effect, as L has no value.

    9> {L, _} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}

    Command 9 performs a pattern matching operation on Descriptor, binding a new value to L.

    10> L.
    -4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
    +4

    Command 10 prints the current value of L.

    11> {P, Q, R} = Descriptor.
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value {4,abcd}

    Command 11 tries to match {P, Q, R} against Descriptor, which is {4, abc}. The match fails and none of the new variables become bound. The printout starting with "** exception error:" is not the value of the expression (the @@ -161,74 +161,74 @@ other variables (L, Str, and so on) are unchanged.

    12> P.
     * 1:1: variable 'P' is unbound
     13> Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, -and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    -{4,abcd}
    +{4,abcd}

    Commands 12 and 13 show that P is unbound because the previous command failed, +and that Descriptor has not changed.

    14>{P, Q} = Descriptor.
    +{4,abcd}
     15> P.
    -4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    -ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    -    put(aa, worked),
    +4

    Commands 14 and 15 show a correct match where P and Q are bound.

    16> f().
    +ok

    Command 16 clears all bindings.

    The next few commands assume that test1:demo(X) is defined as follows:

    demo(X) ->
    +    put(aa, worked),
         X = 1,
    -    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
    +    X + 10.
    17> put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -18> get(aa).
    +18> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 17 and 18 set and inspect the value of item aa in the process -dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
    +dictionary.

    19> Y = test1:demo(1).
     11

    Command 19 evaluates test1:demo(1). The evaluation succeeds and the changes made in the process dictionary become visible to the shell. The new value of -dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    -[{aa,worked}]
    -21> put(aa, hello).
    +dictionary item aa can be seen in command 20.

    20> get().
    +[{aa,worked}]
    +21> put(aa, hello).
     worked
    -22> Z = test1:demo(2).
    +22> Z = test1:demo(2).
     ** exception error: no match of right hand side value 1
          in function  test1:demo/1

    Commands 21 and 22 change the value of dictionary item aa to hello and call test1:demo(2). Evaluation fails and the changes made to the dictionary in test1:demo(2), before the error occurred, are discarded.

    23> Z.
     * 1:1: variable 'Z' is unbound
    -24> get(aa).
    +24> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 23 and 24 show that Z was not bound and that dictionary item aa has -retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
    +retained its original value.

    25> erase(), put(aa, hello).
     undefined
    -26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
    +26> spawn(test1, demo, [1]).
     <0.57.0>
    -27> get(aa).
    +27> get(aa).
     hello

    Commands 25, 26, and 27 show the effect of evaluating test1:demo(1) in the background. In this case, the expression is evaluated in a newly spawned process. Any changes made in the process dictionary are local to the newly -spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
    +spawned process and therefore not visible to the shell.

    28> io:format("hello hello\n").
     hello hello
     ok
    -29> e(28).
    +29> e(28).
     hello hello
     ok
    -30> v(28).
    +30> v(28).
     ok

    Commands 28, 29 and 30 use the history facilities of the shell. Command 29 re-evaluates command 28. Command 30 uses the value (result) of command 28. In the cases of a pure function (a function with no side effects), the result is the same. For a function with side effects, the result can be different.

    The next few commands show some record manipulation. It is assumed that ex.erl -defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    -{ok,ex}
    -32> rr(ex).
    -[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in +defines a record as follows:

    -record(rec, {a, b = val()}).

    val() ->
        3.

    31> c(ex).
    +{ok,ex}
    +32> rr(ex).
    +[rec]

    Commands 31 and 32 compile file ex.erl and read the record definitions in ex.beam. If the compiler did not output any record definitions on the BEAM -file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    --record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    -ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
    +file, rr(ex) tries to read record definitions from the source file instead.

    33> rl(rec).
    +-record(rec,{a,b = val()}).
    +ok

    Command 33 prints the definition of the record named rec.

    34> #rec{}.
     ** exception error: undefined shell command val/0

    Command 34 tries to create a rec record, but fails as function val/0 is -undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that -cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    -#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
    +undefined.

    35> #rec{b = 3}.
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}

    Command 35 shows the workaround: explicitly assign values to record fields that +cannot otherwise be initialized.

    36> rp(v(-1)).
    +#rec{a = undefined,b = 3}
     ok

    Command 36 prints the newly created record using record definitions maintained -by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
    +by the shell.

    37> rd(rec, {f = orddict:new()}).
     rec

    Command 37 defines a record directly in the shell. The definition replaces the -one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    -#rec{f = []}
    -ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
    +one read from file ex.beam.

    38> #rec{}.
    +#rec{f = []}
    +ok

    Command 38 creates a record using the new definition, and prints the result.

    39> rd(rec, {c}), A.
     * 1:15: variable 'A' is unbound
    -40> #rec{}.
    -#rec{c = undefined}
    +40> #rec{}.
    +#rec{c = undefined}
     ok

    Command 39 and 40 show that record definitions are updated as side effects. The evaluation of the command fails, but the definition of rec has been carried out.

    For the next command, it is assumed that test1:loop(N) is defined as follows:

    loop(N) ->
        io:format("Hello Number: ~w~n", [N]),
        loop(N+1).

    41> test1:loop(0).
    @@ -254,31 +254,31 @@
     JCL mode the user can start and stop jobs.

    In this particular case, command i ("interrupt") terminates the looping program, and command c connects to the shell again. As the process was running in the background before we killed it, more printouts occur before message -"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    -#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +"** exception exit: killed" is shown.

    42> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214192>

    Command 42 creates an ETS table.

    43> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 43 tries to insert a tuple into the ETS table, but the first argument -(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +(the table) is missing. The exception kills the evaluator process.

    44> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
     ** exception error: argument is of wrong type
          in function  ets:insert/2
             called as ets:insert(16,{d,1,2})

    Command 44 corrects the mistake, but the ETS table has been destroyed as it was -owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
    +owned by the killed evaluator process.

    45> f(E).
     ok
    -46> catch_exception(true).
    +46> catch_exception(true).
     false

    Command 46 sets the exception handling of the evaluator process to true. The exception handling can also be set when starting Erlang by -erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
    +erl -stdlib shell_catch_exception true.

    47> E = ets:new(t, []).
     #Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>
    -48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
    +48> ets:insert({d,1,2}).
     * exception error: undefined function ets:insert/1

    Command 48 makes the same mistake as in command 43, but this time the evaluator process lives on. The single star at the beginning of the printout signals that -the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    -true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    +the exception has been caught.

    49> ets:insert(E, {d,1,2}).
    +true

    Command 49 successfully inserts the tuple into the ETS table.

    50> ets:insert(#Ref<0.1662103692.2407923716.214197>, {e,3,4}).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/slave.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/slave.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/slave.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
     at a master node. A pseudo server is an intermediary that only has the same
     registered name as the real server.

    For example, if you have started a slave node N and want to execute pxw graphics code on this node, you can start server pxw_server as a pseudo server -at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).
    +at the slave node. This is illustrated as follows:

    rpc:call(N, slave, pseudo, [node(), [pxw_server]]).
    @@ -413,9 +413,9 @@ passed to the new node and can be used for a variety of purposes; see erl(1).

    As an example, suppose that you want to start a slave node at host H with node name Name@H and want the slave node to have the following properties:

    • Directory Dir is to be added to the code path.
    • The Mnesia directory is to be set to M.
    • The Unix DISPLAY environment variable is to be set to the display of the -master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
    +master node.

    The following code is executed to achieve this:

    E = " -env DISPLAY " ++ net_adm:localhost() ++ ":0 ",
     Arg = "-mnesia_dir " ++ M ++ " -pa " ++ Dir ++ E,
    -slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, +slave:start(H, Name, Arg).

    The function returns {ok, Node}, where Node is the name of the new node, otherwise {error, Reason}, where Reason can be one of:

    • timeout - The master node failed to get in contact with the slave node. This can occur in a number of circumstances:

      • Erlang/OTP is not installed on the remote host.
      • The file system on the other host has a different structure to the the master.
      • The Erlang nodes have different cookies.
    • no_rsh - No remote shell program was found on the computer. Note that /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sofs.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sofs.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/sofs.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ selecting, duplicating, or rearranging parts of the elements.

    • Specifying a SetFun as an integer I is equivalent to specifying {external, fun(X) -> element(I, X) end}, but is to be preferred, as it makes it possible to handle this case even more efficiently.

    Examples of SetFuns:

    fun sofs:union/1
    -fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    -{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    -{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    -{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
    +fun(S) -> sofs:partition(1, S) end
    +{external, fun(A) -> A end}
    +{external, fun({A,_,C}) -> {C,A} end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,C}}) -> C end}
    +{external, fun({_,{_,{_,E}=C}}) -> {E,{E,C}} end}
     2

    The order in which a SetFun is applied to the elements of an unordered set is not specified, and can change in future versions of this module.

    The execution time of the functions of this module is dominated by the time it takes to sort lists. When no sorting is needed, the execution time is in the @@ -1711,10 +1711,10 @@ belongs to SetOfSets and E belongs to Set.

    If SetOfSets is a partition of a set X and R is the equivalence relation in X induced by SetOfSets, then the returned relation is the canonical map from X onto the equivalence classes with -respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    -CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    -sofs:to_external(CR).
    -[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    +respect to R.

    1> Ss = sofs:from_term([[a,b],[b,c]]),
    +CR = sofs:canonical_relation(Ss),
    +sofs:to_external(CR).
    +[{a,[a,b]},{b,[a,b]},{b,[b,c]},{c,[b,c]}]
    @@ -1744,11 +1744,11 @@

    Returns the composite of the functions Function1 and -Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    -F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    -F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    +Function2.

    1> F1 = sofs:a_function([{a,1},{b,2},{c,2}]),
    +F2 = sofs:a_function([{1,x},{2,y},{3,z}]),
    +F = sofs:composite(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,x},{b,y},{c,y}]
    @@ -1778,11 +1778,11 @@

    Creates the function that maps each element of set Set -onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    -E = sofs:from_term(1),
    -R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    -sofs:to_external(R).
    -[{a,1},{b,1}]
    +onto AnySet.

    1> S = sofs:set([a,b]),
    +E = sofs:from_term(1),
    +R = sofs:constant_function(S, E),
    +sofs:to_external(R).
    +[{a,1},{b,1}]
    @@ -1810,10 +1810,10 @@ -

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    -R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    +

    Returns the converse of the binary relation BinRel1.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,a}]),
    +R2 = sofs:converse(R1),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{a,1},{a,3},{b,2}]
    @@ -1931,10 +1931,10 @@ -

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    -S = sofs:domain(R),
    -sofs:to_external(S).
    -[1,2]
    +

    Returns the domain of the binary relation BinRel.

    1> R = sofs:relation([{1,a},{1,b},{2,b},{2,c}]),
    +S = sofs:domain(R),
    +sofs:to_external(S).
    +[1,2]
    @@ -1964,11 +1964,11 @@

    Returns the difference between the binary relation BinRel1 and the -restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    -S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    -R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    -sofs:to_external(R2).
    -[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to +restriction of BinRel1 to Set.

    1> R1 = sofs:relation([{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]),
    +S = sofs:set([2,4,6]),
    +R2 = sofs:drestriction(R1, S),
    +sofs:to_external(R2).
    +[{1,a},{3,c}]

    drestriction(R, S) is equivalent to difference(R, restriction(R, S)).

    @@ -1999,12 +1999,12 @@

    Returns a subset of Set1 containing those elements that do not give an element -in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    -R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    -R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    -R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    -sofs:to_external(R3).
    -[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to +in Set2 as the result of applying SetFun.

    1> SetFun = {external, fun({_A,B,C}) -> {B,C} end},
    +R1 = sofs:relation([{a,aa,1},{b,bb,2},{c,cc,3}]),
    +R2 = sofs:relation([{bb,2},{cc,3},{dd,4}]),
    +R3 = sofs:drestriction(SetFun, R1, R2),
    +sofs:to_external(R3).
    +[{a,aa,1}]

    drestriction(F, S1, S2) is equivalent to difference(S1, restriction(F, S1, S2)).

    @@ -2069,12 +2069,12 @@

    Returns the extension of BinRel1 such that for each element E in Set that does not belong to the domain of -BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    -A = sofs:empty_set(),
    -R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    -X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    -sofs:to_external(X).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    +BinRel1, BinRel2 contains the pair (E, AnySet).

    1> S = sofs:set([b,c]),
    +A = sofs:empty_set(),
    +R = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]),
    +X = sofs:extension(R, S, A),
    +sofs:to_external(X).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]},{c,[]}]
    @@ -2163,11 +2163,11 @@

    If Family1 and Family2 are families, then Family3 is the family such that the index set is equal to the index set of Family1, and Family3[i] is the difference between Family1[i] and Family2[i] if -Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    -F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    -F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    -sofs:to_external(F3).
    -[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    +Family2 maps i, otherwise Family1[i].

    1> F1 = sofs:family([{a,[1,2]},{b,[3,4]}]),
    +F2 = sofs:family([{b,[4,5]},{c,[6,7]}]),
    +F3 = sofs:family_difference(F1, F2),
    +sofs:to_external(F3).
    +[{a,[1,2]},{b,[3]}]
    @@ -2198,10 +2198,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    +domain of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_domain(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5]}]
    @@ -2232,10 +2232,10 @@

    If Family1 is a family and Family1[i] is a binary relation for every i in the index set of Family1, then Family2 is the family with the same index set as Family1 such that Family2[i] is the -field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    -F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    -sofs:to_external(F).
    -[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to +field of Family1[i].

    1> FR = sofs:from_term([{a,[{1,a},{2,b},{3,c}]},{b,[]},{c,[{4,d},{5,e}]}]),
    +F = sofs:family_field(FR),
    +sofs:to_external(F).
    +[{a,[1,2,3,a,b,c]},{b,[]},{c,[4,5,d,e]}]

    family_field(Family1) is equivalent to family_union(family_domain(Family1), family_range(Family1)).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/stdlib_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/stdlib_app.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/stdlib_app.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ prompt function takes the main prompt as its only parameter.

  • shell_saved_results = integer() >= 0 - Can be used to determine how many results are saved by the Erlang shell.

  • shell_session_slogan = string() | fun() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting an Erlang shell. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_session_slogan '"Test slogan"'
    -Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
    +Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
     
     Test slogan
     1>
  • shell_slogan = string() | fun(() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting the Erlang shell subsystem. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_slogan '"Test slogan"'
     Test slogan
    -Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    The default is the return value of erlang:system_info(system_version).

  • shell_strings = boolean() - Can be used to determine how the Erlang shell outputs lists of integers.

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/string.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/string.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/string.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ expect UTF-8 binaries but not all functions verify that all binaries are encoded correctly.

    Unless otherwise specified the return value type is the same as the input type. That is, binary input returns binary output, list input returns a list output, -and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
    +and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
     "sarah"
    -2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
    +2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
     <<"sarah">>
    -3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " ").
    -["foo","bar"]
    -4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " ").
    -[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 +3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " "). +["foo","bar"] +4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " "). +[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 and operate on grapheme clusters. The old functions that only work on Latin-1 lists as input are still available but should not be used, they will be @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@

    Converts String to a case-agnostic comparable string. Function casefold/1 is preferred over lowercase/1 -when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
    +when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
     "ω and ss sharp s"
    @@ -983,9 +983,9 @@

    Returns a string where any trailing \n or \r\n have been removed from -String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
    +String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
     <<"\nHello">>
    -183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
    +183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
     "\nHello\r"
    @@ -1086,11 +1086,11 @@ nfc, nfd, nfkc, and -nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
    +nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
     true
    -2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
    +2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
     false
    -3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
    +3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
     true
    @@ -1156,13 +1156,13 @@

    Removes anything before SearchPattern in String and returns the remainder of the string or nomatch if SearchPattern is not found. Dir, which can be leading or trailing, indicates from which direction characters are to be -searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
    +searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
     "..cd..ef"
    -2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
    +2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
     <<"..ef">>
    -3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
    +3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
     nomatch
    -4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
    +4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
     nomatch
    @@ -1193,9 +1193,9 @@ -

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
    +

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
     false
    -2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
    +2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
     true
    @@ -1233,13 +1233,13 @@

    Returns a float between +0.0 and 1.0 representing the Jaro similarity between the given strings. Strings with a higher similarity will score closer -to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
    +to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
     1.0
    -2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
    +2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
     +0.0
    -3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
    +3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
     0.8690476190476191
    -4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
    +4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
     0.5317460317460317

    The Jaro distance between two strings can be calculated with JaroDistance = 1.0 - JaroSimilarity.

    @@ -1271,9 +1271,9 @@ -

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
    +

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
     3
    -2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
    +2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
     3
    @@ -1308,10 +1308,10 @@

    Returns a list of lexemes in String, separated by the grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Notice that, as shown in this example, two or more adjacent separator graphemes clusters in String are treated as one. That is, there are no empty strings in -the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    -["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    -2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    -[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    +the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    +["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    +2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    +[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@

    Converts String to lowercase.

    Notice that function casefold/1 should be used when converting a string to be -tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
    +tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
     "michał"
    @@ -1376,8 +1376,8 @@

    Returns the first codepoint in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple if the -next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    +next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    @@ -1411,8 +1411,8 @@

    Returns the first grapheme cluster in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple -if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    +if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@

    Returns lexeme number N in String, where lexemes are separated by the -grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
    +grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
     "ghi"
    @@ -1545,11 +1545,11 @@

    Pads String to Length with grapheme cluster Char. Dir, which can be -leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    -[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    -2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
    +leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    +[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    +2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
     '   He̊llö'
    -3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
    +3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
     ' He̊llö  '
    @@ -1581,9 +1581,9 @@

    If Prefix is the prefix of String, removes it and returns the remainder of -String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
    +String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
     <<"fix of string">>
    -2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
    +2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
     nomatch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/supervisor.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/supervisor.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/supervisor.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ Supervisor flags

    The supervisor properties are defined by the supervisor flags. The type -definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with +definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with the strategy key in the above map:

    • one_for_one - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, only that child process is affected. This is the default restart strategy.

    • one_for_all - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, all other child processes are terminated and then all child processes are @@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ Child specification

    -

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    -                 significant => significant(), % optional
    -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    -                 type => worker(),             % optional
    -                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, +

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    +                 significant => significant(), % optional
    +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    +                 type => worker(),             % optional
    +                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, but the map is preferred.

    • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

      The id key is mandatory.

      Notice that this identifier on occations has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but to keep backward compatibility, some occurences of "name" can still be found, for example in /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/timer.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/timer.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/timer.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,15 +41,15 @@ Examples -

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       Hello World!

      Example 2

      The following example shows a process performing a certain action, and if this -action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
      +action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
       %% If pid is not finished in 10 seconds, kill him
      -{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
      +{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
       ...
       %% We change our mind...
      -timer:cancel(R),
      +timer:cancel(R),
       ...

      @@ -76,20 +76,20 @@ process which set the timer about its completion, by sending it a done message.

      Using self/0 inside the timed function, the code below does not work as intended. The task gets done, but the done message gets sent to the wrong -process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 5s pass...
       timeout

      The code below calls self/0 in the process which sets the timer and assigns it to a variable, which is then used in the function to send the done message to, -and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
      +and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
       <0.82.0>
      -2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       3> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
      -done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
       done
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode_usage.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode_usage.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode_usage.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -234,20 +234,20 @@ iolists, where binaries and lists can be combined to represent a sequence of bytes. In the same way, the Unicode-aware modules often allow for combinations of binaries and lists, where the binaries have characters encoded in UTF-8 and -the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
      +the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
       
      -chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
      +chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
       
      -charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(),
      -  unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing +charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(), + unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing other encodings than UTF-8, but that is a special case to allow for conversions -to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      -  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
      +to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      +  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
       
      -external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
      +external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
       
      -external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() |
      -  external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      +external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() | + external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

      In certain output functions and in the output of return values in the shell, Erlang tries to detect string data in lists and binaries heuristically. -Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
      +Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
       "abc"
       2> <<97,98,99>>.
       <<"abc">>
      @@ -315,27 +315,27 @@
       controls how heuristic string detection is done. More ranges are expected to be
       added in the future, enabling tailoring of the heuristics to the language and
       region relevant to the user.

      The following examples show the two startup options:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      -[1024]
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      -[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
      +[1024]
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>
       5> <<229/utf8,228/utf8,246/utf8>>.
       <<"åäö"/utf8>>
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
       "Ѐ"
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
       "Юникод"
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<"Юникод"/utf8>>
      @@ -348,17 +348,17 @@
       outputs anything containing printable Unicode data (in binaries, either UTF-8 or
       bytewise encoded) as string data.

      These heuristics are also used by io:format/2, io_lib:format/2, and friends when modifier t is used with ~p or ~P:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
       ok
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
       ok

      Notice that this only affects heuristic interpretation of lists and binaries on output. For example, the ~ts format sequence always outputs a valid list of characters, regardless of the +pc setting, as the programmer has explicitly @@ -381,19 +381,19 @@ capable of. There is no portable way for Erlang to ask the terminal about its UTF-8 capacity, we have to rely on the language and character type settings.

      To investigate what Erlang thinks about the terminal, the call io:getopts() can be used when the shell is started:

      $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.ISO-8859-1 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,latin1}
      -2> q().
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,latin1}
      +2> q().
       ok
       $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2>

      When (finally?) everything is in order with the locale settings, fonts. and the terminal emulator, you have probably found a way to input characters in the script you desire. For testing, the simplest way is to add some keyboard @@ -406,14 +406,14 @@ easily if you are not used to this. For example, entering commands using a Cyrillic character set is not easily done in the Erlang shell.

      Now you are set up for some Unicode input and output. The simplest thing to do is to enter a string in the shell:

      $ erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2> "Юникод".
       "Юникод"
      -3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
      +3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
       Юникод
       ok
       4>

      While strings can be input as Unicode characters, the language elements are @@ -446,10 +446,10 @@ charlist() represented by it.

      #!/usr/bin/env escript
       %%! -kernel standard_io_encoding latin1
       
      -main(_) ->
      -  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
      +main(_) ->
      +  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
         ok.
      $ escript test.es
       ξ
       ξ: [206,190]

      ξ would normally be represented as the integer 958, but since we are using @@ -685,13 +685,13 @@ example {encoding,utf8}).

    Functions reading Erlang syntax from files recognize the coding: comment and can therefore handle Unicode data on input. When writing Erlang terms to a file, you are advised to insert such comments when applicable:

    $ erl +fna +pc unicode
    -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
    +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
     
    -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
    +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
     ok
    -2> file:consult("test.term").
    -{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    +2> file:consult("test.term"). +{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    @@ -770,21 +770,21 @@ same way as the remaining file. If such a file is to be read, the first few bytes (depending on encoding) are not part of the text. This code outlines how to open a file that is believed to have a BOM, and sets the files encoding and -position for further sequential reading (preferably using the io module).

    Notice that error handling is omitted from the code:

    open_bom_file_for_reading(File) ->
    -    {ok,F} = file:open(File,[read,binary]),
    -    {ok,Bin} = file:read(F,4),
    -    {Type,Bytes} = unicode:bom_to_encoding(Bin),
    -    file:position(F,Bytes),
    -    io:setopts(F,[{encoding,Type}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/unicode.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000
    @@ -950,13 +950,13 @@
     the first part of a (so far) valid UTF character.

    If one UTF character is split over two consecutive binaries in the Data, the conversion succeeds. This means that a character can be decoded from a range of binaries as long as the whole range is specified as input without errors -occurring.

    Example:

    decode_data(Data) ->
    -   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
    -      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
    -            More = get_some_more_data(),
    -            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
    -      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
    -            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
    +occurring.

    Example:

    decode_data(Data) ->
    +   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
    +      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
    +            More = get_some_more_data(),
    +            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
    +      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
    +            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
           List ->
                 List
        end.

    However, bit strings that are not whole bytes are not allowed, so a UTF @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
    +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
     <<"abc..åäö"/utf8>>
    @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
    +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
     "abc..åäö"
    @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
    +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
     <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136>>
    @@ -1087,8 +1087,8 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
    -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
    +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
    +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
    @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
    +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
     <<"abc..åäö32"/utf8>>
    @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
    +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
     "abc..åäö32"
    @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
    +standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

    2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
     <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136,51,50>>
    @@ -1217,8 +1217,8 @@

    Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
    -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
    +standard.

    Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

    The result is a list of characters.

    1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
    +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string_usage.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string_usage.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string_usage.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -89,19 +89,19 @@ to explain this by an example.

    Let's say that we would like to create the following URI and send it over the network: http://cities/örebro?foo bar. This is not a valid URI as it contains characters that are not allowed in a URI such as "ö" and the space. We can -verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    -  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails +verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    +  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails at the last attempt when it encounters the colon character ":". Note, that the inital fault occurs when the parser attempts to interpret the character "ö" and after a failure back-tracks to the point where it has another possible parsing alternative.

    The proper way to solve this problem is to use uri_string:recompose/1 with a -uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    -  query => "foo bar"}).
    +uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    +  query => "foo bar"}).
       "http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar"

    The result is a valid URI where all the special characters are encoded as defined by the standard. Applying uri_string:parse/1 and -uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    -  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    -  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    +  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    +  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    @@ -124,27 +124,27 @@ question the library provides a utility function, uri_string:allowed_characters/0, that lists the allowed set of characters in each major URI component, and also in the -most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    -    [{scheme,
    -     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    -    {userinfo,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {host,
    -     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    -    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    -    {regname,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {path,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {query,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {fragment,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    -    {unreserved,
    -     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be -percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
    +most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    +    [{scheme,
    +     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    +    {userinfo,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {host,
    +     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    +    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    +    {regname,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {path,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {query,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {fragment,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    +    {unreserved,
    +     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be +percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
         "https://local%23host"

    Consuming a URI containing percent-encoded triplets can take many steps. The following example shows how to handle an input URI that is not normalized and contains multiple percent-encoded triplets. First, the input @@ -156,32 +156,32 @@ You can try to normalize the input with uri_string:normalize/1. The normalize operation decodes those percent-encoded triplets that correspond to a character in the unreserved set. Normalization is a safe, idempotent operation that -converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
    +converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local%23host/%F6re%26bro%20"
    -    5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]).
    -    #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -      scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this + 5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]). + #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this point, when the URI is already parsed, it is safe to apply application specific decoding on the remaining character triplets. Erlang/OTP provides a function, uri_string:percent_decode/1 for raw percent decoding that you can use on the -host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
    +host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
         "local#host"
    -    7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20").
    -    {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}
    -    8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -    scheme => "http"}).
    -    {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character + 7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20"). + {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>} + 8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}). + {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character with non-UTF-8 encoding. In order to be able to decode this, you have to make assumptions about the encoding used in these triplets. The most obvious choice is latin-1, so you can try uri_string:transcode/2, to transcode the path to -UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
    +UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
         "/%C3%B6re%26bro%20"
    -    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "/öre&bro "

    It is important to emphasize that it is not safe to apply -uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local#host/öre&bro "
    -    12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro ").
    -    {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens + 12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro "). + {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens when converting a uri_map() into a uri_string(). Applying any percent-encoding directly on an input URI would not be safe just as in the case of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/uri_string.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -480,10 +480,10 @@

    Composes a form-urlencoded QueryString based on a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro">>

    @@ -527,11 +527,11 @@ ";" (U+003B) character.

    Bytes that are out of the range 0x2A, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x30 to 0x39, 0x41 to 0x5A, 0x5F, 0x61 to 0x7A, are percent-encoded (U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%) followed by uppercase ASCII hex digits representing the hexadecimal value of the -byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    -1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    +1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%F6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>
    @@ -568,11 +568,11 @@

    Dissects an urlencoded QueryString and returns a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    -[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    -2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    -[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    - {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    +[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    +2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    +[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    + {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    @@ -606,14 +606,14 @@

    Transforms an URI into a normalized form using Syntax-Based Normalization as defined by RFC 3986.

    This function implements case normalization, percent-encoding normalization, path segment normalization and scheme based normalization for HTTP(S) with basic -support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
    +support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
     "/a/g"
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
     <<"mid/6">>
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
     "http://localhost/"
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
     "http://localhost-%C3%B6rebro/a/g"
    @@ -650,15 +650,15 @@

    Same as normalize/1 but with an additional Options parameter, that controls whether the normalized URI shall be returned as an -uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    -#{path => "/a/g"}
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    -#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    +uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    +#{path => "/a/g"}
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    +#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    @@ -690,14 +690,14 @@

    Parses an RFC 3986 compliant uri_string/0 into a uri_map/0, that holds the parsed components of the -URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    -2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    -#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
    +  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    +2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    +#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
       port => 8042,query => <<"name=ferret">>,scheme => <<"foo">>,
    -  userinfo => <<"user">>}
    +
    userinfo => <<"user">>}
    @@ -737,15 +737,15 @@

    Decodes all percent-encoded triplets in the input that can be both a uri_string/0 and a uri_map/0.

    Note, that this function performs raw decoding and it shall be used on already parsed URI components. Applying this function directly on a standard URI can -effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    -1> scheme => "http"}).
    -#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    -2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
    +effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    +1> scheme => "http"}).
    +#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    +2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
     <<"örebro"/utf8>>

    Warning

    Using uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on a URI is not safe. This example shows, that after each consecutive application of the function the -resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
    +resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>
    -4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
    +4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local/host/path">>
    @@ -778,9 +778,9 @@

    Replaces characters out of unreserved set with their percent encoded equivalents.

    Unreserved characters defined in -RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
    +RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
     "SomeId%2F04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
     <<"SomeId%2F04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -815,9 +815,9 @@

    Same as quote/1, but Safe allows user to provide a list of -characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
    +characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
     "SomeId/04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
     <<"SomeId/04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -852,13 +852,13 @@

    Creates an RFC 3986 compliant URIString (percent-encoded), based on the components of URIMap. If the -URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    -1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    +1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
    +  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
     
    -2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
    +2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
     "foo://example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose"
    @@ -895,13 +895,13 @@

    Convert a RefURI reference that might be relative to a given base URI into the parsed components of the reference's target, which can then be recomposed to -form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/abs/ol/ute"
    -2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/relative"
    -3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/full"
    -4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/b/path?xyz"
    @@ -939,11 +939,11 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/zip.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/zip.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:56.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib.epub/OEBPS/zip.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -928,28 +928,28 @@ archive. The iteration can be ended prematurely in a controlled manner by throwing an exception.

    Example:

    > Name = "dummy.zip".
     "dummy.zip"
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    -{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    -     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
     <<"FOO">>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:57.948494827 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/stdlib_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:57.948494827 +0000 @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ prompt function takes the main prompt as its only parameter.

  • shell_saved_results = integer() >= 0 - Can be used to determine how many results are saved by the Erlang shell.

  • shell_session_slogan = string() | fun() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting an Erlang shell. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_session_slogan '"Test slogan"'
    -Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
    +Erlang/OTP 26 [DEVELOPMENT] [erts-13.0.2] [source] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit:ns]
     
     Test slogan
     1>
  • shell_slogan = string() | fun(() -> string()) - The slogan printed when starting the Erlang shell subsystem. Example:

    $ erl -stdlib shell_slogan '"Test slogan"'
     Test slogan
    -Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V13.0.2  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    The default is the return value of erlang:system_info(system_version).

  • shell_strings = boolean() - Can be used to determine how the Erlang shell outputs lists of integers.

  • @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/string.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/string.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.000495172 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/string.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.004495198 +0000 @@ -149,14 +149,14 @@ expect UTF-8 binaries but not all functions verify that all binaries are encoded correctly.

    Unless otherwise specified the return value type is the same as the input type. That is, binary input returns binary output, list input returns a list output, -and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
    +and mixed input can return a mixed output.

    1> string:trim("  sarah  ").
     "sarah"
    -2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
    +2> string:trim(<<"  sarah  ">>).
     <<"sarah">>
    -3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " ").
    -["foo","bar"]
    -4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " ").
    -[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 +3> string:lexemes("foo bar", " "). +["foo","bar"] +4> string:lexemes(<<"foo bar">>, " "). +[<<"foo">>,<<"bar">>]

    This module has been reworked in Erlang/OTP 20 to handle unicode:chardata/0 and operate on grapheme clusters. The old functions that only work on Latin-1 lists as input are still available but should not be used, they will be @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@

    Converts String to a case-agnostic comparable string. Function casefold/1 is preferred over lowercase/1 -when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
    +when two strings are to be compared for equality. See also equal/4.

    Example:

    1> string:casefold("Ω and ẞ SHARP S").
     "ω and ss sharp s"
    @@ -1100,9 +1100,9 @@

    Returns a string where any trailing \n or \r\n have been removed from -String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
    +String.

    Example:

    182> string:chomp(<<"\nHello\n\n">>).
     <<"\nHello">>
    -183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
    +183> string:chomp("\nHello\r\r\n").
     "\nHello\r"
    @@ -1203,11 +1203,11 @@ nfc, nfd, nfkc, and -nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
    +nfkd.

    Example:

    1> string:equal("åäö", <<"åäö"/utf8>>).
     true
    -2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
    +2> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("åäö")).
     false
    -3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
    +3> string:equal("åäö", unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("ÅÄÖ"), true, nfc).
     true
    @@ -1273,13 +1273,13 @@

    Removes anything before SearchPattern in String and returns the remainder of the string or nomatch if SearchPattern is not found. Dir, which can be leading or trailing, indicates from which direction characters are to be -searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
    +searched.

    Example:

    1> string:find("ab..cd..ef", ".").
     "..cd..ef"
    -2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
    +2> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "..", trailing).
     <<"..ef">>
    -3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
    +3> string:find(<<"ab..cd..ef">>, "x", leading).
     nomatch
    -4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
    +4> string:find("ab..cd..ef", "x", trailing).
     nomatch
    @@ -1310,9 +1310,9 @@ -

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
    +

    Returns true if String is the empty string, otherwise false.

    Example:

    1> string:is_empty("foo").
     false
    -2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
    +2> string:is_empty(["",<<>>]).
     true
    @@ -1350,13 +1350,13 @@

    Returns a float between +0.0 and 1.0 representing the Jaro similarity between the given strings. Strings with a higher similarity will score closer -to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
    +to 1.0, with +0.0 meaning no similarity and 1.0 meaning an exact match.

    Example:

    1> string:jaro_similarity("ditto", "ditto").
     1.0
    -2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
    +2> string:jaro_similarity("foo", "bar").
     +0.0
    -3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
    +3> string:jaro_similarity("michelle", "michael").
     0.8690476190476191
    -4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
    +4> string:jaro_similarity(<<"Édouard"/utf8>>, <<"Claude">>).
     0.5317460317460317

    The Jaro distance between two strings can be calculated with JaroDistance = 1.0 - JaroSimilarity.

    @@ -1388,9 +1388,9 @@ -

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
    +

    Returns the number of grapheme clusters in String.

    Example:

    1> string:length("ß↑e̊").
     3
    -2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
    +2> string:length(<<195,159,226,134,145,101,204,138>>).
     3
    @@ -1425,10 +1425,10 @@

    Returns a list of lexemes in String, separated by the grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Notice that, as shown in this example, two or more adjacent separator graphemes clusters in String are treated as one. That is, there are no empty strings in -the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    -["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    -2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    -[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    +the resulting list of lexemes. See also split/3 which returns empty strings.

    Notice that [$\r,$\n] is one grapheme cluster.

    Example:

    1> string:lexemes("abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo", "x e" ++ [[$\r,$\n]]).
    +["abc","de̊f","ghi","jkl","foo"]
    +2> string:lexemes(<<"abc de̊fxxghix jkl\r\nfoo"/utf8>>, "x e" ++ [$\r,$\n]).
    +[<<"abc">>,<<"de̊f"/utf8>>,<<"ghi">>,<<"jkl\r\nfoo">>]
    @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@

    Converts String to lowercase.

    Notice that function casefold/1 should be used when converting a string to be -tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
    +tested for equality.

    Example:

    2> string:lowercase(string:uppercase("Michał")).
     "michał"
    @@ -1493,8 +1493,8 @@

    Returns the first codepoint in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple if the -next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    +next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_codepoint(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +[101|<<"̊fg"/utf8>>]
    @@ -1528,8 +1528,8 @@

    Returns the first grapheme cluster in String and the rest of String in the tail. Returns an empty list if String is empty or an {error, String} tuple -if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    -["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    +if the next byte is invalid.

    Example:

    1> string:next_grapheme(unicode:characters_to_binary("e̊fg")).
    +["e̊"|<<"fg">>]
    @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@

    Returns lexeme number N in String, where lexemes are separated by the -grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
    +grapheme clusters in SeparatorList.

    Example:

    1> string:nth_lexeme("abc.de̊f.ghiejkl", 3, ".e").
     "ghi"
    @@ -1662,11 +1662,11 @@

    Pads String to Length with grapheme cluster Char. Dir, which can be -leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    -[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    -2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
    +leading, trailing, or both, indicates where the padding should be added.

    Example:

    1> string:pad(<<"He̊llö"/utf8>>, 8).
    +[<<72,101,204,138,108,108,195,182>>,32,32,32]
    +2> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, leading)]).
     '   He̊llö'
    -3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
    +3> io:format("'~ts'~n",[string:pad("He̊llö", 8, both)]).
     ' He̊llö  '
    @@ -1698,9 +1698,9 @@

    If Prefix is the prefix of String, removes it and returns the remainder of -String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
    +String, otherwise returns nomatch.

    Example:

    1> string:prefix(<<"prefix of string">>, "pre").
     <<"fix of string">>
    -2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
    +2> string:prefix("pre", "prefix").
     nomatch
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.052495516 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.052495516 +0000 @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ Supervisor flags

    The supervisor properties are defined by the supervisor flags. The type -definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    -                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    -                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    -                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with +definition for the supervisor flags is as follows:

    sup_flags() = #{strategy => strategy(),           % optional
    +                intensity => non_neg_integer(),   % optional
    +                period => pos_integer(),          % optional
    +                auto_shutdown => auto_shutdown()} % optional

    Restart Strategies

    A supervisor can have one of the following restart strategies specified with the strategy key in the above map:

    • one_for_one - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, only that child process is affected. This is the default restart strategy.

    • one_for_all - If one child process terminates and is to be restarted, all other child processes are terminated and then all child processes are @@ -205,13 +205,13 @@ Child specification

    -

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    -                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    -                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    -                 significant => significant(), % optional
    -                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    -                 type => worker(),             % optional
    -                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, +

    The type definition of a child specification is as follows:

    child_spec() = #{id => child_id(),             % mandatory
    +                 start => mfargs(),            % mandatory
    +                 restart => restart(),         % optional
    +                 significant => significant(), % optional
    +                 shutdown => shutdown(),       % optional
    +                 type => worker(),             % optional
    +                 modules => modules()}         % optional

    The old tuple format is kept for backwards compatibility, see child_spec/0, but the map is preferred.

    • id is used to identify the child specification internally by the supervisor.

      The id key is mandatory.

      Notice that this identifier on occations has been called "name". As far as possible, the terms "identifier" or "id" are now used but to keep backward compatibility, some occurences of "name" can still be found, for example in @@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.084495729 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/supervisor_bridge.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.088495755 +0000 @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sys.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sys.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.128496020 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/sys.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.136496073 +0000 @@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/timer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/timer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.168496286 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/timer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.172496313 +0000 @@ -146,15 +146,15 @@ Examples -

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +

      Example 1

      The following example shows how to print "Hello World!" in 5 seconds:

      1> timer:apply_after(5000, io, format, ["~nHello World!~n", []]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       Hello World!

      Example 2

      The following example shows a process performing a certain action, and if this -action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
      +action is not completed within a certain limit, the process is killed:

      Pid = spawn(mod, fun, [foo, bar]),
       %% If pid is not finished in 10 seconds, kill him
      -{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
      +{ok, R} = timer:kill_after(timer:seconds(10), Pid),
       ...
       %% We change our mind...
      -timer:cancel(R),
      +timer:cancel(R),
       ...

      @@ -181,20 +181,20 @@ process which set the timer about its completion, by sending it a done message.

      Using self/0 inside the timed function, the code below does not work as intended. The task gets done, but the done message gets sent to the wrong -process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +process and is lost.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), self() ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 5s pass...
       timeout

      The code below calls self/0 in the process which sets the timer and assigns it to a variable, which is then used in the function to send the done message to, -and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
      +and so works as intended.

      1> Target = self()
       <0.82.0>
      -2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +2> timer:apply_after(1000, fun() -> do_something(), Target ! done end).
      +{ok,TRef}
       3> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
      -done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      -{ok,TRef}
      +done

      Another option is to pass the message target as a parameter to the function.

      1> timer:apply_after(1000, fun(Target) -> do_something(), Target ! done end, [self()]).
      +{ok,TRef}
       2> receive done -> done after 5000 -> timeout end.
       %% ... 1s passes...
       done
      @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.212496577 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.216496604 +0000 @@ -1071,13 +1071,13 @@ the first part of a (so far) valid UTF character.

      If one UTF character is split over two consecutive binaries in the Data, the conversion succeeds. This means that a character can be decoded from a range of binaries as long as the whole range is specified as input without errors -occurring.

      Example:

      decode_data(Data) ->
      -   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
      -      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
      -            More = get_some_more_data(),
      -            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
      -      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
      -            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
      +occurring.

      Example:

      decode_data(Data) ->
      +   case unicode:characters_to_list(Data,unicode) of
      +      {incomplete,Encoded, Rest} ->
      +            More = get_some_more_data(),
      +            Encoded ++ decode_data([Rest, More]);
      +      {error,Encoded,Rest} ->
      +            handle_error(Encoded,Rest);
             List ->
                   List
          end.

      However, bit strings that are not whole bytes are not allowed, so a UTF @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
      +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
       <<"abc..åäö"/utf8>>
      @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
      +of canonical equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776]]).
       "abc..åäö"
      @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
      +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfd_binary("abc..åäö").
       <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136>>
      @@ -1208,8 +1208,8 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
      -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
      +of canonical equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfd_list("abc..åäö").
      +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776]
      @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
      +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      4> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_binary([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
       <<"abc..åäö32"/utf8>>
      @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form -of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
      +of compatibly equivalent Composed characters according to the Unicode standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      3> unicode:characters_to_nfkc_list([<<"abc..a">>,[778],$a,[776],$o,[776],[65299,65298]]).
       "abc..åäö32"
      @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
      +standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is an utf8 encoded binary.

      2> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_binary(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
       <<97,98,99,46,46,97,204,138,97,204,136,111,204,136,51,50>>
      @@ -1338,8 +1338,8 @@

      Converts a possibly deep list of characters and binaries into a Normalized Form of compatibly equivalent Decomposed characters according to the Unicode -standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
      -[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
      +standard.

      Any binaries in the input must be encoded with utf8 encoding.

      The result is a list of characters.

      1> unicode:characters_to_nfkd_list(["abc..åäö",[65299,65298]]).
      +[97,98,99,46,46,97,778,97,776,111,776,51,50]
      @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.256496869 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/unicode_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.260496895 +0000 @@ -329,20 +329,20 @@ iolists, where binaries and lists can be combined to represent a sequence of bytes. In the same way, the Unicode-aware modules often allow for combinations of binaries and lists, where the binaries have characters encoded in UTF-8 and -the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
      +the lists contain such binaries or numbers representing Unicode code points:

      unicode_binary() = binary() with characters encoded in UTF-8 coding standard
       
      -chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
      +chardata() = charlist() | unicode_binary()
       
      -charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(),
      -  unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing +charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | unicode_binary() | charlist(), + unicode_binary() | nil())

      The module unicode even supports similar mixes with binaries containing other encodings than UTF-8, but that is a special case to allow for conversions -to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      -  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
      +to and from external data:

      external_unicode_binary() = binary() with characters coded in a user-specified
      +  Unicode encoding other than UTF-8 (UTF-16 or UTF-32)
       
      -external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
      +external_chardata() = external_charlist() | external_unicode_binary()
       
      -external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() |
      -  external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      +external_charlist() = maybe_improper_list(char() | external_unicode_binary() | + external_charlist(), external_unicode_binary() | nil())

      @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@

      In certain output functions and in the output of return values in the shell, Erlang tries to detect string data in lists and binaries heuristically. -Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
      +Typically you will see heuristic detection in a situation like this:

      1> [97,98,99].
       "abc"
       2> <<97,98,99>>.
       <<"abc">>
      @@ -410,27 +410,27 @@
       controls how heuristic string detection is done. More ranges are expected to be
       added in the future, enabling tailoring of the heuristics to the language and
       region relevant to the user.

      The following examples show the two startup options:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      -[1024]
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      -[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
      +[1024]
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +[1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076]
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>
       5> <<229/utf8,228/utf8,246/utf8>>.
       <<"åäö"/utf8>>
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> [1024].
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> [1024].
       "Ѐ"
      -2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
      +2> [1070,1085,1080,1082,1086,1076].
       "Юникод"
      -3> [229,228,246].
      +3> [229,228,246].
       "åäö"
       4> <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>.
       <<"Юникод"/utf8>>
      @@ -443,17 +443,17 @@
       outputs anything containing printable Unicode data (in binaries, either UTF-8 or
       bytewise encoded) as string data.

      These heuristics are also used by io:format/2, io_lib:format/2, and friends when modifier t is used with ~p or ~P:

      $ erl +pc latin1
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}
       ok
      $ erl +pc unicode
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      -{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> io:format("~tp~n",[{<<"åäö">>, <<"åäö"/utf8>>, <<208,174,208,189,208,184,208,186,208,190,208,180>>}]).
      +{<<"åäö">>,<<"åäö"/utf8>>,<<"Юникод"/utf8>>}
       ok

      Notice that this only affects heuristic interpretation of lists and binaries on output. For example, the ~ts format sequence always outputs a valid list of characters, regardless of the +pc setting, as the programmer has explicitly @@ -476,19 +476,19 @@ capable of. There is no portable way for Erlang to ask the terminal about its UTF-8 capacity, we have to rely on the language and character type settings.

      To investigate what Erlang thinks about the terminal, the call io:getopts() can be used when the shell is started:

      $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.ISO-8859-1 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,latin1}
      -2> q().
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,latin1}
      +2> q().
       ok
       $ LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2>

      When (finally?) everything is in order with the locale settings, fonts. and the terminal emulator, you have probably found a way to input characters in the script you desire. For testing, the simplest way is to add some keyboard @@ -501,14 +501,14 @@ easily if you are not used to this. For example, entering commands using a Cyrillic character set is not easily done in the Erlang shell.

      Now you are set up for some Unicode input and output. The simplest thing to do is to enter a string in the shell:

      $ erl
      -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
      +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source] [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
       
      -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      -1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      -{encoding,unicode}
      +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
      +1> lists:keyfind(encoding, 1, io:getopts()).
      +{encoding,unicode}
       2> "Юникод".
       "Юникод"
      -3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
      +3> io:format("~ts~n", [v(2)]).
       Юникод
       ok
       4>

      While strings can be input as Unicode characters, the language elements are @@ -541,10 +541,10 @@ charlist() represented by it.

      #!/usr/bin/env escript
       %%! -kernel standard_io_encoding latin1
       
      -main(_) ->
      -  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      -  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
      +main(_) ->
      +  {ok, Char} = file:read_line(standard_io),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, string:trim(Char)),
      +  ok = file:write(standard_io, io_lib:format(": ~w~n",[string:trim(Char)])),
         ok.
      $ escript test.es
       ξ
       ξ: [206,190]

      ξ would normally be represented as the integer 958, but since we are using @@ -780,13 +780,13 @@ example {encoding,utf8}).

    Functions reading Erlang syntax from files recognize the coding: comment and can therefore handle Unicode data on input. When writing Erlang terms to a file, you are advised to insert such comments when applicable:

    $ erl +fna +pc unicode
    -Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
    +Erlang R16B (erts-5.10.1) [source]  [async-threads:0] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
     
    -Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
    +Eshell V5.10.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> file:write_file("test.term",<<"%% coding: utf-8\n[{\"Юникод\",4711}].\n"/utf8>>).
     ok
    -2> file:consult("test.term").
    -{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    +2> file:consult("test.term"). +{ok,[[{"Юникод",4711}]]}

    @@ -865,21 +865,21 @@ same way as the remaining file. If such a file is to be read, the first few bytes (depending on encoding) are not part of the text. This code outlines how to open a file that is believed to have a BOM, and sets the files encoding and -position for further sequential reading (preferably using the io module).

    Notice that error handling is omitted from the code:

    open_bom_file_for_reading(File) ->
    -    {ok,F} = file:open(File,[read,binary]),
    -    {ok,Bin} = file:read(F,4),
    -    {Type,Bytes} = unicode:bom_to_encoding(Bin),
    -    file:position(F,Bytes),
    -    io:setopts(F,[{encoding,Type}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string.html	2025-03-21 17:27:58.292497108 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string.html	2025-03-21 17:27:58.296497135 +0000
    @@ -586,10 +586,10 @@
     

    Composes a form-urlencoded QueryString based on a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"örebro"/utf8>>}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro">>
    @@ -633,11 +633,11 @@ ";" (U+003B) character.

    Bytes that are out of the range 0x2A, 0x2D, 0x2E, 0x30 to 0x39, 0x41 to 0x5A, 0x5F, 0x61 to 0x7A, are percent-encoded (U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%) followed by uppercase ASCII hex digits representing the hexadecimal value of the -byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    -1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +byte).

    See also the opposite operation dissect_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:compose_query([{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}],
    +1> [{encoding, latin1}]).
     "foo+bar=1&city=%F6rebro"
    -2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    -2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
    +2> uri_string:compose_query([{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    +2> {<<"city">>,<<"東京"/utf8>>}], [{encoding, latin1}]).
     <<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>
    @@ -674,11 +674,11 @@

    Dissects an urlencoded QueryString and returns a QueryList, a list of non-percent-encoded key-value pairs.

    Form-urlencoding is defined in section 4.10.21.6 of the HTML 5.2 specification and in section 4.10.22.6 of the HTML 5.0 -specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    -[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    -2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    -[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    - {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    +specification for non-UTF-8 encodings.

    See also the opposite operation compose_query/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:dissect_query("foo+bar=1&city=%C3%B6rebro").
    +[{"foo bar","1"},{"city","örebro"}]
    +2> uri_string:dissect_query(<<"foo+bar=1&city=%26%2326481%3B%26%2320140%3B">>).
    +[{<<"foo bar">>,<<"1">>},
    + {<<"city">>,<<230,157,177,228,186,172>>}]
    @@ -712,14 +712,14 @@

    Transforms an URI into a normalized form using Syntax-Based Normalization as defined by RFC 3986.

    This function implements case normalization, percent-encoding normalization, path segment normalization and scheme based normalization for HTTP(S) with basic -support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
    +support for FTP, SSH, SFTP and TFTP.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g").
     "/a/g"
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>).
     <<"mid/6">>
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80").
     "http://localhost/"
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#href_anchor"ss">scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#href_anchor"ss">scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}).
     "http://localhost-%C3%B6rebro/a/g"
    @@ -756,15 +756,15 @@

    Same as normalize/1 but with an additional Options parameter, that controls whether the normalized URI shall be returned as an -uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    -#{path => "/a/g"}
    -2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    -#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    -3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    -4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    -4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    -#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    +uri_map().

    There is one supported option: return_map.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:normalize("/a/b/c/./../../g", [return_map]).
    +#{path => "/a/g"}
    +2> uri_string:normalize(<<"mid/content=5/../6">>, [return_map]).
    +#{path => <<"mid/6">>}
    +3> uri_string:normalize("http://localhost:80", [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/",host => "localhost"}
    +4> uri_string:normalize(#{scheme => "http",port => 80,path => "/a/b/c/./../../g",
    +4> host => "localhost-örebro"}, [return_map]).
    +#{scheme => "http",path => "/a/g",host => "localhost-örebro"}
    @@ -796,14 +796,14 @@

    Parses an RFC 3986 compliant uri_string/0 into a uri_map/0, that holds the parsed components of the -URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URI. If parsing fails, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation recompose/1.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:parse("foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose").
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    -2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    -#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
    +  scheme => foo,userinfo => "user"}
    +2> uri_string:parse(<<"foo://user@example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret">>).
    +#{host => <<"example.com">>,path => <<"/over/there">>,
       port => 8042,query => <<"name=ferret">>,scheme => <<"foo">>,
    -  userinfo => <<"user">>}
    +
    userinfo => <<"user">>}
    @@ -843,15 +843,15 @@

    Decodes all percent-encoded triplets in the input that can be both a uri_string/0 and a uri_map/0.

    Note, that this function performs raw decoding and it shall be used on already parsed URI components. Applying this function directly on a standard URI can -effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    -1> scheme => "http"}).
    -#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    -2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
    +effectively change it.

    If the input encoding is not UTF-8, an error tuple is returned.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "localhost-%C3%B6rebro",path => [],
    +1> scheme => "http"}).
    +#{host => "localhost-örebro",path => [],scheme => "http"}
    +2> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"%C3%B6rebro">>).
     <<"örebro"/utf8>>

    Warning

    Using uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on a URI is not safe. This example shows, that after each consecutive application of the function the -resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
    +resulting URI will be changed. None of these URIs refer to the same resource.

    3> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%252Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>
    -4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
    +4> uri_string:percent_decode(<<"http://local%2Fhost/path">>).
     <<"http://local/host/path">>
    @@ -884,9 +884,9 @@

    Replaces characters out of unreserved set with their percent encoded equivalents.

    Unreserved characters defined in -RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
    +RFC 3986 are not quoted.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04").
     "SomeId%2F04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>).
     <<"SomeId%2F04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -921,9 +921,9 @@

    Same as quote/1, but Safe allows user to provide a list of -characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
    +characters to be protected from encoding.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:quote("SomeId/04", "/").
     "SomeId/04"
    -2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
    +2> uri_string:quote(<<"SomeId/04">>, "/").
     <<"SomeId/04">>

    Warning

    Function is not aware about any URI component context and should not be used on whole URI. If applied more than once on the same data, might produce unexpected results.

    @@ -958,13 +958,13 @@

    Creates an RFC 3986 compliant URIString (percent-encoded), based on the components of URIMap. If the -URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    -1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    -#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
    +URIMap is invalid, an error tuple is returned.

    See also the opposite operation parse/1.

    Example:

    1> URIMap = #{fragment => "nose", host => "example.com", path => "/over/there",
    +1> port => 8042, query => "name=ferret", scheme => "foo", userinfo => "user"}.
    +#{fragment => "nose",host => "example.com",
       path => "/over/there",port => 8042,query => "name=ferret",
    -  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
    +  scheme => "foo",userinfo => "user"}
     
    -2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
    +2> uri_string:recompose(URIMap).
     "foo://example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose"
    @@ -1001,13 +1001,13 @@

    Convert a RefURI reference that might be relative to a given base URI into the parsed components of the reference's target, which can then be recomposed to -form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +form the target URI.

    Example:

    1> uri_string:resolve("/abs/ol/ute", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/abs/ol/ute"
    -2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +2> uri_string:resolve("../relative", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/relative"
    -3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +3> uri_string:resolve("http://localhost/full", "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/full"
    -4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
    +4> uri_string:resolve(#{path => "path", query => "xyz"}, "http://localhost/a/b/c?q").
     "http://localhost/a/b/path?xyz"
    @@ -1045,11 +1045,11 @@ /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.324497320 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/uri_string_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.328497346 +0000 @@ -180,19 +180,19 @@ to explain this by an example.

    Let's say that we would like to create the following URI and send it over the network: http://cities/örebro?foo bar. This is not a valid URI as it contains characters that are not allowed in a URI such as "ö" and the space. We can -verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    -  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails +verify this by parsing the URI:

      1> uri_string:parse("http://cities/örebro?foo bar").
    +  {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    The URI parser tries all possible combinations to interpret the input and fails at the last attempt when it encounters the colon character ":". Note, that the inital fault occurs when the parser attempts to interpret the character "ö" and after a failure back-tracks to the point where it has another possible parsing alternative.

    The proper way to solve this problem is to use uri_string:recompose/1 with a -uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    -  query => "foo bar"}).
    +uri_map() as input:

      2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "http", host => "cities", path => "/örebro",
    +  query => "foo bar"}).
       "http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar"

    The result is a valid URI where all the special characters are encoded as defined by the standard. Applying uri_string:parse/1 and -uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    -  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    -  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 on the URI returns the original input:

      3> uri_string:percent_decode(uri_string:parse("http://cities/%C3%B6rebro?foo%20bar")).
    +  #{host => "cities",path => "/örebro",query => "foo bar",
    +  scheme => "http"}

    This symmetric property is heavily used in our property test suite.

    @@ -215,27 +215,27 @@ question the library provides a utility function, uri_string:allowed_characters/0, that lists the allowed set of characters in each major URI component, and also in the -most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    -    [{scheme,
    -     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    -    {userinfo,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {host,
    -     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    -    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    -    {regname,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {path,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {query,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {fragment,
    -     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    -    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    -    {unreserved,
    -     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be -percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
    +most important standard character sets.

        1> uri_string:allowed_characters().
    +    [{scheme,
    +     "+-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"},
    +    {userinfo,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {host,
    +     "!$&'()*+,-.0123456789:;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {ipv4,".0123456789"},
    +    {ipv6,".0123456789:ABCDEFabcdef"},
    +    {regname,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-.0123456789;=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {path,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {query,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {fragment,
    +     "!$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;=?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"},
    +    {reserved,"!#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[]"},
    +    {unreserved,
    +     "-.0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz~"}]

    If a URI component has a character that is not allowed, it will be +percent-encoded when the URI is produced:

        2> uri_string:recompose(#{scheme => "https", host => "local#host", path => ""}).
         "https://local%23host"

    Consuming a URI containing percent-encoded triplets can take many steps. The following example shows how to handle an input URI that is not normalized and contains multiple percent-encoded triplets. First, the input @@ -247,32 +247,32 @@ You can try to normalize the input with uri_string:normalize/1. The normalize operation decodes those percent-encoded triplets that correspond to a character in the unreserved set. Normalization is a safe, idempotent operation that -converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
    +converts a URI into its canonical form:

        4> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local%23host/%F6re%26bro%20"
    -    5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]).
    -    #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -      scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this + 5> uri_string:normalize("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%F6re%26bro%20", [return_map]). + #{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}

    There are still a few percent-encoded triplets left in the output. At this point, when the URI is already parsed, it is safe to apply application specific decoding on the remaining character triplets. Erlang/OTP provides a function, uri_string:percent_decode/1 for raw percent decoding that you can use on the -host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
    +host and path components, or on the whole map:

        6> uri_string:percent_decode("local%23host").
         "local#host"
    -    7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20").
    -    {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}
    -    8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20",
    -    scheme => "http"}).
    -    {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character + 7> uri_string:percent_decode("/%F6re%26bro%20"). + {error,invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>} + 8> uri_string:percent_decode(#{host => "local%23host",path => "/%F6re%26bro%20", + scheme => "http"}). + {error,{invalid,{path,{invalid_utf8,<<"/öre&bro ">>}}}}

    The host was successfully decoded but the path contains at least one character with non-UTF-8 encoding. In order to be able to decode this, you have to make assumptions about the encoding used in these triplets. The most obvious choice is latin-1, so you can try uri_string:transcode/2, to transcode the path to -UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
    +UTF-8 and run the percent-decode operation on the transcoded string:

        9> uri_string:transcode("/%F6re%26bro%20", [{in_encoding, latin1}]).
         "/%C3%B6re%26bro%20"
    -    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +    10> uri_string:percent_decode("/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "/öre&bro "

    It is important to emphasize that it is not safe to apply -uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
    +uri_string:percent_decode/1 directly on an input URI:

        11> uri_string:percent_decode("http://%6C%6Fcal%23host/%C3%B6re%26bro%20").
         "http://local#host/öre&bro "
    -    12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro ").
    -    {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens + 12> uri_string:parse("http://local#host/öre&bro "). + {error,invalid_uri,":"}

    Note

    Percent-encoding is implemented in uri_string:recompose/1 and it happens when converting a uri_map() into a uri_string(). Applying any percent-encoding directly on an input URI would not be safe just as in the case of @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/win32reg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/win32reg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.360497559 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/win32reg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.360497559 +0000 @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/zip.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/zip.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.408497877 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/stdlib-6.2.1/doc/html/zip.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.404497850 +0000 @@ -1054,28 +1054,28 @@ archive. The iteration can be ended prematurely in a controlled manner by throwing an exception.

    Example:

    > Name = "dummy.zip".
     "dummy.zip"
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, [{"foo", <<"FOO">>}, {"bar", <<"BAR">>}], [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    -{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    -     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    -      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    -                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    -> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    -{ok,{"dummy.zip",
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> {ok, FileSpec} = zip:foldl(fun(N, I, B, Acc) -> [{N, B(), I()} | Acc] end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +{ok,[{"bar",<<"BAR">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +     {"foo",<<"FOO">>,
    +      {file_info,3,regular,read_write,
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 {{2010,3,1},{19,2,10}},
    +                 54,1,0,0,0,0,0}}]}
    +> {ok, {Name, Bin}} = zip:create(Name, lists:reverse(FileSpec), [memory]).
    +{ok,{"dummy.zip",
          <<80,75,3,4,20,0,0,0,0,0,74,152,97,60,171,39,212,26,3,0,
    -       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    -> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
    +       0,0,3,0,0,...>>}}
    +> catch zip:foldl(fun("foo", _, B, _) -> throw(B()); (_,_,_,Acc) -> Acc end, [], {Name, Bin}).
     <<"FOO">>
    @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.432498036 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.432498036 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.456498195 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.460498221 +0000 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.484498381 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.484498381 +0000 @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/epp_dodger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.512498566 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/epp_dodger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.516498592 +0000 @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.544498778 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_comment_scan.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.548498805 +0000 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.576498990 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_prettypr.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.580499017 +0000 @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_recomment.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_recomment.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.604499176 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_recomment.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.608499203 +0000 @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.708499865 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.712499892 +0000 @@ -6854,10 +6854,10 @@

    Returns the associated post-comments of a node.

    This is a possibly empty list of abstract comments, in top-down textual order. When the code is formatted, post-comments are typically -displayed to the right of and/or below the node. For example:

    {foo, X, Y}     % Post-comment of tuple

    If possible, the comment should be moved past any following separator characters +displayed to the right of and/or below the node. For example:

    {foo, X, Y}     % Post-comment of tuple

    If possible, the comment should be moved past any following separator characters on the same line, rather than placing the separators on the following line. -For example:

    foo([X | Xs], Y) ->
    -    foo(Xs, bar(X));     % Post-comment of 'bar(X)' node
    +For example:

    foo([X | Xs], Y) ->
    +    foo(Xs, bar(X));     % Post-comment of 'bar(X)' node
      ...

    (where the comment is moved past the rightmost ")" and the ";").

    See also: comment/2, get_attrs/1, get_precomments/1, set_postcomments/2.

    @@ -6890,10 +6890,10 @@

    Returns the associated pre-comments of a node.

    This is a possibly empty list of abstract comments, in top-down textual order. When the code is formatted, pre-comments are typically displayed directly above the node. For example:

    % Pre-comment of function
    -foo(X) -> {bar, X}.

    If possible, the comment should be moved before any preceding separator -characters on the same line. For example:

    foo([X | Xs]) ->
    +foo(X) -> {bar, X}.

    If possible, the comment should be moved before any preceding separator +characters on the same line. For example:

    foo([X | Xs]) ->
         % Pre-comment of 'bar(X)' node
    -    [bar(X) | foo(Xs)];
    +    [bar(X) | foo(Xs)];
     ...

    (where the comment is moved before the "[").

    See also: comment/2, get_attrs/1, get_postcomments/1, set_precomments/2.

    @@ -12151,7 +12151,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.764500236 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/erl_syntax_lib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.764500236 +0000 @@ -2502,7 +2502,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.800500475 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.804500502 +0000 @@ -138,30 +138,30 @@ Quick start

    To enable the full power of Merl, your module needs to include the Merl header -file:

    -include_lib("syntax_tools/include/merl.hrl").

    Then, you can use the ?Q(Text) macros in your code to create ASTs or match on -existing ASTs. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, 42}"),
    -?Q("{foo, _@Number}") = Tuple,
    -Call = ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)")

    Calling merl:print(Call) will then print the following code:

    foo:bar(42)

    The ?Q macros turn the quoted code fragments into ASTs, and lifts +file:

    -include_lib("syntax_tools/include/merl.hrl").

    Then, you can use the ?Q(Text) macros in your code to create ASTs or match on +existing ASTs. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, 42}"),
    +?Q("{foo, _@Number}") = Tuple,
    +Call = ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)")

    Calling merl:print(Call) will then print the following code:

    foo:bar(42)

    The ?Q macros turn the quoted code fragments into ASTs, and lifts metavariables such as _@Tuple and _@Number to the level of your Erlang code, so you can use the corresponding Erlang variables Tuple and Number directly. This is the most straightforward way to use Merl, and in many cases it's all you need.

    You can even write case switches using ?Q macros as patterns. For example:

    case AST of
    -    ?Q("{foo, _@Foo}") -> handle(Foo);
    -    ?Q("{bar, _@Bar}") when erl_syntax:is_integer(Bar) -> handle(Bar);
    -    _ -> handle_default()
    +    ?Q("{foo, _@Foo}") -> handle(Foo);
    +    ?Q("{bar, _@Bar}") when erl_syntax:is_integer(Bar) -> handle(Bar);
    +    _ -> handle_default()
     end

    These case switches only allow ?Q(...) or _ as clause patterns, and the guards may contain any expressions, not just Erlang guard expressions.

    If the macro MERL_NO_TRANSFORM is defined before the merl.hrl header file is included, the parse transform used by Merl will be disabled, and in that case, the match expressions ?Q(...) = ..., case switches using ?Q(...) patterns, and automatic metavariables like _@Tuple cannot be used in your code, but the Merl macros and functions still work. To do metavariable substitution, you need -to use the ?Q(Text, Map) macro. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, _@bar, _@baz}", [{bar, Bar}, {baz,Baz}])

    The text given to a ?Q(Text) macro can be either a single string or a list of +to use the ?Q(Text, Map) macro. For example:

    Tuple = ?Q("{foo, _@bar, _@baz}", [{bar, Bar}, {baz,Baz}])

    The text given to a ?Q(Text) macro can be either a single string or a list of strings. The latter is useful when you need to split a long expression over -multiple lines. For example:

    ?Q(["case _@Expr of",
    +multiple lines. For example:

    ?Q(["case _@Expr of",
         "  {foo, X} -> f(X);",
         "  {bar, X} -> g(X)",
         "  _ -> h(X)"
    -"end"])

    If there is a syntax error somewhere in the text (like the missing semicolon in +"end"])

    If there is a syntax error somewhere in the text (like the missing semicolon in the second clause above) this allows Merl to generate an error message pointing to the exact line in your source code. (Just remember to comma-separate the strings in the list, otherwise Erlang will concatenate the string fragments as @@ -184,23 +184,23 @@ uppercase character, as in _@Foo or _@_@Foo, it will become a variable on the Erlang level, and can be used to easily deconstruct and construct syntax trees:

    case Input of
    -    ?Q("{foo, _@Number}") -> ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)");
    +    ?Q("{foo, _@Number}") -> ?Q("foo:bar(_@Number)");
         ...

    We refer to these as "automatic metavariables". If in addition the name ends with @, as in _@Foo@, the value of the variable as an Erlang term will be automatically converted to the corresponding abstract syntax tree when used to -construct a larger tree. For example, in:

    Bar = {bar, 42},
    -Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@Bar@}")

    (where Bar is just some term, not a syntax tree) the result Foo will be a +construct a larger tree. For example, in:

    Bar = {bar, 42},
    +Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@Bar@}")

    (where Bar is just some term, not a syntax tree) the result Foo will be a syntax tree representing {foo, {bar, 42}}. This avoids the need for temporary -variables in order to inject data, as in

    TmpBar = erl_syntax:abstract(Bar),
    -Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@TmpBar}")

    If the context requires an integer rather than a variable, an atom, or a string, +variables in order to inject data, as in

    TmpBar = erl_syntax:abstract(Bar),
    +Foo = ?Q("{foo, _@TmpBar}")

    If the context requires an integer rather than a variable, an atom, or a string, you cannot use the uppercase convention to mark an automatic metavariable. Instead, if the integer (without the 909-prefix and lift/glob markers) ends in a 9, the integer will become an Erlang-level variable prefixed with Q, and if it ends with 99 it will also be automatically abstracted. For example, the following will increment the arity of the exported function f:

    case Form of
    -    ?Q("-export([f/90919]).") ->
    -        Q2 = erl_syntax:concrete(Q1) + 1,
    -        ?Q("-export([f/909299]).");
    +    ?Q("-export([f/90919]).") ->
    +        Q2 = erl_syntax:concrete(Q1) + 1,
    +        ?Q("-export([f/909299]).");
         ...

    @@ -209,40 +209,40 @@

    Merl can only parse a fragment of text if it follows the basic syntactical rules of Erlang. In most places, a normal Erlang variable can be used as metavariable, -for example:

    ?Q("f(_@Arg)") = Expr

    but if you want to match on something like the name of a function, you have to -use an atom as metavariable:

    ?Q("'@Name'() -> _@@_." = Function

    (note the anonymous glob variable _@@_ to ignore the function body).

    In some contexts, only a string or an integer is allowed. For example, the +for example:

    ?Q("f(_@Arg)") = Expr

    but if you want to match on something like the name of a function, you have to +use an atom as metavariable:

    ?Q("'@Name'() -> _@@_." = Function

    (note the anonymous glob variable _@@_ to ignore the function body).

    In some contexts, only a string or an integer is allowed. For example, the directive -file(Name, Line) requires that Name is a string literal and -Line an integer literal:

    ?Q("-file(\"'@File\", 9090).") = ?Q("-file(\"foo.erl\", 42).")).

    This will extract the string literal "foo.erl" into the variable Foo. Note +Line an integer literal:

    ?Q("-file(\"'@File\", 9090).") = ?Q("-file(\"foo.erl\", 42).")).

    This will extract the string literal "foo.erl" into the variable Foo. Note the use of the anonymous variable 9090 to ignore the line number. To match and also bind a metavariable that must be an integer literal, we can use the convention of ending the integer with a 9, turning it into a Q-prefixed variable on the Erlang level (see the previous section).

    Globs

    Whenever you want to match out a number of elements in a sequence (zero or more) -rather than a fixed set of elements, you need to use a glob. For example:

    ?Q("{_@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    will bind Elements to the list of individual syntax trees representing the atoms +rather than a fixed set of elements, you need to use a glob. For example:

    ?Q("{_@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    will bind Elements to the list of individual syntax trees representing the atoms a, b, and c. This can also be used with static prefix and suffix elements -in the sequence. For example:

    ?Q("{a, b, _@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the c and d subtrees, and

    ?Q("{_@@Elements, c, d}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the a and b subtrees. You can even use -plain metavariables in the prefix or suffix:

    ?Q("{_@First, _@@Rest}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    or

    ?Q("{_@@_, _@Last}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    (ignoring all but the last element). However, you cannot have two globs as part +in the sequence. For example:

    ?Q("{a, b, _@@Elements}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the c and d subtrees, and

    ?Q("{_@@Elements, c, d}") = ?Q({a, b, c, d})

    will bind Elements to the list of the a and b subtrees. You can even use +plain metavariables in the prefix or suffix:

    ?Q("{_@First, _@@Rest}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    or

    ?Q("{_@@_, _@Last}") = ?Q({a, b, c})

    (ignoring all but the last element). However, you cannot have two globs as part of the same sequence.

    Lifted metavariables

    In some cases, the Erlang syntax rules make it impossible to place a -metavariable directly where you would like it. For example, you cannot write:

    ?Q("-export([_@@Name]).")

    to match out all name/arity pairs in the export list, or to insert a list of +metavariable directly where you would like it. For example, you cannot write:

    ?Q("-export([_@@Name]).")

    to match out all name/arity pairs in the export list, or to insert a list of exports in a declaration, because the Erlang parser only allows elements on the form A/I (where A is an atom and I an integer) in the export list. A variable like the above is not allowed, but neither is a single atom or integer, so '@@Name' or 909919 would not work either.

    What you have to do in such cases is to write your metavariable in a syntactically valid position, and use lifting markers to denote where it should -really apply, as in:

    ?Q("-export(['@_@Name'/0]).")

    This causes the variable to be lifted (after parsing) to the next higher level +really apply, as in:

    ?Q("-export(['@_@Name'/0]).")

    This causes the variable to be lifted (after parsing) to the next higher level in the syntax tree, replacing that entire subtree. In this case, the '@_@Name'/0 will be replaced with '@@Name', and the /0 part was just used as dummy notation and will be discarded.

    You may even need to apply lifting more than once. To match the entire export -list as a single syntax tree, you can write:

    ?Q("-export(['@__Name'/0]).")

    using two underscores, but with no glob marker this time. This will make the +list as a single syntax tree, you can write:

    ?Q("-export(['@__Name'/0]).")

    using two underscores, but with no glob marker this time. This will make the entire ['@__Name'/0] part be replaced with '@Name'.

    Sometimes, the tree structure of a code fragment is not very obvious, and parts of the structure may be invisible when printed as source code. For instance, a -simple function definition like the following:

    zero() -> 0.

    consists of the name (the atom zero), and a list of clauses containing the +simple function definition like the following:

    zero() -> 0.

    consists of the name (the atom zero), and a list of clauses containing the single clause () -> 0. The clause consists of an argument list (empty), a guard (empty), and a body (which is always a list of expressions) containing the single expression 0. This means that to match out the name and the list of clauses of any function, you'll need to use a pattern like ?Q("'@Name'() -> _@_@Body."), using a dummy clause whose body is a glob lifted one level.

    To visualize the structure of a syntax tree, you can use the function -merl:show(T), which prints a summary. For example, entering

    merl:show(merl:quote("inc(X, Y) when Y > 0 -> X + Y."))

    in the Erlang shell will print the following (where the + signs separate +merl:show(T), which prints a summary. For example, entering

    merl:show(merl:quote("inc(X, Y) when Y > 0 -> X + Y."))

    in the Erlang shell will print the following (where the + signs separate groups of subtrees on the same level):

    function: inc(X, Y) when ... -> X + Y.
       atom: inc
       +
    @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl_transform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl_transform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.828500661 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/merl_transform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.832500687 +0000 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.860500873 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.864500900 +0000 @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/prettypr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/prettypr.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.888501059 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/prettypr.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.892501086 +0000 @@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.916501244 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/syntax_tools-3.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.920501271 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.940501404 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.944501430 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.964501562 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.968501589 +0000 @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-14BBE234.js Missing in old package: /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/dist/search_data-14BBE234.js /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:58.996501775 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.000501801 +0000 @@ -128,9 +128,9 @@

    The start/1 function starts a daemon process listening for UDP packets on a port. When it receives a request for read or write, it spawns a temporary server process handling the transfer.

    This is a simple example of starting the TFTP server and reading the content of -a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    +a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.024501960 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.024501960 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.052502146 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.056502172 +0000 @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.072502279 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.072502279 +0000 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
    - + /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:42.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:22.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> tftp - 1.2.2 - urn:uuid:15388ca0-092f-0aa4-6919-3da6471966e5 + urn:uuid:24138203-e151-f187-afef-c7bc52153944 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:42Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:22Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:42.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:22.000000000 +0000 @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@

    The start/1 function starts a daemon process listening for UDP packets on a port. When it receives a request for read or write, it spawns a temporary server process handling the transfer.

    This is a simple example of starting the TFTP server and reading the content of -a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    -      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    +a sample file using the TFTP client.

    Step 1. Create a sample file to be used for the transfer:

          $ echo "Erlang/OTP 21" > file.txt

    Step 2. Start the TFTP server:

          1> {ok, Pid} = tftp:start([{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<0.65.0>}

    Step 3. Start the TFTP client (in another shell):

          1> tftp:read_file("file.txt", binary, [{port, 19999}]).
    +      {ok,<<"Erlang/OTP 21\n">>}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/tftp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/tftp.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:42.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.epub/OEBPS/tftp.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:22.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Overwiew

    -

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
    +

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
     RFC 2347, TFTP Option Extension.
     RFC 2348, TFTP Blocksize Option.
     RFC 2349, TFTP Timeout Interval and Transfer Size Options.

    The only feature that not is implemented in this release is /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.196503101 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.200503127 +0000 @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Overwiew -

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
    +

    This is a complete implementation of the following IETF standards:

    RFC 1350, The TFTP Protocol (revision 2).
     RFC 2347, TFTP Option Extension.
     RFC 2348, TFTP Blocksize Option.
     RFC 2349, TFTP Timeout Interval and Transfer Size Options.

    The only feature that not is implemented in this release is @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp_logger.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp_logger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.224503286 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tftp-1.2.2/doc/html/tftp_logger.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.224503286 +0000 @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.244503418 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.244503418 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.264503551 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.268503578 +0000 @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.308503843 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.316503896 +0000 @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ call is equivalent to analyse('_', coverage, Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module name, and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg, coverage, function).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one the values in analysis() or level(), the module -name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    +name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ analyse(Arg1, Arg2, function).

    If Arg2 is one of the values in level(), Arg1 is assumed to be a module and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg1, coverage, Arg2).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one of the values in analysis(), the module name needs to be in a -list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    +list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ options, this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file('_', Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module, and this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file(Arg, []).

    Note

    To analyze a module of the name html (which overlaps with an option in analyse_option()), it is necessary to -use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    +use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    @@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.348504108 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cover_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.356504161 +0000 @@ -146,81 +146,81 @@ Example -

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    --export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    --export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
    +-export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    +-export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
     
     %%%-Client interface functions-------------------------------------------
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
     
    -free(Channel) ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
    +free(Channel) ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
     
     %%%-gen_server callback functions----------------------------------------
     
    -init(_Arg) ->
    -    {ok,channels()}.
    +init(_Arg) ->
    +    {ok,channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
    +handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    -    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
    +handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    +    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
     
    -handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    -    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
    +handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    +    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
     
    -terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
    +terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
         ok.
     
     %%%-Internal functions---------------------------------------------------
     
    -channels() ->
    -    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
    +channels() ->
    +    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
     
    -alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    -    {Channel,Channels};
    -alloc([]) ->
    +alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    +    {Channel,Channels};
    +alloc([]) ->
         false.
     
    -free(Channel, Channels) ->
    -    [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    --export([s/0]).
    -
    -s() ->
    -    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    -    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    -    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    -    ok = channel:stop().

    +free(Channel, Channels) -> + [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    +-export([s/0]).
    +
    +s() ->
    +    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    +    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    +    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    +    ok = channel:stop().

    Preparation

    First of all, Cover must be started. This spawns a process which owns the Cover -database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    -{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use +database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    +{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use cover:start/1. All cover-compiled modules will then be loaded on all nodes, and data from all nodes will be summed up when analysing. For simplicity this example only involves the current node.

    Before any analysis can take place, the involved modules must be cover-compiled. This means that some extra information is added to the module before beging compiled into a binary and loaded. The source file of the module is -not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    -{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, +not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    +{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, information about the call will be added to the Cover database. Run the test case:

    3> test:s().
     ok

    Cover analysis is performed by examining the contents of the Cover database. The @@ -238,56 +238,56 @@ {Cov,NotCov}, where Cov is the number of executable lines that have been executed at least once and NotCov is the number of executable lines that have not been executed.

    If the analysis is made on module level, the result is given for the entire -module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    -{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one +module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    +{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one line is not covered.

    If the analysis is made on function level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Function,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function in the module. A -function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function +function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function channel:alloc/1.

    If the analysis is made on clause level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Clause,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function clause in the module. A clause is specified by its module name, function name, arity and position within the -function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause +function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause of channel:alloc/1.

    Finally, if the analysis is made on line level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Line,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each executable line in the source code. A -line is specified by its module name and line number.

    7> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, line).
    -{ok,[{{channel,9},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,12},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,17},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,20},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,25},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,28},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,31},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,32},{1,0}},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof.html	2025-03-21 17:27:59.396504426 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof.html	2025-03-21 17:27:59.396504426 +0000
    @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result +

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result could be inconsistent. This happens if the process executing analyse/0,1,2 is scheduled out so some other process can increment the counters that are being analysed. Calling pause() before analysing takes care of @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.428504638 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/cprof_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.432504665 +0000 @@ -156,36 +156,36 @@ Example: Background work -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
     8492
    -2> cprof:analyse().
    -{539,
    - [{shell,155,
    -         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    -          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    -          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    -          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    -          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    -          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    -          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    -          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    -          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    -          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    -          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
    +2> cprof:analyse().
    +{539,
    + [{shell,155,
    +         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    +          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    +          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    +          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    +          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    +          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    +          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    +          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    +          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    +          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    +          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
       %% Information about many modules omitted.
                          .
                          .
                          .
       %% Here is the last part.
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    -  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    -  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    -  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    -3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    -{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    -4> cprof:stop().
    +  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    +  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    +  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    +  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    +3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    +{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    +4> cprof:stop().
     8586

    The example showed some of the background work that the shell performs just to interpret the first command line.

    What is captured in this example is the part of the work the shell does while interpreting the command line that occurs between the actual calls to @@ -195,20 +195,20 @@ Example: One module -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
     1
    -2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    -{calendar,9,
    -          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    -           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    -3> cprof:stop().
    +2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    +{calendar,9,
    +          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    +           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    +3> cprof:stop().
     8648

    The example tells us that "Aktiebolaget LM Ericsson & Co" was registered on a Monday (since the return value of the first command is 1), and that the calendar module needed 9 function calls to calculate that.

    Using cprof:analyse() in this example also shows approximately the same @@ -218,60 +218,60 @@ Example: In the code -

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    --export([do/1]).
    +

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    +-export([do/1]).
     
    -do(N) ->
    -    cprof:stop(),
    -    cprof:start(),
    -    do(N, []).
    -
    -do(0, L) ->
    -    R = lists:sort(L),
    -    cprof:pause(),
    +do(N) ->
    +    cprof:stop(),
    +    cprof:start(),
    +    do(N, []).
    +
    +do(0, L) ->
    +    R = lists:sort(L),
    +    cprof:pause(),
         R;
    -do(N, L) ->
    -    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    -{ok,sort}
    -2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
    +do(N, L) ->
    +    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    +{ok,sort}
    +2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
     ok.
    -3> sort:do(1000).
    -[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    -4> cprof:analyse().
    -{13180,
    - [{lists,6173,
    -         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    -          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    -          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    -          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    -          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    -          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    -          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    -          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    -          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    -          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    -          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    -          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    -          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    -          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    -  {rand,5000,
    -        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    -         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    -         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    -  {erlang,1004,
    -          [{{erlang,put,2},1000},
    -           {{erlang,trace_pattern,3},2},
    -           {{erlang,ensure_tracer_module_loaded,2},2}]},
    -  {sort,1001,[{{sort,do,2},1001}]},
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]}]}
    -5> cprof:stop().
    +3> sort:do(1000).
    +[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    +4> cprof:analyse().
    +{13180,
    + [{lists,6173,
    +         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    +          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    +          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    +          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    +          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    +          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    +          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    +          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    +          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    +          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    +          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    +          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    +          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    +          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    +  {rand,5000,
    +        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    +         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    +         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    +  {erlang,1004,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/eprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/eprof.html	2025-03-21 17:27:59.468504904 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/eprof.html	2025-03-21 17:27:59.476504956 +0000
    @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.504505142 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang-el.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.508505169 +0000 @@ -211,23 +211,23 @@
    • C-c C-a (align-current) - aligns comments, arrows, assignments, and type annotations around the cursor.
    Example:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    -sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
     
    --record { two :: int(), % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    -          four = 42 :: int() }.
    +-record { two :: int(), % hello
    +          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    +          four = 42 :: int() }.
     
     becomes:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    +sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
     
    --record { two           :: int(),    % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(), % there
    -          four  = 42    :: int() }.

    +-record { two :: int(), % hello + three = hello :: string(), % there + four = 42 :: int() }.

    @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.528505301 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/erlang_mode_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.532505328 +0000 @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.568505566 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.572505593 +0000 @@ -175,61 +175,61 @@ interested reader to try it out. Note that some flags to analyse/1 will affect the format.

    The following example was run on Erlang/OTP R8 on Solaris 8; all OTP internals in this example are version dependent.

    As an example, we will use the following function, which is a -slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    --export([create_file_slow/2]).
    +slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    +-export([create_file_slow/2]).
     
    -create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    -    {ok, FD} =
    -        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
    +create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    +    {ok, FD} =
    +        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
         if N > 256 ->
    -            ok = file:write(FD,
    -                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    -                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
    +            ok = file:write(FD,
    +                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    +                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
            true ->
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
         end,
    -    ok = file:close(FD).
    +    ok = file:close(FD).
     
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
         ok;
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    -    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    -    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    -2> fprof:profile().
    -3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    -{  analysis_options,
    - [{callers, true},
    -  {sort, acc},
    -  {totals, false},
    -  {details, true}]}.
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    +    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    +    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    +2> fprof:profile().
    +3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    +{  analysis_options,
    + [{callers, true},
    +  {sort, acc},
    +  {totals, false},
    +  {details, true}]}.
     
     %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ totals,                             9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}].  %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the +[{ totals, 9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}]. %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the trace. In the ACC column is the total time of the trace from first timestamp to last. And in the OWN column is the sum of the execution time in functions found in the trace, not including called functions. In this case it is very close to the ACC time since the emulator had practically nothing to do except executing our test program.

    All time values in the printout are in milliseconds.

    The printout continues:

    %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ "<0.28.0>",                         9627,undefined, 1659.074}].   %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one +[{ "<0.28.0>", 9627,undefined, 1659.074}]. %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one process since we called fprof:apply/3 that traces only the current process. Therefore the CNT and OWN columns perfectly matches the totals above. The ACC column is undefined since summing the ACC times of all calls in the process makes no sense — one would get something like the ACC value from totals above multiplied by the average depth of the call stack.

    All paragraphs up to the next process header only concerns function calls within -this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    - { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    - [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    -  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
    -
    -{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1, 1691.046,    0.103}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},     %
    - [{{file,close,1},                        1, 1398.873,    0.019},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{file,open,2},                         1,   20.778,    0.055},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         1,   16.590,    0.043},
    -  {{lists,seq,2},                         1,    4.708,    0.017},
    -  {{file,write,2},                        1,    0.316,    0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function +this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    + { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    + [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    +  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
    +
    +{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1, 1691.046,    0.103}],
    + { {foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},     %
    + [{{file,close,1},                        1, 1398.873,    0.019},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    +  {{file,open,2},                         1,   20.778,    0.055},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                         1,   16.590,    0.043},
    +  {{lists,seq,2},                         1,    4.708,    0.017},
    +  {{file,write,2},                        1,    0.316,    0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function marked with % is the one the paragraph concerns — foo:create_file_slow/2. Above the marked function are the calling functions — those that has called the marked, and below are those called by the marked function.

    The paragraphs are per default sorted in descending order of the ACC column for @@ -246,12 +246,12 @@ (lists:seq/2 and lists:map/2).

    The function undefined that has called fprof:apply_start_stop/4 is an unknown function because that call was not recorded in the trace. It was only recorded that the execution returned from fprof:apply_start_stop/4 to some -other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    - [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that +other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    + { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    + [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that foo:create_file_slow/3 was called only from foo:create_file_slow/2 and itself, and called only file:write/2, note the number of calls to file:write/2. But here we see that suspend was called a few times. This is a @@ -259,88 +259,88 @@ foo:create_file_slow/3, and since there is no receive or erlang:yield/0 in the code, it must be Erlang scheduling suspensions, or the trace file driver compensating for large file write operations (these are regarded as a schedule -out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    -  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    - { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    - [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited +out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    +  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    + { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    + [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited in a receive statement. Actually, prim_file:drv_command/4 contains a receive statement, but in this test program, the message lies in the process receive buffer when the receive statement is entered. We also see that the total suspend time for the test run is small.

    The suspend pseudo function has an OWN time of zero. This is to prevent the process total OWN time from including time in suspension. Whether suspend -time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    - { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    - [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like +time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    + { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    + [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like suspend, instead it is equal to the ACC time.

    Garbage collection often occurs while a process is suspended, but fprof hides this fact by pretending that the suspended function was first unsuspended and then garbage collected. Otherwise the printout would show garbage_collect being called from suspend, but not which function that might have caused the -garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    - { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    - [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    -  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from +garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    + { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    + [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    +  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from foo:create_file_slow/3 and foo:create_file_slow/2. The number of calls in each case as well as the used time are also confirms the previous results.

    We see that file:write/2 only calls prim_file:write/2, but let us refrain from digging into the internals of the kernel application.

    If we nevertheless do dig down we find the call to the linked-in driver -that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    - { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    - [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close +that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    + { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    + [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close operation the absolutely biggest contributor. We find a comparison ratio a -little bit up in the call stack:

    {[{{prim_file,close,1},                   1, 1398.748,    0.024},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html	2025-03-21 17:27:59.608505831 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/fprof_chapter.html	2025-03-21 17:27:59.608505831 +0000
    @@ -176,10 +176,10 @@
     
     

    It is also possible to trace immediately into the profiling process that creates the raw profile data, that is to short circuit the tracing and profiling steps -so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    -fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
    +so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    +fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
     %% Run code to profile
    -fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime +fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime system.

    @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.644506070 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.648506097 +0000 @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.684506335 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/lcnt_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.684506335 +0000 @@ -233,20 +233,20 @@ Example with Mnesia Transaction Benchmark -

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
     
    -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    -    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    -    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
    +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    +    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    +    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
     ok
    -2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
    +2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
         .
         .
         .
     ignore

    Initial configuring of the benchmark is done. It is time to profile the actual -Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    -    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
    +Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    +    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
           .
           .
           .
    @@ -350,63 +350,63 @@
       
       The Big Bang Benchmark
     
    -
    -module(big).
    --export([bang/1]).
    +
    -module(big).
    +-export([bang/1]).
     
    -pinger([], [], true) ->
    +pinger([], [], true) ->
         receive
    -	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    -	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
    +	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    +	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([], [], false) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    -    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +pinger([], [], false) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    +    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
         receive
    -	{ping, From} ->
    -	    From ! {pong, self()},
    -	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    -	{pong, Po} ->
    -	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
    +	{ping, From} ->
    +	    From ! {pong, self()},
    +	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    +	{pong, Po} ->
    +	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
    +pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
         after 0 -> ok
         end,
    -    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    -    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
    +    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    +    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
     
    -spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    -    [];
    -spawn_procs(N) ->
    -    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
    +spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    +    [];
    +spawn_procs(N) ->
    +    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
     
    -send_procs([], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([], Msg) ->
         Msg;
    -send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
         P ! Msg,
    -    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
    +    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
     
    -receive_msgs([]) ->
    +receive_msgs([]) ->
         ok;
    -receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
    +receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
         receive
     	M ->
    -	    receive_msgs(Ms)
    +	    receive_msgs(Ms)
         end.
     
    -bang(N) when integer(N) ->
    -    Procs = spawn_procs(N),
    -    RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs),
    -    Start = now(),
    -    send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}),
    -    receive_msgs(RMsgs),
    -    Stop = now(),
    -    lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs),
    -    timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    +bang(N) when integer(N) -> + Procs = spawn_procs(N), + RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs), + Start = now(), + send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}), + receive_msgs(RMsgs), + Stop = now(), + lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs), + timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/make.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/make.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.704506468 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/make.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.708506494 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ the first match is used. For example, the following Emakefile means that file1 should be compiled with the options [debug_info,{i,"../foo"}], while all other files in the current directory should be compiled with only the -debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    -{'*',[debug_info]}.

    +debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    +{'*',[debug_info]}.

    @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.748506759 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.752506786 +0000 @@ -167,25 +167,25 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-18860

    • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

      For example, consider this module:

      -module(foo).
      --export([bar/0, baz/0]).
      +
      • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

        Own Id: OTP-18860

      • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

        For example, consider this module:

        -module(foo).
        +-export([bar/0, baz/0]).
         
        -bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries -for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries +for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

        Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

      • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

        Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

      +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]} +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

      Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

    • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

      Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

    @@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ """. "a\nb\nc"

    Adjacent string literals without intervening white space is now a syntax error, to avoid possible confusion with triple-quoted strings. For example:

    1> "abc""xyz".
     "xyz".
    -* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory}).
    +* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     ok

    Own Id: OTP-18756 Aux Id: PR-6639

  • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

    There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

    To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

    To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

    $ erl +JPcover true

    There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

    Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • Improved the align command in emacs mode.

    Own Id: OTP-19080 Aux Id: PR-8288

  • @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.776506945 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.776506945 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tags.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tags.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.808507158 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tags.html 2025-03-21 17:27:59.808507158 +0000 @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> tools - 4.1.1 - urn:uuid:9f2663df-feb0-74ab-fc2d-fd6869483645 + urn:uuid:7a740495-885d-47f5-88b9-f88af1f1a2bf en - 2025-03-18T23:26:14Z + 2041-04-20T12:45:57Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,81 +41,81 @@ Example

    -

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    --behaviour(gen_server).
    +

    Assume that a test case for the following program should be verified:

    -module(channel).
    +-behaviour(gen_server).
     
    --export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    --export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    --export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
    +-export([start_link/0,stop/0]).
    +-export([alloc/0,free/1]). % client interface
    +-export([init/1,handle_call/3,terminate/2]). % callback functions
     
    -start_link() ->
    -    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
    +start_link() ->
    +    gen_server:start_link({local,channel}, channel, [], []).
     
    -stop() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
    +stop() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, stop).
     
     %%%-Client interface functions-------------------------------------------
     
    -alloc() ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
    +alloc() ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, alloc).
     
    -free(Channel) ->
    -    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
    +free(Channel) ->
    +    gen_server:call(channel, {free,Channel}).
     
     %%%-gen_server callback functions----------------------------------------
     
    -init(_Arg) ->
    -    {ok,channels()}.
    +init(_Arg) ->
    +    {ok,channels()}.
     
    -handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
    +handle_call(stop, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {stop,normal,ok,Channels};
     
    -handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    -    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
    +handle_call(alloc, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    {Ch,Channels2} = alloc(Channels),
    +    {reply,{ok,Ch},Channels2};
     
    -handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    -    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    -    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
    +handle_call({free,Channel}, _Client, Channels) ->
    +    Channels2 = free(Channel, Channels),
    +    {reply,ok,Channels2}.
     
    -terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
    +terminate(_Reason, _Channels) ->
         ok.
     
     %%%-Internal functions---------------------------------------------------
     
    -channels() ->
    -    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
    +channels() ->
    +    [ch1,ch2,ch3].
     
    -alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    -    {Channel,Channels};
    -alloc([]) ->
    +alloc([Channel|Channels]) ->
    +    {Channel,Channels};
    +alloc([]) ->
         false.
     
    -free(Channel, Channels) ->
    -    [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    --export([s/0]).
    -
    -s() ->
    -    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    -    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    -    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    -    ok = channel:stop().

    +free(Channel, Channels) -> + [Channel|Channels].

    The test case is implemented as follows:

    -module(test).
    +-export([s/0]).
    +
    +s() ->
    +    {ok,Pid} = channel:start_link(),
    +    {ok,Ch1} = channel:alloc(),
    +    ok = channel:free(Ch1),
    +    ok = channel:stop().

    Preparation

    First of all, Cover must be started. This spawns a process which owns the Cover -database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    -{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use +database where all coverage data will be stored.

    1> cover:start().
    +{ok,<0.90.0>}

    To include other nodes in the coverage analysis, use cover:start/1. All cover-compiled modules will then be loaded on all nodes, and data from all nodes will be summed up when analysing. For simplicity this example only involves the current node.

    Before any analysis can take place, the involved modules must be cover-compiled. This means that some extra information is added to the module before beging compiled into a binary and loaded. The source file of the module is -not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    -{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, +not affected and no .beam file is created.

    2> cover:compile_module(channel).
    +{ok,channel}

    Each time a function in the cover-compiled module channel is called, information about the call will be added to the Cover database. Run the test case:

    3> test:s().
     ok

    Cover analysis is performed by examining the contents of the Cover database. The @@ -133,56 +133,56 @@ {Cov,NotCov}, where Cov is the number of executable lines that have been executed at least once and NotCov is the number of executable lines that have not been executed.

    If the analysis is made on module level, the result is given for the entire -module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    -{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one +module as a tuple {Module,{Cov,NotCov}}:

    4> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, module).
    +{ok,{channel,{14,1}}}

    For channel, the result shows that 14 lines in the module are covered but one line is not covered.

    If the analysis is made on function level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Function,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function in the module. A -function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function +function is specified by its module name, function name and arity:

    5> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, function).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3},{5,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1},{1,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the function channel:alloc/1.

    If the analysis is made on clause level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Clause,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each function clause in the module. A clause is specified by its module name, function name, arity and position within the -function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    -{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    -     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    -     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause +function definition:

    6> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, clause).
    +{ok,[{{channel,start_link,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,stop,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,free,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,init,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,2},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,handle_call,3,3},{2,0}},
    +     {{channel,terminate,2,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,channels,0,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,1},{1,0}},
    +     {{channel,alloc,1,2},{0,1}},
    +     {{channel,free,2,1},{1,0}}]}

    For channel, the result shows that the uncovered line is in the second clause of channel:alloc/1.

    Finally, if the analysis is made on line level, the result is given as a list of tuples {Line,{Cov,NotCov}}, one for each executable line in the source code. A -line is specified by its module name and line number.

    7> cover:analyse(channel, coverage, line).
    -{ok,[{{channel,9},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,12},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,17},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,20},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,25},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,28},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,31},{1,0}},
    -     {{channel,32},{1,0}},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cover.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000
    @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@
     call is equivalent to analyse('_', coverage, Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module name, and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg, coverage, function).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one the values in analysis() or level(), the module -name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    +name has to be in a list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls]).
    @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ analyse(Arg1, Arg2, function).

    If Arg2 is one of the values in level(), Arg1 is assumed to be a module and this call is equivalent to analyse(Arg1, coverage, Arg2).

    Note

    To analyze a module whose name overlaps with one of the values in analysis(), the module name needs to be in a -list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    +list. For example, to analyze a module named calls:

    cover:analyse([calls], function).
    @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ options, this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file('_', Arg).

    Otherwise Arg is assumed to be a module, and this call is equivalent to analyse_to_file(Arg, []).

    Note

    To analyze a module of the name html (which overlaps with an option in analyse_option()), it is necessary to -use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    +use cover:analyse_to_file/2:

    cover:analyse_to_file([html], []).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -51,36 +51,36 @@ Example: Background work -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(), cprof:pause(). % Stop counters just after start
     8492
    -2> cprof:analyse().
    -{539,
    - [{shell,155,
    -         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    -          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    -          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    -          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    -          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    -          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    -          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    -          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    -          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    -          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    -          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    -          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
    +2> cprof:analyse().
    +{539,
    + [{shell,155,
    +         [{{shell,prep_check,1},55},
    +          {{shell,used_records,4},45},
    +          {{shell,used_records,1},45},
    +          {{shell,used_record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_defs,2},1},
    +          {{shell,record_bindings,2},1},
    +          {{shell,exprs,7},1},
    +          {{shell,expr,4},1},
    +          {{shell,expand_records,2},1},
    +          {{shell,check_command,2},1},
    +          {{shell,apply_fun,3},1},
    +          {{shell,'-exprs/7-lc$^0/1-0-',1},1},
    +          {{shell,'-eval_loop/3-fun-0-',3},1}]},
       %% Information about many modules omitted.
                          .
                          .
                          .
       %% Here is the last part.
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    -  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    -  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    -  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    -3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    -{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    -4> cprof:stop().
    +  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]},
    +  {otp_internal,1,[{{otp_internal,obsolete,3},1}]},
    +  {maps,1,[{{maps,from_list,1},1}]},
    +  {erl_internal,1,[{{erl_internal,bif,3},1}]}]}
    +3> cprof:analyse(cprof).
    +{cprof,3,[{{cprof,tr,2},2},{{cprof,pause,0},1}]}
    +4> cprof:stop().
     8586

    The example showed some of the background work that the shell performs just to interpret the first command line.

    What is captured in this example is the part of the work the shell does while interpreting the command line that occurs between the actual calls to @@ -90,20 +90,20 @@ Example: One module -

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> cprof:start(),R=calendar:day_of_the_week(1896,4,27),cprof:pause(),R.
     1
    -2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    -{calendar,9,
    -          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    -           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    -           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    -           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    -3> cprof:stop().
    +2> cprof:analyse(calendar).
    +{calendar,9,
    +          [{{calendar,last_day_of_the_month1,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,last_day_of_the_month,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year1,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,is_leap_year,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dy,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,dm,1},1},
    +           {{calendar,df,2},1},
    +           {{calendar,day_of_the_week,3},1},
    +           {{calendar,date_to_gregorian_days,3},1}]}
    +3> cprof:stop().
     8648

    The example tells us that "Aktiebolaget LM Ericsson & Co" was registered on a Monday (since the return value of the first command is 1), and that the calendar module needed 9 function calls to calculate that.

    Using cprof:analyse() in this example also shows approximately the same @@ -113,60 +113,60 @@ Example: In the code -

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    --export([do/1]).
    +

    Write a module:

    -module(sort).
    +-export([do/1]).
     
    -do(N) ->
    -    cprof:stop(),
    -    cprof:start(),
    -    do(N, []).
    +do(N) ->
    +    cprof:stop(),
    +    cprof:start(),
    +    do(N, []).
     
    -do(0, L) ->
    -    R = lists:sort(L),
    -    cprof:pause(),
    +do(0, L) ->
    +    R = lists:sort(L),
    +    cprof:pause(),
         R;
    -do(N, L) ->
    -    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    -{ok,sort}
    -2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
    +do(N, L) ->
    +    do(N-1, [rand:uniform(256)-1 | L]).

    From the Erlang shell:

    1> c(sort).
    +{ok,sort}
    +2> rand:seed(default, 42), ok.
     ok.
    -3> sort:do(1000).
    -[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    -4> cprof:analyse().
    -{13180,
    - [{lists,6173,
    -         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    -          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    -          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    -          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    -          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    -          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    -          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    -          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    -          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    -          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    -          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    -          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    -          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    -          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    -          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    -          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    -  {rand,5000,
    -        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    -         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    -         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    -         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    -  {erlang,1004,
    -          [{{erlang,put,2},1000},
    -           {{erlang,trace_pattern,3},2},
    -           {{erlang,ensure_tracer_module_loaded,2},2}]},
    -  {sort,1001,[{{sort,do,2},1001}]},
    -  {erts_internal,2,[{{erts_internal,trace_pattern,3},2}]}]}
    -5> cprof:stop().
    +3> sort:do(1000).
    +[0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8|...]
    +4> cprof:analyse().
    +{13180,
    + [{lists,6173,
    +         [{{lists,rmerge3_1,6},1045},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_2,6},977},
    +          {{lists,split_1,5},652},
    +          {{lists,merge3_1,6},579},
    +          {{lists,merge3_2,6},577},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_12_3,6},511},
    +          {{lists,split_1_1,6},347},
    +          {{lists,merge3_12_3,6},310},
    +          {{lists,rmerge3_21_3,6},282},
    +          {{lists,merge3_21_3,6},221},
    +          {{lists,merge2_1,4},154},
    +          {{lists,merge2_2,5},138},
    +          {{lists,reverse,2},106},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_2,5},87},
    +          {{lists,rmergel,2},81},
    +          {{lists,rmerge2_1,4},75},
    +          {{lists,mergel,2},28},
    +          {{lists,keyfind,3},2},
    +          {{lists,sort,1},1}]},
    +  {rand,5000,
    +        [{{rand,uniform_s,2},1000},
    +         {{rand,uniform,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_put,1},1000},
    +         {{rand,seed_get,0},1000},
    +         {{rand,exsss_uniform,2},1000}]},
    +  {erlang,1004,
    +          [{{erlang,put,2},1000},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/cprof.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000
    @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
     
           
     
    -

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result +

    Collects and analyses all call counters for module Module.

    This function returns:

    {Module, ModuleCount, FuncAnalysisList}

    where FuncAnalysisList is a list of tuples, one for each function:

    {{Module, FunctionName, Arity}, FuncCallCount}

    If call counters are still running while analyse/0,1,2 is executing, the result could be inconsistent. This happens if the process executing analyse/0,1,2 is scheduled out so some other process can increment the counters that are being analysed. Calling pause() before analysing takes care of /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/erlang-el.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/erlang-el.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/erlang-el.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -106,23 +106,23 @@

    • C-c C-a (align-current) - aligns comments, arrows, assignments, and type annotations around the cursor.
    Example:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    -sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H);  % recurse
    +sum([], Sum) -> Sum.   % base case
     
    --record { two :: int(), % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    -          four = 42 :: int() }.
    +-record { two :: int(), % hello
    +          three = hello :: string(),    % there
    +          four = 42 :: int() }.
     
     becomes:
     
    -sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    -sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    -sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
    +sum(L) -> sum(L, 0).
    +sum([H|T], Sum) -> sum(T, Sum + H); % recurse
    +sum([], Sum)    -> Sum.             % base case
     
    --record { two           :: int(),    % hello
    -          three = hello :: string(), % there
    -          four  = 42    :: int() }.

    +-record { two :: int(), % hello + three = hello :: string(), % there + four = 42 :: int() }.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof_chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof_chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@

    It is also possible to trace immediately into the profiling process that creates the raw profile data, that is to short circuit the tracing and profiling steps -so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    -fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
    +so that the filesystem is not used for tracing.

    Do something like this:

    {ok, Tracer} = fprof:profile(start),
    +fprof:trace([start, {tracer, Tracer}]),
     %% Run code to profile
    -fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime +fprof:trace(stop);

    This puts less load on the filesystem, but much more load on the Erlang runtime system.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/fprof.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -70,61 +70,61 @@ interested reader to try it out. Note that some flags to analyse/1 will affect the format.

    The following example was run on Erlang/OTP R8 on Solaris 8; all OTP internals in this example are version dependent.

    As an example, we will use the following function, which is a -slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    --export([create_file_slow/2]).
    +slightly modified benchmark function from module file:

    -module(foo).
    +-export([create_file_slow/2]).
     
    -create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    -    {ok, FD} =
    -        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
    +create_file_slow(Name, N) when is_integer(N), N >= 0 ->
    +    {ok, FD} =
    +        file:open(Name, [raw, write, delayed_write, binary]),
         if N > 256 ->
    -            ok = file:write(FD,
    -                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    -                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
    +            ok = file:write(FD,
    +                            lists:map(fun (X) -> <<X:32/unsigned>> end,
    +                            lists:seq(0, 255))),
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 256, N);
            true ->
    -            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
    +            ok = create_file_slow(FD, 0, N)
         end,
    -    ok = file:close(FD).
    +    ok = file:close(FD).
     
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, M) ->
         ok;
    -create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    -    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    -    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    -2> fprof:profile().
    -3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    -{  analysis_options,
    - [{callers, true},
    -  {sort, acc},
    -  {totals, false},
    -  {details, true}]}.
    +create_file_slow(FD, M, N) ->
    +    ok = file:write(FD, <<M:32/unsigned>>),
    +    create_file_slow(FD, M+1, N).

    Let us have a look at the printout after running:

    1> fprof:apply(foo, create_file_slow, [junk, 1024]).
    +2> fprof:profile().
    +3> fprof:analyse().

    The printout starts with:

    %% Analysis results:
    +{  analysis_options,
    + [{callers, true},
    +  {sort, acc},
    +  {totals, false},
    +  {details, true}]}.
     
     %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ totals,                             9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}].  %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the +[{ totals, 9627, 1691.119, 1659.074}]. %%%

    The CNT column shows the total number of function calls that was found in the trace. In the ACC column is the total time of the trace from first timestamp to last. And in the OWN column is the sum of the execution time in functions found in the trace, not including called functions. In this case it is very close to the ACC time since the emulator had practically nothing to do except executing our test program.

    All time values in the printout are in milliseconds.

    The printout continues:

    %                                       CNT       ACC       OWN
    -[{ "<0.28.0>",                         9627,undefined, 1659.074}].   %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one +[{ "<0.28.0>", 9627,undefined, 1659.074}]. %%

    This is the printout header of one process. The printout contains only this one process since we called fprof:apply/3 that traces only the current process. Therefore the CNT and OWN columns perfectly matches the totals above. The ACC column is undefined since summing the ACC times of all calls in the process makes no sense — one would get something like the ACC value from totals above multiplied by the average depth of the call stack.

    All paragraphs up to the next process header only concerns function calls within -this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    - { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    - [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    -  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
    +this process.

    Now we come to something more interesting:

    {[{undefined,                             0, 1691.076,    0.030}],
    + { {fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            0, 1691.076,    0.030},     %
    + [{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},
    +  {suspend,                               1,    0.000,    0.000}]}.
     
    -{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1, 1691.046,    0.103}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,2},              1, 1691.046,    0.103},     %
    - [{{file,close,1},                        1, 1398.873,    0.019},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{file,open,2},                         1,   20.778,    0.055},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         1,   16.590,    0.043},
    -  {{lists,seq,2},                         1,    4.708,    0.017},
    -  {{file,write,2},                        1,    0.316,    0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function +{[{{fprof,apply_start_stop,4}, 1, 1691.046, 0.103}], + { {foo,create_file_slow,2}, 1, 1691.046, 0.103}, % + [{{file,close,1}, 1, 1398.873, 0.019}, + {{foo,create_file_slow,3}, 1, 249.678, 0.029}, + {{file,open,2}, 1, 20.778, 0.055}, + {{lists,map,2}, 1, 16.590, 0.043}, + {{lists,seq,2}, 1, 4.708, 0.017}, + {{file,write,2}, 1, 0.316, 0.021}]}.

    The printout consists of one paragraph per called function. The function marked with % is the one the paragraph concerns — foo:create_file_slow/2. Above the marked function are the calling functions — those that has called the marked, and below are those called by the marked function.

    The paragraphs are per default sorted in descending order of the ACC column for @@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ (lists:seq/2 and lists:map/2).

    The function undefined that has called fprof:apply_start_stop/4 is an unknown function because that call was not recorded in the trace. It was only recorded that the execution returned from fprof:apply_start_stop/4 to some -other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    - { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    - [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that +other function above in the call stack, or that the process exited from there.

    Let us continue down the printout to find:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,  249.678,    0.029},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}],
    + { {foo,create_file_slow,3},            769,  249.678,   23.323},     %
    + [{{file,write,2},                      768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {suspend,                              57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,    0.000,   23.294}]}.

    If you compare with the code you will see there also that foo:create_file_slow/3 was called only from foo:create_file_slow/2 and itself, and called only file:write/2, note the number of calls to file:write/2. But here we see that suspend was called a few times. This is a @@ -154,88 +154,88 @@ foo:create_file_slow/3, and since there is no receive or erlang:yield/0 in the code, it must be Erlang scheduling suspensions, or the trace file driver compensating for large file write operations (these are regarded as a schedule -out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    -  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    -  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    -  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    -  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    -  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    - { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    - [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited +out followed by a schedule in to the same process).

    Let us find the suspend entry:

    {[{{file,write,2},                       53,    6.281,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,3},             57,    6.041,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,4},            50,    4.582,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_get_response,1},       34,    2.986,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                        10,    2.104,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  17,    1.852,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,port_command,2},              15,    1.713,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,drv_command,2},            22,    1.482,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,translate_response,2},     11,    1.441,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,'-drv_command/2-fun-0-',1},  15,    1.340,    0.000},
    +  {{lists,seq,4},                         3,    0.880,    0.000},
    +  {{foo,'-create_file_slow/2-fun-0-',1},   5,    0.523,    0.000},
    +  {{erlang,bump_reductions,1},            4,    0.503,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,open_int_setopts,3},        1,    0.165,    0.000},
    +  {{prim_file,i32,4},                     1,    0.109,    0.000},
    +  {{fprof,apply_start_stop,4},            1,    0.000,    0.000}],
    + { suspend,                             299,   32.002,    0.000},     %
    + [ ]}.

    We find no particularly long suspend times, so no function seems to have waited in a receive statement. Actually, prim_file:drv_command/4 contains a receive statement, but in this test program, the message lies in the process receive buffer when the receive statement is entered. We also see that the total suspend time for the test run is small.

    The suspend pseudo function has an OWN time of zero. This is to prevent the process total OWN time from including time in suspension. Whether suspend -time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    -  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    - { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    - [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like +time is really ACC or OWN time is more of a philosophical question.

    Now we look at another interesting pseudo function, garbage_collect:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},            25,    0.873,    0.873},
    +  {{prim_file,write,2},                  16,    0.692,    0.692},
    +  {{lists,map,2},                         2,    0.195,    0.195}],
    + { garbage_collect,                      43,    1.760,    1.760},     %
    + [ ]}.

    Here we see that no function stands out, which is very normal.

    The garbage_collect pseudo function has not an OWN time of zero like suspend, instead it is equal to the ACC time.

    Garbage collection often occurs while a process is suspended, but fprof hides this fact by pretending that the suspended function was first unsuspended and then garbage collected. Otherwise the printout would show garbage_collect being called from suspend, but not which function that might have caused the -garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    -  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    - { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    - [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    -  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from +garbage collection.

    Let us now get back to the test code:

    {[{{foo,create_file_slow,3},            768,  220.314,   14.539},
    +  {{foo,create_file_slow,2},              1,    0.316,    0.021}],
    + { {file,write,2},                      769,  220.630,   14.560},     %
    + [{{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  199.789,   22.573},
    +  {suspend,                              53,    6.281,    0.000}]}.

    Not unexpectedly, we see that file:write/2 was called from foo:create_file_slow/3 and foo:create_file_slow/2. The number of calls in each case as well as the used time are also confirms the previous results.

    We see that file:write/2 only calls prim_file:write/2, but let us refrain from digging into the internals of the kernel application.

    If we nevertheless do dig down we find the call to the linked-in driver -that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    - { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    - [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close +that does the file operations towards the host operating system:

    {[{{prim_file,drv_command,4},           772, 1458.356, 1456.643}],
    + { {erlang,port_command,2},             772, 1458.356, 1456.643},     %
    + [{suspend,                              15,    1.713,    0.000}]}.

    This is 86 % of the total run time, and as we saw before it is the close operation the absolutely biggest contributor. We find a comparison ratio a -little bit up in the call stack:

    {[{{prim_file,close,1},                   1, 1398.748,    0.024},
    -  {{prim_file,write,2},                 769,  174.672,   12.810},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/lcnt_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/lcnt_chapter.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/lcnt_chapter.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000
    @@ -128,20 +128,20 @@
       
       Example with Mnesia Transaction Benchmark
     
    -

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
    +

    From the Erlang shell:

    Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.0] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [ds:8:8:10] [async-threads:1] [jit] [lock-counting]
     
    -Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    -    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    -    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
    +Eshell V15.0 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> Conf = [{db_nodes, [node()]}, {driver_nodes, [node()]}, {replica_nodes, [node()]},
    +    {n_drivers_per_node, 10}, {n_branches, 1000}, {n_accounts_per_branch, 10},
    +    {replica_type, ram_copies}, {stop_after, 60000}, {reuse_history_id, true}], ok.
     ok
    -2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
    +2> mnesia_tpcb:init([{use_running_mnesia, false}|Conf]).
         .
         .
         .
     ignore

    Initial configuring of the benchmark is done. It is time to profile the actual -Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    -    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
    +Mnesia benchmark:

    3> lcnt:apply(fun() -> {ok,{time, Tps,_,_,_,_}} = mnesia_tpcb:run([{use_running_mnesia,
    +    true}|Conf]), Tps/60 end).
           .
           .
           .
    @@ -245,63 +245,63 @@
       
       The Big Bang Benchmark
     
    -
    -module(big).
    --export([bang/1]).
    +
    -module(big).
    +-export([bang/1]).
     
    -pinger([], [], true) ->
    +pinger([], [], true) ->
         receive
    -	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    -	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
    +	{procs, Procs, ReportTo} ->
    +	    pinger(Procs, [], ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([], [], false) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    -    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    -    pinger([],[],false);
    -pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +pinger([], [], false) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()} end,
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [], ReportTo) ->
    +    ReportTo ! {done, self()},
    +    pinger([],[],false);
    +pinger([], [Po|Pos] = Pongers, ReportTo) ->
         receive
    -	{ping, From} ->
    -	    From ! {pong, self()},
    -	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    -	{pong, Po} ->
    -	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
    +	{ping, From} ->
    +	    From ! {pong, self()},
    +	    pinger([], Pongers, ReportTo);
    +	{pong, Po} ->
    +	    pinger([], Pos, ReportTo)
         end;
    -pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    -    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
    +pinger([Pi|Pis], Pongers, ReportTo) ->
    +    receive {ping, From} -> From ! {pong, self()}
         after 0 -> ok
         end,
    -    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    -    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
    +    Pi ! {ping, self()},
    +    pinger(Pis, [Pi|Pongers], ReportTo).
     
    -spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    -    [];
    -spawn_procs(N) ->
    -    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
    +spawn_procs(N) when N =< 0 ->
    +    [];
    +spawn_procs(N) ->
    +    [spawn_link(fun () -> pinger([],[],true) end) | spawn_procs(N-1)].
     
    -send_procs([], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([], Msg) ->
         Msg;
    -send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
    +send_procs([P|Ps], Msg) ->
         P ! Msg,
    -    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
    +    send_procs(Ps, Msg).
     
    -receive_msgs([]) ->
    +receive_msgs([]) ->
         ok;
    -receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
    +receive_msgs([M|Ms]) ->
         receive
     	M ->
    -	    receive_msgs(Ms)
    +	    receive_msgs(Ms)
         end.
     
    -bang(N) when integer(N) ->
    -    Procs = spawn_procs(N),
    -    RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs),
    -    Start = now(),
    -    send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}),
    -    receive_msgs(RMsgs),
    -    Stop = now(),
    -    lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs),
    -    timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    +bang(N) when integer(N) -> + Procs = spawn_procs(N), + RMsgs = lists:map(fun (P) -> {done, P} end, Procs), + Start = now(), + send_procs(Procs, {procs, Procs, self()}), + receive_msgs(RMsgs), + Stop = now(), + lists:foreach(fun (P) -> exit(P, normal) end, Procs), + timer:now_diff(Stop, Start).

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/make.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/make.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/make.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ the first match is used. For example, the following Emakefile means that file1 should be compiled with the options [debug_info,{i,"../foo"}], while all other files in the current directory should be compiled with only the -debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    -{'*',[debug_info]}.

    +debug_info flag.

    {'file1',[debug_info,{i,"../foo"}]}.
    +{'*',[debug_info]}.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -62,25 +62,25 @@ Fixed Bugs and Malfunctions

    -
    • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

      Own Id: OTP-18860

    • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

      For example, consider this module:

      -module(foo).
      --export([bar/0, baz/0]).
      +
      • Dialyzer warnings due to type specs added in dbg have been eliminated.

        Own Id: OTP-18860

      • In Erlang/OTP 26, doing a cover analysis on the line level would return multiple entries for lines on which multiple functions were defined.

        For example, consider this module:

        -module(foo).
        +-export([bar/0, baz/0]).
         
        -bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries -for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +bar() -> ok. baz() -> not_ok.

        In Erlang/OTP 26, analysing on the line level would return two entries +for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        -{ok,foo}
        -2> foo:bar().
        +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}},{{foo,4},{0,1}}]}
        +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        +{ok,[{{foo,4},1},{{foo,4},0}]}

        In Erlang/OTP 27, there will only be a single entry for line 4:

        1> cover:compile_module(foo).
        +{ok,foo}
        +2> foo:bar().
         ok
        -3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]}
        -4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line).
        -{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

        Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

      • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

        Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

      +3> cover:analyse(foo, coverage, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},{1,0}}]} +4> cover:analyse(foo, calls, line). +{ok,[{{foo,4},1}]}

      Own Id: OTP-18998 Aux Id: GH-8159, PR-8182

    • Fixed align command in emacs mode.

      Own Id: OTP-19026 Aux Id: PR-8155

    @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ """. "a\nb\nc"

    Adjacent string literals without intervening white space is now a syntax error, to avoid possible confusion with triple-quoted strings. For example:

    1> "abc""xyz".
     "xyz".
    -* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
    +* 1:6: adjacent string literals without intervening white space

    POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY

    Own Id: OTP-18750 Aux Id: OTP-18746, PR-7313, PR-7451

  • There is a new tool tprof, which combines the functionality of eprof and cprof under one interface and adds heap profiling. It also has functionality to help with profiling process hierarchies.

    Example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     ok

    Own Id: OTP-18756 Aux Id: PR-6639

  • Native coverage support has been implemented in the JIT. It will automatically be used by the cover tool to reduce the execution overhead when running cover-compiled code.

    There are also new APIs to support native coverage without using the cover tool.

    To instrument code for native coverage it must be compiled with the line_coverage option.

    To enable native coverage in the runtime system, start it like so:

    $ erl +JPcover true

    There are also the following new functions for supporting native coverage:

    Own Id: OTP-18856 Aux Id: PR-7856

  • The documentation has been migrated to use Markdown and ExDoc.

    Own Id: OTP-18955 Aux Id: PR-8026

  • Improved the align command in emacs mode.

    Own Id: OTP-19080 Aux Id: PR-8288

  • /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/tprof.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/tprof.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/tprof.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -55,137 +55,137 @@ Ad-hoc profiling

    -

    Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

    For example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
    +

    Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

    For example:

    1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     ok

    By default tracing is enabled for all functions in all modules. When funs -are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

    1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
    +are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

    1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.95.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    -lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
    -erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
    -erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
    -erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
    -lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
    -                                     83            [100.0]
    -ok

    However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

    2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
    -                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
    +FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    +erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
    +lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
    +erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
    +erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
    +erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
    +lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
    +                                     83            [100.0]
    +ok

    However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

    2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
    +                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
     ****** Process <0.98.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
    -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    -                            32            [ 100.0]
    +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
    +                            32            [ 100.0]
     
     ok

    Ad-hoc profiling results can be printed in a few different ways. The following -examples use the test module defined like this:

    -module(test).
    --export([test_spawn/0]).
    -test_spawn() ->
    -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
    +examples use the test module defined like this:

    -module(test).
    +-export([test_spawn/0]).
    +test_spawn() ->
    +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
         receive
    -        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
    +        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
                 done
    -    end.

    By default per-process statistics is shown:

    1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
    +    end.

    By default per-process statistics is shown:

    1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
     
     ****** Process <0.176.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    -                                  22            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    +                                  22            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.177.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
    -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
    -                             71            [100.0]

    The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] + 71 [100.0]

    The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all processes, sorted by the total number of allocated words in descending -order:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    -                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
    +order:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    +                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
     
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
    -erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
    -                                  93            [100.0]

    The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

    3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
    -                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
    +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
    +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
    +erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
    +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
    +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
    +                                  93            [100.0]

    The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

    3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
    +                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
     <...>
    -4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
    +4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
     
     ****** Process <0.223.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    -                                  22            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
    +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    +                                  22            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.224.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
    -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
    -                             71            [100.0]

    Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

    • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

    • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] + 71 [100.0]

    Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

    • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

    • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes spawned from the user-provided function (using the set_on_spawn -option for trace:process/4).

    call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    -                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
    +option for trace:process/4).

    call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

    2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
    +                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
     
     ****** Process <0.183.0>    -- 100.00 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
    -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
    -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]

    Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:spawn_monitor/1 1 2 2 [ 9.09] +erlang:spawn_opt/4 1 6 6 [27.27] +test:test_spawn/0 1 14 14 [63.64]

    Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes than the original one. You can include multiple, new, or even all -processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    -{ok,<0.252.0>}
    -8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    -                 #{type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
    +processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    +{ok,<0.252.0>}
    +8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    +                 #{type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
     ****** Process <0.252.0>    -- 52.86 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    -gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    -maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    -pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    -gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    -ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    -pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    -pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    -erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    -                                       111            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    +gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    +maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    +pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    +gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    +ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    +pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    +pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    +erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    +                                       111            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.255.0>    -- 47.14 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -erlang:monitor/2               1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -lists:reverse/1                2      4         2  [ 4.04]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/xref_chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/xref_chapter.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:14.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tools.epub/OEBPS/xref_chapter.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:57.000000000 +0000
    @@ -35,25 +35,25 @@
       
       Module Check
     
    -

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
    +

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
     
    --export([t/1]).
    +-export([t/1]).
     
    -t(A) ->
    -  my_module:t2(A).
    +t(A) ->
    +  my_module:t2(A).
     
    -t2(_) ->
    +t2(_) ->
       true.

    Cross reference data are read from BEAM files, so the first step when checking -an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
    +an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
     ./my_module.erl:10: Warning: function t2/1 is unused
    -{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, +{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, which makes it possible to find unused local functions.

    The module can now be checked for calls to deprecated functions, calls to undefined functions, and for unused local -functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    -[{deprecated,[]},
    - {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    - {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about +functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    +[{deprecated,[]},
    + {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    + {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about to be loaded into a running a system does not call any undefined functions. In either case, the code path of the code server (see the module code) is used for finding modules that export externally called functions not exported by the @@ -68,28 +68,28 @@ this example an xref server will be used, which makes it possible to analyze applications and releases, and also to select the library path explicitly.

    Each Xref server is referred to by a unique name. The name is given when -creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    -{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will +creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    +{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will be OTP, so no library path will be needed. Otherwise, when analyzing a system that uses OTP, the OTP modules are typically made library modules by setting the library path to the default OTP code path (or to code_path, see the reference manual). By default, the names of read BEAM files and warnings are output when adding analyzed modules, but these messages -can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
    +can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
     ok
    -3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}).
    -{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory +3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}). +{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory returned by code:lib_dir() contain applications; -the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    -{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined +the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    +{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined analysis, probably the most useful one. Other examples are the analyses that find unused local functions, or functions that call some given functions. See the analyze/2,3 functions for a complete list of predefined analyses.

    Each predefined analysis is a shorthand for a query, a sentence of a tiny language providing cross reference data as values of predefined variables. The check for calls to -undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    -{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls +undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    +{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls to calls to functions that are externally used but neither exported nor built-in functions (the || operator restricts the used functions while the | operator restricts the calling functions). The - operator returns the difference of two @@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ provided with a simple language. Below are some expressions of the language with comments, focusing on elements of the language rather than providing useful examples. The analyzed system is assumed to be OTP, so in order to run the -queries, first evaluate these calls:

    xref:start(s).
    -xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
    • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

    • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref +queries, first evaluate these calls:

      xref:start(s).
      +xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
      • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

      • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref module. The first operand of the intersection operator * is implicitly converted to the more special type of the second operand.

      • xref:q(s, "(Mod) tools"). - All modules of the Tools application.

      • xref:q(s, '"xref_.*" : Mod'). - All modules with a name beginning with xref_.

      • xref:q(s, "# E | X "). - Number of calls from exported functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC || L "). - All external calls to local functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC * LC"). - All calls that have both an external and a local @@ -163,18 +163,18 @@ a module M1 is said to call a module M2 if there is some function in M1 that calls some function in M2. It would be nice if we could use the much smaller module graph, since it is available also in the light weight -modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        -  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        -  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        -  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        -      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        -      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
        +modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        +  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        +  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        +  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        +      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        +      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
               N + N0
             end,
        -  Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms),
        -  ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'),
        -  {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"),
        -  100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. + Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms), + ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'), + {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"), + 100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. The direct expression for doing that would be (Mod) (closure E | AM), but then we would have to represent all of the transitive closure of E in memory. Instead the number of indirectly used modules is found for each analyzed /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tprof.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tprof.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.108509146 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/tprof.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.112509173 +0000 @@ -160,137 +160,137 @@ Ad-hoc profiling -

          Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

          For example:

          1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
          +

          Ad-hoc profiling is convenient for profiling a single function call.

          For example:

          1> tprof:profile(lists, seq, [1, 16], #{type => call_memory}).
           
           ****** Process <0.92.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
          -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          -                            32            [ 100.0]
          +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          +                            32            [ 100.0]
           ok

          By default tracing is enabled for all functions in all modules. When funs -are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

          1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
          +are created in the interactive shell, parts of shell code are also traced:

          1> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end, #{type => call_memory}).
           
           ****** Process <0.95.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
          -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          -lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
          -erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
          -erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
          -erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
          -lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
          -                                     83            [100.0]
          -ok

          However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

          2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
          -                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
          +FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +erl_eval:do_apply/7            1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          +erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3      3.00  [ 3.61]
          +lists:reverse/1                1      4      4.00  [ 4.82]
          +erl_eval:expr_list/7           3      7      2.33  [ 8.43]
          +erl_eval:ret_expr/3            4     16      4.00  [19.28]
          +erl_eval:merge_bindings/4      3     18      6.00  [21.69]
          +lists:seq_loop/3               5     32      6.40  [38.55]
          +                                     83            [100.0]
          +ok

          However, it is possible to limit the trace to specific functions or modules:

          2> tprof:profile(fun() -> lists:seq(1, 16) end,
          +                 #{type => call_memory, pattern => [{lists, seq_loop, '_'}]}).
           ****** Process <0.98.0>  --  100.00% of total *** 
          -FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          -                            32            [ 100.0]
          +FUNCTION          CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [     %]
          +lists:seq_loop/3      5     32      6.40  [100.00]
          +                            32            [ 100.0]
           
           ok

          Ad-hoc profiling results can be printed in a few different ways. The following -examples use the test module defined like this:

          -module(test).
          --export([test_spawn/0]).
          -test_spawn() ->
          -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
          +examples use the test module defined like this:

          -module(test).
          +-export([test_spawn/0]).
          +test_spawn() ->
          +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun () -> lists:seq(1, 32) end),
               receive
          -        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
          +        {'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, normal} ->
                       done
          -    end.

          By default per-process statistics is shown:

          1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
          +    end.

          By default per-process statistics is shown:

          1> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [], #{type => call_memory}).
           
           ****** Process <0.176.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          -                                  22            [100.0]
          +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          +                                  22            [100.0]
           
           ****** Process <0.177.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
          -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
          -                             71            [100.0]

          The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] + 71 [100.0]

          The following example prints the combined memory allocation of all processes, sorted by the total number of allocated words in descending -order:

          2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
          -                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
          +order:

          2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
          +                 #{type => call_memory, report => {total, {measurement, descending}}}).
           
          -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
          -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
          -erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
          -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
          -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
          -                                  93            [100.0]

          The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

          3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
          -                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
          +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +lists:seq_loop/3            9     64         7  [68.82]
          +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [15.05]
          +erlang:apply/2              1      7         7  [ 7.53]
          +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [ 6.45]
          +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 2.15]
          +                                  93            [100.0]

          The profiling data can also be collected for further inspection:

          3> {done, ProfileData} = tprof:profile(fun test:test_spawn/0,
          +                                       #{type => call_memory, report => return}).
           <...>
          -4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
          +4> tprof:format(tprof:inspect(ProfileData, process, {percent, descending})).
           
           ****** Process <0.223.0>    -- 23.66 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          -                                  22            [100.0]
          +FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          +test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]
          +erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
          +erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
          +                                  22            [100.0]
           
           ****** Process <0.224.0>    -- 76.34 % of total allocations ***
          -FUNCTION           CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
          -lists:seq_loop/3       9     64         7  [90.14]
          -erlang:apply/2         1      7         7  [ 9.86]
          -                             71            [100.0]

          Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

          • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

          • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +lists:seq_loop/3 9 64 7 [90.14] +erlang:apply/2 1 7 7 [ 9.86] + 71 [100.0]

          Which processes that are profiled depends on the profiling type.

          • call_count (default) counts calls in all processes.

          • call_time and call_memory limits the profiling to the processes spawned from the user-provided function (using the set_on_spawn -option for trace:process/4).

          call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

          2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
          -                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
          +option for trace:process/4).

        call_time and call_memory can be restricted to profile a single process:

        2> tprof:profile(test, test_spawn, [],
        +                 #{type => call_memory, set_on_spawn => false}).
         
         ****** Process <0.183.0>    -- 100.00 % of total allocations ***
        -FUNCTION                CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
        -erlang:spawn_monitor/1      1      2         2  [ 9.09]
        -erlang:spawn_opt/4          1      6         6  [27.27]
        -test:test_spawn/0           1     14        14  [63.64]

        Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes +FUNCTION CALLS WORDS PER CALL [ %] +erlang:spawn_monitor/1 1 2 2 [ 9.09] +erlang:spawn_opt/4 1 6 6 [27.27] +test:test_spawn/0 1 14 14 [63.64]

    Erlang programs can perform expensive operations in other processes than the original one. You can include multiple, new, or even all -processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    -{ok,<0.252.0>}
    -8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    -                 #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
    +processes in the trace when measuring time or memory:

    7> pg:start_link().
    +{ok,<0.252.0>}
    +8> tprof:profile(fun() -> pg:join(group, self()) end,
    +                 #href_anchor"ss">type => call_memory, rootset => [pg]}).
     ****** Process <0.252.0>    -- 52.86 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    -gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    -maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    -maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    -pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    -pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    -gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    -ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    -pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    -pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    -erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    -                                       111            [100.0]
    +FUNCTION                      CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    +pg:leave_local_update_ets/5       1      2         2  [ 1.80]
    +gen:reply/2                       1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +erlang:monitor/2                  1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_handle_call/4      1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +gen_server:try_dispatch/4         1      3         3  [ 2.70]
    +maps:iterator/1                   2      4         2  [ 3.60]
    +maps:take/2                       1      6         6  [ 5.41]
    +pg:join_local_update_ets/5        1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_info/2                  1      8         8  [ 7.21]
    +pg:handle_call/3                  1      9         9  [ 8.11]
    +gen_server:loop/7                 2      9         4  [ 8.11]
    +ets:lookup/2                      2     10         5  [ 9.01]
    +pg:join_local/3                   1     11        11  [ 9.91]
    +pg:notify_group/5                 2     16         8  [14.41]
    +erlang:setelement/3               2     16         8  [14.41]
    +                                       111            [100.0]
     
     ****** Process <0.255.0>    -- 47.14 % of total allocations ***
    -FUNCTION                   CALLS  WORDS  PER CALL  [    %]
    -erl_eval:match_list/6          1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -erlang:monitor/2               1      3         3  [ 3.03]
    -lists:reverse/1                2      4         2  [ 4.04]
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref.html	2025-03-21 17:28:00.172509570 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref.html	2025-03-21 17:28:00.172509570 +0000
    @@ -3722,7 +3722,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.212509835 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/tools-4.1.1/doc/html/xref_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.208509809 +0000 @@ -140,25 +140,25 @@ Module Check -

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
    +

    Assume we want to check the following module:

    -module(my_module).
     
    --export([t/1]).
    +-export([t/1]).
     
    -t(A) ->
    -  my_module:t2(A).
    +t(A) ->
    +  my_module:t2(A).
     
    -t2(_) ->
    +t2(_) ->
       true.

    Cross reference data are read from BEAM files, so the first step when checking -an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
    +an edited module is to compile it:

    1> c(my_module, debug_info).
     ./my_module.erl:10: Warning: function t2/1 is unused
    -{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, +{ok, my_module}

    The debug_info option ensures that the BEAM file contains debug information, which makes it possible to find unused local functions.

    The module can now be checked for calls to deprecated functions, calls to undefined functions, and for unused local -functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    -[{deprecated,[]},
    - {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    - {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about +functions:

    2> xref:m(my_module)
    +[{deprecated,[]},
    + {undefined,[{{my_module,t,1},{my_module,t2,1}}]},
    + {unused,[{my_module,t2,1}]}]

    m/1 is also suitable for checking that the BEAM file of a module that is about to be loaded into a running a system does not call any undefined functions. In either case, the code path of the code server (see the module code) is used for finding modules that export externally called functions not exported by the @@ -173,28 +173,28 @@ this example an xref server will be used, which makes it possible to analyze applications and releases, and also to select the library path explicitly.

    Each Xref server is referred to by a unique name. The name is given when -creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    -{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will +creating the server:

    1> xref:start(s).
    +{ok,<0.27.0>}

    Next the system to be analyzed is added to the Xref server. Here the system will be OTP, so no library path will be needed. Otherwise, when analyzing a system that uses OTP, the OTP modules are typically made library modules by setting the library path to the default OTP code path (or to code_path, see the reference manual). By default, the names of read BEAM files and warnings are output when adding analyzed modules, but these messages -can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
    +can be avoided by setting default values of some options:

    2> xref:set_default(s, [{verbose,false}, {warnings,false}]).
     ok
    -3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}).
    -{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory +3> xref:add_release(s, code:lib_dir(), {name, otp}). +{ok,otp}

    add_release/3 assumes that all subdirectories of the library directory returned by code:lib_dir() contain applications; -the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    -{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined +the effect is that of reading all BEAM files for the application.

    It is now easy to check the release for calls to undefined functions:

    4> xref:analyze(s, undefined_function_calls).
    +{ok, [...]}

    We can now continue with further analyses, or we can delete the Xref server:

    5> xref:stop(s).

    The check for calls to undefined functions is an example of a predefined analysis, probably the most useful one. Other examples are the analyses that find unused local functions, or functions that call some given functions. See the analyze/2,3 functions for a complete list of predefined analyses.

    Each predefined analysis is a shorthand for a query, a sentence of a tiny language providing cross reference data as values of predefined variables. The check for calls to -undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    -{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls +undefined functions can thus be stated as a query:

    4> xref:q(s, "(XC - UC) || (XU - X - B)").
    +{ok,[...]}

    The query asks for the restriction of external calls except the unresolved calls to calls to functions that are externally used but neither exported nor built-in functions (the || operator restricts the used functions while the | operator restricts the calling functions). The - operator returns the difference of two @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ provided with a simple language. Below are some expressions of the language with comments, focusing on elements of the language rather than providing useful examples. The analyzed system is assumed to be OTP, so in order to run the -queries, first evaluate these calls:

    xref:start(s).
    -xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
    • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

    • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref +queries, first evaluate these calls:

      xref:start(s).
      +xref:add_release(s, code:root_dir()).
      • xref:q(s, "(Fun) xref : Mod"). - All functions of the xref module.

      • xref:q(s, "xref : Mod * X"). - All exported functions of the xref module. The first operand of the intersection operator * is implicitly converted to the more special type of the second operand.

      • xref:q(s, "(Mod) tools"). - All modules of the Tools application.

      • xref:q(s, '"xref_.*" : Mod'). - All modules with a name beginning with xref_.

      • xref:q(s, "# E | X "). - Number of calls from exported functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC || L "). - All external calls to local functions.

      • xref:q(s, "XC * LC"). - All calls that have both an external and a local @@ -268,18 +268,18 @@ a module M1 is said to call a module M2 if there is some function in M1 that calls some function in M2. It would be nice if we could use the much smaller module graph, since it is available also in the light weight -modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        -  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        -  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        -  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        -      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        -      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
        +modulesmode of Xref servers.

        t(S) ->
        +  {ok, _} = xref:q(S, "Eplus := closure E"),
        +  {ok, Ms} = xref:q(S, "AM"),
        +  Fun = fun(M, N) ->
        +      Q = io_lib:format("# (Mod) (Eplus | ~p : Mod)", [M]),
        +      {ok, N0} = xref:q(S, lists:flatten(Q)),
               N + N0
             end,
        -  Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms),
        -  ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'),
        -  {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"),
        -  100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. + Sum = lists:foldl(Fun, 0, Ms), + ok = xref:forget(S, 'Eplus'), + {ok, Tot} = xref:q(S, "# (closure ME | AM)"), + 100 * ((Tot - Sum) / Tot).

        Comments on the code:

        • We want to find the reduction of the closure of the function graph to modules. The direct expression for doing that would be (Mod) (closure E | AM), but then we would have to represent all of the transitive closure of E in memory. Instead the number of indirectly used modules is found for each analyzed @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.240510021 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.240510021 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.288510339 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.292510366 +0000 @@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.324510578 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.328510604 +0000 @@ -161,13 +161,13 @@ is the object reference. Optional arguments are last and expressed as tagged tuples in any order.

          For example the wxWindow C++ class is implemented in the wxWindow erlang module and the member wxWindow::CenterOnParent is thus -wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          -  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
          +wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          +  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
             ...
          -  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          -  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
          +  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          +  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
             ...
          -  wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice + wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice that some of the most basic classes are missing in wx, they are directly mapped to corresponding erlang terms:

          • wxPoint is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord}

          • wxSize is represented by {Width,Height}

          • wxRect is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord,Width,Height}

          • wxColour is represented by {Red,Green,Blue[,Alpha]}

          • wxString is represented by unicode:charlist()

          • wxGBPosition is represented by {Row,Column}

          • wxGBSpan is represented by {RowSpan,ColumnSPan}

          • wxGridCellCoords is represented by {Row,Column}

          In the places where the erlang API differs from the original one it should be @@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ from several processes in your application, you must share the environment. You can get the active environment with wx:get_env/0 and set it in the new processes with wx:set_env/1. Two processes or applications which have both -called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          -  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          -  Env = wx:get_env(),
          -  spawn(fun() ->
          -           wx:set_env(Env),
          +called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          +  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          +  Env = wx:get_env(),
          +  spawn(fun() ->
          +           wx:set_env(Env),
                      %% Here you can do wx calls from your helper process.
                      ...
          -        end),
          +        end),
             ...

          When wx:destroy/0 is invoked or when all processes in the application have died, the memory is deleted and all windows created by that application are closed.

          The wx application never cleans or garbage collects memory as long as the user @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.628512593 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/gl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.632512620 +0000 @@ -41049,7 +41049,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.684512964 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/glu.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.688512991 +0000 @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.720513203 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.720513203 +0000 @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.748513389 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:28:00.748513389 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/chapter.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/chapter.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:10.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/chapter.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:52.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ is the object reference. Optional arguments are last and expressed as tagged tuples in any order.

          For example the wxWindow C++ class is implemented in the wxWindow erlang module and the member wxWindow::CenterOnParent is thus -wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          -  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
          +wxWindow:centerOnParent. The following C++ code:

            wxWindow MyWin = new wxWindow();
          +  MyWin.CenterOnParent(wxVERTICAL);
             ...
          -  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          -  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
          +  delete MyWin;

          would in erlang look like:

            MyWin = wxWindow:new(),
          +  wxWindow:centerOnParent(MyWin, [{dir,?wxVERTICAL}]),
             ...
          -  wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice + wxWindow:destroy(MyWin),

          When you are reading wxWidgets documentation or the examples, you will notice that some of the most basic classes are missing in wx, they are directly mapped to corresponding erlang terms:

          • wxPoint is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord}

          • wxSize is represented by {Width,Height}

          • wxRect is represented by {Xcoord,Ycoord,Width,Height}

          • wxColour is represented by {Red,Green,Blue[,Alpha]}

          • wxString is represented by unicode:charlist()

          • wxGBPosition is represented by {Row,Column}

          • wxGBSpan is represented by {RowSpan,ColumnSPan}

          • wxGridCellCoords is represented by {Row,Column}

          In the places where the erlang API differs from the original one it should be @@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ from several processes in your application, you must share the environment. You can get the active environment with wx:get_env/0 and set it in the new processes with wx:set_env/1. Two processes or applications which have both -called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          -  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          -  Env = wx:get_env(),
          -  spawn(fun() ->
          -           wx:set_env(Env),
          +called wx:new() will not be able use each others objects.

            wx:new(),
          +  MyWin = wxFrame:new(wx:null(), 42, "Example", []),
          +  Env = wx:get_env(),
          +  spawn(fun() ->
          +           wx:set_env(Env),
                      %% Here you can do wx calls from your helper process.
                      ...
          -        end),
          +        end),
             ...

          When wx:destroy/0 is invoked or when all processes in the application have died, the memory is deleted and all windows created by that application are closed.

          The wx application never cleans or garbage collects memory as long as the user /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:10.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:52.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> wx - 2.4.3 - urn:uuid:f315ea20-fb98-7654-560b-45f8b9210b7b + urn:uuid:eea5b9ac-cb62-1341-92e4-d96936369a98 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:10Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:51Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/wx_object.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/wx_object.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:10.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.epub/OEBPS/wx_object.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:52.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,36 +31,36 @@ shutdown | Term, terminate(State) is called. It lets the user module clean up, it is always called when server terminates or when wx_object() in the driver is deleted. If the Parent process terminates the Module:terminate/2 function is -called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          -  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          -  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          -           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
          +called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          +  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          +  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          +           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
                      new/2, showModal/1, destroy/1]).  %% Callbacks
           
             %% Client API
          -  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          -     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
          +  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          +     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
           
          -  show(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
          +  show(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
           
          -  destroy(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
          +  destroy(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
           
             %% Server Implementation ala gen_server
          -  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          -     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
          +  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          +     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
                ...
          -     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          -     {Dialog, MyState}.
          +     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          +     {Dialog, MyState}.
           
          -  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          -     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          -     {reply, ok, State};
          +  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          +     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          +     {reply, ok, State};
             ...
          -  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          -     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          -     {noreply, State};
          +  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          +     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          +     {noreply, State};
             ...

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.336517287 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.344517340 +0000 @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.368517499 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorEntry.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.372517526 +0000 @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.396517684 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAcceleratorTable.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.400517711 +0000 @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.428517897 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxActivateEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.432517923 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.460518108 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxArtProvider.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.464518135 +0000 @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.492518321 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiDockArt.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.496518348 +0000 @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.528518559 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManager.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.532518586 +0000 @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.564518798 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiManagerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.568518824 +0000 @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.600519037 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.600519037 +0000 @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.628519223 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiNotebookEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.632519249 +0000 @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.688519620 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiPaneInfo.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.684519594 +0000 @@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.712519779 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiSimpleTabArt.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.716519805 +0000 @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.740519965 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxAuiTabArt.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.744519991 +0000 @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.776520203 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmap.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.780520230 +0000 @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.808520416 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.816520469 +0000 @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.840520627 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBitmapDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.848520681 +0000 @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.880520893 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlBase.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.880520893 +0000 @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.904521052 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBookCtrlEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.912521105 +0000 @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.936521264 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBoxSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.940521291 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.964521449 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBrush.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.964521449 +0000 @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.992521635 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:01.992521635 +0000 @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.016521795 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxBufferedPaintDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.020521821 +0000 @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.052522033 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.052522033 +0000 @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.088522271 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.092522298 +0000 @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.128522537 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarDateAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.132522564 +0000 @@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.160522749 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCalendarEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.164522775 +0000 @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.192522961 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCaret.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.192522961 +0000 @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.228523199 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.228523199 +0000 @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.256523385 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCheckListBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.252523359 +0000 @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.280523545 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChildFocusEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.284523571 +0000 @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.308523730 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoice.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.308523730 +0000 @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.348523996 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxChoicebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.344523969 +0000 @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.372524154 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClientDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.376524181 +0000 @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.408524393 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboard.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.408524393 +0000 @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.428524525 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxClipboardTextEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.432524552 +0000 @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.452524685 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCloseEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.456524711 +0000 @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.480524871 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.484524896 +0000 @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.512525082 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.512525082 +0000 @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.540525268 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.544525294 +0000 @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.568525453 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxColourPickerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.568525453 +0000 @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.600525666 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxComboBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.604525693 +0000 @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.628525851 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCommandEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.628525851 +0000 @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.656526037 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxContextMenuEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.660526064 +0000 @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.684526222 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.688526249 +0000 @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.720526461 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxControlWithItems.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.720526461 +0000 @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.748526646 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxCursor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.752526673 +0000 @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.800526991 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.804527018 +0000 @@ -4056,7 +4056,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.844527283 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDCOverlay.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.840527257 +0000 @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.868527443 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.872527469 +0000 @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.900527654 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDateEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.904527681 +0000 @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.932527866 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDatePickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.932527866 +0000 @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.968528105 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.972528132 +0000 @@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:02.996528291 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.000528318 +0000 @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.024528476 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDirPickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.028528503 +0000 @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.052528662 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplay.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.060528716 +0000 @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.084528874 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDisplayChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.088528901 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.116529087 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxDropFilesEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.120529113 +0000 @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.140529245 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEraseEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.140529245 +0000 @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.172529458 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.172529458 +0000 @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.200529643 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxEvtHandler.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.204529669 +0000 @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.232529855 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.232529855 +0000 @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.260530041 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.260530041 +0000 @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.284530200 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFileDirPickerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.288530226 +0000 @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.320530439 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFilePickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.316530413 +0000 @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.348530624 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.352530651 +0000 @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.372530784 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFindReplaceDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.376530810 +0000 @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.404530995 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFlexGridSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.404530995 +0000 @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.440531234 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFocusEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.436531208 +0000 @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.468531419 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFont.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.472531446 +0000 @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.504531659 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.512531712 +0000 @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.536531870 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.540531897 +0000 @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.568532083 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.572532109 +0000 @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.604532321 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFontPickerEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.604532321 +0000 @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.636532534 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.640532560 +0000 @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.660532692 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGBSizerItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.664532719 +0000 @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.684532852 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGCDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.688532878 +0000 @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.716533064 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLCanvas.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.716533064 +0000 @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.740533223 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGLContext.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.744533249 +0000 @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.772533435 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGauge.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.776533462 +0000 @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.804533647 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGenericDirCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.808533674 +0000 @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.836533860 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsBrush.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.836533860 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.876534124 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsContext.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.876534124 +0000 @@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.900534284 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsFont.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.900534284 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.924534442 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsGradientStops.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.928534469 +0000 @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.952534628 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsMatrix.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.960534681 +0000 @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.980534814 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:03.980534814 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.016535053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPath.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.012535026 +0000 @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.036535185 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsPen.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.040535211 +0000 @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.064535371 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGraphicsRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.068535397 +0000 @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.144535901 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGrid.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.152535954 +0000 @@ -8449,7 +8449,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.188536192 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridBagSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.192536219 +0000 @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.220536405 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.228536458 +0000 @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.264536696 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.260536670 +0000 @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.292536882 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.292536882 +0000 @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.316537041 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.320537067 +0000 @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.348537254 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.352537280 +0000 @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.380537465 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.384537492 +0000 @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.420537731 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.420537731 +0000 @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.448537916 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.452537943 +0000 @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.476538102 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.476538102 +0000 @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.504538287 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.504538287 +0000 @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.532538473 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellStringRenderer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.532538473 +0000 @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.560538659 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridCellTextEditor.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.564538686 +0000 @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.592538871 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.600538924 +0000 @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.624539083 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxGridSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.628539109 +0000 @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.656539295 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHelpEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.660539322 +0000 @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.688539508 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.696539561 +0000 @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.720539719 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlLinkEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.724539746 +0000 @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.756539958 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxHtmlWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.764540011 +0000 @@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.788540170 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIcon.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.792540197 +0000 @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.816540356 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconBundle.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.820540383 +0000 @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.848540568 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIconizeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.852540594 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.872540727 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxIdleEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.876540754 +0000 @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.928541098 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImage.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.936541151 +0000 @@ -3859,7 +3859,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.964541336 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxImageList.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.972541390 +0000 @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:04.996541549 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxInitDialogEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.000541576 +0000 @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.024541734 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxJoystickEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.028541761 +0000 @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.060541973 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxKeyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.068542026 +0000 @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.100542238 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLayoutAlgorithm.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.096542212 +0000 @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.128542424 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.132542451 +0000 @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.180542769 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.184542795 +0000 @@ -3262,7 +3262,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.212542981 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.216543008 +0000 @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.240543166 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.248543219 +0000 @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.272543379 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListItemAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.276543406 +0000 @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.312543644 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListView.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.316543670 +0000 @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.344543856 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxListbook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.348543883 +0000 @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.376544068 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLocale.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.384544121 +0000 @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.408544281 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxLogNull.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.408544281 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.436544466 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIChildFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.440544492 +0000 @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.464544652 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIClientWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.468544678 +0000 @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.500544890 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMDIParentFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.504544916 +0000 @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.524545049 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMask.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.528545076 +0000 @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.552545234 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMaximizeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.552545234 +0000 @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.580545420 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMemoryDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.584545447 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.620545685 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenu.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.628545738 +0000 @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.656545924 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.660545951 +0000 @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.684546109 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.688546136 +0000 @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.716546322 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMenuItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.724546375 +0000 @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.744546507 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMessageDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.748546534 +0000 @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.768546667 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMiniFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.772546693 +0000 @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.796546853 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMirrorDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.800546879 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.820547011 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.824547038 +0000 @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.856547250 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseCaptureLostEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.856547250 +0000 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.892547488 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMouseEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.896547515 +0000 @@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.920547674 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMoveEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.924547701 +0000 @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.948547860 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxMultiChoiceDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.956547913 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.976548046 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNavigationKeyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:05.980548072 +0000 @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.004548231 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.012548284 +0000 @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.036548443 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotificationMessage.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.040548470 +0000 @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.068548656 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxNotifyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.068548656 +0000 @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.096548841 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxOverlay.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.100548867 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.120549000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.124549026 +0000 @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.152549212 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPageSetupDialogData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.156549239 +0000 @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.180549398 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.184549425 +0000 @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.208549583 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaintEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.212549610 +0000 @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.240549796 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPalette.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.244549822 +0000 @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.268549981 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPaletteChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.272550007 +0000 @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.300550193 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPanel.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.304550220 +0000 @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.328550379 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPasswordEntryDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.332550405 +0000 @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.352550538 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPen.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.360550591 +0000 @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.396550829 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPickerBase.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.396550829 +0000 @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.424551015 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupTransientWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.428551042 +0000 @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.456551228 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPopupWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.460551253 +0000 @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.484551413 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPostScriptDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.488551439 +0000 @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.512551599 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewCanvas.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.512551599 +0000 @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.536551757 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewControlBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.540551784 +0000 @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.568551970 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPreviewFrame.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.572551997 +0000 @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.600552182 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.604552208 +0000 @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.624552341 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.628552368 +0000 @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.664552606 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintDialogData.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.664552606 +0000 @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.696552819 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintPreview.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.700552845 +0000 @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.724553004 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrinter.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.728553030 +0000 @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.760553243 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxPrintout.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.764553269 +0000 @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.792553454 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxProgressDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.796553481 +0000 @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.820553640 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.824553667 +0000 @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.852553852 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.852553852 +0000 @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.876554011 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRadioButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.880554038 +0000 @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.908554224 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxRegion.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.916554276 +0000 @@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.940554436 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.944554462 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.976554674 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashLayoutWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:06.980554701 +0000 @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.008554887 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSashWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.012554913 +0000 @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.036555073 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScreenDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.036555073 +0000 @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.068555284 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.072555311 +0000 @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.092555444 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.096555470 +0000 @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.120555629 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrollWinEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.124555655 +0000 @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.152555841 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxScrolledWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.152555841 +0000 @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.176556001 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSetCursorEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.180556026 +0000 @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.204556186 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxShowEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.208556212 +0000 @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.228556345 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSingleChoiceDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.232556372 +0000 @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.256556530 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.260556557 +0000 @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.304556849 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.308556875 +0000 @@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.340557087 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerFlags.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.344557114 +0000 @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.384557379 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSizerItem.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.376557326 +0000 @@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.416557591 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSlider.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.420557618 +0000 @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.448557803 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.448557803 +0000 @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.480558016 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.484558042 +0000 @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.508558201 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSpinEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.512558227 +0000 @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.536558387 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplashScreen.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.540558413 +0000 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.564558573 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.568558599 +0000 @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.596558784 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSplitterWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.604558838 +0000 @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.632559023 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBitmap.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.636559049 +0000 @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.656559182 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBox.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.664559235 +0000 @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.684559368 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticBoxSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.684559368 +0000 @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.716559580 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticLine.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.720559606 +0000 @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.744559766 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStaticText.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.744559766 +0000 @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.780560004 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStatusBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.776559977 +0000 @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.804560163 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.808560190 +0000 @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.928560985 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.928560985 +0000 @@ -17656,7 +17656,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.968561250 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxStyledTextEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:07.976561303 +0000 @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.000561463 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSysColourChangedEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.000561463 +0000 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.028561648 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemOptions.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.036561701 +0000 @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.056561834 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxSystemSettings.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.060561860 +0000 @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.088562046 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIcon.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.096562099 +0000 @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.120562258 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTaskBarIconEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.124562285 +0000 @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.164562549 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextAttr.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.156562497 +0000 @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.212562868 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.204562815 +0000 @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.240563053 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextDataObject.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.244563080 +0000 @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.268563239 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTextEntryDialog.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.272563266 +0000 @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.296563424 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToggleButton.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.304563478 +0000 @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.340563717 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolBar.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.348563770 +0000 @@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.376563955 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolTip.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.380563982 +0000 @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.412564194 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxToolbook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.416564221 +0000 @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.452564459 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTopLevelWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.452564459 +0000 @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.504564804 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeCtrl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.508564830 +0000 @@ -3667,7 +3667,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.544565069 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreeEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.548565096 +0000 @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.580565307 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxTreebook.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.584565334 +0000 @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.608565494 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxUpdateUIEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.612565519 +0000 @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.648565758 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebView.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.648565758 +0000 @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.672565918 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWebViewEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.676565944 +0000 @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.752566447 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindow.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.756566474 +0000 @@ -8231,7 +8231,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.784566660 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowCreateEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.784566660 +0000 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.812566845 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDC.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.812566845 +0000 @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.836567004 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxWindowDestroyEvent.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.840567031 +0000 @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.876567269 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wxXmlResource.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.876567269 +0000 @@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.912567508 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_misc.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.912567508 +0000 @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.948567747 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/wx-2.4.3/doc/html/wx_object.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.952567773 +0000 @@ -136,36 +136,36 @@ shutdown | Term, terminate(State) is called. It lets the user module clean up, it is always called when server terminates or when wx_object() in the driver is deleted. If the Parent process terminates the Module:terminate/2 function is -called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          -  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          -  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          -           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
          +called.
          terminate(Reason, State)

          Example:

            -module(myDialog).
          +  -export([new/2, show/1, destroy/1]).  %% API
          +  -export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_event/2,
          +           handle_info/2, code_change/3, terminate/2]).
                      new/2, showModal/1, destroy/1]).  %% Callbacks
           
             %% Client API
          -  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          -     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
          +  new(Parent, Msg) ->
          +     wx_object:start(?MODULE, [Parent,Id], []).
           
          -  show(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
          +  show(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, show_modal).
           
          -  destroy(Dialog) ->
          -     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
          +  destroy(Dialog) ->
          +     wx_object:call(Dialog, destroy).
           
             %% Server Implementation ala gen_server
          -  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          -     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
          +  init([Parent, Str]) ->
          +     Dialog = wxDialog:new(Parent, 42, "Testing", []),
                ...
          -     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          -     {Dialog, MyState}.
          +     wxDialog:connect(Dialog, command_button_clicked),
          +     {Dialog, MyState}.
           
          -  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          -     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          -     {reply, ok, State};
          +  handle_call(show, _From, State) ->
          +     wxDialog:show(State#state.win),
          +     {reply, ok, State};
             ...
          -  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          -     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          -     {noreply, State};
          +  handle_event(#wx{}, State) ->
          +     io:format("Users clicked button~n",[]),
          +     {noreply, State};
             ...

          @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.980567959 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:28:08.980567959 +0000 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.004568119 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.008568144 +0000 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.040568357 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.040568357 +0000 @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.068568542 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.068568542 +0000 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.096568728 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.100568755 +0000 @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.132568967 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_eventp.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.140569019 +0000 @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.164569179 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.168569205 +0000 @@ -146,92 +146,92 @@ user state, use their own state variable instead. Another option (used in e.g. xmerl_eventp.erl) is for customization functions to share one of the local states (in xmerl_eventp.erl, the continuation function and the fetch function -both access the cont_state.)

          Functions to access user state:

          • xmerl_scan:user_state(GlobalState)
          • xmerl_scan:user_state(UserState, GlobalState)

          1.2 Event Function

          {event_fun, fun()} | {event_fun, fun(), EventState}

          The event function is called at the beginning and at the end of a parsed entity. -It has the following format and semantics:

          fun(Event, GlobalState) ->
          -   EventState = xmerl_scan:event_state(GlobalState),
          -   EventState2 = foo(Event, EventState),
          -   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:event_state(EventState2, GlobalState)
          -end.

          1.3 Hook Function

          {hook_fun, fun()} | {hook_fun, fun(), HookState}

          The hook function is called when the processor has parsed a complete entity. -Format and semantics:

          fun(Entity, GlobalState) ->
          -   HookState = xmerl_scan:hook_state(GlobalState),
          -   {TransformedEntity, HookState2} = foo(Entity, HookState),
          -   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:hook_state(HookState2, GlobalState),
          -   {TransformedEntity, GlobalState2}
          +both access the cont_state.)

          Functions to access user state:

          • xmerl_scan:user_state(GlobalState)
          • xmerl_scan:user_state(UserState, GlobalState)

          1.2 Event Function

          {event_fun, fun()} | {event_fun, fun(), EventState}

          The event function is called at the beginning and at the end of a parsed entity. +It has the following format and semantics:

          fun(Event, GlobalState) ->
          +   EventState = xmerl_scan:event_state(GlobalState),
          +   EventState2 = foo(Event, EventState),
          +   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:event_state(EventState2, GlobalState)
          +end.

          1.3 Hook Function

          {hook_fun, fun()} | {hook_fun, fun(), HookState}

          The hook function is called when the processor has parsed a complete entity. +Format and semantics:

          fun(Entity, GlobalState) ->
          +   HookState = xmerl_scan:hook_state(GlobalState),
          +   {TransformedEntity, HookState2} = foo(Entity, HookState),
          +   GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:hook_state(HookState2, GlobalState),
          +   {TransformedEntity, GlobalState2}
           end.

          The relationship between the event function, the hook function and the accumulator function is as follows:

          1. The event function is first called with an 'ended' event for the parsed entity.
          2. The hook function is called, possibly re-formatting the entity.
          3. The acc function is called in order to (optionally) add the re-formatted -entity to the contents of its parent element.

          1.4 Fetch Function

          {fetch_fun, fun()} | {fetch_fun, fun(), FetchState}

          The fetch function is called in order to fetch an external resource (e.g. a +entity to the contents of its parent element.

        • 1.4 Fetch Function

          {fetch_fun, fun()} | {fetch_fun, fun(), FetchState}

          The fetch function is called in order to fetch an external resource (e.g. a DTD).

          The fetch function can respond with three different return values:

          Result ::=
          -   {ok, {file, Filename}, NewGlobalState} |
          -   {ok, {string, String}, NewGlobalState} |
          -   {ok, not_fetched, NewGlobalState}

          Format and semantics:

          fun(URI, GlobalState) ->
          -   FetchState = xmerl_scan:fetch_state(GlobalState),
          -   Result = foo(URI, FetchState).  % Result being one of the above
          -end.

          1.5 Continuation Function

          {continuation_fun, fun()} | {continuation_fun, fun(), ContinuationState}

          The continuation function is called when the parser encounters the end of the -byte stream. Format and semantics:

          fun(Continue, Exception, GlobalState) ->
          -   ContState = xmerl_scan:cont_state(GlobalState),
          -   {Result, ContState2} = get_more_bytes(ContState),
          +   {ok, {file, Filename}, NewGlobalState} |
          +   {ok, {string, String}, NewGlobalState} |
          +   {ok, not_fetched, NewGlobalState}

          Format and semantics:

          fun(URI, GlobalState) ->
          +   FetchState = xmerl_scan:fetch_state(GlobalState),
          +   Result = foo(URI, FetchState).  % Result being one of the above
          +end.

          1.5 Continuation Function

          {continuation_fun, fun()} | {continuation_fun, fun(), ContinuationState}

          The continuation function is called when the parser encounters the end of the +byte stream. Format and semantics:

          fun(Continue, Exception, GlobalState) ->
          +   ContState = xmerl_scan:cont_state(GlobalState),
          +   {Result, ContState2} = get_more_bytes(ContState),
              case Result of
          -      [] ->
          -         GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState2, GlobalState),
          -         Exception(GlobalState2);
          +      [] ->
          +         GlobalState2 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState2, GlobalState),
          +         Exception(GlobalState2);
                 MoreBytes ->
          -         {MoreBytes2, Rest} = end_on_whitespace_char(MoreBytes),
          -         ContState3 = update_cont_state(Rest, ContState2),
          -         GlobalState3 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState3, GlobalState),
          -         Continue(MoreBytes2, GlobalState3)
          +         {MoreBytes2, Rest} = end_on_whitespace_char(MoreBytes),
          +         ContState3 = update_cont_state(Rest, ContState2),
          +         GlobalState3 = xmerl_scan:cont_state(ContState3, GlobalState),
          +         Continue(MoreBytes2, GlobalState3)
              end
          -end.

          1.6 Rules Functions

          {rules, ReadFun : fun(), WriteFun : fun(), RulesState} |
          -{rules, Table : ets()}

          The rules functions take care of storing scanner information in a rules +end.

    1.6 Rules Functions

    {rules, ReadFun : fun(), WriteFun : fun(), RulesState} |
    +{rules, Table : ets()}

    The rules functions take care of storing scanner information in a rules database. User-provided rules functions may opt to store the information in mnesia, or perhaps in the user_state(RulesState).

    The following modes exist:

    • If the user doesn't specify an option, the scanner creates an ets table, and uses built-in functions to read and write data to it. When the scanner is done, the ets table is deleted.
    • If the user specifies an ets table via the {rules, Table} option, the scanner uses this table. When the scanner is done, it does not delete the table.
    • If the user specifies read and write functions, the scanner will use them -instead.

    The format for the read and write functions are as follows:

     WriteFun(Context, Name, Definition, ScannerState) -> NewScannerState.
    - ReadFun(Context, Name, ScannerState) -> Definition | undefined.

    Here is a summary of the data objects currently being written by the scanner:

    ContextKey ValueDefinition
    notationNotationName{system, SL} | {public, PIDL, SL}
    elem_defElementName#xmlElement{content = ContentSpec}
    parameter_entityPENamePEDef
    entityEntityNameEntityDef

    Table 1: Scanner data objects

    where

    ContentSpec ::= empty | any | ElemContent
    -ElemContent ::= {Mode, Elems}
    +instead.

    The format for the read and write functions are as follows:

     WriteFun(Context, Name, Definition, ScannerState) -> NewScannerState.
    + ReadFun(Context, Name, ScannerState) -> Definition | undefined.

    Here is a summary of the data objects currently being written by the scanner:

    ContextKey ValueDefinition
    notationNotationName{system, SL} | {public, PIDL, SL}
    elem_defElementName#xmlElement{content = ContentSpec}
    parameter_entityPENamePEDef
    entityEntityNameEntityDef

    Table 1: Scanner data objects

    where

    ContentSpec ::= empty | any | ElemContent
    +ElemContent ::= {Mode, Elems}
     Mode        ::= seq | choice
    -Elems       ::= [Elem]
    -Elem        ::= '#PCDATA' | Name | ElemContent | {Occurrence, Elems}
    +Elems       ::= [Elem]
    +Elem        ::= '#PCDATA' | Name | ElemContent | {Occurrence, Elems}
     Occurrence  ::= '*' | '?' | '+'

    NOTE: When <Elem> is not wrapped with <Occurrence>, (Occurrence = once) is -implied.

    1.7 Accumulator Function

    {acc_fun, fun()}

    The accumulator function is called to accumulate the contents of an entity.When +implied.

    1.7 Accumulator Function

    {acc_fun, fun()}

    The accumulator function is called to accumulate the contents of an entity.When parsing very large files, it may not be desirable to do so.In this case, an acc function can be provided that simply doesn't accumulate.

    Note that it is possible to even modify the parsed entity before accumulating it, but this must be done with care. xmerl_scan performs post-processing of the element for namespace management. Thus, the element must keep its original structure for this to work.

    The acc function has the following format and semantics:

    %% default accumulating acc fun
    -fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) ->
    -   {[ParsedEntity|Acc], GlobalState}.
    +fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) ->
    +   {[ParsedEntity|Acc], GlobalState}.
     
     %% non-accumulating acc fun
    -fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) ->
    -   {Acc, GlobalState}.

    1.8 Close Function

    The close function is called when a document (either the main document or an +fun(ParsedEntity, Acc, GlobalState) -> + {Acc, GlobalState}.

    1.8 Close Function

    The close function is called when a document (either the main document or an external DTD) has been completely parsed. When xmerl_scan was started using xmerl_scan:file/[1,2], the file will be read in full, and closed immediately, before the parsing starts, so when the close function is called, it will not need to actually close the file. In this case, the close function will be a good -place to modify the state variables.

    Format and semantics:

    fun(GlobalState) ->
    +place to modify the state variables.

    Format and semantics:

    fun(GlobalState) ->
        GlobalState1 = ....  % state variables may be altered

    2 Examples

    -

    See xmerl_test.erl for more examples.

    2.1 Handling spaces

    The following sample program illustrates three ways of scanning a document:

    1. the default scan, which leaves whitespace untouched
    2. normalizing spaces
    3. normalizing spaces, then removing text elements that only contain one space.
    -module(tmp).
    +

    See xmerl_test.erl for more examples.

    2.1 Handling spaces

    The following sample program illustrates three ways of scanning a document:

    1. the default scan, which leaves whitespace untouched
    2. normalizing spaces
    3. normalizing spaces, then removing text elements that only contain one space.
    -module(tmp).
     
    --include("xmerl.hrl").
    +-include("xmerl.hrl").
     
    --export([file1/1, file2/1, file3/1]).
    +-export([file1/1, file2/1, file3/1]).
     
    -file1(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F).
    +file1(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F).
     
    -file2(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F, [{space,normalize}]).
    +file2(F) -> xmerl_scan:file(F, [{space,normalize}]).
     
    -file3(F) -> Acc = fun(#xmlText{value = " ", pos = P}, Acc, S) -> {Acc, P,
    -S}; % new return format (X, Acc, S) -> {[X|Acc], S} end, xmerl_scan:file(F,
    -[{space,normalize}, {acc_fun, Acc}]).
    +
    file3(F) -> Acc = fun(#xmlText{value = " ", pos = P}, Acc, S) -> {Acc, P, +S}; % new return format (X, Acc, S) -> {[X|Acc], S} end, xmerl_scan:file(F, +[{space,normalize}, {acc_fun, Acc}]).
    @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.204569444 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_sax_parser.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.204569444 +0000 @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.240569683 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_scan.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.240569683 +0000 @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.276569921 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.280569948 +0000 @@ -193,16 +193,16 @@ structure and data of the document. If it is a simple document like:

    <?xml version="1.0"?>
     <dog>
     Grand Danois
    -</dog>

    The parse result will be:

    #xmlElement{name = dog,
    +</dog>

    The parse result will be:

    #xmlElement{name = dog,
                 ...
    -            parents = [],
    +            parents = [],
                 ...
    -            attributes = [],
    -            content = [{xmlText,[{dog,1}],1,[],"\
    +            attributes = [],
    +            content = [{xmlText,[{dog,1}],1,[],"\
     Grand Danois\
    -",text}],
    +",text}],
                 ...
    -            }

    Where the content of the top element is: + }

    Where the content of the top element is: [{xmlText,[{dog,1}],1,[],"\ Grand Danois\ ",text}]. Text will be returned in xmlText records. Though, usually documents are more complex, and the content of the top element will in that case be a nested structure with #xmlElement{} @@ -256,41 +256,41 @@ <!ELEMENT motorcycles (bike,date?)+ > <!ELEMENT bike (name,engine,kind,drive, accessories?,comment?) > <!ELEMENT name (manufacturer,brandName,additionalName?) > -<!ELEMENT manufacturer (#href_anchor"makeup erlang" translate="no">3> {ParseResult,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file("motorcycles.xml"). -{{xmlElement,motorcycles, +<!ELEMENT manufacturer (#href_anchor"makeup erlang" translate="no">3> {ParseResult,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file("motorcycles.xml"). +{{xmlElement,motorcycles, motorcycles, - [], - {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, - [], + [], + {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, + [], 1, - [], - [{xmlText,[{motorcycles,1}],1,[],"\ - ",text}, - {xmlElement,bike, + [], + [{xmlText,[{motorcycles,1}],1,[],"\ + ",text}, + {xmlElement,bike, bike, - [], - {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, - [{motorcycles,1}], + [], + {xmlNamespace,[],[]}, + [{motorcycles,1}], 2, - [{xmlAttribute,year,[],[],[],[]|...}, - {xmlAttribute,color,[],[],[]|...}], - [{xmlText,[{bike,2},{motorcycles|...}], + [{xmlAttribute,year,[],[],[],[]|...}, + {xmlAttribute,color,[],[],[]|...}], + [{xmlText,[{bike,2},{motorcycles|...}], 1, - []|...}, - {xmlElement,name,name,[]|...}, - {xmlText,[{...}|...],3|...}, - {xmlElement,engine|...}, - {xmlText|...}, - {...}|...], - [], + []|...}, + {xmlElement,name,name,[]|...}, + {xmlText,[{...}|...],3|...}, + {xmlElement,engine|...}, + {xmlText|...}, + {...}|...], + [], ".", - undeclared}, + undeclared}, ... - ], - [], + ], + [], ".", - undeclared}, - []} + undeclared}, + []} 4>

    If you instead receives the XML doc as a string you can parse it by xmerl_scan:string/1. Both file/2 and string/2 exists where the second argument is a list of options to the parser, see the reference manual.

    @@ -327,22 +327,22 @@ {Tag, Content} or Tag where:

    • Tag = atom()
    • Attributes = [{Name, Value}| #xmlAttribute{}]
    • Name = atom()
    • Value = IOString | atom() | integer()

    See also reference manual for xmerl

    If you want to add the information about a black Harley Davidsson 1200 cc Sportster motorcycle from 2003 that is in shape as new in the motorcycles.xml document you can put the data in a simple-form data structure like:

    Data =
    -  {bike,
    -     [{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    -     [{name,
    -         [{manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    -          {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    -          {additionalName,["Sportster"]}]},
    -      {engine,
    -         ["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    -      {kind,["custom"]},
    -      {drive,["belt"]}]}

    In order to append this data to the end of the motorcycles.xml document you have -to parse the file and add Data to the end of the root element content.

        {RootEl,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file('motorcycles.xml'),
    -    #xmlElement{content=Content} = RootEl,
    -    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    -    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},

    Then you can run it through the export_simple/2 function:

        {ok,IOF}=file:open('new_motorcycles.xml',[write]),
    -    Export=xmerl:export_simple([NewRootEl],xmerl_xml),
    -    io:format(IOF,"~s~n",[lists:flatten(Export)]),

    The result would be:

    
    +  {bike,
    +     [{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    +     [{name,
    +         [{manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    +          {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    +          {additionalName,["Sportster"]}]},
    +      {engine,
    +         ["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    +      {kind,["custom"]},
    +      {drive,["belt"]}]}

    In order to append this data to the end of the motorcycles.xml document you have +to parse the file and add Data to the end of the root element content.

        {RootEl,Misc}=xmerl_scan:file('motorcycles.xml'),
    +    #xmlElement{content=Content} = RootEl,
    +    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    +    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},

    Then you can run it through the export_simple/2 function:

        {ok,IOF}=file:open('new_motorcycles.xml',[write]),
    +    Export=xmerl:export_simple([NewRootEl],xmerl_xml),
    +    io:format(IOF,"~s~n",[lists:flatten(Export)]),

    The result would be:

    
     <?xml version="1.0"?><motorcycles>
       <bike year="2000" color="black">
         <name>
    @@ -369,40 +369,40 @@
     <bike year="2003" color="black" condition="new"><name><manufacturer>Harley Davidsson</manufacturer><brandName>XL1200C</brandName><additionalName>Sportster</additionalName></name><engine>V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc</engine><kind>custom</kind><drive>belt</drive></bike></motorcycles>

    If it is important to get similar indentation and newlines as in the original document you have to add #href_anchor"inline">{prolog,Value} to export_simple/3. The following example code fixes those changes in the previous example:

        Data =
    -      [#xmlText{value="  "},
    -       {bike,[{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    -             [#xmlText{value="\
    -    "},
    -              {name,[#xmlText{value="\
    -      "},
    -                     {manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    -                     #xmlText{value="\
    -      "},
    -                     {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    -                     #xmlText{value="\
    -      "},
    -                     {additionalName,["Sportster"]},
    -                     #xmlText{value="\
    -    "}]},
    -              {engine,["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    -              #xmlText{value="\
    -    "},
    -              {kind,["custom"]},
    -              #xmlText{value="\
    -    "},
    -              {drive,["belt"]},
    -              #xmlText{value="\
    -  "}]},
    -       #xmlText{value="\
    -"}],
    +      [#xmlText{value="  "},
    +       {bike,[{year,"2003"},{color,"black"},{condition,"new"}],
    +             [#xmlText{value="\
    +    "},
    +              {name,[#xmlText{value="\
    +      "},
    +                     {manufacturer,["Harley Davidsson"]},
    +                     #xmlText{value="\
    +      "},
    +                     {brandName,["XL1200C"]},
    +                     #xmlText{value="\
    +      "},
    +                     {additionalName,["Sportster"]},
    +                     #xmlText{value="\
    +    "}]},
    +              {engine,["V-engine, 2-cylinders, 1200 cc"]},
    +              #xmlText{value="\
    +    "},
    +              {kind,["custom"]},
    +              #xmlText{value="\
    +    "},
    +              {drive,["belt"]},
    +              #xmlText{value="\
    +  "}]},
    +       #xmlText{value="\
    +"}],
         ...
    -    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    -    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},
    +    NewContent=Content++lists:flatten([Data]),
    +    NewRootEl=RootEl#xmlElement{content=NewContent},
         ...
    -    Prolog = ["<?xml version=\\"1.0\\" encoding=\\"utf-8\\" ?>
    +    Prolog = ["<?xml version=\\"1.0\\" encoding=\\"utf-8\\" ?>
     <!DOCTYPE motorcycles SYSTEM \\"motorcycles.dtd\\">\
    -"],
    -    Export=xmerl:export_simple([NewRootEl],xmerl_xml,[{prolog,Prolog}]),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html	2025-03-21 17:28:09.312570160 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xpath.html	2025-03-21 17:28:09.316570187 +0000
    @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.344570372 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.348570398 +0000 @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.372570558 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xs_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.376570584 +0000 @@ -135,13 +135,13 @@
    <h1> <xsl:apply-templates/> </h1> -</xsl:template>

    becomes in Erlang:

    template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h1>",
    -         xslapply(fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h1>"];


    Example 2 Using value_of and select

    <xsl:template match="title">
    +</xsl:template>

    becomes in Erlang:

    template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h1>",
    +         xslapply(fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h1>"];


    Example 2 Using value_of and select

    <xsl:template match="title">
       <div align="center"><h1><xsl:value-of select="." /></h1></div>
    -</xsl:template>

    becomes:

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<div align=\"center\"><h1>", value_of(select(".", E)), "</h1></div>"];


    Example 3 Simple xsl stylesheet

    A complete example with the XSLT sheet in the xmerl distribution.

    <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
    +</xsl:template>

    becomes:

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<div align=\"center\"><h1>", value_of(select(".", E)), "</h1></div>"];


    Example 3 Simple xsl stylesheet

    A complete example with the XSLT sheet in the xmerl distribution.

    <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
             xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
             xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/strict">
     
    @@ -202,60 +202,60 @@
         </em>
       </xsl:template>
     
    -</xsl:stylesheet>


    Example 4 Erlang version

    Erlang transformation of previous example:

    -include("xmerl.hrl").
    +</xsl:stylesheet>


    Example 4 Erlang version

    Erlang transformation of previous example:

    -include("xmerl.hrl").
     
    --import(xmerl_xs,
    -    [ xslapply/2, value_of/1, select/2, built_in_rules/2 ]).
    +-import(xmerl_xs,
    +    [ xslapply/2, value_of/1, select/2, built_in_rules/2 ]).
     
    -doctype()->
    +doctype()->
         "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\
      \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd \">".
     
    -process_xml(Doc)->
    -    template(Doc).
    +process_xml(Doc)->
    +    template(Doc).
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{name='doc'})->
    -    [ "<\?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"\?>",
    -      doctype(),
    +template(E = #xmlElement{name='doc'})->
    +    [ "<\?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"\?>",
    +      doctype(),
           "<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\" >"
           "<head>"
    -      "<title>", value_of(select("title",E)), "</title>"
    +      "<title>", value_of(select("title",E)), "</title>"
           "</head>"
           "<body>",
    -      xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +      xslapply( fun template/1, E),
           "</body>"
    -      "</html>" ];
    +      "</html>" ];
     
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h1>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h1>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'doc',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h1>",
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h1>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'chapter',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h2>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h2>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'chapter',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h2>",
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h2>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'section',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    -    ["<h3>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</h3>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ parents=[{'section',_}|_], name='title'}) ->
    +    ["<h3>",
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</h3>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ name='para'}) ->
    -    ["<p>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</p>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ name='para'}) ->
    +    ["<p>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</p>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ name='note'}) ->
    -    ["<p class=\"note\">"
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ name='note'}) ->
    +    ["<p class=\"note\">"
          "<b>NOTE: </b>",
    -     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    -     "</p>"];
    +     xslapply( fun template/1, E),
    +     "</p>"];
     
    -template(E = #xmlElement{ name='emph'}) ->
    -    ["<em>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</em>"];
    +template(E = #xmlElement{ name='emph'}) ->
    +    ["<em>", xslapply( fun template/1, E), "</em>"];
     
    -template(E)->
    -    built_in_rules( fun template/1, E).

    It is important to end with a call to xmerl_xs:built_in_rules/2 if you want any +template(E)-> + built_in_rules( fun template/1, E).

    It is important to end with a call to xmerl_xs:built_in_rules/2 if you want any text to be written in "push" transforms. That are the ones using a lot xslapply( fun template/1, E ) instead of value_of(select("xpath",E)), which is pull...


    The largest example is the stylesheet to transform this document from the Simplified Docbook XML format to xhtml. The source file is sdocbook2xhtml.erl.

    @@ -274,21 +274,21 @@ <xsl:template match="line"> <xsl:if test="position() mod 2 = 0">&#160;&#160;</xsl:if> <xsl:value-of select="." /><br /> -</xsl:template>

    Can be written as

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='stanza'}) ->
    -    {Lines,LineNo} = lists:mapfoldl(fun template_pos/2, 1, select("line", E)),
    -    ["<p>", Lines, "</p>"].
    +</xsl:template>

    Can be written as

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='stanza'}) ->
    +    {Lines,LineNo} = lists:mapfoldl(fun template_pos/2, 1, select("line", E)),
    +    ["<p>", Lines, "</p>"].
     
    -template_pos(E = #xmlElement{name='line'}, P) ->
    -    {[indent_line(P rem 2), value_of(E#xmlElement.content), "<br />"], P + 1 }.
    +template_pos(E = #xmlElement{name='line'}, P) ->
    +    {[indent_line(P rem 2), value_of(E#xmlElement.content), "<br />"], P + 1 }.
     
    -indent_line(0)->"&#160;&#160;";
    -indent_line(_)->"".

    Global tree awareness

    In XSLT you have "root" access to the top of the tree with XPath, even though +indent_line(0)->"&#160;&#160;"; +indent_line(_)->"".


    Global tree awareness

    In XSLT you have "root" access to the top of the tree with XPath, even though you are somewhere deep in your tree.

    The xslapply/2 function only carries back the child part of the tree to the template fun. But it is quite easy to write template funs that handles both the -child and top tree.


    Example 6 Passing the root tree

    The following example piece will prepend the article title to any section title

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}, ETop ) ->
    -    ["<h3>", value_of(select("title", ETop))," - ",
    -     xslapply( fun(A) -> template(A, ETop) end, E),
    -     "</h3>"];

    +child and top tree.


    Example 6 Passing the root tree

    The following example piece will prepend the article title to any section title

    template(E = #xmlElement{name='title'}, ETop ) ->
    +    ["<h3>", value_of(select("title", ETop))," - ",
    +     xslapply( fun(A) -> template(A, ETop) end, E),
    +     "</h3>"];

    @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.408570796 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/xmerl-2.1.1/doc/html/xmerl_xsd.html 2025-03-21 17:28:09.408570796 +0000 @@ -806,9 +806,9 @@ several times towards the same schema it reduces time consumption.

    The result, ValidElement, is the valid element that conforms to the post-schema-validation infoset. When the validator finds an error it tries to continue and reports a list of all errors found. In those cases an unexpected -error is found it may cause a single error reason.

    Usage example:

    1>{E,_} = xmerl_scan:file("my_XML_document.xml").
    -2>{ok,S} = xmerl_xsd:process_schema("my_XML_Schema.xsd").
    -3>{E2,_} = xmerl_xsd:validate(E,S).

    Observe that E2 may differ from E if for instance there are default values +error is found it may cause a single error reason.

    Usage example:

    1>{E,_} = xmerl_scan:file("my_XML_document.xml").
    +2>{ok,S} = xmerl_xsd:process_schema("my_XML_Schema.xsd").
    +3>{E2,_} = xmerl_xsd:validate(E,S).

    Observe that E2 may differ from E if for instance there are default values defined in my_XML_Schema.xsd.

    @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    RPMS.2017/erlang-jinterface-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm RPMS/erlang-jinterface-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm differ: byte 225, line 1 Comparing erlang-jinterface-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm to erlang-jinterface-27.3-1.1.x86_64.rpm comparing the rpm tags of erlang-jinterface --- old-rpm-tags +++ new-rpm-tags @@ -92 +92 @@ -/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/priv/OtpErlang.jar 662d255a8276e18ec442c25ef35f0bb9dbad7c1311fa690361ed9595a311d39d 0 +/usr/lib64/erlang/lib/jinterface-1.14.1/priv/OtpErlang.jar 87bc66cd00e50a39dbacf24d7bb724e05e61f8e37efd9c89d86c32787175e0f3 0 comparing rpmtags comparing RELEASE comparing PROVIDES comparing scripts comparing filelist comparing file checksum creating rename script RPM file checksum differs. Extracting packages Package content is identical overalldiffered=2 (number of pkgs that are not bit-by-bit identical: 0 is good) overall=1
    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = DstName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Dst),
    -                   {"What: ~p~nStatus: ~p~nSrc: ~s (~s)~nDst: ~s (~s)~n",
    -                    [What, Status, inet:ntoa(Src), SrcName, inet:ntoa(Dst), DstName]}
    +metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    +                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_disk_log_h.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000
    @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@
     and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the
     User's Guide.

    Notice that when changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the disk_log options (file, type, max_no_files, max_no_bytes) must not be -modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
    +modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
                                      type => wrap,
                                      max_no_files => 4,
                                      max_no_bytes => 10000,
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when + filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when starting an Erlang node, change the Kernel default logger to use logger_disk_log_h. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_disk_log_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./system_disk_log"}}}]'

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_filters.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ events from, for example, a specific functional area. This allows filtering or other specialized treatment in a Logger handler.

    A domain field must be a list of atoms, creating smaller and more specialized domains as the list grows longer. The greatest domain is [], which comprises -all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    -D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 +all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    +D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 is a sub-domain D1. Both D1 and D2 are sub-domains of [].

    The above domains are used for logs originating from Erlang/OTP. D1 specifies that the log event comes from Erlang/OTP in general, and D2 indicates that the log event is a so called SASL report.

    The Extra parameter to the domain/2 function is specified when @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, decide if the event is allowed or not.

    Log events that do not contain any domain field, match only when Compare is -equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
    +equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
     ok
    -2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
    +2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
     ...
    -3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
    +3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ filter matches if the value of Operator is:

    • neq - and the compare function returns lt or gt.

    • eq - and the compare function returns eq.

    • lt - and the compare function returns lt.

    • gt - and the compare function returns gt.

    • lteq - and the compare function returns lt or eq.

    • gteq - and the compare function returns gt or eq.

    If the filter matches and Action is log, the log event is allowed. If the filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, will decide if the -event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    -Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    -logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
    +event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    +Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    +logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
     ok
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger_std_h.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ protection behaviour. The same parameters are used both in the standard handler and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the User's Guide.

    Notice that if changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the type, -file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, +file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    +                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, to log to file instead of standard_io, change the Kernel default logger configuration. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_std_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./log.log"}}}]'

    An example of how to replace the standard handler with a disk_log handler at /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/logger.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -25,18 +25,18 @@

    API module for Logger, the standard logging facility in Erlang/OTP.

    This module implements the main API for logging in Erlang/OTP. To create a log event, use the API functions or the log -macros, for example:

    ?LOG_ERROR("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]).   % With macro
    -logger:error("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]). % Without macro

    To configure the Logger backend, use +macros, for example:

    ?LOG_ERROR("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]).   % With macro
    +logger:error("error happened because: ~p", [Reason]). % Without macro

    To configure the Logger backend, use Kernel configuration parameters or configuration functions in the Logger API.

    By default, the Kernel application installs one log handler at system start. This handler is named default. It receives and processes standard log events produced by the Erlang runtime system, standard behaviours and different Erlang/OTP applications. The log events are by default printed to the terminal.

    If you want your systems logs to be printed to a file instead, you must configure the default handler to do so. The simplest way is to include the -following in your sys.config:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{config => #{file => "path/to/file.log"}}}]}]}].

    For more information about:

    Equivalent to log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args, #{}) if called as log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args).

    @@ -2310,12 +2310,12 @@ useful in scenarios when the message/metadata is very expensive to compute. This is because the fun is only evaluated when the message/metadata is actually needed, which may be not at all if the log event is not to be logged. Examples:

    %% A plain string with expensive metadata
    -1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
    +1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
     %% An expensive report
    -2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
    +2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
     %% A plain string with expensive metadata and normal metadata
    -3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[],
    -               #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are +3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[], + #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are merged. If equal keys exists the values are taken from the metadata returned by the fun.

    @@ -2633,26 +2633,26 @@ consistent no matter which handler the system uses. Normal usage is to add a call to logger:add_handlers/1 just after the processes that the handler needs are started, and pass the application's logger configuration as the argument. -For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    -start(_, []) ->
    -    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    -        {ok, Pid} ->
    -            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    -            {ok, Pid, []};
    +For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    +start(_, []) ->
    +    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    +        {ok, Pid} ->
    +            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    +            {ok, Pid, []};
             Error -> Error
          end.

    This reads the logger configuration parameter from the my_app application and starts the configured handlers. The contents of the configuration use the same rules as the logger handler configuration.

    If the handler is meant to replace the default handler, the Kernel's default handler have to be disabled before the new handler is added. A sys.config file -that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    +that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Disable the default Kernel handler
    -    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    - {my_app,
    -  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    + {my_app,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Enable this handler as the default
    -    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    +
    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    @@ -3607,8 +3607,8 @@ -

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    -	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    +

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    +	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    @@ -3671,8 +3671,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the specified handler. This function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    -logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    +logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_handler_config/2 .

    @@ -3765,8 +3765,8 @@

    Update primary configuration data for Logger. This function behaves as if it was -implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    -logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    +logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_primary_config/1 .

    @@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@

    Set or update metadata to use when logging from current process

    If process metadata exists for the current process, this function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as +it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as set_process_metadata/1 .

    @@ -3830,8 +3830,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the Logger proxy. This function behaves as if it -was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    -logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    +logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_proxy_config/1 .

    For more information about the proxy, see section Logger Proxy in the Kernel User's Guide.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_adm.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -370,8 +370,8 @@

    Returns the names and associated port numbers of the Erlang nodes that epmd -registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    -{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    +registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    +{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net_kernel.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ operational for distributed Erlang to work. The purpose of this process is to implement parts of the BIFs spawn/4 and spawn_link/4, and to provide monitoring of the network.

    An Erlang node is started using command-line flag -name or -sname:

    $ erl -sname foobar

    It is also possible to call net_kernel:start(foobar, #{}) -directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    -{ok,<0.64.0>}
    -(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is +directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    +{ok,<0.64.0>}
    +(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the short name of the host (not the fully qualified domain name). If started with flag -name, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the fully qualified domain name. For more @@ -547,13 +547,13 @@ delivered before a nodeup message due to a new connection to the same node. Prior to OTP 23.0, this was not guaranteed to be the case.

    The format of the node status change messages depends on Options. If Options is the empty list or if net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 is called, the format is as -follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    -  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe +follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    +  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe for status change messages for visible nodes. That is, only nodes that appear in the result of erlang:nodes/0.

    If Options equals anything other than the empty list, the format of the status -change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    -  Node = node()
    -  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. +change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    +  Node = node()
    +  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. If Options is a map, Info will also be a map. If Options is a list, Info will also be a list.

    When Options is a map, currently the following associations are allowed:

    • connection_id => boolean() - If the value of the association equals true, a connection_id => ConnectionId association will be included in the @@ -587,23 +587,23 @@ {node_type, visible} tuple will be included in the Info list.

    • nodedown_reason - The tuple {nodedown_reason, Reason} will be included in the Info list for nodedown messages.

      See the documentation of the nodedown_reason => boolean() association -above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
    +above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
     ok
    -(a@localhost)2> flush().
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    -                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    -                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
    +(a@localhost)2> flush().
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    +                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    +                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
     ok
    -(a@localhost)3>
    +
    (a@localhost)3>
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/net.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -449,13 +449,13 @@

    Interface address filtering selector function/0.

    For each ifaddrs entry, return either true to keep the entry or false to discard the entry.

    For example, to get an interface list which only contains -non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    -    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    -            flags := Flags}) ->
    -          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    -        (_) ->
    +non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    +    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    +            flags := Flags}) ->
    +          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    +        (_) ->
               false
    -    end).
    +
    end).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/notes.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -3972,12 +3972,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

    NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
    +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                 %% ...
    -            exit(Pid, bang),
    -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
    +            exit(Pid, bang),
    +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                 receive
    -                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
    +                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
                 %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                 %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                 %% in this case leave out:
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/os.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000
    @@ -537,13 +537,13 @@
     

    Executes Command in a command shell of the target OS, captures the standard output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    The command shell can be set using the kernel configuration parameter, by default the -shell is detected upon system startup.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    -DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another +shell is detected upon system startup.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    +DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another program can differ, compared with the standard output of the command when called directly from an OS command shell.

    The possible options are:

    • max_size - The maximum size of the data returned by the os:cmd call. This option is a safety feature that should be used when the command executed -can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

      > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
      -[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    +can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

    > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
    +[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ resolution timestamp.

    This counter is read directly from the hardware or operating system with the same guarantees. This means that two consecutive calls to the function are not guaranteed to be monotonic, though it most likely will be. The performance -counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
    +counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
     176525861
     2> T2 - T1.
     10004
    @@ -1004,16 +1004,16 @@ allows you to log time stamps in high resolution and consistent with the time in the rest of the OS.

    Example of code formatting a string in format "DD Mon YYYY HH:MM:SS.mmmmmm", where DD is the day of month, Mon is the textual month name, YYYY is the year, -HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    --export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    -format_utc_timestamp() ->
    -    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    -    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    -calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    -    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    -    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    -    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    -    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
    +HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    +-export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    +format_utc_timestamp() ->
    +    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    +    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    +calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    +    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    +    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    +    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    +    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
     29 Apr 2009  9:55:30.051711

    OS system time can also be retrieved by system_time/0 and system_time/1.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/pg.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@

    Subscribes the caller to updates from the specified scope.

    Returns content of the entire scope and a reference to match the upcoming notifications.

    Whenever any group membership changes, an update message is sent to the -subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    +subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/rpc.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -958,10 +958,10 @@ return values, or {badrpc, Reason} for failing calls. Timeout is a time (integer) in milliseconds, or infinity.

    The following example is useful when new object code is to be loaded on all nodes in the network, and indicates some side effects that RPCs can produce:

    %% Find object code for module Mod
    -{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
    +{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
     
     %% and load it on all nodes including this one
    -{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
    +{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
     
     %% and then maybe check the ResL list.

    Note

    If you want the ability to distinguish between results, you may want to consider using the erpc:multicall() function from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/seq_trace.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ Trace Messages Sent to the System Tracer

    The format of the messages is one of the following, depending on if flag -timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

    or

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

    Where:

    Label = int()
    -TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
    -  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

    SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

    • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its +timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

      or

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

      Where:

      Label = int()
      +TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
      +  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

      SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

      • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its trace token flag send set to true has sent information. To may be a process identifier, a registered name on a node represented as {NameAtom, NodeAtom}, or a node name represented as an atom. From may be a @@ -182,68 +182,68 @@ Example of Use

        This example gives a rough idea of how the new primitives can be used and what -kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        --compile(export_all).
        +kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        +-compile(export_all).
         
        -loop(Port) ->
        +loop(Port) ->
             receive
        -        {Port,Message} ->
        -            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        -            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        -            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        -            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        -        {ack,Ack} ->
        +        {Port,Message} ->
        +            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        +            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        +            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        +            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        +        {ack,Ack} ->
                     ok
             end,
        -    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
        +    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
             receive
        -        {PortController,Message} ->
        -            Ack = {received, Message},
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        -            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
        +        {PortController,Message} ->
        +            Ack = {received, Message},
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        +            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
             end,
        -    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
        +    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
         "**** Trace Started ****"
        -17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        -{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        -17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
        +17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        +{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        +17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
         "We are here now"
        -17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        -{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can -look like this:

        tracer() ->
        +17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        +{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can +look like this:

        tracer() ->
             receive
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
                 _Other -> ignore
             end,
        -    tracer().
        +    tracer().
         
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) ->
        -    io:format("~p:",[Label]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo);
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) ->
        -    io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo).
        -
        -print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]);
        -print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [To,Serial,From,Message]);
        -print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that -process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        -    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        -    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        -    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        -    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        -    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        -    start(),
        -    P ! {port,message}.
        +
        print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) -> + io:format("~p:",[Label]), + print_trace(TraceInfo); +print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) -> + io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]), + print_trace(TraceInfo). + +print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) -> + io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]); +print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [To,Serial,From,Message]); +print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that +process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        +    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        +    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        +    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        +    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        +    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        +    start(),
        +    P ! {port,message}.
        @@ -816,11 +816,11 @@ tracing is disabled, otherwise Token should be an Erlang term returned from get_token/0 or set_token/1. set_token/1 can be used to temporarily exclude message passing from the trace by setting the -trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
        +trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
                                             % old value
         % do something that should not be part of the trace
        -io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        -seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
        +io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        +seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
         ...

        Returns the previous value of the trace token.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket_usage.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -81,47 +81,47 @@ Example

        This example is intended to show how to create a simple (echo) server -(and client).

        -module(example).
        +(and client).

        -module(example).
         
        --export([client/2, client/3]).
        --export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
        +-export([client/2, client/3]).
        +-export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
         
         
         %% ======================================================================
         
         %% === Client ===
         
        -client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
        -  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
        -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
        -    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
        -    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
        -    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
        +client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
        +  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
        +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
        +    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
        +    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
        +    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
         
        -client(ServerPort, Msg)
        -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
        +client(ServerPort, Msg)
        +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
             Family   = inet, % Default
        -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => ServerPort},
        -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
        +		 port   => ServerPort},
        +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
         
        -client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
        -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
        -       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
        -    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
        +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
        +       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
        +    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => ServerAddr,
        -		 port   => ServerPort},
        -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
        +		 port   => ServerPort},
        +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
         
         %% Send the message to the (echo) server and wait for the echo to come back.
        -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
        -    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
        -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
        -    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
        -    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
        +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
        +    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
        +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
        +    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
        +    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
             ok.
         
         
        @@ -129,188 +129,188 @@
         
         %% === Server ===
         
        -server() ->
        +server() ->
             %% Make system choose port (and address)
        -    server(0).
        +    server(0).
         
         %% This function return the port and address that it actually uses,
         %% in case server/0 or server/1 (with a port number) was used to start it.
         
        -server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
        -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
        -    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
        -    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
        -    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
        -    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
        -    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
        +server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
        +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
        +    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
        +    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
        +    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
        +    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
        +    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
         
        -server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
        +server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
             Family   = inet, % Default
        -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => Port},
        -    server(SockAddr).
        +		 port   => Port},
        +    server(SockAddr).
         
        -server(Port, Addr)
        -  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
        -       is_tuple(Addr) ->
        -    Family   = which_family(Addr),
        -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
        +server(Port, Addr)
        +  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
        +       is_tuple(Addr) ->
        +    Family   = which_family(Addr),
        +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
         		 addr   => Addr,
        -		 port   => Port},
        -    server(SockAddr).
        +		 port   => Port},
        +    server(SockAddr).
         
         
         %% --- Echo Server - Acceptor ---
         
        -start_acceptor(LSock) ->
        -    Self = self(),
        -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
        -    receive
        -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
        -	{Pid, started} ->
        +start_acceptor(LSock) ->
        +    Self = self(),
        +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
        +    receive
        +	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        +	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
        +	{Pid, started} ->
         	    %% Transfer ownership
        -	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
        -	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
        -	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
        +	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
        +	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
        +	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
         	    Pid
             end.
             
        -acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
        -    Parent ! {self(), started},
        +acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
        +    Parent ! {self(), started},
             receive
        -	{Parent, continue} ->
        +	{Parent, continue} ->
         	    ok
             end,
        -    acceptor_loop(LSock).
        +    acceptor_loop(LSock).
         
        -acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
        -    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
        -	{ok, ASock} ->
        -	    start_handler(ASock),
        -	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
        -	{error, Reason} ->
        -	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
        +acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
        +    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
        +	{ok, ASock} ->
        +	    start_handler(ASock),
        +	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
        +	{error, Reason} ->
        +	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
             end.
         
         
         %% --- Echo Server - Handler ---
         
        -start_handler(Sock) ->
        -    Self = self(),
        -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
        -    receive
        -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
        -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_handler, Info});
        -	{Pid, started} ->
        +start_handler(Sock) ->
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/socket.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000
        @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@
         completion_info/0 and the received completion message.

        The compiler may then optimize a following receive statement to only scan the messages that arrive after the reference/0 is created. If the message queue is large this is a big optimization.

        The reference/0 has to be unique for the call.

        Repeating an Operation on a select Systems

        Onselect systems, if a call would be repeated before the select -message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        -    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
        +message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        +    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
             :

        Above, Handle is no longer valid once the second accept/2, call has been made (the first call is automatically canceled). After the second accept/2 call returns {error, timeout}, @@ -101,28 +101,28 @@ Examples -

        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
        +
        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        +   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
                                        addr   => SAddr,
        -                               port   => SPort}),
        +                               port   => SPort}),
            Msg = <<"hello">>,
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        -
        -server(Addr, Port) ->
        -   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
        +   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        +   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        +   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        +   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        +
        +server(Addr, Port) ->
        +   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
                                      port   => Port,
        -                             addr   => Addr}),
        -   ok = socket:listen(LSock),
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(LSock).
        +
        addr => Addr}), + ok = socket:listen(LSock), + {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock), + {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock), + ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg), + ok = socket:close(Sock), + ok = socket:close(LSock).
        @@ -4724,7 +4724,7 @@ (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a boolean/0.

      • tcp_info - Get miscellaneous TCP related information for a connected socket (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a map/0 with information items as key-value pairs.

      Note

      Not all requests are supported by all platforms. To see if a ioctl request is supported on the current platform:

            Request = nread,
      -      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
      +      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
             :
      @@ -4888,7 +4888,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports/0 has a {Key1, true} tuple or a {Key1, list()} tuple in its returned list, -otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      +otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      @@ -4919,7 +4919,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports(Key1) has a {Key2, true} tuple -in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      +in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      @@ -5016,7 +5016,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket doesn't exist or when later the monitor is triggered, a 'DOWN' message is sent to the process that called monitor/1 -with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if +with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if Socket did not exist when the monitor was started.

      Making several calls to socket:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; each call creates an independent monitor instance.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:08.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/kernel.epub/OEBPS/trace.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,23 +41,23 @@ messages. Several sessions can exist at the same time without interfering with each other. When a trace session is destroyed, all its trace settings are automatically cleaned up.

      Example:

      %% Create a tracer process that will receive the trace events
      -1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.91.0>
       %% Create a session using the Tracer
      -2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      -{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
      +2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      +{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
       %% Setup call tracing on self()
      -3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
      +3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
       1
       %% Setup call tracing on lists:seq/2
      -4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
      +4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
       1
       %% Call the traced function
      -5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
      +5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
       %% Cleanup the trace session
      -6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
      +6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
       ok

      @@ -1201,9 +1201,9 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all received messages (to 'receive' traced processes). Any match specification is removed. This is the default.

    • false - Disable tracing for all received messages. Any match -specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_',Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
    +specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_',Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for 'receive' trace can use all guard and body functions except caller, is_seq_trace, get_seq_token, set_seq_token, enable_trace, disable_trace, trace, silent, and process_dump.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive @@ -1254,10 +1254,10 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all sent messages (from send traced processes). Any match specification is removed.

    • false - Disable tracing for all sent messages. Any match specification -is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
    +is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for send trace can use all guard and body functions except caller.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    Equivalent to log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args, #{}) if called as log(Level, FormatOrFun, Args).

    @@ -2431,12 +2431,12 @@ useful in scenarios when the message/metadata is very expensive to compute. This is because the fun is only evaluated when the message/metadata is actually needed, which may be not at all if the log event is not to be logged. Examples:

    %% A plain string with expensive metadata
    -1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
    +1> logger:info(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[]).
     %% An expensive report
    -2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
    +2> logger:debug(fun(What) -> #{ what => What, cause => expensive() } end,roof).
     %% A plain string with expensive metadata and normal metadata
    -3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[],
    -               #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are +3> logger:debug(fun([]) -> {"Hello World", #{ meta => expensive() }} end,[], + #{ meta => data }).

    When metadata is given both as an argument and returned from the fun they are merged. If equal keys exists the values are taken from the metadata returned by the fun.

    @@ -2759,26 +2759,26 @@ consistent no matter which handler the system uses. Normal usage is to add a call to logger:add_handlers/1 just after the processes that the handler needs are started, and pass the application's logger configuration as the argument. -For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    -start(_, []) ->
    -    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    -        {ok, Pid} ->
    -            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    -            {ok, Pid, []};
    +For example:

    -behaviour(application).
    +start(_, []) ->
    +    case supervisor:start_link({local, my_sup}, my_sup, []) of
    +        {ok, Pid} ->
    +            ok = logger:add_handlers(my_app),
    +            {ok, Pid, []};
             Error -> Error
          end.

    This reads the logger configuration parameter from the my_app application and starts the configured handlers. The contents of the configuration use the same rules as the logger handler configuration.

    If the handler is meant to replace the default handler, the Kernel's default handler have to be disabled before the new handler is added. A sys.config file -that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    +that disables the Kernel handler and adds a custom handler could look like this:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Disable the default Kernel handler
    -    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    - {my_app,
    -  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, undefined}]}]},
    + {my_app,
    +  [{logger,
         %% Enable this handler as the default
    -    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    +
    [{handler, default, my_handler, #{}}]}]}].
    @@ -3733,8 +3733,8 @@ -

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    -	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    +

    Update the formatter configuration for the specified handler.

    The new configuration is merged with the existing formatter configuration.

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use

    set_handler_config(HandlerId, formatter,
    +	      {FormatterModule, FormatterConfig}).
    @@ -3797,8 +3797,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the specified handler. This function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    -logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +it was implemented as follows:

    {ok, {_, Old}} = logger:get_handler_config(HandlerId),
    +logger:set_handler_config(HandlerId, maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_handler_config/2 .

    @@ -3891,8 +3891,8 @@

    Update primary configuration data for Logger. This function behaves as if it was -implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    -logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_primary_config(),
    +logger:set_primary_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_primary_config/1 .

    @@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@

    Set or update metadata to use when logging from current process

    If process metadata exists for the current process, this function behaves as if -it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as +it was implemented as follows:

    logger:set_process_metadata(maps:merge(logger:get_process_metadata(), Meta)).

    If no process metadata exists, the function behaves as set_process_metadata/1 .

    @@ -3956,8 +3956,8 @@

    Update configuration data for the Logger proxy. This function behaves as if it -was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    -logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use +was implemented as follows:

    Old = logger:get_proxy_config(),
    +logger:set_proxy_config(maps:merge(Old, Config)).

    To overwrite the existing configuration without any merge, use set_proxy_config/1 .

    For more information about the proxy, see section Logger Proxy in the Kernel User's Guide.

    @@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_chapter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.592399660 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_chapter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.592399660 +0000 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

    The API for logging consists of a set of macros, and a set of functions on the form logger:Level/1,2,3, which are all shortcuts for logger:log(Level,Arg1[,Arg2[,Arg3]]).

    The macros are defined in logger.hrl, which is included in a module with the -directive

    -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

    The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that +directive

    -include_lib("kernel/include/logger.hrl").

    The difference between using the macros and the exported functions is that macros add location (originator) information to the metadata, and performs lazy evaluation by wrapping the logger call in a case statement, so it is only evaluated if the log level of the event passes the primary log level check.

    @@ -212,23 +212,23 @@

    The log message contains the information to be logged. The message can consist of a format string and arguments (given as two separate parameters in the Logger -API), a string or a report.

    Example, format string and arguments:

    logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

    Example, string:

    logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

    A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log +API), a string or a report.

    Example, format string and arguments:

    logger:error("The file does not exist: ~ts",[Filename])

    Example, string:

    logger:notice("Something strange happened!")

    A report, which is either a map or a key-value list, is the preferred way to log using Logger as it makes it possible for different backends to filter and format -the log event as it needs to.

    Example, report:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

    Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's +the log event as it needs to.

    Example, report:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ user => joe, filename => Filename, reason => enoent })

    Reports can be accompanied by a report callback specified in the log event's metadata. The report callback is a convenience function that the formatter can use to convert the report to a format string and arguments, or directly to a string. The formatter can also use its own conversion function, if no callback is provided, or if a customized formatting is desired.

    The report callback must be a fun with one or two arguments. If it takes one argument, this is the report itself, and the fun returns a format string and -arguments:

    fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

    If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map -containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

    fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

    The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the +arguments:

    fun((logger:report()) -> {io:format(),[term()]})

    If it takes two arguments, the first is the report, and the second is a map +containing extra data that allows direct conversion to a string:

    fun((logger:report(),logger:report_cb_config()) -> unicode:chardata())

    The fun must obey the depth and chars_limit parameters provided in the second argument, as the formatter cannot do anything useful of these parameters with the returned string. The extra data also contains a field named single_line, indicating if the printed log message may contain line breaks or not. This variant is used when the formatting of the report depends on the size -or single line parameters.

    Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

    logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
    -             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

    The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun +or single line parameters.

    Example, report, and metadata with report callback:

    logger:debug(#{got => connection_request, id => Id, state => State},
    +             #{report_cb => fun(R) -> {"~p",[R]} end})

    The log message can also be provided through a fun for lazy evaluation. The fun is only evaluated if the primary log level check passes, and is therefore recommended if it is expensive to generate the message. The lazy fun must return a string, a report, or a tuple with format string and arguments.

    @@ -416,14 +416,14 @@ allows another application to add its own default handler.

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • {handler, HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig} - If HandlerId is default, then this entry modifies the default handler, equivalent to calling

            logger:remove_handler(default)
    -

    followed by

            logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
    +

    followed by

            logger:add_handler(default, Module, HandlerConfig)
     

    For all other values of HandlerId, this entry adds a new handler, -equivalent to calling

            logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
    +equivalent to calling

            logger:add_handler(HandlerId, Module, HandlerConfig)
     

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {filters, FilterDefault, [Filter]} - Adds the specified primary -filters.

    • FilterDefault = log | stop

    • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

    Equivalent to calling

            logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
    +filters.

    • FilterDefault = log | stop

    • Filter = {FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig}}

    Equivalent to calling

            logger:add_primary_filter(FilterId, {FilterFun, FilterConfig})
     

    for each Filter.

    FilterDefault specifies the behaviour if all primary filters return ignore, see section Filters.

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • {module_level, Level, [Module]} - Sets module log level for the given -modules. Equivalent to calling

            logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

    for each Module.

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to +modules. Equivalent to calling

            logger:set_module_level(Module, Level)

    for each Module.

    Multiple entries of this type are allowed.

  • {proxy, ProxyConfig} - Sets the proxy configuration, equivalent to calling

            logger:set_proxy_config(ProxyConfig)
     

    Only one entry of this type is allowed.

  • See section Configuration Examples for examples using the logger parameter for system configuration.

  • logger_metadata = map() - Specifies the primary @@ -446,31 +446,31 @@ file. See the config(4) manual page for more information about this file.

    Each of the following examples shows a simple system configuration file that configures Logger according to the description.

    Modify the default handler to print to a file instead of -standard_io:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
    -      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log -event:

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to +standard_io:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,  % {handler, HandlerId, Module,
    +      #{config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}}  % Config}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print each log event as a single line:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter, #{single_line => true}}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to print the pid of the logging process for each log +event:

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +                        #{template => [time," ",pid," ",msg,"\n"]}}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    Modify the default handler to only print errors and more severe log events to "log/erlang.log", and add another handler to print all log events to -"log/debug.log".

    [{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{level => error,
    -        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
    -     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
    -      #{level => debug,
    -        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
    -    ]}]}].

    +"log/debug.log".

    [{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{level => error,
    +        config => #{file => "log/erlang.log"}}},
    +     {handler, info, logger_std_h,
    +      #{level => debug,
    +        config => #{file => "log/debug.log"}}}
    +    ]}]}].

    @@ -511,9 +511,9 @@ This field can be used by filters to stop or allow the log events.

    See section SASL User's Guide for more information about the old SASL error logging functionality.

  • Legacy Event Handlers
    To use event handlers written for error_logger, just add your event handler with

    error_logger:add_report_handler/1,2.

    This automatically starts the error logger event manager, and adds -error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

    #href_anchor"ss">level => info,
    +error_logger as a handler to Logger, with the following configuration:

    #href_anchor"ss">level => info,
       filter_default => log,
    -  filters => []}.

    Note

    This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger + filters => []}.

    Note

    This handler ignores events that do not originate from the error_logger API, or from within OTP. This means that if your code uses the Logger API for logging, then your log events will be discarded by this handler.

    The handler is not overload protected.

  • @@ -539,19 +539,19 @@ level notice or more severe, are logged to the terminal via the default handler. To also log info events, you can either change the primary log level to info:

    1> logger:set_primary_config(level, info).
    -ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
    +ok

    or set the level for one or a few modules only:

    2> logger:set_module_level(mymodule, info).
     ok

    This allows info events to pass through to the default handler, and be printed to the terminal as well. If there are many info events, it can be useful to print these to a file instead.

    First, set the log level of the default handler to notice, preventing it from -printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +printing info events to the terminal:

    3> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok

    Then, add a new handler which prints to file. You can use the handler module -logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #href_anchor"ss">config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    -#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    -5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
    +logger_std_h, and configure it to log to file:

    4> Config = #href_anchor"ss">config => #{file => "./info.log"}, level => info}.
    +#{config => #{file => "./info.log"},level => info}
    +5> logger:add_handler(myhandler, logger_std_h, Config).
     ok

    Since filter_default defaults to log, this handler now receives all log events. If you want info events only in the file, you must add a filter to stop -all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    -                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
    +all non-info events. The built-in filter logger_filters:level/2 can do this:

    6> logger:add_handler_filter(myhandler, stop_non_info,
    +                             {fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, info}}).
     ok

    See section Filters for more information about the filters and the filter_default configuration parameter.

    @@ -576,48 +576,48 @@ database.

    When logger:get_config/0 or logger:get_handler_config/0,1 is called, Logger calls HModule:filter_config(Config). This function must return the -handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    --export([log/2]).
    +handler configuration where internal data is removed.

    A simple handler that prints to the terminal can be implemented as follows:

    -module(myhandler1).
    +-export([log/2]).
     
    -log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) ->
    -    io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log +log(LogEvent, #{formatter := {FModule, FConfig}}) -> + io:put_chars(FModule:format(LogEvent, FConfig)).

    Notice that the above handler does not have any overload protection, and all log events are printed directly from the client process.

    For information and examples of overload protection, please refer to section Protecting the Handler from Overload, and the implementation of logger_std_h and logger_disk_log_h .

    The following is a simpler example of a handler which logs to a file through one -single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    --export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    --export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    -
    -adding_handler(Config) ->
    -    MyConfig = maps:get(config,Config,#href_anchor"ss">file => "myhandler2.log"}),
    -    {ok, Pid} = gen_server:start(?MODULE, MyConfig, []),
    -    {ok, Config#{config => MyConfig#{pid => Pid}}}.
    -
    -removing_handler(#{config := #{pid := Pid}}) ->
    -    gen_server:stop(Pid).
    -
    -log(LogEvent,#{config := #{pid := Pid}} = Config) ->
    -    gen_server:cast(Pid, {log, LogEvent, Config}).
    -
    -init(#{file := File}) ->
    -    {ok, Fd} = file:open(File, [append, {encoding, utf8}]),
    -    {ok, #{file => File, fd => Fd}}.
    -
    -handle_call(_, _, State) ->
    -    {reply, {error, bad_request}, State}.
    -
    -handle_cast({log, LogEvent, Config}, #{fd := Fd} = State) ->
    -    do_log(Fd, LogEvent, Config),
    -    {noreply, State}.
    +single process:

    -module(myhandler2).
    +-export([adding_handler/1, removing_handler/1, log/2]).
    +-export([init/1, handle_call/3, handle_cast/2, terminate/2]).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html	2025-03-21 17:27:43.624399871 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_cookbook.html	2025-03-21 17:27:43.628399898 +0000
    @@ -144,19 +144,19 @@
       
       Print the primary Logger configurations.
     

    -
    1> logger:i(primary).
    +
    1> logger:i(primary).
     Primary configuration:
         Level: notice
         Filter Default: log
         Filters:
    -        (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using + (none)

    It is also possible to fetch the configuration using logger:get_primary_config().

    See also

    -
    2> logger:i(handlers).
    +
    2> logger:i(handlers).
     Handler configuration:
         Id: default
             Module: logger_std_h
    @@ -173,10 +173,10 @@
                     Arg: stop
                 Id: domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
    +                Arg: {log,super,[otp,sasl]}
                 Id: no_domain
                     Fun: fun logger_filters:domain/2
    -                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
    +                Arg: {log,undefined,[]}
             Handler Config:
                 burst_limit_enable: true
                 burst_limit_max_count: 500
    @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
     =PROGRESS REPORT==== 4-Nov-2019::16:33:11.746546 ===
         application: stdlib
         started_at: nonode@nohost
    -Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
    +Eshell V10.5.3  (abort with ^G)
     1>

    @@ -233,17 +233,17 @@

    Since single line logging is the default of the built-in formatter you only have to provide the empty map as the configuration. The example below uses the sys.config to change the formatter configuration.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter, #{ }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, an error").
     1962-10-03T11:07:47.466763-04:00 error: Oh noes, an error

    However, if you just want to change it for the current session you can also do -that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
    +that.

    1> logger:set_handler_config(default, formatter, {logger_formatter, #{}}).
     ok
    -2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
    +2> logger:error("Oh noes, another error").
     1962-10-04T15:34:02.648713-04:00 error: Oh noes, another error

    See also

    @@ -251,14 +251,14 @@ Add file and line number to log entries

    You can change what is printed to the log by using the formatter template:

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    -        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ formatter => {logger_formatter,
    +        #{ template => [time," ", file,":",line," ",level,": ",msg,"\n"] }}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, more errors",#{ file => "shell.erl", line => 1 }).
     1962-10-05T07:37:44.104241+02:00 shell.erl:1 error: Oh noes, more errors

    Note that file and line have to be added in the metadata by the caller of logger:log/3 as otherwise Logger will not know from where it was called. The file and line number are automatically added if you use the ?LOG_ERROR macros @@ -275,18 +275,18 @@ Print logs to a file

    Instead of printing the logs to stdout we print them to a rotating file log.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ config => #{ file => "log/erlang.log",
                           max_no_bytes => 4096,
    -                      max_no_files => 5},
    -         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
    +                      max_no_files => 5},
    +         formatter => {logger_formatter, #{}}}}]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     ok
    -2> erlang:halt().
    +2> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/erlang.log
     2019-10-07T11:47:16.837958+02:00 error: Oh noes, even more errors

    See also

    @@ -296,24 +296,24 @@

    Add a handler that prints debug log events to a file, while the default handler prints only up to notice level events to standard out.

    $ cat sys.config
    -[{kernel,
    -  [{logger_level, all},
    -   {logger,
    -    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ level => notice }},
    -     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    -      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    -    ]}]}].
    +[{kernel,
    +  [{logger_level, all},
    +   {logger,
    +    [{handler, default, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ level => notice }},
    +     {handler, debug, logger_std_h,
    +      #{ filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +         config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }}
    +    ]}]}].
     $ erl -config sys
    -Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    -1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
    +Eshell V10.5.1  (abort with ^G)
    +1> logger:error("Oh noes, even more errors").
     =ERROR REPORT==== 9-Oct-2019::14:40:54.784162 ===
     Oh noes, even more errors
     ok
    -2> logger:debug("A debug event").
    +2> logger:debug("A debug event").
     ok
    -3> erlang:halt().
    +3> erlang:halt().
     $ cat log/debug.log
     2019-10-09T14:41:03.680541+02:00 debug: A debug event

    In the configuration above we first raise the primary log level to max in order for the debug log events to get to the handlers. Then we configure the default @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ is all. Then the debug handler is configured with a filter to stop any log message that is not a debug level message.

    It is also possible to do the same changes in an already running system using the logger module. Then you do like this:

    $ erl
    -1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
    +1> logger:set_handler_config(default, level, notice).
     ok
    -2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    -  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    -  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
    +2> logger:add_handler(debug, logger_std_h, #{
    +  filters => [{debug,{fun logger_filters:level/2, {stop, neq, debug}}}],
    +  config => #{ file => "log/debug.log" } }).
     ok
    -3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
    +3> logger:set_primary_config(level, all).
     ok

    It is important that you do not raise the primary log level before adjusting the default handler's level as otherwise your standard out may be flooded by debug log messages.

    See also

    @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ What to log and how

    The simplest way to log something is by using the Logger macros and give a -report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
    +report to the macro. For example if you want to log an error:

    ?LOG_ERROR(#{ what => http_error, status => 418, src => ClientIP, dst => ServerIP }).

    This will print the following in the default log:

    =ERROR REPORT==== 10-Oct-2019::12:13:10.089073 ===
         dst: {8,8,4,4}
         src: {8,8,8,8}
         status: 418
    @@ -355,14 +355,14 @@
     

    If you want to do structured logging, but still want to have some control of how the final log message is formatted you can give a report_cb as part of the -metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    -                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = DstName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Dst),
    -                   {"What: ~p~nStatus: ~p~nSrc: ~s (~s)~nDst: ~s (~s)~n",
    -                    [What, Status, inet:ntoa(Src), SrcName, inet:ntoa(Dst), DstName]}
    +metadata with your log event.

    ReportCB = fun(#{ what := What, status := Status, src := Src, dst := Dst }) ->
    +                   {ok, #hostent{ h_name = SrcName }} = inet:gethostbyaddr(Src),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html	2025-03-21 17:27:43.660400110 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_disk_log_h.html	2025-03-21 17:27:43.656400084 +0000
    @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@
     and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the
     User's Guide.

    Notice that when changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the disk_log options (file, type, max_no_files, max_no_bytes) must not be -modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
    +modified.

    Example of adding a disk_log handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_disk_log_h, logger_disk_log_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./my_disk_log",
                                      type => wrap,
                                      max_no_files => 4,
                                      max_no_bytes => 10000,
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when + filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To use the disk_log handler instead of the default standard handler when starting an Erlang node, change the Kernel default logger to use logger_disk_log_h. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_disk_log_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./system_disk_log"}}}]'

    @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_filters.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_filters.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.684400269 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_filters.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.688400295 +0000 @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ events from, for example, a specific functional area. This allows filtering or other specialized treatment in a Logger handler.

    A domain field must be a list of atoms, creating smaller and more specialized domains as the list grows longer. The greatest domain is [], which comprises -all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    -D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 +all possible domains.

    For example, consider the following domains:

    D1 = [otp]
    +D2 = [otp, sasl]

    D1 is the greatest of the two, and is said to be a super-domain of D2. D2 is a sub-domain D1. Both D1 and D2 are sub-domains of [].

    The above domains are used for logs originating from Erlang/OTP. D1 specifies that the log event comes from Erlang/OTP in general, and D2 indicates that the log event is a so called SASL report.

    The Extra parameter to the domain/2 function is specified when @@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, decide if the event is allowed or not.

    Log events that do not contain any domain field, match only when Compare is -equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
    +equal to undefined or not_equal.

    Example: stop all events with domain [otp, sasl | _]

    1> logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, log). % this is the default
     ok
    -2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
    +2> Filter = {fun logger_filters:domain/2, {stop, sub, [otp, sasl]}}.
     ...
    -3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
    +3> logger:add_handler_filter(h1, no_sasl, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ filter matches if the value of Operator is:

    • neq - and the compare function returns lt or gt.

    • eq - and the compare function returns eq.

    • lt - and the compare function returns lt.

    • gt - and the compare function returns gt.

    • lteq - and the compare function returns lt or eq.

    • gteq - and the compare function returns gt or eq.

    If the filter matches and Action is log, the log event is allowed. If the filter matches and Action is stop, the log event is stopped.

    If the filter does not match, it returns ignore, meaning that other filters, or the value of the configuration parameter filter_default, will decide if the -event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    -Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    -logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
    +event is allowed or not.

    Example: only allow debug level log events

    logger:set_handler_config(h1, filter_default, stop).
    +Filter = {fun logger_filters:level/2, {log, eq, debug}}.
    +logger:add_handler_filter(h1, debug_only, Filter).
     ok
    @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_formatter.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_formatter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.728400561 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_formatter.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.728400561 +0000 @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.752400720 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.760400773 +0000 @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_std_h.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_std_h.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.784400932 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/logger_std_h.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.788400959 +0000 @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ protection behaviour. The same parameters are used both in the standard handler and the disk_log handler, and are documented in the User's Guide.

    Notice that if changing the configuration of the handler in runtime, the type, -file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    -                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    -                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, +file, or modes parameters must not be modified.

    Example of adding a standard handler:

    logger:add_handler(my_standard_h, logger_std_h,
    +                   #{config => #{file => "./system_info.log",
    +                                 filesync_repeat_interval => 1000}}).

    To set the default handler, that starts initially with the Kernel application, to log to file instead of standard_io, change the Kernel default logger configuration. Example:

    erl -kernel logger '[{handler,default,logger_std_h,
                           #{config => #{file => "./log.log"}}}]'

    An example of how to replace the standard handler with a disk_log handler at @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.824401197 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.828401224 +0000 @@ -565,13 +565,13 @@

    Interface address filtering selector function/0.

    For each ifaddrs entry, return either true to keep the entry or false to discard the entry.

    For example, to get an interface list which only contains -non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    -    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    -            flags := Flags}) ->
    -          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    -        (_) ->
    +non-loopback inet interfaces:

    net:getifaddrs(
    +    fun (#{ addr  := #{family := inet},
    +            flags := Flags}) ->
    +          not lists:member(loopback, Flags);
    +        (_) ->
               false
    -    end).
    +
    end).
    @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_adm.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_adm.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.856401410 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_adm.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.856401410 +0000 @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@

    Returns the names and associated port numbers of the Erlang nodes that epmd -registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    -{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    +registered at the specified host.

    Similar to epmd -names, see erts:epmd.

    Returns {error, address} if epmd is not operational.

    Example:

    (arne@dunn)1> net_adm:names().
    +{ok,[{"arne",40262}]}
    @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_kernel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_kernel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.888401621 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/net_kernel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.892401648 +0000 @@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ operational for distributed Erlang to work. The purpose of this process is to implement parts of the BIFs spawn/4 and spawn_link/4, and to provide monitoring of the network.

    An Erlang node is started using command-line flag -name or -sname:

    $ erl -sname foobar

    It is also possible to call net_kernel:start(foobar, #{}) -directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    -{ok,<0.64.0>}
    -(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is +directly from the normal Erlang shell prompt:

    1> net_kernel:start(foobar, #{name_domain => shortnames}).
    +{ok,<0.64.0>}
    +(foobar@gringotts)2>

    If the node is started with command-line flag -sname, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the short name of the host (not the fully qualified domain name). If started with flag -name, the node name is foobar@Host, where Host is the fully qualified domain name. For more @@ -668,13 +668,13 @@ delivered before a nodeup message due to a new connection to the same node. Prior to OTP 23.0, this was not guaranteed to be the case.

    The format of the node status change messages depends on Options. If Options is the empty list or if net_kernel:monitor_nodes/1 is called, the format is as -follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    -  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe +follows:

    {nodeup, Node} | {nodedown, Node}
    +  Node = node()

    When Options is the empty map or empty list, the caller will only subscribe for status change messages for visible nodes. That is, only nodes that appear in the result of erlang:nodes/0.

    If Options equals anything other than the empty list, the format of the status -change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    -  Node = node()
    -  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. +change messages is as follows:

    {nodeup, Node, Info} | {nodedown, Node, Info}
    +  Node = node()
    +  Info = #{Tag => Val} | [{Tag, Val}]

    Info is either a map or a list of 2-tuples. Its content depends on Options. If Options is a map, Info will also be a map. If Options is a list, Info will also be a list.

    When Options is a map, currently the following associations are allowed:

    • connection_id => boolean() - If the value of the association equals true, a connection_id => ConnectionId association will be included in the @@ -708,23 +708,23 @@ {node_type, visible} tuple will be included in the Info list.

    • nodedown_reason - The tuple {nodedown_reason, Reason} will be included in the Info list for nodedown messages.

      See the documentation of the nodedown_reason => boolean() association -above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
    +above for information about possible Reason values.

    Example:

    (a@localhost)1> net_kernel:monitor_nodes(true, #{connection_id=>true, node_type=>all, nodedown_reason=>true}).
     ok
    -(a@localhost)2> flush().
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    -                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    -Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    -                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    -                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    -Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    -                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
    +(a@localhost)2> flush().
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,c@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,b@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 3067552,node_type => visible,
    +                      nodedown_reason => connection_closed}}
    +Shell got {nodedown,c@localhost,
    +                    #{connection_id => 13892107,node_type => hidden,
    +                      nodedown_reason => net_tick_timeout}}
    +Shell got {nodeup,b@localhost,
    +                  #{connection_id => 3067553,node_type => visible}}
     ok
    -(a@localhost)3>
    +
    (a@localhost)3>
    @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.976402205 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:43.976402205 +0000 @@ -4076,12 +4076,12 @@ viewed as two operations performed atomically. Asynchronously send an unlink signal or a demonitor signal, and ignore any future results of the link or monitor.

    NOTE: This change can cause some obscure code to fail which previously did -not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
    +not. For example, the following code might hang:

                Mon = erlang:monitor(process, Pid),
                 %% ...
    -            exit(Pid, bang),
    -            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
    +            exit(Pid, bang),
    +            erlang:demonitor(Mon),
                 receive
    -                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
    +                {'DOWN', Mon, process, Pid, _} -> ok
                 %% We were previously guaranteed to get a down message
                 %% (since we exited the process ourself), so we could
                 %% in this case leave out:
    @@ -4508,7 +4508,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/os.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/os.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.012402443 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/os.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.016402470 +0000 @@ -658,13 +658,13 @@

    Executes Command in a command shell of the target OS, captures the standard output and standard error of the command, and returns this result as a string.

    The command shell can be set using the kernel configuration parameter, by default the -shell is detected upon system startup.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    -DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another +shell is detected upon system startup.

    Examples:

    LsOut = os:cmd("ls"), % on unix platform
    +DirOut = os:cmd("dir"), % on Win32 platform

    Notice that in some cases, standard output of a command when called from another program can differ, compared with the standard output of the command when called directly from an OS command shell.

    The possible options are:

    • max_size - The maximum size of the data returned by the os:cmd call. This option is a safety feature that should be used when the command executed -can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

      > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
      -[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    +can return a very large, possibly infinite, result.

    > os:cmd("cat /dev/zero", #{ max_size => 20 }).
    +[0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0]
    @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ resolution timestamp.

    This counter is read directly from the hardware or operating system with the same guarantees. This means that two consecutive calls to the function are not guaranteed to be monotonic, though it most likely will be. The performance -counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
    +counter will be converted to the resolution passed as an argument.

    1> T1 = os:perf_counter(1000),receive after 10000 -> ok end,T2 = os:perf_counter(1000).
     176525861
     2> T2 - T1.
     10004
    @@ -1125,16 +1125,16 @@ allows you to log time stamps in high resolution and consistent with the time in the rest of the OS.

    Example of code formatting a string in format "DD Mon YYYY HH:MM:SS.mmmmmm", where DD is the day of month, Mon is the textual month name, YYYY is the year, -HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    --export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    -format_utc_timestamp() ->
    -    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    -    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    -calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    -    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    -    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    -    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    -    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
    +HH:MM:SS is the time, and mmmmmm is the microseconds in six positions:

    -module(print_time).
    +-export([format_utc_timestamp/0]).
    +format_utc_timestamp() ->
    +    TS = {_,_,Micro} = os:timestamp(),
    +    {{Year,Month,Day},{Hour,Minute,Second}} =
    +calendar:now_to_universal_time(TS),
    +    Mstr = element(Month,{"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun","Jul",
    +    "Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"}),
    +    io_lib:format("~2w ~s ~4w ~2w:~2..0w:~2..0w.~6..0w",
    +    [Day,Mstr,Year,Hour,Minute,Second,Micro]).

    This module can be used as follows:

    1> io:format("~s~n",[print_time:format_utc_timestamp()]).
     29 Apr 2009  9:55:30.051711

    OS system time can also be retrieved by system_time/0 and system_time/1.

    @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/pg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/pg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.048402683 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/pg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.052402708 +0000 @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@

    Subscribes the caller to updates from the specified scope.

    Returns content of the entire scope and a reference to match the upcoming notifications.

    Whenever any group membership changes, an update message is sent to the -subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    +subscriber:

    {Ref, join, Group, [JoinPid1, JoinPid2]}
    {Ref, leave, Group, [LeavePid1]}
    @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/rpc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/rpc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.100403027 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/rpc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.088402947 +0000 @@ -1079,10 +1079,10 @@ return values, or {badrpc, Reason} for failing calls. Timeout is a time (integer) in milliseconds, or infinity.

    The following example is useful when new object code is to be loaded on all nodes in the network, and indicates some side effects that RPCs can produce:

    %% Find object code for module Mod
    -{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
    +{Mod, Bin, File} = code:get_object_code(Mod),
     
     %% and load it on all nodes including this one
    -{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
    +{ResL, _} = rpc:multicall(code, load_binary, [Mod, File, Bin]),
     
     %% and then maybe check the ResL list.

    Note

    If you want the ability to distinguish between results, you may want to consider using the erpc:multicall() function from the @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.128403212 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.128403212 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/seq_trace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/seq_trace.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.164403451 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/seq_trace.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.168403478 +0000 @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ Trace Messages Sent to the System Tracer

    The format of the messages is one of the following, depending on if flag -timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

    or

    {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

    Where:

    Label = int()
    -TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
    -  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

    SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

    • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its +timestamp of the trace token is set to true or false:

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo, TimeStamp}

      or

      {seq_trace, Label, SeqTraceInfo}

      Where:

      Label = int()
      +TimeStamp = {Seconds, Milliseconds, Microseconds}
      +  Seconds = Milliseconds = Microseconds = int()

      SeqTraceInfo can have the following formats:

      • {send, Serial, From, To, Message} - Used when a process From with its trace token flag send set to true has sent information. To may be a process identifier, a registered name on a node represented as {NameAtom, NodeAtom}, or a node name represented as an atom. From may be a @@ -287,68 +287,68 @@ Example of Use

        This example gives a rough idea of how the new primitives can be used and what -kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        --compile(export_all).
        +kind of output it produces.

        Assume that you have an initiating process with Pid == <0.30.0> like this:

        -module(seqex).
        +-compile(export_all).
         
        -loop(Port) ->
        +loop(Port) ->
             receive
        -        {Port,Message} ->
        -            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        -            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        -            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        -            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        -        {ack,Ack} ->
        +        {Port,Message} ->
        +            seq_trace:set_token(label,17),
        +            seq_trace:set_token('receive',true),
        +            seq_trace:set_token(print,true),
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"**** Trace Started ****"),
        +            call_server ! {self(),the_message};
        +        {ack,Ack} ->
                     ok
             end,
        -    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
        +    loop(Port).

        And a registered process call_server with Pid == <0.31.0> like this:

        loop() ->
             receive
        -        {PortController,Message} ->
        -            Ack = {received, Message},
        -            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        -            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
        +        {PortController,Message} ->
        +            Ack = {received, Message},
        +            seq_trace:print(17,"We are here now"),
        +            PortController ! {ack,Ack}
             end,
        -    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
        +    loop().

        A possible output from the system's sequential_tracer can be like this:

        17:<0.30.0> Info {0,1} WITH
         "**** Trace Started ****"
        -17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        -{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        -17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
        +17:<0.31.0> Received {0,2} FROM <0.30.0> WITH
        +{<0.30.0>,the_message}
        +17:<0.31.0> Info {2,3} WITH
         "We are here now"
        -17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        -{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can -look like this:

        tracer() ->
        +17:<0.30.0> Received {2,4} FROM <0.31.0> WITH
        +{ack,{received,the_message}}

        The implementation of a system tracer process that produces this printout can +look like this:

        tracer() ->
             receive
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        -        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        -           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false);
        +        {seq_trace,Label,TraceInfo,Ts} ->
        +           print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts);
                 _Other -> ignore
             end,
        -    tracer().
        +    tracer().
         
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) ->
        -    io:format("~p:",[Label]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo);
        -print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) ->
        -    io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]),
        -    print_trace(TraceInfo).
        -
        -print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]);
        -print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [To,Serial,From,Message]);
        -print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) ->
        -    io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n",
        -              [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that -process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        -    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        -    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        -    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        -    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        -    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        -    start(),
        -    P ! {port,message}.
        +
        print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,false) -> + io:format("~p:",[Label]), + print_trace(TraceInfo); +print_trace(Label,TraceInfo,Ts) -> + io:format("~p ~p:",[Label,Ts]), + print_trace(TraceInfo). + +print_trace({print,Serial,From,_,Info}) -> + io:format("~p Info ~p WITH~n~p~n", [From,Serial,Info]); +print_trace({'receive',Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Received ~p FROM ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [To,Serial,From,Message]); +print_trace({send,Serial,From,To,Message}) -> + io:format("~p Sent ~p TO ~p WITH~n~p~n", + [From,Serial,To,Message]).

        The code that creates a process that runs this tracer function and sets that +process as the system tracer can look like this:

        start() ->
        +    Pid = spawn(?MODULE,tracer,[]),
        +    seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Pid), % set Pid as the system tracer
        +    ok.

        With a function like test/0, the whole example can be started:

        test() ->
        +    P = spawn(?MODULE, loop, [port]),
        +    register(call_server, spawn(?MODULE, loop, [])),
        +    start(),
        +    P ! {port,message}.
        @@ -937,11 +937,11 @@ tracing is disabled, otherwise Token should be an Erlang term returned from get_token/0 or set_token/1. set_token/1 can be used to temporarily exclude message passing from the trace by setting the -trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
        +trace token to empty like this:

        OldToken = seq_trace:set_token([]), % set to empty and save
                                             % old value
         % do something that should not be part of the trace
        -io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        -seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
        +io:format("Exclude the signalling caused by this~n"),
        +seq_trace:set_token(OldToken), % activate the trace token again
         ...

        Returns the previous value of the trace token.

        @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.264404114 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.268404140 +0000 @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ completion_info/0 and the received completion message.

        The compiler may then optimize a following receive statement to only scan the messages that arrive after the reference/0 is created. If the message queue is large this is a big optimization.

        The reference/0 has to be unique for the call.

        Repeating an Operation on a select Systems

        Onselect systems, if a call would be repeated before the select -message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        -    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
        +message has been received it replaces the call in progress:

            {select, {select_info, Handle}} = socket:accept(LSock, nowait),
        +    {error, timeout} = socket:accept(LSock, 500),
             :

        Above, Handle is no longer valid once the second accept/2, call has been made (the first call is automatically canceled). After the second accept/2 call returns {error, timeout}, @@ -206,28 +206,28 @@ Examples -

        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
        +
        client(SAddr, SPort) ->
        +   {ok, Sock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:connect(Sock, #{family => inet,
                                        addr   => SAddr,
        -                               port   => SPort}),
        +                               port   => SPort}),
            Msg = <<"hello">>,
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        -
        -server(Addr, Port) ->
        -   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        -   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
        +   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        +   ok = socket:shutdown(Sock, write),
        +   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        +   ok = socket:close(Sock).
        +
        +server(Addr, Port) ->
        +   {ok, LSock} = socket:open(inet, stream, tcp),
        +   ok = socket:bind(LSock, #{family => inet,
                                      port   => Port,
        -                             addr   => Addr}),
        -   ok = socket:listen(LSock),
        -   {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock),
        -   {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg),
        -   ok = socket:close(Sock),
        -   ok = socket:close(LSock).
        +
        addr => Addr}), + ok = socket:listen(LSock), + {ok, Sock} = socket:accept(LSock), + {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock), + ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg), + ok = socket:close(Sock), + ok = socket:close(LSock).
        @@ -4845,7 +4845,7 @@ (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a boolean/0.

      • tcp_info - Get miscellaneous TCP related information for a connected socket (since OTP 26.1).

        Result; a map/0 with information items as key-value pairs.

      Note

      Not all requests are supported by all platforms. To see if a ioctl request is supported on the current platform:

            Request = nread,
      -      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
      +      true = socket:is_supported(ioctl_requests, Request),
             :
      @@ -5009,7 +5009,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports/0 has a {Key1, true} tuple or a {Key1, list()} tuple in its returned list, -otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      +otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(local),
      @@ -5040,7 +5040,7 @@

      Check if a socket feature is supported.

      Returns true if supports(Key1) has a {Key2, true} tuple -in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      +in its returned list, otherwise false (also for unknown keys).

      Example:

      true = socket:is_supported(msg_flags, errqueue),
      @@ -5137,7 +5137,7 @@

      Start a socket monitor.

      If the Socket doesn't exist or when later the monitor is triggered, a 'DOWN' message is sent to the process that called monitor/1 -with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if +with the following pattern:

      	    {'DOWN', MonitorRef, socket, Socket, Info}

      Info is the termination reason of the socket or nosock if Socket did not exist when the monitor was started.

      Making several calls to socket:monitor/1 for the same Socket is not an error; each call creates an independent monitor instance.

      @@ -7339,7 +7339,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.312404433 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/socket_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.308404406 +0000 @@ -186,47 +186,47 @@ Example

      This example is intended to show how to create a simple (echo) server -(and client).

      -module(example).
      +(and client).

      -module(example).
       
      --export([client/2, client/3]).
      --export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
      +-export([client/2, client/3]).
      +-export([server/0, server/1, server/2]).
       
       
       %% ======================================================================
       
       %% === Client ===
       
      -client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
      -  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
      -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
      -    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
      -    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
      -    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
      +client(#{family := Family} = ServerSockAddr, Msg)
      +  when is_list(Msg) orelse is_binary(Msg) ->
      +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, default),
      +    ok         = maybe_bind(Sock, Family),
      +    ok         = socket:connect(Sock, ServerSockAddr),
      +    client_exchange(Sock, Msg);
       
      -client(ServerPort, Msg)
      -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
      +client(ServerPort, Msg)
      +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) ->
           Family   = inet, % Default
      -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => ServerPort},
      -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
      +		 port   => ServerPort},
      +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
       
      -client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
      -  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
      -       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
      -    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +client(ServerPort, ServerAddr, Msg)
      +  when is_integer(ServerPort) andalso (ServerPort > 0) andalso
      +       is_tuple(ServerAddr) ->
      +    Family   = which_family(ServerAddr),
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => ServerAddr,
      -		 port   => ServerPort},
      -    client(SockAddr, Msg).
      +		 port   => ServerPort},
      +    client(SockAddr, Msg).
       
       %% Send the message to the (echo) server and wait for the echo to come back.
      -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
      -    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
      -client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
      -    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
      -    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
      +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_list(Msg) ->
      +    client_exchange(Sock, list_to_binary(Msg));
      +client_exchange(Sock, Msg) when is_binary(Msg) ->
      +    ok = socket:send(Sock, Msg, infinity),
      +    {ok, Msg} = socket:recv(Sock, byte_size(Msg), infinity),
           ok.
       
       
      @@ -234,188 +234,188 @@
       
       %% === Server ===
       
      -server() ->
      +server() ->
           %% Make system choose port (and address)
      -    server(0).
      +    server(0).
       
       %% This function return the port and address that it actually uses,
       %% in case server/0 or server/1 (with a port number) was used to start it.
       
      -server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
      -    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
      -    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
      -    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
      -    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
      -    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
      -    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
      +server(#{family := Family, addr := Addr, port := _} = SockAddr) ->
      +    {ok, Sock} = socket:open(Family, stream, tcp),
      +    ok         = socket:bind(Sock, SockAddr),
      +    ok         = socket:listen(Sock),
      +    {ok, #{port := Port}} = socket:sockname(Sock),
      +    Acceptor = start_acceptor(Sock),
      +    {ok, {Port, Addr, Acceptor}};
       
      -server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
      +server(Port) when is_integer(Port) ->
           Family   = inet, % Default
      -    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +    Addr     = get_local_addr(Family), % Pick an address
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => Port},
      -    server(SockAddr).
      +		 port   => Port},
      +    server(SockAddr).
       
      -server(Port, Addr)
      -  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
      -       is_tuple(Addr) ->
      -    Family   = which_family(Addr),
      -    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
      +server(Port, Addr)
      +  when is_integer(Port) andalso (Port >= 0) andalso
      +       is_tuple(Addr) ->
      +    Family   = which_family(Addr),
      +    SockAddr = #{family => Family,
       		 addr   => Addr,
      -		 port   => Port},
      -    server(SockAddr).
      +		 port   => Port},
      +    server(SockAddr).
       
       
       %% --- Echo Server - Acceptor ---
       
      -start_acceptor(LSock) ->
      -    Self = self(),
      -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
      +start_acceptor(LSock) ->
      +    Self = self(),
      +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> acceptor_init(Self, LSock) end),
           receive
      -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
      -	{Pid, started} ->
      +	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      +	    erlang:error({failed_starting_acceptor, Info});
      +	{Pid, started} ->
       	    %% Transfer ownership
      -	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
      -	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
      -	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
      +	    socket:setopt(LSock, otp, owner, Pid),
      +	    Pid ! {self(), continue},
      +	    erlang:demonitor(MRef),
       	    Pid
           end.
           
      -acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
      -    Parent ! {self(), started},
      +acceptor_init(Parent, LSock) ->
      +    Parent ! {self(), started},
           receive
      -	{Parent, continue} ->
      +	{Parent, continue} ->
       	    ok
           end,
      -    acceptor_loop(LSock).
      +    acceptor_loop(LSock).
       
      -acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
      -    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
      -	{ok, ASock} ->
      -	    start_handler(ASock),
      -	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
      -	{error, Reason} ->
      -	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
      +acceptor_loop(LSock) ->
      +    case socket:accept(LSock, infinity) of
      +	{ok, ASock} ->
      +	    start_handler(ASock),
      +	    acceptor_loop(LSock);
      +	{error, Reason} ->
      +	    erlang:error({accept_failed, Reason})
           end.
       
       
       %% --- Echo Server - Handler ---
       
      -start_handler(Sock) ->
      -    Self = self(),
      -    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
      +start_handler(Sock) ->
      +    Self = self(),
      +    {Pid, MRef} = spawn_monitor(fun() -> handler_init(Self, Sock) end),
           receive
      -	{'DOWN', MRef, process, Pid, Info} ->
      -	    erlang:error({failed_starting_handler, Info});
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/trace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/trace.html	2025-03-21 17:27:44.356404724 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/trace.html	2025-03-21 17:27:44.352404697 +0000
      @@ -146,23 +146,23 @@
       messages. Several sessions can exist at the same time without interfering with
       each other. When a trace session is destroyed, all its trace settings are
       automatically cleaned up.

      Example:

      %% Create a tracer process that will receive the trace events
      -1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
      +1> Tracer = spawn(fun F() -> receive M -> io:format("~p~n",[M]), F() end end).
       <0.91.0>
       %% Create a session using the Tracer
      -2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      -{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
      +2> Session = trace:session_create(my_session, Tracer, []).
      +{#Ref<0.1543805153.1548353537.92331>,{my_session, 0}}
       %% Setup call tracing on self()
      -3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
      +3> trace:process(Session, self(), true, [call]).
       1
       %% Setup call tracing on lists:seq/2
      -4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
      +4> trace:function(Session, {lists,seq,2}, [], []).
       1
       %% Call the traced function
      -5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
      +5> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +{trace,<0.89.0>,call,{lists,seq,[1,10]}} % The trace message
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10] % The return value
       %% Cleanup the trace session
      -6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
      +6> trace:session_destroy(Session).
       ok

      @@ -1322,9 +1322,9 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all received messages (to 'receive' traced processes). Any match specification is removed. This is the default.

    • false - Disable tracing for all received messages. Any match -specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{[&#href_anchor"p">,Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
    +specification is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [] for receive tracing.

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages from a specific process Pid:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{[&#href_anchor"p">,Pid, '_'],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['_','_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages from other nodes:

    > trace:recv(Session, [{['$1', '_', '_'],[{'=/=','$1',{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for 'receive' trace can use all guard and body functions except caller, is_seq_trace, get_seq_token, set_seq_token, enable_trace, disable_trace, trace, silent, and process_dump.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive @@ -1375,10 +1375,10 @@ Match Specifications in Erlang in the User's Guide for the ERTS application.

    • true - Enable tracing for all sent messages (from send traced processes). Any match specification is removed.

    • false - Disable tracing for all sent messages. Any match specification -is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="1286733847-4">],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    -1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
    +is removed.

    Argument FlagList must be [].

    The return value is always 1.

    Examples:

    Only trace messages to a specific process Pid:

    > trace:send(Session, [{[Pid, &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="3550039992-4">],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages matching {reply, _}:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['_', {reply,'_'}],[],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to the sender itself:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=:=','$1',{self}}],[]}], []).
    +1

    Only trace messages sent to other nodes:

    > trace:send(Session, [{['$1', '_'],[{'=/=',{node,'$1'},{node}}],[]}], []).
     1

    Note

    A match specification for send trace can use all guard and body functions except caller.

    Fails by raising an error exception with an error reason of:

    • badarg - If an argument is invalid.

    • system_limit - If a match specification passed as argument has excessive nesting which causes scheduler stack exhaustion for the scheduler that the @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.392404962 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/kernel-10.2.3/doc/html/wrap_log_reader.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.388404936 +0000 @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.416405122 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.420405148 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.440405281 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.444405308 +0000 @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:34.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> megaco - 4.7 - urn:uuid:df52f9ad-bf52-b0bc-d71a-6db180dba850 + urn:uuid:a73ca091-2cae-c2c6-c3b9-56951a678cc3 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:34Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:14Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:34.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_debug.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ can be expected by the different codecs provided by the megaco application.

      The measurement is done by iterating over the decode/encode function for approx 2 seconds per message and counting the number of decodes/encodes.

      Is best run by modifying the meas.sh.skel skeleton script provided by the tool.

      To run it manually do the following:

              % erl -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir>
      -        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
      +        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
       
      -        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
      -        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
      +        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
      +        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
               ...
      -        2> halt().

      or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs + 2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs (as above):

            % erl -noshell -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> \\
                   -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir> \\
                   -s megaco_codec_meas -s init stop

    When run as above (this will take some time), the measurement process is done @@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ value.

    Both these tools use the message package (time_test.msgs) provided with the tool(s), although it can run on any message package as long as it has the same structure.

    Message package file

    This is simply an erlang compatible text-file with the following structure: -{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    -messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    -message_name() = atom()
    -message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the +{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    +messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    +message_name() = atom()
    +message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the message_list() has been encoded.

    This file can be exported to a file structure by calling the export_messages function. This can be usefull if a measurement shall be done with an external tool. Exporting the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:34.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_encode.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -53,75 +53,75 @@ format using long keywords and an indentation style like the text examples in the Megaco/H.248 specification).

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty, well -indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -   Transaction = 9998 {
    -           Context = - {
    -                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -                           Services {
    +indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +   Transaction = 9998 {
    +           Context = - {
    +                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +                           Services {
                                        Method = Restart,
                                        ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
                                        Profile = ResGW/1,
                                        Reason = "901 Cold Boot"
    -                           }
    -                   }
    -           }
    -   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
    +                           }
    +                   }
    +           }
    +   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
        !/1 [124.124.124.222]
        T=9998{C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 Cold Boot"}}}}

    And the programmers view of the same message. First a list of ActionRequest records are constructed and then it is sent with one of the send functions in -the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    -  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    -                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
    +the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    +  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    +                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
                                   serviceChangeReason  = "901 Cold Boot",
    -                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    -  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    -                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    -  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    -                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    -  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
    +                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    +  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    +                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    +  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    +                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    +  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
        asn1_NOVALUE,
    -   {'Message',
    +   {'Message',
         1,
    -    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    -    {transactions,
    -     [
    -      {transactionRequest,
    -       {'TransactionRequest',
    +    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    +    {transactions,
    +     [
    +      {transactionRequest,
    +       {'TransactionRequest',
              9998,
    -         [{'ActionRequest',
    +         [{'ActionRequest',
                0,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
    -           [
    -            {'CommandRequest',
    -             {serviceChangeReq,
    -              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    -               [
    -                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    -                {'ServiceChangeParm',
    +           [
    +            {'CommandRequest',
    +             {serviceChangeReq,
    +              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    +               [
    +                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    +                {'ServiceChangeParm',
                      restart,
    -                 {portNumber, 55555},
    +                 {portNumber, 55555},
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
    -                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
    +                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
                      "901 MG Cold Boot",
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE
    -                }
    -              }
    -             },
    +                }
    +              }
    +             },
                  asn1_NOVALUE,
                  asn1_NOVALUE
    -            }
    -           ]
    -          }
    -         ]
    -       }
    -      }
    -     ]
    -    }
    -   }
    -  }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes + } + ] + } + ] + } + } + ] + } + } + }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_compact_text_encoder - encodes messages into compact text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_binary_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages. This encoder implements the fastest of the BER encoders/decoders. Recommended binary codec.
    • megaco_ber_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages.
    • megaco_per_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 PER messages. N.B. that this format /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:34.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_examples.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ erl -pa ../../../megaco/ebin -s megaco_filter -s megaco megaco_simple_mg:start().

    or simply 'gmake mg'.

    If you "only" want to start a single MG which tries to connect an MG on a host named "baidarka", you may use one of these functions (instead of the -megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be +megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be enabled and an interactive sequence chart tool to be started. This may be quite useful in order to visualize how your MG interacts with the Megaco/H.248 protocol stack.

    The event traces may alternatively be directed to a file for later analyze. By /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:34.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_performance.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,19 +57,19 @@ built-in functions.

    The actual encoded messages have been collected in one directory per encoding type, containing one file per encoded message.

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty -printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -  Transaction = 9998 {
    -    Context = - {
    -      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -        Services {
    +printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +  Transaction = 9998 {
    +    Context = - {
    +      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +        Services {
               Method = Restart,
               ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
               Profile = ResGW/1,
               Reason = "901 MG Cold Boot"
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
    +        }
    +      }
    +    }
    +  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
       C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 MG Cold Boot"}}}}

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:34.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco_user.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@

    Callback module for users of the Megaco application

    This module defines the callback behaviour of Megaco users. A megaco_user compliant callback module must export the following functions:

    The semantics of them and their exact signatures are explained below.

    The user_args configuration parameter which may be used to extend the argument list of the callback functions. For example, the handle_connect function takes -by default two arguments:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as +by default two arguments:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as [SomePid,SomeTableRef], the callback function is expected to have these (in -this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. +this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. handle_unexpected_trans/4). The functions which takes this argument will be called if and only if one of the functions receive_message/5 or @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ DATA TYPES

    -
    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    -action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    -error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    -segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" +

    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    +action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    +error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    +segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" connection and may be reused after a reconnect (disconnect + connect).

    protocol_version() = integer()

    Is the actual protocol version. In most cases the protocol version is retrieved from the processed message, but there are exceptions:

    In these cases, the ProtocolVersion default version is obtained from the static /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:34.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.epub/OEBPS/megaco.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -3073,7 +3073,7 @@

    Utility function to produce a formated printout of the versions info generated by the versions1 and versions2 functions.

    The function print_version_info/0 uses the result of function version1/0 as -VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).
    +VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.700407005 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.708407057 +0000 @@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@

    Utility function to produce a formated printout of the versions info generated by the versions1 and versions2 functions.

    The function print_version_info/0 uses the result of function version1/0 as -VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).
    +VersionInfo.

    Example:

               {ok, V} = megaco:versions1(), megaco:format_versions(V).
    @@ -4100,7 +4100,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.740407270 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_architecture.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.740407270 +0000 @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.768407456 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_meas.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.768407456 +0000 @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.800407667 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone1.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.800407667 +0000 @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.828407853 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_mstone2.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.832407880 +0000 @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.856408038 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_codec_transform.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.856408038 +0000 @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_debug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.884408224 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_debug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.880408198 +0000 @@ -172,12 +172,12 @@ can be expected by the different codecs provided by the megaco application.

    The measurement is done by iterating over the decode/encode function for approx 2 seconds per message and counting the number of decodes/encodes.

    Is best run by modifying the meas.sh.skel skeleton script provided by the tool.

    To run it manually do the following:

            % erl -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir>
    -        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
    +        Erlang (BEAM) emulator version 5.6 [source]
     
    -        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
    -        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
    +        Eshell V12.2  (abort with ^G)
    +        1> megaco_codec_meas:start().
             ...
    -        2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs + 2> halt().

    or to make it even easier, assuming a measure shall be done on all the codecs (as above):

            % erl -noshell -pa <path-megaco-ebin-dir> \\
                   -pa <path-to-meas-module-dir> \\
                   -s megaco_codec_meas -s init stop

    When run as above (this will take some time), the measurement process is done @@ -199,10 +199,10 @@ value.

    Both these tools use the message package (time_test.msgs) provided with the tool(s), although it can run on any message package as long as it has the same structure.

    Message package file

    This is simply an erlang compatible text-file with the following structure: -{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    -messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    -message_name() = atom()
    -message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the +{codec_name(), messages_list()}.

    codec_name() = pretty | compact | ber | per | erlang      (how the messages are encoded)
    +messages_list() = [{message_name(), message()}]
    +message_name() = atom()
    +message() = binary()

    The codec name is the name of the codec with which all messages in the message_list() has been encoded.

    This file can be exported to a file structure by calling the export_messages function. This can be usefull if a measurement shall be done with an external tool. Exporting the @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.908408383 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_digit_map.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.904408356 +0000 @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.932408542 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_edist_compress.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.936408569 +0000 @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encode.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.964408754 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encode.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.968408781 +0000 @@ -158,75 +158,75 @@ format using long keywords and an indentation style like the text examples in the Megaco/H.248 specification).

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty, well -indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -   Transaction = 9998 {
    -           Context = - {
    -                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -                           Services {
    +indented version with long keywords:

       MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +   Transaction = 9998 {
    +           Context = - {
    +                   ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +                           Services {
                                        Method = Restart,
                                        ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
                                        Profile = ResGW/1,
                                        Reason = "901 Cold Boot"
    -                           }
    -                   }
    -           }
    -   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
    +                           }
    +                   }
    +           }
    +   }

    Then the compact version without indentation and with short keywords:

    
        !/1 [124.124.124.222]
        T=9998{C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 Cold Boot"}}}}

    And the programmers view of the same message. First a list of ActionRequest records are constructed and then it is sent with one of the send functions in -the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    -  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    -                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
    +the API:

      Prof = #'ServiceChangeProfile'{profileName = "resgw", version = 1},
    +  Parm = #'ServiceChangeParm'{serviceChangeMethod  = restart,
    +                              serviceChangeAddress = {portNumber, 55555},
                                   serviceChangeReason  = "901 Cold Boot",
    -                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    -  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    -                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    -  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    -                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    -  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
    +                              serviceChangeProfile = Prof},
    +  Req = #'ServiceChangeRequest'{terminationID = [?megaco_root_termination_id],
    +                                serviceChangeParms = Parm},
    +  Actions = [#'ActionRequest'{contextId = ?megaco_null_context_id,
    +                              commandRequests = {serviceChangeReq, Req}}],
    +  megaco:call(ConnHandle, Actions, Config).

    And finally a print-out of the entire internal form:

      {'MegacoMessage',
        asn1_NOVALUE,
    -   {'Message',
    +   {'Message',
         1,
    -    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    -    {transactions,
    -     [
    -      {transactionRequest,
    -       {'TransactionRequest',
    +    {ip4Address,{'IP4Address', [124,124,124,222], asn1_NOVALUE}},
    +    {transactions,
    +     [
    +      {transactionRequest,
    +       {'TransactionRequest',
              9998,
    -         [{'ActionRequest',
    +         [{'ActionRequest',
                0,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
                asn1_NOVALUE,
    -           [
    -            {'CommandRequest',
    -             {serviceChangeReq,
    -              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    -               [
    -                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    -                {'ServiceChangeParm',
    +           [
    +            {'CommandRequest',
    +             {serviceChangeReq,
    +              {'ServiceChangeRequest',
    +               [
    +                {megaco_term_id, false, ["root"]}],
    +                {'ServiceChangeParm',
                      restart,
    -                 {portNumber, 55555},
    +                 {portNumber, 55555},
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
    -                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
    +                 {'ServiceChangeProfile', "resgw", version = 1},
                      "901 MG Cold Boot",
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE,
                      asn1_NOVALUE
    -                }
    -              }
    -             },
    +                }
    +              }
    +             },
                  asn1_NOVALUE,
                  asn1_NOVALUE
    -            }
    -           ]
    -          }
    -         ]
    -       }
    -      }
    -     ]
    -    }
    -   }
    -  }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes + } + ] + } + ] + } + } + ] + } + } + }

    The following encoding modules are provided:

    • megaco_pretty_text_encoder - encodes messages into pretty text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_compact_text_encoder - encodes messages into compact text format, decodes both pretty as well as compact text.
    • megaco_binary_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages. This encoder implements the fastest of the BER encoders/decoders. Recommended binary codec.
    • megaco_ber_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 BER messages.
    • megaco_per_encoder - encode/decode ASN.1 PER messages. N.B. that this format @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html 2025-03-21 17:27:44.996408967 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_encoder.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.000408993 +0000 @@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.032409206 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.032409206 +0000 @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ erl -pa ../../../megaco/ebin -s megaco_filter -s megaco megaco_simple_mg:start().

    or simply 'gmake mg'.

    If you "only" want to start a single MG which tries to connect an MG on a host named "baidarka", you may use one of these functions (instead of the -megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    -      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be +megaco_simple_mg:start/0 above):

          megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_tcp_binary("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_text("baidarka", []).
    +      megaco_simple_mg:start_udp_binary("baidarka", []).

    The -s megaco_filter option to erl implies, the event tracing mechanism to be enabled and an interactive sequence chart tool to be started. This may be quite useful in order to visualize how your MG interacts with the Megaco/H.248 protocol stack.

    The event traces may alternatively be directed to a file for later analyze. By @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.060409391 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_flex_scanner.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.064409417 +0000 @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.088409577 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.092409603 +0000 @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_mib.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.112409735 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_mib.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.112409735 +0000 @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_performance.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.136409895 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_performance.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.140409921 +0000 @@ -162,19 +162,19 @@ built-in functions.

    The actual encoded messages have been collected in one directory per encoding type, containing one file per encoded message.

    Here follows an example of a text message to give a feeling of the difference between the pretty and compact versions of text messages. First the pretty -printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    -  Transaction = 9998 {
    -    Context = - {
    -      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    -        Services {
    +printed, well indented version with long keywords:

    MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
    +  Transaction = 9998 {
    +    Context = - {
    +      ServiceChange = ROOT {
    +        Services {
               Method = Restart,
               ServiceChangeAddress = 55555,
               Profile = ResGW/1,
               Reason = "901 MG Cold Boot"
    -        }
    -      }
    -    }
    -  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
    +        }
    +      }
    +    }
    +  }

    Then the compact text version without indentation and with short keywords:

    !/1 [124.124.124.222] T=9998{
       C=-{SC=ROOT{SV{MT=RS,AD=55555,PF=ResGW/1,RE="901 MG Cold Boot"}}}}

    @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_run.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_run.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.164410081 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_run.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.168410106 +0000 @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.196410293 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_sdp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.200410319 +0000 @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.228410504 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_tcp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.236410557 +0000 @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.260410717 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.260410717 +0000 @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.288410903 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_transport_mechanisms.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.292410929 +0000 @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_udp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_udp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.320411114 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_udp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.320411114 +0000 @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_user.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_user.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.364411406 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/megaco_user.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.364411406 +0000 @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@

    Callback module for users of the Megaco application

    This module defines the callback behaviour of Megaco users. A megaco_user compliant callback module must export the following functions:

    The semantics of them and their exact signatures are explained below.

    The user_args configuration parameter which may be used to extend the argument list of the callback functions. For example, the handle_connect function takes -by default two arguments:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as +by default two arguments:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version)

    but if the user_args parameter is set to a longer list, such as [SomePid,SomeTableRef], the callback function is expected to have these (in -this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. +this case two) extra arguments last in the argument list:

    handle_connect(Handle, Version, SomePid, SomeTableRef)

    Note

    Must of the functions below has an optional Extra argument (e.g. handle_unexpected_trans/4). The functions which takes this argument will be called if and only if one of the functions receive_message/5 or @@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ DATA TYPES

    -
    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    -action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    -error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    -segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" +

    action_request() = #'ActionRequest'{}
    +action_reply() = #'ActionReply'{}
    +error_desc() = #'ErrorDescriptor'{}
    +segment_no() = integer()
    conn_handle() = #megaco_conn_handle{}

    The record initially returned by megaco:connect/4,5. It identifies a "virtual" connection and may be reused after a reconnect (disconnect + connect).

    protocol_version() = integer()

    Is the actual protocol version. In most cases the protocol version is retrieved from the processed message, but there are exceptions:

    In these cases, the ProtocolVersion default version is obtained from the static @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.400411645 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.400411645 +0000 @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.424411804 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/megaco-4.7/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.424411804 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.448411963 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.448411963 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.476412149 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.480412176 +0000 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> mnesia - 4.23.4 - urn:uuid:214817ee-e584-336e-7ff2-3edc7523f0c7 + urn:uuid:00eca754-3755-a505-7591-11f7b087f2c8 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:15Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:56Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_a.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@
    %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% --module(mnesia_backup). +-module(mnesia_backup). --include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). +-include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). --export([ +-export([ %% Write access open_write/1, write/2, @@ -69,105 +69,105 @@ open_read/1, read/1, close_read/1 - ]). + ]). %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Backup callback interface --record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). +-record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). %% Opens backup media for write %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_write(OpaqueData) -> +open_write(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), - file:delete(Tmp), - case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, - {file, Tmp}, - {repair, false}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), + file:delete(Tmp), + case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, + {file, Tmp}, + {repair, false}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Writes BackupItems to the backup media %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> +write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of + case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of ok -> - {ok, B}; - {error, Reason} -> - abort_write(B), - {error, Reason} + {ok, B}; + {error, Reason} -> + abort_write(B), + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after a successful backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -commit_write(OpaqueData) -> +commit_write(OpaqueData) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - file:delete(B#backup.file), - case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of + file:delete(B#backup.file), + case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of ok -> - {ok, B#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, B#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after an interrupted backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -abort_write(BackupRef) -> - Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), - file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), +abort_write(BackupRef) -> + Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), + file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), case Res of ok -> - {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Restore callback interface --record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). +-record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). %% Opens backup media for read %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_read(OpaqueData) -> +open_read(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - case file:read_file_info(File) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason}; + case file:read_file_info(File) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason}; _FileInfo -> %% file exists - case disk_log:open([{file, File}, - {name, make_ref()}, - {repair, false}, - {mode, read_only}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + case disk_log:open([{file, File}, + {name, make_ref()}, + {repair, false}, + {mode, read_only}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end end. @@ -176,30 +176,30 @@ %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData, BackupItems} or {error, Reason} %% %% BackupItems == [] is interpreted as eof -read(OpaqueData) -> +read(OpaqueData) -> R = OpaqueData, Fd = R#restore.file_desc, - case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; + case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; eof -> - {ok, R, []}; - {Cont, []} -> - read(R#restore{cont = Cont}); - {Cont, BackupItems, _BadBytes} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems}; - {Cont, BackupItems} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems} /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_b.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ mnesia_access Callback Behavior -
    -module(mnesia_frag).
    +
    -module(mnesia_frag).
     
     %% Callback functions when accessed within an activity
    --export([
    +-export([
              lock/4,
              write/5, delete/5, delete_object/5,
              read/5, match_object/5, all_keys/4,
    @@ -38,242 +38,242 @@
              foldl/6, foldr/6, table_info/4,
              first/3, next/4, prev/4, last/3,
              clear_table/4
    -        ]).
    +        ]).
     
     %% Callback functions which provides transparent
     %% access of fragmented tables from any activity
     %% access context.
     
    -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
    -    case frag_names(Tab) of
    -        [Tab] ->
    -            mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
    +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
    +    case frag_names(Tab) of
    +        [Tab] ->
    +            mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
             Frags ->
    -            DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
    -                         F <- Frags],
    -            mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
    +            DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
    +                         F <- Frags],
    +            mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
         end;
     
    -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
    -    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
    +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
    +    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
     
    -write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    -    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    -
    -delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    -
    -delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    -    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    -
    -read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    -
    -match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
    -    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
    -    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    -
    -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
    -    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    -
    -
    -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
    -    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
    -
    -select_cont(_Tid,_,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [],_}) -> '$end_of_table';
    -select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [{Tab,Node,Type}|Rest],Args}) ->
    -    {Spec,LockKind,Limit} = Args,
    -    InitFun = fun(FixedSpec) -> mnesia:dirty_sel_init(Node,Tab,FixedSpec,Limit,Type) end,
    -    Res = mnesia:fun_select(Tid,Ts,Tab,Spec,LockKind,Tab,InitFun,Limit,Node,Type),
    -    frag_sel_cont(Res, Rest, Args);
    -select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, Cont, TabL, Args}) ->
    -    frag_sel_cont(mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Cont),TabL,Args);
    -select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else) ->
    -    mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else).
    -
    -all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
    -             || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    +write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    +    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    +
    +delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    +
    +delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
    +    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
    +
    +read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
    +
    +match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
    +    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
    +    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    +
    +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
    +    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
    +
    +
    +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
    +    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
    +
    +select_cont(_Tid,_,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [],_}) -> '$end_of_table';
    +select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [{Tab,Node,Type}|Rest],Args}) ->
    +    {Spec,LockKind,Limit} = Args,
    +    InitFun = fun(FixedSpec) -> mnesia:dirty_sel_init(Node,Tab,FixedSpec,Limit,Type) end,
    +    Res = mnesia:fun_select(Tid,Ts,Tab,Spec,LockKind,Tab,InitFun,Limit,Node,Type),
    +    frag_sel_cont(Res, Rest, Args);
    +select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, Cont, TabL, Args}) ->
    +    frag_sel_cont(mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Cont),TabL,Args);
    +select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else) ->
    +    mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else).
    +
    +all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
    +             || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
     
    -clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
    -    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
    +    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
         ok.
     
    -index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
    +index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
         Match =
    -        [mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
    -         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    +        [mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
    +         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
     
    -index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
    +index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
         Match =
    -        [mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
    -         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    -    lists:append(Match).
    -
    -foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    -                   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
    +        [mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
    +         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
    +    lists:append(Match).
    +
    +foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    +                   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
                end,
    -    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
    +    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
     
    -foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    -                   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
    +foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
    +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
    +                   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
                end,
    -    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
    +    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
     
    -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
    -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
    -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
    -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
    +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
    +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
    +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
    +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
    +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
     
    -table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
    +table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
         case Item of
             size ->
    -            SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    -            lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
    +            SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
    +            lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
             memory ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_app_c.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000
    @@ -26,140 +26,140 @@
       
       mnesia_frag_hash Callback Behavior
     
    -
    -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
    --compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
    +
    -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
    +-compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
     
     %% Fragmented Table Hashing callback functions
    --export([
    +-export([
              init_state/2,
              add_frag/1,
              del_frag/1,
              key_to_frag_number/2,
              match_spec_to_frag_numbers/2
    -        ]).
    -record(hash_state,
    -    {n_fragments,
    +        ]).
    -record(hash_state,
    +    {n_fragments,
          next_n_to_split,
          n_doubles,
    -     function}).
    +     function}).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
    -      Tab :: atom(),
    -      State :: term(),
    -      NewState :: term().
    -init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
    -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
    +-spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
    +      Tab :: atom(),
    +      State :: term(),
    +      NewState :: term().
    +init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
    +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
                     next_n_to_split = 1,
                     n_doubles       = 0,
    -                function        = phash2}.
    +                function        = phash2}.
     
    -convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
    -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
    +convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
    +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
                     next_n_to_split = P,
                     n_doubles       = L,
    -                function        = phash}.
    +                function        = phash}.
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
     
    --spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    -      NewState :: term(),
    -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    -add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
    +-spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    +      NewState :: term(),
    +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    +add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
         P = SplitN + 1,
         NewN = N + 1,
    -    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
    +    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
             P2 when P2 == P ->
    -            State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
    +            State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
                                  n_doubles        = L + 1,
    -                             next_n_to_split  = 1};
    +                             next_n_to_split  = 1};
             _ ->
    -            State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
    -                             next_n_to_split = P}
    +            State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
    +                             next_n_to_split = P}
         end,
    -    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
    -add_frag(OldState) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    add_frag(State).
    +    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
    +add_frag(OldState) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    add_frag(State).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
     
    --spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    -      NewState :: term(),
    -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    -del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
    +-spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
    +      NewState :: term(),
    +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
    +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
    +del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
         P = SplitN - 1,
         if
             P < 1 ->
                 L2 = L - 1,
    -            MergeN = power2(L2),
    -            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    +            MergeN = power2(L2),
    +            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
                                           next_n_to_split = MergeN,
    -                                      n_doubles       = L2},
    -            {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
    +                                      n_doubles       = L2},
    +            {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
             true ->
                 MergeN = P,
    -            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    -                                      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
    -            {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
    +            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
    +                                      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
    +            {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
         end;
    -del_frag(OldState) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    del_frag(State).
    +del_frag(OldState) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    del_frag(State).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
    -      State :: term(),
    -      Key :: term(),
    -      Fragnum :: integer().
    -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    -    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
    +-spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
    +      State :: term(),
    +      Key :: term(),
    +      Fragnum :: integer().
    +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    +    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
         if
             A > N ->
    -            A - power2(L);
    +            A - power2(L);
             true ->
                 A
         end;
    -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    -    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
    +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
    +    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
         if
             A > N ->
    -            A - power2(L);
    +            A - power2(L);
             true ->
                 A
         end;
    -key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
    -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    -    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
    +key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
    +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
    +    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
     
     %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
    --spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
    -      State :: term(),
    -      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
    -      Fragnums :: [integer()].
    -match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
    +-spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
    +      State :: term(),
    +      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
    +      Fragnums :: [integer()].
    +match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
         case MatchSpec of
    -        [{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
    -            KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
    -            case has_var(KeyPat) of
    +        [{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
    +            KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
    +            case has_var(KeyPat) of
                     false ->
    -                    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
    +                    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
                     true ->
    -                    lists:seq(1, N)
    +                    lists:seq(1, N)
                 end;
             _ ->
    -            lists:seq(1, N)
    +            lists:seq(1, N)
         end;
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap2.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000
    @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
     
     

    This section provides a simplified demonstration of a Mnesia system startup. The dialogue from the Erlang shell is as follows:

    % erl -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"'
    -Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
    +Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
     
    -Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
    +Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
    +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
     ok
    -2> mnesia:start().
    +2> mnesia:start().
     ok
    -3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <--- 
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <--- 
     ---> Participant transactions <--- 
    @@ -53,18 +53,18 @@
     ===> System info in version "4.23.2", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/tmp/funky" is used.
     use fallback at restart = false
    -running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes   = []
    -master node tables = []
    -remote             = []
    -ram_copies         = [funky]
    -disc_copies        = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies   = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
    +running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes   = []
    +master node tables = []
    +remote             = []
    +ram_copies         = [funky]
    +disc_copies        = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies   = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
     3 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 2 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    In this example, the following actions are performed:

    • Step 1: The Erlang system is started from the UNIX prompt with a flag -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"', which indicates in which directory to store the data.
    • Step 2: A new empty schema is initialized on the local node by evaluating @@ -124,28 +124,28 @@ Defining Structure and Content

      First the record definitions are entered into a text file named company.hrl. -This file defines the following structure for the example database:

      -record(employee, {emp_no,
      +This file defines the following structure for the example database:

      -record(employee, {emp_no,
                          name,
                          salary,
                          sex,
                          phone,
      -                   room_no}).
      +                   room_no}).
       
      --record(dept, {id,
      -               name}).
      +-record(dept, {id,
      +               name}).
       
      --record(project, {name,
      -                  number}).
      +-record(project, {name,
      +                  number}).
       
       
      --record(manager, {emp,
      -                  dept}).
      +-record(manager, {emp,
      +                  dept}).
       
      --record(at_dep, {emp,
      -                 dept_id}).
      +-record(at_dep, {emp,
      +                 dept_id}).
       
      --record(in_proj, {emp,
      -                  proj_name}).

      The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function +-record(in_proj, {emp, + proj_name}).

      The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function mnesia:create_table(Name, Opts) creates tables. Name is the table name.

      Note

      The current version of Mnesia does not require that the name of the table is the same as the record name, see @@ -162,28 +162,28 @@

      The following shell interaction starts Mnesia and initializes the schema for the Company database:

      % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
      -Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
      +Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
       
      -Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -2> mnesia:start().
      -ok

      The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

      -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
      --include("company.hrl").
      -
      -init() ->
      -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(project,
      -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
      -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
      -                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
      -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
      -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

      +2> mnesia:start(). +ok

    The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
    +-include("company.hrl").
    +
    +init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    @@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ the format mnesia:create_schema(DiscNodeList) and initiates a new schema. In this example, a non-distributed system using only one node is created. Schemas are fully explained in Define a Schema.
  • mnesia:start(). This function starts Mnesia and is fully -explained in Start Mnesia.
  • Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +explained in Start Mnesia.

    Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <--- 
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <--- 
     ---> Participant transactions <--- 
    @@ -216,18 +216,18 @@
     ===> System info in version "4.23.2", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company" is used.
     use fallback at restart = false
    -running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes   = []
    -master node tables = []
    -remote             = []
    -ram_copies         = [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    -disc_copies        = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies   = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
    +running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes   = []
    +master node tables = []
    +remote             = []
    +ram_copies         = [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    +disc_copies        = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies   = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
     8 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 12 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    A set of tables is created. The function mnesia:create_table(Name, Opts) creates the required database tables. The options available with Opts are explained in @@ -241,32 +241,32 @@ transactions have been committed, as six successful transactions were run when creating the tables.

    To write a function that inserts an employee record into the database, there must be an at_dep record and a set of in_proj records inserted. Examine the -following code used to complete this action:

    insert_emp(Emp, DeptId, ProjNames) ->
    +following code used to complete this action:

    insert_emp(Emp, DeptId, ProjNames) ->
         Ename = Emp#employee.name,
    -    Fun = fun() ->
    -                  mnesia:write(Emp),
    -                  AtDep = #at_dep{emp = Ename, dept_id = DeptId},
    -                  mnesia:write(AtDep),
    -                  mk_projs(Ename, ProjNames)
    +    Fun = fun() ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap3.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000
    @@ -70,18 +70,18 @@
     changes the format on all records in table Tab. It applies argument Fun to
     all records in the table. Fun must be a function that takes a record of the
     old type, and returns the record of the new type. The table key must not be
    -changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    --record(new, {key, val, extra}).
    +changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    +-record(new, {key, val, extra}).
     
     Transformer =
    -   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    -      #new{key = X#old.key,
    +   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    +      #new{key = X#old.key,
                val = X#old.val,
    -           extra = 42}
    +           extra = 42}
        end,
    -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer,
    -                                      record_info(fields, new),
    -                                      new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer, + record_info(fields, new), + new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the metadata about the table is updated. Use of ignore is not recommended (as it creates inconsistencies between the metadata and the actual data) but it is included as a possibility for the user do to an own (offline) transform.

  • mnesia:change_table_copy_type(Tab, Node, ToType) @@ -133,29 +133,29 @@ when starting the Erlang shell or in the application script. Previously, the following example was used to create the directory for the Company database:

    % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
  • If no command-line flag is entered, the Mnesia directory becomes the current working directory on the node where the Erlang shell is started.

  • To start the Company database and get it running on the two specified nodes, -enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two -nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -                                                   employee)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(project,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    -                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -                                                           manager)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    -                        [{type, bag},
    -                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because +enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two +nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +                                                   employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +                                                           manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    +                        [{type, bag},
    +                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because /ldisc/scratch (the "local" disc) exists on the two different nodes.

    By executing these commands, two Erlang nodes are configured to run the Company database, and therefore, initialize the database. This is required only once when setting up. The next time the system is started, @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Startup Procedure

    -

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. +

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. The alternatives are as follows:

    1. Tables that are only stored locally are initialized from the local Mnesia directory.
    2. Replicated tables that reside locally as well as somewhere else are either initiated from disc or by copying the entire table from the other node, @@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ from disc at a faster rate. The function forces tables to be loaded from disc regardless of the network situation.

      Thus, it can be assumed that if an application wants to use tables a and b, the application must perform some action similar to following before it can use -the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      -  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      -    panic(RemainingTabs);
      +the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      +  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      +    panic(RemainingTabs);
         ok ->
           synced
       end.

      Warning

      When tables are forcefully loaded from the local disc, all operations that @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ key, whereas a table of type bag can have an arbitrary number of records per key. The key for each record is always the first attribute of the record.

      The following example illustrates the difference between type set and -bag:

       f() ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      -          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
      +bag:

       f() ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      +          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type + mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type set. However, the list [{foo,1,2}, {foo,1,3}] is returned if the table is of type bag.

      Mnesia tables can never contain duplicates of the same record in the same table. Duplicate records have attributes with the same contents and key.

    3. {disc_copies, NodeList}, where NodeList is a list of the nodes where @@ -273,11 +273,11 @@ table. All records stored in the table must have this name as their first element. record_name defaults to the name of the table. For more information, see -Record Names versus Table Names.

    4. As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an -extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      -                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a +Record Names versus Table Names.

      As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an +extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      +                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a RAM copy on the local node, no extra indexes, and the attributes defaulted to -the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      +the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap4.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ and delete Mnesia records. The Fun is evaluated as a transaction that either commits or terminates. If a transaction succeeds in executing the Fun, it replicates the action on all nodes involved, or terminates if an error occurs.

      The following example shows a transaction that raises the salary of certain -employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
      +employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
                       Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
      -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(New)
      +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(New)
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is + mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is called by the statement mnesia:transaction(F) and returns a value.

      The Mnesia transaction system facilitates the construction of reliable, distributed systems by providing the following important properties:

      • The transaction handler ensures that a Fun, which is placed inside a transaction, does not interfere with operations embedded in other transactions @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ The Fun in the transaction is evaluated once more.

        It is therefore important that the code inside the Fun given to mnesia:transaction/1 is pure. Some strange results can occur if, for example, messages are sent by the transaction Fun. The following example illustrates this -situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        -    F = fun() ->
        -                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
        +situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        +    F = fun() ->
        +                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
                         Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
        -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        -                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        -                mnesia:write(New)
        +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        +                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        +                mnesia:write(New)
                 end,
        -    mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the + mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the terminal. However, Mnesia guarantees that each transaction will eventually run. As a result, Mnesia is not only deadlock free, but also livelock free.

        The Mnesia programmer cannot prioritize one particular transaction to execute before other transactions that are waiting to execute. As a result, the Mnesia @@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ fails. Such applications can benefit from using sticky locks instead of the normal locking scheme.

        A sticky lock is a lock that stays in place at a node, after the transaction that first acquired the lock has terminated. To illustrate this, assume that the -following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the +mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the function write/1 The function s_write/1 sets a sticky lock instead of a normal lock. If the table is not replicated, sticky locks have no special effect. If the table is replicated, and a sticky lock is set on node @@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ following two functions are used to set explicit table locks for read and write operations:

        Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

        mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
        -mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

        The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a +on table Tab.

      Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

      mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
      +mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

      The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a single record (when the key is bound in the pattern).

      @@ -320,78 +320,78 @@ necessarily have to be the same as the table name, although this is the case in most of the examples in this User's Guide. If a table is created without property record_name, the following code ensures that all records in the -tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as +tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as shown in the following example, subscriber records can be stored in both of the -tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      -mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      -mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot +tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      +mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      +mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot be used. For example, writing a subscriber record into a table requires the function mnesia:write/3 instead of the simplified functions mnesia:write/1 -and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      -mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      -mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified +and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      +mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      +mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified access functions used in most of the examples and their more flexible -counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
      +counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
      +mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
       
      -mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
      +mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
      +mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
      +mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
       
      -mnesia:write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
      +mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
       
      -mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
      +mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
       
      -mnesia:index_match_object(Pattern, Attr) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap5.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000
      @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@
       whether the data resides on the local node or on a remote node.

      Notice that the program runs slower if the data is located on a remote node.

    5. The database can be reconfigured, and tables can be moved between nodes. These operations do not affect the user programs.

    6. It has previously been shown that each table has a number of system attributes, such as index and type.

      Table attributes are specified when the table is created. For example, the -following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      -                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list +following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      +                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list of Erlang nodes as its value:

      • ram_copies. The value of the node list is a list of Erlang nodes, and a RAM replica of the table resides on each node in the list.

        Notice that no disc operations are performed when a program executes write operations to these replicas. However, if permanent RAM replicas are required, @@ -117,52 +117,52 @@ searched for matching records.

        Notice that in ordered_set tables, the records are ordered per fragment, and the order is undefined in results returned by select and match_object, as well as first, next, prev and last.

        The following code illustrates how a Mnesia table is converted to be a -fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        -[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
        +(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        +[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
         (a@sam)3> Tab = dictionary.
         dictionary
        -(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
        +(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        -[{base_table,dictionary},
        - {foreign_key,undefined},
        - {hash_module,mnesia_frag_hash},
        - {hash_state,{hash_state,1,1,0,phash2}},
        - {n_fragments,1},
        - {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        +[{base_table,dictionary},
        + {foreign_key,undefined},
        + {hash_module,mnesia_frag_hash},
        + {hash_state,{hash_state,1,1,0,phash2}},
        + {n_fragments,1},
        + {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
        +(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,12,-12}]
        -(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,57},
        - {dictionary_frag2,63},
        - {dictionary_frag3,62},
        - {dictionary_frag4,74}]
        -(a@sam)19>

        +(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,12,-12}] +(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,57}, + {dictionary_frag2,63}, + {dictionary_frag3,62}, + {dictionary_frag4,74}] +(a@sam)19>

        @@ -204,64 +204,64 @@ This property can explicitly be set at table creation. Default is mnesia_frag_hash.

      • {hash_state, Term} - Enables a table-specific parameterization of a generic hash module. This property can explicitly be set at table creation. -Default is undefined.

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +Default is undefined.

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        -[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        -                               {attributes, [prim_key, prim_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        -[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        -(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        -                               {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
        +(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        +[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        +                               {attributes, [prim_key, prim_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        +[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        +(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        +                               {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
         (a@sam)7> PrimKey = 11.
         11
         (a@sam)8> SecKey = 42.
         42
        -(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        -               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        +               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        -                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        -(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        +                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        +[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        +(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{prim_dict,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag2,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag3,1},
        - {prim_dict_frag4,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag5,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag6,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag7,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)16> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [sec_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag2,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag3,1},
        - {sec_dict_frag4,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag5,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag6,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag7,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)17>

      +(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, + [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{prim_dict,0}, + {prim_dict_frag2,0}, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_chap7.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -128,26 +128,26 @@ for starting Mnesia:

      • An Erlang session must be started and a Mnesia directory must be specified for the database.
      • A database schema must be initiated, using the function mnesia:create_schema/1.

      The following example shows how these tasks are performed:

      Step 1: Start an Erlang session and specify a Mnesia directory for the -database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
      +database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
       
      -Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      -(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      +(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -(klacke@gin)2>
      +(klacke@gin)2>
       Ctrl+Z
      -[1]+  Stopped                 erl

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been +[1]+ Stopped erl

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been created:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff       247 Aug 12 15:06 FALLBACK.BUP

      The response shows that the file FALLBACK.BUP has been created. This is called a backup file, and it contains an initial schema. If more than one node in the function mnesia:create_schema/1 had been specified, identical backup files -would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3> mnesia:start().
      +would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3> mnesia:start().
       ok

      Step 4: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff         86 May 26 19:03 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff      34507 May 26 19:03 schema.DAT

      The schema in the backup file FALLBACK.BUP has been used to generate the file schema.DAT. Since there are no other disc resident tables than the schema, no other data files were created. The file FALLBACK.BUP was removed after the successful "restoration". You also see some files that are for internal use by -Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      -{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
      +Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      +{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    86 May 26 19:07 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    94 May 26 19:07 foo.DCD
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff  6679 May 26 19:07 schema.DAT

      The file foo.DCD has been created. This file will eventually store all data @@ -191,11 +191,11 @@ the Mnesia data files. For example, dets contains the function dets:traverse/2, which can be used to view the contents of a Mnesia DAT file. However, this can only be done when Mnesia is not running. So, to view -the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      -{keypos, 2}]),
      -F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      -dets:traverse(N, F),
      -dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This +the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      +{keypos, 2}]),
      +F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      +dets:traverse(N, F),
      +dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This ensures that these files are not automatically repaired. Without this option, the database can become inconsistent, because Mnesia can believe that the files were properly closed. For information about configuration parameter @@ -429,38 +429,38 @@ located first in the backup.

      The schema itself is a table and is possibly included in the backup. Each node where the schema table resides is regarded as a db_node.

      The following example shows how mnesia:traverse_backup can be used to rename a -db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
      +db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
           Switch =
      -        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      -           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      -           (Node) -> Node
      +        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      +           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      +           (Node) -> Node
               end,
           Convert =
      -        fun({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      -                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
      +        fun({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      +                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
                       OptSwitch =
      -                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      -                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      -                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      -                                false-> {Key, Val}
      +                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      +                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      +                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      +                                false-> {Key, Val}
                                   end
                           end,
      -                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      -           (Other, Acc) ->
      -                {[Other], Acc}
      +                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      +           (Other, Acc) ->
      +                {[Other], Acc}
               end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
      +    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
       
      -view(Source, Mod) ->
      -    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      -                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      -                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
      +view(Source, Mod) ->
      +    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      +                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      +                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
                  end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      + mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia_registry.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@

      Warning

      This function is deprecated. Do not use it.

      A wrapper function for mnesia:create_table/2, which creates a table (if there is no existing table) with an appropriate set of attributes. The attributes and TabDef are forwarded to mnesia:create_table/2. For example, if the table -is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      -          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      +is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      +          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:15.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.epub/OEBPS/mnesia.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ specifies the types of the SNMP keys.

    7. attributes. The names of the attributes for the records that are inserted in the table.

    8. For information about the complete set of table properties and their details, see mnesia:create_table/2.

      This Reference Manual uses a table of persons to illustrate various examples. -The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
      +The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
                        age = 0,
                        address = unknown,
                        salary = 0,
      -                 children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to + children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to start to read about mnesia:create_table/2, mnesia:lock/2, and mnesia:activity/4 before you continue and learn about the rest.

      Writing or deleting in transaction-context creates a local copy of each modified record during the transaction. During iteration, that is, mnesia:foldl/4, @@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ -

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at +

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at Node.

      This function can also be used to change the storage type of the table named schema. The schema table can only have ram_copies or disc_copies as the storage type. If the storage type of the schema is ram_copies, no other table @@ -2995,22 +2995,22 @@ back end storage. Backend can currently be ets or dets. Properties is a list of options sent to the back end storage during table creation. Properties cannot contain properties already used by Mnesia, such as type -or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      -       {storage_properties,
      -        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    9. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, +or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      +       {storage_properties,
      +        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    10. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, or bag. Default is set. In a set, all records have unique keys. In a bag, several records can have the same key, but the record content is unique. If a non-unique record is stored, the old conflicting records are overwritten.

      Notice that currently ordered_set is not supported for disc_only_copies.

    11. {local_content, Bool}, where Bool is true or false. Default is false.

    12. For example, the following call creates the person table (defined earlier) and -replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on +replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on attribute address of all the person records that are inserted in the table, -the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {index, [address]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as +the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {index, [address]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as {index, [2]} and {attributes, [name, age, address, salary, children]}, respectively.

      mnesia:create_table/2 writes records into the table schema. This function, and all other schema manipulation functions, are implemented with the normal @@ -5260,10 +5260,10 @@ argument. Default is read. The return value depends on MatchSpec.

      Notice that for best performance, select is to be used before any modifying operations are done on that table in the same transaction. That is, do not use write or delete before a select.

      In its simplest forms, the match_spec look as follows:

      • MatchSpec = [MatchFunction]
      • MatchFunction = {MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}
      • MatchHead = tuple() | record()

      • Guard = {"Guardtest name", ...}
      • Result = "Term construct"

      For a complete description of select, see the ERTS -User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      -Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
      +User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      +Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
       Result = '$1',
      -mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      +
      mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      @@ -5558,9 +5558,9 @@ specified as a tuple of atoms describing the types. The only significant type is fix_string. This means that a string has a fixed size.

      For example, the following causes table person to be ordered as an SNMP table:

      mnesia:snmp_open_table(person, [{key, string}])

      Consider the following schema for a table of company employees. Each employee is identified by department number and name. The other table column stores the -telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and +telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      +    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and telno.

      An option is to have table columns that are not visible through the SNMP protocol. These columns must be the last columns of the table. In the previous example, the SNMP table could have columns department and name only. The @@ -6163,17 +6163,17 @@ transaction is terminated and the function transaction/1 returns the tuple {aborted, Reason}.

      If all is going well, {atomic, ResultOfFun} is returned, where ResultOfFun is the value of the last expression in Fun.

      A function that adds a family to the database can be written as follows if there -is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      -    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      -    Trans = fun() ->
      -        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      -        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
      +is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      +    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      +    Trans = fun() ->
      +        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      +        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
           end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
      +    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
       
      -oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one +oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one transaction ensures that either the whole family is added to the database, or the whole transaction terminates. For example, if the last child is badly formatted, or the executing process terminates because of an 'EXIT' signal @@ -6181,17 +6181,17 @@ where half a family is added can never occur.

      It is also useful to update the database within a transaction if several processes concurrently update the same records. For example, the function raise(Name, Amount), which adds Amount to the salary field of a person, is -to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      -    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      -        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      -            [P] ->
      +to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      +    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      +        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      +            [P] ->
                       Salary = Amount + P#person.salary,
      -                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(P2);
      +                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(P2);
                   _ ->
      -                mnesia:abort("No such person")
      +                mnesia:abort("No such person")
               end
      -    end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on + end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on different nodes can concurrently execute the function raise/2 without interfering with each other.

      Since Mnesia detects deadlocks, a transaction can be restarted any number of times and therefore the Fun shall not have any side effects such as waiting /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.784414191 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.788414217 +0000 @@ -166,11 +166,11 @@ specifies the types of the SNMP keys.

    13. attributes. The names of the attributes for the records that are inserted in the table.

    14. For information about the complete set of table properties and their details, see mnesia:create_table/2.

      This Reference Manual uses a table of persons to illustrate various examples. -The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
      +The following record definition is assumed:

      -record(person, {name,
                        age = 0,
                        address = unknown,
                        salary = 0,
      -                 children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to + children = []}),

      The first record attribute is the primary key, or key for short.

      The function descriptions are sorted in alphabetical order. It is recommended to start to read about mnesia:create_table/2, mnesia:lock/2, and mnesia:activity/4 before you continue and learn about the rest.

      Writing or deleting in transaction-context creates a local copy of each modified record during the transaction. During iteration, that is, mnesia:foldl/4, @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ -

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at +

      Change the storage type of a table.

      For example:

      mnesia:change_table_copy_type(person, node(), disc_copies)

      Transforms the person table from a RAM table into a disc-based table at Node.

      This function can also be used to change the storage type of the table named schema. The schema table can only have ram_copies or disc_copies as the storage type. If the storage type of the schema is ram_copies, no other table @@ -3116,22 +3116,22 @@ back end storage. Backend can currently be ets or dets. Properties is a list of options sent to the back end storage during table creation. Properties cannot contain properties already used by Mnesia, such as type -or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      -       {storage_properties,
      -        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    15. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, +or named_table.

      For example:

      mnesia:create_table(table, [{ram_copies, [node()]}, {disc_only_copies, nodes()},
      +       {storage_properties,
      +        [{ets, [compressed]}, {dets, [{auto_save, 5000}]} ]}])
    16. {type, Type}, where Type must be either of the atoms set, ordered_set, or bag. Default is set. In a set, all records have unique keys. In a bag, several records can have the same key, but the record content is unique. If a non-unique record is stored, the old conflicting records are overwritten.

      Notice that currently ordered_set is not supported for disc_only_copies.

    17. {local_content, Bool}, where Bool is true or false. Default is false.

    18. For example, the following call creates the person table (defined earlier) and -replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on +replicates it on two nodes:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      If it is required that Mnesia must build and maintain an extra index table on attribute address of all the person records that are inserted in the table, -the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      -    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -     {index, [address]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as +the following code would be issued:

      mnesia:create_table(person,
      +    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +     {index, [address]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, person)}]).

      The specification of index and attributes can be hard-coded as {index, [2]} and {attributes, [name, age, address, salary, children]}, respectively.

      mnesia:create_table/2 writes records into the table schema. This function, and all other schema manipulation functions, are implemented with the normal @@ -5381,10 +5381,10 @@ argument. Default is read. The return value depends on MatchSpec.

      Notice that for best performance, select is to be used before any modifying operations are done on that table in the same transaction. That is, do not use write or delete before a select.

      In its simplest forms, the match_spec look as follows:

      • MatchSpec = [MatchFunction]
      • MatchFunction = {MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}
      • MatchHead = tuple() | record()

      • Guard = {"Guardtest name", ...}
      • Result = "Term construct"

      For a complete description of select, see the ERTS -User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #href_anchor"ss">person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      -Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
      +User's Guide and the ets manual page in STDLIB.

      For example, to find the names of all male persons older than 30 in table Tab:

      MatchHead = #href_anchor"ss">person{name='$1', sex=male, age='$2', _='_'},
      +Guard = {'>', '$2', 30},
       Result = '$1',
      -mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      +
      mnesia:select(Tab,[{MatchHead, [Guard], [Result]}]),
      @@ -5679,9 +5679,9 @@ specified as a tuple of atoms describing the types. The only significant type is fix_string. This means that a string has a fixed size.

      For example, the following causes table person to be ordered as an SNMP table:

      mnesia:snmp_open_table(person, [{key, string}])

      Consider the following schema for a table of company employees. Each employee is identified by department number and name. The other table column stores the -telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      -    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      -     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and +telephone number:

      mnesia:create_table(employee,
      +    [{snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
      +     {attributes, record_info(fields, employees)}]),

      The corresponding SNMP table would have three columns: department, name, and telno.

      An option is to have table columns that are not visible through the SNMP protocol. These columns must be the last columns of the table. In the previous example, the SNMP table could have columns department and name only. The @@ -6284,17 +6284,17 @@ transaction is terminated and the function transaction/1 returns the tuple {aborted, Reason}.

      If all is going well, {atomic, ResultOfFun} is returned, where ResultOfFun is the value of the last expression in Fun.

      A function that adds a family to the database can be written as follows if there -is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      -    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      -    Trans = fun() ->
      -        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      -        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      -        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
      +is a structure {family, Father, Mother, ChildrenList}:

      add_family({family, F, M, Children}) ->
      +    ChildOids = lists:map(fun oid/1, Children),
      +    Trans = fun() ->
      +        mnesia:write(F#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        mnesia:write(M#person{children = ChildOids}),
      +        Write = fun(Child) -> mnesia:write(Child) end,
      +        lists:foreach(Write, Children)
           end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
      +    mnesia:transaction(Trans).
       
      -oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one +oid(Rec) -> {element(1, Rec), element(2, Rec)}.

      This code adds a set of people to the database. Running this code within one transaction ensures that either the whole family is added to the database, or the whole transaction terminates. For example, if the last child is badly formatted, or the executing process terminates because of an 'EXIT' signal @@ -6302,17 +6302,17 @@ where half a family is added can never occur.

      It is also useful to update the database within a transaction if several processes concurrently update the same records. For example, the function raise(Name, Amount), which adds Amount to the salary field of a person, is -to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      -    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      -        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      -            [P] ->
      +to be implemented as follows:

      raise(Name, Amount) ->
      +    mnesia:transaction(fun() ->
      +        case mnesia:wread({person, Name}) of
      +            [P] ->
                       Salary = Amount + P#person.salary,
      -                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(P2);
      +                P2 = P#person{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(P2);
                   _ ->
      -                mnesia:abort("No such person")
      +                mnesia:abort("No such person")
               end
      -    end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on + end).

      When this function executes within a transaction, several processes running on different nodes can concurrently execute the function raise/2 without interfering with each other.

      Since Mnesia detects deadlocks, a transaction can be restarted any number of times and therefore the Fun shall not have any side effects such as waiting @@ -6721,7 +6721,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.820414429 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_a.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.824414455 +0000 @@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% --module(mnesia_backup). +-module(mnesia_backup). --include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). +-include_lib("kernel/include/file.hrl"). --export([ +-export([ %% Write access open_write/1, write/2, @@ -174,105 +174,105 @@ open_read/1, read/1, close_read/1 - ]). + ]). %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Backup callback interface --record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). +-record(backup, {tmp_file, file, file_desc}). %% Opens backup media for write %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_write(OpaqueData) -> +open_write(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), - file:delete(Tmp), - case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, - {file, Tmp}, - {repair, false}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + Tmp = lists:concat([File,".BUPTMP"]), + file:delete(Tmp), + case disk_log:open([{name, make_ref()}, + {file, Tmp}, + {repair, false}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #backup{tmp_file = Tmp, file = File, file_desc = Fd}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Writes BackupItems to the backup media %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> +write(OpaqueData, BackupItems) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of + case disk_log:log_terms(B#backup.file_desc, BackupItems) of ok -> - {ok, B}; - {error, Reason} -> - abort_write(B), - {error, Reason} + {ok, B}; + {error, Reason} -> + abort_write(B), + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after a successful backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -commit_write(OpaqueData) -> +commit_write(OpaqueData) -> B = OpaqueData, - case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:sync(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of + case disk_log:close(B#backup.file_desc) of ok -> - file:delete(B#backup.file), - case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of + file:delete(B#backup.file), + case file:rename(B#backup.tmp_file, B#backup.file) of ok -> - {ok, B#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, B#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %% Closes the backup media after an interrupted backup %% %% Returns {ok, ReturnValueToUser} or {error, Reason} -abort_write(BackupRef) -> - Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), - file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), +abort_write(BackupRef) -> + Res = disk_log:close(BackupRef#backup.file_desc), + file:delete(BackupRef#backup.tmp_file), case Res of ok -> - {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + {ok, BackupRef#backup.file}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %% Restore callback interface --record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). +-record(restore, {file, file_desc, cont}). %% Opens backup media for read %% %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData} or {error, Reason} -open_read(OpaqueData) -> +open_read(OpaqueData) -> File = OpaqueData, - case file:read_file_info(File) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason}; + case file:read_file_info(File) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason}; _FileInfo -> %% file exists - case disk_log:open([{file, File}, - {name, make_ref()}, - {repair, false}, - {mode, read_only}, - {linkto, self()}]) of - {ok, Fd} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> - {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; - {error, Reason} -> - {error, Reason} + case disk_log:open([{file, File}, + {name, make_ref()}, + {repair, false}, + {mode, read_only}, + {linkto, self()}]) of + {ok, Fd} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, {badbytes, 0}} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {repaired, Fd, _, _} -> + {ok, #restore{file = File, file_desc = Fd, cont = start}}; + {error, Reason} -> + {error, Reason} end end. @@ -281,30 +281,30 @@ %% Returns {ok, OpaqueData, BackupItems} or {error, Reason} %% %% BackupItems == [] is interpreted as eof -read(OpaqueData) -> +read(OpaqueData) -> R = OpaqueData, Fd = R#restore.file_desc, - case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of - {error, Reason} -> - {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; + case disk_log:chunk(Fd, R#restore.cont) of + {error, Reason} -> + {error, {"Possibly truncated", Reason}}; eof -> - {ok, R, []}; - {Cont, []} -> - read(R#restore{cont = Cont}); - {Cont, BackupItems, _BadBytes} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems}; - {Cont, BackupItems} -> - {ok, R#restore{cont = Cont}, BackupItems} /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.856414668 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_b.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.860414694 +0000 @@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ mnesia_access Callback Behavior

      -
      -module(mnesia_frag).
      +
      -module(mnesia_frag).
       
       %% Callback functions when accessed within an activity
      --export([
      +-export([
                lock/4,
                write/5, delete/5, delete_object/5,
                read/5, match_object/5, all_keys/4,
      @@ -143,242 +143,242 @@
                foldl/6, foldr/6, table_info/4,
                first/3, next/4, prev/4, last/3,
                clear_table/4
      -        ]).
      +        ]).
       
       %% Callback functions which provides transparent
       %% access of fragmented tables from any activity
       %% access context.
       
      -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
      -    case frag_names(Tab) of
      -        [Tab] ->
      -            mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
      +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table , Tab}, LockKind) ->
      +    case frag_names(Tab) of
      +        [Tab] ->
      +            mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, Tab}, LockKind);
               Frags ->
      -            DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
      -                         F <- Frags],
      -            mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
      +            DeepNs = [mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, {table, F}, LockKind) ||
      +                         F <- Frags],
      +            mnesia_lib:uniq(lists:append(DeepNs))
           end;
       
      -lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
      -    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
      +lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind) ->
      +    mnesia:lock(ActivityId, Opaque, LockItem, LockKind).
       
      -write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      -    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      -
      -delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      -
      -delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      -    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      -
      -read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      -
      -match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
      -    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
      -    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      -
      -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
      -    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      -
      -
      -select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
      -    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
      -
      -select_cont(_Tid,_,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [],_}) -> '$end_of_table';
      -select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [{Tab,Node,Type}|Rest],Args}) ->
      -    {Spec,LockKind,Limit} = Args,
      -    InitFun = fun(FixedSpec) -> mnesia:dirty_sel_init(Node,Tab,FixedSpec,Limit,Type) end,
      -    Res = mnesia:fun_select(Tid,Ts,Tab,Spec,LockKind,Tab,InitFun,Limit,Node,Type),
      -    frag_sel_cont(Res, Rest, Args);
      -select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, Cont, TabL, Args}) ->
      -    frag_sel_cont(mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Cont),TabL,Args);
      -select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else) ->
      -    mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else).
      -
      -all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
      -             || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      +write(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      +    mnesia:write(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      +
      +delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    mnesia:delete(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      +
      +delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Rec, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = record_to_frag_name(Tab, Rec),
      +    mnesia:delete_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Rec, LockKind).
      +
      +read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, LockKind) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    mnesia:read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, LockKind).
      +
      +match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, HeadPat, LockKind) ->
      +    MatchSpec = [{HeadPat, [], ['$_']}],
      +    select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      +
      +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind) ->
      +    do_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, LockKind).
      +
      +
      +select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind) ->
      +    init_select(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, MatchSpec, Limit, LockKind).
      +
      +select_cont(_Tid,_,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [],_}) -> '$end_of_table';
      +select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, '$end_of_table', [{Tab,Node,Type}|Rest],Args}) ->
      +    {Spec,LockKind,Limit} = Args,
      +    InitFun = fun(FixedSpec) -> mnesia:dirty_sel_init(Node,Tab,FixedSpec,Limit,Type) end,
      +    Res = mnesia:fun_select(Tid,Ts,Tab,Spec,LockKind,Tab,InitFun,Limit,Node,Type),
      +    frag_sel_cont(Res, Rest, Args);
      +select_cont(Tid,Ts,{frag_cont, Cont, TabL, Args}) ->
      +    frag_sel_cont(mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Cont),TabL,Args);
      +select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else) ->
      +    mnesia:select_cont(Tid,Ts,Else).
      +
      +all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Match = [mnesia:all_keys(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, LockKind)
      +             || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
       
      -clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
      -    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Obj) ->
      +    [mnesia:clear_table(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Obj)  || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
           ok.
       
      -index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
      +index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Pat, Attr, LockKind) ->
           Match =
      -        [mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
      -         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      +        [mnesia:index_match_object(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Pat, Attr, LockKind)
      +         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
       
      -index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
      +index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Key, Attr, LockKind) ->
           Match =
      -        [mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
      -         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      -    lists:append(Match).
      -
      -foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      -                   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
      +        [mnesia:index_read(ActivityId, Opaque, Frag, Key, Attr, LockKind)
      +         || Frag <- frag_names(Tab)],
      +    lists:append(Match).
      +
      +foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      +                   mnesia:foldl(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
                  end,
      -    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
      +    lists:foldl(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
       
      -foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      -    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      -                   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
      +foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, Acc, Tab, LockKind) ->
      +    Fun2 = fun(Frag, A) ->
      +                   mnesia:foldr(ActivityId, Opaque, Fun, A, Frag, LockKind)
                  end,
      -    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
      +    lists:foldr(Fun2, Acc, frag_names(Tab)).
       
      -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
      -    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
      -table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
      -    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
      +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, {Tab, Key}, Item) ->
      +    Frag = key_to_frag_name(Tab, Key),
      +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item);
      +table_info(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Item) ->
      +    table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Tab, Item).
       
      -table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
      +table_info2(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab, Frag, Item) ->
           case Item of
               size ->
      -            SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      -            lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
      +            SumFun = fun({_, Size}, Acc) -> Acc + Size end,
      +            lists:foldl(SumFun, 0, frag_size(ActivityId, Opaque, Tab));
               memory ->
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html	2025-03-21 17:27:45.888414880 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_app_c.html	2025-03-21 17:27:45.892414906 +0000
      @@ -131,140 +131,140 @@
         
         mnesia_frag_hash Callback Behavior
       

      -
      -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
      --compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
      +
      -module(mnesia_frag_hash).
      +-compile([{nowarn_deprecated_function, [{erlang,phash,2}]}]).
       
       %% Fragmented Table Hashing callback functions
      --export([
      +-export([
                init_state/2,
                add_frag/1,
                del_frag/1,
                key_to_frag_number/2,
                match_spec_to_frag_numbers/2
      -        ]).
      -record(hash_state,
      -    {n_fragments,
      +        ]).
      -record(hash_state,
      +    {n_fragments,
            next_n_to_split,
            n_doubles,
      -     function}).
      +     function}).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
      -      Tab :: atom(),
      -      State :: term(),
      -      NewState :: term().
      -init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
      -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
      +-spec init_state(Tab, State) -> NewState when
      +      Tab :: atom(),
      +      State :: term(),
      +      NewState :: term().
      +init_state(_Tab, State) when State == undefined ->
      +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = 1,
                       next_n_to_split = 1,
                       n_doubles       = 0,
      -                function        = phash2}.
      +                function        = phash2}.
       
      -convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
      -    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
      +convert_old_state({hash_state, N, P, L}) ->
      +    #hash_state{n_fragments     = N,
                       next_n_to_split = P,
                       n_doubles       = L,
      -                function        = phash}.
      +                function        = phash}.
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
       
      --spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      -      NewState :: term(),
      -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      -add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
      +-spec add_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      +      NewState :: term(),
      +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      +add_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
           P = SplitN + 1,
           NewN = N + 1,
      -    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
      +    State2 = case power2(L) + 1 of
               P2 when P2 == P ->
      -            State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
      +            State#hash_state{n_fragments      = NewN,
                                    n_doubles        = L + 1,
      -                             next_n_to_split  = 1};
      +                             next_n_to_split  = 1};
               _ ->
      -            State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
      -                             next_n_to_split = P}
      +            State#hash_state{n_fragments     = NewN,
      +                             next_n_to_split = P}
           end,
      -    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
      -add_frag(OldState) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    add_frag(State).
      +    {State2, [SplitN], [NewN]};
      +add_frag(OldState) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    add_frag(State).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
       
      --spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      -      NewState :: term(),
      -      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      -      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      -del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
      +-spec del_frag(State :: term()) -> {NewState, IterFrags, AdditionalLockFrags} when
      +      NewState :: term(),
      +      IterFrags :: [integer()],
      +      AdditionalLockFrags :: [integer()].
      +del_frag(#hash_state{next_n_to_split = SplitN, n_doubles = L, n_fragments = N} = State) ->
           P = SplitN - 1,
           if
               P < 1 ->
                   L2 = L - 1,
      -            MergeN = power2(L2),
      -            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      +            MergeN = power2(L2),
      +            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
                                             next_n_to_split = MergeN,
      -                                      n_doubles       = L2},
      -            {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
      +                                      n_doubles       = L2},
      +            {State2, [N], [MergeN]};
               true ->
                   MergeN = P,
      -            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      -                                      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
      -            {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
      +            State2 = State#hash_state{n_fragments     = N - 1,
      +                                      next_n_to_split = MergeN},
      +            {State2, [N], [MergeN]}
           end;
      -del_frag(OldState) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    del_frag(State).
      +del_frag(OldState) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    del_frag(State).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
      -      State :: term(),
      -      Key :: term(),
      -      Fragnum :: integer().
      -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      -    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
      +-spec key_to_frag_number(State, Key) -> Fragnum when
      +      State :: term(),
      +      Key :: term(),
      +      Fragnum :: integer().
      +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      +    A = erlang:phash(Key, power2(L + 1)),
           if
               A > N ->
      -            A - power2(L);
      +            A - power2(L);
               true ->
                   A
           end;
      -key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      -    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
      +key_to_frag_number(#hash_state{function = phash2, n_fragments = N, n_doubles = L}, Key) ->
      +    A = erlang:phash2(Key, power2(L + 1)) + 1,
           if
               A > N ->
      -            A - power2(L);
      +            A - power2(L);
               true ->
                   A
           end;
      -key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
      -    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      -    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
      +key_to_frag_number(OldState, Key) ->
      +    State = convert_old_state(OldState),
      +    key_to_frag_number(State, Key).
       
       %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
      --spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
      -      State :: term(),
      -      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
      -      Fragnums :: [integer()].
      -match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
      +-spec match_spec_to_frag_numbers(State, MatchSpec) -> Fragnums when
      +      State :: term(),
      +      MatchSpec :: ets:match_spec(),
      +      Fragnums :: [integer()].
      +match_spec_to_frag_numbers(#hash_state{n_fragments = N} = State, MatchSpec) ->
           case MatchSpec of
      -        [{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
      -            KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
      -            case has_var(KeyPat) of
      +        [{HeadPat, _, _}] when is_tuple(HeadPat), tuple_size(HeadPat) > 2 ->
      +            KeyPat = element(2, HeadPat),
      +            case has_var(KeyPat) of
                       false ->
      -                    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
      +                    [key_to_frag_number(State, KeyPat)];
                       true ->
      -                    lists:seq(1, N)
      +                    lists:seq(1, N)
                   end;
               _ ->
      -            lists:seq(1, N)
      +            lists:seq(1, N)
           end;
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html	2025-03-21 17:27:45.916415066 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap1.html	2025-03-21 17:27:45.920415092 +0000
      @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.956415330 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap2.html 2025-03-21 17:27:45.956415330 +0000 @@ -137,16 +137,16 @@

      This section provides a simplified demonstration of a Mnesia system startup. The dialogue from the Erlang shell is as follows:

      % erl -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"'
      -Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
      +Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
       
      -Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -2> mnesia:start().
      +2> mnesia:start().
       ok
      -3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
      -{atomic,ok}
      -4> mnesia:info().
      +3> mnesia:create_table(funky, []).
      +{atomic,ok}
      +4> mnesia:info().
       ---> Processes holding locks <--- 
       ---> Processes waiting for locks <--- 
       ---> Participant transactions <--- 
      @@ -158,18 +158,18 @@
       ===> System info in version "4.23.2", debug level = none <===
       opt_disc. Directory "/tmp/funky" is used.
       use fallback at restart = false
      -running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
      -stopped db nodes   = []
      -master node tables = []
      -remote             = []
      -ram_copies         = [funky]
      -disc_copies        = [schema]
      -disc_only_copies   = []
      -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
      -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
      +running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
      +stopped db nodes   = []
      +master node tables = []
      +remote             = []
      +ram_copies         = [funky]
      +disc_copies        = [schema]
      +disc_only_copies   = []
      +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
      +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [funky]
       3 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 2 logged to disc
       0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
      -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
      +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
       ok

      In this example, the following actions are performed:

      • Step 1: The Erlang system is started from the UNIX prompt with a flag -mnesia dir '"/tmp/funky"', which indicates in which directory to store the data.
      • Step 2: A new empty schema is initialized on the local node by evaluating @@ -229,28 +229,28 @@ Defining Structure and Content

        First the record definitions are entered into a text file named company.hrl. -This file defines the following structure for the example database:

        -record(employee, {emp_no,
        +This file defines the following structure for the example database:

        -record(employee, {emp_no,
                            name,
                            salary,
                            sex,
                            phone,
        -                   room_no}).
        +                   room_no}).
         
        --record(dept, {id,
        -               name}).
        +-record(dept, {id,
        +               name}).
         
        --record(project, {name,
        -                  number}).
        +-record(project, {name,
        +                  number}).
         
         
        --record(manager, {emp,
        -                  dept}).
        +-record(manager, {emp,
        +                  dept}).
         
        --record(at_dep, {emp,
        -                 dept_id}).
        +-record(at_dep, {emp,
        +                 dept_id}).
         
        --record(in_proj, {emp,
        -                  proj_name}).

        The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function +-record(in_proj, {emp, + proj_name}).

        The structure defines six tables in the database. In Mnesia, the function mnesia:create_table(Name, Opts) creates tables. Name is the table name.

        Note

        The current version of Mnesia does not require that the name of the table is the same as the record name, see @@ -267,28 +267,28 @@

        The following shell interaction starts Mnesia and initializes the schema for the Company database:

        % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
        -Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
        +Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
         
        -Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        -1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
        +Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        +1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
         ok
        -2> mnesia:start().
        -ok

        The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

        -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
        --include("company.hrl").
        -
        -init() ->
        -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(project,
        -                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
        -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
        -                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
        -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
        -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

        +2> mnesia:start(). +ok

    The following program module creates and populates previously defined tables:

    -include_lib("stdlib/include/qlc.hrl").
    +-include("company.hrl").
    +
    +init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                        [{attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    @@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ the format mnesia:create_schema(DiscNodeList) and initiates a new schema. In this example, a non-distributed system using only one node is created. Schemas are fully explained in Define a Schema.
  • mnesia:start(). This function starts Mnesia and is fully -explained in Start Mnesia.
  • Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    -{atomic,ok}
    -4> mnesia:info().
    +explained in Start Mnesia.

    Continuing the dialogue with the Erlang shell produces the following:

    3> company:init().
    +{atomic,ok}
    +4> mnesia:info().
     ---> Processes holding locks <--- 
     ---> Processes waiting for locks <--- 
     ---> Participant transactions <--- 
    @@ -321,18 +321,18 @@
     ===> System info in version "4.23.2", debug level = none <===
     opt_disc. Directory "/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company" is used.
     use fallback at restart = false
    -running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
    -stopped db nodes   = []
    -master node tables = []
    -remote             = []
    -ram_copies         = [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    -disc_copies        = [schema]
    -disc_only_copies   = []
    -[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    -[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
    +running db nodes   = [nonode@nohost]
    +stopped db nodes   = []
    +master node tables = []
    +remote             = []
    +ram_copies         = [at_dep,dept,employee,in_proj,manager,project]
    +disc_copies        = [schema]
    +disc_only_copies   = []
    +[{nonode@nohost,disc_copies}] = [schema]
    +[{nonode@nohost,ram_copies}] = [employee,dept,project,manager,at_dep,in_proj]
     8 transactions committed, 0 aborted, 0 restarted, 12 logged to disc
     0 held locks, 0 in queue; 0 local transactions, 0 remote
    -0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
    +0 transactions waits for other nodes: []
     ok

    A set of tables is created. The function mnesia:create_table(Name, Opts) creates the required database tables. The options available with Opts are explained in @@ -346,32 +346,32 @@ transactions have been committed, as six successful transactions were run when creating the tables.

    To write a function that inserts an employee record into the database, there must be an at_dep record and a set of in_proj records inserted. Examine the -following code used to complete this action:

    insert_emp(Emp, DeptId, ProjNames) ->
    +following code used to complete this action:

    insert_emp(Emp, DeptId, ProjNames) ->
         Ename = Emp#employee.name,
    -    Fun = fun() ->
    -                  mnesia:write(Emp),
    -                  AtDep = #at_dep{emp = Ename, dept_id = DeptId},
    -                  mnesia:write(AtDep),
    -                  mk_projs(Ename, ProjNames)
    +    Fun = fun() ->
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html	2025-03-21 17:27:45.988415543 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap3.html	2025-03-21 17:27:45.992415570 +0000
    @@ -175,18 +175,18 @@
     changes the format on all records in table Tab. It applies argument Fun to
     all records in the table. Fun must be a function that takes a record of the
     old type, and returns the record of the new type. The table key must not be
    -changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    --record(new, {key, val, extra}).
    +changed.

    Example:

    -record(old, {key, val}).
    +-record(new, {key, val, extra}).
     
     Transformer =
    -   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    -      #new{key = X#old.key,
    +   fun(X) when record(X, old) ->
    +      #new{key = X#old.key,
                val = X#old.val,
    -           extra = 42}
    +           extra = 42}
        end,
    -{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer,
    -                                      record_info(fields, new),
    -                                      new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the +{atomic, ok} = mnesia:transform_table(foo, Transformer, + record_info(fields, new), + new),

    Argument Fun can also be the atom ignore, which indicates that only the metadata about the table is updated. Use of ignore is not recommended (as it creates inconsistencies between the metadata and the actual data) but it is included as a possibility for the user do to an own (offline) transform.

  • mnesia:change_table_copy_type(Tab, Node, ToType) @@ -238,29 +238,29 @@ when starting the Erlang shell or in the application script. Previously, the following example was used to create the directory for the Company database:

    % erl -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.Company"'
  • If no command-line flag is entered, the Mnesia directory becomes the current working directory on the node where the Erlang shell is started.

  • To start the Company database and get it running on the two specified nodes, -enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two -nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    -    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -                                                   employee)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(project,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    -                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    -                                                           manager)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    -                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    -    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    -                        [{type, bag},
    -                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    -                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because +enter the following commands:

    1. On the node a@gin:
     gin % erl -sname a  -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On the node b@skeppet:
    skeppet % erl -sname b -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/Mnesia.company"'
    1. On one of the two nodes:
    (a@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([a@gin, b@skeppet]).
    1. The function mnesia:start() is called on both nodes.
    2. To initialize the database, execute the following code on one of the two +nodes:
    dist_init() ->
    +    mnesia:create_table(employee,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +                                                   employee)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(dept,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, dept)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(project,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, project)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(manager, [{type, bag},
    +                                  {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                                  {attributes, record_info(fields,
    +                                                           manager)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(at_dep,
    +                         [{ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                          {attributes, record_info(fields, at_dep)}]),
    +    mnesia:create_table(in_proj,
    +                        [{type, bag},
    +                         {ram_copies, [a@gin, b@skeppet]},
    +                         {attributes, record_info(fields, in_proj)}]).

    As illustrated, the two directories reside on different nodes, because /ldisc/scratch (the "local" disc) exists on the two different nodes.

    By executing these commands, two Erlang nodes are configured to run the Company database, and therefore, initialize the database. This is required only once when setting up. The next time the system is started, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Startup Procedure

    -

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. +

    Start Mnesia by calling the following function:

    mnesia:start().

    This function initiates the DBMS locally.

    The choice of configuration alters the location and load order of the tables. The alternatives are as follows:

    1. Tables that are only stored locally are initialized from the local Mnesia directory.
    2. Replicated tables that reside locally as well as somewhere else are either initiated from disc or by copying the entire table from the other node, @@ -300,9 +300,9 @@ from disc at a faster rate. The function forces tables to be loaded from disc regardless of the network situation.

      Thus, it can be assumed that if an application wants to use tables a and b, the application must perform some action similar to following before it can use -the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      -  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      -    panic(RemainingTabs);
      +the tables:

      case mnesia:wait_for_tables([a, b], 20000) of
      +  {timeout, RemainingTabs} ->
      +    panic(RemainingTabs);
         ok ->
           synced
       end.

      Warning

      When tables are forcefully loaded from the local disc, all operations that @@ -328,13 +328,13 @@ key, whereas a table of type bag can have an arbitrary number of records per key. The key for each record is always the first attribute of the record.

      The following example illustrates the difference between type set and -bag:

       f() ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      -          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      -          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
      +bag:

       f() ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 2}),
      +          mnesia:write({foo, 1, 3}),
      +          mnesia:read({foo, 1})
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type + mnesia:transaction(F).

      This transaction returns the list [{foo,1,3}] if table foo is of type set. However, the list [{foo,1,2}, {foo,1,3}] is returned if the table is of type bag.

      Mnesia tables can never contain duplicates of the same record in the same table. Duplicate records have attributes with the same contents and key.

    3. {disc_copies, NodeList}, where NodeList is a list of the nodes where @@ -378,11 +378,11 @@ table. All records stored in the table must have this name as their first element. record_name defaults to the name of the table. For more information, see -Record Names versus Table Names.

    4. As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an -extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      -                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a +Record Names versus Table Names.

      As an example, consider the following record definition:

      -record(funky, {x, y}).

      The following call would create a table that is replicated on two nodes, has an +extra index on attribute y, and is of type bag.

      mnesia:create_table(funky, [{disc_copies, [N1, N2]}, {index, [y]},
      +                            {type, bag}, {attributes, record_info(fields, funky)}]).

      Whereas a call to the following default code values would return a table with a RAM copy on the local node, no extra indexes, and the attributes defaulted to -the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      +the list [key,val].

      mnesia:create_table(stuff, [])
      @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.032415834 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap4.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.036415861 +0000 @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ and delete Mnesia records. The Fun is evaluated as a transaction that either commits or terminates. If a transaction succeeds in executing the Fun, it replicates the action on all nodes involved, or terminates if an error occurs.

      The following example shows a transaction that raises the salary of certain -employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      -    F = fun() ->
      -                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
      +employee numbers:

      raise(Eno, Raise) ->
      +    F = fun() ->
      +                [E] = mnesia:read(employee, Eno, write),
                       Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
      -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      -                mnesia:write(New)
      +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
      +                mnesia:write(New)
               end,
      -    mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is + mnesia:transaction(F).

      The function raise/2 contains a Fun made up of four code lines. This Fun is called by the statement mnesia:transaction(F) and returns a value.

      The Mnesia transaction system facilitates the construction of reliable, distributed systems by providing the following important properties:

      • The transaction handler ensures that a Fun, which is placed inside a transaction, does not interfere with operations embedded in other transactions @@ -246,15 +246,15 @@ The Fun in the transaction is evaluated once more.

        It is therefore important that the code inside the Fun given to mnesia:transaction/1 is pure. Some strange results can occur if, for example, messages are sent by the transaction Fun. The following example illustrates this -situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        -    F = fun() ->
        -                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
        +situation:

        bad_raise(Eno, Raise) ->
        +    F = fun() ->
        +                [E] = mnesia:read({employee, Eno}),
                         Salary = E#employee.salary + Raise,
        -                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        -                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        -                mnesia:write(New)
        +                New = E#employee{salary = Salary},
        +                io:format("Trying to write ... ~n", []),
        +                mnesia:write(New)
                 end,
        -    mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the + mnesia:transaction(F).

        This transaction can write the text "Trying to write ... " 1000 times to the terminal. However, Mnesia guarantees that each transaction will eventually run. As a result, Mnesia is not only deadlock free, but also livelock free.

        The Mnesia programmer cannot prioritize one particular transaction to execute before other transactions that are waiting to execute. As a result, the Mnesia @@ -301,13 +301,13 @@ fails. Such applications can benefit from using sticky locks instead of the normal locking scheme.

        A sticky lock is a lock that stays in place at a node, after the transaction that first acquired the lock has terminated. To illustrate this, assume that the -following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +following transaction is executed:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        -      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
        +mnesia:transaction(F).

        The foo table is replicated on the two nodes N1 and N2.

        Normal locking requires the following:

        • One network RPC (two messages) to acquire the write lock
        • Three network messages to execute the two-phase commit protocol

        If sticky locks are used, the code must first be changed as follows:

        F = fun() ->
        +      mnesia:s_write(#foo{a = kalle})
             end,
        -mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the +mnesia:transaction(F).

        This code uses the function s_write/1 instead of the function write/1 The function s_write/1 sets a sticky lock instead of a normal lock. If the table is not replicated, sticky locks have no special effect. If the table is replicated, and a sticky lock is set on node @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ following two functions are used to set explicit table locks for read and write operations:

        Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

        mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
        -mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

        The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a +on table Tab.

      Alternative syntax for acquisition of table locks is as follows:

      mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, read)
      +mnesia:lock({table, Tab}, write)

      The matching operations in Mnesia can either lock the entire table or only a single record (when the key is bound in the pattern).

      @@ -425,78 +425,78 @@ necessarily have to be the same as the table name, although this is the case in most of the examples in this User's Guide. If a table is created without property record_name, the following code ensures that all records in the -tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as +tables have the same name as the table:

      mnesia:create_table(subscriber, [])

      However, if the table is created with an explicit record name as argument, as shown in the following example, subscriber records can be stored in both of the -tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      -mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      -mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot +tables regardless of the table names:

      TabDef = [{record_name, subscriber}],
      +mnesia:create_table(my_subscriber, TabDef),
      +mnesia:create_table(your_subscriber, TabDef).

      To access such tables, simplified access functions (as described earlier) cannot be used. For example, writing a subscriber record into a table requires the function mnesia:write/3 instead of the simplified functions mnesia:write/1 -and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      -mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      -mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified +and mnesia:s_write/1:

      mnesia:write(subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)
      +mnesia:write(my_subscriber, #subscriber{}, sticky_write)
      +mnesia:write(your_subscriber, #subscriber{}, write)

      The following simple code illustrates the relationship between the simplified access functions used in most of the examples and their more flexible -counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
      +counterparts:

      mnesia:dirty_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_write(Tab, Record).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
      +mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_delete_object(Tab, Record)
       
      -mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      -  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
      +mnesia:dirty_update_counter({Tab, Key}, Incr) ->
      +  mnesia:dirty_update_counter(Tab, Key, Incr).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
      +mnesia:dirty_read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:dirty_read(Tab, Key).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
      +mnesia:dirty_match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_match_object(Tab, Pattern).
       
      -mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
      +mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Pattern, Attr)
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:dirty_index_match_object(Tab, Pattern, Attr).
       
      -mnesia:write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_write(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:write(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:delete(Tab, Key, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
      +mnesia:delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, write).
       
      -mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Record),
      -  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
      +mnesia:s_delete_object(Record) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Record),
      +  mnesia:delete_object(Tab, Record, sticky_write).
       
      -mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
      +mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, read).
       
      -mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      -  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
      +mnesia:wread({Tab, Key}) ->
      +  mnesia:read(Tab, Key, write).
       
      -mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      -  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
      +mnesia:match_object(Pattern) ->
      +  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      +  mnesia:match_object(Tab, Pattern, read).
       
      -mnesia:index_match_object(Pattern, Attr) ->
      -  Tab = element(1, Pattern),
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html	2025-03-21 17:27:46.072416099 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap5.html	2025-03-21 17:27:46.080416152 +0000
      @@ -167,9 +167,9 @@
       whether the data resides on the local node or on a remote node.

      Notice that the program runs slower if the data is located on a remote node.

    5. The database can be reconfigured, and tables can be moved between nodes. These operations do not affect the user programs.

    6. It has previously been shown that each table has a number of system attributes, such as index and type.

      Table attributes are specified when the table is created. For example, the -following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      -                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      -                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list +following function creates a table with two RAM replicas:

      mnesia:create_table(foo,
      +                    [{ram_copies, [N1, N2]},
      +                     {attributes, record_info(fields, foo)}]).

      Tables can also have the following properties, where each attribute has a list of Erlang nodes as its value:

      • ram_copies. The value of the node list is a list of Erlang nodes, and a RAM replica of the table resides on each node in the list.

        Notice that no disc operations are performed when a program executes write operations to these replicas. However, if permanent RAM replicas are required, @@ -222,52 +222,52 @@ searched for matching records.

        Notice that in ordered_set tables, the records are ordered per fragment, and the order is undefined in results returned by select and match_object, as well as first, next, prev and last.

        The following code illustrates how a Mnesia table is converted to be a -fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +fragmented table and how more fragments are added later:

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        -[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
        +(a@sam)2> mnesia:system_info(running_db_nodes).
        +[b@sam,c@sam,a@sam]
         (a@sam)3> Tab = dictionary.
         dictionary
        -(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
        +(a@sam)4> mnesia:create_table(Tab, [{ram_copies, [a@sam, b@sam]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)5> Write = fun(Keys) -> [mnesia:write({Tab,K,-K}) || K <- Keys], ok end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)6> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write, [lists:seq(1, 256)], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        -[{base_table,dictionary},
        - {foreign_key,undefined},
        - {hash_module,mnesia_frag_hash},
        - {hash_state,{hash_state,1,1,0,phash2}},
        - {n_fragments,1},
        - {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)7> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {activate, []}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)8> mnesia:table_info(Tab, frag_properties).
        +[{base_table,dictionary},
        + {foreign_key,undefined},
        + {hash_module,mnesia_frag_hash},
        + {hash_state,{hash_state,1,1,0,phash2}},
        + {n_fragments,1},
        + {node_pool,[a@sam,b@sam,c@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)9> Info = fun(Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        -[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
        +(a@sam)10> Dist = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{c@sam,0},{a@sam,1},{b@sam,1}]
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> Dist2 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{b@sam,1},{c@sam,1},{a@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist2}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)14> Dist3 = mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_dist], mnesia_frag).
        +[{a@sam,2},{b@sam,2},{c@sam,2}]
        +(a@sam)15> mnesia:change_table_frag(Tab, {add_frag, Dist3}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)16> Read = fun(Key) -> mnesia:read({Tab, Key}) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,12,-12}]
        -(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{dictionary,57},
        - {dictionary_frag2,63},
        - {dictionary_frag3,62},
        - {dictionary_frag4,74}]
        -(a@sam)19>

        +(a@sam)17> mnesia:activity(transaction, Read, [12], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,12,-12}] +(a@sam)18> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, [frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{dictionary,57}, + {dictionary_frag2,63}, + {dictionary_frag3,62}, + {dictionary_frag4,74}] +(a@sam)19>

        @@ -309,64 +309,64 @@ This property can explicitly be set at table creation. Default is mnesia_frag_hash.

      • {hash_state, Term} - Enables a table-specific parameterization of a generic hash module. This property can explicitly be set at table creation. -Default is undefined.

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        -(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
        +Default is undefined.

        Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
        +(a@sam)1> mnesia:start().
         ok
        -(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        -[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        -(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        -                               {attributes, [prim_key, prim_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        -[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        -(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        -                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        -                               {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
        +(a@sam)2> PrimProps = [{n_fragments, 7}, {node_pool, [node()]}].
        +[{n_fragments,7},{node_pool,[a@sam]}]
        +(a@sam)3> mnesia:create_table(prim_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, PrimProps},
        +                               {attributes, [prim_key, prim_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)4> SecProps = [{foreign_key, {prim_dict, sec_val}}].
        +[{foreign_key,{prim_dict,sec_val}}]
        +(a@sam)5> mnesia:create_table(sec_dict,
        +                              [{frag_properties, SecProps},
        +                               {attributes, [sec_key, sec_val]}]).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)6> Write = fun(Rec) -> mnesia:write(Rec) end.
         #href_anchor"n">Fun<erl_eval>
         (a@sam)7> PrimKey = 11.
         11
         (a@sam)8> SecKey = 42.
         42
        -(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)9> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                          [{prim_dict, PrimKey, -11}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        -                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
        +(a@sam)10> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Write,
        +                           [{sec_dict, SecKey, PrimKey}], mnesia_frag).
         ok
        -(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        -{atomic,ok}
        -(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        -               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
        +(a@sam)11> mnesia:change_table_frag(prim_dict, {add_frag, [node()]}).
        +{atomic,ok}
        +(a@sam)12> SecRead = fun(PrimKey, SecKey) ->
        +               mnesia:read({sec_dict, PrimKey}, SecKey, read) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        -                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        -(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
        +(a@sam)13> mnesia:activity(transaction, SecRead,
        +                           [PrimKey, SecKey], mnesia_frag).
        +[{sec_dict,42,11}]
        +(a@sam)14> Info = fun(Tab, Item) -> mnesia:table_info(Tab, Item) end.
         #Fun<erl_eval>
        -(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{prim_dict,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag2,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag3,1},
        - {prim_dict_frag4,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag5,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag6,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag7,0},
        - {prim_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)16> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info,
        -                           [sec_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag).
        -[{sec_dict,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag2,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag3,1},
        - {sec_dict_frag4,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag5,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag6,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag7,0},
        - {sec_dict_frag8,0}]
        -(a@sam)17>

      +(a@sam)15> mnesia:activity(sync_dirty, Info, + [prim_dict, frag_size], mnesia_frag). +[{prim_dict,0}, + {prim_dict_frag2,0}, /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.116416391 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap7.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.120416418 +0000 @@ -233,26 +233,26 @@ for starting Mnesia:

      • An Erlang session must be started and a Mnesia directory must be specified for the database.
      • A database schema must be initiated, using the function mnesia:create_schema/1.

      The following example shows how these tasks are performed:

      Step 1: Start an Erlang session and specify a Mnesia directory for the -database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
      +database:

      % erl -sname klacke -mnesia dir '"/ldisc/scratch/klacke"'
      Erlang/OTP 27 [erts-15.1.2]
       
      -Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      -(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
      +Eshell V15.1.2 (press Ctrl+G to abort, type help(). for help)
      +(klacke@gin)1> mnesia:create_schema([node()]).
       ok
      -(klacke@gin)2>
      +(klacke@gin)2>
       Ctrl+Z
      -[1]+  Stopped                 erl

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been +[1]+ Stopped erl

      Step 2: You can inspect the Mnesia directory to see what files have been created:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff       247 Aug 12 15:06 FALLBACK.BUP

      The response shows that the file FALLBACK.BUP has been created. This is called a backup file, and it contains an initial schema. If more than one node in the function mnesia:create_schema/1 had been specified, identical backup files -would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3> mnesia:start().
      +would have been created on all nodes.

      Step 3: Start Mnesia:

      (klacke@gin)3> mnesia:start().
       ok

      Step 4: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff         86 May 26 19:03 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r--   1 klacke   staff      34507 May 26 19:03 schema.DAT

      The schema in the backup file FALLBACK.BUP has been used to generate the file schema.DAT. Since there are no other disc resident tables than the schema, no other data files were created. The file FALLBACK.BUP was removed after the successful "restoration". You also see some files that are for internal use by -Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      -{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
      +Mnesia.

      Step 5: Create a table:

      (klacke@gin)4> mnesia:create_table(foo,[{disc_copies, [node()]}]).
      +{atomic,ok}

      Step 6: You can see the following listing in the Mnesia directory:

      % ls -l /ldisc/scratch/klacke
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    86 May 26 19:07 LATEST.LOG
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff    94 May 26 19:07 foo.DCD
       -rw-rw-r-- 1 klacke staff  6679 May 26 19:07 schema.DAT

      The file foo.DCD has been created. This file will eventually store all data @@ -296,11 +296,11 @@ the Mnesia data files. For example, dets contains the function dets:traverse/2, which can be used to view the contents of a Mnesia DAT file. However, this can only be done when Mnesia is not running. So, to view -the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      -{keypos, 2}]),
      -F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      -dets:traverse(N, F),
      -dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This +the schema file, do as follows;

      {ok, N} = dets:open_file(schema, [{file, "./schema.DAT"},{repair,false},
      +{keypos, 2}]),
      +F = fun(X) -> io:format("~p~n", [X]), continue end,
      +dets:traverse(N, F),
      +dets:close(N).

      Warning

      The DAT files must always be opened with option {repair, false}. This ensures that these files are not automatically repaired. Without this option, the database can become inconsistent, because Mnesia can believe that the files were properly closed. For information about configuration parameter @@ -534,38 +534,38 @@ located first in the backup.

      The schema itself is a table and is possibly included in the backup. Each node where the schema table resides is regarded as a db_node.

      The following example shows how mnesia:traverse_backup can be used to rename a -db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
      +db_node in a backup file:

      change_node_name(Mod, From, To, Source, Target) ->
           Switch =
      -        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      -           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      -           (Node) -> Node
      +        fun(Node) when Node == From -> To;
      +           (Node) when Node == To -> throw({error, already_exists});
      +           (Node) -> Node
               end,
           Convert =
      -        fun({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      -                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      -           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      -                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
      +        fun({schema, version, Version}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, version, Version}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, cookie, Cookie}, Acc) ->
      +                {[{schema, cookie, Cookie}], Acc};
      +           ({schema, Tab, CreateList}, Acc) ->
      +                Keys = [ram_copies, disc_copies, disc_only_copies],
                       OptSwitch =
      -                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      -                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      -                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      -                                false-> {Key, Val}
      +                    fun({Key, Val}) ->
      +                            case lists:member(Key, Keys) of
      +                                true -> {Key, lists:map(Switch, Val)};
      +                                false-> {Key, Val}
                                   end
                           end,
      -                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      -           (Other, Acc) ->
      -                {[Other], Acc}
      +                {[{schema, Tab, lists:map(OptSwitch, CreateList)}], Acc};
      +           (Other, Acc) ->
      +                {[Other], Acc}
               end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
      +    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, Target, Mod, Convert, switched).
       
      -view(Source, Mod) ->
      -    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      -                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      -                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
      +view(Source, Mod) ->
      +    View = fun(Item, Acc) ->
      +                   io:format("~p.~n",[Item]),
      +                   {[Item], Acc + 1}
                  end,
      -    mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      + mnesia:traverse_backup(Source, Mod, dummy, read_only, View, 0).

      @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.148416603 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_chap8.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.148416603 +0000 @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.172416763 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_frag_hash.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.176416789 +0000 @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.200416948 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_overview.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.200416948 +0000 @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.232417160 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/mnesia_registry.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.236417187 +0000 @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@

      Warning

      This function is deprecated. Do not use it.

      A wrapper function for mnesia:create_table/2, which creates a table (if there is no existing table) with an appropriate set of attributes. The attributes and TabDef are forwarded to mnesia:create_table/2. For example, if the table -is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      -          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      +is to reside as disc_only_copies on all nodes, a call looks as follows:

                TabDef = [{{disc_only_copies, node()|nodes()]}],
      +          mnesia_registry:create_table(my_reg, TabDef)
      @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.272417425 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.276417452 +0000 @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.304417638 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/mnesia-4.23.4/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.304417638 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.328417796 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.328417796 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.356417982 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.356417982 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.384418168 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/cdv_cmd.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.384418168 +0000 @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.408418327 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.412418353 +0000 @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.444418566 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/crashdump_viewer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.444418566 +0000 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.468418724 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.472418751 +0000 @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.496418910 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/etop_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.500418937 +0000 @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/introduction_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/introduction_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.528419122 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/introduction_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.528419122 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.564419361 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.556419308 +0000 @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:07.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> observer - 2.17 - urn:uuid:e9ccb0a3-0732-e83d-f45f-46356e4c5501 + urn:uuid:e6a38307-f694-235f-8c9e-96eca86a8e6e en - 2025-03-18T23:27:27Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:07Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:27.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb_ug.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:07.000000000 +0000 @@ -67,56 +67,56 @@ Tracing Local Node from Erlang Shell

      -

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      --export([f/0]).
      -f() ->
      +

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +f() ->
          receive
      -      From when is_pid(From) ->
      -         Now = erlang:now(),
      -         From ! {self(),Now}
      +      From when is_pid(From) ->
      +         Now = erlang:now(),
      +         From ! {self(),Now}
          end.

      The following example shows the basic use of ttb from the Erlang shell. Default options are used both for starting the tracer and for formatting (the custom fetch directory is however provided). This gives a trace log named Node-ttb in the newly created directory, where Node is the node name. The default handler prints the formatted trace messages in the shell:

      (tiger@durin)47> %% First I spawn a process running my test function
      -(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
      +(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
       <0.125.0>
      -(tiger@durin)48>
      +(tiger@durin)48>
       (tiger@durin)48> %% Then I start a tracer...
      -(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)49>
      +(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)49>
       (tiger@durin)49> %% and activate the new process for tracing
       (tiger@durin)49> %% function calls and sent messages.
      -(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      -{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      -(tiger@durin)50>
      +(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      +{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      +(tiger@durin)50>
       (tiger@durin)50> %% Here I set a trace pattern on erlang:now/0
       (tiger@durin)50> %% The trace pattern is a simple match spec
       (tiger@durin)50> %% indicating that the return value should be
       (tiger@durin)50> %% traced. Refer to the reference_manual for
       (tiger@durin)50> %% the full list of match spec shortcuts
       (tiger@durin)50> %% available.
      -(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      -{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)52>
      +(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      +{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)52>
       (tiger@durin)52> %% I run my test (i.e. send a message to
       (tiger@durin)52> %% my new process)
      -(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
      +(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
       <0.72.0>
      -(tiger@durin)53>
      +(tiger@durin)53>
       (tiger@durin)53> %% And then I have to stop ttb in order to flush
       (tiger@durin)53> %% the trace port buffer
      -(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      -{stopped, "fetch"}
      -(tiger@durin)54>
      +(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      +{stopped, "fetch"}
      +(tiger@durin)54>
       (tiger@durin)54> %% Finally I format my trace log
      -(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      -{1031,133451,667611}
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      -{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
      +(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      +{1031,133451,667611}
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      +{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
       ok

      @@ -124,65 +124,65 @@ Build Your Own Tool

      The following example shows a simple tool for "debug tracing", that is, tracing -of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      --export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      --export([print/4]).
      +of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      +-export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      +-export([print/4]).
       %% Include ms_transform.hrl so that I can use dbg:fun2ms/2 to
       %% generate match specifications.
      --include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
      +-include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
       %%% -------------Tool API-------------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Star the "mydebug" tool
      -start() ->
      +start() ->
           %% The options specify that the binary log shall be named
           %% <Node>-debug_log and that the print/4 function in this
           %% module shall be used as format handler
      -    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
      +    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
           %% All processes (existing and new) shall trace function calls
           %% We want trace messages to be sorted upon format, which requires
           %% timestamp flag. The flag is however enabled by default in ttb.
      -    ttb:p(all,call).
      +    ttb:p(all,call).
       
       %%% Set trace pattern on function(s)
      -trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      -    trc({M,'_','_'});
      -trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      -    trc({M,F,'_'});
      -trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      +    trc({M,'_','_'});
      +trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +    trc({M,F,'_'});
      +trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
           %% This match spec shortcut specifies that return values shall
           %% be traced.
      -    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      -    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
      +    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      +    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
       
       %%% Format a binary trace log
      -format(Dir) ->
      -    ttb:format(Dir).
      +format(Dir) ->
      +    ttb:format(Dir).
       
       %%% Stop the "mydebug" tool
      -stop() ->
      -    ttb:stop(return).
      +stop() ->
      +    ttb:stop(return).
       
       %%% --------Internal functions--------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Format handler
      -print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
      +print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
           N;
      -print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      -    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
      +print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      +    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
           N+1.
       
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Call      : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Arguments :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Return from  : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Return value :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file + [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file is used in tracer/2. The logs are therefore fetched to a directory named ttb_upload_debug_log-YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS

      By using option handler when starting the tracer, the information about how to format the file is stored in the trace information file (.ti). This is not @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@

      If the traced node is diskless, ttb must be started from a trace control node with disk access, and option file must be specified to function tracer/2 -with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      -                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      -{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      +with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      +                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      +{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      @@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ Opts as argument.

      The timer is started with ttb:p/2, so any trace patterns must be set up in advance. ttb:start_trace/4 always sets up all patterns before invoking ttb:p/2.

      The following example shows how to set up a trace that is automatically stopped -and formatted after 5 seconds:

      (tiger@durin)1> ttb:start_trace([node()],
      -                                [{erlang, now,[]}],
      -                                {all, call},
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:27.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.epub/OEBPS/ttb.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:47:07.000000000 +0000
      @@ -1809,13 +1809,13 @@
       is "contaminated" with token seq_trace.

      If Flags = all, all possible flags are set.

      The possible values for SeqTraceFlag are available in seq_trace.

      For a description of the match_spec() syntax, see section Match Specifications in Erlang in ERTS, which explains the general match specification "language".

      Note

      The system tracer for sequential tracing is automatically initiated by ttb -when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      -{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      -(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      -{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the +when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      +{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      +(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      +{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the executing process.

      @@ -1854,14 +1854,14 @@

      This function is a shortcut allowing to start a trace with one command. Each tuple in Patterns is converted to a list, which in turn is passed to -ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      -                  {all, call},
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      -ttb:p(all, call).
      +ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      +                  {all, call},
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      +ttb:p(all, call).
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.712420343 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.716420369 +0000 @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.736420501 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.740420528 +0000 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.768420714 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/observer_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.764420687 +0000 @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.792420872 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.792420872 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.832421138 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.832421138 +0000 @@ -1930,13 +1930,13 @@ is "contaminated" with token seq_trace.

      If Flags = all, all possible flags are set.

      The possible values for SeqTraceFlag are available in seq_trace.

      For a description of the match_spec() syntax, see section Match Specifications in Erlang in ERTS, which explains the general match specification "language".

      Note

      The system tracer for sequential tracing is automatically initiated by ttb -when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      -{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      -(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      -{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the +when a trace port is started with ttb:tracer/0,1,2.

      An example of how to use function seq_trigger_ms/0,1 follows:

      (tiger@durin)5> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)6> ttb:p(all,call).
      +{ok,{[all],[call]}}
      +(tiger@durin)7> ttb:tp(mod,func,ttb:seq_trigger_ms()).
      +{ok,[{matched,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)8>

      Whenever mod:func(...) is called after this, token seq_trace is set on the executing process.

      @@ -1975,14 +1975,14 @@

      This function is a shortcut allowing to start a trace with one command. Each tuple in Patterns is converted to a list, which in turn is passed to -ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      -                  {all, call},
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      -                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      -ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      -ttb:p(all, call).
      +ttb:tpl/2,3,4.

      The call:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{mod, foo, []}, {mod, bar, 2}],
      +                  {all, call},
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]).

      is equivalent to:

      > ttb:start_trace([Node, OtherNode],
      +                  [{file, File}, {handler,{fun myhandler/4, S}}]),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, foo, []),
      +ttb:tpl(mod, bar, 2, []),
      +ttb:p(all, call).
      @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb_ug.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.868421376 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/observer-2.17/doc/html/ttb_ug.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.876421429 +0000 @@ -172,56 +172,56 @@ Tracing Local Node from Erlang Shell

      -

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      --export([f/0]).
      -f() ->
      +

      The following small module is used in the subsequent example:

      -module(m).
      +-export([f/0]).
      +f() ->
          receive
      -      From when is_pid(From) ->
      -         Now = erlang:now(),
      -         From ! {self(),Now}
      +      From when is_pid(From) ->
      +         Now = erlang:now(),
      +         From ! {self(),Now}
          end.

      The following example shows the basic use of ttb from the Erlang shell. Default options are used both for starting the tracer and for formatting (the custom fetch directory is however provided). This gives a trace log named Node-ttb in the newly created directory, where Node is the node name. The default handler prints the formatted trace messages in the shell:

      (tiger@durin)47> %% First I spawn a process running my test function
      -(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
      +(tiger@durin)47> Pid = spawn(m,f,[]).
       <0.125.0>
      -(tiger@durin)48>
      +(tiger@durin)48>
       (tiger@durin)48> %% Then I start a tracer...
      -(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      -{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      -(tiger@durin)49>
      +(tiger@durin)48> ttb:tracer().
      +{ok,[tiger@durin]}
      +(tiger@durin)49>
       (tiger@durin)49> %% and activate the new process for tracing
       (tiger@durin)49> %% function calls and sent messages.
      -(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      -{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      -(tiger@durin)50>
      +(tiger@durin)49> ttb:p(Pid,[call,send]).
      +{ok,[{<0.125.0>,[{matched,tiger@durin,1}]}]}
      +(tiger@durin)50>
       (tiger@durin)50> %% Here I set a trace pattern on erlang:now/0
       (tiger@durin)50> %% The trace pattern is a simple match spec
       (tiger@durin)50> %% indicating that the return value should be
       (tiger@durin)50> %% traced. Refer to the reference_manual for
       (tiger@durin)50> %% the full list of match spec shortcuts
       (tiger@durin)50> %% available.
      -(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      -{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      -(tiger@durin)52>
      +(tiger@durin)51> ttb:tp(erlang,now,return).
      +{ok,[{matched,tiger@durin,1},{saved,1}]}
      +(tiger@durin)52>
       (tiger@durin)52> %% I run my test (i.e. send a message to
       (tiger@durin)52> %% my new process)
      -(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
      +(tiger@durin)52> Pid ! self().
       <0.72.0>
      -(tiger@durin)53>
      +(tiger@durin)53>
       (tiger@durin)53> %% And then I have to stop ttb in order to flush
       (tiger@durin)53> %% the trace port buffer
      -(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      -{stopped, "fetch"}
      -(tiger@durin)54>
      +(tiger@durin)53> ttb:stop([return, {fetch_dir, "fetch"}]).
      +{stopped, "fetch"}
      +(tiger@durin)54>
       (tiger@durin)54> %% Finally I format my trace log
      -(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      -{1031,133451,667611}
      -({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      -{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
      +(tiger@durin)54> ttb:format("fetch").
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) call erlang:now()
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) returned from erlang:now/0 ->
      +{1031,133451,667611}
      +({<0.125.0>,{m,f,0},tiger@durin}) <0.72.0> !
      +{<0.125.0>,{1031,133451,667611}}
       ok

      @@ -229,65 +229,65 @@ Build Your Own Tool

      The following example shows a simple tool for "debug tracing", that is, tracing -of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      --export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      --export([print/4]).
      +of function calls with return values:

      -module(mydebug).
      +-export([start/0,trc/1,stop/0,format/1]).
      +-export([print/4]).
       %% Include ms_transform.hrl so that I can use dbg:fun2ms/2 to
       %% generate match specifications.
      --include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
      +-include_lib("stdlib/include/ms_transform.hrl").
       %%% -------------Tool API-------------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Star the "mydebug" tool
      -start() ->
      +start() ->
           %% The options specify that the binary log shall be named
           %% <Node>-debug_log and that the print/4 function in this
           %% module shall be used as format handler
      -    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
      +    ttb:tracer(all,[{file,"debug_log"},{handler,{{?MODULE,print},0}}]),
           %% All processes (existing and new) shall trace function calls
           %% We want trace messages to be sorted upon format, which requires
           %% timestamp flag. The flag is however enabled by default in ttb.
      -    ttb:p(all,call).
      +    ttb:p(all,call).
       
       %%% Set trace pattern on function(s)
      -trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      -    trc({M,'_','_'});
      -trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      -    trc({M,F,'_'});
      -trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +trc(M) when is_atom(M) ->
      +    trc({M,'_','_'});
      +trc({M,F}) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
      +    trc({M,F,'_'});
      +trc({M,F,_A}=MFA) when is_atom(M), is_atom(F) ->
           %% This match spec shortcut specifies that return values shall
           %% be traced.
      -    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      -    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
      +    MatchSpec = dbg:fun2ms(fun(_) -> return_trace() end),
      +    ttb:tpl(MFA,MatchSpec).
       
       %%% Format a binary trace log
      -format(Dir) ->
      -    ttb:format(Dir).
      +format(Dir) ->
      +    ttb:format(Dir).
       
       %%% Stop the "mydebug" tool
      -stop() ->
      -    ttb:stop(return).
      +stop() ->
      +    ttb:stop(return).
       
       %%% --------Internal functions--------
       %%% ----------------------------------
       %%% Format handler
      -print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
      +print(_Out,end_of_trace,_TI,N) ->
           N;
      -print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      -    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
      +print(Out,Trace,_TI,N) ->
      +    do_print(Out,Trace,N),
           N+1.
       
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,call,{M,F,A},Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Call      : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Arguments :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      -do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      -    io:format(Out,
      +              [N,Ts,P,M,F,length(A),A]);
      +do_print(Out,{trace_ts,P,return_from,{M,F,A},R,Ts},N) ->
      +    io:format(Out,
                     "~w: ~w, ~w:~n"
                     "Return from  : ~w:~w/~w~n"
                     "Return value :~p~n~n",
      -              [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file + [N,Ts,P,M,F,A,R]).

      To distinguish trace logs produced with this tool from other logs, option file is used in tracer/2. The logs are therefore fetched to a directory named ttb_upload_debug_log-YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS

      By using option handler when starting the tracer, the information about how to format the file is stored in the trace information file (.ti). This is not @@ -319,9 +319,9 @@

      If the traced node is diskless, ttb must be started from a trace control node with disk access, and option file must be specified to function tracer/2 -with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      -                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      -{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      +with value {local, File}, for example:

      (trace_control@durin)1> ttb:tracer(mynode@diskless,
      +                                   {file,{local,{wrap,"mytrace"}}}).
      +{ok,[mynode@diskless]}

      @@ -341,10 +341,10 @@ Opts as argument.

      The timer is started with ttb:p/2, so any trace patterns must be set up in advance. ttb:start_trace/4 always sets up all patterns before invoking ttb:p/2.

      The following example shows how to set up a trace that is automatically stopped -and formatted after 5 seconds:

      (tiger@durin)1> ttb:start_trace([node()],
      -                                [{erlang, now,[]}],
      -                                {all, call},
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html	2025-03-21 17:27:46.900421589 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/404.html	2025-03-21 17:27:46.904421615 +0000
      @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.924421747 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.924421747 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.952421933 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/databases.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.948421907 +0000 @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.976422093 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/error_handling.html 2025-03-21 17:27:46.980422119 +0000 @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.012422331 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/getting_started.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.016422358 +0000 @@ -157,77 +157,77 @@ relevance to anything that exist in reality, it is just a simple example. The example was created using sqlserver 7.0 with servicepack 1 as database and the ODBC driver for sqlserver with version 2000.80.194.00.

       1 > odbc:start().
      -      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      -      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
      +      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      +      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
             FIRSTNAME  char varying(20), LASTNAME  char varying(20), GENDER char(1),
             PRIMARY KEY(NR))").
             {updated,undefined}

      Insert some data

       4 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE VALUES(1, 'Jane', 'Doe', 'F')").
             {updated,1}

      Check what data types the database assigned for the columns. Hopefully this is not a surprise, some times it can be! These are the data types that you should -use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      -            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      -            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      -            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
      +use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      +            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      +            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      +            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
                         "LASTNAME, GENDER) VALUES(?, ?, ?, ?)",
      -                   [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]},
      -                    {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel",
      -                             "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]},
      -                   {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green",
      -                              "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]},
      -                   {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]).
      -      {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      -           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      -           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      -           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      -           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      -           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. -The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and -can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="1439393929-1">).
      -     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Rachel",5},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on -the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      -      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Louise",8},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all + [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel", + "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green", + "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]}, + {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]). + {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      +           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      +           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      +           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      +           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      +           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. +The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and +can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = &#href_anchor"p" data-group-id="2163926650-1">).
      +     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Rachel",5},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on +the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      +      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Louise",8},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all female employees to the connection. The number of rows in the result set is -returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports +returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports scrollable cursors. Note that next will work even without support for scrollable -cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      -      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      -      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
      +cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      +      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      +      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
             ok

      Shut down the application.

       26 > odbc:stop().
           =INFO REPORT==== 7-Jan-2004::17:00:59 ===
           application: odbc
      @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.044422544 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/introduction.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.044422544 +0000 @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.072422729 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.080422782 +0000 @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:28.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:08.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> odbc - 2.15 - urn:uuid:8673ae31-4c14-3a0d-532b-d89ca81de4d2 + urn:uuid:59afe187-1e17-2b9f-886b-7c835d31f3ea en - 2025-03-18T23:27:28Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:08Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:28.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.epub/OEBPS/getting_started.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:08.000000000 +0000 @@ -52,77 +52,77 @@ relevance to anything that exist in reality, it is just a simple example. The example was created using sqlserver 7.0 with servicepack 1 as database and the ODBC driver for sqlserver with version 2000.80.194.00.

       1 > odbc:start().
      -      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      -      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
      +      ok

      Connect to the database

       2 > {ok, Ref} = odbc:connect("DSN=sql-server;UID=aladdin;PWD=sesame", []).
      +      {ok,<0.342.0>}

      Create a table

       3 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE (NR integer,
             FIRSTNAME  char varying(20), LASTNAME  char varying(20), GENDER char(1),
             PRIMARY KEY(NR))").
             {updated,undefined}

      Insert some data

       4 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE VALUES(1, 'Jane', 'Doe', 'F')").
             {updated,1}

      Check what data types the database assigned for the columns. Hopefully this is not a surprise, some times it can be! These are the data types that you should -use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      -            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      -            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      -            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
      +use if you want to do a parameterized query.

       5 > odbc:describe_table(Ref, "EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok, [{"NR", sql_integer},
      +            {"FIRSTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}},
      +            {"LASTNAME", {sql_varchar, 20}}
      +            {"GENDER", {sql_char, 1}}]}

      Use a parameterized query to insert many rows in one go.

       6 > odbc:param_query(Ref,"INSERT INTO EMPLOYEE (NR, FIRSTNAME, "
                         "LASTNAME, GENDER) VALUES(?, ?, ?, ?)",
      -                   [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]},
      -                    {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel",
      -                             "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]},
      -                   {{sql_varchar, 20},
      -                             ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green",
      -                              "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]},
      -                   {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]).
      -      {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      -           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      -           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      -           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      -           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      -           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      -           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. -The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      -      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and -can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Rachel",5},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on -the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      -      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -          [{"Jane",1},
      -           {"Louise",8},
      -           {"Monica",3},
      -           {"Piper",6},
      -           {"Prue",7},
      -           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all + [{sql_integer,[2,3,4,5,6,7,8]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["John", "Monica", "Ross", "Rachel", + "Piper", "Prue", "Louise"]}, + {{sql_varchar, 20}, + ["Doe","Geller","Geller", "Green", + "Halliwell", "Halliwell", "Lane"]}, + {{sql_char, 1}, ["M","F","M","F","F","F","F"]}]). + {updated, 7}

      Fetch all data in the table employee

       7> odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +    {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +          [{1,"Jane","Doe","F"},
      +           {2,"John","Doe","M"},
      +           {3,"Monica","Geller","F"},
      +           {4,"Ross","Geller","M"},
      +           {5,"Rachel","Green","F"},
      +           {6,"Piper","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"},
      +           {8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]]}

      Associate a result set containing the whole table EMPLOYEE to the connection. +The number of rows in the result set is returned.

       8 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE").
      +      {ok,8}

      You can always traverse the result set sequential by using next

       9 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       10 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      If your driver supports scrollable cursors you have a little more freedom, and +can do things like this.

       11 > odbc:last(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{8,"Louise","Lane","F"}]}
       12 > odbc:prev(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{7,"Prue","Halliwell","F"}]}
       13 > odbc:first(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{1,"Jane","Doe","F"}]}
       14 > odbc:next(Ref).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],[{2,"John","Doe","M"}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees

       15 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +     {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Rachel",5},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Louise",8}]}

      Fetch the fields FIRSTNAMEand NRfor all female employees and sort them on +the field FIRSTNAME.

       16 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'
      +      ORDER BY FIRSTNAME").
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +          [{"Jane",1},
      +           {"Louise",8},
      +           {"Monica",3},
      +           {"Piper",6},
      +           {"Prue",7},
      +           {"Rachel",5}]}

      Associate a result set that contains the fields FIRSTNAME and NRfor all female employees to the connection. The number of rows in the result set is -returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      -      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports +returned.

       17 > odbc:select_count(Ref, "SELECT FIRSTNAME, NR FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER = 'F'").
      +      {ok,6}

      A few more ways of retrieving parts of the result set when the driver supports scrollable cursors. Note that next will work even without support for scrollable -cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      -    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      -      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      -                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      -      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      -      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      -                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      -      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
      +cursors.

       18 > odbc:select(Ref, {relative, 2}, 3).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       19 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Prue",7},{"Louise",8}]}
       20 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 2).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3}]}
       21 > odbc:select(Ref, next, 2).
      +    {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],[{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}
       22 > odbc:select(Ref, {absolute, 1}, 4).
      +      {selected,["FIRSTNAME","NR"],
      +                [{"Jane",1},{"Monica",3},{"Rachel",5},{"Piper",6}]}

      Select, using a parameterized query.

       23 > odbc:param_query(Ref, "SELECT * FROM EMPLOYEE WHERE GENDER=?",
      +      [{{sql_char, 1}, ["M"]}]).
      +      {selected,["NR","FIRSTNAME","LASTNAME","GENDER"],
      +                [{2,"John", "Doe", "M"},{4,"Ross","Geller","M"}]}

      Delete the table EMPLOYEE.

       24 > odbc:sql_query(Ref, "DROP TABLE EMPLOYEE").
      +      {updated,undefined}

      Shut down the connection.

       25 > odbc:disconnect(Ref).
             ok

      Shut down the application.

       26 > odbc:stop().
           =INFO REPORT==== 7-Jan-2004::17:00:59 ===
           application: odbc
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html	2025-03-21 17:27:47.212423657 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/odbc.html	2025-03-21 17:27:47.208423630 +0000
      @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@
                 Erlang programming language
       
             

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.236423816 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/odbc-2.15/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.240423842 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.268424028 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.268424028 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.292424187 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.296424214 +0000 @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/cpu_sup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/cpu_sup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.328424426 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/cpu_sup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.328424426 +0000 @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/disksup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/disksup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.356424612 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/disksup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.360424638 +0000 @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/memsup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/memsup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.388424823 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/memsup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.392424850 +0000 @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.424425063 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.428425089 +0000 @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/nteventlog.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/nteventlog.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.460425301 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/nteventlog.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.456425274 +0000 @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:18.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:59.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> os_mon - 2.10.1 - urn:uuid:aa33468a-a995-ea09-f5cb-3769d74a8459 + urn:uuid:72adf5e2-d195-9eec-3336-9f78a52f3ffd en - 2025-03-18T23:27:18Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:59Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.552425911 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_mon_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.556425938 +0000 @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_sup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_sup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.584426123 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/os_sup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.584426123 +0000 @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.608426282 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/os_mon-2.10.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.608426282 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.632426441 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.632426441 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.656426600 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.656426600 +0000 @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.688426813 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/leex.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.692426839 +0000 @@ -173,13 +173,13 @@ next token. Note that pushing back a newline will mean the line numbering will no longer be correct.

      Note

      Pushing back characters gives you unexpected possibilities to cause the scanner to loop!

      The following example would match a simple Erlang integer or float and return a -token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
      +token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
       
      -{D}+ :
      -  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
      +{D}+ :
      +  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
       
      -{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? :
      -  {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file +{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? : + {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file directly after the module declaration and predefined exports declaration, making it possible to add extra exports, define imports, and other attributes, which are visible in the whole file.

      @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ the token. This is continued until a token has been scanned. Cont is initially [].

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but is used through the I/O system where it can typically be called in an -application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
      +application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
         -> TokenRet
      @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ like Erlang where there is an explicit end token, '.'. If no end token is found then the whole file will be scanned and returned. If an error occurs then all tokens up to and including the next end token will be skipped.

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but used through the -I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
      +I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
         -> TokensRet
      @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.720427024 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.720427024 +0000 @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:26:23.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:07.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> parsetools - 2.6 - urn:uuid:60bb2231-a631-d086-a90e-3cda2d4f9bb2 + urn:uuid:eab49e3c-6f12-06cc-6bb0-94f1044129e8 en - 2025-03-18T23:26:23Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:07Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:23.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/leex.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:07.000000000 +0000 @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ next token. Note that pushing back a newline will mean the line numbering will no longer be correct.

      Note

      Pushing back characters gives you unexpected possibilities to cause the scanner to loop!

      The following example would match a simple Erlang integer or float and return a -token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
      +token which could be sent to the Erlang parser:

      D = [0-9]
       
      -{D}+ :
      -  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
      +{D}+ :
      +  {token,{integer,TokenLine,list_to_integer(TokenChars)}}.
       
      -{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? :
      -  {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file +{D}+\.{D}+((E|e)(\+|\-)?{D}+)? : + {token,{float,TokenLine,list_to_float(TokenChars)}}.

      The Erlang code in the Erlang code. section is written into the output file directly after the module declaration and predefined exports declaration, making it possible to add extra exports, define imports, and other attributes, which are visible in the whole file.

      @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ the token. This is continued until a token has been scanned. Cont is initially [].

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but is used through the I/O system where it can typically be called in an -application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
      +application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,token,[Loc]})
         -> TokenRet
      @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ like Erlang where there is an explicit end token, '.'. If no end token is found then the whole file will be scanned and returned. If an error occurs then all tokens up to and including the next end token will be skipped.

      It is not designed to be called directly by an application, but used through the -I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
      +I/O system where it can typically be called in an application by:

      io:request(InFile, {get_until,unicode,Prompt,Module,tokens,[Loc]})
         -> TokensRet
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:23.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/parsetools.epub/OEBPS/yecc.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:07.000000000 +0000 @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ distinguished from all the terminal and non-terminal categories of the syntax rules. The Endsymbol can be declared in the grammar file.

      The simplest case is to segment the input string into a list of identifiers (atoms) and use those atoms both as categories and values of the tokens. For -example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is +example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is the distinguished end_of_input symbol.

      The Erlang scanner in the io module can be used as a starting point when writing a new scanner. Study yeccscan.erl in order to see how a filter can be added on top of io:scan_erl_form/3 to provide a scanner for Yecc that @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ element -> atom. element -> list.

      This grammar can be used to generate a parser which parses list expressions, such as (), (a), (peter charles), (a (b c) d (())), ... provided that your -scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as +scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as a grammatical phrase, the associated code is evaluated, and the value of the last expression becomes the value of the parsed phrase. This value may be used by the parser later to build structures that are values of higher phrases of @@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ element -> atom : '$1'. element -> list : '$1'.

      With this code added to the grammar rules, the parser produces the following value (structure) when parsing the input string (a b c).. This still assumes -that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      -                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', +that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      +                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', '$3', and so on. which refer to (are bound to) the values associated previously by the parser with the symbols of the right-hand side of the rule. When these symbols are terminal categories, the @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ Generating a Parser

      -

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type +

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type (for example too ambiguous). Shift/reduce conflicts are resolved in favor of shifting if there are no operator precedence declarations. Refer to the yacc documentation on the use of operator precedence.

      The output file contains Erlang source code for a parser module with module name equal to the Parserfile parameter. After compilation, the parser can be called -as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included +as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included when generating the parser instead of the default file lib/parsetools/include/yeccpre.hrl.

      With the standard prologue, this call will return either {ok, Result}, where Result is a structure that the Erlang code of the grammar file has built, or @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ the screen. The user will have to do this either by printing the returned error messages, or by inserting tests and print instructions in the Erlang code associated with the syntax rules of the grammar file.

      It is also possible to make the parser ask for more input tokens when needed if -the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      -myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call +the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      +myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call apply(Function, Args) or apply({Mod, Tokenizer}, Args) is executed whenever a new token is needed. This, for example, makes it possible to parse from a file, token by token.

      The tokenizer used above has to be implemented so as to return one of the -following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      -{eof, EndPosition}
      -{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library +following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      +{eof, EndPosition}
      +{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library module.

      If {eof, EndPosition} is returned immediately, the call to parse_and_scan/1 returns {ok, eof}. If {eof, EndPosition} is returned before the parser expects end of input, parse_and_scan/1 will, of course, return an error @@ -237,36 +237,36 @@ Endsymbol '$end'. grammar -> declaration : '$1'. grammar -> rule : '$1'. -declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. -rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], - '$4'}. +declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. +rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], + '$4'}. head -> symbol : '$1'. -symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. -symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. -attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. -attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, - [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. -tokens -> token : ['$1']. -tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. -symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). +symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. +symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. +attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. +attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, + [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. +tokens -> token : ['$1']. +tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. +symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). token -> var : '$1'. token -> atom : '$1'. token -> float : '$1'. token -> integer : '$1'. token -> string : '$1'. token -> char : '$1'. -token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. -token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. +token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. Erlang code. -value_of(Token) -> - element(3, Token). -line_of(Token) -> - element(2, Token).

      Note

      The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are +value_of(Token) -> + element(3, Token). +line_of(Token) -> + element(2, Token).

      Note

      The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are meta symbols of the grammar notation, as well as terminal symbols of the Yecc grammar.

      5. The file erl_parse.yrl in the lib/stdlib/src directory contains the grammar for Erlang.

      Note

      Syntactic tests are used in the code associated with some rules, and an error /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.828427740 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.832427767 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.860427953 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/parsetools-2.6/doc/html/yecc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.864427979 +0000 @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ distinguished from all the terminal and non-terminal categories of the syntax rules. The Endsymbol can be declared in the grammar file.

      The simplest case is to segment the input string into a list of identifiers (atoms) and use those atoms both as categories and values of the tokens. For -example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is +example, the input string aaa bbb 777, X may be scanned (tokenized) as:

      [{aaa, 1}, {bbb, 1}, {777, 1}, {',' , 1}, {'X', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}].

      This assumes that this is the first line of the input text, and that '$end' is the distinguished end_of_input symbol.

      The Erlang scanner in the io module can be used as a starting point when writing a new scanner. Study yeccscan.erl in order to see how a filter can be added on top of io:scan_erl_form/3 to provide a scanner for Yecc that @@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ element -> atom. element -> list.

      This grammar can be used to generate a parser which parses list expressions, such as (), (a), (peter charles), (a (b c) d (())), ... provided that your -scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      - {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as +scanner tokenizes, for example, the input (peter charles) as follows:

      [{'(', 1} , {atom, 1, peter}, {atom, 1, charles}, {')', 1},
      + {'$end', 1}]

      When a grammar rule is used by the parser to parse (part of) the input string as a grammatical phrase, the associated code is evaluated, and the value of the last expression becomes the value of the parsed phrase. This value may be used by the parser later to build structures that are values of higher phrases of @@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ element -> atom : '$1'. element -> list : '$1'.

      With this code added to the grammar rules, the parser produces the following value (structure) when parsing the input string (a b c).. This still assumes -that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      -                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', +that this was the first input line that the scanner tokenized:

      {cons, {atom, 1, a}, {cons, {atom, 1, b},
      +                            {cons, {atom, 1, c}, nil}}}

      The associated code contains pseudo variables '$1', '$2', '$3', and so on. which refer to (are bound to) the values associated previously by the parser with the symbols of the right-hand side of the rule. When these symbols are terminal categories, the @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ Generating a Parser

      -

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type +

      To call the parser generator, use the following command:

      yecc:file(Grammarfile).

      An error message from Yecc will be shown if the grammar is not of the LALR type (for example too ambiguous). Shift/reduce conflicts are resolved in favor of shifting if there are no operator precedence declarations. Refer to the yacc documentation on the use of operator precedence.

      The output file contains Erlang source code for a parser module with module name equal to the Parserfile parameter. After compilation, the parser can be called -as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included +as follows (the module name is assumed to be myparser):

      myparser:parse(myscanner:scan(Inport))

      The call format can be different if a customized prologue file has been included when generating the parser instead of the default file lib/parsetools/include/yeccpre.hrl.

      With the standard prologue, this call will return either {ok, Result}, where Result is a structure that the Erlang code of the grammar file has built, or @@ -284,15 +284,15 @@ the screen. The user will have to do this either by printing the returned error messages, or by inserting tests and print instructions in the Erlang code associated with the syntax rules of the grammar file.

      It is also possible to make the parser ask for more input tokens when needed if -the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      -myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call +the following call format is used:

      myparser:parse_and_scan({Function, Args})
      +myparser:parse_and_scan({Mod, Tokenizer, Args})

      The tokenizer Function is either a fun or a tuple {Mod, Tokenizer}. The call apply(Function, Args) or apply({Mod, Tokenizer}, Args) is executed whenever a new token is needed. This, for example, makes it possible to parse from a file, token by token.

      The tokenizer used above has to be implemented so as to return one of the -following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      -{eof, EndPosition}
      -{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library +following:

      {ok, Tokens, EndPosition}
      +{eof, EndPosition}
      +{error, Error_description, EndPosition}

      This conforms to the format used by the scanner in the Erlang io library module.

      If {eof, EndPosition} is returned immediately, the call to parse_and_scan/1 returns {ok, eof}. If {eof, EndPosition} is returned before the parser expects end of input, parse_and_scan/1 will, of course, return an error @@ -342,36 +342,36 @@ Endsymbol '$end'. grammar -> declaration : '$1'. grammar -> rule : '$1'. -declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. -rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], - '$4'}. +declaration -> symbol symbols dot: {'$1', '$2'}. +rule -> head '->' symbols attached_code dot: {rule, ['$1' | '$3'], + '$4'}. head -> symbol : '$1'. -symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. -symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. -attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. -attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, - [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. -tokens -> token : ['$1']. -tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. -symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). -symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). +symbols -> symbol : ['$1']. +symbols -> symbol symbols : ['$1' | '$2']. +attached_code -> ':' tokens : {erlang_code, '$2'}. +attached_code -> '$empty' : {erlang_code, + [{atom, 0, '$undefined'}]}. +tokens -> token : ['$1']. +tokens -> token tokens : ['$1' | '$2']. +symbol -> var : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> atom : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> integer : value_of('$1'). +symbol -> reserved_word : value_of('$1'). token -> var : '$1'. token -> atom : '$1'. token -> float : '$1'. token -> integer : '$1'. token -> string : '$1'. token -> char : '$1'. -token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. -token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. -token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_symbol : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> reserved_word : {value_of('$1'), line_of('$1')}. +token -> '->' : {'->', line_of('$1')}. +token -> ':' : {':', line_of('$1')}. Erlang code. -value_of(Token) -> - element(3, Token). -line_of(Token) -> - element(2, Token).

    Note

    The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are +value_of(Token) -> + element(3, Token). +line_of(Token) -> + element(2, Token).

    Note

    The symbols '->', and ':' have to be treated in a special way, as they are meta symbols of the grammar notation, as well as terminal symbols of the Yecc grammar.

    5. The file erl_parse.yrl in the lib/stdlib/src directory contains the grammar for Erlang.

    Note

    Syntactic tests are used in the code associated with some rules, and an error @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.892428164 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.892428164 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.912428297 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.912428297 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.948428536 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:47.948428536 +0000 @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:23.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:47:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> public_key - 1.17.1 - urn:uuid:e375a30f-0482-359a-7089-a55769d4da80 + urn:uuid:2f92f282-9599-8d0f-de34-5888e76c1625 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:22Z + 2041-04-20T12:47:03Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:23.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key_records.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ used to handle public key infrastructure. The scope is to describe the data types of each component, not the semantics. For information on the semantics, refer to the relevant standards and RFCs linked in the sections below.

    Use the following include directive to get access to the records and constant -macros described in the following sections:

     -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

    +macros described in the following sections:

     -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

    @@ -32,48 +32,48 @@

    Common non-standard Erlang data types used to describe the record fields in the following sections and which are not defined in the Public Key -Reference Manual follows here:

    time() = utc_time() | general_time()
    +Reference Manual follows here:

    time() = utc_time() | general_time()
     
    -utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
    +utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
     
    -general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
    +general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
     
    -general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
    +general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
     
    -                 {dNSName, string()} |
    +                 {dNSName, string()} |
     
    -                 {x400Address, string() |
    +                 {x400Address, string() |
     
    -                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
    +                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
     
    -                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
    +                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
     
    -                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
    +                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
     
    -                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
    +                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
     
    -                 {iPAddress, string()} |
    +                 {iPAddress, string()} |
     
    -                 {registeredId, oid()} |
    +                 {registeredId, oid()} |
     
    -                 {otherName, term()}
    +                 {otherName, term()}
     
    -special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
    +special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
      
    -                   {printableString, string()} |
    +                   {printableString, string()} |
     
    -                   {universalString, string()} |
    +                   {universalString, string()} |
     
    -                   {utf8String, binary()} |
    +                   {utf8String, binary()} |
     
    -                   {bmpString, string()}
    +                   {bmpString, string()}
     
    -dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
    +dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
                     cessationOfOperation | certificateHold | privilegeWithdrawn | aACompromise
     
    -OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
    +OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
     
    -OID_name() = atom()

    +OID_name() = atom()

    @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@

    Erlang representation of Rivest-Shamir-Adleman cryptosystem (RSA) -keys follows:

    #'RSAPublicKey'{
    +keys follows:

    #'RSAPublicKey'{
        modulus,       % pos_integer()
        publicExponent % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'RSAPrivateKey'{
    +#'RSAPrivateKey'{
        version,         % two-prime | multi
        modulus,         % pos_integer()
        publicExponent,  % pos_integer()
    @@ -97,50 +97,50 @@
        exponent2,       % pos_integer()
        coefficient,     % pos_integer()
        otherPrimeInfos  % [#OtherPrimeInfo{}] | asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
    +#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
        prime,           % pos_integer()
        exponent,        % pos_integer()
        coefficient      % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
    +#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
        hashAlgorithm,     % #'HashAlgorithm'{}},
        maskGenAlgorithm,  % #'MaskGenAlgorithm'{}},
        saltLength,        % pos_integer(),
        trailerField,      % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'HashAlgorithm'{
    +#'HashAlgorithm'{
        algorithm,  % oid()
        parameters  % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
    +#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
        algorithm,  % oid()
        parameters, % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
    -  }.

    + }.

    DSA

    Erlang representation of -Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

    #'DSAPrivateKey'{
    +Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

    #'DSAPrivateKey'{
        version,      % pos_integer()
        p,            % pos_integer()
        q,            % pos_integer()
        g,            % pos_integer()
        y,            % pos_integer()
        x             % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'Dss-Parms'{
    +#'Dss-Parms'{
        p,         % pos_integer()
        q,         % pos_integer()
        g          % pos_integer()
    -  }.

    + }.

    @@ -151,38 +151,38 @@ and Edwards-Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (EDDSA) where parameters in the private key will be -{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

    #'ECPrivateKey'{
    +{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

    #'ECPrivateKey'{
        version,       % pos_integer()
        privateKey,    % binary()
        parameters,    % {ecParameters, #'ECParameters'{}} |
                       % {namedCurve, Oid::tuple()} |
                       % {implicitlyCA, 'NULL'}
        publicKey      % bitstring()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'ECParameters'{
    +#'ECParameters'{
        version,    % pos_integer()
        fieldID,    % #'FieldID'{}
        curve,      % #'Curve'{}
        base,       % binary()
        order,      % pos_integer()
        cofactor    % pos_integer()
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'Curve'{
    +#'Curve'{
        a,        % binary()
        b,        % binary()
        seed      % bitstring() - optional
    -  }.
    +  }.
     
    -#'FieldID'{
    +#'FieldID'{
        fieldType,    % oid()
        parameters    % Depending on fieldType
    -  }.
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:27:23.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/public_key.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:47:03.000000000 +0000
    @@ -3152,22 +3152,22 @@
     or also by the user when the option policy_set is provided to this
     function. The qualifiers convey information about the valid policy and
     is intended as information to end users.

    Available options:

    • {verify_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()} - The fun must be -defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded +defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded version is needed by the callback.

      If the verify callback fun returns {fail, Reason}, the verification process is immediately stopped. If the verify callback fun returns {valid, UserState}, the verification process is continued. This can be used @@ -3339,9 +3339,9 @@ about hostname verification. The User's Guide and code examples describes this -function more detailed.

      The option funs are described here:

      • match_fun

        fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
        -    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
        -                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

        This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should +function more detailed.

        The option funs are described here:

        • match_fun

          fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
          +    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
          +                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

          This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should return a boolean to tell if the Reference ID and Presented ID matches or not. The match fun can also return a third value, value, the atom default, if the default matching rules shall apply. This makes it possible to augment the @@ -3536,14 +3536,14 @@

          Performs CRL validation. It is intended to be called from the verify fun of -pkix_path_validation/3 .

          Available options:

          • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

             fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
            -        #'CertificateList'{}

            The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest +pkix_path_validation/3 .

            Available options:

            • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

               fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
              +        #'CertificateList'{}

              The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest possible version of the CRL. If this fun is not specified, Public Key uses the default implementation:

               fun(_DP, CRL) -> CRL end
            • {issuer_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()}} - The fun has the following type -specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              -    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              -  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the -CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation +specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              +    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              +  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the +CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation status cannot be determined, and this option is set to true, details of why no CRLs where accepted are included in the return value.

            @@ -3881,18 +3881,18 @@ generating an ECDSA key. Note this could fail if Erlang/OTP is compiled with a very old cryptolib.

          • {validity, {From::erlang:timestamp(), To::erlang:timestamp()}} - The validity period of the certificate.

          • {extensions, [#'Extension'{}]} - Extensions to include in the -certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            -             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            -             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified -are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            -             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            -             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where +certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            +             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            +             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified +are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            +             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            +             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where this function is called.

          Note

          Note that the generated certificates and keys does not provide a formally correct PKIX-trust-chain and they cannot be used to achieve real security. This function is provided for testing purposes only.

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:23.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.epub/OEBPS/using_public_key.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:47:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -43,30 +43,30 @@ DSA Private Key

    -

    A DSA private key can look as follows:

    Note

    File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
    -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

    2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
    +

    A DSA private key can look as follows:

    Note

    File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
    +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

    2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
                         179,230,217,37,99,144,157,21,228,204,
                         162,207,61,246,...>>,
    -                    not_encrypted}]
    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
    -#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
    +                    not_encrypted}]
    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
    +#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
                      p = 12900045185019966618...6593,
                      q = 1216700114794736143432235288305776850295620488937,
                      g = 10442040227452349332...47213,
                      y = 87256807980030509074...403143,
    -                 x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

    + x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

    RSA Private Key with Password

    -

    An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
    -{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

    2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
    +

    An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
    +{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

    The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

    2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
                         221,195,154,249,85,208,202,251,109,
                         119,120,57,29,89,19,9,...>>,
    -                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

    In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
    -#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
    +                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

    In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

    3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
    +#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
                      modulus = 1112355156729921663373...2737107,
                      publicExponent = 65537,
                      privateExponent = 58064406231183...2239766033,
    @@ -75,201 +75,201 @@
                      exponent1 = 77928819327425934607...22152984217,
                      exponent2 = 36287623121853605733...20588523793,
                      coefficient = 924840412626098444...41820968343,
    -                 otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

    + otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

    X509 Certificates

    -

    The following is an example of X509 certificates:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
    -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

    The following file includes two certificates:

    2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    -[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
    +

    The following is an example of X509 certificates:

    1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
    +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

    The following file includes two certificates:

    2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
    +[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
                       9,0,230,145,97,214,191,2,120,150,48,13,
                       ...>>,
    -                not_encrypted},
    - {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
    +                not_encrypted},
    + {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
                       1,48,13,6,9,42,134,72,134,247,...>>,
    -                not_encrypted}]

    Certificates can be decoded as usual:

    2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
    -#'Certificate'{
    +                not_encrypted}]

    Certificates can be decoded as usual:

    2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
    +#'Certificate'{
         tbsCertificate =
    -        #'TBSCertificate'{
    +        #'TBSCertificate'{
                 version = v3,serialNumber = 16614168075301976214,
                 signature =
    -                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    -                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
    -                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
    +                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    +                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
    +                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
                 issuer =
    -                {rdnSequence,
    -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
    +                {rdnSequence,
    +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
                 validity =
    -                #'Validity'{
    -                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
    -                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
    +                #'Validity'{
    +                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
    +                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
                 subject =
    -                {rdnSequence,
    -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
    +                {rdnSequence,
    +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
    +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
    +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
    +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
    +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
    +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
    +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
    +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
    +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
                 subjectPublicKeyInfo =
    -                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
    +                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
                         algorithm =
    -                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    -                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
    -                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
    +                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
    +                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
    +                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
                         subjectPublicKey =
    -                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
    +                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
                 issuerUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                 subjectUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                 extensions =
    -                [#'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
    +                [#'Extension'{
    +                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
                          critical = true,
    -                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
    -                 #'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
    +                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
    +                 #'Extension'{
    +                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
                          critical = false,
    -                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
    -                 #'Extension'{
    -                     extnID = {2,5,29,14},
    +                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.116429650 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.120429676 +0000
    @@ -3313,22 +3313,22 @@
     or also by the user when the option policy_set is provided to this
     function. The qualifiers convey information about the valid policy and
     is intended as information to end users.

    Available options:

    • {verify_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()} - The fun must be -defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      -    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      -    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      -             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      -    UserState :: term()) ->
      -  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      -  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      -  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded +defined as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      or as:

      fun(OtpCert :: #'OTPCertificate'{},
      +    DerCert :: der_encoded(),
      +    Event :: {bad_cert, Reason :: bad_cert_reason() | {revoked, atom()}} |
      +             {extension, #'Extension'{}},
      +    UserState :: term()) ->
      +  {valid, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {valid_peer, UserState :: term()} |
      +  {fail, Reason :: term()} |
      +  {unknown, UserState :: term()}.

      The verify callback can have 3 or 4 arguments in case the DER encoded version is needed by the callback.

      If the verify callback fun returns {fail, Reason}, the verification process is immediately stopped. If the verify callback fun returns {valid, UserState}, the verification process is continued. This can be used @@ -3500,9 +3500,9 @@ about hostname verification. The User's Guide and code examples describes this -function more detailed.

      The option funs are described here:

      • match_fun

        fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
        -    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
        -                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

        This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should +function more detailed.

        The option funs are described here:

        • match_fun

          fun(ReferenceId::ReferenceId() | FQDN::string(),
          +    PresentedId::{dNSName,string()} | {uniformResourceIdentifier,string() |
          +                 {iPAddress,list(byte())} | {OtherId::atom()|oid(),term()}})

          This function replaces the default host name matching rules. The fun should return a boolean to tell if the Reference ID and Presented ID matches or not. The match fun can also return a third value, value, the atom default, if the default matching rules shall apply. This makes it possible to augment the @@ -3702,14 +3702,14 @@

          Performs CRL validation. It is intended to be called from the verify fun of -pkix_path_validation/3 .

          Available options:

          • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

             fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
            -        #'CertificateList'{}

            The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest +pkix_path_validation/3 .

            Available options:

            • {update_crl, fun()} - The fun has the following type specification:

               fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{}) ->
              +        #'CertificateList'{}

              The fun uses the information in the distribution point to access the latest possible version of the CRL. If this fun is not specified, Public Key uses the default implementation:

               fun(_DP, CRL) -> CRL end
            • {issuer_fun, {fun(), UserState::term()}} - The fun has the following type -specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              -    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              -  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the -CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation +specification:

              fun(#'DistributionPoint'{}, #'CertificateList'{},
              +    {rdnSequence,[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}, UserState::term()) ->
              +  {ok, #'OTPCertificate'{}, [der_encoded]}

              The fun returns the root certificate and certificate chain that has signed the +CRL.

               fun(DP, CRL, Issuer, UserState) -> {ok, RootCert, CertChain}
            • {undetermined_details, boolean()} - Defaults to false. When revocation status cannot be determined, and this option is set to true, details of why no CRLs where accepted are included in the return value.

            @@ -4057,18 +4057,18 @@ generating an ECDSA key. Note this could fail if Erlang/OTP is compiled with a very old cryptolib.

          • {validity, {From::erlang:timestamp(), To::erlang:timestamp()}} - The validity period of the certificate.

          • {extensions, [#'Extension'{}]} - Extensions to include in the -certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            -             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            -             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified -are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            -              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            -              critical = false},
            -#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            -             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            -             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where +certificate.

            Default extensions included in CA certificates if not otherwise specified are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [keyCertSign, cRLSign],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-basicConstraints',
            +             extnValue = #'BasicConstraints'{cA = true},
            +             critical = true}]

            Default extensions included in the server peer cert if not otherwise specified +are:

            [#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-keyUsage',
            +              extnValue = [digitalSignature, keyAgreement],
            +              critical = false},
            +#'Extension'{extnID = ?'id-ce-subjectAltName',
            +             extnValue = [{dNSName, Hostname}],
            +             critical = false}]

            Hostname is the result of calling net_adm:localhost() in the Erlang node where this function is called.

          Note

          Note that the generated certificates and keys does not provide a formally correct PKIX-trust-chain and they cannot be used to achieve real security. This function is provided for testing purposes only.

          @@ -4420,7 +4420,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.144429836 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.148429862 +0000 @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_records.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.180430074 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/public_key_records.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.184430100 +0000 @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ used to handle public key infrastructure. The scope is to describe the data types of each component, not the semantics. For information on the semantics, refer to the relevant standards and RFCs linked in the sections below.

          Use the following include directive to get access to the records and constant -macros described in the following sections:

           -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

          +macros described in the following sections:

           -include_lib("public_key/include/public_key.hrl").

          @@ -137,48 +137,48 @@

          Common non-standard Erlang data types used to describe the record fields in the following sections and which are not defined in the Public Key -Reference Manual follows here:

          time() = utc_time() | general_time()
          +Reference Manual follows here:

          time() = utc_time() | general_time()
           
          -utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
          +utc_time()  = {utcTime, "YYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
           
          -general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
          +general_time() = {generalTime, "YYYYMMDDHHMMSSZ"}
           
          -general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
          +general_name() = {rfc822Name, string()} |
           
          -                 {dNSName, string()} |
          +                 {dNSName, string()} |
           
          -                 {x400Address, string() |
          +                 {x400Address, string() |
           
          -                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#href_anchor"ss">'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
          +                 {directoryName, {rdnSequence, [#href_anchor"ss">'AttributeTypeAndValue'{}]}} |
           
          -                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
          +                 {ediPartyName, special_string()} |
           
          -                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
          +                 {ediPartyName, special_string(), special_string()} |
           
          -                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
          +                 {uniformResourceIdentifier, string()} |
           
          -                 {iPAddress, string()} |
          +                 {iPAddress, string()} |
           
          -                 {registeredId, oid()} |
          +                 {registeredId, oid()} |
           
          -                 {otherName, term()}
          +                 {otherName, term()}
           
          -special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
          +special_string() = {teletexString, string()} |
            
          -                   {printableString, string()} |
          +                   {printableString, string()} |
           
          -                   {universalString, string()} |
          +                   {universalString, string()} |
           
          -                   {utf8String, binary()} |
          +                   {utf8String, binary()} |
           
          -                   {bmpString, string()}
          +                   {bmpString, string()}
           
          -dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
          +dist_reason() = unused | keyCompromise | cACompromise | affiliationChanged |
                           cessationOfOperation | certificateHold | privilegeWithdrawn | aACompromise
           
          -OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
          +OID_macro() = ?OID_name()
           
          -OID_name() = atom()

          +OID_name() = atom()

          @@ -186,12 +186,12 @@

          Erlang representation of Rivest-Shamir-Adleman cryptosystem (RSA) -keys follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">'RSAPublicKey'{
          +keys follows:

          #href_anchor"ss">'RSAPublicKey'{
              modulus,       % pos_integer()
              publicExponent % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'RSAPrivateKey'{
          +#'RSAPrivateKey'{
              version,         % two-prime | multi
              modulus,         % pos_integer()
              publicExponent,  % pos_integer()
          @@ -202,50 +202,50 @@
              exponent2,       % pos_integer()
              coefficient,     % pos_integer()
              otherPrimeInfos  % [#OtherPrimeInfo{}] | asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
          +#'OtherPrimeInfo'{
              prime,           % pos_integer()
              exponent,        % pos_integer()
              coefficient      % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
          +#'RSASSA-PSS-params'{
              hashAlgorithm,     % #'HashAlgorithm'{}},
              maskGenAlgorithm,  % #'MaskGenAlgorithm'{}},
              saltLength,        % pos_integer(),
              trailerField,      % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'HashAlgorithm'{
          +#'HashAlgorithm'{
              algorithm,  % oid()
              parameters  % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
          +#'MaskGenAlgorithm'{
              algorithm,  % oid()
              parameters, % defaults to asn1_NOVALUE
          -  }.

          + }.

          DSA

          Erlang representation of -Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

          #href_anchor"ss">'DSAPrivateKey'{
          +Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) keys

          #href_anchor"ss">'DSAPrivateKey'{
              version,      % pos_integer()
              p,            % pos_integer()
              q,            % pos_integer()
              g,            % pos_integer()
              y,            % pos_integer()
              x             % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'Dss-Parms'{
          +#'Dss-Parms'{
              p,         % pos_integer()
              q,         % pos_integer()
              g          % pos_integer()
          -  }.

          + }.

          @@ -256,38 +256,38 @@ and Edwards-Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (EDDSA) where parameters in the private key will be -{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

          #href_anchor"ss">'ECPrivateKey'{
          +{namedCurve, ?'id-Ed25519' | ?'id-Ed448'}.

          #href_anchor"ss">'ECPrivateKey'{
              version,       % pos_integer()
              privateKey,    % binary()
              parameters,    % {ecParameters, #'ECParameters'{}} |
                             % {namedCurve, Oid::tuple()} |
                             % {implicitlyCA, 'NULL'}
              publicKey      % bitstring()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'ECParameters'{
          +#'ECParameters'{
              version,    % pos_integer()
              fieldID,    % #'FieldID'{}
              curve,      % #'Curve'{}
              base,       % binary()
              order,      % pos_integer()
              cofactor    % pos_integer()
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'Curve'{
          +#'Curve'{
              a,        % binary()
              b,        % binary()
              seed      % bitstring() - optional
          -  }.
          +  }.
           
          -#'FieldID'{
          +#'FieldID'{
              fieldType,    % oid()
              parameters    % Depending on fieldType
          -  }.
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/search.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.212430286 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/search.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.212430286 +0000
          @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/using_public_key.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/using_public_key.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.248430525 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/public_key-1.17.1/doc/html/using_public_key.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.252430551 +0000 @@ -148,30 +148,30 @@ DSA Private Key

          -

          A DSA private key can look as follows:

          Note

          File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
          -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

          2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
          +

          A DSA private key can look as follows:

          Note

          File handling is not done by the Public Key application.

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("dsa.pem").
          +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMIIBuw"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private DSA key:

          2>[DSAEntry] =  public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'DSAPrivateKey',<<48,130,1,187,2,1,0,2,129,129,0,183,
                               179,230,217,37,99,144,157,21,228,204,
                               162,207,61,246,...>>,
          -                    not_encrypted}]
          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
          -#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
          +                    not_encrypted}]
          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(DSAEntry).
          +#'DSAPrivateKey'{version = 0,
                            p = 12900045185019966618...6593,
                            q = 1216700114794736143432235288305776850295620488937,
                            g = 10442040227452349332...47213,
                            y = 87256807980030509074...403143,
          -                 x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

          + x = 510968529856012146351317363807366575075645839654}

          RSA Private Key with Password

          -

          An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
          -{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

          2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
          +

          An RSA private key encrypted with a password can look as follows:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("rsa.pem").
          +{ok,<<"Bag Attribute"...>>}

          The following PEM file has only one entry, a private RSA key:

          2>[RSAEntry] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'RSAPrivateKey',<<224,108,117,203,152,40,15,77,128,126,
                               221,195,154,249,85,208,202,251,109,
                               119,120,57,29,89,19,9,...>>,
          -                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

          In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
          -#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
          +                  {"DES-EDE3-CBC",<<"kÙeø¼pµL">>}}]

          In this following example, the password is "abcd1234":

          3> Key = public_key:pem_entry_decode(RSAEntry, "abcd1234").
          +#'RSAPrivateKey'{version = 'two-prime',
                            modulus = 1112355156729921663373...2737107,
                            publicExponent = 65537,
                            privateExponent = 58064406231183...2239766033,
          @@ -180,201 +180,201 @@
                            exponent1 = 77928819327425934607...22152984217,
                            exponent2 = 36287623121853605733...20588523793,
                            coefficient = 924840412626098444...41820968343,
          -                 otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

          + otherPrimeInfos = asn1_NOVALUE}

          X509 Certificates

          -

          The following is an example of X509 certificates:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
          -{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

          The following file includes two certificates:

          2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          -[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
          +

          The following is an example of X509 certificates:

          1> {ok, PemBin} = file:read_file("cacerts.pem").
          +{ok,<<"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIC7jCCAl"...>>}

          The following file includes two certificates:

          2> [CertEntry1, CertEntry2] = public_key:pem_decode(PemBin).
          +[{'Certificate',<<48,130,2,238,48,130,2,87,160,3,2,1,2,2,
                             9,0,230,145,97,214,191,2,120,150,48,13,
                             ...>>,
          -                not_encrypted},
          - {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
          +                not_encrypted},
          + {'Certificate',<<48,130,3,200,48,130,3,49,160,3,2,1,2,2,1,
                             1,48,13,6,9,42,134,72,134,247,...>>,
          -                not_encrypted}]

          Certificates can be decoded as usual:

          2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
          -#'Certificate'{
          +                not_encrypted}]

          Certificates can be decoded as usual:

          2> Cert = public_key:pem_entry_decode(CertEntry1).
          +#'Certificate'{
               tbsCertificate =
          -        #'TBSCertificate'{
          +        #'TBSCertificate'{
                       version = v3,serialNumber = 16614168075301976214,
                       signature =
          -                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          -                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
          -                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
          +                #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          +                    algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,5},
          +                    parameters = <<5,0>>},
                       issuer =
          -                {rdnSequence,
          -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
          +                {rdnSequence,
          +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,65,66>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,109>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,101,114,...>>}]]},
                       validity =
          -                #'Validity'{
          -                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
          -                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
          +                #'Validity'{
          +                    notBefore = {utcTime,"080109082929Z"},
          +                    notAfter = {utcTime,"080208082929Z"}},
                       subject =
          -                {rdnSequence,
          -                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          -                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          -                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          -                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          -                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          -                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          -                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          -                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          -                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
          +                {rdnSequence,
          +                    [[#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,3},
          +                          value = <<19,8,101,114,108,97,110,103,67,65>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,11},
          +                          value = <<19,10,69,114,108,97,110,103,32,79,84,80>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,10},
          +                          value = <<19,11,69,114,105,99,115,115,111,110,32,...>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,7},
          +                          value = <<19,9,83,116,111,99,107,104,111,108,...>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {2,5,4,6},
          +                          value = <<19,2,83,69>>}],
          +                     [#'AttributeTypeAndValue'{
          +                          type = {1,2,840,113549,1,9,1},
          +                          value = <<22,22,112,101,116,101,114,64,...>>}]]},
                       subjectPublicKeyInfo =
          -                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
          +                #'SubjectPublicKeyInfo'{
                               algorithm =
          -                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          -                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
          -                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
          +                        #'AlgorithmIdentifier'{
          +                            algorithm = {1,2,840,113549,1,1,1},
          +                            parameters = <<5,0>>},
                               subjectPublicKey =
          -                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
          +                        {0,<<48,129,137,2,129,129,0,203,209,187,77,73,231,90,...>>}},
                       issuerUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                       subjectUniqueID = asn1_NOVALUE,
                       extensions =
          -                [#'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
          +                [#'Extension'{
          +                     extnID = {2,5,29,19},
                                critical = true,
          -                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
          -                 #'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
          +                     extnValue = [48,3,1,1,255]},
          +                 #'Extension'{
          +                     extnID = {2,5,29,15},
                                critical = false,
          -                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
          -                 #'Extension'{
          -                     extnID = {2,5,29,14},
          +                     extnValue = [3,2,1,6]},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.280430737 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/404.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.280430737 +0000
          @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.304430896 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.308430922 +0000 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.336431108 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.336431108 +0000 @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:27:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> reltool - 1.0.1 - urn:uuid:b5410197-bc32-a132-f6b3-1c4cacbe6889 + urn:uuid:52ddf290-47e4-223d-493c-d37078224452 en - 2025-03-18T23:27:13Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:54Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:27:13.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.epub/OEBPS/reltool_examples.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,500 +30,500 @@ via the GUI frontend process. When the GUI is started, a server process will automatically be started. The GUI process is started with reltool:start/0, reltool:start/1 or reltool:start_link/1. The pid of its server can be -obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          -{ok,<0.36.01>}
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          -{ok,<0.37.01>}
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          +{ok,<0.36.01>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          +{ok,<0.37.01>}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
           4>
          -4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          -{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          -6> reltool:stop(Server2).
          +4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          +{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +6> reltool:stop(Server2).
           ok

          Inspecting the configuration

          -
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          -{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
          +1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          +{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
           2>
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          -{ok,<0.66.0>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          +{ok,<0.66.0>}
           3>
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           4>
          -4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           5>
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {app,inets,
          -               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          -          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          -          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          -          {emu_name,"beam"},
          -          {relocatable,true},
          -          {profile,development},
          -          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          -          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          -          {rel_app_type,...},
          -          {...}|...]}}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          +          {lib_dirs,[]},
          +          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {mod_cond,all},
          +          {incl_cond,derived},
          +          {app,inets,
          +               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          +          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          +          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          +          {emu_name,"beam"},
          +          {relocatable,true},
          +          {profile,development},
          +          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          +          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          +          {rel_app_type,...},
          +          {...}|...]}}
           6>
          -6> reltool:get_config(Server, true, true).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {erts,[{app,erts,
          -                      [{vsn,"10.0"},
          -                       {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/erts-10.0"},
          -                       {mod,erl_prim_loader,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_tracer,[]},
          -                       {mod,erlang,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_code_purger,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_dirty_process_signal_handler,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_internal,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_literal_area_collector,[]},
          -                       {mod,init,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_init,...},
          -                       {mod,...},
          -                       {...}|...]}]},
          -          {app,compiler,
          -               [{vsn,"7.0.4"},
          -                {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/compiler-7.0.4"},
          -                {mod,beam_a,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_asm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_block,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bs,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bsm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_clean,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dead,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dict,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_disasm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_except,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_flatten,...},
          -                {mod,...},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.460431930 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.468431983 +0000
          @@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.512432275 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_examples.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.516432301 +0000 @@ -135,500 +135,500 @@ via the GUI frontend process. When the GUI is started, a server process will automatically be started. The GUI process is started with reltool:start/0, reltool:start/1 or reltool:start_link/1. The pid of its server can be -obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +obtained with reltool:get_server/1

          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          -{ok,<0.36.01>}
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          -{ok,<0.37.01>}
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +1> {ok, Win} = reltool:start([]).
          +{ok,<0.36.01>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:get_server(Win).
          +{ok,<0.37.01>}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
           4>
          -4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          -{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          -{ok,{sys,[]}}
          -6> reltool:stop(Server2).
          +4> {ok, Server2} = reltool:start_server([]).
          +{ok,<0.6535.01>}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server2).
          +{ok,{sys,[]}}
          +6> reltool:stop(Server2).
           ok

          Inspecting the configuration

          -
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          -[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          -Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
          +
          Erlang/OTP 20 [erts-9.0] [source-c13b302] [64-bit] [smp:4:4] [ds:4:4:10] [async-threads:10]
          +[hipe] [kernel-poll:false]
          +Eshell V9.0  (abort with ^G)
           1>
          -1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          -		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          -		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          -{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
          +1> Config = {sys, [{escript, "examples/display_args", [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, inets, [{incl_cond, include}]},
          +		   {app, mnesia, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, ssl, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, runtime_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]},
          +		   {app, syntax_tools, [{incl_cond, exclude}]}]}.
          +{sys,[{escript,"examples/display_args",[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +      {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +      {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}
           2>
          -2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          -{ok,<0.66.0>}
          +2> {ok, Server} = reltool:start_server([Config]).
          +{ok,<0.66.0>}
           3>
          -3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +3> reltool:get_config(Server).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           4>
          -4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
          +4> reltool:get_config(Server, false, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,inets,[{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]}]}}
           5>
          -5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {app,inets,
          -               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          -          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          -          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          -          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          -          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          -          {emu_name,"beam"},
          -          {relocatable,true},
          -          {profile,development},
          -          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          -          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          -          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          -          {rel_app_type,...},
          -          {...}|...]}}
          +5> reltool:get_config(Server, true, false).
          +{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          +          {lib_dirs,[]},
          +          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          +                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          +          {mod_cond,all},
          +          {incl_cond,derived},
          +          {app,inets,
          +               [{incl_cond,include},{vsn,undefined},{lib_dir,undefined}]},
          +          {app,mnesia,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,runtime_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,ssl,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {app,syntax_tools,[{incl_cond,exclude}]},
          +          {boot_rel,"start_clean"},
          +          {rel,"start_clean","1.0",[]},
          +          {rel,"start_sasl","1.0",[sasl]},
          +          {emu_name,"beam"},
          +          {relocatable,true},
          +          {profile,development},
          +          {incl_sys_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_sys_filters,[]},
          +          {incl_app_filters,[".*"]},
          +          {excl_app_filters,[]},
          +          {rel_app_type,...},
          +          {...}|...]}}
           6>
          -6> reltool:get_config(Server, true, true).
          -{ok,{sys,[{root_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang"},
          -          {lib_dirs,[]},
          -          {escript,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/reltool-0.7.3/examples/display_args",
          -                   [{incl_cond,include}]},
          -          {mod_cond,all},
          -          {incl_cond,derived},
          -          {erts,[{app,erts,
          -                      [{vsn,"10.0"},
          -                       {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/erts-10.0"},
          -                       {mod,erl_prim_loader,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_tracer,[]},
          -                       {mod,erlang,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_code_purger,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_dirty_process_signal_handler,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_internal,[]},
          -                       {mod,erts_literal_area_collector,[]},
          -                       {mod,init,[]},
          -                       {mod,erl_init,...},
          -                       {mod,...},
          -                       {...}|...]}]},
          -          {app,compiler,
          -               [{vsn,"7.0.4"},
          -                {lib_dir,"/usr/local/lib/erlang/lib/compiler-7.0.4"},
          -                {mod,beam_a,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_asm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_block,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bs,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_bsm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_clean,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dead,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_dict,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_disasm,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_except,[]},
          -                {mod,beam_flatten,...},
          -                {mod,...},
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.544432487 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_intro.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.544432487 +0000
          @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.572432672 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/reltool_usage.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.576432699 +0000 @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.600432859 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/reltool-1.0.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.600432859 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.620432990 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.624433017 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.648433176 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.644433150 +0000 @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.704433548 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dbg.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.712433601 +0000 @@ -131,16 +131,16 @@

          The Text Based Trace Facility

          This module implements a text based interface to the trace:process/4, trace:port/4, and trace:function/4 BIFs, simplifying tracing of functions, processes, ports, and messages.

          To quickly get started on tracing function calls you can use the -following code in the Erlang shell:

          1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
          -4> lists:seq(1, 10).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
          -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
          -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

          The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where +following code in the Erlang shell:

          1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          +3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
          +4> lists:seq(1, 10).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
          +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
          +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

          The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where other tools have too severe impact on the system performance. Some primitive support for sequential tracing is also included; see the advanced topics section.

          @@ -152,36 +152,36 @@

          To trace a call to a function with minimal fuss, call dbg:c(Module, Name, Arguments). dbg:c/3 starts a temporary trace receiver, enables all trace flags, and calls the designated function from a temporary process. For example, here is how to trace a call -to application:which_applications/0:

          1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
          -(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
          -                                    [alias|
          -                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
          -                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
          +to application:which_applications/0:

          1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
          +(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
          +                                    [alias|
          +                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
          +                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                               847802,
          -                                                                    479222})
          -(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
          -(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
          -(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
          -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
          +                                                                    479222})
          +(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
          +(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
          +(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
          +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                              847802,
          -                                                                   479274})
          -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          Four trace events are generated:

          • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process + 479274}) +[{stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","5.2.1"}, + {kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          Four trace events are generated:

          • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process to the application_controller process.
          • A schedule-out event (out) when the current process schedules out while waiting in a receive for the reply to arrive.
          • A schedule-in event (in) when the current process is scheduled in when reply has arrived.
          • A receive event (<<) when the current process retrieves the reply from the application_controller process.

          The dbg:c/4 function has a fourth argument for specifying the trace flags. -Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

          2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
          -(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
          -                                    [alias|
          -                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
          -                                   which_applications}
          -(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
          -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
          -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          +Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

          2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
          +(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
          +                                    [alias|
          +                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
          +                                   which_applications}
          +(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
          +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
          +[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
          + {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

          @@ -189,35 +189,35 @@

          Another way of tracing from the shell is to explicitly start a tracer and set the trace flags of your choice on the processes you want to trace. -For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

          1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
          +For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

          1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
           <0.90.0>
          -2> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.92.0>}
          -3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          -4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
          -(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
          -{<0.88.0>,hello}
          -(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
          -(<0.90.0>) exit normal
          -5> flush().
          +2> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.92.0>}
          +3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          +4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
          +(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
          +{<0.88.0>,hello}
          +(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
          +(<0.90.0>) exit normal
          +5> flush().
           Shell got hello
           ok

          In order to trace functions call, in addition to enabling the call trace flag for the process, it is also necessary to set a trace pattern for the functions -to trace.

          Example:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.90.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, call).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          -4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          +to trace.

          Example:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.90.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, call).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
          +3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
          +4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
           e
          -5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          -6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
          +5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          +6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
          +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
          +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
           e

          @@ -231,21 +231,21 @@ seq_trace and the same tracer function for both types of tracing can be used. The seq_trace messages can also be sent to a trace port for further analysis.

          As a match specification can turn on sequential tracing, the combination of dbg and seq_trace can be powerful. This brief example shows a session -where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          -{ok,<0.30.0>}
          -2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
          -{ok,<0.31.0>}
          -3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
          +where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

          1> dbg:tracer().
          +{ok,<0.30.0>}
          +2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
          +{ok,<0.31.0>}
          +3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
           false
          -4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
          -5> dbg:p(all,call).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]}
          -6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]).
          -(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer()
          -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}]
          -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}]
          -{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

          This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the +4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]} +5> dbg:p(all,call). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]} +6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]). +(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer() +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}] +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}] +{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

          This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the ordinary tracer process (i. e. <0.31.0>) and sets the trace pattern for the function dbg:get_tracer to one that has the action of setting a sequential token. When the function is called by a traced @@ -267,20 +267,20 @@ trace handler prints to the tty using an io function such as format/2. Note that when dbg:p(all, call) is called, IO processes are also traced. Here is an example:

          %% Using a default line editing shell
          -1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
          -{ok,<0.37.0>}
          -2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
          -3> dbg:tp(mymod,[{'_',[],[]}]).
          -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,0},{saved,1}]}
          +1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
          +{ok,<0.37.0>}
          +2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
          +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text)
          --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.748433839 +0000
          +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dtrace.html	2025-03-21 17:27:48.748433839 +0000
          @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
                     Erlang programming language
           
                 

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.776434025 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/dyntrace.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.780434052 +0000 @@ -857,14 +857,14 @@

          Restores the previous state of user tags and their spreading as it was before a call to spread_tag/1.

          Note that the restoring is not limited to the same process; one can utilize this to turn off spreding in one process and restore it in a -newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

          f() ->
          -    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
          -    spawn(fun() ->
          -             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
          -             do_something()
          -          end),
          -    do_something_else(),
          -    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

          Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as +newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

          f() ->
          +    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
          +    spawn(fun() ->
          +             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
          +             do_something()
          +          end),
          +    do_something_else(),
          +    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

          Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as Erlang programs tend to send and receive messages so that sometimes the user tag gets lost due to various things, like double receives or communication with a port (ports do not handle user tags, in the same way as they do not handle @@ -911,12 +911,12 @@ later call to restore_tag/1.

          The file module already spreads tags, so there is no need to manually call this function to get user tags spread to the efile driver through that module.

          The most use of this function would be if one, for example, uses the io module to communicate with an I/O-server for a regular file, such as in the following -example:

          f() ->
          -   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
          -   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
          -   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
          -   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
          -   file:close(F).

          In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the +example:

          f() ->
          +   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
          +   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
          +   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
          +   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
          +   file:close(F).

          In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the I/O-server when the io:format/3 call is done.

          @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.800434184 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/instrument.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.804434210 +0000 @@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ the one before it.

          The upper bound of the first interval is provided by the function that returned the histogram, and the last interval has no upper bound.

          For example, the histogram below has 40 (message) blocks between 128-256 bytes in size, 78 blocks between 256-512 bytes,2 blocks between 512-1024 bytes, and 2 -blocks between 1-2KB.

          > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
          -{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
          +blocks between 1-2KB.

          > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
          +{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
          @@ -496,30 +496,30 @@ block size histograms. Defaults to 128.

        • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the allocated block size histograms. Defaults to 18.

        • flags - Controls how to group the output, for example showing allocations on a per-process basis (when possible) rather than only a -NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

        Example:

        > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
        -{ok,{128,0,
        -     #{udp_inet =>
        -           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
        +NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

      Example:

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      +{ok,{128,0,
      +     #{udp_inet =>
      +           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
              system =>
      -           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
      -             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
      -             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             ... }
      +           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
      +             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
      +             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             ... }
              spawn_forker =>
      -           #{driver_select_data_state =>
      -                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      -       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +           #{driver_select_data_state =>
      +                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
              prim_file =>
      -           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
      -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
      +           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      +             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
      +             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
              prim_buffer =>
      -           #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
      -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
      + #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, + binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    @@ -596,15 +596,15 @@ tied to any particular scheduler. Defaults to all schedulers and the global instance.

  • histogram_start - The upper bound of the first interval in the free block size histograms. Defaults to 512.

  • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the free block size -histograms. Defaults to 14.

  • Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    -{ok,{512,
    -     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    -                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    -                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    -      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    -                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    -                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    -      {...}|...]}}
    +histograms. Defaults to 14.

    Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    +{ok,{512,
    +     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    +                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    +                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    +      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    +                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    +                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    +      {...}|...]}}
    @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.836434423 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/lttng.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.832434396 +0000 @@ -150,42 +150,42 @@ Dyntrace Tracepoints

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_dyntrace

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    process_spawn

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • parent : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_link: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "<0.130.0>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "link" }

    process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

    process_register

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
    • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

    Example:

    process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

    process_scheduled

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • type : string :: +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

      process_register

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
      • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

      Example:

      process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

      process_scheduled

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
      • type : string :: "in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_open: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", driver = "'/bin/sh -s unix:cmd'", port = "#Port<0.1887>" }

      port_exit

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_exit: { cpu_id = 5 }, { port = "#Port<0.1887>", reason = "normal" }

      port_link

      • to : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • from : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • entry : string :: Callback. Ex. "open"
      • type : string :: -"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Example:

      port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

    Example:

    port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    function_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_send: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "#Port<0.1938>", to = "<0.160.0>", message = "{#Port<0.1938>,eof}" }

    message_receive

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message received. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag 'receive' and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_receive: { cpu_id = 7 }, { to = "<0.167.0>", message = "{<0.165.0>,ok}" }

    gc_minor_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 240, heap = 4185, old_heap = 0 }

    BEAM Tracepoints

    -

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    driver_init

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
    • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
    • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

    Example:

    driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

    driver_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

    Example:

    driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

    driver_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

    driver_outputv

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

    driver_ready_input

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

    driver_ready_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_timeout

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop_select

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

    driver_flush

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    driver_ready_async

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

    driver_control

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

    carrier_create

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
    • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
    • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +

      All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

      All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

      driver_init

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
      • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
      • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

      Example:

      driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

      driver_start

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Example:

      driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

      driver_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

      driver_outputv

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

      driver_ready_input

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

      driver_ready_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_timeout

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop_select

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

      driver_flush

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_process_exit

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      driver_ready_async

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_call

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

      driver_control

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

      carrier_create

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_pool_put

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

      carrier_pool_get

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

      +instance. Ex. 285296

    Example:

    carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

    carrier_pool_put

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

    carrier_pool_get

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

    @@ -198,10 +198,10 @@ Erlang/OTP 19 [erts-8.0] [source-4d7b24d] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false] [lttng] Eshell V8.0 (abort with ^G) -1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    -{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through +1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    +{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through lttng list -u.

    Enable the process_register LTTng tracepoint for Erlang.

    $ lttng enable-event -u org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register
    -UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
    +UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
     0

    Start LTTng tracing.

    $ lttng start
     Tracing started for session erlang-demo

    Start the os_mon application in Erlang.

    3> application:ensure_all_started(os_mon).
     {ok,[sasl,os_mon]}

    Stop LTTng tracing and view the result.

    $ lttng stop
    @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.876434687 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/msacc.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.876434687 +0000 @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@

    Convenience functions for microstate accounting

    This module implements some convenience functions for analyzing microstate accounting data. For details about how to use the basic API and what the different states represent, see -erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
    +erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
     ok
    -2> msacc:print().
    +2> msacc:print().
     Average thread real-time    : 1000513 us
     Accumulated system run-time :    2213 us
     Average scheduler run-time  :    1076 us
    @@ -141,11 +141,11 @@
             Thread      aux check_io emulator       gc    other     port    sleep
     
     Stats per thread:
    -     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    - scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    - scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
    +     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    + scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    + scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
     
     Stats per type:
              async    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@
     this can be verbose. See the top of this reference manual for a brief
     description of what the fields mean.

    It is possible to print more specific types of statistics by first manipulating the DataOrStats using stats/2. For instance if you want to print the -percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

    If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

    Options

    • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time +percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

      If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

      Options

      • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time as well as thread time. Default: false.
      @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.912434927 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:48.916434953 +0000 @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:26:19.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> runtime_tools - 2.1.1 - urn:uuid:a8f630ae-ab21-ab93-23d2-26e88b75730c + urn:uuid:e19c7e10-7e94-b9c4-828d-f8fb863d0f10 en - 2025-03-18T23:26:19Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:03Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:19.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dbg.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@

      The Text Based Trace Facility

      This module implements a text based interface to the trace:process/4, trace:port/4, and trace:function/4 BIFs, simplifying tracing of functions, processes, ports, and messages.

      To quickly get started on tracing function calls you can use the -following code in the Erlang shell:

      1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
      -{ok,<0.90.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
      -4> lists:seq(1, 10).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
      -[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
      -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

      The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where +following code in the Erlang shell:

      1> dbg:tracer().  % Start the default trace message receiver
      +{ok,<0.90.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, c). % Set upp call tracing on all processes
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      +3> dbg:tp(lists, seq, cx). %  Set up call and exception tracing on lists:seq/2,3
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,2},{saved,cx}]}
      +4> lists:seq(1, 10).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:seq(1,10) ({erl_eval,do_apply,7,{"erl_eval.erl",904}})
      +[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]
      +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:seq/2 -> [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

      The utilities are also suitable to use in system testing on large systems, where other tools have too severe impact on the system performance. Some primitive support for sequential tracing is also included; see the advanced topics section.

      @@ -47,36 +47,36 @@

      To trace a call to a function with minimal fuss, call dbg:c(Module, Name, Arguments). dbg:c/3 starts a temporary trace receiver, enables all trace flags, and calls the designated function from a temporary process. For example, here is how to trace a call -to application:which_applications/0:

      1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
      -(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
      -                                    [alias|
      -                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
      -                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
      +to application:which_applications/0:

      1> dbg:c(application, which_applications, []).
      +(<0.92.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.92.0>,
      +                                    [alias|
      +                                     #Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>]},
      +                                   which_applications} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                           847802,
      -                                                                    479222})
      -(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
      -(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
      -(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
      -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
      +                                                                    479222})
      +(<0.92.0>) out {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479231})
      +(<0.92.0>) in {gen,do_call,4} (Timestamp: {1710,847802,479271})
      +(<0.92.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.11779.270031856.1478295555.230456>],
      +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]} (Timestamp: {1710,
                                                                          847802,
      -                                                                   479274})
      -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      Four trace events are generated:

      • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process + 479274}) +[{stdlib,"ERTS CXC 138 10","5.2.1"}, + {kernel,"ERTS CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      Four trace events are generated:

      • A send event (!) for the sending of a request from the current process to the application_controller process.
      • A schedule-out event (out) when the current process schedules out while waiting in a receive for the reply to arrive.
      • A schedule-in event (in) when the current process is scheduled in when reply has arrived.
      • A receive event (<<) when the current process retrieves the reply from the application_controller process.

      The dbg:c/4 function has a fourth argument for specifying the trace flags. -Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

      2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
      -(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
      -                                    [alias|
      -                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
      -                                   which_applications}
      -(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
      -               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      -                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
      -[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      - {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      +Here is how to only show message sending and receiving:

      2> dbg:c(application, which_applications, [], m).
      +(<0.96.0>) <0.45.0> ! {'$gen_call',{<0.96.0>,
      +                                    [alias|
      +                                     #Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>]},
      +                                   which_applications}
      +(<0.96.0>) << {[alias|#Ref<0.0.12291.270031856.1478295555.230496>],
      +               [{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      +                {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]}
      +[{stdlib,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","5.2.1"},
      + {kernel,"ERTS  CXC 138 10","9.2.2"}]

      @@ -84,35 +84,35 @@

      Another way of tracing from the shell is to explicitly start a tracer and set the trace flags of your choice on the processes you want to trace. -For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

      1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
      +For example, here is how to trace messages and process events:

      1> Pid = spawn(fun() -> receive {From,Msg} -> From ! Msg end end).
       <0.90.0>
      -2> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.92.0>}
      -3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      -4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
      -(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
      -{<0.88.0>,hello}
      -(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
      -(<0.90.0>) exit normal
      -5> flush().
      +2> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.92.0>}
      +3> dbg:p(Pid, [m,procs]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      +4> Pid ! {self(),hello}.
      +(<0.90.0>) << {<0.88.0>,hello}
      +{<0.88.0>,hello}
      +(<0.90.0>) <0.88.0> ! hello
      +(<0.90.0>) exit normal
      +5> flush().
       Shell got hello
       ok

      In order to trace functions call, in addition to enabling the call trace flag for the process, it is also necessary to set a trace pattern for the functions -to trace.

      Example:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.90.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, call).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      -4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      +to trace.

      Example:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.90.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, call).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,49}]}
      +3> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, []).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1}]}
      +4> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
       e
      -5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      -6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      -(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      -(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
      +5> dbg:tp(lists, last, 1, [{'_',[],[{return_trace}]}]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      +6> lists:last([a,b,c,d,e]).
      +(<0.88.0>) call lists:last([a,b,c,d,e])
      +(<0.88.0>) returned from lists:last/1 -> e
       e

      @@ -126,21 +126,21 @@ seq_trace and the same tracer function for both types of tracing can be used. The seq_trace messages can also be sent to a trace port for further analysis.

      As a match specification can turn on sequential tracing, the combination of dbg and seq_trace can be powerful. This brief example shows a session -where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      -{ok,<0.30.0>}
      -2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
      -{ok,<0.31.0>}
      -3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
      +where sequential tracing is used to trace the dbg module and the trace itself:

      1> dbg:tracer().
      +{ok,<0.30.0>}
      +2> {ok, Tracer} = dbg:get_tracer().
      +{ok,<0.31.0>}
      +3> seq_trace:set_system_tracer(Tracer).
       false
      -4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]}
      -5> dbg:p(all,call).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]}
      -6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]).
      -(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer()
      -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}]
      -SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}]
      -{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

      This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the +4> dbg:tp(dbg, get_tracer, 0, [{[],[],[{set_seq_token, send, true}]}]). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,1},{saved,1}]} +5> dbg:p(all,call). +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,22}]} +6> dbg:get_tracer(), seq_trace:set_token([]). +(<0.25.0>) call dbg:get_tracer() +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.25.0>) <0.30.0> ! {<0.25.0>,get_tracer} [Serial: {2,4}] +SeqTrace [0]: (<0.30.0>) <0.25.0> ! {dbg,{ok,<0.31.0>}} [Serial: {4,5}] +{1,0,5,<0.30.0>,4}

      This session sets the system_tracer to the same process as the ordinary tracer process (i. e. <0.31.0>) and sets the trace pattern for the function dbg:get_tracer to one that has the action of setting a sequential token. When the function is called by a traced @@ -162,20 +162,20 @@ trace handler prints to the tty using an io function such as format/2. Note that when dbg:p(all, call) is called, IO processes are also traced. Here is an example:

      %% Using a default line editing shell
      -1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
      -{ok,<0.37.0>}
      -2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
      -3> dbg:tp(mymod,[{'_',[],[]}]).
      -{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,0},{saved,1}]}
      +1> dbg:tracer(process, {fun(Msg,_) -> io:format("~p~n", [Msg]), 0 end, 0}).
      +{ok,<0.37.0>}
      +2> dbg:p(all, [call]).
      +{ok,[{matched,nonode@nohost,25}]}
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
      --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:19.000000000 +0000
      +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/dyntrace.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:03.000000000 +0000
      @@ -736,14 +736,14 @@
       

      Restores the previous state of user tags and their spreading as it was before a call to spread_tag/1.

      Note that the restoring is not limited to the same process; one can utilize this to turn off spreding in one process and restore it in a -newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

      f() ->
      -    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
      -    spawn(fun() ->
      -             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
      -             do_something()
      -          end),
      -    do_something_else(),
      -    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

      Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as +newly created process that is is actually going to send messages:

      f() ->
      +    TagData = dyntrace:spread_tag(false),
      +    spawn(fun() ->
      +             dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData),
      +             do_something()
      +          end),
      +    do_something_else(),
      +    dyntrace:restore_tag(TagData).

      Correctly handling user tags and their spreading might take some effort, as Erlang programs tend to send and receive messages so that sometimes the user tag gets lost due to various things, like double receives or communication with a port (ports do not handle user tags, in the same way as they do not handle @@ -790,12 +790,12 @@ later call to restore_tag/1.

      The file module already spreads tags, so there is no need to manually call this function to get user tags spread to the efile driver through that module.

      The most use of this function would be if one, for example, uses the io module to communicate with an I/O-server for a regular file, such as in the following -example:

      f() ->
      -   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
      -   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
      -   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
      -   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
      -   file:close(F).

      In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the +example:

      f() ->
      +   {ok, F} = file:open("test.tst", [write]),
      +   Saved = dyntrace:spread_tag(true),
      +   io:format(F, "Hello world!", []),
      +   dyntrace:restore_tag(Saved),
      +   file:close(F).

      In this example, any user tag set in the calling process will be spread to the I/O-server when the io:format/3 call is done.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:19.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/instrument.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -239,8 +239,8 @@ the one before it.

      The upper bound of the first interval is provided by the function that returned the histogram, and the last interval has no upper bound.

      For example, the histogram below has 40 (message) blocks between 128-256 bytes in size, 78 blocks between 256-512 bytes,2 blocks between 512-1024 bytes, and 2 -blocks between 1-2KB.

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      -{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
      +blocks between 1-2KB.

      > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
      +{ok, {128, 0, #{ message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, ... } }}
      @@ -375,30 +375,30 @@ block size histograms. Defaults to 128.

    • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the allocated block size histograms. Defaults to 18.

    • flags - Controls how to group the output, for example showing allocations on a per-process basis (when possible) rather than only a -NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

    Example:

    > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
    -{ok,{128,0,
    -     #{udp_inet =>
    -           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +NIF/driver-basis. Defaults to [].

    Example:

    > instrument:allocations(#{ histogram_start => 128, histogram_width => 15 }).
    +{ok,{128,0,
    +     #{udp_inet =>
    +           #{driver_event_state => {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0}},
            system =>
    -           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
    -             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
    -             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             ... }
    +           #{heap => {0,0,0,0,20,4,2,2,2,3,0,1,0,0,1},
    +             db_term => {271,3,1,52,80,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             code => {0,0,0,5,3,6,11,22,19,20,10,2,1,0,0},
    +             binary => {18,0,0,0,7,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             message => {0,40,78,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             ... }
            spawn_forker =>
    -           #{driver_select_data_state =>
    -                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    -       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +           #{driver_select_data_state =>
    +                 {1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +       ram_file_drv => #{drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
            prim_file =>
    -           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
    -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
    +           #{process_specific_data => {2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             nif_trap_export_entry => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             monitor_extended => {0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    +             drv_binary => {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,3,5,0,0,0,1,0},
    +             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}},
            prim_buffer =>
    -           #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
    -             binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    +
    #{nif_internal => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, + binary => {0,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}}}}}
    @@ -475,15 +475,15 @@ tied to any particular scheduler. Defaults to all schedulers and the global instance.

  • histogram_start - The upper bound of the first interval in the free block size histograms. Defaults to 512.

  • histogram_width - The number of intervals in the free block size -histograms. Defaults to 14.

  • Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    -{ok,{512,
    -     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    -                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    -                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    -      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    -                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    -                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    -      {...}|...]}}
    +histograms. Defaults to 14.

    Example:

    > instrument:carriers(#{ histogram_start => 512, histogram_width => 8 }).
    +{ok,{512,
    +     [{driver_alloc,false,262144,0,
    +                    [{driver_alloc,1,32784}],
    +                    {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}},
    +      {binary_alloc,false,32768,0,
    +                    [{binary_alloc,15,4304}],
    +                    {3,0,0,0,1,0,0,0}},
    +      {...}|...]}}
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:19.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/lttng.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,42 +45,42 @@ Dyntrace Tracepoints

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_dyntrace

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    process_spawn

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • parent : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_spawn: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", parent = "<0.130.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2" }

    process_link

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_link: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "<0.130.0>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "link" }

    process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag procs and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

    process_register

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
    • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

    Example:

    process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

    process_scheduled

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • type : string :: +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_exit: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.130.0>", reason = "normal" }

      process_register

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • name : string :: Registered name. Ex. "logger"
      • type : string :: "register" | "unregister"

      Example:

      process_register: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.128.0>", name = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE" type = "register" }

      process_scheduled

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
      • type : string :: "in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      process_scheduled: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.136.0>", entry = "erlang:apply/2", type = "in" }

      port_open

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_open: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.131.0>", driver = "'/bin/sh -s unix:cmd'", port = "#Port<0.1887>" }

      port_exit

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • reason : string :: Exit reason. Ex. "normal"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_exit: { cpu_id = 5 }, { port = "#Port<0.1887>", reason = "normal" }

      port_link

      • to : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • from : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • type : string :: "link" | "unlink"

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag ports and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      Example:

      port_link: { cpu_id = 5 }, { from = "#Port<0.1887>", to = "<0.131.0>", type = "unlink" }

      port_scheduled

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • entry : string :: Callback. Ex. "open"
      • type : string :: -"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

      Example:

      port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

      Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and +"in" | "out" | "in_exiting" | "out_exiting" | "out_exited"

    Example:

    port_scheduled: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "#Port<0.1905>", entry = "close", type = "out" }

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag running and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    function_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_call: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:'-t_call/1-fun-1-'/0", depth = 0 }

    function_return

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • depth : integer :: Stack depth. Ex. 0

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call or return_to and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_return: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.145.0>", entry = "dyntrace_lttng_SUITE:waiter/0", depth = 0 }

    function_exception

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • entry : string :: Code Location. Ex. "lists:sort/1"
    • class : string :: Error reason. Ex. "error"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag call and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    function_exception: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.144.0>", entry = "t:call_exc/1", class = "error" }

    message_send

    • from : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message sent. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag send and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_send: { cpu_id = 3 }, { from = "#Port<0.1938>", to = "<0.160.0>", message = "{#Port<0.1938>,eof}" }

    message_receive

    • to : string :: Process ID or Port ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • message : string :: Message received. Ex. "{<0.162.0>,ok}"

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag 'receive' and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    message_receive: { cpu_id = 7 }, { to = "<0.167.0>", message = "{<0.165.0>,ok}" }

    gc_minor_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and -{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 0, heap = 610, old_heap = 0 }

    gc_minor_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_minor_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 120, heap = 1598, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • need : integer :: Heap need. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and +{tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_start: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", need = 8, heap = 2586, old_heap = 1598 }

    gc_major_end

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • reclaimed : integer :: Heap reclaimed. Ex. 2
    • heap : integer :: Young heap word size. Ex. 233
    • old_heap : integer :: Old heap word size. Ex. 233

    Available through erlang:trace/3 with trace flag garbage_collection and {tracer,dyntrace,[]} as tracer module.

    Example:

    gc_major_end: { cpu_id = 0 }, { pid = "<0.172.0>", reclaimed = 240, heap = 4185, old_heap = 0 }

    BEAM Tracepoints

    -

    All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

    All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

    driver_init

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
    • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
    • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

    Example:

    driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

    driver_start

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

    Example:

    driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

    driver_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

    driver_outputv

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

    driver_ready_input

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

    driver_ready_output

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_timeout

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop_select

    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

    driver_flush

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_stop

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_process_exit

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    driver_ready_async

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

    Example:

    driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

    driver_call

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

    driver_control

    • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
    • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
    • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
    • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
    • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

    Example:

    driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

    carrier_create

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
    • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
    • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +

      All tracepoints are in the domain of org_erlang_otp

      All Erlang types are the string equivalent in LTTng.

      driver_init

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • major : integer :: Major version. Ex. 3
      • minor : integer :: Minor version. Ex. 1
      • flags : integer :: Flags. Ex. 1

      Example:

      driver_init: { cpu_id = 2 }, { driver = "caller_drv", major = 3, minor = 3, flags = 1 }

      driver_start

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"

      Example:

      driver_start: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", driver = "caller_drv", port = "#Port<0.3676>" }

      driver_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_output: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.198.0>", port = "#Port<0.3677>", driver = "/bin/sh -s unix:cmd", bytes = 36 }

      driver_outputv

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_outputv: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet", bytes = 3 }

      driver_ready_input

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_input: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.189.0>", port = "#Port<0.3637>", driver = "inet_gethost 4 " }

      driver_ready_output

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_output: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.194.0>", port = "#Port<0.3663>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_timeout

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_timeout: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "<0.196.0>", port = "#Port<0.3664>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop_select

      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop_select: { cpu_id = 5 }, { driver = "unknown" }

      driver_flush

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_flush: { cpu_id = 7 }, { pid = "<0.204.0>", port = "#Port<0.3686>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_stop

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_stop: { cpu_id = 5 }, { pid = "[]", port = "#Port<0.3673>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_process_exit

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      driver_ready_async

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"

      Example:

      driver_ready_async: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.181.0>", port = "#Port<0.3622>", driver = "tcp_inet" }

      driver_call

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_call: { cpu_id = 2 }, { pid = "<0.202.0>", port = "#Port<0.3676>", driver = "caller_drv", command = 0, bytes = 2 }

      driver_control

      • pid : string :: Process ID. Ex. "<0.131.0>"
      • port : string :: Port ID. Ex. "#Port<0.1031>"
      • driver : string :: Driver name. Ex. "tcp_inet"
      • command : integer :: Command integer. Ex. 1
      • bytes : integer :: Size of data returned. Ex. 82

      Example:

      driver_control: { cpu_id = 3 }, { pid = "<0.32767.8191>", port = "#Port<0.0>", driver = "forker", command = 83, bytes = 32 }

      carrier_create

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in +instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_create: { cpu_id = 2 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 2097152, mbc_carriers = 4, mbc_carriers_size = 3440640, mbc_blocks = 526, mbc_blocks_size = 1278576, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_destroy

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144
      • mbc_carriers : integer :: Number of multiblock carriers in instance. Ex. 3
      • mbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of multiblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • mbc_blocks : integer :: Number of multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 122
      • mbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all multiblock blocks in instance. Ex. 285296
      • sbc_carriers : integer :: Number of singleblock carriers in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_carriers_size : integer :: Total size of singleblock blocks carriers in instance. Ex. 1343488
      • sbc_blocks : integer :: Number of singleblocks in instance. Ex. 1
      • sbc_blocks_size : integer :: Total size of all singleblock blocks in -instance. Ex. 285296

      Example:

      carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

      carrier_pool_put

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

      carrier_pool_get

      • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
      • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
      • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

      Example:

      carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

      +instance. Ex. 285296

    Example:

    carrier_destroy: { cpu_id = 6 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 7, size = 262144, mbc_carriers = 3, mbc_carriers_size = 3178496, mbc_blocks = 925, mbc_blocks_size = 2305336, sbc_carriers = 0, sbc_carriers_size = 0, sbc_blocks = 0, sbc_blocks_size = 0 }

    carrier_pool_put

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_put: { cpu_id = 3 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 5, size = 1048576 }

    carrier_pool_get

    • type : string :: Carrier type. Ex. "ets_alloc"
    • instance : integer :: Allocator instance. Ex. 1
    • size : integer :: Carrier size. Ex. 262144

    Example:

    carrier_pool_get: { cpu_id = 7 }, { type = "ets_alloc", instance = 4, size = 3208 }

    @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ Erlang/OTP 19 [erts-8.0] [source-4d7b24d] [64-bit] [smp:8:8] [async-threads:10] [hipe] [kernel-poll:false] [lttng] Eshell V8.0 (abort with ^G) -1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    -{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through +1>

    Load the dyntrace module.

    1> l(dyntrace).
    +{module,dyntrace}

    All tracepoints via dyntrace are now visible and can be listed through lttng list -u.

    Enable the process_register LTTng tracepoint for Erlang.

    $ lttng enable-event -u org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register
    -UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
    +UST event org_erlang_dyntrace:process_register created in channel channel0

    Enable process tracing for new processes and use dyntrace as tracer backend.

    2> erlang:trace(new,true,[procs,{tracer,dyntrace,[]}]).
     0

    Start LTTng tracing.

    $ lttng start
     Tracing started for session erlang-demo

    Start the os_mon application in Erlang.

    3> application:ensure_all_started(os_mon).
     {ok,[sasl,os_mon]}

    Stop LTTng tracing and view the result.

    $ lttng stop
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:19.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/msacc.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:03.000000000 +0000
    @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
     

    Convenience functions for microstate accounting

    This module implements some convenience functions for analyzing microstate accounting data. For details about how to use the basic API and what the different states represent, see -erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
    +erlang:statistics(microstate_accounting).

    Basic Scenario

    1> msacc:start(1000).
     ok
    -2> msacc:print().
    +2> msacc:print().
     Average thread real-time    : 1000513 us
     Accumulated system run-time :    2213 us
     Average scheduler run-time  :    1076 us
    @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@
             Thread      aux check_io emulator       gc    other     port    sleep
     
     Stats per thread:
    -     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    -       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    - scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    - scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
    +     async( 0)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +     async( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    +       aux( 1)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%   99.99%
    + scheduler( 1)    0.00%    0.03%    0.13%    0.00%    0.01%    0.00%   99.82%
    + scheduler( 2)    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.03%    0.00%   99.97%
     
     Stats per type:
              async    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%    0.00%  100.00%
    @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@
     this can be verbose. See the top of this reference manual for a brief
     description of what the fields mean.

    It is possible to print more specific types of statistics by first manipulating the DataOrStats using stats/2. For instance if you want to print the -percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

    If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

    msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

    Options

    • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time +percentage of run-time for each thread you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats())).

      If you want to only print run-time per thread type you can do:

      msacc:print(msacc:stats(type, msacc:stats(runtime, msacc:stats()))).

      Options

      • system - Print percentage of time spent in each state out of system time as well as thread time. Default: false.
      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:19.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools.epub/OEBPS/scheduler.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ scheduler_wall_time.

      Calculate scheduler utilizations for the time interval from when Sample was taken and "now". The same as calling scheduler:utilization(Sample, scheduler:sample_all()).

      Note

      This function is not recommended as it's so easy to get invalid results -without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the +without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the scheduler utilization between them. The resulting values will probably be more misleading than informative.

      Instead use scheduler:utilization/2 and call get_sample/0 to get samples with some time in between.

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.112436253 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/runtime_tools_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.112436253 +0000 @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.136436411 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/scheduler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.144436464 +0000 @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ scheduler_wall_time.

      Calculate scheduler utilizations for the time interval from when Sample was taken and "now". The same as calling scheduler:utilization(Sample, scheduler:sample_all()).

      Note

      This function is not recommended as it's so easy to get invalid results -without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the +without noticing. In particular do not do this:

      scheduler:utilization(scheduler:sample()). % DO NOT DO THIS!

      The above example takes two samples in rapid succession and calculates the scheduler utilization between them. The resulting values will probably be more misleading than informative.

      Instead use scheduler:utilization/2 and call get_sample/0 to get samples with some time in between.

      @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.172436650 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.172436650 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.196436809 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/system_information.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.200436835 +0000 @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.228437021 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/runtime_tools-2.1.1/doc/html/systemtap.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.224436995 +0000 @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.252437181 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.252437181 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.280437366 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/alarm_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.284437392 +0000 @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.308437552 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.308437552 +0000 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.332437710 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/appup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.340437763 +0000 @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ Application is the application name. The file is to be located in the ebin directory for the application.

      The .appup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions used to upgrade or downgrade the application. The file has the -following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      -  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
      -  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to +following syntax:

        {Vsn,
        +  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
        +  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
        • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

        • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to upgrade from. If it is a string, it is interpreted as a specific version number. If it is a binary, it is interpreted as a regular expression that can match multiple version numbers.

        • DownToVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to @@ -221,21 +221,21 @@ version. For static modules, the new version is loaded before the process is asked to change code, both in the case of upgrading and downgrading. Callback modules are dynamic.

        update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start -specification of a supervisor.

        {load_module, Mod}
        -{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()
        +specification of a supervisor.

        {load_module, Mod}
        +{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()
           PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge
        -  DepMods = [Mod]

        Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

        For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent + DepMods = [Mod]

        Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

        For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions for loading these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_module, Mod}
        -{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()
        -  DepMods = [Mod]

        Loads a new module Mod.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_module, Mod}
        +{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()
        +  DepMods = [Mod]

        Loads a new module Mod.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {delete_module, Mod}
        -{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
        -  Mod = atom()

        Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {delete_module, Mod}
        +{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
        +  Mod = atom()

        Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

        DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the instruction for removing Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

        {add_application, Application}
         {add_application, Application, Type}
        @@ -262,9 +262,9 @@
           
           Low-Level Instructions
         
        -
        {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
        -  App = Mod = atom()
        -  Vsn = string()

        Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the +

        {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
        +  App = Mod = atom()
        +  Vsn = string()

        Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the modules. The instruction is to be placed first in the script to read all new code from the file to make the suspend-load-resume cycle less time-consuming.

        point_of_no_return

        If a crash occurs after this instruction, the system cannot recover and is restarted from the old release version. The instruction must only occur once in @@ -278,38 +278,38 @@ PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge

        Makes the current version of Mod old. PrePurge is ignored. For a description of PostPurge, see the high-level instruction update earlier.

        {purge, [Mod]}
           Mod = atom()

        Purges each module Mod, that is, removes the old code. Notice that any process -executing purged code is killed.

        {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
        -  Mod = atom()
        -  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

        Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not +executing purged code is killed.

        {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
        +  Mod = atom()
        +  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

        Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not respond, it is ignored. This can cause the process to die, either because it crashes when it spontaneously switches to new code, or as a result of a purge operation. If no Timeout is specified or default is specified, the default value for sys:suspend is used.

        {resume, [Mod]}
        -  Mod = atom()

        Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

        {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        -{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        -  Mod = atom()
        +  Mod = atom()

        Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

        {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        +{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
        +  Mod = atom()
           Mode = up | down
        -  Extra = term()

        Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This + Extra = term()

    Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This instruction sends a code_change system message to all processes using a module Mod by calling function sys:change_code, passing term Extra as argument.

    {stop, [Mod]}
       Mod = atom()

    Stops all processes using a module Mod by calling supervisor:terminate_child/2. This instruction is useful when the simplest way -to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    -  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling -supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    -{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    -  Id = term()
    -  Node = node()
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each +to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    +  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling +supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    +{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    +  Id = term()
    +  Node = node()
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each Node must evaluate this command with the same Id. The local node waits for all other nodes to evaluate the instruction before execution continues. If a node goes down, it is considered to be an unrecoverable error, and the local node is restarted from the old release. There is no time-out for this -instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is +instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is caught. release_handler:install_release/1 then returns {error,{'EXIT',Reason}}, unless {error,Error} is thrown or returned. Then it returns {error,Error}.

    If the instruction appears after instruction point_of_no_return and the @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.368437950 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/error_logging.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.372437976 +0000 @@ -308,42 +308,42 @@ Show Reports

    Use function rb:show(Number) to show details of a specific -report:

    7> rb:show(4).
    +report:

    7> rb:show(4).
     
     PROGRESS REPORT  <0.20.0>                                   1996-10-16 16:16:36
     ===============================================================================
    -supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
    +supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
     started
    -[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    -{name,release_handler},
    -{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    -{restart_type,permanent},
    -{shutdown,2000},
    -{child_type,worker}]
    +[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    +{name,release_handler},
    +{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    +{restart_type,permanent},
    +{shutdown,2000},
    +{child_type,worker}]
     
     ok
    -8> rb:show(9).
    +8> rb:show(9).
     
     CRASH REPORT  <0.24.0>                                      1996-10-16 16:16:21
     ===============================================================================
     Crashing process
     pid                                                                 <0.24.0>
     registered_name                                              release_handler
    -error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
    +error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
     initial_call
    -{gen,init_it,
    -[gen_server,
    +{gen,init_it,
    +[gen_server,
     <0.20.0>,
     <0.20.0>,
    -{erlang,register},
    +{erlang,register},
     release_handler,
     release_handler,
    -[],
    -[]]}
    -ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    -messages                                                                  []
    -links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    -dictionary                                                                []
    +[],
    +[]]}
    +ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    +messages                                                                  []
    +links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    +dictionary                                                                []
     trap_exit                                                              false
     status                                                               running
     heap_size                                                                610
    @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
               Erlang programming language
     
           

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.404438188 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.404438188 +0000 @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.432438374 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rb.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.436438400 +0000 @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.460438559 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/rel.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.464438585 +0000 @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@ File Syntax

    The release resource file is to be called Name.rel.

    The .rel file contains one single Erlang term, which is called a release -specification. The file has the following syntax:

    {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
    -  [{Application, AppVsn} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
    -   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
    • RelName = string() - Release name.

    • Vsn = string() - Release version.

    • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

    • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

    • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

    • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of +specification. The file has the following syntax:

      {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
      +  [{Application, AppVsn} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
      +   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
      • RelName = string() - Release name.

      • Vsn = string() - Release version.

      • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

      • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

      • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

      • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of an application included in the release.

        If Type = permanent | transient | temporary, the application is loaded and started in the corresponding way, see application.

        If Type = load, the application is only loaded.

        If Type = none, the application is not loaded and not started, although the code for its modules is loaded.

        Defaults to permanent

      • IncApps = [atom()] - A list of applications that are included by an @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Erlang programming language

        -

        Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

        +

        Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.496438798 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/release_handler.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.496438798 +0000 @@ -1084,8 +1084,8 @@ create_RELEASES/4 or set_unpacked/2.

        Example:

        In the current version CurVsn of a release, the application directory of myapp is $ROOT/lib/myapp-1.0. A new version NewVsn is unpacked outside the release handler and the release handler is informed about this with a call -as follows:

        release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
        -=> {ok,NewVsn}

        If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then +as follows:

        release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
        +=> {ok,NewVsn}

        If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then code:lib_dir(myapp) returns /home/user/myapp-1.0.

      Note

      Installing a new release can be time consuming if there are many processes in the system. The reason is that each process must be checked for references to old code before a module can be purged. This check can lead to garbage @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ Erlang programming language

      -

      Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

      +

      Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.524438983 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/relup.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.528439010 +0000 @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@

      In a target system, the release upgrade file is to be located in directory $ROOT/releases/Vsn.

      The relup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions -used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      -  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
      -  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

      • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function +used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

        {Vsn,
        +  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
        +  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
        • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

        • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

        • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function systools:make_relup/3,4. It is used in the return value of release_handler:install_release/1,2.

        • Instructions - A list of low-level release upgrade instructions, see @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Erlang programming language

          -

          Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

          +

          Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

          /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/appup.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ Application is the application name. The file is to be located in the ebin directory for the application.

          The .appup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions used to upgrade or downgrade the application. The file has the -following syntax:

          {Vsn,
          -  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
          -  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
          • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

          • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to +following syntax:

            {Vsn,
            +  [{UpFromVsn, Instructions}, ...],
            +  [{DownToVsn, Instructions}, ...]}.
            • Vsn = string() - Current application version.

            • UpFromVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to upgrade from. If it is a string, it is interpreted as a specific version number. If it is a binary, it is interpreted as a regular expression that can match multiple version numbers.

            • DownToVsn = string() | binary() - An earlier application version to @@ -116,21 +116,21 @@ version. For static modules, the new version is loaded before the process is asked to change code, both in the case of upgrading and downgrading. Callback modules are dynamic.

            update with argument supervisor is used when changing the start -specification of a supervisor.

            {load_module, Mod}
            -{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()
            +specification of a supervisor.

            {load_module, Mod}
            +{load_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +{load_module, Mod, PrePurge, PostPurge, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()
               PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge
            -  DepMods = [Mod]

            Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

            For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent + DepMods = [Mod]

            Simple code replacement of the module Mod.

            For a description of PrePurge and PostPurge, see update above.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions for loading these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_module, Mod}
            -{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()
            -  DepMods = [Mod]

            Loads a new module Mod.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_module, Mod}
            +{add_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()
            +  DepMods = [Mod]

            Loads a new module Mod.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the -instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {delete_module, Mod}
            -{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
            -  Mod = atom()

            Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent +instruction for loading Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {delete_module, Mod}
            +{delete_module, Mod, DepMods}
            +  Mod = atom()

            Deletes a module Mod using the low-level instructions remove and purge.

            DepMods defaults to [] and defines which other modules Mod is dependent on. In the relup file, instructions related to these modules come before the instruction for removing Mod when upgrading, and conversely when downgrading.

            {add_application, Application}
             {add_application, Application, Type}
            @@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
               
               Low-Level Instructions
             
            -
            {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
            -  App = Mod = atom()
            -  Vsn = string()

            Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the +

            {load_object_code, {App, Vsn, [Mod]}}
            +  App = Mod = atom()
            +  Vsn = string()

            Reads each Mod from directory App-Vsn/ebin as a binary. It does not load the modules. The instruction is to be placed first in the script to read all new code from the file to make the suspend-load-resume cycle less time-consuming.

            point_of_no_return

            If a crash occurs after this instruction, the system cannot recover and is restarted from the old release version. The instruction must only occur once in @@ -173,38 +173,38 @@ PrePurge = PostPurge = soft_purge | brutal_purge

            Makes the current version of Mod old. PrePurge is ignored. For a description of PostPurge, see the high-level instruction update earlier.

            {purge, [Mod]}
               Mod = atom()

            Purges each module Mod, that is, removes the old code. Notice that any process -executing purged code is killed.

            {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
            -  Mod = atom()
            -  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

            Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not +executing purged code is killed.

            {suspend, [Mod | {Mod, Timeout}]}
            +  Mod = atom()
            +  Timeout = int()>0 | default | infinity

            Tries to suspend all processes using a module Mod. If a process does not respond, it is ignored. This can cause the process to die, either because it crashes when it spontaneously switches to new code, or as a result of a purge operation. If no Timeout is specified or default is specified, the default value for sys:suspend is used.

            {resume, [Mod]}
            -  Mod = atom()

            Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

            {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            -{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            -  Mod = atom()
            +  Mod = atom()

            Resumes all suspended processes using a module Mod.

            {code_change, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            +{code_change, Mode, [{Mod, Extra}]}
            +  Mod = atom()
               Mode = up | down
            -  Extra = term()

            Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This + Extra = term()

    Mode defaults to up and specifies if it is an upgrade or downgrade. This instruction sends a code_change system message to all processes using a module Mod by calling function sys:change_code, passing term Extra as argument.

    {stop, [Mod]}
       Mod = atom()

    Stops all processes using a module Mod by calling supervisor:terminate_child/2. This instruction is useful when the simplest way -to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    -  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling -supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    -{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    -  Id = term()
    -  Node = node()
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each +to change code is to stop and restart the processes that run the code.

    {start, [Mod]}
    +  Mod = atom()

    Starts all stopped processes using a module Mod by calling +supervisor:restart_child/2.

    {sync_nodes, Id, [Node]}
    +{sync_nodes, Id, {M, F, A}}
    +  Id = term()
    +  Node = node()
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    apply(M, F, A) must return a list of nodes.

    This instruction synchronizes the release installation with other nodes. Each Node must evaluate this command with the same Id. The local node waits for all other nodes to evaluate the instruction before execution continues. If a node goes down, it is considered to be an unrecoverable error, and the local node is restarted from the old release. There is no time-out for this -instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    -  M = F = atom()
    -  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is +instruction, which means that it can hang forever.

    {apply, {M, F, A}}
    +  M = F = atom()
    +  A = [term()]

    Evaluates apply(M, F, A).

    If the instruction appears before instruction point_of_no_return, a failure is caught. release_handler:install_release/1 then returns {error,{'EXIT',Reason}}, unless {error,Error} is thrown or returned. Then it returns {error,Error}.

    If the instruction appears after instruction point_of_no_return and the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:25:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:45:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> sasl - 4.2.2 - urn:uuid:e747a270-6a2a-1c83-d0fe-f80d1049dc81 + urn:uuid:6ba10dc5-a39b-645d-9f47-c0562c9edfb7 en - 2025-03-18T23:25:58Z + 2041-04-20T12:45:41Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/error_logging.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -203,42 +203,42 @@ Show Reports

    Use function rb:show(Number) to show details of a specific -report:

    7> rb:show(4).
    +report:

    7> rb:show(4).
     
     PROGRESS REPORT  <0.20.0>                                   1996-10-16 16:16:36
     ===============================================================================
    -supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
    +supervisor                                                     {local,sasl_sup}
     started
    -[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    -{name,release_handler},
    -{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    -{restart_type,permanent},
    -{shutdown,2000},
    -{child_type,worker}]
    +[{pid,<0.24.0>},
    +{name,release_handler},
    +{mfa,{release_handler,start_link,[]}},
    +{restart_type,permanent},
    +{shutdown,2000},
    +{child_type,worker}]
     
     ok
    -8> rb:show(9).
    +8> rb:show(9).
     
     CRASH REPORT  <0.24.0>                                      1996-10-16 16:16:21
     ===============================================================================
     Crashing process
     pid                                                                 <0.24.0>
     registered_name                                              release_handler
    -error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
    +error_info                             {undef,{release_handler,mbj_func,[]}}
     initial_call
    -{gen,init_it,
    -[gen_server,
    +{gen,init_it,
    +[gen_server,
     <0.20.0>,
     <0.20.0>,
    -{erlang,register},
    +{erlang,register},
     release_handler,
     release_handler,
    -[],
    -[]]}
    -ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    -messages                                                                  []
    -links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    -dictionary                                                                []
    +[],
    +[]]}
    +ancestors                                                [sasl_sup,<0.18.0>]
    +messages                                                                  []
    +links                                                    [<0.23.0>,<0.20.0>]
    +dictionary                                                                []
     trap_exit                                                              false
     status                                                               running
     heap_size                                                                610
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:25:58.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/release_handler.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:45:41.000000000 +0000
    @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@
     create_RELEASES/4 or set_unpacked/2.

    Example:

    In the current version CurVsn of a release, the application directory of myapp is $ROOT/lib/myapp-1.0. A new version NewVsn is unpacked outside the release handler and the release handler is informed about this with a call -as follows:

    release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
    -=> {ok,NewVsn}

    If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then +as follows:

    release_handler:set_unpacked(RelFile, [{myapp,"1.0","/home/user"},...]).
    +=> {ok,NewVsn}

    If NewVsn is installed with option {update_paths,true}, then code:lib_dir(myapp) returns /home/user/myapp-1.0.

    Note

    Installing a new release can be time consuming if there are many processes in the system. The reason is that each process must be checked for references to old code before a module can be purged. This check can lead to garbage /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/relup.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@

    In a target system, the release upgrade file is to be located in directory $ROOT/releases/Vsn.

    The relup file contains one single Erlang term, which defines the instructions -used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

    {Vsn,
    -  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
    -  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
    • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

    • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

    • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function +used to upgrade the release. The file has the following syntax:

      {Vsn,
      +  [{UpFromVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...],
      +  [{DownToVsn, Descr, Instructions}, ...]}.
      • Vsn = string() - Current release version.

      • UpFromVsn = string() - Earlier version of the release to upgrade from.

      • Descr = term() - A user-defined parameter passed from the function systools:make_relup/3,4. It is used in the return value of release_handler:install_release/1,2.

      • Instructions - A list of low-level release upgrade instructions, see /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/rel.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ File Syntax

        The release resource file is to be called Name.rel.

        The .rel file contains one single Erlang term, which is called a release -specification. The file has the following syntax:

        {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
        -  [{Application, AppVsn} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
        -   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
        • RelName = string() - Release name.

        • Vsn = string() - Release version.

        • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

        • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

        • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

        • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of +specification. The file has the following syntax:

          {release, {RelName,Vsn}, {erts, EVsn},
          +  [{Application, AppVsn} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, Type} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, IncApps} |
          +   {Application, AppVsn, Type, IncApps}]}.
          • RelName = string() - Release name.

          • Vsn = string() - Release version.

          • EVsn = string() - ERTS version the release is intended for.

          • Application = atom() - Name of an application included in the release.

          • AppVsn = string() - Version of an application included in the release.

          • Type = permanent | transient | temporary | load | none - Start type of an application included in the release.

            If Type = permanent | transient | temporary, the application is loaded and started in the corresponding way, see application.

            If Type = load, the application is only loaded.

            If Type = none, the application is not loaded and not started, although the code for its modules is loaded.

            Defaults to permanent

          • IncApps = [atom()] - A list of applications that are included by an /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:25:58.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl.epub/OEBPS/script.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:45:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -37,20 +37,20 @@ File Syntax

            The boot script is stored in a file with extension .script. The file has the -following syntax:

            {script, {Name, Vsn},
            - [
            -  {progress, loading},
            -  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            -  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
            -  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            +following syntax:

            {script, {Name, Vsn},
            + [
            +  {progress, loading},
            +  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
            +  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
            +  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
               ...
            -  {kernel_load_completed},
            -  {progress, loaded},
            -  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
            +  {kernel_load_completed},
            +  {progress, loaded},
            +  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
               ...
            -  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
            +  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
               ...
            -  {progress, started}]}.
            • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

            • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

            • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. + {progress, started}]}.

            • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

            • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

            • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. The init:get_status/0 function returns the current value of the progress, which is {InternalStatus,Term}.

            • {path, [Dir]} - Dir is a string. This argument sets the load path of the system to [Dir]. The load path used to load modules is obtained from the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.724440309 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_app.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.724440309 +0000 @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.748440468 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/sasl_intro.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.748440468 +0000 @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Erlang programming language

              -

              Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

              +

              Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

              /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.776440654 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/script.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.780440680 +0000 @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ File Syntax

              The boot script is stored in a file with extension .script. The file has the -following syntax:

              {script, {Name, Vsn},
              - [
              -  {progress, loading},
              -  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              -  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
              -  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              +following syntax:

              {script, {Name, Vsn},
              + [
              +  {progress, loading},
              +  {preLoaded, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
              +  {path, [Dir1,"$ROOT/Dir",...]}.
              +  {primLoad, [Mod1, Mod2, ...]},
                 ...
              -  {kernel_load_completed},
              -  {progress, loaded},
              -  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
              +  {kernel_load_completed},
              +  {progress, loaded},
              +  {kernelProcess, Name, {Mod, Func, Args}},
                 ...
              -  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
              +  {apply, {Mod, Func, Args}},
                 ...
              -  {progress, started}]}.
              • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

              • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

              • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. + {progress, started}]}.

              • Name = string() - Defines the system name.

              • Vsn = string() - Defines the system version.

              • {progress, Term} - Sets the "progress" of the initialization program. The init:get_status/0 function returns the current value of the progress, which is {InternalStatus,Term}.

              • {path, [Dir]} - Dir is a string. This argument sets the load path of the system to [Dir]. The load path used to load modules is obtained from the @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.808440866 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.808440866 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.836441052 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/sasl-4.2.2/doc/html/systools.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.836441052 +0000 @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/404.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.856441184 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/404.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.860441211 +0000 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/api-reference.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.880441344 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/api-reference.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.884441370 +0000 @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/notes.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.908441529 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/notes.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.912441555 +0000 @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/search.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.936441715 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/search.html 2025-03-21 17:27:49.936441715 +0000 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erlang programming language

                -

                Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

                +

                Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

                /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf differs (XML 1.0 document, ASCII text) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/content.opf 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ version="3.0"> snmp - 5.18.1 - urn:uuid:47a41a03-4d1f-82e4-60e2-e41b0ef1173e + urn:uuid:e8c30978-bf87-d9b7-02b6-e54d77a6f5b1 en - 2025-03-18T23:26:38Z + 2041-04-20T12:46:24Z /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_advanced_agent.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -224,16 +224,16 @@ empName DisplayString, empTelNo DisplayString, empStatus RowStatus - }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two + }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two elements. Therefore, the arity of the table is 3.

    Instrumentation Functions

    -

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify +

    The MIB table shown in the previous section can be compiled as follows:

    1> snmpc:compile("EmpMIB", [{db, mnesia}]).

    This is all that has to be done! Now the manager can read, add, and modify rows. Also, you can use the ordinary Mnesia API to access the table from your programs. The only explicit action is to create the Mnesia table, an action the user has to perform in order to create the required table schemas.

    @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@

    It is often necessary to take some specific action when a table is modified. This is accomplished with an instrumentation function. It executes some specific code when the table is set, and passes all other requests down to the -pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. +pre-defined function.

    The following example illustrates this idea:

    emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +    snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).

    The default instrumentation functions are defined in the module snmp_generic. Refer to the Reference Manual, section SNMP, module snmp_generic for details.

    @@ -262,28 +262,28 @@ that the agent does not know about. This situation is handled by adding values for the internal columns in the set function.

    To illustrate this, suppose we extend our Mnesia empTable with one internal column. We create it as before, but with an arity of 4, by adding another -attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which +attribute.

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    +                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    +                     {attributes, {key, telno, row_status, internal_col}}]).

    The last column is the internal column. When performing a set operation, which creates a row, we must give a value to the internal column. The instrumentation -functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    --define(createAndWait, 5).
    +functions will now look as follows:

    -define(createAndGo, 4).
    +-define(createAndWait, 5).
     
    -emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
    +emp_table(set, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  notify_internal_resources(RowIndex, Cols),
       NewCols =
    -    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    -      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
    +    case is_row_created(empTable, Cols) of
    +      true -> Cols ++ [{4, "internal"}]; % add internal column
           false -> Cols                      % keep original cols
       end,
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    -emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, NewCols, {empTable, mnesia});
    +emp_table(Op, RowIndex, Cols) ->
    +  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, {empTable, mnesia}).
     
    -is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    -  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    -    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    -    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
    +is_row_created(Name, Cols) ->
    +  case snmp_generic:get_status_col(Name, Cols) of
    +    {ok, ?createAndGo} -> true;
    +    {ok, ?createAndWait} -> true;
         _ -> false
       end.

    If a row is created, we always set the internal column to "internal".

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_config_files.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,30 +45,30 @@

    The agent information should be stored in a file called agent.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {AgentVariable, Value}.

    • AgentVariable is one of the variables in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB or one of the internal variables intAgentUDPPort, which defines which UDP port the agent listens to, or intAgentTransports, which defines the transport domains and -addresses of the agent.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    -{intAgentTransports,
    - [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    -{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    -{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir    = "/tmp",
    +addresses of the agent.
  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows an agent.conf file:

    {intAgentUDPPort, 4000}.
    +{intAgentTransports,
    + [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}]}.
    +{snmpEngineID, "mbj's engine"}.
    +{snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, 484}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir    = "/tmp",
     AgentPort   = 4000,
    -Transports  = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    -               {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}],
    +Transports  = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {141,213,11,24}},
    +               {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}],
     EngineID    = "mbj's engine",
     MMS         = 484,
     AgentConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentUDPPort,          AgentPort),
    -    snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentTransports,       Transports),
    -    snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineID,             EngineID),
    -    snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, MMS)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_agent_config(AgentDir, AgentConfig),

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    -      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    -      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    -      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling + [snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentUDPPort, AgentPort), + snmpa_conf:agent_entry(intAgentTransports, Transports), + snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineID, EngineID), + snmpa_conf:agent_entry(snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, MMS)], +snmpa_conf:write_agent_config(AgentDir, AgentConfig),

    These are the supported entries and their value types:

          {snmpEngine,               string()}.                     % Mandatory
    +      {snmpEngineMaxMessageSize, snmp_framework_mib:max_message_size()}.  % Mandatory
    +      {intAgentUDPPort,          inet:port_number()}.                      % Optional
    +      {intAgentTransports,       [snmpa_conf:intAgentTransport()]}.   % Mandatory

    If a "traditional" transport is specified (without explicit Kind, handling both requests and traps) for a transport domain, its not possible to also specify a transport (for that domain) with a specific Kind. This is for -example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    -  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be +example, not allowed:

     [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4000}},
    +  {transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 4001}, trap_sender}].

    Note that only one transport per kind for each transport domain can be configured.

    PortInfo system is used to indicate that the 'system' should choose (the way port number '0' (zero) is normally used). Port info '0' (zero) cannot be used for this, since it is (internally) used to represent the 'default' port number.

    In the traditional transport entries, when the Addr value does not contain a @@ -89,29 +89,29 @@ default context "" need not be present.

    Each row defines a context in the agent. This information is used in the table vacmContextTable in the SNMP-VIEW-BASED-ACM-MIB.

    Each entry is a term:

    ContextName.

    • ContextName is a string.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir      = "/tmp",
     ContextConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:context_entry("foo"),
    -    snmpa_conf:context_entry("bar")],
    -snmpa_conf:write_context_config(AgentDir, ContextConfig),

    + [snmpa_conf:context_entry("foo"), + snmpa_conf:context_entry("bar")], +snmpa_conf:write_context_config(AgentDir, ContextConfig),

    System Information

    The system information should be stored in a file called standard.conf.

    Each entry is a tuple of size two:

    {SystemVariable, Value}.

    • SystemVariable is one of the variables in the system group, or -snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    -{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    -{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    -{sysName, "test"}.
    -{sysServices, 72}.
    -{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir  = "/tmp",
    +snmpEnableAuthenTraps.
  • Value is the value for the variable.
  • The following example shows a valid standard.conf file:

    {sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"}.
    +{sysObjectID, [1,2,3]}.
    +{sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"}.
    +{sysName, "test"}.
    +{sysServices, 72}.
    +{snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled}.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir  = "/tmp",
     StdConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysDescr,    "Erlang SNMP agent"),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysObjectID, [1,2,3]),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysContact,  "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysName,     "test"),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysServices, 72),
    -    snmpa_conf:standard_entry(snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_standard_config(AgentDir, StdConfig),

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the + [snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysDescr, "Erlang SNMP agent"), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysObjectID, [1,2,3]), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysContact, "(mbj,eklas)@erlang.ericsson.se"), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysName, "test"), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(sysServices, 72), + snmpa_conf:standard_entry(snmpEnableAuthenTraps, enabled)], +snmpa_conf:write_standard_config(AgentDir, StdConfig),

    A value must be provided for all variables, which lack default values in the MIB.

    @@ -122,11 +122,11 @@ must be present if the agent is configured for SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c.

    An SNMP community is a relationship between an SNMP agent and a set of SNMP managers that defines authentication, access control and proxy characteristics.

    The corresponding table is snmpCommunityTable in the SNMP-COMMUNITY-MIB.

    Each entry is a term:

    {CommunityIndex, CommunityName, SecurityName, ContextName, TransportTag}.

    • CommunityIndex is a non-empty string.
    • CommunityName is a string.
    • SecurityName is a string.
    • ContextName is a string.
    • TransportTag is a string.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir        = "/tmp",
     CommunityConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:community_entry("public"),
    -    snmpa_conf:community_entry("all-rights"),
    -    snmpa_conf:community_entry("standard trap",
    -                               "standard trap", "initial", "", "")],
    -snmpa_conf:write_community_config(AgentDir, CommunityConfig),

    + [snmpa_conf:community_entry("public"), + snmpa_conf:community_entry("all-rights"), + snmpa_conf:community_entry("standard trap", + "standard trap", "initial", "", "")], +snmpa_conf:write_community_config(AgentDir, CommunityConfig),

    @@ -141,17 +141,17 @@ regarded as all ones. null is shorthand for a mask with all ones.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir   = "/tmp",
     SecName    = "plain",
     VacmConfig =
    -   [%%                        SecModel, SecName, GroupName
    -    snmpa_conf:vacm_s2g_entry(usm, SecName, SecName),
    +   [%%                        SecModel, SecName, GroupName
    +    snmpa_conf:vacm_s2g_entry(usm, SecName, SecName),
     
         %%                        GroupName, Prefix, SecModel,
    -    snmpa_conf:vacm_acc_entry(SecName, "", any,
    +    snmpa_conf:vacm_acc_entry(SecName, "", any,
         %%                        SecLevel, Match, RV, WV, NV
    -                              noAuthNoPriv, exact, "all", "all", "all"),
    +                              noAuthNoPriv, exact, "all", "all", "all"),
     
         %%                        ViewName, ViewSubtree, ViewType, ViewMask
    -    snmpa_conf:vacm_vtf_entry("restricted", [1,3,6,1], included, null)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_vacm_config(AgentDir, VacmConfig),

    + snmpa_conf:vacm_vtf_entry("restricted", [1,3,6,1], included, null)], +snmpa_conf:write_vacm_config(AgentDir, VacmConfig),

    @@ -170,24 +170,24 @@ be 16 if usmDESPrivProtocol or usmAesCfb128Protocol is used.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir  = "/tmp",
     EngineID  = "plain engine"
     Passwd    = "FooBar Hoopla", %% This should *obviously* be choosen better
    -Secret16  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(md5, Passwd, EngineID),
    -Secret20  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(sha, Passwd, EngineID),
    +Secret16  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(md5, Passwd, EngineID),
    +Secret20  = snmp:passwd2localized_key(sha, Passwd, EngineID),
     UsmConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "initial", "initial", zeroDotZero,
    +   [snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "initial", "initial", zeroDotZero,
                              usmHMACMD5AuthProtocol, "", "",
                              usmNoPrivProtocol, "", "",
    -                         "", Secret16, ""),
    +                         "", Secret16, ""),
     
    -    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateMD5", "templateMD5", zeroDotZero,
    +    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateMD5", "templateMD5", zeroDotZero,
                              usmHMACMD5AuthProtocol, "", "",
                              usmDESPrivProtocol, "", "",
    -                         "", Secret16, Secret16),
    +                         "", Secret16, Secret16),
     
    -    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateSHA", "templateSHA", zeroDotZero,
    +    snmpa_conf:usm_entry(EngineID, "templateSHA", "templateSHA", zeroDotZero,
                              usmHMACSHAAuthProtocol, "", "",
                              usmAesCfb128Protocol, "", "",
    -                         "", Secret20, Secret16)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_usm_config(AgentDir, UsmConfig),

    + "", Secret20, Secret16)], +snmpa_conf:write_usm_config(AgentDir, UsmConfig),

    @@ -196,9 +196,9 @@

    The information about Notify Definitions should be stored in a file called notify.conf.

    The corresponding table is snmpNotifyTable in the SNMP-NOTIFICATION-MIB.

    Each entry is a term:

    {NotifyName, Tag, Type}.

    • NotifyName is a unique non-empty string.
    • Tag is a string.
    • Type is trap or inform.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir     = "/tmp",
     NotifyConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard trap",   "std_trap",   trap),
    -    snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard inform", "std_inform", inform)],
    -snmpa_conf:write_notify_config(AgentDir, NotifyConfig),

    + [snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard trap", "std_trap", trap), + snmpa_conf:notify_entry("standard inform", "std_inform", inform)], +snmpa_conf:write_notify_config(AgentDir, NotifyConfig),

    @@ -215,12 +215,12 @@ configurations still work.

    Note that if EngineId has the value discovery, the agent cannot send inform messages to that manager until it has performed the discovery process with that manager.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    AgentDir         = "/tmp",
    -Addr1            = {{1,2,3,4},     162},
    -Addr2            = {{11,21,31,41}, 162},
    +Addr1            = {{1,2,3,4},     162},
    +Addr2            = {{11,21,31,41}, 162},
     Timeout          = 1500,
     RetryCount       = 3,
     TargetAddrConfig =
    -   [snmpa_conf:target_addr_entry("Target 1",
    +   [snmpa_conf:target_addr_entry("Target 1",
                                      transportDomainUdpIpv4, Addr1,
     				 Timeout, RetryCount,
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
    --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000
    +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_agent_funct_descr.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000
    @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
     MIBs are always available in all contexts.

    The ASN.1 code, the Erlang source code, and the generated .hrl files for them are provided in the distribution and are placed in the directories mibs, src, and include, respectively, in the snmp application.

    The .hrl files are generated with snmpc:mib_to_hrl/1. Include these files in -your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at +your code as in the following example:

    -include_lib("snmp/include/SNMPv2-MIB.hrl").

    The initial values for the managed objects defined in these tables, are read at start-up from a set of configuration files. These are described in Configuration Files.

    @@ -364,9 +364,9 @@

    Notifications are defined in SMIv1 with the TRAP-TYPE macro in the definition of an MIB (see RFC1215). The corresponding macro in SMIv2 is NOTIFICATION-TYPE. When an application decides to send a notification, it calls one of the -following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    -                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    -snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, +following functions:

    snmpa:send_notification(Agent, Notification, Receiver
    +                       [, NotifyName, ContextName, Varbinds])
    +snmpa:send_trap(Agent, Notification, Community [, Receiver, Varbinds])

    providing the registered name or process identifier of the agent where the MIB, which defines the notification is loaded and the symbolic name of the notification.

    If the send_notification/3,4 function is used, all management targets are selected, as defined in RFC2273. The Receiver parameter defines where the /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app_b.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -481,23 +481,23 @@ immediately removed." - SYNTAX INTEGER { + SYNTAX INTEGER { -- the following two values are states: -- these values may be read or written - active(1), - notInService(2), + active(1), + notInService(2), -- the following value is a state: -- this value may be read, but not written - notReady(3), + notReady(3), -- the following three values are -- actions: these values may be written, -- but are never read - createAndGo(4), - createAndWait(5), - destroy(6) - }

    + createAndGo(4), + createAndWait(5), + destroy(6) + }

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_app.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,51 +35,51 @@

    The following configuration parameters are defined for the SNMP application. Refer to application(3) for more information about configuration parameters.

    The snmp part of the config file specifying the configuration parameters is -basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    -        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    -                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    -         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    -                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    -        ]
    +basically the following tuple:

          {snmp, snmp_components_config()}

    A minimal config file for starting a node with both a manager and an agent:

          [{snmp,
    +        [{agent, [{db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/db"},
    +                  {config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/agent/conf"}]}]},
    +         {manager, [{config, [{dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/conf"},
    +                              {db_dir, "/tmp/snmp/manager/db"}]}]}]}
    +        ]
            }
           ].

    Each snmp component has its own set of configuration parameters, even though -some of the types are common to both components.

          snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
    -      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
    -      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +some of the types are common to both components.

            snmp_components_config() -> [snmp_component_config()]
      +      snmp_component_config() -> {agent, agent_options()} | {manager, manager_options()}
      +      agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpa.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -3214,8 +3214,8 @@

        Load a single Mib into an agent. The MibName is the name of the Mib, -including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        -          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
        +including the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example:

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        +          snmpa:load_mib(snmp_master_agent, Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
        @@ -3331,8 +3331,8 @@

        Load Mibs into an agent. If the agent cannot load all MIBs (the default value of the Force argument is false), it will indicate where loading was aborted. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including the path to where the compiled -mib is found. For example,

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        -          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

        If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even +mib is found. For example,

                  Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
        +          snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, [Dir ++ "MY-MIB"]).

        If Force = true then the agent will continue attempting to load each mib even after failing to load a previous mib. Use with care.

        @@ -4358,8 +4358,8 @@ -

        Accepted type specifications are:

        -spec register_notification_filter(Agent, Id, Mod, Data) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
        --spec register_notification_filter(Id, Mod, Data, Where) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
        +

        Accepted type specifications are:

        -spec register_notification_filter(Agent, Id, Mod, Data) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
        +-spec register_notification_filter(Id, Mod, Data, Where) -> ok | {error, Reason}.
        @@ -4432,8 +4432,8 @@

        Registers a sub-agent under a sub-tree of another agent.

        It is easy to make mistakes when registering sub-agents and this activity should be done carefully. For example, a strange behaviour would result from the -following configuration:

        snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
        -snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

        SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since +following configuration:

        snmp_agent:register_subagent(MAPid,[1,2,3,4],SA1),
        +snmp_agent:register_subagent(SA1,[1,2,3], SA2).

        SA2 will not get requests starting with object identifier [1,2,3] since SA1 does not.

        @@ -4878,20 +4878,20 @@ Addresses and if there are no targets for which an Inform-Request is sent, Addresses is the empty list [].

        The receiver will first be sent the snmp_targets message, and then for each address in Addresses list, one of the two snmp_notification messages.

      • {Mod, Func, Args} - The info will be delivered via the function call:

        Mod:Func([Msg | Args])

        where Msg has the same content and purpose as the messages descrived above.

      Address is a management target address and Addresses is a list of management -target addresses. They are defined as followes:

              Addresses  = [address()]
      -        Address    = address()
      -        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
      -        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
      -        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
      -        TDomain    = tdoamin()
      -        TAddress   = taddress()
      -        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
      +target addresses. They are defined as followes:

              Addresses  = [address()]
      +        Address    = address()
      +        address()  = v1_address() | v3_address()
      +        v1_address() = {TDomain, TAddress}
      +        v3_address() = {{TDomain, TAddress}, V3MsgData}
      +        TDomain    = tdoamin()
      +        TAddress   = taddress()
      +        tdomain()  = The oid of snmpUDPDomain
                            This is the only supported transport domain.
      -        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
      +        taddress() = [A1, A2, A3, A4, P1, P3]
                            The 4 first bytes makes up the IP-address and the last 2,
                            the UDP-port number.
      -        V3MsgData  = v3_msg_data()
      -        v3_msg_data() = term()

      If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information + V3MsgData = v3_msg_data() + v3_msg_data() = term()

      If Receiver is a notification_delivery_info/0 record, then the information about the notification delivery will be delivered to the receiver via the callback functions defined by the snmpa_notification_delivery_info_receiver behaviour according to the content of the notification_delivery_info/0 /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpc_cmd.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Synopsis -

      snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

      +
      snmpc [options] file.mib | file.bin

      /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_config.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,41 +40,41 @@ more information).

    • the database directory stores the internal database files.

    The agent and manager uses (application) configuration parameters to find out where these directories are located. The parameters should be defined in an Erlang system configuration file. The following configuration parameters are -defined for the SNMP application:

          agent_options() = [agent_option()]
    -      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
    -                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
    -                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
    -                       {versions,         versions()}         |
    -                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
    -                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
    -                       {priority,         priority()}         |
    -                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
    -                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
    -                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
    -                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
    -                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
    -                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
    -                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
    -                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
    -                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
    -                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
    -                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
    -                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
    -                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
    -                       {config,           agent_config()}
    -      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
    -      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
    -                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
    -                         {server,                   server()}          |
    -                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
    -                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
    -                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
    -                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
    -                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
    -                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
    -                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
    -                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
    -                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

    Agent specific config options and types:

    • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, +defined for the SNMP application:

            agent_options() = [agent_option()]
      +      agent_option() = {restart_type,     restart_type()}     |
      +                       {agent_type,       agent_type()}       |
      +                       {agent_verbosity,  verbosity()}        |
      +                       {versions,         versions()}         |
      +                       {discovery,        agent_discovery()}  |
      +                       {gb_max_vbs,       gb_max_vbs()}       |
      +                       {priority,         priority()}         |
      +                       {multi_threaded,   multi_threaded()}   |
      +                       {db_dir,           db_dir()}           |
      +                       {db_init_error,    db_init_error()}    |
      +                       {local_db,         local_db()}         |
      +                       {net_if,           agent_net_if()}     |
      +                       {mibs,             mibs()}             |
      +                       {mib_storage,      mib_storage()}      |
      +                       {mib_server,       mib_server()}       |
      +                       {audit_trail_log,  audit_trail_log()}  |
      +                       {error_report_mod, error_report_mod()} |
      +                       {note_store,       note_store()}       |
      +                       {symbolic_store,   symbolic_store()}   |
      +                       {target_cache,     target_cache()}     |
      +                       {config,           agent_config()}
      +      manager_options() = [manager_option()]
      +      manager_option() = {restart_type,             restart_type()}    |
      +                         {net_if,                   manager_net_if()}  |
      +                         {server,                   server()}          |
      +                         {note_store,               note_store()}      |
      +                         {config,                   manager_config()}  |
      +                         {inform_request_behaviour, manager_irb()}     |
      +                         {mibs,                     manager_mibs()}    |
      +                         {priority,                 priority()}        |
      +                         {audit_trail_log,          audit_trail_log()} |
      +                         {versions,                 versions()}        |
      +                         {def_user_mod,             def_user_module()  |
      +                         {def_user_data,            def_user_data()}

      Agent specific config options and types:

      • agent_type() = master | sub <optional> - If master, one master agent is started. Otherwise, no agents are started.

        Default is master.

      • agent_discovery() = [agent_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_discovery_opt() = {terminating, agent_terminating_discovery_opts()} | {originating, agent_originating_discovery_opts()}

        The terminating options effects discovery initiated by a manager.

        The originating options effects discovery initiated by this agent.

        For defaults see the options in agent_discovery_opt().

      • agent_terminating_discovery_opts() = [agent_terminating_discovery_opt()] <optional> - agent_terminating_discovery_opt() = {enable, boolean()} | {stage2, discovery | plain} | {trigger_username, string()}

        These are options effecting discovery terminating in this agent (i.e. @@ -451,34 +451,34 @@ configuration parameters. The verbosity itself has several _levels: silence | info | log | debug | trace. For the lowest verbosity silence, nothing is printed. The higher the verbosity, the -more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
        +more is printed. Default value is always silence.

        3> snmpa:verbosity(master_agent, log).
         ok
        -5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
        +5> snmpa:verbosity(net_if, log).
         ok
         6>
         %% Example of output from the agent when a get-next-request arrives:
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
        +   got packet from {147,12,12,12}:5000
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF MPD LOG:
            v1, community: all-rights
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
        +   got pdu from {147,12,12,12}:5000 {pdu, 'get-next-request',
                                                   62612569,noError,0,
        -                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
        +                                          [{varbind,[1,1],'NULL','NULL',1}]}
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
        +   apply: snmp_generic,variable_func,[get,{sysDescr,persistent}]
         
         ** SNMP MASTER-AGENT LOG:
        -   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
        +   returned: {value,"Erlang SNMP agent"}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF LOG:
        -   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        -                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
        +   reply pdu: {pdu,'get-response',62612569,noError,0,
        +                   [{varbind,[1,3,6,1,2,1,1,1,0],
                                      'OCTET STRING',
        -                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
        +                             "Erlang SNMP agent",1}]}
         
         ** SNMP NET-IF INFO: time in agent: 19711 mysec

        Other useful function(s) for debugging the agent are:

        • snmpa:info/0,1 - info is used to retrieve a list of miscellaneous agent information.

        • snmpa:which_aliasnames/0 - /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_generic.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ | MIB | +---------------+ | - Association file (associates a MIB object with + Association file (associates a MIB object with | snmp_generic:table_funct - | snmp_generic:variable_func) + | snmp_generic:variable_func) +--------------------------------------+ | snmp_generic | Support for get-next, | | RowStatus operations @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ | snmpa_local_db | Mnesia | Database +--------------+-------+---------------+ | dets | ets | -| (persistent) | | +| (persistent) | | +--------------+-------+

        Each function takes the argument NameDb, which is a tuple {Name, Db}, to identify which database the functions should use. Name is the symbolic name of the managed object as defined in the MIB, and Db is either volatile, @@ -57,41 +57,41 @@ this. Specifically, if variables are stored in Mnesia, the table snmp_variables must be created by the programmer. The record definition for this table is defined in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl.

        If an instrumentation function in the association file for a variable myVar -does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        +does not have a name when compiling an MIB, the compiler generates an entry.

        {myVar, {snmp_generic, variable_func, [{myVar, Db]}}.

        And for a table:

        {myTable, {snmp_generic, table_func, [{myTable, Db]}}.

        Example

        The following example shows an implementation of a table which is stored in -Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
        +Mnesia, but with some checks performed at set-request operations.

        myTable_func(new, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(new, NameDb).
         
        -myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
        +myTable_func(delete, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        +  snmp_generic:table_func(delete, NameDb).
         
         %% change row
        -myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        -                               Cols, NameDb) of
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        -      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
        +myTable_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(is_set_ok, RowIndex,
        +                               Cols, NameDb) of
        +    {noError, 0} ->
        +      myApplication:is_set_ok(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        -  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        -                               NameDb),
        -    {noError, 0} ->
        +myTable_func(set, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->
        +  case snmp_generic:table_func(set, RowIndex, Cols,
        +                               NameDb),
        +    {noError, 0} ->
               % Now the row is updated, tell the application
        -      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
        +      myApplication:update(RowIndex, Cols);
             Err ->
               Err
           end;
         
        -myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) ->   % pass unchanged
        -  snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        +
        myTable_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb) -> % pass unchanged + snmp_generic:table_func(Op, RowIndex, Cols, NameDb).

        The .funcs file would look like:

        {myTable, {myModule, myTable_func, [{myTable, mnesia}]}}.
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_impl_example_agent.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -125,54 +125,54 @@ the default implementation of it. Recall that MIBs imported by "EX1-MIB.mib" must be present and compiled in the current directory ("./STANDARD-MIB.bin","./RFC1213-MIB.bin") when compiling.

        unix> erl -config ./sys
        -1> application:start(snmp).
        +1> application:start(snmp).
         ok
        -2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
        +2> snmpc:compile("EX1-MIB").
         No accessfunction for 'friendsTable', using default.
         No accessfunction for 'myName', using default.
        -{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        -3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
        +{ok, "EX1-MIB.bin"}
        +3> snmpa:load_mibs(snmp_master_agent, ["EX1-MIB"]).
         ok

        This MIB is now loaded into the agent, and a manager can ask questions. As an example of this, we start another Erlang system and the simple Erlang manager in -the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
        +the toolkit:

        1> snmp_test_mgr:start_link([{agent,"dront.ericsson.se"},{community,"all-rights"},
          %% making it understand symbolic names: {mibs,["EX1-MIB","STANDARD-MIB"]}]).
        -{ok, <0.89.0>}
        +{ok, <0.89.0>}
         %% a get-next request with one OID.
        -2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +2> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = []
        +[myName,0] = []
         %% A set-request (now using symbolic names for convenience)
        -3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
        +3> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[myName,0], "Martin"}]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% Try the same get-next request again
        -4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
        +4> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[1,3,6,1,3,7]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[myName,0] = "Martin"
        +[myName,0] = "Martin"
         %% ... and we got the new value.
         %% you can event do row operations. How to add a row:
        -5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
        +5> snmp_test_mgr:s([{[fName,0], "Martin"}, {[fAddress,0],"home"}, {[fStatus,0],4}]).
          %% createAndGo
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -[fStatus,0] = 4
        -6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +[fStatus,0] = 4
        +6> snmp_test_mgr:gn([[myName,0]]).
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fName,0] = "Martin"
        -7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fName,0] = "Martin"
        +7> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fAddress,0] = "home"
        -8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
        +[fAddress,0] = "home"
        +8> snmp_test_mgr:gn().
         ok
         * Got PDU:
        -[fStatus,0] = 1
        +[fStatus,0] = 1
         9>

        @@ -190,55 +190,55 @@ Code

        -
        -module(ex1).
        --author('dummy@flop.org').
        +
        -module(ex1).
        +-author('dummy@flop.org').
         %% External exports
        --export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
        +-export([start/0, my_name/1, my_name/2, friends_table/3]).
         %% Internal exports
        --export([init/0]).
        --define(status_col, 4).
        --define(active, 1).
        --define(notInService, 2).
        --define(notReady, 3).
        --define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        --define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        --define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        -start() ->
        -    spawn(ex1, init, []).
        +-export([init/0]).
        +-define(status_col, 4).
        +-define(active, 1).
        +-define(notInService, 2).
        +-define(notReady, 3).
        +-define(createAndGo, 4).   % Action; written, not read
        +-define(createAndWait, 5). % Action; written, not read
        +-define(destroy, 6).       % Action; written, not read
        +start() ->
        +    spawn(ex1, init, []).
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for variable myName.
         %% Returns: (get) {value, Name}
         %%          (set) noError
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -my_name(get) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        -    Name = wait_answer(),
        -    {value, Name}.
        -my_name(set, NewName) ->
        -    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
        +my_name(get) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), get_my_name},
        +    Name = wait_answer(),
        +    {value, Name}.
        +my_name(set, NewName) ->
        +    ex1_server ! {self(), {set_my_name, NewName}},
             noError.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
         %% Instrumentation function for table friendsTable.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
        +        {noValue, noSuchInstance}
             end;
        -friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        -    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        -   {ok, Row} ->
        -        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
        +friends_table(get_next, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +    case get_next_row(RowIndex) of
        +   {ok, Row} ->
        +        get_next_cols(Cols, Row);
            _  ->
        -       case get_next_row([]) of
        -     {ok, Row} ->
        +       case get_next_row([]) of
        +     {ok, Row} ->
                  % Get next cols from first row.
        -         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        -         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
        +         NewCols = add_one_to_cols(Cols),
        +         get_next_cols(NewCols, Row);
              _  ->
        -        end_of_table(Cols)
        +        end_of_table(Cols)
                 end
             end;
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        @@ -249,158 +249,158 @@
         %%    *) Otherwise, error (for simplicity).
         %% Otherwise, row is modified; check that row exists.
         %%----------------------------------------------------------------
        -friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
        +friends_table(is_set_ok, RowIndex, Cols) ->
             RowExists =
        -   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        -        {ok, _Row} -> true;
        +   case get_row(RowIndex) of
        +        {ok, _Row} -> true;
                _ -> false
            end,
        -    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        -   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        -                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        -   {true, _} ->
        -       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
        +    case is_row_status_col_changed(Cols) of
        +   {true, ?destroy} when RowExists == true ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, ?createAndGo} when RowExists == false,
        +                                 length(Cols) == 3 ->
        +        {noError, 0};
        +   {true, _} ->
        +       {inconsistentValue, ?status_col};
            false when RowExists == true ->
        -        {noError, 0};
        +        {noError, 0};
        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines)
        --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml	2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000
        +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_index.xhtml	2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000
        @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
         actual implementation of the table. The SNMP ordering, that is implementation of
         GET NEXT, is implemented in this module.

        For example, suppose there is an SNMP table, which is best implemented in Erlang as one process per SNMP table row. Suppose further that the INDEX in the SNMP -table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  Pid = start_process(),
        +table is an OCTET STRING. The index structure would be created as follows:

        snmp_index:new(string)

        For each new process we create, we insert an item in an snmp_index structure:

        new_process(Name, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  Pid = start_process(),
           NewSnmpIndex =
        -    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
        +    snmp_index:insert(SnmpIndex, Name, Pid),
           <...>

        With this structure, we can now map an OBJECT IDENTIFIER in e.g. a GET NEXT -request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        -  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
        +request, to the correct process:

        get_next_pid(Oid, SnmpIndex) ->
        +  {ok, {_, Pid}} = snmp_index:get_next(SnmpIndex, Oid),
           Pid.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_instr_functions.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ New / Delete Operations

        -

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        -variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +

        For scalar variables:

        variable_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
        +variable_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        For tables:

        table_access(new [, ExtraArg1, ...])
         table_access(delete [, ExtraArg1, ...])

        These functions are called for each object in an MIB when the MIB is unloaded or loaded, respectively.

        @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ value 1, and [3, 5] is the list of requested columns. The function should now return the lexicographically next elements:

        [{[3, 1, 2], d}, {[5, 1, 2], f}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,1] and [5,1,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.2.1,
                  myTable.myTableEntry.5.2.1 }

        This is transformed into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [2, 1], [3, 5])

        The function should now return:

        [{[4, 1, 1], b}, endOfTable]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,2,1] and [5,2,1].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry.3.1.2,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        -         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        -my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.4.1.2 }

        This will be transform into one call to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [1, 2], [3, 4])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 2, 1], g}, {[5, 1, 1], c}]

        This is illustrated in the following table:

        GetNext from [3,1,2] and [4,1,2].

        The manager now issues the following getNext request:

        getNext{ myTable.myTableEntry,
        +         myTable.myTableEntry.1.3.2 }

        This will be transform into two calls to my_table:

        my_table(get_next, [], [0]) and
        +my_table(get_next, [3, 2], [1])

        The function should now return:

        [{[3, 1, 1], a}] and
         [{[3, 1, 1], a}]

        In both cases, the first accessible element in the table should be returned. As the key columns are not accessible, this means that the third column is the first row.

        Note

        Normally, the functions described above behave exactly as shown, but they are @@ -128,17 +128,17 @@ variables for a device, ipAdr and name with object identifiers 1.1.23.4 and 1.1.7 respectively. To access these variables, one could implement the two Erlang functions ip_access and name_access, which will be in the MIB. The -functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
        +functions could be specified in a text file as follows:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, ip_access, []}}.
         % Or using the oid syntax for 'name'
        -{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent +{[1,1,7], {my_module, name_access, []}}.

        The ExtraArgument parameter is the empty list. For example, when the agent receives a get-request for the ipAdr variable, a call will be made to ip_access(get). The value returned by this function is the answer to the get-request.

        If ip_access and name_access are implemented similarly, we could write a -generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
        +generic_access function using the ListOfExtraArguments:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, ['IPADR']}}.
         % The mnemonic 'name' is more convenient than 1.1.7
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to -generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        -{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, ['NAME']}}.

        When the agent receives the same get-request as above, a call will be made to +generic_access(get,'IPADR').

        Yet another possibility, closer to the hardware, could be:

        {ipAdr, {my_module, generic_access, [16#2543]}}.
        +{name, {my_module, generic_access, [16#A2B3]}}.

        /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_manager_config_files.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,22 +44,22 @@ every transport.

      • engine_id - The SnmpEngineID as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

      • max_message_size - The snmpEngineMaxMessageSize as defined in SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB. Mandatory.

    • Value is the value for the variable.

    The legacy and intermediate variables address and domain are still supported -so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    -                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    -{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    -{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific +so old configurations will work.

    The following example shows a manager.conf file:

    {transports,       [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{141,213,11,24}, 5000}},
    +                    {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1}, 5000}}]}.
    +{engine_id,        "mgrEngine"}.
    +{max_message_size, 484}.

    The value of engine_id is a string, which should have a very specific structure. See RFC 2271/2571 for details.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    ManagerDir    = "/tmp",
     Port          = 5000,
    -Addr4         = {141,213,11,24},
    -Addr6         = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1},
    -Transports    = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {Addr4, Port}},
    -                 {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {Addr6, Port}}],
    +Addr4         = {141,213,11,24},
    +Addr6         = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1},
    +Transports    = [{transportDomainUdpIpv4, {Addr4, Port}},
    +                 {transportDomainUdpIpv6, {Addr6, Port}}],
     EngineID      = "mgrEngine",
     MMS           = 484,
    -ManagerConfig = [snmpm_conf:manager_entry(transports,       Transports),
    -                 snmpm_conf:manager_entry(engine_id,        EngineID),
    -                 snmpm_conf:manager_entry(max_message_size, MMS)],
    -snmpm_conf:write_manager_config(ManagerDir, ManagerConfig),

    +ManagerConfig = [snmpm_conf:manager_entry(transports, Transports), + snmpm_conf:manager_entry(engine_id, EngineID), + snmpm_conf:manager_entry(max_message_size, MMS)], +snmpm_conf:write_manager_config(ManagerDir, ManagerConfig),

    @@ -69,13 +69,13 @@ either added in the users.conf config file or by calling the register_user function in run-time.

    Each row defines a manager user of the manager.

    Each entry is a tuple of size four:

    {UserId, UserMod, UserData, DefaultAgentConfig}.

    • UserId is any term (used to uniquely identify the user).
    • UserMod is the user callback module (atom).
    • UserData is any term (passed on to the user when calling the UserMod.
    • DefaultAgentConfig is a list of default agent config's. These values are used as default values when this user registers agents.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    ManagerDir         = "/tmp",
    -UserID             = make_ref(),
    +UserID             = make_ref(),
     UserMod            = my_manager_callback_mod,
    -UserData           = self(),
    -DefaultAgentConfig = [{version, v1}, {timeout, 2500}, {max_message_size, 484}],
    -UsersConfig = [snmpm_conf:users_entry(UserID, UserMod, UserData,
    -                                      DefaultAgentConfig)],
    -snmpm_conf:write_users_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    +UserData = self(), +DefaultAgentConfig = [{version, v1}, {timeout, 2500}, {max_message_size, 484}], +UsersConfig = [snmpm_conf:users_entry(UserID, UserMod, UserData, + DefaultAgentConfig)], +snmpm_conf:write_users_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    @@ -93,23 +93,23 @@ (integer).
  • Version is the version (v1 | v2 | v3).

  • SecModel is the security model (any | v1 | v2c | usm).

  • SecName is the security name (string).
  • SecLevel is security level (noAuthNoPriv | authNoPriv | authPriv).

  • Legacy configurations using tuples without Domain element, as well as with all TDomain, Ip and Port elements still work.

    And this is a code (snippet) example of how to generate this file in runtime:

    ManagerDir   = "/tmp",
     UserID       = ...
    -AgentsConfig = [snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
    +AgentsConfig = [snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
                                             "target 1",
     					"FOOBAR",
    -					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{1,2,3,4},161},
    +					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{1,2,3,4},161},
     					"agent Engine 1"
     					1500,
     					484.
    -					v1, v1, "sec name 1", noAuthNoPriv),
    -		snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
    +					v1, v1, "sec name 1", noAuthNoPriv),
    +		snmpm_conf:agents_entry(UserID,
                                             "target 2",
     					"FOOBAR",
    -					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{5,6,7,8},161},
    +					transportDomainUdpIpv4, {{5,6,7,8},161},
     					"agent Engine 2"
     					1500,
     					1000.
    -					v1, v1, "sec name 2", noAuthNoPriv)],
    -snmpm_conf:write_agents_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    + v1, v1, "sec name 2", noAuthNoPriv)], +snmpm_conf:write_agents_config(ManagerDir, UsersConfig),

    @@ -128,13 +128,13 @@ usmAesCfb128Protocol.

  • PrivKey is a list (of integer). This is the User's secret localized encryption key. It is not visible in the MIB. The length of this key needs to be 16 if usmDESPrivProtocol or usmAesCfb128Protocol is used.

  • ManagerDir = "/tmp",
    -UsmConfig  = [snmpm_conf:usm_entry("engine",
    +UsmConfig  = [snmpm_conf:usm_entry("engine",
                                        "user 1",
     	                           usmNoAuthProtocol,
    -	 			   [],
    +	 			   [],
     	 			   usmNoPrivProtocol,
    -	 			   [])],
    -snmpm_conf:write_usm_config(ManagerDir, UsmConfig),
    + [])], +snmpm_conf:write_usm_config(ManagerDir, UsmConfig),

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_mib_compiler.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ association file, it gives a warning message and uses default instrumentation functions. (See Default Instrumentation for more details).

    The MIB compiler is started with a call to snmpc:compile(<mibname>). For -example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the +example:

    snmpc:compile("RFC1213-MIB").

    The output is a new file which is called <mibname>.bin.

    The MIB compiler understands both SMIv1 and SMIv2 MIBs. It uses the MODULE-IDENTITY statement to determinate if the MIB is written in SMI version 1 or 2.

    @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ compiled file and not the ASN.1 (source) file. A MIB must be recompiled to make changes visible to other MIBs importing it.

    The compiled files of the imported MIBs must be present in the current directory, or a directory in the current path. The path is supplied with the -{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" -like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    -       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP +{i, Path} option, for example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{i, ["friend_mibs/", "../standard_mibs/"]}]).

    It is also possible to import MIBs from OTP applications in an "include_lib" +like fashion with the il option. Example:

    snmpc:compile("MY-MIB",
    +       [{il, ["snmp/priv/mibs/", "myapp/priv/mibs/"]}]).

    finds the latest version of the snmp and myapp applications in the OTP system and uses the expanded paths as include paths.

    Note that an SMIv2 MIB can import an SMIv1 MIB and vice versa.

    The following MIBs are built-ins of the Erlang SNMP compiler: SNMPv2-SMI, RFC-1215, RFC-1212, SNMPv2-TC, SNMPv2-CONF, and RFC1155-SMI. They cannot therefore be compiled separately.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmpm.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -1887,8 +1887,8 @@

    Load a Mib into the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:load_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    @@ -3467,8 +3467,8 @@

    Unload a Mib from the manager. The MibName is the name of the Mib, including -the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    -          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    +the path to where the compiled mib is found. For example,

              Dir = code:priv_dir(my_app) ++ "/mibs/",
    +          snmpm:unload_mib(Dir ++ "MY-MIB").
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp_pdus.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ Erlang record representations and vice versa. The record definitions can be found in the file snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl. If snmpv3 is used, the module that includes snmp_types.hrl must define the constant SNMP_USE_V3 before the -header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    --include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if +header file is included. Example:

    -define(SNMP_USE_V3, true).
    +-include_lib("snmp/include/snmp_types.hrl").

    Encoding and decoding must be done explicitly when writing your own Net if process.

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml differs (HTML document, ASCII text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml 2025-03-18 23:26:38.000000000 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.epub/OEBPS/snmp.xhtml 2041-04-20 12:46:24.000000000 +0000 @@ -3222,8 +3222,8 @@

    Utility function(s) to produce a formatted printout of the versions info -generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    -           snmp:print_versions(V).
    +generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    +           snmp:print_versions(V).
    @@ -3421,17 +3421,17 @@

    This function is used to set up trace on function(s) for the given module or modules.

    The example below sets up trace on the exported functions (default) of module snmp_generic and all functions of module snmp_generic_mnesia. With return -values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    -	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    -                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
    +values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    +	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    +                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
    +          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -	  snmp:disable_trace(),
    +
    snmp:disable_trace(),
    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.448445109 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.456445162 +0000 @@ -3343,8 +3343,8 @@

    Utility function(s) to produce a formatted printout of the versions info -generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    -           snmp:print_versions(V).
    +generated by the versions1 function

    This is the same as doing, e.g.:

               {ok, V} = snmp:versions1(),
    +           snmp:print_versions(V).
    @@ -3542,17 +3542,17 @@

    This function is used to set up trace on function(s) for the given module or modules.

    The example below sets up trace on the exported functions (default) of module snmp_generic and all functions of module snmp_generic_mnesia. With return -values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    -	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    -                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
    +values (which is default) and timestamps in both cases (which is also default):

    	  snmp:enable_trace(),
    +	  snmp:set_trace([snmp_generic,
    +                          {snmp_generic_mnesia, [{scope, all_functions}]}]),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
    +          snmp:set_trace(snmp_generic, disable),
     	  .
     	  .
     	  .
    -	  snmp:disable_trace(),
    +
    snmp:disable_trace(),
    @@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ Erlang programming language

    -

    Copyright © 1996-2025 Ericsson AB

    +

    Copyright © 1996-2041 Ericsson AB

    /usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html differs (HTML document, UTF-8 Unicode text, with very long lines) --- old//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.488445374 +0000 +++ new//usr/share/doc/packages/erlang-doc/lib/snmp-5.18.1/doc/html/snmp_advanced_agent.html 2025-03-21 17:27:50.492445400 +0000 @@ -329,16 +329,16 @@ empName DisplayString, empTelNo DisplayString, empStatus RowStatus - }

    The corresponding Mnesia table is specified as follows:

    mnesia:create_table([{name, employees},
    -                     {snmp, [{key, {integer, string}}]},
    -                     {attributes, [key, telno, row_status]}]).

    Note

    In the Mnesia tables, the two key columns are stored as a tuple with two + }